Catalogue

Fixing Systems

Catalogue Fixing Systems

Contacts Your dealer

fischerwerke GmbH & Co. KG Phone: +49 7443 12 - 0

Klaus-Fischer-Straße 1 Fax: +49 7443 12 - 4222
72178 Waldachtal E-mail: [email protected]
Germany www.fischer.de

fischer fixings UK Ltd. Phone: +44 1491 827900

Whitely Road Fax: +44 1491 827953
Oxon OX10 9AT Wallingford E-mail: [email protected]
Great Britain www.fischer.co.uk

fischer Systems Asia Pte. Ltd. Phone: +65 62 85 22 07

150 Kampong Ampat Fax: +65 62 85 83 10
#04-03 KA Centre E-mail: [email protected]
Singapore 368324
00088220 · 12/2018 · V-MKS/CPI · Printed in Germany

www.fischer.de 4 006209 882207

MD_PG_$KT-KATNEW2011-$KP-K00-$PG-U1BISU4_#SEN_#APR_#V1.indd 1-3 05.12.2018 18:30:06

The information in this catalogue is intended for general guidance only
and is given without engagement. Additional information and advice
on specific applications is available from our Technical Support Team.
For this however, we require a precise description of your particular
application.
All the data in this catalogue concerning work with our fixing elements
must be adapted to suit local conditions and the type of materials in use.
If no detailed performance specifications are given for certain articles
and types, please contact our Technical Service Department for advice.

fischerwerke GmbH & Co. KG

72178 Waldachtal
Germany

We cannot be responsible for any errors, and we reserve the right to make
technical and range modifications without notice.
No liability is accepted for printing errors and omissions.
Dear partners,

For more than 70 years, our fischer group of companies has stood for safe and
economical connections in construction. Innovative strength and technological
competence strengthen our position as one of the world‘s leading fixing specialists in
the market. New developments in the building materials industry, increasing demands
on dimensioning and advancing digitalisation are changing the demands on fixing
technology. As market shapers, we provide you with the best and most economical
solution for your fastening project.

We attach high value to the safety, quality and ease of use of our products. Our large
product range includes chemical systems, steel anchors and plastic plugs. We are also
broadly positioned in the areas of screws, drills, adhesives, sealants and foams.
Assortments specially tailored to specific applications, such as façade and thermal
insulation composite systems, or sanitary, heating, ventilation and electrical installation
complete the range.

Our field staff and application engineers ensure optimal support. In addition, we work
closely with our own national subsidiaries and sales partners around the world. With
our modular design software FIXPERIENCE as well as data for various software
applications (BIM, 3D), we support the planning of projects that guarantee the required
verification based of valid standards. In addition, we offer digital services such as plug
finder apps for end users and professionals.

Our broad training program keeps you up to date on the latest fixing solutions and
regulations. The seminars take place in our own fischer academy, in the more than 70
Competence Centers nationwide, directly at the customer‘s premises and via webinars.
In addition, our fischer TourTruck travels as a mobile training and exhibition center in
Germany and abroad.

We hope you enjoy discovering and using our products.

Marc-Sven Mengis
Chairman of the Management Board of the fischer group of companies

3
 Good reasons to choose fischer

A brand and its

promise to perform
„ Whoever chooses fischer receives more
than a range of safe products. The aim
is to always develop the best solutions for
our customers across the globe.“

Besides the innovative products, this predominantly concerns

support that is focused on the customer, and services
designed to improve customer benefit.

Continious improvement Always with its finger on the pulse of the times

With the fischer ProcessSystem (fPS), we ensure that we are At fischer, innovation is more than just a sum of the patents. We
adapting and optimising our processes in line with customer are open to new things and are prepared for change – always with
requirements in a flexible manner and on a continuous basis. the aim of offering our customers the greatest possible benefits.
Thus we are glad having been awarded with the 1. place Over the years, our own development and production sites have
“Excellence in Operations” within the challenging contest been developing numerous fixing solutions for the most wide-
“Factory of the Year”. ranging applications.

Be it new production procedures or materials, such as renewable

raw materials: We are carrying out the research for your safety
and will continue to do so in the future. This gives us such great
Award 2016 flexibility that we can even develop tailor-made customer solu-
Exellence in Operations tions. This power to innovate has seen fischer become market
leader in anchor technology and the fixing industry.

Safety that connects – Decisive quality

We don’t make any compromises when it comes to the safety

of our products. A whole host of our products are distinguished
by comprehensive, up-to-date and international approvals.
The fischer product range is well-positioned in all sectors of
fixing technology – Steel, Nylon and Chemical fixings. In award-
winning quality which continues to impress both professional
clients and private customers with equal measure.

See ICC-ES
Evaluation Report
at www.icc-es.org

ESR-1990

International approvals
characterise many of our
products

4
We take responsibility

Our active environment management policy means that we are

helping to maintain an intact environment for our generation and
for those that follow. The environment management policy at the
Tumlingen site has been certified in line with DIN EN ISO 14001.

We are a member of the German Sustainable Building Council

(DGNB), and our products have been successively certified in
line with the guidelines provided by the Institute for Construction
and the Environment (IBU). With our greenline products, we have UX GREEN based on over 50 %
introduced the first fixing assortment in the market, based on over of regrowing raw materials
50% of regrowing raw materials.

Our service to you

We are a reliable partner, one that will stand at your

side and address your individual requirements with
advice and action:

▪ Our products range from chemical systems to steel

anchors through to plastic anchors.
▪ Competence and innovation through own research,
development and production.
▪ Global presence and active sales service in over 100
countries.
▪ Qualified technical consulting for economical and
compliant fastening solutions. Also on-site at the
construction site requested.
▪ Training sessions, some with accreditation, at your fischer 360°- Service
premises or at the fischer academy.
▪ Design and construction software for demanding
applications.

5
 Innovations to inspire professionals

05

01 02 03 04

06

01 fischer DUO-Line assortment 02fischer FIS EM Plus 03 fischer bolt anchor FAZ II
Clever combinations for more power The powerful injection mortar for rebar For highest demands.
and intelligence. connections and cracked concrete. Powerful and flexible.
Page 406 Page 348 Page 394 Page 86 Page 202

04 fischer ULTRACUT FBS II 8, 10 05 fischer ULTRACUT FBS II 6 06fischer hollow drill bit FHD
and 12 A4 stainless steel zinc-plated steel Hollow drill bit for drilling with low
The powerful concrete screw for top The high-performance concrete screw dust as well as for efficient and
installation comfort in external areas. for absolute installation ease. approved anchoring.
Page 232 Page 242 Page 561

6
Content

Selection guide of products and applications 8 1

greenline 23 2
Chemical fixings 47 3
High performance steel anchors 201 4
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation 293 5
General fixings 347 6
Cavity fixings 393 7
Electrical fixings 415 8
Sanitary fixings 455 9
Scaffold and eye screw fixings 465 10
Insulation fixings / Façade fixings 475 11
Foams and sealants 501 12
Adhesives 541 13
Drills and bits 549 14
Basic knowledge 572 15
Services 592 16

7
 Products - Quick overview

1 2 greenline
Page Page
Selection guide

Universal plug UX GREEN 26 Injection mortar FIS VL 117

Expansion plug SX GREEN 28 Injection mortar FIS GREEN 126

Plasterboard fixing GK GREEN 30 Injection mortar FIS P Plus 133

Hammerfix N GREEN 32 Injection mortar FIS P 140

Aircrete anchor GB GREEN 34

ANCHOR RODS
Insulation fixing FID GREEN 36
Introduction 144

Injection mortar FIS GREEN 38

Threaded rod FIS A 146

3 Chemical fixings
Page
Threaded rod RG M 154

Internal threaded anchor RG M I 159

MORTARS AND CAPSULES FOR GENERAL APPLICATIONS

Introduction 48 Internal threaded anchor FIS E 161

Accessories for push-trough

Highbond-System FHB II 52 164
installation

Highbond-System FHB II Inject 59 Anchor sleeve FIS H K 167

Superbond-System FSB 64 Anchor sleeve FIS H L 167

Resin anchor RM II 79 Anchor sleeve FIS H N 167

Epoxy mortar FIS EM Plus 86

Epoxy mortar FIS EB 95

Injection mortar FIS V 101

8
Products - Quick overview

High performance
Page
4 steel anchors
1
Page

Selection guide
SPECIAL APPLICATIONS Bolt anchor FAZ II 202

Introduction 169 High performance anchor FH II 209

Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn 170 High performance anchor FH II-I 217

Dynamic-Anchor FDA 174 ZYKON undercut anchor FZA 220

UMV multicone dynamic ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II 228

176
bonded anchor

Concrete screw ULTRACUT FBS II 8-14 232

Rebar connections 179

Concrete-Concrete Shear Concrete screw ULTRACUT FBS II 6 242

185
Connector FCC
Hammerset anchor EA II 247
Remedial wall tie VBS 8 187

Hammerset anchor EA-N 252

Weather facing reconstruction
189
system FWS II
Nail anchor FNA II 256
Can System FCS 191
Nail anchor FNA II RB 260

Fill & Fix injection fixing 193

Ceiling nail FDN II 263

DISPENSERS 196
Ceiling nail FDZ 265

ACCESSORIES 198
Bolt anchor FBN II 267

Heavy-duty anchor TA M 272

Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T 276

Sleeve anchor FSA 278

Fixing set for Diamond Drills FDBB 281

Wall screw MR 283

Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY 285

Aircrete anchor FPX-I 288

9
 Products - Quick overview

Frame fixings /
1 5 Stand-off installation
6 General fixings
Page Page
Selection guide

Frame fixing SXRL 294 DUOPOWER 348

Frame fixing SXR 300 Universal plug UX 351

Frame fixing FUR 306 Universal plug UX GREEN 356

Anti-corrosion spray FTC-CP 310 Expansion plug SX 358

Hammerfix N 311 Expansion plug SX GREEN 361

Hammerfix N GREEN 315 Expansion plug S 363

Nail sleeve FNH 317 Threaded rod plug RODFORCE FGD 366

Window frame fixing F-S 319 Metal expansion anchor FMD 368

Metal frame fixing F-M 321 Expansion plug M-S 370

Window frame screws FFSZ and FFS 324 Anchor M 372

Wall tie VB 328 Brass fixing MS 374

Adjustable fixing S10J 329 Aircrete anchor GB 376

Adjustable screw JUSS 331 Aircrete anchor GB GREEN 378

Spacing screw ASL 332 Turbo aircrete anchor FTP K 380

Stand-off installation Thermax 8 / 10 334 Turbo aircrete anchor FTP M 382

Stand-off installation Thermax 12 / 16 337 Brass fixing PA 4 384

Remedial wall tie mechanical VBS-M 343 Balcony cladding fixing P 9 K 386

Stair-tread fixing TB / TBB 388

Repair pad FIX.it 389

Doorstop TS 390

10
Products - Quick overview

7 Cavity fixings 1

Selection guide
Page Page

Nylon toggle DUOTEC 394 Cable harness SHA 432

Metal cavity fixing HM 397 Multi cable support metal SHA M 434

Gravity- and spring-toggle Wall slot clip FWSC 436

400
K, KD, KDH, KM

Board fixing PD 404 Nail disc NSB 437

Plasterboard fixing DUOBLADE 406 Nail clip NS/MNS 439

Plasterboard fixing GK 408 Spacer pipe clamp AM 441

Plasterboard fixing GK GREEN 410 Conduit clip BSM 443

Plasterboard fixing metal GKM 412 Textile web strapping GWB 445

Perforated steel banding LBV / LBK 446

Impact nail ED 447

8 Electrical fixings
Page Cable tie BN/UBN 449

Locking clip SCN 416

Cable tie plug FCTP 451

Pipe clip RC 418

Wireclip 452

Pipe clip FC 420

Saddle clip SCH 422

Fastening tie FF 424

9 Sanitary fixings
Page

ClipFix plus LS/ES/ZS 426 Sanitary fixings for board materials 456

ClipFix plus SD 428 Ceramic fixings 458

Cable clasp KB 430 Wash basin and urinal fixings 460

11
 Products - Quick overview

Scaffold and
1 10 eye screw fixings
12 Foams, sealants
Selection guide

Page Page

One-component gun foam

Scaffold anchoring GS 12 + plug 466 502
PUP S 750

One-component premium gun foam

Scaffold anchoring FI G 468 503
PUP 750

One-component maxi gun foam

Eye screw GS 470 504
PUP S 500

One-component premium gun foam

Ring nut RI 472 505
compact PUP 500

One-component premium gun foam

506
PUP 750 B3

One-component premium gun foam

Insulation fixings / 507
11 Façade fixings
PUP BS 750

One-component premium B1 gun foam

508
PUP B1 750
Page
One-component premium adhesive foam
Insulation support DHK 476 509
PUP ETICS 750

One-component premium perimeter

Insulation support DHM 478 510
adhesive foam PUP P 750

One-component rapid installation foam

Render fixing DIPK 480 511
PU S 500/750

One-component premium rapid

Render fixing FIF-PN 8 482 512
installation foam PU 500/750

2-component premium rapid foam

Render fixing FIF-CN II 8 485 513
2K PU 400

Render fixing FIF-CS 8 488 Accessories 514

Insulation discs 490 Premium sanitary silicone DSSA 516

Retaining disc with screw DHT S 492 Sanitary silicone DSSI 517

Insulation fixing FID 494 Multi-silicone DMS 518

Insulation fixing FID GREEN 496 Premium high temperature silicone DHS 519

Premium construction silicone DBSA 520

Holding clamp DVN 498

Roof and wall silicone DBSI 521

Fibre cement panel screw FAFZ H 499

12
Products - Quick overview

1
Page Page

Selection guide
Premium silicone for natural stone DNS 522 All-round adhesive gluing and sealing KD 544

All-round Adhesive Gluing and Sealing KD

Premium B1 silicone DFS 523 545
transparent

Construction sealant Premium DKM 524 Flexible power adhesive Premium HTM 546

Façade acrylic Premium DFA 525

Premium painting acrylic DMA 526

14 Drills and bits
Page
Premium structured acrylic DSA 527

Hammer drill bit Quattric II 550

Acrylic sealant DA 528

Hammer drill bit SDS Plus II Pointer 553

Repair mortar DEC 529

Masonry drill bit Pointer M 557

Premium all-weather sealant DDK 530
Hammer drill bit SDS Max II /
558
SDS Max IV
Roof sealing compound DD 531

Hollow drill bit FHD 561

Accessories for sealants 532
Stone drill bit D-S 562
Sealant selection matrix 534
Premium chisel FCP 563
Zinc spray FTC-ZS 536
Standard chisel 564
Zinc spray bright grade FTC-ZB 537
Profi-bit FPB 565
Zinc-alu spray FTC-ZA 538
Diamond-bit FDB 566

Maxx-bit FMB 567

13 Adhesives Page
Bit holder FBH 568

Bit-Set 569
Assembly adhesive MK 542

Power Adhesive Express KK 543 Accessories for impact driver 570

13
 Product overview by materials

Non-cracked concrete
1
Single fixings for non-cracked concrete
Product overview by materials

Chemical systems
Product Epoxi mortar-system Superbond-System Injection mortar
Type
FIS EM Plus FSB FIS V
Page 86 64 113
Image

Connection thread or Anchor rod or anchor size M8 – M30 M8 – M30 M6 – M30

Screw diameter
Internal thread M8 – M20 M8 – M20 M8 – M20
Reinforcing bar Ø 8 – 40 mm Ø 8 – 32 mm Ø 8 – 28 mm
Screw diameter

Steel/material gvz ▯ ▯ ▯
A4 ▯ ▯ ▯
C ▯ ▯ ▯
Nylon

Usable length up to ∞ ∞ ∞

Approvals / Certificates Approvals ETA ▯ ▯ ▯

ICC ▯ ▯ ▯
DiBt
Seismic ▯ ▯ ▯
Dynamic
Certificates Shock
Fire resistance
▯ ▯ ▯
reports

Type of installation Pre-positioned installation ▯ ▯ ▯

Push-through installation ▯ ▯ ▯
Stand-off installation ▯ ▯ ▯

Drilling method Hammer drilling ▯ ▯ ▯

Hollow drilling ▯ ▯ ▯
Diamod-drilling ▯ ▯

Waiting time until loading at none

20 °C
short < 5 Minutes
middle ≤ 20 Minutes ▯ ▯
long > 20 Minutes ▯ ▯ ▯

Substrate +5 °C –30 °C –10 °C

Special features approved without borehole cleaning

Installation in concrete < C20/25 acc. certificate
Installation in concrete > C50/60 acc. certificate
approved in water-filled drill holes ▯ ▯
Installation in steel fibre concrete possible ▯ ▯ ▯
Installation possible in narrow members ≤ 120 mm ▯ ▯ ▯
flush with the
removable ▯* ▯* ▯*
surface
completely

* With internal threaded anchor

14
Product overview by materials

1
Single fixings for non-cracked concrete Redundant fixtures (multiple fixtures)

Product overview by materials

Steel anchors Steel anchors Frame fixings
Bolt anchor Bolt anchor Concrete Screw High performance Nail anchor Drop-in anchor
SXR / SXRL
FAZ II FBN II FBS II anchor FH II FNA II EA II
202 267 232 209 256 247 294

M8 – M24 M8 – M20 Ø 6 – 14 mm Ø 10 – 32 mm Ø 6 mm M6 – M8 Ø 8 – 14 mm
▯ M6 – M12 M6 – M12

Ø 5 – 10 mm

▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
▯ ▯
▯

300 mm 300 mm 205 mm 100 mm 120 mm ∞ 290 mm

▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
▯ ▯
▯
▯ ▯ ▯

▯ ▯

▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯

▯ ▯ ▯* ▯
▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
▯ ▯ ▯* ▯

▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
▯ ▯

▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯

–40 °C –40 °C –40 °C –40 °C –40 °C –40 °C –40 °C

▯
▯
▯
▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯

▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯

▯ ▯* ▯ ▯

▯ ▯

* With internal threaded anchor

15
 Product overview by materials

Cracked concrete
1
Single fixings for cracked concrete
Product overview by materials

Chemical systems
Product
Highbond-System Superbond-System Injection mortar
Type
FHB II FSB FIS V

Page 52 64 113
Image

Connection thread or Anchor rod or anchor size M8 – M24 M8 – M30 M10 – M30
Screw diameter
Internal thread M 8 – M 20
Reinforcing bar Ø 8 – 32 mm Ø 10 – 28 mm
Screw diameter

Steel/material gvz ▯ ▯ ▯
A4 ▯ ▯ ▯
C ▯ ▯ ▯
Nylon

Usable length up to 165 mm ∞ ∞

Approvals / Certificates Approvals ETA ▯ ▯ ▯

ICC ▯ ▯
DiBt
Seismic ▯ ▯
Dynamic
Certificates Shock ▯
Fire resistance
▯ ▯ ▯
reports

Type of installation Pre-positioned installation ▯ ▯ ▯

Push-through installation ▯ ▯ ▯
Stand-off installation ▯ ▯ ▯

Drilling method Hammer drilling ▯ ▯ ▯

Hollow drilling ▯ ▯ ▯
Diamond-drilling ▯

Waiting time until loading at none

20 °C
short < 5 Minutes ▯
middle ≤ 20 Minutes ▯ ▯ ▯
long > 20 Minutes ▯ ▯

Substrate –5 °C –30 °C –10 °C

Special features approved without drill-hole cleaning ▯

Installation in concrete < C20/25 acc. certificate ▯ ▯ ▯
Installation in concrete > C50/60 acc. certificate ▯ ▯ ▯
approved in water-filled drill holes ▯ ▯
Installation in steel fibre concrete possible ▯ ▯ ▯
Installation possible in narrow members ≤ 120 mm ▯ ▯ ▯
flush with the
removable ▯*
surface
completely

* With internal threaded anchor

16
Product overview by materials

1
Single fixings for cracked concrete Redundant fixtures (multiple fixtures)

Product overview by materials

Steel anchors Frame fixings Steel anchors Frame fixings
High performance
Bolt anchor Concrete Screw Nail anchor Drop-in anchor
anchor SXRL 10 SXR / SXRL
FAZ II FBS II FNA II EA II
FH II
202 232 209 294 256 247 294

M8 – M24 Ø 6 – 14 mm Ø 10 – 32 mm Ø 10 mm Ø 6 mm M6 – M8 Ø 8 – 14 mm
M6 – M12 M6 – M12

7 mm Ø 5 – 10 mm

▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
▯ ▯
▯ ▯

300 mm 205 mm 100 mm 220 mm 120 mm ∞ 290 mm

▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
▯ ▯
▯ ▯
▯ ▯ ▯

▯ ▯

▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯

▯ ▯* ▯ ▯
▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
▯ ▯* ▯

▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
▯ ▯
▯ ▯

▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯

–40 °C –40 °C –40 °C –40 °C –40 °C –40 °C –40 °C

▯
▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
▯
▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯

▯ ▯ ▯ ▯

▯ ▯* ▯ ▯ ▯

▯ ▯ ▯

* With internal threaded anchor

17
 Product overview by materials

Aircrete concrete
1
Chemical Steel- Frame General
systems anchor fixings fixings
Product overview by materials

Product Type Turbo aircrete

Injection mortar Aircrete anchor Aircrete anchor
SXRL DUOPOWER anchor
FIS V FPX-I GB
FTP K/M
Page 113 288 294 376 348 380
Image

Connection thread or Anchor rod or anchor size M6 - M16 Ø 8 – 14 mm GB 10 Ø 5 –14 mm Ø 4 – 10 mm

Screw diameter
Internal thread M6 – M12 M6 – M12 M6 – M10
Screw diameter Ø 5 – 10 mm Ø 5 – 10 mm Ø 3 – 12 mm Ø 5 – 10 mm

Steel/material gvz ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
A4 ▯ ▯
Nylon ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯

Usable length up to ∞ ∞ 290 mm 105 mm ∞ ∞

Approvals / Approvals ETA ▯ ▯ ▯

Certificates
DiBt ▯ ▯
Certificates Fire resistance
▯ ▯
reports

Type of installation Pre-positioned installation ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯

Push-through installation ▯ ▯ ▯
Stand-off installation ▯ ▯

Drilling method Hammer drilling ▯ ▯

Rotary drilling ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯

Waiting time until none ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯

loading at 20 °C
short < 5 Minutes
middle ≤ 20 Minutes ▯
long > 20 Minutes ▯

Minimum component
-10 °C –40 °C –40 °C –20 °C –40 °C –40 °C
temperature

Special features approved without borehole

cleaning
applicable in aircrete concrete
▯
ceilings
removable flush with the
▯* ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
surface
completely ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯

* With internal threaded anchor

18
Product overview by materials

Solid- & perforated brick

1
Chemical Frame fixings General
systems fixings

Product overview by materials

Product Type Injection mortar
SXR SXRL FUR Nail plug N DUOPOWER
FIS V
Page 113 320 294 306 311 348
Image

Connection thread or Anchor rod or anchor size M6 – M16 Ø 6,8,10 mm Ø 8 – 14 mm Ø 10 mm Ø 5–10 mm Ø 5 –14 mm
Screw diameter
Internal thread M6 – M12
Screw diameter Ø 6 – 7 mm Ø 6 – 10 mm Ø 7 mm 3,5 – 7 mm Ø 3 – 12 mm

Steel/material gvz ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
A4 ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ in A2
Nylon ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯

Usable length up to ∞ 210 mm 290 mm 160 mm 180 mm ∞

Approvals / Certi- Approvals ETA ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯

ficates
DiBt ▯
Certificates Fire resistance
▯
reports

Type of installation Pre-positioned installation ▯ ▯

Push-through installation ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
Stand-off installation ▯

Drilling method Hammer drilling ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯

Rotary drilling ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯

Waiting time until none ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯

loading at 20 °C
short < 5 Minutes
middle ≤ 20 Minutes ▯
long > 20 Minutes ▯

Minimum component
–10 °C –40 °C –40 °C –40 °C –40 °C –40 °C
temperature

Special features approved without borehole

cleaning
removable flush with the
▯* ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
surface
completely ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯

* With internal threaded anchor

19
 Product overview by materials

Panel building materials

1
General
Cavity fixings
fixings
Product overview by materials

Product Type Metal cavity Gravity toggle/ DUOTEC Board fixing Plasterboard DUOPOWER
fixing spring toggle fixing
HM KD PD GK/GKM
Page 397 400 394 404 408 348
Image

Connection thread or anchor size M4 – M8 M3 – M10 Ø 10 and Ø 12 mm Ø 8–12 mm Ø 5,6,8 and10 mm

diameter of the screw
Screw diameter Metric Screw Metric thread Metric thread Chipboard screw Chipboard screw Chipboard screw
M4 – M6; M3 – M10; M5 – M6
Hexagon-headed Round hook Chipboard screws 4,0–6,0 mm 4,0–5,0 mm 3,0–8,0 mm
screw M8; M3 – M8
Angle hook 4,5– 6 mm
M4 and M5

Steel/material gvz ▯ ▯ ▯
A4
Nylon ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯

Panel thickness 3–50 mm 9,5–90 mm 9,5–55 mm min. 6 mm min. 9,5 mm min. 9,5 mm
Usable length up to 30 mm 63 mm ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
required cavity depth
by 12,5 mm board min. 19 mm min. 27 mm min. 40 mm min. 23 mm min. 13 mm min. 18 mm
thickness

Type of installation Pre-positioned installation ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯

Push-through installation ▯
Stand-off installation ▯ ▯

Drilling method Rotary drilling ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯

Waiting time until none

▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
loading

Special features removable flush with the

▯ ▯
surface
completely ▯ ▯

20
Product overview by materials

Insulated building materials (e.g. ETICS)

1
Stand-off installation system Insulation fixing FID

Product overview by materials

Product Type Thermax 12 and 16 Thermax 8 and 10 FID 50 and 90
Page 337 334 494
Image

Connection thread or Anchor rod or anchor size M12 and M16 M8 and M10
Screw diameter
Screw diameter 4,5 – 6 mm, M6 – M10 4,5–6 mm

Steel/material gvz ▯ ▯ ▯
A4 ▯
Nylon ▯

Usable length up to ∞ ∞ ∞

Approvals / Certificates Approvals ETA

DiBt ▯

Type of installation Pre-positioned installation ▯ ▯ ▯

Push-through installation
Stand-off installation ▯ ▯

Drilling method Hammer drilling ▯ ▯

Rotary drilling ▯

Waiting time until loading at 20°C none ▯ ▯

short < 5 Minutes depends on the injection mortar
middle ≤ 20 Minutes depends on the injection mortar
long > 20 Minutes depends on the injection mortar

Minimum component temperature –10 °C –40 °C –40 °C

Special features removable flush with the

▯ ▯ ▯
surface
completely ▯

21
2 greenline
Page
2
Universal plug UX GREEN 26

greenline
Expansion plug SX GREEN 28

Plasterboard fixing GK GREEN 30

Hammerfix N GREEN 32

Aircrete anchor GB GREEN 34

Insulation fixing FID GREEN 36

Injection mortar FIS GREEN 38

23
 Environmentally friendly and secure

2
Sustainable building
greenline

With the introduction of its greenline products, fischer is the first manufacturer
worldwide to offer a range of bio-based fixing systems.
We are adapting to the demands of processors and builders who greatly value
sustainability when building and renovating, even when it comes to installation.

Grown naturally
All greenline products are produced with at least 50 % renewable raw materials.
These do not compete with food and feed products or with corresponding
cultivation areas. The regenerative material percentage is always confirmed by
independent testing and certification by the DIN CERTCO / TÜV Rheinland.
All products are in the „BIOBASED 50 - 85 %“ class.

Durably secure
With the introduction of its greenline products, fischer is the first manufacturer
worldwide to offer a range of bio-based fixing systems.
We are adapting to the demands of processors and builders who greatly value
sustainability when building and renovating, even when it comes to installation.

Ecological proof of performance

The FIS GREEN has an Environmental Product Declaration from the Institute of
Building and Environment (IBU) and thereby a data basis for ecological building
rating.
Furthermore, it has been classified in the best possible emission class: A+ „very
low emission“ for volatile substances as per the French VOC directive. Ecological
advantages that also pay dividends in competition. * Information sur le niveau d’émission de
substances volatiles dans l’air intérieur, pré-
sentant un risque de toxicité par inhalation,
sur une échelle de classe allant de A+ (très
faibles émissions) à C (fortes émissions).

We take responsibility
For decades fischer has been actively practising environmental protection
and taking on responsibility so that the environment remains intact for future
generations.
We have an environmental management system certified according to DIN ISO
14001 and are a member of the German Sustainable Building Council (DGNB).

24
The first range of fixing products with renewable resources

2
General fixings Special fixings

greenline
Universal plug UX GREEN Expansion plug SX GREEN
The nylon plug for all construction materials The powerful nylon plug with 4-way expansion
Page 26 Page 28

Plasterboard fixing GK GREEN

The fastest installation in gypsum plasterboard
Chemical fixings Page 30

Injection mortar FIS GREEN 300 T

Injection mortar for high loads Hammerfix N GREEN
Page 38 The hammer-in plug for simple, fast and economic
installation
Page 32

Aircrete anchor GB GREEN

Secure in aerated concrete
Page 34

Insulation fixing FID GREEN

Thermal bridgefree installation in insulation materials

greenline
safe and durable like the eenvironmentally
nv
nv friendly
Page 36

grey-coloured originals ddue

ue to renewable resources

The fischer greenline product line has a green solution for

every building material.

Panel building Gypsum

Concrete Solid brick Perforated brick Aerated concrete Natural stone materials plasterboard Insulation panels
UX GREEN

      
SX GREEN

    
GK GREEN


N GREEN

    
GB GREEN


FID GREEN


FIS GREEN

    
25
 Universal plug UX GREEN

The nylon plug for all building materials

2
greenline

Mirror fixings Pictures

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ Concrete
▪ Gypsum plasterboard and gypsum
fibreboards
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Cavity floor slabs made from bricks
and concrete
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Natural stone
▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Chipboard
▪ Solid panel made from gypsum
▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ Produced with at least 50%  rene- ▪ Pictures ▪ The Universal plug UX with rim is
wable raw materials  and therefore ▪ Lighting suitable for pre-positioned installation;
particularly environmentally friendly. ▪ Skirting the UX without rim is suitable for
▪ Just as effective, secure and durable ▪ Light cabinets push-through installation.
as regular UX plugs. ▪ Towel rails ▪ When screwing in the screw, the
▪ The universal operating principle ▪ Mirror cabinets UX GREEN expands in solid building
(knotting or expanding) allows for use ▪ Curtain rails materials and knots itself into cavities.
in all solid, hollow and board building ▪ Wash basin fixings ▪ Suitable for wood and chipboard
materials. Thus the UX GREEN is the ▪ TV consoles screws, as well as stud screws.
correct choice for unknown base ▪ Plumbing and heating fixings ▪ The required screw length is given by:
materials. the plug length + fixture thickness +
▪ Plug collar for anti-slip safety and saw 1 x screw diameter.
tooth sides as turning lock ensure the ▪ In the case of board building materials,
highest installation safety. the threadless part of the screw must
not be longer than the fixture.
▪ The edge distance must be at least
one plug length.

26
Universal plug UX GREEN

TECHNICAL DATA
lS ≥ hef + tfix + ds

greenline
d0 ds

l = hef tfix
h1
Universal plug UX GREEN R - with rim

With rim Without rim Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Min. panel Anchor length Wood and chip- Sales unit
depth thickness board screws
d0 h1 dp l ds / ds x ls
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item UX R UX
UX GREEN 6 x 35 518885 — 6 45 9,5 35 4-5 40
UX GREEN 6 x 50 524855 — 6 60 9,5 50 4-5 40
UX GREEN 8 x 50 518886 — 8 60 9,5 50 4,5 - 6 40
UX GREEN 10 x 60 518887 — 10 75 12,5 60 6-8 20
UX GREEN 12 x 70 — 524858 12 85 — 70 8 - 10 18

LOADS
Universal plug UX GREEN
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for wood screws with the specified diameter.
Type UX GREEN 6 x 35 UX GREEN 6 x 50 UX GREEN 8 x 50 UX GREEN 10 x 60 UX GREEN 12 x 70

Screw diameter Ø [mm] 5 5 6 8 10

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,40 0,60 0,60 1,00 1,50
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,30 0,30 0,50 0,70
Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,40 0,40 0,50 0,60 0,80
Vertically perforated brick ≥ Hlz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,30
Aerated concrete ≥ AAC 4 [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,30 0,40 0,60
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,10 -
Gypsum plasterboard 25 mm [kN] 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15 -
Gypsum fibreboard (Fermacell) [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,25 -
Gypsum block  ≥ 0,9 kg/dm³ [kN] - - 0,15 0,35 0,45
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

27
 Expansion plug SX GREEN

The powerful nylon plug with 4-way expansion

2
greenline

Mirror fixings Wall consoles

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ Concrete
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Cavity floor slabs made from bricks
and concrete
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Natural stone with dense structure
▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Solid panel made from gypsum
▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ Produced with at least 50%  renew- ▪ Lighting ▪ The SX GREEN is suitable for pre-posi-
able raw materials and therefore ▪ Wardrobes tioned and push-through installation.
particularly environmentally friendly. ▪ Motion detectors ▪ When screwing in the screw, the
▪ Just as effective, secure and durable ▪ Skirting SX GREEN expands in four directions,
as regular SX plugs. ▪ Light shelves thus providing a secure anchoring in
▪ The powerful 4-way expansion pro- ▪ Mirror cabinets the building material.
vides optimum force transmission in ▪ Letter boxes ▪ The required screw length is given by
the building material, thus enabling ▪ TV consoles the plug length + fixture thickness +
high load values and security. ▪ Trellis 1 x screw diameter.
▪ The anti-rotation lock prevents the ▪ Folding shutters ▪ Suitable for wood, chipboard and
plug from spinning in the drill hole. ▪ Bath and toilet installations spacing screws.
▪ The expansion-free plug neck  pre-
vents the creation of expansion forces
on the material whilst screwing in the
screw. This helps to prevent dam-
age to tiles and plaster.
▪ Fast and easy push-through installa-
tion reduces installation time.

28
Expansion plug SX GREEN

TECHNICAL DATA
lS ≥ hef + tfix+ ds

Plug SX GREEN - with rim 2

d0 ds

greenline
Plug SX GREEN - with greater anchorage
depth, without rim

l = hef tfix
h1

Plug SX GREEN S - with rim and screw

With rim Without rim With rim and Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Max. fixture Wood and chip- Sales unit
and large screw diameter depth thickness board screws
anchorage d0 h1 l t fix ds / ds x ls
depth
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item SX SX SX-S
SX GREEN 5 x 25 524859 — — 5 35 25 — 3-4 90
SX GREEN 6 x 30 524860 — — 6 40 30 — 4-5 90
SX GREEN 6 x 30 — — 524866 6 40 30 5 4,5 x 40 45
SX GREEN 6 x 50 — 524861 — 6 60 50 — 4-5 90
SX GREEN 8 x 40 524862 — — 8 50 40 — 4,5 - 6 90
SX GREEN 8 x 40 — — 524867 8 60 40 15 5 x 60 45
SX GREEN 8 x 65 — 524863 — 8 75 65 — 4,5 - 6 45
SX GREEN 10 x 50 524864 — — 10 70 50 — 6-8 45
SX GREEN 12 x 60 524865 — — 12 80 60 — 8 - 10 20

LOADS
Expansion plug SX GREEN
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for wood screws with the specified diameter.
Type SX GREEN 5 x 25 SX GREEN 6 x 30 SX GREEN 8 x 40 SX GREEN 10 x 50 SX GREEN 12 x 60
SX GREEN 6 x 50 SX GREEN 8 x 65
Wood screw diameter Ø [mm] 4 5 6 8 10
Min. edge distance concrete cmin [mm] 25 35 40 50 65
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,30 0,65 0,70 1,20 1,70
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,25 0,30 0,60 0,65 0,70
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 0,30 0,50 0,60 1,20 1,70
Aerated concrete ≥ AAC 2 [kN] 0,03 0,03 0,04 0,09 0,14
Aerated concrete ≥ AAC 4 [kN] 0,09 0,09 0,14 0,30 0,45
Vertically perforated brick ≥ Hlz 12 ( ≥ 1.0 kg/dm³) [kN] 0,07 0,07 0,17 0,17 0,26
Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,17 0,30 0,35 0,30 0,35
Gypsum block [kN] - - 0,26 0,37 1,00
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

29
 Plasterboard fixing GK GREEN

The fastest installation in gypsum plasterboard

2
greenline

Wall lamps Pictures

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ Gypsum plasterboard, single and
double-planked

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ Produced with at least 50% renewable ▪ Pictures ▪ The gypsum plasterboard fixing GK
raw materials  and therefore particu- ▪ Lighting GREEN is suitable for pre-positioned
larly environmentally friendly. ▪ Electrical installations installation.
▪ Just as effective, secure and durable ▪ Fitting accessories ▪ The GK GREEN is screwed flush into
as regular GK plugs. ▪ Series installations the gypsum plasterboard using the
▪ The included setting tool combine the setting tool provided. Avoid manual
functions of drilling and setting fixings and machine-aided overtightening.
for direct and easy installation. ▪ For board thicknesses greater than
▪ Sharp, self-tapping thread for a 15 mm, drill a hole first by using the
positive-fit connection with a high setting tool.
load-bearing capacity. ▪ Adapted for wood, sheet metal and
▪ The cross-drive recess in the head of chipboard screws with a diameter of
the fixing means that the GK GREEN 4.0 to 5.0 mm.
can also easily be screwed out like a ▪ Not suitable for gypsum fibreboard
screw. and tiled plasterboard.
▪ The GK GREEN can be used with
various screws, hooks and eye screws,
making it very versatile in its applica-
tions.

30
Plasterboard fixing GK GREEN

TECHNICAL DATA

Plasterboard fixing GK GREEN

2

greenline
Plasterboard fixing GK GREEN S

Anchor length Min. thickness to Max. fixture Screw Drive Sales unit
first supporting layer thickness
l t t fix ds x ls
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
GK GREEN 524868 1) 2) 22 25 — 4,0 - 5,0 x Ls — 90
GK GREEN S 524869 1) 3) 22 25 13 4,5 x 35 PZ2 45
1) Including installation tool GKW.
2) Min. screw length = length of plug 22 mm + thickness of building component.
3) Supplied with plasterboard screw.

LOADS
Plasterboard fixing GK GREEN
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for chipboard screws with the specified diameters.
Type GK GREEN

Chipboard screw Ø [mm] 4,0 - 5,0

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Gypsum plasterboard 9,5 mm [kN] 0,07
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,08
Gypsum plasterboard 2 x 12,5 mm [kN] 0,11
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

31
 Hammerfix N GREEN

The hammer-in plug for simple, fast and economic installation

2
greenline

Timber substructures Cable fixing

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ Concrete
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Building brick
▪ Natural stone
▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Solid panel made from gypsum
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ Produced with at least 50% renewable ▪ Substructures made of wood and ▪ The hammerfix N GREEN is suitable
raw materials and therefore particu- metal for push-through installation.
larly environmentally friendly. ▪ Wall connection or plaster profiles ▪ The easiest installation: drill, knock in
▪ Just as effective, secure and durable ▪ Slides and you’re done.
as regular hammerfix N plugs.  ▪ Sheets ▪ When being hammered in, the nail
▪ The rapid push-through and ham- ▪ Cable and pipe clips screw causes the plug to expand in
mer-set installation reduces the ▪ Perforated tapes two directions, thus providing a secure
amount of work required and allows anchoring in the building material.
for economic series installation.
▪ The integrated hammer-in stop
prevents the plug from expanding pre-
maturely, thus enabling problem-free
installation.
▪ Together with the cross-slot recess,
the thread of the nail screw allows the
screw to be removed, thus allowing for
subsequent dismantling.

32
Hammerfix N GREEN

TECHNICAL DATA

Hammerfix N GREEN S with countersunk 2

head and zinc-plated nail

greenline
Drill hole diameter Effect. anchorage Anchor length Min. drill hole Max. fixture Drive Sales unit
depth depth for through thickness
fixings
d0 hef l h2 t fix
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
N GREEN 6 x 40/10 S 524845 6 30 40 55 10 PZ2 45
N GREEN 6 x 60/30 S 524847 6 30 60 75 30 PZ2 45
N GREEN 6 x 80/50 S 524848 6 30 80 95 50 PZ2 45
N GREEN 8 x 80/40 S 524849 8 40 80 95 40 PZ3 45
N GREEN 8 x 100/60 S 524850 8 40 100 115 60 PZ3 45

LOADS
Hammerfix N GREEN S
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for screw nails with the specified diameter.
Type N GREEN 6 N GREEN 8

Screw nail diameter Ø [mm] 4 5

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,25 0,27
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,18 0,24
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 0,22 0,24
Solid brick of lightweight aggregate concrete ≥ V 4 [kN] 0,12 0,15
Aerated concrete ≥ AAC 2 [kN] 0,04 0,05
Aerated concrete ≥ AAC 4 [kN] 0,10 0,13
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

33
 Aircrete anchor GB GREEN

Secure in aerated concrete

2
greenline

Radiators Suspended ceilings

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

Suitable for:
▪ Aerated concrete ≥ AAC 2
▪ Aerated concrete and ceiling panels of
compressive strength ≥ 3.3

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ Produced with at least 50% renewable ▪ Suspended ceilings ▪ The aircrete anchor GB GREEN is sui-
raw materials and therefore particu- ▪ Cable trays table for pre-positioned installation.
larly environmentally friendly. ▪ Pipelines ▪ The spiral-shaped outer ribs cut a
▪ The spiral-shaped outer ribs cut a ▪ Guard rails positive fit into the soft building mate-
positive fit in the soft building material, ▪ Façade and roof constructions made rial when knocked in, thus ensuring
thus ensuring best  pressure distribu- of wood and metal optimal pressure distribution and load-
tion and load-bearing capacity. ▪ Anopy brackets bearing capacity.
▪ Can be applied with a hammer – ▪ Letter boxes ▪ The required screw length is given by
there is no need for special tools, ▪ Trellis the plug length + fixture thickness + 1
thus saving time and money for the x screw diameter.
installation. ▪ Rotary drilling of the hole is required.
▪ Can be used in unplastered aerated
concrete.

34
Aircrete anchor GB GREEN

TECHNICAL DATA

2
Aircrete anchor GB GREEN

greenline
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Plug length = min. fischer safety screw Sales unit
depth anchorage depth
d0 h1 l = hef ds x ls
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
GB GREEN 8 524870 8 60 50 5 20
GB GREEN 10 524871 10 65 55 7 18

LOADS
Aircrete anchor GB GREEN
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in aerated concrete.
The given loads are valid for fischer safety screws4) acc. attached table.
Type GB GREEN 8 GB GREEN 10

Diameter fischer safety screw Ø [mm] 5 7

Min. spacing6) smin [mm] 150 (100)7) 100
Min. edge distance2) cmin [mm] 100 (75)7) 100
Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] 75 120
Anchorage depth hef (hv) [mm] 50 55
Recommended load in the respective base material Frec3)
Aerated concrete AAC 2 [kN] 0,20 0,21
Aerated concrete AAC 3 [kN] 0,30 0,32 (0,43)5)
Aerated concrete AAC 4 [kN] 0,40 0,54 (0,71)5)
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Minimum possible edge distance.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.
4)
Galvanised steel (gvz) and stainless steel A4.
5)
The values in brackets are decisive for member thickness ≥ 150 mm.
6)
Minimum possible axial spacing while r educing the recommended load.
7)
Values in brackets apply to AAC 2.

35
 Insulation fixing FID GREEN

Thermal bridge-free installation in insulation materials

2
greenline

Fixings in ETICS Fixings in ETICS

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ Non-plastered, pressure-resistant insu-
lating boards
▪ Plastered, pressure-resistant insulating
boards
▪ ETICS insulating boards

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ Produced with at least 50% renewable To fix lightweight fixtures in plas- ▪ The FID GREEN can be set in pre-po-
raw materials and therefore particu- tered and non-plastered insulating sitioned installation with a cordless
larly environmentally friendly. boards. screwdriver or by hand.
▪ Just as effective, secure and durable The areas of application are: ▪ With its strong drill tip, the insulation
as regular FID plugs. To fix lightweight ▪ Façade construction (ETICS) fixing FID GREEN breaks through
fixtures in plastered and non-plastered ▪ Insulating construction thin plaster layers and cuts a positive
insulating boards. ▪ Electric construction fit into the insulation panel with its
▪ Thermal bridge-free mounting when ▪ Refrigerated and climate construction specially shaped spiral thread.
exclusively set in insulation material. ▪ Acoustic construction ▪ From a plaster thickness of 5 mm, we
▪ Installation without pre-drilling even recommend to create a 6 mm hole.
through thin plaster layers, thus saving This serves for better guidance of the
a work step. fastener in the setting process.
▪ Easy to set using a standard bit. ▪ Water ingress in the insulation mate-
rial can be prevented by sealing the
plug collar after successful installation.
▪ Attachment parts can be easily
attached with screws.
▪ We recommend to predrill an 6 mm
hole in ETICs rendering.

36
Insulation fixing FID GREEN

TECHNICAL DATA

Insulation fixing FID GREEN 50

Ø 25 mm
2

greenline
Insulation fixing FID GREEN 90
l

Anchor length Min. bolt pene- Wood and chip- Drive Sales unit
tration board screws
l ds
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FID GREEN 50 524851 50 50 4,5 - 5 T40 45
FID GREEN 90 524852 90 90 6 Inbus 6 mm 20

LOADS
Insulation fixing FID GREEN
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for chipboard screws with maximum diameter.
Type FID GREEN 50 FID GREEN 90

Screw diameter Ø [mm] 4,5 - 5,0 6,0

Recommended loads in the respective base material Nrec2)
Polystyrene PS 15 [kN] 0,07 0,17
Polystyrene PS 20 [kN] 0,10 0,20
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load.

37
 Injection mortar FIS GREEN

The first approved injection mortar made with renewable raw

materials
2
greenline

Building renovation Staircase

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

Approved for anchorings in:
▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
▪ Solid brick
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Aerated concrete

ADVANTAGES
▪ The  worldwide first injection mortar
with renewable raw materials. The
share of renewable raw materials
is certified by DIN CERTCO / TÜV
Rheinland. APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING
▪ Because of the European Technical Injection mortar for use with: ▪ FIS GREEN is a 2-component injection
Assessment it is possible to use the  ▪ Threaded rods FIS A, see page 144 mortar.
injection system in the area of public ▪ Internal threaded anchor RG MI, see ▪ Resin and hardener are stored in two
buildings. page 159 separate chambers and are not mixed
▪ The low content of volatile organic ▪ Rebar anchor FRA, see page 179 and activated until extrusion trough
compounds (VOC) has a positive effect ▪ Concrete steel bars, see page 185 the static mixer.
for the evaluation of fixings in „Green ▪ Injection anchor sleeves FIS H, see ▪ The injection cartridges are quick and
Building“-projects. page 167 easy to use with the fischer dispen-
▪ Biobased raw materials increase the ▪ NSF certificate verifies its suitability for sers.
residential and workplace quality and applications in drinking water ▪ Partially used cartridges can be reused
preserve valuable resources for future by changing the static mixer.
generations. ▪ Related accessories for the various
▪ The injection system is not mandatory applications can be found on
for indication and thus reduces risks pages „non-cracked concrete“ and
for installers and the environment. „masonry“.
▪ FIS GREEN is suitable for the use with
the complete fischer injection accesso-
ries.

SEE ALSO

ANCHORS +
SLEEVES DISPENSER ACCESSORIES
Page 144 Page 195 Page 198
38
Injection mortar FIS GREEN

INSTALLATION WITH FIS EB, FIS GREEN

greenline
INSTALLATION

INSTALLATION

INSTALLATION - UNDERCUT DRILL HOLE

INSTALLATION - CYLINDRICAL DRILL HOLE

39
 Injection mortar FIS GREEN

TECHNICAL DATA

FIS GREEN 300 T Static mixer FIS MR Plus

2
greenline

Approval
Languages on the cartridge Scale unit Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. ETA [pcs]

FIS GREEN 300 T 522223 ■ DE 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 12
1 Cartidge 300 ml,
FIS GREEN 300 T K 523244 ■ DE 150 4
2 x Static mixer (incl. clip with europerforation)
1 cartridge 300 ml,
FIS GREEN 300 T 522989 ■ FR 150 4
2 x FIS MR Plus with transparent Clip
1 cartridge 300 ml,
FIS GREEN 300 T 523245 ■ IT 150 12
2 x FIS MR Plus with transparent Clip
FIS GREEN 300 T 538219 ■ CS, SK 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 12
1 cartridge 300 ml,
FIS GREEN 300 T 532972 ■ DA, SV, NO, FI 150 12
2 x FIS MR Plus with transparent Clip
FIS MR Plus 545853 — — — 10 static mixer FIS MR Plus 10

LOADS
Injection system FIS GREEN: Injection mortar FIS GREEN with Threaded rod FIS A 1)
zinc plated steel / stainless steel / high corrosion resistant steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 2) 3) 4) 5)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing member anchorage torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element thickness depth moment
Max. tension Max. shear
load load Max. Load
hmin hef6) Tmax Nperm 7) Vperm 7) c c scr smin 8) 9) cmin 8) 9)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
100 60 5,7 180
90 70
5.8 110 80 7,6 5,1 240
190 160 9,0 40 60 480
100 60 5,7 130 180
90
8.8 110 80 7,6 8,6 115 240
190 160 14,3 85 90 480
M8 10 40 40
100 60 5,7 85 180
90
A4-70 110 80 7,6 6,0 75 240
190 160 9,9 50 70 480
100 60 5,7 110 180
90
C-70 110 80 7,6 7,4 100 240
190 160 12,4 70 80 480
100 60 6,7 90 125 180
5.8 120 90 10,1 8,6 110 105 270
230 200 13,8 55 85 600
100 60 6,7 90 200 180
8.8 120 90 10,1 13,1 170 270
110
230 200 22,4 115 600
M10 20 45 45
100 60 6,7 90 135 180
A4-70 120 90 10,1 9,2 110 110 270
230 200 15,7 65 90 600
100 60 6,7 90 170 180
C-70 120 90 10,1 11,4 110 145 270
230 200 19,5 95 105 600

40
Injection mortar FIS GREEN

LOADS
Injection system FIS GREEN: Injection mortar FIS GREEN with Threaded rod FIS A 1)
zinc plated steel / stainless steel / high corrosion resistant steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 2) 3) 4) 5)
reducing the load 2
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.

greenline
fixing member anchorage torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element thickness depth moment
Max. tension Max. shear
load load Max. Load
hmin hef6) Tmax Nperm 7) Vperm 7) c c scr smin 8) 9) cmin 8) 9)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
100 70 8,9 105 175 210
5.8 140 110 14,0 12,0 130 130 330
270 240 20,5 70 100 720
100 70 8,9 105 295 210
8.8 140 110 14,0 19,4 230 330
130
270 240 30,5 150 720
M12 40 55 55
100 70 8,9 105 200 210
A4-70 140 110 14,0 13,7 130 155 330
270 240 22,5 85 115 720
100 70 8,9 105 260 210
C-70 140 110 14,0 17,1 130 200 330
270 240 28,1 115 135 720
120 80 12,0 125 305 240
5.8 170 125 18,7 22,3 160 235 375
360 320 37,6 115 150 960
120 80 12,0 28,7 125 240
405
8.8 170 125 18,7 375
36,0 160
360 320 47,9 220 960
M16 60 65 65
120 80 12,0 125 350 240
A4-70 170 125 18,7 25,2 160 270 375
360 320 42,0 135 165 960
120 80 12,0 28,7 125 405 240
C-70 170 125 18,7 350 375
31,4 160
360 320 47,9 195 960
140 90 14,6 135 435 270
5.8 220 170 27,6 34,9 190 300 510
450 400 58,6 165 195 1200
140 90 14,6 35,0 135 440 270
8.8 220 170 27,6 525 510
56,0 190
450 400 64,8 290 1200
M20 120 85 85
140 90 14,6 35,0 135 440 270
A4-70 220 170 27,6 350 510
39,4 190
450 400 64,8 215 1200
140 90 14,6 35,0 135 440 270
C-70 220 170 27,6 455 510
49,1 190
450 400 64,8 260 1200
10)
For the design the complete assessment ETA-14/0408 has to be considered.
1)
Also valid for anchor rod RG M in the same property class.
2)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-14/0408 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-14/0408.
3)
The given loads are valid for injection mortar FIS GREEN for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate up to 50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C. For drill hole cleaning see
ETA-14/0408.
4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
5)
Drill method hammer drilling.
6)
For the sizes M8 - M20 the min. anchorage depth and the max. anchorage depth are given. The anchorage depth can be chosen freely between these borders.
7)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see ETA-14/0408.
8)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
9)
Minimum possible spacing resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the required minimum member thickness. The combination of minimum edge distance and minimum spacing is not
possible. One of both values has to be increased acc. ETA-14/0408.
10)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-14/0408, issue date 19/12/2014. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Technical Report TR 029 (for static resp. quasi-static loads).

41
 Injection mortar FIS GREEN

LOADS
Injection system FIS GREEN: Injection resin FIS GREEN with Internal threaded anchor RGMI
zinc plated steel / stainless steel A4
Minimum spacings while
2 Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼ B25) 1) 2) 3)
reducing the load
Type Screw steel Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
greenline

property/ member anchorage torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
surface thickness depth moment
Max. tension Max. shear
load load Max. Load
hmin hef Tmax Nperm 4) Vperm 4) c c scr smin 5) cmin 5)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
5.8 9,0 5,3 95 65
RG M8 I 8.8 120 90 10 11,9 8,3 135 95 270 55 55
A4-70 9,9 5,9 110 70
5.8 13,8 8,3 90
RG M10 I 8.8 130 90 20 13,3 145 155 270 65 65
13,9
A4-70 9,3 100
5.8 12,1 110
RG M12 I 8.8 170 125 40 20,2 19,3 190 190 375 75 75
A4-70 13,5 125
5.8 22,4 180
RG M16 I 8.8 210 160 80 27,8 30,9 240 265 480 95 95
A4-70 25,1 205
For the design the complete assessment ETA-14/0408 has to be considered. 6)
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-14/0408 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1.4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3-hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1.5-h ef. Accurate data see ETA-14/0408.
2)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Drill method hammer drilling. For further allowable application conditions see ETA-14/0408.
4)
For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor
design software C-FIX.
5)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
8)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-14/0408, issue date 19/12/2014. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Technical Report TR 029 (for static resp. quasi-static loads).

LOADS
Injection system FIS GREEN with threaded rod FIS A4)
Highest permissible loads1) 5) for a single anchor in solid brick masonry (without injection anchor sleeve) for pre-positioned or push-
through installation.
For the design the complete assessment ETA-14/0471 has to be considered.
Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum Min. Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Characte-ri- Characte- Min. Characte-
sive- density brick effective member torque tensile shear load3) stic spacing ristic spa- spacing 2) ristic resp.
brick- dimensions 6) anchorage thickness load3) parallel to cing perpen- min. edge
strength depth bed joint dicular to distance2)
bed joint
smin║ /
fb ρ (L x W x H) hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm Vperm scr║ scr┴ ccr = cmin
smin┴
[N/mm²] [kg/dm³] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz, NF acc. to EN 771-1
M8 50 80 0,71 0,71 150 150 150 100
M10 50 80 0,86 1,14 150 150 150 100
M10 80 110 1,29 1,14 240 240 240 100
M10 ≥10 200 230 3,14 2,43 300 300 300 150
M12 50 80 0,86 1,14 150 150 150 100
M12 80 110 1,43 1,14 240 240 240 100
M12 240x115x71 200 230 2,00 3,29 300 300 300 150
≥1,8 10
M8 (NF) 50 80 0,71 1,14 150 150 150 100
M10 50 80 1,29 1,71 150 150 150 100
M10 80 110 1,71 1,71 240 240 240 100
M10 ≥20 200 230 3,43 3,43 300 300 300 150
M12 50 80 1,14 1,57 150 150 150 100
M12 80 110 2,00 1,57 240 240 240 100
M12 200 230 2,86 3,43 300 300 300 150

42
Injection mortar FIS GREEN

LOADS
Injection system FIS GREEN with threaded rod FIS A4)
Highest permissible loads1) 5) for a single anchor in solid brick masonry (without injection anchor sleeve) for pre-positioned or push-
through installation.
For the design the complete assessment ETA-14/0471 has to be considered. 2
Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum Min. Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Characte-ri- Characte- Min. Characte-

greenline
sive- density brick effective member torque tensile shear load3) stic spacing ristic spa- spacing 2) ristic resp.
brick- dimensions 6) anchorage thickness load3) parallel to cing perpen- min. edge
strength depth bed joint dicular to distance2)
bed joint
smin║ /
fb ρ (L x W x H) hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm Vperm scr║ scr┴ ccr = cmin
smin┴
[N/mm²] [kg/dm³] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Solid sand-lime brick KS acc. to EN 771
M8 50 80 0,71 1,14 150 150 150 100
M10 50 80 0,71 1,14 150 150 150 100
M10 80 110 0,86 1,14 240 240 240 100
M10 ≥10 200 230 2,57 1,14 300 300 300 150
M12 50 80 0,57 1,43 150 150 150 100
M12 80 110 0,86 1,43 240 240 240 100
M12 240x115x71 200 230 2,57 1,43 300 300 300 150
≥1,8 10
M8 (NF) 50 80 0,71 1,57 150 150 150 100
M10 50 80 0,86 1,57 150 150 150 100
M10 80 110 1,14 1,57 240 240 240 100
M10 ≥20 200 230 3,43 1,57 300 300 300 150
M12 50 80 0,86 2,00 150 150 150 100
M12 80 110 1,29 2,00 240 240 240 100
M12 200 230 3,43 2,00 300 300 300 150
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered.
2)
Minimum feasible spacings resp. edge distance. Details as well as to the distances to joints see assessment.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see assessment.
4)
Zinc-plated, stainless steel A4 and high corrosion-resistant steel C.
5)
The given loads are valid for installation and use of fixations in dry masonry - use category d/d - for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C) and drill hole cleaning
according to assessment. The given brick types in combination with the permissible loads are an extract of the assessment.
6)
Hole patterns see assessment.

LOADS
Injection system FIS GREEN with threaded rod FIS A5) and anchor sleeve FIS H..K
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in solid brick masonry (with injection anchor sleeve) for pre-positioned installation.
For the design the complete assessment ETA-14/0471 has to be considered.
Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum Min. Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Characteris- Characteris- Min. Characte-
of anchor sleeve with sive- density brick effective member torque tensile shear load3) tic spacing tic spacing spacing 2) ristic resp.
anchor rod brick- dimensions 6) anchorage thickness load3) parallel to perpendicu- min. edge
strength depth4) bed joint lar to bed distance2)
joint
smin║ /
fb ρ (L x W x H) hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm Vperm scr║ scr┴ ccr = cmin
smin┴
[N/mm²] [kg/dm³] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Solid sand-lime brick KS acc. to EN 771
12x85 M8 2 0,86 0,86
16x85 M10 ≥ 10 85 115 4 0,57 1,00
20x85 M12 4 1,57 1,00
≥ 1,8 240x115x113 255 255 255 100
12x85 M8 2 1,29 1,29
16x85 M10 ≥ 20 85 115 4 0,86 1,57
20x85 M12 4 2,29 1,57
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of  L = 1,4 are considered.
2)
Minimum feasible spacings resp. edge distance. Details as well as to the distances to joints see assessment.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see assessment.
4)
The maximum anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant anchor sleeves FIS H..K (see technical data).
5)
Zinc-plated, stainless steel A4 and high corrosion-resistant steel C.
6)
The given loads are valid for installation and use of fixations in dry masonry - use category d/d - for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C) and drill hole cleaning
according to assessment. The given brick types in combination with the permissible loads are an extract of the assessment.
7)
Hole patterns see assessment.

43
 Injection mortar FIS GREEN

LOADS
Injection system FIS GREEN with threaded rod FIS A5) and anchor sleeve FIS H..K
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in perforated brick masonry (with injection anchor sleeve) for pre-positioned installation.
For the design the complete assessment ETA-14/0471 has to be considered.
2 Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum brick- Min. Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Characte- Characte- Min. Characte-
of anchor sleeve with sive- density dimensions 7) effevtive- member torque tensile shear load3) ristic ristic spacing 2) ristic resp.
greenline

anchor rod brick- anchorage thickness load3) spacing spacing per- min. edge
strength depth4) parallel to pendicular to distance2)
bed joint bed joint
smin║ /
fb ρ (L x W x H) hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm Vperm scr║ scr┴ ccr = cmin
smin┴
[N/mm²] [kg/dm³] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Vertically perforated brick Hlz, acc. to EN 771-1
12x85 M6/M8
16x85 M8/M10 ≥8 ≥ 1,4 230x108x55 85 115 2,0 0,57 0,71 230 55 230 / 55 100
20x85 M12/M16
12x85 M6/M8 0,57 1,14
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 10 ≥ 0,9 240x175x113 85 175 2,0 0,57 1,57 240 115 240 / 115 120
20x85 M12/M16 0,71 1,71
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL acc. to EN 771-2
12x85 M6/M8 0,34 0,71
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 12 0,57 1,57
20x85 M12/M16 0,57 1,29
≥ 1,4 240x175x113 85 175 2,0 240 115 240 / 115 100
12x85 M6/M8 0,57 1,29
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 20 1,00 2,29
20x85 M12/M16 1,00 2,14
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered.
2)
Minimum feasible spacings resp. edge distance. Details as well as to the distances to joints see assessment.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see assessment.
4)
The maximum anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant anchor sleeves FIS H..K (see technical data).
5)
Zinc-plated, stainless steel A4 and high corrosion-resistant steel C.
6)
The given loads are valid for installation and use of fixations in dry masonry - use category d/d - for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C) and drill hole cleaning
according to assessment. The given brick types in combination with the permissible loads are an extract of the assessment.
7)
Hole patterns see assessment.

LOADS
Injection system FIS GREEN with threaded rod FIS A4)
Highest permissible loads1) 5) for a single anchor in aerated concrete.
For the design the complete assessment ETA-14/0471 has to be considered.
Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum Min. Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Characte- Characte- Min. Characte-
anchor rod sive- density brick dimensions effective- member torque tensile shear load3) ristic spa- ristic spacing 2) ristic resp.
brick- anchorage thickness load3) cing parallel spacing per- min. edge
strength depth to bed joint pendicular to distance2)
bed joint
smin║ /
fb ρ (L x W x H) hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm Vperm scr║ scr┴ ccr = cmin
smin┴
[N/mm²] [kg/dm³] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Aerated concrete acc. to EN 771-4
M8 1 0,71 0,32
M10 2 0,71 0,32
≥2 ≥ 0,35
M12 2 0,89 0,32
M16 2 0,89 0,43
M8 1 0,89 0,54
M10 2 1,07 0,54
≥4 ≥ 0,50 - 100 130 240 115 240 / 115 80
M12 2 1,07 0,54
M16 2 1,07 0,54
M8 1 1,25 0,89
M10 2 1,43 0,89
≥6 ≥ 0,65
M12 2 1,43 0,89
M16 2 1,43 0,71
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered.
2)
Minimum feasible spacings resp. edge distance. Details as well as to the distances to joints see assessment.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see assessment.
4)
Zinc-plated, stainless steel A4 and high corrosion-resistant steel C.
5)
The given loads are valid for installation and use of fixations in dry masonry - use category d/d - for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C) and drill hole cleaning
according to assessment. The given brick types in combination with the permissible loads are an extract of the assessment.

44
 2

45
greenline
3 Chemical fixings
Page Page

MORTARS AND CAPSULES FOR GENERAL APPLICATIONS SPECIAL APPLICATIONS 3

Introduction 48 Introduction 169

Chemical fixings
Highbond-System FHB II 52 Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn 170

Highbond-System FHB II Inject 59 Dynamic-Anchor FDA 174

UMV multicone dynamic

Superbond-System FSB 64 176
bonded anchor

Resin anchor RM II 79 Rebar connections 179

Concrete-Concrete Shear
Epoxy mortar FIS EM Plus 86 185
Connector FCC

Epoxy mortar FIS EB 95 Remedial wall tie VBS 8 187

Weather facing reconstruction

Injection mortar FIS V 101 189
system FWS II

Injection mortar FIS VL 117

Can System FCS 191

Injection mortar FIS GREEN 126

Fill & Fix injection fixing 193

Injection mortar FIS P Plus 133

DISPENSERS 196
Injection mortar FIS P 140

ANCHOR RODS ACCESSORIES 198

Introduction 144

Threaded rod FIS A 146

Threaded rod RG M 154

Internal threaded anchor RG M I 159

Internal threaded anchor FIS E 161

Accessories for push-trough

164
installation

Anchor sleeve FIS H K 167

Anchor sleeve FIS H L 167

Anchor sleeve FIS H N 167

47
 Mortars and Applications

Approved Substrates (ETA) Approved Features

Fire Resistance R120

3

Post- installed Rebar

Waterfilled drill hole

Seismic Approval

Diamond drilling

Dynamic loads
Hollow drilling
Connection
Chemical fixings

Cracked Non- Solid Perfo- Aerated

Others
Concrete cracked Masonry rated Concrete

Page
ICC
Positioning Concrete Masonry

Mortar Cartridges

ZTV
The best performance 1200 °C, 52
    
in cracked concrete BZS shock
tested
Highbond-System FHB II

Under-
The concrete all- water 64
     C1, C2 
rounder applica-
tions
Superbond-System FSB

The powerful injection

mortar for rebar con- 86
     C1, C2   
nections and cracked
concrete
Epoxy mortar FIS EM Plus

The basic epoxy mortar

for applications in     C1, C2    95
concrete

Epoxy mortar FIS EB

The versatile injection

mortar for anchorings 101
        C1, C2  
in masonry und
cracked concrete
Injection mortar FIS V

The solid injection

mortar for standard 117
        
applications in cracked
concrete and masonry
Injection mortar FIS VL
Biobased,
The first approved EPD,
mortar made with Émission 126
    
renewable raw Dans L'Air
materials Intérieur,
Injection mortar FIS GREEN NSF

The approved injection

mortar for anchorings        133
in masonry
Injection mortar FIS P Plus

The reliable injection

mortar for anchorings () () () 140
in masonry
Injection mortar FIS P

 = approved
() = recommendation

48
Mortars and Applications

Approved Substrates (ETA) Approved Features

Fire Resistance R120

3

Post- installed Rebar

Waterfilled drill hole

Seismic Approval

Diamond drilling

Dynamic loads
Hollow drilling
Connection

Chemical fixings
Cracked Non- Solid Perfo- Aerated

Others
Concrete cracked Masonry rated Concrete

Page
ICC
Positioning Concrete Masonry

Mortar Capsules
The best performance 53
Resin capsules FHB II-P, FHB II-PF High Speed     
in cracked concrete

Resin capsules RSB The concrete all- 73

   C1   
rounder

Bonded anchor for

Resin capsules RM II cracked concrete
     80
without drill hole
cleaning

The capsule system

UMV-P for the anchoring of    176
dynamic loads

49
 Mortars and Anchors

3
Chemical fixings

Mortar Cartridges FIS HB FIS SB FIS EM Plus FIS EB FIS V FIS VL FIS GREEN FIS P Plus FIS P

Page
Positioning Best per- Concrete Powerful Basic Epoxy Versatile Solid First appro- Appro- Reliable in
formance in all-rounder rebar mortar for mortar for mortar for ved mortar ved for masonry
concrete connections concrete masonry standard made with Masonry
+ cracked und cracked anchorings renewable
concrete concrete in masonry raw mate-
and cracked rials
concrete

       () 146
Threaded Rod FIS A

       () 154
Threaded Rod RG M

Internal Threaded Anchor      159

RG M I

Internal Threaded Socket     () 161

FIS E

Highbond Anchor FHB II-A L /  26

FHB II-AS

Highbond Anchor FHB II-A L  59

Inject / FHB II-A S Inject

FHB dyn  170

FDA  174

UMV-A dyn 176

 = approved · () = recommendation

50
Mortars and Anchors

Chemical fixings
Mortar Capsules FHB II-P, FHB II-PF High Speed RSB RM II UMV-P

Page
Positioning Best performance in concrete Concrete all-rounder Bonded anchor for cracked Capsule system for dynamic
concrete without drill hole loads
cleaning

140
Threaded Rod FIS A

  154
Threaded Rod RG M

Internal Threaded Anchor   159

RG M I

Internal Threaded Socket 161

FIS E

Highbond Anchor FHB  26

II-A L / FHB II-AS

Highbond Anchor FHB 59

II-A L Inject / FHB II-A
S Inject

FHB dyn 170

FDA 174

UMV-A dyn  176

51
 Highbond-System FHB II

The best performance in cracked concrete

3
Chemical fixings

Banisters Steel girders

VERSIONS CERTIFICATES
▪ Zinc-plated steel
▪ Stainless steel
▪ Highly corrosion-resistant steel

BUILDING MATERIALS Shock-tested; BZS approval for

shockproof fixings in civilian shelters.

Approved for:
▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, crak-
ked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The Highbond system FHB II achieves ▪ Guard rails ▪ The FHB II is a bonded anchor with
the highest load values in cracked ▪ Façades torque-controlled expansion for pre-
concrete. Thus fewer fixing points and ▪ Staircases positioned and push-through installa-
smaller anchor plates are required. ▪ Steel brackets tion.
▪ The injection mortar FIS HB and the ▪ Machines ▪ The anchor rod can be set either with
capsules FHB II-P/PF offer the same ▪ Silo installations injection mortar FIS HB or with the
performance and can be used with the ▪ Masts capsule FHB II-P / FHB II-PF HIGH
FHB II-A S (short version) or L (long ▪ Rash protection SPEED, and is fully bonded in the drill
version) anchor rods. Thus, you can ▪ Steelwork constructions hole.
select the most economical solution ▪ Timber constructions ▪ When tightening the hexagon nut, the
based on requirements. anchor rod cones are pulled into the
▪ The large cartridge size of the injection mortar shell, which expands against
mortar FIS HB is ideally suited for the drill hole wall.
serial installation. ▪ The styrene-free vinyl ester mortar fully
▪ The pre-portioned resin capsule FHB seals the drill hole.
II-P / PF HIGH SPEED is the economi- ▪ When using the resin capsule, set the
cal solution for single applications or anchor rod through rotating and hit-
under water. A cleaning of the bore- ting motions with a hammer drill. The
hole during processing with capsule is RA-SDS setting tool, item no. 62420
not required. is used.
▪ The special formulation used in the
capsule FHB II-PF HIGH SPEED ensu-
res especially fast curing and allows
installation without waiting times.

SEE ALSO

DISPENSER ACCESSORIES
Page 195 Page 198
52
Highbond-System FHB II

INSTALLATION IN CONCRETE WITH CAPSULE FHB II-P

Chemical fixings
INSTALLATION IN CONCRETE WITH FIS HB

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar FIS HB 345 S

Injection mortar FIS HB 150 C
+ static mixer FIS MR Plus
Approval

Languages on the cartridge Scale unit Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. ETA [pcs]

FIS HB 345 S 033211 ■ DE, GB, FR, ES, NL, CS 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS HB 150 C 519665 ■ DE, FR, NL 70 1 cartridge 145 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS MR Plus 545853 — — — 10 static mixer FIS MR Plus 10

TECHNICAL DATA

Resin capsule FHB II-P (standard)

Drill hole Drill hole depth Anchorage depth Match Sales unit
Approval

diameter
d0 h0 hef
Item Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FHB II-P 8 x 60 096824 ■ 10 75 60 FHB II-A L M 8 x 60 10
FHB II-P 10 x 60 096847 ■ 10 75 60 FHB II-S M 10 x 60 10
FHB II-P 10 x 75 508016 ■ 10 90 75 FHB II-A S M 10 x 75 10
FHB II-P 10 x 95 096843 ■ 12 110 95 FHB II-A L M 10 x 95 10
FHB II-P 12 x 75 096848 ■ 12 90 75 FHB II-A S M 12 x 75 10
FHB II-P 12 x 100 507922 ■ 14 115 100 FHB II-A L M 12 x 100 10
FHB II-P 12 x 120 096844 ■ 14 135 120 FHB II-A L M 12 x 120 10
FHB II-P 16 x 95 096849 ■ 16 110 95 FHB II-A S M 16 x 95 10
FHB II-P 16 x 125 507923 ■ 18 145 125 FHB II-A L M 16 x 125 10
FHB II-P 16 x 145 507924 ■ 18 165 145 FHB II-A L M 16 x 145 10
FHB II-P 16 x 160 096845 ■ 18 175 160 FHB II-A L M 16 x 160 10
FHB II-P 20 x 170 507925 ■ 25 190 170 FHB II-A S M 20 x 170 4
FHB II-P 20 x 210 096846 ■ 25 235 210 FHB II-A L M 20 x 210 4
FHB II-P 24 x 170 096851 ■ 25 190 170 FHB II-A S M 24 x 170 4
FHB II-P 24 x 210 507926 ■ 25 235 210 FHB II-A L M 24 x 210 4

53
 Highbond-System FHB II

TECHNICAL DATA
Resin capsule FHB II-PF HIGH SPEED
(quick version)

Drill hole Drill hole depth Anchorage depth Match Sales unit

Approval
diameter
3 d0 h0 hef
Item Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Chemical fixings

FHB II-PF 8 x 60 500542 ■ 10 75 60 FHB II-A L M 8 x 60 10

FHB II-PF 10 x 60 500547 ■ 10 75 60 FHB II-S M 10 x 60 10
FHB II-PF 10 X 75 507999 ■ 10 90 75 FHB II-A S M 10 x 75 10
FHB II-PF 10 x 95 500543 ■ 12 110 95 FHB II-A L M 10 x 95 10
FHB II-PF 12 x 75 500548 ■ 12 90 75 FHB II-A S M 12 x 75 10
FHB II-PF 12 x 100 508000 ■ 14 115 100 FHB II-A L M 12 x 100 10
FHB II-PF 12 x 120 500544 ■ 14 135 120 FHB II-A L M 12 x 120 10
FHB II-PF 16 x 95 500549 ■ 16 110 95 FHB II-A S M 16 x 95 10
FHB II-PF 16 x 125 508001 ■ 18 145 125 FHB II-A L M 16 x 125 10
FHB II-PF 16 x 145 508002 ■ 18 165 145 FHB II-A L M 16 x 145 10
FHB II-PF 16 x 160 500545 ■ 18 175 160 FHB II-A L M 16 x 160 10
FHB II-PF 20 x 170 508003 ■ 25 190 170 FHB II-A S M 20 x 170 4
FHB II-PF 20 x 210 500546 ■ 25 235 210 FHB II-A L M 20 x 210 4
FHB II-PF 24 x 170 500550 ■ 25 190 170 FHB II-A S M 24 x 170 4
FHB II-PF 24 x 210 508004 ■ 25 235 210 FHB II-A L M 24 x 210 4

CURING TIME - FIS HB

Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
FIS HB FIS HB at anchoring base
(minimum + 5°C) FIS HB
‒ 5°C – ± 0°C 360 min.
± 0°C – + 5°C 180 min.
+ 5°C – +20°C 15 min. + 5°C – +20°C  90 min.
+20°C – +30°C  6 min. +20°C – +30°C  35 min.
+30°C – +40°C  4 min. +30°C – +40°C  20 min.
    > +40°C  2 min.     > +40°C  12 min.
Please note: The curing times apply for dry anchoring bases, in damp anchoring bases they should be doubled. Remove water from drill hole.

CURING TIME - FHB II P / FHB II-PF HIGH SPEED

Temperature Curing time
at anchoring base
FHB II-P FHB II-PF HIGH SPEED
‒ 5°C – ± 0°C 240 min. 8 min.
±  0°C – +10°C  45 min. 6 min.
+10°C – + 20°C  20 min. 4 min.
    ≧ + 20°C  10 min. 2 min.
Please note: The curing times apply for dry anchoring bases, in damp anchoring bases they should be doubled.

TECHNICAL DATA

Highbond anchor  FHB II-A S (short version)

Zinc-plated Stainless Highly Drill hole Drill hole Anchorage Usable Thread Width Sales unit
Approval

steel steel corrosion diameter depth depth length across nut

resistant hef tfix M  SW
steel d0 h0
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 C
FHB II-A S M10 x 60/10 097072 097630 097704 1) ■ 10 75 60 10 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 60/20 097073 097631 — ■ 10 75 60 20 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 60/40 — 097632 — ■ 10 75 60 40 M 10 17 10
1) Delivery time on request.

54
Highbond-System FHB II

TECHNICAL DATA

Highbond anchor  FHB II-A S (short version)

3
Zinc-plated Stainless Highly Drill hole Drill hole Anchorage Usable Thread Width Sales unit

Chemical fixings
Approval
steel steel corrosion diameter depth depth length across nut
resistant hef tfix M  SW
steel d0 h0
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 C
FHB II-A S M10 x 60/60 097074 097633 — ■ 10 75 60 60 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 60/100 097206 097634 — ■ 10 75 60 100 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 75/10 506884 506888 — ■ 10 90 75 10 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 75/20 506885 506889 — ■ 10 90 75 20 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 75/40 — 506890 — ■ 10 90 75 40 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 75/60 506886 506891 — ■ 10 90 75 60 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 75/100 506887 506892 — ■ 10 90 75 100 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M12 x 75/10 097257 097635 — ■ 12 90 75 10 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A S M12 x 75/25 097268 097636 097706 1) ■ 12 90 75 25 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A S M12 x 75/40 — 097637 — ■ 12 90 75 40 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A S M12 x 75/60 097274 097638 — ■ 12 90 75 60 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A S M12 x 75/100 097275 097639 — ■ 12 90 75 100 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A S M12 x 75/165 097280 097640 — ■ 12 90 75 165 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A S M16 x 95/30 097281 097641 097708 1) ■ 16 110 95 30 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A S M16 x 95/60 097286 097642 — ■ 16 110 95 60 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A S M16 x 95/100 097295 097643 — ■ 16 110 95 100 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A S M16 x 95/165 097296 097644 — ■ 16 110 95 165 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A S M20 x 170/50 506917 506919 — ■ 25 190 170 50 M 20 30 4
FHB II-A S M24 x 170/50 097297 097645 — ■ 25 190 170 50 M 24 36 4
1) Delivery time on request.

TECHNICAL DATA

Highbond anchor FHB II-A L (long version)

Zinc-plated Stainless Highly Drill hole Drill hole Anchorage Usable Thread Width Sales unit
Approval

steel steel corrosion diameter depth depth length across nut

resistant hef tfix M  SW
steel d0 h0
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 C
FHB II-A L M8 x 60/10 097032 097298 097696 1) ■ 10 75 60 10 M8 13 10
FHB II-A L M8 x 60/30 097033 097299 — ■ 10 75 60 30 M8 13 10
FHB II-A L M8 x 60/50 097034 097440 — ■ 10 75 60 50 M8 13 10
FHB II-A L M10 x 95/10 096907 097616 — ■ 12 110 95 10 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A L M10 x 95/20 096940 097617 097699 1) ■ 12 110 95 20 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A L M10 x 95/40 — 097618 — ■ 12 110 95 40 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A L M10 x 95/60 096941 097619 — ■ 12 110 95 60 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A L M10 x 95/100 096942 097620 — ■ 12 110 95 100 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 100/10 506893 506897 — ■ 14 115 100 10 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 100/25 506894 506898 — ■ 14 115 100 25 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 100/40 — 506899 — ■ 14 115 100 40 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 100/50 GS A4 — 537065 — ■ 14 115 100 50 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 100/60 506895 506901 — ■ 14 115 100 60 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 100/100 506896 506902 — ■ 14 115 100 100 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 120/10 096943 097621 — ■ 14 135 120 10 M 12 19 10
1) Delivery time on request.

55
 Highbond-System FHB II

TECHNICAL DATA

Highbond anchor FHB II-A L (long version)

3
Zinc-plated Stainless Highly Drill hole Drill hole Anchorage Usable Thread Width Sales unit
Chemical fixings

Approval
steel steel corrosion diameter depth depth length across nut
resistant hef tfix M  SW
steel d0 h0
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 C
FHB II-A L M12 x 120/25 096944 097622 097700 1) ■ 14 135 120 25 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 120/40 — 097623 — ■ 14 135 120 40 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 120/60 097014 097624 — ■ 14 135 120 60 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 120/100 097031 097625 — ■ 14 135 120 100 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 125/30 506903 506906 — ■ 18 140 125 30 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 125/60 506904 506909 — ■ 18 140 125 60 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 125/100 506905 506910 — ■ 18 140 125 100 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 145/30 506911 506914 — ■ 18 160 145 30 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 145/60 506912 506915 — ■ 18 160 145 60 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 145/100 506913 506916 — ■ 18 160 145 100 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 160/30 097035 097626 097702 1) ■ 18 175 160 30 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 160/60 097038 097627 — ■ 18 175 160 60 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 160/100 097070 097628 — ■ 18 175 160 100 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M20 x 210/50 097071 097629 097703 1) ■ 25 235 210 50 M 20 30 4
FHB II-A L M20 x 210/150 052370 — — ■ 25 235 210 150 M 20 30 8
FHB II-A L M24 x 210/50 506920 506921 — ■ 25 235 210 50 M 24 36 4
1) Delivery time on request.

FILLING QUANTITIES
Type Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Mortar volume in scale units Anchor
shown on the cartridge labels‘ per cartridge FIS HB 345 S *)
corresponding scala
[mm] [mm]
FHB II-A S M10 x 60 10 75 3 56
FHB II-A S M10 x 75 10 90 4 42
FHB II-A S M12 x 75 12 90 4 42
FHB II-A S M16 x 95 16 110 8 21
FHB II-A S M20 x 170 25 190 26 6
FHB II-A S M24 x 170 25 190 26 6
*) max. number with one static mixer

FILLING QUANTITIES
Type Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Mortar volume in scale units Anchor
shown on the cartridge labels‘ per cartridge FIS HB 345 S *)
corresponding scala
[mm] [mm]
FHB II-A L M8 x 60 10 75 3 56
FHB II-A L M10 x 95 12 110 5 34
FHB II-A L M12 x 100 14 115 7 24
FHB II-A L M12 x 120 14 135 7 24
FHB II-A L M16 x 125 18 140 11 15
FHB II-A L M16 x 145 18 160 13 13
FHB II-A L M16 x 160 18 175 13 13
FHB II-A L M20 x 210 25 235 33 5
FHB II-A L M24 x 210 25 235 33 5
*) max. number with one static mixer

56
Highbond-System FHB II

LOADS
Highbond anchor FHB II 1)
zinc plated steel / stainless steel / high corrosion resistant steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 2) 3) 4)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Installation Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance 3
Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
hmin hef Tinst Nperm 5) Vperm 5) c c s smin 6) cmin 6)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
gvz 7,8 163
FHB II-A L
A4-70 100 60 15 8,01) 150 180 40 40
M8 x 60 8,7 183
C-70
gvz 11,3 245
FHB II-A S
A4-70 100 60 15 8,01) 150 180 40 40
M10 x 60 13,8 306
C-70
FHB II-A S gvz 11,3 215
120 75 15 11,1 150 225 40 40
M10 x 75 A4-70 13,8 269
gvz 11,9 197
FHB II-A L
A4-70 140 95 20 15,9 238 285 40 40
M10 x 95 13,3 224
C-70
gvz 15,6 304
FHB II-A S
A4-70 120 75 30 11,1 150 225 40 40
M12 x 75 19,3 384
C-70
FHB II-A L gvz 17,3 296
140 100 40 17,1 190 300 50 50
M12 x 100 A4-70 19,3 334
gvz 17,3 259
FHB II-A L
A4-70 170 120 40 22,5 300 360 50 50
M12 x 120 19,3 292
C-70
gvz 29,0 506
FHB II-A S
A4-70 150 95 50 15,9 170 285 50 50
M16 x 95 31,7 559
C-70
FHB II-A L gvz 32,2 505
170 125 60 24,0 188 375 55 55
M16 x 125 A4-70 35,8 570
FHB II-A L gvz 32,2 464
190 145 60 29,9 250 435 60 60
M16 x 145 A4-70 35,8 525
gvz 32,2 423
FHB II-A L
A4-70 220 160 60 34,7 290 480 70 70
M16 x 160 35,8 479
C-70
FHB II-A S gvz 45,9 571
240 170 100 38,0 255 510 80 80
M20 x 170 A4-70 55,9 719
gvz 50,2 563
FHB II-A L
A4-70 280 210 100 52,2 315 630 90 90
M20 x 210 55,9 639
C-70
gvz 65,3 857
FHB II-A S
A4-70 240 170 100 38,0 71,1 255 946 510 80 80
M24 x 170
C-70 76,0 1019
FHB II-A L gvz 72,5 863
280 210 100 52,2 315 630 90 90
M24 x 210 A4-70 80,6 974
For the design the complete assessment ETA-05/0164 has to be considered. 7)
1)
Valid for injection mortar FIS HB. For using the glass capsule FHB II-P or FHB II-PF see ETA-05/0164.
2)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-05/0164 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of γL = 1.4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1.5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-05/0164.
3)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
4)
Drill method Hammer drilling.
5)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see ETA-05/0164.
6)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
7)
The given loads refer to the assessment ETA-05/0164, issue date 14/12/2017. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static loads).

57
 Highbond-System FHB II

LOADS
Highbond anchor FHB II 1)
zinc plated steel / stainless steel / high corrosion resistant steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 2) 3) 4)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Installation Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
3 fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance

Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings

load load Max. Load

hmin hef Tinst Nperm 5) Vperm 5) c c s smin 6) cmin 6)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
gvz 7,8 110
FHB II-A L
A4-70 100 60 15 11,21) 150 180 40 40
M8 x 60 8,7 124
C-70
gvz 11,3 166
FHB II-A S
A4-70 100 60 15 11,21) 150 180 40 40
M10 x 60 13,8 209
C-70
FHB II-A S gvz 11,3 145
120 75 15 12,0 103 225 40 40
M10 x 75 A4-70 13,8 183
gvz 11,9 131
FHB II-A L
A4-70 140 95 20 16,4 139 285 40 40
M10 x 95 13,3 150
C-70
gvz 15,6 206
FHB II-A S
A4-70 120 75 30 15,6 150 225 40 40
M12 x 75 19,3 261
C-70
FHB II-A L gvz 17,3 198
140 100 40 23,7 187 300 50 50
M12 x 100 A4-70 19,3 225
gvz 17,3 172
FHB II-A L
A4-70 170 120 40 23,7 179 360 50 50
M12 x 120 19,3 195
C-70
gvz 29,0 343
FHB II-A S
A4-70 150 95 50 22,3 170 285 50 50
M16 x 95 35,8 435
C-70
FHB II-A L gvz 32,2 339
170 125 60 33,6 188 375 55 55
M16 x 125 A4-70 35,8 384
FHB II-A L gvz 32,2 310
190 145 60 42,0 250 435 60 60
M16 x 145 A4-70 35,8 352
gvz 32,2 282
FHB II-A L
A4-70 220 160 60 46,0 270 480 70 70
M16 x 160 35,8 321
C-70
FHB II-A S gvz 45,9 380
240 170 100 53,3 255 510 80 80
M20 x 170 A4-70 55,9 481
gvz 50,2 372
FHB II-A L
A4-70 280 210 100 65,5 273 630 90 90
M20 x 210 55,9 424
C-70
gvz 65,3 576
FHB II-A S
A4-70 240 170 100 53,3 71,1 255 637 510 80 80
M24 x 170
C-70 80,6 735
FHB II-A L gvz 72,5 578
280 210 100 65,5 273 630 90 90
M24 x 210 A4-70 80,6 654
For the design the complete assessment ETA-05/0164 has to be considered. 7)
1)
Valid for injection mortar FIS HB. For using the glass capsule FHB II-P or FHB II-PF see ETA-05/0164.
2)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-05/0164 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1.4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1.5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-05/0164.
3)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
4)
Drill method Hammer drilling.
5)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see ETA-05/0164.
6)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
7)
The given loads refer to the assessment ETA-05/0164, issue date 14/12/2017. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static loads).

58
Highbond-System FHB II Inject

The economical solution in cracked concrete

Chemical fixings
Bridge railings Steel constructions

VERSIONS CERTIFICATES
▪ Stainless steel A4

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, crak-
ked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The Highbond system FHB II Inject ▪ Bridge railings ▪ The FHB II Inject is a bonded anchor
achieves high load values in cracked ▪ Façades with torque-controlled expansion
concrete. ▪ Staircases for pre-positioned and push-trough
▪ The combination of injection mortar ▪ Steel constructions installation.
FIS HB and anchor rod FHB II-AS ▪ Masts ▪ For FHB II-AL Inject, the annular gap
Inject A4 (short version) or FHB II-AL must be filled with Highbond special
Inject A4 (long version) is ideally sui- mortar FIS HB in case of push-through
ted for serial installation outdoors. installation.
▪ The low drill hole depth minimizes the ▪ The anchor rod is set with the High-
drilling effort, which saves time and bond special motor FIS HB and is fully
ensures economical installation. bonded in the drill hole.
▪ When using hollow drills with extrac- ▪ When tightening the hexagon nut,
tion, no drill hole cleaning is required. the anchor rod cones are pulled in the
motar shell, which expands against
the drill hole wall.

SEE ALSO

DISPENSER ACCESSORIES
Page 195 Page 198
59
 Highbond-System FHB II Inject

INSTALLATION IN CONCRETE WITH FIS HB

3
Chemical fixings

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar FIS HB 345 S

Injection mortar FIS HB 150 C
+ static mixer FIS MR Plus
Approval

Languages on the cartridge Scale unit Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. ETA [pcs]

FIS HB 345 S 033211 ■ DE, GB, FR, ES, NL, CS 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS HB 150 C 519665 ■ DE, FR, NL 70 1 cartridge 145 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS MR Plus 545853 — — — 10 static mixer FIS MR Plus 10

CURING TIME - FIS HB

Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
FIS HB FIS HB at anchoring base
(minimum + 5°C) FIS HB
‒ 5°C – ± 0°C 360 min.
± 0°C – + 5°C 180 min.
+ 5°C – +20°C 15 min. + 5°C – +20°C  90 min.
+20°C – +30°C  6 min. +20°C – +30°C  35 min.
+30°C – +40°C  4 min. +30°C – +40°C  20 min.
    > +40°C  2 min.     > +40°C  12 min.
Please note: The curing times apply for dry anchoring bases, in damp anchoring bases they should be doubled. Remove water from drill hole.

TECHNICAL DATA
Tinst
M

d0 df
Highbond anchor  FHB II-A S Inject
(short version)
hef
h0 t fix

Stainless Drill hole Drill hole Anchorage Total length Usable length Width across Sales unit
Approval

steel diameter depth depth nut

d0 h0 hef l tfix  SW
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item A4
FHB II-A S Inject M10 x 60/10 539911 ■ 10 66 60 90 10 17 10
FHB II-A S Inject M10 x 60/20 539912 ■ 10 66 60 100 20 17 10
FHB II-A S Inject M10 x 60/30 539927 ■ 10 66 60 110 30 17 10
FHB II-A S Inject M10 x 60/40 539913 ■ 10 66 60 120 40 17 10
FHB II-A S Inject M10 x 60/100 539914 ■ 10 66 60 180 100 17 10
FHB II-A S Inject M12 x 75/25 539928 ■ 12 81 75 123 25 19 10
FHB II-A S Inject M12 x 75/50 539929 ■ 12 81 75 148 50 19 10

60
Highbond-System FHB II Inject

TECHNICAL DATA
Tinst
M

d0 df
Highbond anchor  FHB II-A S Inject
(short version)
hef
h0 t fix
3
Stainless Drill hole Drill hole Anchorage Total length Usable length Width across Sales unit

Chemical fixings
Approval
steel diameter depth depth nut

d0 h0 hef l tfix  SW
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item A4
FHB II-A S Inject M16 x 95/30 539920 ■ 16 101 95 150 30 24 10
FHB II-A S Inject M16 x 95/60 539921 ■ 16 101 95 180 60 24 10

TECHNICAL DATA
Tinst
M

d0 df
Highbond anchor FHB II-A L Inject
(long version)
hef
h0 t fix

Stainless Drill hole Drill hole Anchorage Total length Usable length Width across Sales unit
Approval

steel diameter depth depth nut

d0 h0 hef l tfix  SW
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item A4
FHB II-A L Inject M10 x 95/10 539916 ■ 12 101 95 125 10 17 10
FHB II-A L Inject M10 x 95/20 539917 ■ 12 101 95 135 20 17 10
FHB II-A L Inject M12 x 100/25 539918 ■ 14 106 100 148 25 19 10
FHB II-A L Inject M12 x 120/25 539919 ■ 14 126 120 160 25 19 10
FHB II-A L Inject M16 x 125/30 539922 ■ 18 131 125 180 30 24 10
FHB II-A L Inject M16 x 125/60 539923 ■ 18 131 125 210 60 24 10
FHB II-A L Inject M16 x 160/30 539925 ■ 18 166 160 215 30 24 10
FHB II-A L Inject M16 x 160/60 539926 ■ 18 166 160 245 60 24 10

FILLING QUANTITIES FHB II-A S INJECT

Type Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Mortar volume in scale units Anchor
shown on the cartridge labels‘ per cartridge FIS HB 345 S *)
corresponding scala
[mm] [mm]
FHB II-A S Inject M10 x 60 10 75 3 56
FHB II-A S Inject M12 x 75 12 90 4 42
FHB II-A S Inject M16 x 95 16 110 8 21
*) max. number with one static mixer

FILLING QUANTITIES FHB II-A L INJECT

Type Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Mortar volume in scale units Anchor
shown on the cartridge labels‘ per cartridge FIS HB 345 S *)
corresponding scala
[mm] [mm]
FHB II-A L Inject M10 x 95 12 110 5 34
FHB II-A L Inject M12 x 100 14 115 6 24
FHB II-A L Inject M12 x 120 14 135 7 24
FHB II-A L Inject M16 x 125 18 140 11 15
FHB II-A L Inject M16 x 160 18 175 13 13
*) max. number with one static mixer

61
 Highbond-System FHB II Inject

LOADS
Highbond anchor FHB II Inject: Injection mortar FIS HB with Anchor rod FHB II-A Inject
stainless steel A4
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3) 7)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Installation Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
3 fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance

Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings

load load Max. Load

hmin hef Tinst Nperm 4) Vperm 4) c c scr smin 5) cmin 5)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
FHB II-A S Inject
A4 100 60 15 8,0 13,8 90 310 180 40 40
M10 x 60
FHB II-A L Inject
A4 140 95 20 15,9 13,3 145 225 285 40 40
M10 x 95
FHB II-A S Inject
A4 120 75 30 11,1 19,3 115 385 225 40 40
M12 x 75
FHB II-A L Inject
A4 140 100 40 17,1 19,3 150 335 300 50 50
M12 x 100
FHB II-A L Inject
A4 170 120 40 22,5 19,3 180 295 360 50 50
M12 x 120
FHB II-A S Inject
A4 150 95 50 15,9 31,7 145 560 285 50 50
M16 x 95
FHB II-A L Inject
A4 170 125 60 24,0 35,8 190 570 375 55 55
M16 x 125
FHB II-A L Inject
A4 220 160 60 34,7 35,8 240 480 480 70 70
M16 x 160
6)
For the design the complete assessment ETA-16/0637 has to be considered.
1) The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-16/0637 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As a single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-16/0637.
2)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Drill method hammer drilling.
4) For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor

design software C-FIX.

5)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
6)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-16/0637, issue date 14/12/2017. Design of the loads according to ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static loads).
7)
A reinforcement in the concrete to prevent splitting is required. The width of the cracks has to be limited under consideration of the splitting forces at wk ∼ 0,3 mm.

62
Highbond-System FHB II Inject

LOADS
Highbond anchor FHB II Inject: Injection mortar FIS HB with Anchor rod FHB II-A Inject
stainless steel A4
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Installation Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance 3
Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
hmin hef Tinst Nperm 4) Vperm 4) c c scr smin 5) cmin 5)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
FHB II-A S Inject
A4 100 60 15 11,2 13,8 150 210 180 40 40
M10 x 60
FHB II-A L Inject
A4 140 95 20 16,4 13,3 140 150 285 40 40
M10 x 95
FHB II-A S Inject
A4 120 75 30 15,6 19,3 150 265 225 40 40
M12 x 75
FHB II-A L Inject
A4 140 100 40 23,7 19,3 190 225 300 50 50
M12 x 100
FHB II-A L Inject
A4 170 120 40 23,7 19,3 180 195 360 50 50
M12 x 120
FHB II-A S Inject
A4 150 95 50 22,3 35,8 170 435 285 50 50
M16 x 95
FHB II-A L Inject
A4 170 125 60 33,6 35,8 190 385 375 55 55
M16 x 125
FHB II-A L Inject
A4 220 160 60 46,0 35,8 270 325 480 70 70
M16 x 160
6)
For the design the complete assessment ETA-16/0637 has to be considered.
1) The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-16/0637 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As a single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-16/0637.
2)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Drill method hammer drilling.
4) For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor

design software C-FIX.

5)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
6)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-16/0637, issue date 14/12/2017. Design of the loads according to ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static loads).

63
 Superbond-System FSB

The concrete all-rounder

3
Chemical fixings

Bridges for traffic signs Steel girders

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

Approved for anchorings in:
▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, crak-
ked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
▪ Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The Superbond system is a combi- ▪ Heavy steel constructions ▪ Superbond is a bonded anchor system
ned capsule and injection system for ▪ Silo installations based on a vinyl ester hybrid with
cracked and non-cracked concrete. ▪ Tall shelving silane technology.
The injection mortar FIS SB and resin ▪ Sound barriers ▪ The threaded rod FIS A can only be
capsule RSB perform the same as ▪ Guard rails set with injection mortar FIS SB (Stan-
each other at the same anchorage ▪ Staircases dard and HIGH SPEED); the threaded
depth. This gives the installer maxi- ▪ Reinforcing steel (only FIS SB) rod RG M with oblique edge can be
mum flexibility. ▪ Overhead installations optionally set with injection mortar
▪ Variable anchorage depths from 4 x ds ▪ Water-filled drill holes FIS SB (Standard and HIGH SPEED) or
to 20 x ds enable ideal adaptation ▪ Diamond drilled holes resin capsule RSB.
to the load to be applied, and thus ▪ Resin and hardener are stored in two
ensure an optimised installation time separate chambers and are not mixed
and use of materials. and activated until extrusion through
▪ Maximum application temperatures of the injection cartridge in the static
up to +150 °C open up new areas of mixer or destruction of the capsule
use for bonded anchors. during the setting procedure.
▪ Superbond is even approved for instal- ▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface
lation at frosty temperatures of -30 °C. of the fastening element with the drill
▪ The approval-compliant use for seismic hole wall and seals the drill hole.
applications (performance category
C1, C2) as well as in waterfilled and
diamond drill holes ensures safety
even in extreme conditions.

SEE ALSO

ANCHORS +
SLEEVES DISPENSER ACCESSORIES
Page 144 Page 195 Page 198
64
Superbond-System FSB

INSTALLATION IN CONCRETE WITH FIS SB AND FIS A / RG M

Chemical fixings
INSTALLATION IN CONCRETE WITH FIS SB AND RG M I

TECHNICAL DATA

Superbond mortar
Static mixer FIS MR Plus
FIS SB 390 S
Approval

Languages on the Scale unit Contents Sales unit

cartridge

Item Art.-No. ETA ICC [pcs]

FIS SB 390 S 519451 ■ ▲ DE, FR, NL 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS SB 390 S 520557 ■ ▲ DE, SL, SR, BG 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS SB 390 S 518831 ■ ▲ EN, ES, PT 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS SB 390 S 519450 ■ ▲ IT, EN, DE 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS SB 390 S 520559 ■ ▲ DA, SV, NO, FI 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS SB 390 S 520555 ■ ▲ CS, SK, RO 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS SB 390 S 520595 ■ ▲ PL, RU, HU 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS SB 585 S 519452 ■ ▲ EN, ES, PT 270 1 cartridge 585 ml + 2 x FIS UMR 6
FIS SB 585 S 520526 ■ ▲ IT, EN, DE 270 1 cartridge 585 ml + 2 x FIS UMR 6
FIS SB HIGH SPEED 390 S 523303 ■ — PL, RUS, HU 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS MR Plus 545853 — — — — 10 static mixer FIS MR Plus 10
10 static mixer FIS UMR for 585 ml and
FIS UMR 520593 — — — — 10
1500 ml cartridges

65
 Superbond-System FSB

3
Chemical fixings

FIS SB 390 S HWK big FIS SB 390 S in bucket

Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit

Approval
Item Art.-No. ETA ICC [pcs]
FIS SB 390 S HWK big 540252 ■ ▲ EN, ES, PT 20 cartridges 390 ml, 40 x FIS MR Plus 1
FIS SB 390 S HWK big 520573 ■ ▲ IT, EN, DE 20 cartridges 390 ml, 20 x FIS MR Plus 1
FIS SB 390 S in bucket 540750 ■ ▲ EN, ES, PT 18 cartridges 390 ml, 36 x FIS MR Plus 1

GELLING AND CURING TIME

Temperature Gelling time Curing time
at anchoring base
FIS SB Standard FIS SB HIGH SPEED FIS SB Standard FIS SB HIGH SPEED
> - 20°C − - 15°C − 60 min. − 24 hrs.
> - 15°C − - 10°C 60 min. 30 min. 36 hrs. 8 hrs.
> - 10°C − - 5°C 30 min. 15 min. 24 hrs. 180 min.
> - 5°C − ± 0°C 20 min. 10 min.  8 hrs. 120 min.
> ± 0°C − + 5°C 13 min. 5 min.  4 hrs. 60 min.
> + 5°C − +10°C 9 min. 3 min.  120 min. 45 min.
> + 10°C − +20°C  5 min.  2 min.  60 min.  30 min.
> + 20°C − +30°C 4 min. 1 min.  45 min. 15 min.
> + 30°C − +40°C  2 min. −  30 min. −

LOADS
Superbond-System: Injection mortar FIS SB with Threaded rod FIS A 1) 2)
zinc plated steel 5.8 / zinc plated steel 8.8 / stainless steel A4-70 / high corrosion resistant steel C-70
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 3) 4) 5) 6) 11)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing member anchorage torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element thickness depth moment
Max. tension Max. shear
load load Max. Load
hmin hef7) Tmax Nperm 8) Vperm 8) c c scr smin 9) cmin 9)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
100 60 4,3 90 105 180
5.8 110 80 5,7 5,1 105 95 240
190 160 9,0 75 80 480
100 60 4,3 90 185 180
8.8 110 80 5,7 8,6 170 240
105
190 160 11,5 115 480
FIS A M 8 10 40 40
100 60 4,3 90 125 180
A4-70 110 80 5,7 6,0 105 115 240
190 160 9,9 85 90 480
100 60 4,3 90 160 180
C-70 110 80 5,7 7,4 145 240
105
190 160 11,5 105 480

66
Superbond-System FSB

LOADS
Superbond-System: Injection mortar FIS SB with Threaded rod FIS A 1) 2)
zinc plated steel 5.8 / zinc plated steel 8.8 / stainless steel A4-70 / high corrosion resistant steel C-70
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 3) 4) 5) 6) 11)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance 3
Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
hmin hef7) Tmax Nperm 8) Vperm 8) c c scr smin 9) cmin 9)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
100 60 5,8 90 185 180
5.8 120 90 8,8 8,6 130 155 270
230 200 13,8 80 110 600
100 60 5,8 11,7 90 255 180
8.8 120 90 8,8 250 270
13,1 130
230 200 19,4 150 600
FIS A M 10 20 45 45
100 60 5,8 90 195 180
A4-70 120 90 8,8 9,2 130 165 270
230 200 15,7 95 115 600
100 60 5,8 90 250 180
C-70 120 90 8,8 11,4 215 270
130
230 200 19,4 135 600
100 70 9,4 105 255 210
5.8 140 110 14,8 12,0 155 195 330
270 240 20,5 75 135 720
100 70 9,4 18,8 105 420 210
8.8 140 110 14,8 340 330
19,4 155
270 240 32,3 200 720
FIS A M 12 40 55 55
100 70 9,4 105 295 210
A4-70 140 110 14,8 13,7 155 230 330
270 240 22,5 90 150 720
100 70 9,4 105 380 210
C-70 140 110 14,8 17,1 155 295 330
270 240 28,1 130 175 720
120 80 12,3 120 445 240
5.8 170 125 22,4 22,3 190 350 375
360 320 37,6 115 195 960
120 80 12,3 24,5 120 495 240
8.8 170 125 22,4 190 600 375
36,0
360 320 57,4 210 320 960
FIS A M 16 60 65 65
120 80 12,3 24,5 120 495 240
A4-70 170 125 22,4 190 400 375
25,2
360 320 42,0 135 215 960
120 80 12,3 24,5 120 495 240
C-70 170 125 22,4 515 375
31,4 190
360 320 52,4 270 960
140 90 14,6 29,3 135 530 270
5.8 220 170 38,0 255 455 510
34,9
450 400 58,6 140 260 1200
140 90 14,6 29,3 135 530 270
8.8 220 170 38,0 255 780 510
56,0
450 400 89,8 320 435 1200
FIS A M 20 120 85 85
140 90 14,6 29,3 135 530 270
A4-70 220 170 38,0 255 520 510
39,4
450 400 65,7 170 285 1200
140 90 14,6 29,3 135 530 270
C-70 220 170 38,0 255 675 510
49,1
450 400 81,9 265 370 1200

67
 Superbond-System FSB

LOADS
Superbond-System: Injection mortar FIS SB with Threaded rod FIS A 1) 2)
zinc plated steel 5.8 / zinc plated steel 8.8 / stainless steel A4-70 / high corrosion resistant steel C-70
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 3) 4) 5) 6) 11)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
3 fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance

Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings

load load Max. Load

hmin hef7) Tmax Nperm 8) Vperm 8) c c scr smin 9) cmin 9)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
160 96 16,1 32,2 145 545 290
5.8 270 210 52,2 315 590 630
50,9
540 480 84,3 160 330 1440
160 96 16,1 32,2 145 545 290
8.8 270 210 52,2 315 1005 630
80,6
540 480 129,3 450 570 1440
FIS A M 24 150 105 105
160 96 16,1 32,2 145 545 290
A4-70 270 210 52,2 315 670 630
56,8
540 480 94,3 230 360 1440
160 96 16,1 32,2 145 545 290
C-70 270 210 52,2 315 870 630
70,9
540 480 117,6 380 480 1440
170 108 19,2 38,5 165 610 325
5.8 310 250 67,8 375 695 750
65,7
600 540 109,5 240 390 1620
170 108 19,2 38,5 165 610 325
8.8 310 250 67,8 375 1200 750
105,1
600 540 152,7 495 700 1620
FIS A M 27 200 120 120
170 108 19,2 38,5 165 610 325
A4-70 310 250 67,8 375 795 750
73,7
600 540 123,0 325 445 1620
170 108 19,2 38,5 165 610 325
C-70 310 250 67,8 375 1030 750
92,0
600 540 152,7 495 595 1620
190 120 22,5 45,1 180 665 360
5.8 350 280 80,3 420 795 840
80,6
670 600 133,8 300 440 1800
190 120 22,5 45,1 180 665 360
8.8 350 280 80,3 420 1375 840
128,6
670 600 188,5 600 805 1800
FIS A M 30 300 140 140
190 120 22,5 45,1 180 665 360
A4-70 350 280 80,3 420 910 840
90,2
670 600 150,1 395 510 1800
190 120 22,5 45,1 180 665 360
C-70 350 280 80,3 420 1180 840
112,6
670 600 187,1 595 680 1800
10)
For the design the complete assessment ETA-12/0258 has to be considered.
1)
Also valid for threaded rod RG M in the same property class.
2)
Valid for injection mortar FIS SB. For using the glass capsule RSB see separate table resp. ETA-12/0258.
2)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-12/0258 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of γL = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-12/0258.
4)
The given loads are valid for injection mortar FIS SB for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate up to 50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C. For drill hole cleaning see ETA-
12/0258.
5)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
6)
Drill method hammer drilling.
7)
For the sizes M8 - M30 the min. anchorage depth and the max. anchorage depth are given. The anchorage depth can be chosen freely between these borders.
8)
For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor
design software C-FIX.
9)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
10)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-12/0258, issue date 19.05.2016. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Technical Report TR 029 (for static resp. quasi-static loads).
11)
A reinforcement in the concrete to prevent splitting is required. The width of the cracks has to be limited under consideration of the splitting forces at wk ∼ 0,3 mm.

68
Superbond-System FSB

LOADS
Superbond-System: Injection mortar FIS SB with Threaded rod FIS A 1) 2)
zinc plated steel 5.8 / zinc plated steel 8.8 / stainless steel A4-70 / high corrosion resistant steel C-70
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 3) 4) 5) 6)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance 3
Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
hmin hef7) Tmax Nperm 8) Vperm 8) c c scr smin 9) cmin 9)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
100 60 8,6 90 180
70
5.8 110 80 5,1 75 240
9,0
190 160 40 60 480
100 60 8,6 90 130 180
8.8 110 80 11,5 8,6 105 115 240
190 160 14,3 50 90 480
FIS A M 8 10 40 40
100 60 8,6 90 85 180
A4-70 110 80 6,0 85 75 240
9,9
190 160 40 70 480
100 60 8,6 90 110 180
C-70 110 80 11,5 7,4 105 100 240
190 160 12,4 40 80 480
100 60 10,8 95 125 180
5.8 120 90 8,6 110 105 270
13,8
230 200 45 85 600
100 60 10,8 95 200 180
8.8 120 90 16,2 13,1 145 170 270
230 200 22,4 60 115 600
FIS A M 10 20 45 45
100 60 10,8 95 135 180
A4-70 120 90 9,2 140 110 270
15,7
230 200 45 90 600
100 60 10,8 95 170 180
C-70 120 90 16,2 11,4 145 145 270
230 200 19,5 45 105 600
100 70 14,1 145 175 210
5.8 140 110 12,0 165 130 330
20,5
270 240 55 100 720
100 70 14,1 145 295 210
8.8 140 110 23,7 19,4 205 230 330
270 240 32,4 75 150 720
FIS A M 12 40 55 55
100 70 14,1 145 200 210
A4-70 140 110 13,7 190 155 330
22,5
270 240 55 115 720
100 70 14,1 145 260 210
C-70 140 110 23,7 17,1 205 200 330
270 240 28,1 55 135 720
120 80 17,2 160 305 240
5.8 170 125 33,6 22,3 285 235 375
360 320 37,6 65 150 960
120 80 17,2 34,4 160 495 240
8.8 170 125 33,6 285 405 375
36,0
360 320 60,0 120 220 960
FIS A M 16 60 65 65
120 80 17,2 160 350 240
A4-70 170 125 33,6 25,2 285 270 375
360 320 42,0 65 165 960
120 80 17,2 160 445 240
C-70 170 125 33,6 31,4 285 350 375
360 320 52,4 70 195 960

69
 Superbond-System FSB

LOADS
Superbond-System: Injection mortar FIS SB with Threaded rod FIS A 1) 2)
zinc plated steel 5.8 / zinc plated steel 8.8 / stainless steel A4-70 / high corrosion resistant steel C-70
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 3) 4) 5) 6)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
3 fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance

Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings

load load Max. Load

hmin hef7) Tmax Nperm 8) Vperm 8) c c scr smin 9) cmin 9)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
140 90 20,5 170 435 270
5.8 220 170 53,3 34,9 385 300 510
450 400 58,6 85 195 1200
140 90 20,5 41,1 170 270
525
8.8 220 170 53,3 385 510
56,0
450 400 93,3 230 290 1200
FIS A M 20 120 85 85
140 90 20,5 170 500 270
A4-70 220 170 53,3 39,4 385 350 510
450 400 65,7 85 215 1200
140 90 20,5 41,1 170 525 270
C-70 220 170 53,3 385 455 510
49,1
450 400 81,9 135 260 1200
160 96 22,6 45,2 170 540 290
5.8 270 210 73,2 475 390 630
50,9
540 480 84,3 105 250 1440
160 96 22,6 45,2 170 540 290
8.8 270 210 73,2 475 675 630
80,6
540 480 134,3 360 365 1440
FIS A M 24 150 105 105
160 96 22,6 45,2 170 540 290
A4-70 270 210 73,2 475 445 630
56,8
540 480 94,3 105 270 1440
160 96 22,6 45,2 170 540 290
C-70 270 210 73,2 475 580 630
70,9
540 480 117,6 235 325 1440
170 108 27,0 54,0 195 605 325
5.8 310 250 95,1 565 460 750
65,7
600 540 109,5 120 295 1620
170 108 27,0 54,0 195 605 325
8.8 310 250 95,1 565 805 750
105,1
600 540 175,2 505 450 1620
FIS A M 27 200 120 120
170 108 27,0 54,0 195 605 325
A4-70 310 250 95,1 565 530 750
73,7
600 540 123,0 140 320 1620
170 108 27,0 54,0 195 605 325
C-70 310 250 95,1 565 690 750
92,0
600 540 153,3 355 385 1620
190 120 31,6 63,2 210 660 360
5.8 350 280 112,7 635 525 840
80,6
670 600 133,8 140 330 1800
190 120 31,6 63,2 210 660 360
8.8 350 280 112,7 635 920 840
128,6
670 600 213,8 610 515 1800
FIS A M 30 300 140 140
190 120 31,6 63,2 210 660 360
A4-70 350 280 112,7 635 605 840
90,2
670 600 150,1 195 365 1800
190 120 31,6 63,2 210 660 360
C-70 350 280 112,7 635 785 840
112,6
670 600 187,1 445 435 1800

70
Superbond-System FSB

LOADS
Superbond-System: Injection mortar FIS SB with Threaded rod FIS A 1) 2)
zinc plated steel 5.8 / zinc plated steel 8.8 / stainless steel A4-70 / high corrosion resistant steel C-70
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 3) 4) 5) 6)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance 3
Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
hmin hef7) Tmax Nperm 8) Vperm 8) c c scr smin 9) cmin 9)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
For the design the complete assessment ETA-12/0258 has to be considered. 10)
1) Also valid for threaded rod RG M in the same property class.
2) Valid for injection mortar FIS SB. For using the glass capsule RSB see separate table resp. ETA-12/0258.
2) The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-12/0258 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of γL = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·hef. Accurate data see ETA-12/0258.
4) The given loads are valid for injection mortar FIS SB for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate up to 50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C. For drill hole cleaning see ETA-
12/0258.
5) For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
6) Drill method hammer drilling.
7) For the sizes M8 - M30 the min. anchorage depth and the max. anchorage depth are given. The anchorage depth can be chosen freely between these borders.
8) For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor
design software C-FIX.
9) Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
10) The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-12/0258, issue date 19.05.2016. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Technical Report TR 029 (for static resp. quasi-static loads).

LOADS
Superbond-System: Injection mortar FIS SB with Internal threaded anchor RG M I 1)
zinc plated steel / stainless steel A4
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼ B25) 2) 3) 4) 5) 9)
reducing the load
Type Screw steel Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
property/ member anchorage torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
surface thickness depth moment
Max. tension Max. shear
load load Max. Load
hmin hef Tmax Nperm 6) Vperm 6) c c scr smin 7) cmin 7)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
5.8 5,3 85
RG M8 I 8.8 120 90 10 8,1 8,3 135 145 270 55 55
A4-70 5,9 95
5.8 8,3 135
RG M10 I 8.8 130 90 20 10,8 13,3 135 235 270 65 65
A4-70 9,3 155
5.8 12,1 165
RG M12 I 8.8 170 125 40 16,8 19,3 190 285 375 75 75
A4-70 13,5 185
5.8 22,4 275
RG M16 I 8.8 210 160 80 26,3 30,9 240 405 480 95 95
A4-70 25,1 315
5.8 39,4 435
RG M20 I 8.8 270 200 120 41,9 51,4 300 595 600 125 125
A4-70 39,4 430
For the design the complete assessment ETA-12/0258 has to be considered. 8)
1)
Valid for injection mor tar FIS SB. F or using the glass capsule RSB see separate table resp. ETA-12/0258.
2)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-12/0258 as well as a par tial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-12/0258.
3)
The given loads are valid for injection mortar FIS SB for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate up to 50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C. For drill hole cleaning see
ETA-12/0258.
4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
5)
Drill method hammer drilling.
6)
For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor
design software C-FIX.
7)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
8)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-12/0258, issue date 19.05.2016. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Technical Report TR 029 (for static resp. quasi-static loads).
9)
A reinforcement in the concrete to prevent splitting is required. The width of the cracks has to be limited under consideration of the splitting forces at wk ∼ 0,3.

71
 Superbond-System FSB

LOADS
Superbond-System: Injection mortar FIS SB with Internal threaded anchor RG M I 1)
zinc plated steel / stainless steel A4
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼ B25) 2) 3) 4) 5)
reducing the load
Type Screw steel Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
3 property/ member
surface thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance

Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings

load load Max. Load

hmin hef Tmax Nperm 6) Vperm 6) c c scr smin 7) cmin 7)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
5.8 9,0 5,3 55 65
RG M8 I 8.8 120 90 10 13,8 8,3 110 95 270 55 55
A4-70 9,9 5,9 55 70
5.8 13,8 8,3 105 90
RG M10 I 8.8 130 90 20 20,5 13,3 190 155 270 65 65
A4-70 15,7 9,3 130 100
5.8 20,5 12,1 130 110
RG M12 I 8.8 170 125 40 32,4 19,3 265 190 375 75 75
A4-70 22,5 13,5 155 125
5.8 37,6 22,4 255 180
RG M16 I 8.8 210 160 80 48,7 30,9 365 265 480 95 95
A4-70 42,0 25,1 300 205
5.8 58,6 39,4 365 285
RG M20 I 8.8 270 200 120 68,0 51,4 445 395 600 125 125
A4-70 65,7 39,4 430 285
For the design the complete assessment ETA-12/0258 has to be considered. 8)
1)
Valid for injection mor tar FIS SB. F or using the glass capsule RSB see separate table resp. ETA-12/0258.
2)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-12/0258 as well as a par tial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-12/0258.
3)
The given loads are valid for injection mortar FIS SB for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate up to 50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C. For drill hole cleaning see
ETA-12/0258.
4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
5)
Drill method hammer drilling.
6)
For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor
design software C-FIX.
7)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
8)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-12/0258, issue date 19.05.2016. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Technical Report TR 029 (for static resp. quasi-static loads).

72
Superbond-System FSB

INSTALLATION IN CONCRETE WITH CAPSULE RSB AND RG M

Chemical fixings
INSTALLATION IN CONCRETE WITH CAPSULE RSB AND RG M I

TECHNICAL DATA

Resin capsule RSB

Drill hole diameter Drill hole depth Anchorage depth Match Sales unit
Approval

d0 h0 hef
Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item
RSB 8 518807 ■ ▲ 10 80 80 RG M 8 10
RSB 10 mini 518820 1) ■ ▲ 12 75 / 150 75 / 150 RG M 10 10
RSB 10 518821 2) ■ ▲ 12 / 14 90 90 RG M 10 / RG M 8 I 10
RSB 12 mini 518822 1) ■ ▲ 14 75 / 150 75 / 150 RG M 12 10
RSB 12 518823 2) ■ ▲ 14 / 18 110 110 RG M 12 / RG M 10 I 10
RSB 16 mini 518824 1) ■ ▲ 18 95 / 190 95 / 190 RG M 16 10
RSB 16 518825 2) ■ ▲ 18 / 20 125 125 RG M 16 / RG M 12 I 10
RSB 16 E 518826 ■ — 24 160 160 RG M 16 I 10
RSB 20 518827 ■ ▲ 25 170 170 RG M 20 10
RSB 20 E/24 518828 ■ ▲ 25 / 28 / 32 210 210 RG M 20 / RG M 24 / RG M 20 I 5
RSB 30 518829 ■ ▲ 35 280 280 RG M 30 5
1) use 2 x RSB mini in a row for larger anchoring depth
2) / second value "Drill hole diameter" in conjunction with Internal threaded anchor RG MI

73
 Superbond-System FSB

CURING TIME
Temperature Curing time
in anchoring base RSB

- 30°C − - 20°C 120 hrs.

- 19°C − - 15°C 48 hrs.
3 - 14°C − - 10°C 30 hrs.
- 9°C − - 5°C 16 hrs.
Chemical fixings

- 4°C − ± 0°C 10 hrs.

+ 1°C − + 5°C  45 min.
+ 6°C − +10°C  30 min.
+ 11°C − +20°C  20 min.
+ 21°C − +30°C  5 min.
+ 31°C − +40°C  3 min.

LOADS
Superbond-System: Resin capsule RSB with Threaded rod RG M 1)
zinc plated steel 5.8 / zinc plated steel 8.8 / stainless steel A4-70 / high corrosion resistant steel C-70
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼ B25) 2) 3) 4) 9)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing member anchorage torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element thickness depth moment
Max. tension Max. shear
load load Max. Load
hmin hef Tmax Nperm 6) Vperm 6) c c scr smin 7) cmin 7)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
5.8 5,1 95
8.8 8,6 170
RG M 8 5) 110 80 10 5,7 105 240 40 40
A4-70 6,0 115
C-70 7,4 145
5.8 8,6 170
8.8 13,1 280
110 75 7,3 115 225
A4-70 9,2 185
C-70 11,4 240
5.8 8,6 155
RG M 10 5) 8.8 20 13,1 250 45 45
120 90 8,8 130 270
A4-70 9,2 165
C-70 11,4 215
5.8 13,8 8,6 120 115
8.8 180 150 13,1 185 450
14,6 130
A4-70 9,2 120
5.8 12,0 245
8.8 19,4 420
110 75 10,1 115 225
A4-70 13,7 285
C-70 17,1 365
5.8 12,0 195
RG M 12 5) 8.8 40 19,4 340 55 55
140 110 14,8 330
A4-70 13,7 230
C-70 17,1 155 295
5.8 12,0 160
8.8 180 150 20,2 19,4 280 450
A4-70 13,7 185
5.8 22,3 410
8.8 31,7 605
140 95 15,9 145 285
A4-70 25,2 470
C-70 31,4 600
5.8 22,3 350
RG M 16 8.8 60 36,0 600 65 65
170 125 22,4 190 375
A4-70 25,2 400
C-70 31,4 515
5.8 22,3 265
8.8 230 190 34,1 36,0 210 465 570
A4-70 25,2 305

74
Superbond-System FSB

LOADS
Superbond-System: Resin capsule RSB with Threaded rod RG M 1)
zinc plated steel 5.8 / zinc plated steel 8.8 / stainless steel A4-70 / high corrosion resistant steel C-70
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼ B25) 2) 3) 4) 9)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance 3
Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
hmin hef Tmax Nperm 6) Vperm 6) c c scr smin 7) cmin 7)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
5.8 34,9 450
8.8 220 170 38,0 56,0 255 780 510
A4-70 39,4 520
RG M 20 120 85 85
5.8 34,9 395
8.8 260 210 47,1 56,0 280 685 630
A4-70 39,4 455
5.8 50,9 590
RG M 24 8.8 270 210 150 52,2 80,6 315 1005 630 105 105
A4-70 56,8 670
5.8 80,6 795
RG M 30 350 280 300 80,3 420 840 140 140
A4-70 90,2 910
8)
For the design the complete assessment ETA-12/0258 has to be considered.
1)
Valid for glass capsule RSB. For using the injection mortar FIS SB see separate table resp. ETA-12/0258.
2)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-12/0258 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-12/0258.
3)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
4)
Drill method hammer drilling. For further allowable drill methods and application conditions see ETA-12/0258.
5)
Diamond drilling not permitted.
6)
For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor
design software C-FIX.
7)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
8)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-12/0258, issue date 19.05.2016. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Technical Report TR 029 (for static resp. quasi-static loads).
9)
A reinforcement in the concrete to prevent splitting is required. The width of the cracks has to be limited under consideration of the splitting forces at wk ∼ 0,3 mm.

LOADS
Superbond-System: Resin capsule RSB with Threaded rod RG M 1)
zinc plated steel 5.8 / zinc plated steel 8.8 / stainless steel A4-70 / high corrosion resistant steel C-70
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼ B25) 2) 3) 4) 9)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing member anchorage torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element thickness depth moment
Max. tension Max. shear
load load Max. Load
hmin hef Tmax Nperm 5) Vperm 5) c c scr smin 6) cmin 6)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
5.8 9,0 5,1 75 70
8.8 11,5 8,6 105 115
RG M 8 110 80 10 240 40 40
A4-70 9,9 6,0 85 75
C-70 11,5 7,4 105 100
5.8 8,6 115
8.8 13,1 190
110 75 13,5 130 225
A4-70 9,2 125
C-70 11,4 160
5.8 13,8 8,6 110 105
RG M 10 8.8 20 16,2 13,1 145 170 45 45
120 90 270
A4-70 15,7 9,2 140 110
C-70 16,2 11,4 145 145
5.8 13,8 8,6 45 90
8.8 180 150 22,4 13,1 100 120 450
A4-70 15,7 9,2 55 95

75
 Superbond-System FSB

LOADS
Superbond-System: Resin capsule RSB with Threaded rod RG M 1)
zinc plated steel 5.8 / zinc plated steel 8.8 / stainless steel A4-70 / high corrosion resistant steel C-70
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼ B25) 2) 3) 4) 9)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
3 fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance

Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings

load load Max. Load

hmin hef Tmax Nperm 5) Vperm 5) c c scr smin 6) cmin 6)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
5.8 12,0 165
8.8 19,4 285
110 75 15,6 160 225
A4-70 13,7 195
C-70 17,1 250
5.8 20,5 12,0 165 130
RG M 12 8.8 40 23,7 19,4 205 230 55 55
140 110 330
A4-70 22,5 13,7 190 155
C-70 23,7 17,1 205 200
5.8 20,5 12,0 75 110
8.8 180 150 32,3 19,4 220 190 450
A4-70 22,5 13,7 100 125
5.8 22,3 275
8.8 36,0 475
140 95 22,3 205 285
A4-70 25,2 315
C-70 31,4 405
5.8 22,3 235
RG M 16 8.8 60 36,0 405 65 65
170 125 33,6 285 375
A4-70 25,2 270
C-70 31,4 350
5.8 37,6 22,3 190 175
8.8 230 190 59,1 36,0 400 310 570
A4-70 42,0 25,2 235 200
5.8 34,9 300
8.8 220 170 53,3 56,0 385 525 510
A4-70 39,4 345
RG M 20 120 85 85
5.8 58,6 34,9 350 260
8.8 260 210 73,2 56,0 475 460 630
A4-70 65,7 39,4 415 300
5.8 50,9 390
RG M 24 8.8 270 210 150 73,2 80,6 475 675 630 105 105
A4-70 56,8 445
5.8 80,6 525
RG M 30 350 280 300 112,7 635 840 140 140
A4-70 90,2 605
For the design the complete assessment ETA-12/0258 has to be considered. 7)
1)
Valid for glass capsule RSB. For using the injection mortar FIS SB see separate table resp. ETA-12/0258.
2)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-12/0258 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-12/0258.
3)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
4)
Drill method hammer drilling. For further allowable drill methods and application conditions see ETA-12/0258.
5)
For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor
design software C-FIX.
6)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
7)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-12/0258, issue date 19.05.2016. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Technical Report TR 029 (for static resp. quasi-static loads).

76
Superbond-System FSB

LOADS
Superbond-System: Resin capsule RSB with Internal threaded anchor RG M I 1)
zinc plated steel / stainless steel A4
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼ B25) 2) 3) 4) 9)
reducing the load
Type Screw steel Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
property/ member
surface thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance 3
Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
hmin hef Tmax Nperm 6) Vperm 6) c c scr smin 7) cmin 7)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
5.8 5,3 85
RG M8 I 5) 8.8 120 90 10 8,1 8,3 135 145 270 55 55
A4-70 5,9 95
5.8 8,3 135
RG M10 I 8.8 130 90 20 10,8 13,3 135 235 270 65 65
A4-70 9,3 155
5.8 12,1 165
RG M12 I 8.8 170 125 40 16,8 19,3 190 285 375 75 75
A4-70 13,5 185
5.8 22,4 275
RG M16 I 8.8 210 160 80 26,3 30,9 240 405 480 95 95
A4-70 25,1 315
5.8 39,4 435
RG M20 I 8.8 270 200 120 41,9 51,4 300 595 600 125 125
A4-70 39,4
For the design the complete assessment ETA-12/0258 has to be considered. 7)
1)
Valid for glass capsule RSB. For using the injection mortar FIS SB see separate table resp. ETA-12/0258.
2)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-12/0258 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-12/0258.
3)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
4)
Drill method hammer drilling. For further allowable drill methods and application conditions see ETA-12/0258.
5)
Diamond drilling not permitted.
6)
For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor
design software C-FIX.
7)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
7)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-12/0258, issue date 19.05.2016. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Technical Report TR 029 (for static resp. quasi-static loads).
9)
A reinforcement in the concrete to prevent splitting is required. The width of the cracks has to be limited under consideration of the splitting forces at wk ∼ 0,3 mm.

77
 Superbond-System FSB

LOADS
Superbond-System: Resin capsule RSB with Internal threaded anchor RG M I 1)
zinc plated steel / stainless steel A4
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼ B25) 2) 3) 4)
reducing the load
Type Screw steel Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
3 property/ member
surface thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance

Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings

load load Max. Load

hmin hef Tmax Nperm 5) Vperm 5) c c scr smin 6) cmin 6)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
5.8 9,0 5,3 55 65
RG M8 I 8.8 120 90 10 13,8 8,3 110 95 270 55 55
A4-70 9,9 5,9 55 70
5.8 13,8 8,3 105 90
RG M10 I 8.8 130 90 20 20,5 13,3 190 155 270 65 65
A4-70 15,7 9,3 130 100
5.8 20,5 12,1 130 110
RG M12 I 8.8 170 125 40 32,4 19,3 265 190 375 75 75
A4-70 22,5 13,5 155 125
5.8 37,6 22,4 255 180
RG M16 I 8.8 210 160 80 48,7 30,9 365 265 480 95 95
A4-70 42,0 25,1 300 205
5.8 58,6 39,4 365 285
RG M20 I 8.8 270 200 120 68,0 51,4 445 395 600 125 125
A4-70 65,7 39,4 430 285
For the design the complete assessment ETA-12/0258 has to be considered. 7)
1)
Valid for glass capsule RSB. For using the injection mortar FIS SB see separate table resp. ETA-12/0258.
2)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-12/0258 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-12/0258.
3)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
4)
Drill method hammer drilling. For further allowable drill methods and application conditions see ETA-12/0258.
5)
For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor
design software C-FIX.
6)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
7)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-12/0258, issue date 19.05.2016. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Technical Report TR 029 (for static resp. quasi-static loads).

78
Resin anchor RM II

The bonded anchor for cracked concrete with threaded rod

RG M without drill hole cleaning

Chemical fixings
Crash barriers Collision protection

VERSIONS CERTIFICATES
▪ Zinc-plated steel
▪ Stainless steel
▪ Highly corrosion-resistant steel
▪ Hot-dip galvanised steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, crak-
ked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
▪ Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ RM II is the first bonded anchor with ▪ Steel constructions ▪ The resin anchor RM II is suitable for
threaded rod RG M for cracked and ▪ Guard rails pre-positioned installation when com-
non-cracked concrete that does not ▪ Staircases bined with the threaded rod RG M.
require drill hole cleaning. This allows ▪ Column bases ▪ The 2-component resin capsule RM II
for a rapid working progress and an ▪ Machines contains styrene-free vinyl ester resin
economic installation. ▪ Masts and hardener.
▪ Moreover, there is a reduced exposi- Ideal for: ▪ The threaded rod RG M is set using a
tion to drill dust on the building site. ▪ Overhead installations hammer drill and the accompanying
This increases the safety for the user. ▪ Water-filled drill holes setting tool in rotating and hitting
▪ The pre-portioned resin capsule is easy motions.
to install and especially suitable for ▪ During setting, the oblique edge of the
individual applications and overhead RG M destroys the capsule, and mixes
installations. and activates the mortar.
▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface
of the threaded rod with the drill hole
wall and seals the drill hole.

SEE ALSO

ANCHORS +
SLEEVES DISPENSER ACCESSORIES
Page 144 Page 195 Page 198
79
 Resin anchor RM II

INSTALLATION IN CONCRETE WITH CAPSULE RM II AND RG M

3
Chemical fixings

TECHNICAL DATA

Resin capsule RM II

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Effect. anchorage depth Suitable for threaded Sales unit
Approval

rod
d0 h1 hef
ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item Art.-No.
RM II 8 539796 ■ 10 80 80 RG M 8 10
RM II 10 539797 ■ 12 90 90 RG M10 10
RM II 12 539798 ■ 14 110 110 RG M 12 10
RM II 14 539799 — 16 120 120 RG M 14 10
RM II 16 539800 ■ 18 125 125 RG M 16 10
RM II 20/22 539802 1) ■ 25 170 / 190 170 / 190 RG M 20 / RG M 22 10
RM II 24 539803 ■ 28 210 210 RG M 24 5
1) RM II 20/22 in combination with RG M 22 and effect. anchorage depth of 190 mm is not part of the assessment.

CURING TIME
Temperature at anchoring base Curing time

‒15 °C – ‒11 °C 30 hrs.

‒ 10 °C – ‒ 6 °C  16 hrs.
‒ 5 °C – ‒ 1 °C 10 hrs.
+ 0 °C – + 4 °C 45 min.
+ 5 °C – + 9 °C 30 min.
+10 °C – +19 °C 20 min.
+20 °C – +29 °C 5 min.
+30 °C – +40 °C 3 min.

80
Resin anchor RM II

LOADS
Resin anchor RM II: Resin capsule RM II with Threaded rod RG M
zinc plated steel 5.8 / zinc plated steel 8.8 / stainless steel A4-70 / high corrosion resistant steel C-70
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3) 4) 8)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance 3
Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
hmin hef Tmax Nperm 5) Vperm 5) c c scr smin 6) cmin 6)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
5.8 8,6 155
8.8 9,4 175
RG M 10 120 90 20 3,9 120 270 45 45
A4-70 9,2 165
C-70 9,4 175
5.8 12,0 195
8.8 13,8
RG M 12 140 110 40 5,8 145 330 55 55
A4-70 13,7 230
C-70 13,8
5.8
8.8
RG M 16 170 125 60 8,7 20,9 190 325 375 65 65
A4-70
C-70
5.8 34,9 450
RG M 20 8.8 220 170 120 14,8 240 510 85 85
35,6 460
A4-70
5.8 50,9 590
RG M 24 8.8 270 210 150 22,0 285 630 105 105
52,8 615
A4-70
For the design the complete assessment ETA-16/0340 has to be considered. 7)
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-16/0340 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1.5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-16/0340.
2)
The given loads are valid for RM II for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate up to 72 °C (resp. short term up to 120 °C in accordance with ETA-16/0340.
3)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
4)
Drill method hammer drilling. For further allowable application conditions see ETA-16/0340.
5)
For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor
design software C-FIX.
6)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
7)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-16/0340, issue date 06.10.2017. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Technical Report TR 029 (for static resp. quasi-static loads).
8)
A reinforcement in the concrete to prevent splitting is required. The width of the cracks has to be limited under consideration of the splitting forces at w k ∼ 0,3 mm.

81
 Resin anchor RM II

LOADS
Resin anchor RM II: Resin capsule RM II with Threaded rod RG M
zinc plated steel 5.8 / zinc plated steel 8.8 / stainless steel A4-70 / high corrosion resistant steel C-70
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3) 4)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
3 fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance

Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings

load load Max. Load

hmin hef Tmax Nperm 5) Vperm 5) c c scr smin 6) cmin 6)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
5.8 5,1 70
8.8 8,6 115
RG M 8 110 80 10 8,4 95 240 40 40
A4-70 6,0 75
C-70 7,4 100
5.8 8,6 105
8.8 13,1 170
RG M 10 120 90 20 11,8 120 270 45 45
A4-70 9,2 110
C-70 11,4 145
5.8 12,0 130
8.8 19,4 230
RG M 12 140 110 40 17,3 165 330 55 55
A4-70 13,7 155
C-70 17,1 200
5.8 22,3 235
8.8 36,0 405
RG M 16 170 125 60 26,2 260 375 65 65
A4-70 25,2 270
C-70 31,4 350
5.8 34,9 300
RG M 20 8.8 220 170 120 44,4 56,0 385 525 510 85 85
A4-70 39,4 345
5.8 50,9 390
RG M 24 8.8 270 210 150 61,0 80,6 475 675 630 105 105
A4-70 56,8 445
For the design the complete assessment ETA-16/0340 has to be considered. 7)
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-16/0340 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1.5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-16/0340.
2)
The given loads are valid for RM II for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate up to 72 °C (resp. short term up to 120 °C in accordance with ETA-16/0340.
3)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
4)
Drill method hammer drilling. For further allowable application conditions see ETA-16/0340.
5)
For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor
design software C-FIX.
6)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-16/0340, issue date 06.10.2017. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Technical Report TR 029 (for static resp. quasi-static loads).

82
Resin anchor RM II

INSTALLATION IN CONCRETE WITH CAPSULE RM II AND RG M I

Chemical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA

Resin capsule RM II

Drill diameter Min. drill hole depth Effect. anchorage depth Suitable for internal- Sales unit
Approval

threaded anchor
d0 h1 hef
ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item Art.-No.
RM II 10 539797 ■ 14 90 90 RG M8 I 10
RM II 12 539798 ■ 18 90 90 RG M10 I 10
RM II 16 539800 ■ 20 125 125 RG M12 I 10
RM II 16 E 539801 ■ 24 160 160 RG M16 I 10
RM II 24 539803 ■ 32 200 200 RG M20 I 5

CURING TIME
Temperature at anchoring base Curing time

‒15 °C – ‒11 °C 30 hrs.

‒ 10 °C – ‒ 6 °C  16 hrs.
‒ 5 °C – ‒ 1 °C 10 hrs.
+ 0 °C – + 4 °C 45 min.
+ 5 °C – + 9 °C 30 min.
+10 °C – +19 °C 20 min.
+20 °C – +29 °C 5 min.
+30 °C – +40 °C 3 min.

83
 Resin anchor RM II

LOADS
Resin anchor RM II: Resin capsule RM II with Internal threaded anchor RG M I
zinc plated steel / stainless steel A4
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3) 4) 7)
reducing the load
Type Screw steel Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
3 property/ member
surface thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance

Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings

load load Max. Load

hmin hef Tmax Nperm 4) Vperm 4) c c scr smin 5) cmin 5)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
5.8 5,3 85
RG M 8 I 8.8 120 90 10 4,7 8,3 135 145 270 55 55
A4-70 5,9 95
5.8 8,3 135
RG M 10 I 8.8 130 90 20 6,3 13,3 135 235 270 65 65
A4-70 9,3 155
5.8 12,1 165
RG M 12 I 8.8 170 125 40 9,8 19,3 190 285 375 75 75
A4-70 13,5 185
5.8 22,4 275
RG M 16 I 8.8 210 160 80 15,4 30,9 240 405 480 95 95
A4-70 25,1 315
5.8 35,4 385
RG M 20 I 8.8 270 200 120 24,4 51,4 300 600 600 125 125
A4-70 39,4 435
For the design the complete assessment ETA-16/0340 has to be considered. 6)
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-16/0340 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-16/0340.
2)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Drill method hammer drilling. For further allowable application conditions see ETA-16/0340.
4)
For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor
design software C-FIX.
5)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
6)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-16/0340, issue date 06.10.2017. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Technical Report TR 029 (for static resp. quasi-static loads).
7)
A reinforcement in the concrete to prevent splitting is required. The width of the cracks has to be limited under consideration of the splitting forces at wk ∼ 0,3 mm.

84
Resin anchor RM II

LOADS
Resin anchor RM II: Resin capsule RM II with Internal threaded anchor RG M I
zinc plated steel / stainless steel A4
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3)
reducing the load
Type Screw steel Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
property/ member
surface thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance 3
Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
hmin hef Tmax Nperm 4) Vperm 4) c c scr smin 5) cmin 5)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
5.8 9,0 5,3 85 65
RG M 8 I 8.8 120 90 10 12,8 8,3 135 95 270 55 55
A4-70 9,9 5,9 95 70
5.8 13,8 8,3 140 90
RG M 10 I 8.8 130 90 20 17,1 13,3 190 155 270 65 65
A4-70 15,7 9,3 170 100
5.8 20,5 12,1 180 110
RG M 12 I 8.8 170 125 40 26,6 19,3 265 190 375 75 75
A4-70 22,5 13,5 210 125
5.8 37,6 22,4 330 180
RG M 16 I 8.8 210 160 80 30,9 265 480 95 95
40,6 365
A4-70 25,1 205
5.8 35,4 250
RG M 20 I 8.8 270 200 120 56,7 51,4 445 400 600 125 125
A4-70 39,4 285
For the design the complete assessment ETA-16/0340 has to be considered. 6)
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-16/0340 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-16/0340.
2)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Drill method hammer drilling. For further allowable application conditions see ETA-16/0340.
4)
For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor
design software C-FIX.
5)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
6)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-16/0340, issue date 06.10.2017. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Technical Report TR 029 (for static resp. quasi-static loads).

85
 Epoxy mortar FIS EM Plus

The powerful injection mortar for rebar connections and

cracked concrete

3
Chemical fixings

Rail fastenings Rebar connections

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

Approved for anchorings in:
▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, crak-
ked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
▪ Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The optimised formulation of the ▪ Post-installed rebar connections ▪ The epoxy mortar FIS EM Plus
epoxy resin mortar FIS EM Plus leads ▪ Jointers for concrete layers combined with the FIS A threaded
to improved load values in cracked ▪ Rim beam anchorings rod, is suitable for pre-positioned and
and non-cracked concrete. ▪ Seismic applications push-through installation and with the
▪ The mortar can be used for rebar con- ▪ Anchorings in diamond-drilled or in internal threaded anchor RG M I for
nections from diameter 8 to 40 mm. waterfilled drill holes pre-positioned installation.
▪ With the threaded rod FIS A, the loads ▪ Heavy steel constructions ▪ Resin and hardener are stored in two
to be applied can be designed variably ▪ Silo installations separate chambers and are not mixed
by selecting the anchorage depth. ▪ Tall shelving and activated until extrusion through
▪ Temporary and detachable fixing ▪ Sound barriers the injection capsule in the static
points are possible with the internal ▪ Temporary or removable fixings (with mixer.
threaded anchor RG M I. internal threaded anchor RG M I) ▪ The mortar is injected bubble-free
▪ For practical use on the building site, from the drill hole base.
FIS EM Plus can be processed at low ▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface of
temperatures down to -5 °C. the anchor with the drill hole wall and
▪ The mortar is approved for diamond- seals off the drill hole.
drilled and water-filled drill holes as ▪ The anchor is set manually by lightly
well as seismic applications of perfor- rotating it until it reaches the drill hole
mance categories C1, C2 and thus base.
offers safety under extreme conditions. ▪ During push-through installation, the
annular gap between the threaded
rod and attachment is filled with
FIS EM Plus.

SEE ALSO

ANCHORS +
SLEEVES DISPENSER ACCESSORIES
Page 144 Page 195 Page 198
86
Epoxy mortar FIS EM Plus

INSTALLATION IN CONCRETE WITH FIS EM PLUS AND FIS A / RG M

Chemical fixings
INSTALLATION IN CONCRETE WITH FIS EM PLUS AND RG M I

TECHNICAL DATA

Epoxy mortar Epoxy mortar

FIS EM Plus 390 S FIS EM Plus 585 S

Epoxy mortar
FIS EM Plus 1500 S
Approval

Languages on the cartridge Scale unit Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA ICC [pcs]

FIS EM Plus 390 S 544154 ▯ ■ ▲ DE, EN, FR, NL, ES, PT 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS EM Plus 390 S 544155 ▯ ■ ▲ EN, ZH, EL, KO, HU, PL 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS EM Plus 390 S 544176 ▯ ■ ▲ CS, SK, RO, AR, FR, EN 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS EM Plus 390 S 544159 ▯ ■ ▲ LT, LV, ET, UK, RU, KK 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS EM Plus 585 S 544166 ▯ ■ ▲ DE, EN, FR, NL, ES, PT 270 1 cartridge 585 ml + 2 x FIS UMR 6
FIS EM Plus 585 S 544165 ▯ ■ ▲ EN, ZH, RU, KO, CS, PL 270 1 cartridge 585 ml + 2 x FIS UMR 6
1 cartridge 585 ml, 1 x FIS UMR,
FIS EM Plus 585 S 544175 ▯ ■ ▲ EN, ZH, RU, KO, CS, PL 270 6
1 x extension tube Ø 9x250 mm
FIS EM Plus 1500 S 544167 ▯ ■ ▲ DE, IT, FR, NL, CS, SK 700 1 cartridge 1500 ml, 2 x FIS UMR 4
FIS EM Plus 1500 S 544173 ▯ ■ ▲ EN, ES, PT, ZH, RU, PL 700 1 cartridge 1500 ml, 2 x FIS UMR 4

87
 Epoxy mortar FIS EM Plus

TECHNICAL DATA

Static mixer FIS MR Plus Static mixer FIS UMR

Contents Sales unit

3
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Chemical fixings

FIS MR Plus 545853 10 static mixer FIS MR Plus 10

FIS UMR 520593 10 static mixer FIS UMR for 585 ml and 1500 ml cartridges 10

FIS EM Plus 390 S HWK big FIS EM Plus 390 S in bucket

Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit
Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA ICC [pcs]

FIS EM Plus 390 S HWK big 544156 ▯ ■ ▲ EN, ZH, EL, KO, HU, PL 20 cartridges 390 ml, 20 x FIS MR Plus 1
FIS EM Plus 390 S in bucket 544172 ▯ ■ ▲ DE, EN, FR, NL, ES, PT 20 cartridges 390 ml, 20 x FIS MR Plus 1

GELLING AND CURING TIME

Temperature at anchoring base Gelling time Curing time

- 5 °C to - 1 °C 180 min. 200 hrs.

0 °C to + 4 °C 150 min. 90 hrs.
+ 5 °C to + 9 °C 120 min. 40 hrs.
+ 10 °C to + 19 °C 30 min. 18 hrs.
+ 20 °C to + 29 °C 14 min. 10 hrs.
+ 30 °C to + 40 °C  7 min. 5 hrs.
The above times apply from the moment of contact between resin and hardener in the static mixer.
For installation, the cartridge temperature must be at least +5 °C. For longer installation times, i.e. when interruptions occur in work, the mixer should be replaced.

88
Epoxy mortar FIS EM Plus

LOADS
Injection system FIS EM Plus: Injection resin FIS EM Plus with Threaded rod FIS A2)
zinc plated steel 5.8 / zinc plated steel 8.8 / stainless steel A4-70 / high corrosion resistant steel C-70
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength clas C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 3) 4) 8)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance 3
Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
hmin hef Tmax Nperm 5) Vperm 5) c c scr smin 6) cmin 6)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
100 60 5,4 90 105 180
5.8 110 80 7,2 5,1 120 95 240
190 160 9,0 65 80 480
100 60 5,4 90 185 180
8.8 110 80 7,2 8,6 170 240
120
190 160 13,8 115 480
FIS A M 8 10 40 40
100 60 5,4 90 125 180
A4-70 110 80 7,2 6,0 120 115 240
190 160 9,9 75 90 480
100 60 5,4 90 160 180
C-70 110 80 7,2 7,4 120 145 240
190 160 12,4 105 105 480
100 60 6,7 90 185 180
5.8 120 90 10,1 8,6 135 155 270
230 200 13,8 70 110 600
100 60 6,7 90 295 180
8.8 120 90 10,1 13,1 135 250 270
230 200 22,4 150 150 600
FIS A M 10 20 45 45
100 60 6,7 90 195 180
A4-70 120 90 10,1 9,2 135 165 270
230 200 15,7 115 600
90
100 60 6,7 250 180
C-70 120 90 10,1 11,4 135 215 270
230 200 19,5 125 135 600
100 70 10,0 105 255 210
5.8 140 110 17,8 12,0 165 195 330
270 240 20,5 60 135 720
100 70 10,0 105 435 210
8.8 140 110 17,8 19,4 165 340 330
270 240 32,4 145 200 720
FIS A M 12 40 55 45
100 70 10,0 105 295 210
A4-70 140 110 17,8 13,7 165 230 330
270 240 22,5 75 150 720
100 70 10,0 105 380 210
C-70 140 110 17,8 17,1 165 295 330
270 240 28,1 115 175 720
120 80 12,3 120 445 240
5.8 170 125 24,0 22,3 190 350 375
360 320 37,6 95 195 960
120 80 12,3 24,5 120 495 240
8.8 170 125 24,0 190 600 375
36,0
360 320 60,0 225 320 960
FIS A M 16 60 65 50
120 80 12,3 24,5 120 495 240
A4-70 170 125 24,0 190 400 375
25,2
360 320 42,0 215 960
120
120 80 12,3 24,5 495 240
C-70 170 125 24,0 190 515 375
31,4
360 320 52,4 175 270 960

89
 Epoxy mortar FIS EM Plus

LOADS
Injection system FIS EM Plus: Injection resin FIS EM Plus with Threaded rod FIS A2)
zinc plated steel 5.8 / zinc plated steel 8.8 / stainless steel A4-70 / high corrosion resistant steel C-70
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength clas C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 3) 4) 8)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
3 fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance

Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings

load load Max. Load

hmin hef Tmax Nperm 5) Vperm 5) c c scr smin 6) cmin 6)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
140 90 14,6 29,3 135 530 270
5.8 220 170 38,0 255 455 510
34,9
450 400 58,6 115 260 1200
140 90 14,6 29,3 135 530 270
8.8 220 170 38,0 255 780 510
56,0
450 400 93,3 340 435 1200
FIS A M 20 120 85 55
140 90 14,6 29,3 135 530 270
A4-70 220 170 38,0 255 520 510
39,4
450 400 65,7 145 285 1200
140 90 14,6 29,3 135 530 270
C-70 220 170 38,0 255 675 510
49,1
450 400 81,9 265 370 1200
160 96 16,1 32,2 145 545 290
5.8 270 210 52,2 315 590 630
50,9
540 480 84,3 160 330 1440
160 96 16,1 32,2 145 545 290
8.8 270 210 52,2 315 1005 630
80,6
540 480 134,3 475 570 1440
FIS A M 24 150 105 60
160 96 16,1 32,2 145 545 290
A4-70 270 210 52,2 315 670 630
56,8
540 480 94,3 230 360 1440
160 96 16,1 32,2 145 545 290
C-70 270 210 52,2 315 870 630
70,9
540 480 117,6 380 480 1440
170 108 19,2 38,5 165 610 325
5.8 310 250 67,8 375 695 750
65,7
600 540 109,5 240 390 1620
170 108 19,2 38,5 165 610 325
8.8 310 250 67,8 375 1200 750
105,1
600 540 175,2 615 700 1620
FIS A M 27 200 120 75
170 108 19,2 38,5 165 610 325
A4-70 310 250 67,8 375 795 750
73,7
600 540 123,0 325 445 1620
170 108 19,2 38,5 165 610 325
C-70 310 250 67,8 375 1030 750
92,0
600 540 153,3 500 595 1620
190 120 22,5 45,1 180 665 360
5.8 350 280 80,3 420 795 840
80,6
670 600 133,8 300 440 1800
190 120 22,5 45,1 180 665 360
8.8 350 280 80,3 420 1375 840
128,6
670 600 213,8 725 805 1800
FIS A M 30 300 140 80
190 120 22,5 45,1 180 665 360
A4-70 350 280 80,3 420 910 840
90,2
670 600 150,1 395 510 1800
190 120 22,5 45,1 180 665 360
C-70 350 280 80,3 420 1180 840
112,6
670 600 187,1 595 680 1800
7)
For the design the complete assessment ETA-17/0979 has to be considered.
1) The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-17/0979 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As a single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-17/0979.
2)
Also valid for threaded rod RG M in the same property class.
3)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
4)
Drill method hammer drilling resp. hollow drilling. For further allowable drill methods and application conditions see ETA-17/0979.

90
Epoxy mortar FIS EM Plus

LOADS
Injection system FIS EM Plus: Injection resin FIS EM Plus with Threaded rod FIS A2)
zinc plated steel 5.8 / zinc plated steel 8.8 / stainless steel A4-70 / high corrosion resistant steel C-70
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength clas C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 3) 4) 8)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance 3
Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
hmin hef Tmax Nperm 5) Vperm 5) c c scr smin 6) cmin 6)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
5) For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor
design software C-FIX.
6)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
7) The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-17/0979, issue date 06/04/2018. Design of the loads according to FprEN 1992-4:2017 and TR 055 (for static resp. quasi-static loads).
8)
A reinforcement in the concrete to prevent splitting is required. The width of the cracks has to be limited under consideration of the splitting forces at wk ∼0,3mm.

LOADS
Injection system FIS EM Plus: Injection resin FIS EM Plus with Threaded rod FIS A2)
zinc plated steel 5.8 / zinc plated steel 8.8 / stainless steel A4-70 / high corrosion resistant steel C-70
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 3) 4)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing member anchorage torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element thickness depth moment
Max. tension Max. shear
load load Max. Load
hmin hef Tmax Nperm 5) Vperm 5) c c scr smin 6) cmin 6)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
100 60 75 180
70
5.8 110 80 9,0 5,1 55 240
190 160 40 60 480
100 60 11,2 100 130 180
8.8 110 80 8,6 130 115 240
13,8
190 160 40 90 480
FIS A M 8 10 40 40
100 60 85 85 180
A4-70 110 80 9,9 6,0 70 75 240
190 160 40 70 480
100 60 11,2 100 110 180
C-70 110 80 7,4 110 100 240
12,4
190 160 40 80 480
100 60 11,2 100 125 180
5.8 120 90 8,6 110 105 270
13,8
230 200 45 85 600
100 60 11,2 100 200 180
8.8 120 90 20,5 13,1 200 170 270
230 200 22,4 45 115 600
FIS A M 10 20 45 45
100 60 11,2 100 135 180
A4-70 120 90 9,2 140 110 270
15,7
230 200 45 90 600
100 60 11,2 100 170 180
C-70 120 90 11,4 190 145 270
19,5
230 200 45 105 600
100 70 14,1 145 175 210
5.8 140 110 12,0 165 130 330
20,5
270 240 45 100 720
100 70 14,1 145 295 210
8.8 140 110 27,7 19,4 250 230 330
270 240 32,4 45 150 720
FIS A M 12 40 55 45
100 70 14,1 145 200 210
A4-70 140 110 13,7 190 155 330
22,5
270 240 45 115 720
100 70 14,1 145 260 210
C-70 140 110 27,7 17,1 250 200 330
270 240 28,1 45 135 720

91
 Epoxy mortar FIS EM Plus

LOADS
Injection system FIS EM Plus: Injection resin FIS EM Plus with Threaded rod FIS A2)
zinc plated steel 5.8 / zinc plated steel 8.8 / stainless steel A4-70 / high corrosion resistant steel C-70
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 3) 4)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
3 fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance

Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings

load load Max. Load

hmin hef Tmax Nperm 5) Vperm 5) c c scr smin 6) cmin 6)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
120 80 17,2 160 305 240
5.8 170 125 33,6 22,3 285 235 375
360 320 37,6 50 150 960
120 80 17,2 34,4 160 495 240
8.8 170 125 33,6 285 405 375
36,0
360 320 60,0 120 220 960
FIS A M 16 60 65 50
120 80 17,2 160 350 240
A4-70 170 125 33,6 25,2 285 270 375
360 320 42,0 50 165 960
120 80 17,2 160 445 240
C-70 170 125 33,6 31,4 285 350 375
360 320 52,4 50 195 960
140 90 20,5 170 435 270
5.8 220 170 53,3 34,9 385 300 510
450 400 58,6 55 195 1200
140 90 20,5 41,1 170 270
525
8.8 220 170 53,3 385 510
56,0
450 400 93,3 230 290 1200
FIS A M 20 120 85 55
140 90 20,5 170 500 270
A4-70 220 170 53,3 39,4 385 350 510
450 400 65,7 55 215 1200
140 90 20,5 41,1 170 525 270
C-70 220 170 53,3 385 455 510
49,1
450 400 81,9 135 260 1200
160 96 22,6 45,2 170 540 290
5.8 270 210 73,2 475 390 630
50,9
540 480 84,3 60 250 1440
160 96 22,6 45,2 170 540 290
8.8 270 210 73,2 475 675 630
80,6
540 480 134,3 360 365 1440
FIS A M 24 150 105 60
160 96 22,6 45,2 170 540 290
A4-70 270 210 73,2 475 445 630
56,8
540 480 94,3 60 270 1440
160 96 22,6 45,2 170 540 290
C-70 270 210 73,2 475 580 630
70,9
540 480 117,6 235 325 1440
170 108 27,0 54,0 195 605 325
5.8 310 250 95,1 565 460 750
65,7
600 540 109,5 75 295 1620
170 108 27,0 54,0 195 605 325
8.8 310 250 95,1 565 805 750
105,1
600 540 175,2 505 450 1620
FIS A M 27 200 120 75
170 108 27,0 54,0 195 605 325
A4-70 310 250 95,1 565 530 750
73,7
600 540 123,0 140 320 1620
170 108 27,0 54,0 195 605 325
C-70 310 250 95,1 565 690 750
92,0
600 540 153,3 355 385 1620

92
Epoxy mortar FIS EM Plus

LOADS
Injection system FIS EM Plus: Injection resin FIS EM Plus with Threaded rod FIS A2)
zinc plated steel 5.8 / zinc plated steel 8.8 / stainless steel A4-70 / high corrosion resistant steel C-70
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 3) 4)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance 3
Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
hmin hef Tmax Nperm 5) Vperm 5) c c scr smin 6) cmin 6)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
190 120 31,6 63,2 210 660 360
5.8 350 280 112,7 635 525 840
80,6
670 600 133,8 80 330 1800
190 120 31,6 63,2 210 660 360
8.8 350 280 112,7 635 920 840
128,6
670 600 213,8 610 515 1800
FIS A M 30 300 140 80
190 120 31,6 63,2 210 660 360
A4-70 350 280 112,7 635 605 840
90,2
670 600 150,1 195 365 1800
190 120 31,6 63,2 210 660 360
C-70 350 280 112,7 635 785 840
112,6
670 600 187,1 445 435 1800
7)
For the design the complete assessment ETA-17/0979 has to be considered.
1) The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-17/0979 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of  = 1,4 are considered. As a single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
L
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-17/0979.
2)
Also valid for threaded rod RG M in the same property class.
3)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
4)
Drill method hammer drilling resp. hollow drilling. For further allowable drill methods and application conditions see ETA-17/0979.
5) For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor

design software C-FIX.

6)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
7) The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-17/0979, issue date 06/04/2018. Design of the loads according to FprEN 1992-4:2017 and TR 055 (for static resp. quasi-static loads).

LOADS
Injection system FIS EM Plus: Injection resin FIS EM Plus with Internal threaded anchor RG M I
zinc plated steel / stainless steel A4
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼ B25) 1) 2) 3) 7)
reducing the load
Type Screw steel Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
property/ member anchorage torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
surface thickness depth moment
Max. tension Max. shear
load load Max. Load
hmin hef Tmax Nperm 4) Vperm 4) c c scr smin 5) cmin 5)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
5.8 9,0 5,3 100 85
RG M8 I 8.8 120 90 10 11,3 8,3 135 145 270 55 55
A4-70 9,9 5,9 115 95
5.8 8,3 135
RG M10 I 8.8 130 90 20 12,9 13,3 135 235 270 65 65
A4-70 9,3 155
5.8 12,1 165
RG M12 I 8.8 170 125 40 20,2 19,3 190 285 375 75 75
A4-70 13,5 185
5.8 22,4 275
RG M16 I 8.8 210 160 80 34,7 30,9 240 405 480 95 95
A4-70 25,1 315
5.8 35,4 380
RG M20 I 8.8 270 200 120 48,5 42,9 300 480 600 125 125
A4-70 39,4 430

93
 Epoxy mortar FIS EM Plus

LOADS
Injection system FIS EM Plus: Injection resin FIS EM Plus with Internal threaded anchor RG M I
zinc plated steel / stainless steel A4
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼ B25) 1) 2) 3) 7)
reducing the load
Type Screw steel Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
3 property/ member
surface thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance

Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings

load load Max. Load

hmin hef Tmax Nperm 4) Vperm 4) c c scr smin 5) cmin 5)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
For the design the complete assessment ETA-17/0979 has to be considered. 6)
1) The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-17/0979 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of  = 1,4 are considered. As a single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
L
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-17/0979.
2)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Drill method hammer drilling resp. hollow drilling. For further allowable drill methods and application conditions see ETA-17/0979.
4)
For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor
design software C-FIX.
5)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
6) The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-17/0979, issue date 06/04/2018. Design of the loads according to FprEN 1992-4:2017 and TR 055 (for static resp. quasi-static loads).
7)
A reinforcement in the concrete to prevent splitting is required. The width of the cracks has to be limited under consideration of the splitting forces at w k ∼ 0,3 mm.

LOADS
Injection system FIS EM Plus: Injection resin FIS EM Plus with Internal threaded anchor RG M I
zinc plated steel / stainless steel A4
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼ B25) 1) 2) 3)
reducing the load
Type Screw steel Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
property/ member anchorage torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
surface thickness depth moment
Max. tension Max. shear
load load Max. Load
hmin hef Tmax Nperm 4) Vperm 4) c c scr smin 5) cmin 5)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
5.8 9,0 5,3 55 65
RG M8 I 8.8 120 90 10 13,8 8,3 110 95 270 55 55
A4-70 9,9 5,9 55 70
5.8 13,8 8,3 105 90
RG M10 I 8.8 130 90 20 20,5 13,3 190 155 270 65 65
A4-70 15,7 9,3 130 100
5.8 20,5 12,1 130 110
RG M12 I 8.8 170 125 40 32,4 19,3 265 190 375 75 75
A4-70 22,5 13,5 155 125
5.8 37,6 22,4 255 180
RG M16 I 8.8 210 160 80 48,7 30,9 365 265 480 95 95
A4-70 42,0 25,1 300 205
5.8 58,6 35,4 365 245
RG M20 I 8.8 270 200 120 68,0 42,9 445 315 600 125 125
A4-70 65,7 39,4 430 285
For the design the complete assessment ETA-17/0979 has to be considered. 6)
1) The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-17/0979 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of  = 1,4 are considered. As a single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
L
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-17/0979.
2)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Drill method hammer drilling resp. hollow drilling. For further allowable drill methods and application conditions see ETA-17/0979.
4)
For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor
design software C-FIX.
5)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
6)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-17/0979, issue date 06/04/2018. Design of the loads according to FprEN 1992-4:2017 and TR 055 (for static resp. quasi-static loads).

94
Epoxy mortar FIS EB

The basic epoxy mortar for applications in concrete

Chemical fixings
Crash barriers and sound insulation walls Rebar connections

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

Approved for anchorings in:
▪ Concrete C20/25, cracked and non-
cracked

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ FIS EB is approved for use in cracked ▪ Heavy steel constructions ▪ The epoxy mortar FIS EB combined
concrete and for rebar applications ▪ Consoles with the threaded rod FIS A is suitable
and achieves a good performance in ▪ Silo installations for pre-positioned and push-through
these applications which enables an ▪ Tall shelving installation.
economical use of injection mortar. ▪ Post-installed rebar connections ▪ Resin and hardener are stored in two
▪ Variable anchorage depths from 4xd separate chambers and are not mixed
to 20xd allow for ideal adaptation to and activated until extrusion through
the load to be applied. the injection capsule in the static
▪ FIS EB can be used in various conditi- mixer.
ons (dry/wet concrete, flooded hole), ▪ The mortar is injected bubble-free
thus working in almost all situations from the drill hole base.
on the building site and making it a ▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface
safe and reliable system. of the threaded rod with the drill hole
wall and seals off the drill hole.
▪ The threaded rod is set manually by
slightly rotating it until it reached the
drill hole base.
▪ During push-through installation, the
annular gap between the threaded
rod and the attachment is filled with
FIS EB.

SEE ALSO

ANCHORS +
SLEEVES DISPENSER ACCESSORIES
Page 144 Page 195 Page 198
95
 Epoxy mortar FIS EB

INSTALLATION IN CONCRETE WITH FIS EB AND FIS A / RG M

3
Chemical fixings

TECHNICAL DATA

Epoxy mortar FIS EB Static mixer FIS MR Plus

Approval

Languages on the cartridge Scale unit Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. ETA [pcs]

FIS EB 390 S 534984 ■ EN, ES, PT 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS EB 390 S 534985 ■ TR, RU, KO 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS EB 390 S in bucket 543652 ■ EN, ES, PT 180 20 cartridges 390 ml, 20 x FIS MR Plus 1
FIS EB 390 S in bucket 538547 ■ TR, RU, KO 180 20 cartridges 390 ml, 20 x FIS MR Plus 1
FIS EB 585 S 534986 ■ EN, ES, PT, NL 270 1 cartridge 585 ml + 2 x FIS UMR 6
FIS MR Plus 545853 — — — 10 static mixer FIS MR Plus 10

LOADS
Injection system FIS EB: Injection mortar FIS EB with Threaded rod FIS A 1)
zinc plated steel 5.8 / zinc plated steel 8.8 / stainless steel A4-70
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 2) 3) 4) 9)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing member anchorage torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element thickness depth moment
Max. tension Max. shear
load load Max. Load
hmin hef5) Tmax Nperm 6) Vperm 6) c c scr smin 7) cmin 7)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
100 60 3,6 90 105 180
5.8 110 80 4,8 5,1 100 100 240
190 160 9,0 90 480
90
100 60 3,6 7,2 155 180
FIS A M8 8.8 110 80 10 4,8 170 240 40 40
8,6 100
190 160 9,6 115 480
100 60 3,6 90 125 180
A4-70 110 80 4,8 6,0 115 240
100
190 160 9,6 90 480
100 60 4,5 90 185 180
5.8 120 90 6,7 8,6 115 160 270
230 200 13,8 105 125 600
100 60 4,5 9,0 90 190 180
FIS A M10 8.8 120 90 20 6,7 250 270 45 45
13,1 115
230 200 15,0 150 600
100 60 4,5 9,0 90 190 180
A4-70 120 90 6,7 165 270
9,2 115
230 200 15,0 115 600

96
Epoxy mortar FIS EB

LOADS
Injection system FIS EB: Injection mortar FIS EB with Threaded rod FIS A 1)
zinc plated steel 5.8 / zinc plated steel 8.8 / stainless steel A4-70
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 2) 3) 4) 9)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance 3
Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
hmin hef5) Tmax Nperm 6) Vperm 6) c c scr smin 7) cmin 7)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
100 70 6,3 105 255 210
5.8 140 110 9,9 12,0 140 200 330
270 240 20,5 130 150 720
100 70 6,3 12,6 105 270 210
FIS A M12 8.8 140 110 40 9,9 340 330 55 55
19,4 140
270 240 21,5 200 720
100 70 6,3 12,6 105 270 210
A4-70 140 110 9,9 230 330
13,7 140
270 240 21,5 150 720
110 75 7,9 15,7 115 325 225
5.8 160 120 12,6 155 265 360
16,6
320 280 27,6 145 185 840
110 75 7,9 15,7 115 325 225
FIS A M14 8.8 160 120 50 12,6 25,1 420 360 60 60
155
320 280 29,3 26,3 250 840
110 75 7,9 15,7 115 325 225
A4-70 160 120 12,6 295 360
18,3 155
320 280 29,3 175 840
120 80 7,7 15,3 120 295 240
5.8 170 125 12,0 350 375
22,3 175
360 320 30,6 225 960
120 80 7,7 15,3 120 295 240
FIS A M16 8.8 170 125 60 12,0 23,9 380 375 65 65
175
360 320 30,6 36,0 320 960
120 80 7,7 15,3 120 295 240
A4-70 170 125 12,0 23,9 380 375
175
360 320 30,6 25,2 215 960
140 90 10,8 21,5 135 375 270
5.8 220 170 20,3 460 510
34,9 210
450 400 47,9 300 1200
140 90 10,8 21,5 135 375 270
FIS A M20 8.8 220 170 120 20,3 40,7 540 510 85 85
210
450 400 47,9 56,0 435 1200
140 90 10,8 21,5 135 375 270
A4-70 220 170 20,3 520 510
39,4 210
450 400 47,9 285 1200
160 96 13,4 32,2 145 545 290
5.8 270 210 31,4 600 630
50,9 250
540 480 71,8 395 1440
160 96 13,4 32,2 145 545 290
FIS A M24 8.8 270 210 150 31,4 75,4 930 630 105 105
250
540 480 71,8 80,6 570 1440
160 96 13,4 32,2 145 545 290
A4-70 270 210 31,4 670 630
56,8 250
540 480 71,8 360 1440

97
 Epoxy mortar FIS EB

LOADS
Injection system FIS EB: Injection mortar FIS EB with Threaded rod FIS A 1)
zinc plated steel 5.8 / zinc plated steel 8.8 / stainless steel A4-70
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 2) 3) 4) 9)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
3 fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance

Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings

load load Max. Load

hmin hef5) Tmax Nperm 6) Vperm 6) c c scr smin 7) cmin 7)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
170 108 16,0 38,5 165 610 325
5.8 310 250 42,1 715 750
65,7 270
600 540 90,9 485 1620
170 108 16,0 38,5 165 610 325
FIS A M27 8.8 310 250 200 42,1 101,0 1150 750 120 120
270
600 540 90,9 105,1 700 1620
170 108 16,0 38,5 165 610 325
A4-70 310 250 42,1 795 750
73,7 270
600 540 90,9 445 1620
190 120 18,8 45,1 180 665 360
5.8 350 280 52,4 300 820 840
80,6
670 600 112,2 305 555 1800
190 120 18,8 45,1 180 665 360
FIS A M30 8.8 350 280 300 52,4 125,7 300 1340 840 140 140
670 600 112,2 128,6 305 805 1800
190 120 18,8 45,1 180 665 360
A4-70 350 280 52,4 300 910 840
90,2
670 600 112,2 305 510 1800
8)
For the design the complete assessment ETA-15/0440 has to be considered.
1)
Also valid for threaded rod RG M in the same property class.
2)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-15/0440 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of γL = 1,4 bare considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1.5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-15/0440.
3)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
4)
Drill method hammer drilling. For further allowable drill methods and application conditions see ETA-15/0440.
5)
For the sizes M8 - M30 the min. anchorage depth and the max. anchorage depth are given. The anchorage depth can be chosen freely between these borders.
6)
For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor
design software C-FIX.
7)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
8)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-15/0440, issue date 06/07/2015. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Technical Report TR 029 (for static resp. quasi-static loads).
9)
A reinforcement in the concrete to prevent splitting is required. The width of the cracks has to be limited under consideration of the splitting forces at wk ∼ 0,3 mm.

98
Epoxy mortar FIS EB

LOADS
Injection system FIS EB: Injection mortar FIS EB with Threaded rod FIS A 1)
zinc plated steel 5.8 / zinc plated steel 8.8 / stainless steel A4-70
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 2) 3) 4)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance 3
Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
hmin hef5) Tmax Nperm 6) Vperm 6) c c scr smin 7) cmin 7)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
100 60 7,9 90 180
5.8 110 80 5,1 80 70 240
9,0
190 160 40 480
100 60 7,9 90 130 180
FIS A M8 8.8 110 80 10 10,5 8,6 100 115 240 40 40
190 160 13,8 50 90 480
100 60 7,9 85 180
90
A4-70 110 80 6,0 75 240
9,9
190 160 40 70 480
100 60 9,0 90 125 180
5.8 120 90 13,5 8,6 115 105 270
230 200 13,8 45 95 600
100 60 9,0 90 200 180
FIS A M10 8.8 120 90 20 13,5 13,1 115 170 270 45 45
230 200 22,4 80 115 600
100 60 9,0 90 135 180
A4-70 120 90 13,5 9,2 115 110 270
230 200 15,7 45 90 600
100 70 12,6 125 175 210
5.8 140 110 19,7 12,0 155 135 330
270 240 20,5 55 120 720
100 70 12,6 125 295 210
FIS A M12 8.8 140 110 40 19,7 19,4 155 230 330 55 55
270 240 32,4 95 150 720
100 70 12,6 125 200 210
A4-70 140 110 19,7 13,7 155 155 330
270 240 22,5 55 115 720
110 75 14,1 135 235 225
5.8 160 120 22,6 16,6 170 180 360
320 280 27,6 60 145 840
110 75 14,1 135 390 225
FIS A M14 8.8 160 120 50 22,6 26,3 170 300 360 60 60
320 280 43,8 120 180 840
110 75 14,1 135 260 225
A4-70 160 120 22,6 18,3 170 195 360
320 280 30,9 65 135 840
120 80 17,2 160 305 240
5.8 170 125 26,9 22,3 210 235 375
360 320 37,6 65 175 960
120 80 17,2 34,4 160 495 240
FIS A M16 8.8 170 125 60 26,9 210 405 375 65 65
36,0
360 320 60,0 150 220 960
120 80 17,2 160 350 240
A4-70 170 125 26,9 25,2 210 270 375
360 320 42,0 80 165 960

99
 Epoxy mortar FIS EB

LOADS
Injection system FIS EB: Injection mortar FIS EB with Threaded rod FIS A 1)
zinc plated steel 5.8 / zinc plated steel 8.8 / stainless steel A4-70
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 2) 3) 4)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
3 fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance

Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings

load load Max. Load

hmin hef5) Tmax Nperm 6) Vperm 6) c c scr smin 7) cmin 7)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
140 90 20,5 170 435 270
5.8 220 170 40,7 34,9 265 305 510
450 400 58,6 95 230 1200
140 90 20,5 41,1 170 270
525
FIS A M20 8.8 220 170 120 40,7 265 510 85 85
56,0
450 400 93,3 230 290 1200
140 90 20,5 170 500 270
A4-70 220 170 40,7 39,4 265 350 510
450 400 65,7 120 215 1200
160 96 18,8 45,2 170 540 290
5.8 270 210 50,3 370 400 630
50,9
540 480 84,3 160 295 1440
160 96 18,8 45,2 170 540 290
FIS A M24 8.8 270 210 150 50,3 370 675 630 105 105
80,6
540 480 114,9 385 365 1440
160 96 18,8 45,2 170 540 290
A4-70 270 210 50,3 370 445 630
56,8
540 480 94,3 205 270 1440
170 108 22,5 54,0 195 605 325
5.8 310 250 63,1 415 475 750
65,7
600 540 109,5 200 345 1620
170 108 22,5 54,0 195 605 325
FIS A M27 8.8 310 250 200 63,1 415 805 750 120 120
105,1
600 540 136,3 425 450 1620
170 108 22,5 54,0 195 605 325
A4-70 310 250 63,1 415 530 750
73,7
600 540 123,0 315 320 1620
190 120 26,3 63,2 210 660 360
5.8 350 280 78,5 500 545 840
80,6
670 600 133,8 270 395 1800
190 120 26,3 63,2 210 660 360
FIS A M30 8.8 350 280 300 78,5 500 920 840 140 140
128,6
670 600 168,3 540 515 1800
190 120 26,3 63,2 210 660 360
A4-70 350 280 78,5 500 605 840
90,2
670 600 150,1 400 365 1800
8)
For the design the complete assessment ETA-15/0440 has to be considered.
1)
Also valid for threaded rod RG M in the same property class.
2)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-15/0440 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of γL = 1,4 bare considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1.5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-15/0440.
3)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
4)
Drill method hammer drilling. For further allowable drill methods and application conditions see ETA-15/0440.
5)
For the sizes M8 - M30 the min. anchorage depth and the max. anchorage depth are given. The anchorage depth can be chosen freely between these borders.
6)
For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor
design software C-FIX.
7)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
8)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-15/0440, issue date 06/07/2015. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Technical Report TR 029 (for static resp. quasi-static loads).

100
Injection mortar FIS V

The versatile injection mortar for anchorings in masonry and

cracked concrete

Chemical fixings
Rescue ladders Column bases

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

Approved for anchorings in:
▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, crak-
ked and non-cracked
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Hollow blocks made from concrete
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Solid brick
Approved for:
▪ Rebar connections
▪ Remedial wall tie VBS 8
▪ Weather facing reconstruction system
FWS II
▪ Stand-off installation Thermax

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The FIS V injection mortar has Injection mortar for use with: ▪ The FIS V is a 2-component injection
numerous system approvals, such as ▪ Threaded rods FIS A, see page 146 mortar based on vinyl ester hybrid.
in cracked and non-cracked concrete, ▪ Internal threaded anchor RG MI, see ▪ Resin and hardener are stored in two
masonry and for special applications. page 159 separate chambers and are not mixed
FIS V is thus the universal injec- ▪ Rebar anchor FRA, see page 179 and activated until extrusion through
tion mortar family with guaranteed ▪ Concrete steel bars, see page 185 the static mixer.
reliability for practically all areas of ▪ Injection anchor sleeves FIS H, see ▪ The injection cartridges are quick and
application. page 167 easy to use with the fischer dispen-
▪ FIS VW HIGH SPEED has a signi- ▪ Aerated concrete centring sleeve PBZ, sers.
ficantly shorter curing time than FIS V, see page PL ▪ Partially used cartridges can be
thus also ensuring swift work progress ▪ Remedial wall tie VBS 8, see page reused, simply by changing the static
even at low temperatures. 187 mixer.
▪ FIS VS LOW SPEED with extended ▪ Weather facing reconstruction system
gelling time prevents premature curing FWS II, see page 189
of the mortar at higher temperatures ▪ Anchorings in waterfilled drill holes
and is ideally suited to large drill hole (only FIS V 410 C)
depths.
▪ The extensive range of accessories
is ideally suited to the FIS V injection
mortar family, increases the great flexi-
bility of the system and thus allows for
a broad range of applications.

SEE ALSO

ANCHORS +
SLEEVES DISPENSER ACCESSORIES
Page 144 Page 195 Page 198
101
 Injection mortar FIS V

INSTALLATION IN CONCRETE WITH FIS V AND FIS A / RG M

3
Chemical fixings

INSTALLATION IN CONCRETE WITH FIS V AND RG M I

INSTALLATION IN SOLID BRICK WITH FIS V AND FIS A

INSTALLATION IN HOLLOW BLOCKS WITH FIS V AND FIS HK + FIS A

INSTALLATION IN AERATED CONCRETE WITH FIS V AND FIS A / RG M

102
Injection mortar FIS V

INSTALLATION IN UNDERCUT DRILL HOLE IN AERATED CONCRETE WITH FIS V AND FIS A / RG M

Chemical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar FIS V 300 T Injection mortar FIS V 360 S

Injection mortar FIS V 410 C Static mixer FIS MR Plus

Approval

Languages on the cartridge Scale unit Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA ICC [pcs]

FIS V 300 T 531573 ▯ ■ ▲ USA, RA, BR, MEX 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 12
FIS V 360 S 094404 ▯ ■ ▲ DE, FR, NL, TR, HU, AR 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS V 360 S 094405 ▯ ■ ▲ EN, IT, PT, ES, ZH, JA 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS V 360 S 068435 ▯ ■ ▲ DA, SV, NO, FI, PL, EL 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS V 360 S 502283 ▯ ■ ▲ LT, LV, ET, UK, RU, KK 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS V 360 S 043994 ▯ ■ ▲ CS, SK, PL, HU, RO, RU 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS V 410 C 521431 ▯ ■ ▲ IT, EN, DE 200 1 cartridge 410 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 16
FIS V 410 C 534880 ▯ ■ ▲ PL, LT, LV, ET, RU 200 1 cartridge 410 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 12
FIS V 410 C 538131 ▯ ■ ▲ USA, RA, BR, MEX 200 1 cartridge 410 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 12
FIS MR Plus 545853 — — — — — 10 static mixer FIS MR Plus 10

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar Injection mortar

FIS VW 300 T FIS VW 360 S

Injection mortar Static mixer

FIS VW 380 C FIS MR Plus

Languages on the cartridge Scale unit Contents Sales unit

Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]

FIS VW 300 T 507793 ▯ ■ DE, EN, HR, SL, SR, BG 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 12
FIS VW 300 T 507795 ▯ ■ SV, DA, NO, CS, SK, PL, RU 150 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 12
FIS VW 360 S 090753 ▯ ■ DE, EN, FR, IT, NL, ES 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS VW 360 S 043997 ▯ ■ CS, SK, PL, HU, RO, RU 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS VW 360 S 502284 ▯ ■ RU, LT, LV, ET, UK, KK 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS VW 380 C 519328 ▯ ■ CS, SK, PL 190 1 cartridge 380 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 12
FIS MR Plus 545853 — — — — 10 static mixer FIS MR Plus 10

103
 Injection mortar FIS V

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar Injection mortar

FIS VS 100 P FIS VS 150 C

3
Injection mortar Injection mortar
Chemical fixings

FIS VS 300 T FIS VS 360 S

Static mixer FIS MR Plus

Approval

Languages on the cartridge Scale unit Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA ICC [pcs]

FIS VS 100 P 072525 ▯ ■ ▲ DE, EN, FR, IT, NL, ES 50 1 cartridge 100 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS VS 150 C 045302 ▯ ■ ▲ DE, EN, FR, IT, NL, ES 70 1 cartridge 145 ml, 1 x FIS MR Plus 6
Set for hollow bricks: 1 cartridge 145 ml,
FIS VS 150 C Set 045303 ▯ ■ ▲ DE, EN, FR, IT, NL, ES 70 6
2 x FIS MR Plus, 6 x FIS H 16 x 85 K
FIS VS 300 T 093180 ▯ ■ ▲ DE, EN, FR, NL, ES, PT 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 1 x FIS MR Plus 12
FIS VS 300 T 502285 ▯ ■ ▲ RU, LT, LV, ET, UK, KK 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 1 x FIS MR Plus 12
FIS VS 300 T 044102 ▯ ■ ▲ CS, SK, PL, HU, RO, RU, EL 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 1 x FIS MR Plus 12
FIS VS 300 T 093226 ▯ ■ ▲ PL, CS, DA, NO, SV, FI 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 1 x FIS MR Plus 12
FIS VS 360 S 078664 ▯ ■ ▲ EN, ZH, ES, PT, JA 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS MR Plus 545853 — — — — — 10 static mixer FIS MR Plus 10

FIS V 360 S HWK big with

FIS V 360 S HWK small FIS V 360 S HWK big
dispenser FIS DM S
Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit
Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA ICC [pcs]

FIS V 360 S HWK small 092430 ▯ ■ ▲ DE, FR, NL, TR, HU, AR 10 cartridges 360 ml, 20 x FIS MR Plus 1
FIS V 360 S HWK big 091936 ▯ ■ ▲ DE, FR, NL, TR, HU, AR 20 cartridges 360 ml, 40 x FIS MR Plus 1
FIS V 360 S HWK big 096554 ▯ ■ ▲ EN, IT, PT, ES, ZH, JA 20 cartridges 360 ml, 40 x FIS MR Plus 1
12 cartridges 360 ml, 24 x FIS MR Plus,
FIS V 360 S HWK big 503027 ▯ ■ ▲ CS, SK, PL, HU, RO, RU 1
1 x dispenser FIS DM S

104
Injection mortar FIS V

Chemical fixings
FIS VS 300 T in bucket FIS V 360 S in bucket FIS V 410 in bucket
Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit

Approval
Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA ICC [pcs]
FIS VS 300 T in bucket 512062 ▯ ■ ▲ DE, EN, FR, NL, ES, PT 20 cartridges 300 ml, 20 x FIS MR Plus 1
FIS V 360 S in bucket 503025 ▯ ■ ▲ EN, IT, PT, ES, ZH, JA 10 cartridges 360 ml, 20 x FIS MR Plus 1
FIS V 410 in bucket 531504 ▯ ■ ▲ EN, TR, RU 16 cartridge 410 ml, 32 x FIS MR Plus 1

FIS VS 300 T in bucket FIS VS 300 T HWK big FIS VS 300 T HWK small
Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit
Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA ICC [pcs]

FIS VS 300 T in bucket 518539 ▯ ■ ▲ CS, SK, PL, HU, RO, EL 20 cartridges 300 ml, 20 x FIS MR Plus 1
FIS VS 300 T HWK big 517645 ▯ ■ ▲ DE, EN, FR, NL, ES, PT 20 cartridges 300 ml, 40 x FIS MR Plus 1
FIS VS 300 T HWK small 518832 ▯ ■ ▲ DE, EN, FR, NL, ES, PT 10 cartridges 300 ml, 20 x FIS MR Plus 1

CURING TIME FIS V

Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
at anchoring base
(mortar)
‒ 5°C – ± 0°C  24 hrs.
+ 0°C – + 5°C 13 min. ± 0°C – + 5°C   3 hrs.
+ 5°C – +10°C  9 min. + 5°C – +10°C  90 min.
+10°C – +20°C  5 min. +10°C – +20°C  60 min.
+20°C – +30°C  4 min. +20°C – +30°C  45 min.
+30°C – +40°C  2 min. +30°C – +40°C  35 min.
The above times apply from the moment of contact between resin and hardener in the static mixer.
For installation, the cartridge temperature must be at least +5 °C. For longer installation times, i.e. when interruptions occur in work, the mixer should be replaced.

105
 Injection mortar FIS V

CURING TIME FIS VW HIGH SPEED

Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
at anchoring base
(mortar)
‒15°C – ‒10°C 1) 12 hrs.
‒10°C – ‒ 5°C 1)  8 hrs.
3 - 5°C – ± 0°C 1) 5 min. ‒ 5°C – ± 0°C  3 hrs.
  0°C – + 5°C 5 min. ± 0°C – + 5°C 90 min.
Chemical fixings

+ 5°C – +10°C 3 min. + 5°C – +10°C 45 min.

+10°C – +20°C 1 min. +10°C – +20°C 30 min.
1)
Without approval.
The above times apply from the moment of contact between resin and hardener in the static mixer.
For installation, the cartridge temperature must be at least +5 °C. For longer installation times, i.e. when interruptions occur in work, the mixer should be replaced.

CURING TIME FIS VS LOW SPEED

Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
at anchoring base
(mortar)
± 0°C – + 5°C   6 hrs.
+ 5°C – +10°C 20 min. + 5°C – +10°C   3 hrs.
+10°C – +20°C 10 min. +10°C – +20°C   2 hrs.
+20°C – +30°C  6 min. +20°C – +30°C  60 min.
+30°C – +40°C  4 min. +30°C – +40°C  30 min.
The above times apply from the moment of contact between resin and hardener in the static mixer.
For installation, the cartridge temperature must be at least +5 °C. For longer installation times, i.e. when interruptions occur in work, the mixer should be replaced.

LOADS
Injection system FIS V: Injection mortar FIS V with Threaded rod FIS A 1)
zinc plated steel / stainless steel / high corrosion resistant steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 2) 3) 4) 5) 11)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing member anchorage torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element thickness depth moment
Max. tension Max. shear
load load Max. Load
hmin hef6) Tmax Nperm7) Vperm7) c c scr smin 8) 9) cmin 8) 9)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
100 60 5,4 90 185 180
5.8 120 90 8,1 8,6 125 155 270
230 200 13,8 85 110 600
100 60 5,4 10,8 90 235 180
8.8 120 90 8,1 255 270
13,3 125
230 200 18,0 150 600
FIS A M 10 20 45 45
100 60 5,4 90 200 180
A4-70 120 90 8,1 9,3 125 170 270
230 200 15,5 100 115 600
100 60 5,4 10,8 90 235 180
C-70 120 90 8,1 220 270
11,6 125
230 200 18,0 140 600
100 70 7,5 105 255 210
5.8 140 110 11,8 12,0 145 195 330
270 240 20,5 110 135 720
100 70 7,5 15,1 105 330 210
8.8 140 110 11,8 340 330
19,3 145
270 240 25,9 200 720
FIS A M 12 40 55 55
100 70 7,5 105 290 210
A4-70 140 110 11,8 13,5 145 225 330
270 240 22,5 125 145 720
100 70 7,5 15,1 105 330 210
C-70 140 110 11,8 290 330
16,9 145
270 240 25,9 175 720

106
Injection mortar FIS V

LOADS
Injection system FIS V: Injection mortar FIS V with Threaded rod FIS A 1)
zinc plated steel / stainless steel / high corrosion resistant steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 2) 3) 4) 5) 11)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance 3
Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
hmin hef6) Tmax Nperm7) Vperm7) c c scr smin 8) 9) cmin 8) 9)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
120 80 11,5 120 445 240
5.8 170 125 18,0 22,3 185 350 375
360 320 37,6 145 195 960
120 80 11,5 23,0 120 460 240
8.8 170 125 18,0 600 375
35,9 185
360 320 46,0 320 960
FIS A M 16 60 65 65
120 80 11,5 23,0 120 460 240
A4-70 170 125 18,0 185 400 375
25,2
360 320 42,0 165 215 960
120 80 11,5 23,0 120 460 240
C-70 170 125 18,0 515 375
31,4 185
360 320 46,0 270 960
140 90 14,6 29,3 135 530 270
5.8 220 170 28,0 225 455 510
34,9
450 400 58,6 195 260 1200
140 90 14,6 29,3 135 530 270
8.8 220 170 28,0 780 510
56,0 225
450 400 65,8 435 1200
FIS A M 20 120 85 85
140 90 14,6 29,3 135 530 270
A4-70 220 170 28,0 520 510
39,3 225
450 400 65,5 285 1200
140 90 14,6 29,3 135 530 270
C-70 220 170 28,0 670 510
49,0 225
450 400 65,8 370 1200
160 96 15,5 31,0 145 520 290
5.8 270 210 33,9 590 630
50,9 265
540 480 77,6 330 1440
160 96 15,5 31,0 145 520 290
8.8 270 210 33,9 67,9 825 630
265
540 480 77,6 80,7 570 1440
FIS A M 24 150 105 105
160 96 15,5 31,0 145 520 290
A4-70 270 210 33,9 670 630
56,6 265
540 480 77,6 360 1440
160 96 15,5 31,0 145 520 290
C-70 270 210 33,9 67,9 825 630
265
540 480 77,6 70,6 480 1440
170 108 17,4 34,9 165 545 325
5.8 310 250 40,4 695 750
65,7 290
600 540 87,2 390 1620
170 108 17,4 34,9 165 545 325
8.8 310 250 40,4 80,8 885 750
290
600 540 87,2 104,9 700 1620
FIS A M 27 200 125 125
170 108 17,4 34,9 165 545 325
A4-70 310 250 40,4 795 750
73,6 290
600 540 87,2 440 1620
170 108 17,4 34,9 165 545 325
C-70 310 250 40,4 80,8 885 750
290
600 540 87,2 91,8 590 1620

107
 Injection mortar FIS V

LOADS
Injection system FIS V: Injection mortar FIS V with Threaded rod FIS A 1)
zinc plated steel / stainless steel / high corrosion resistant steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 2) 3) 4) 5) 11)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
3 fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance

Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings

load load Max. Load

hmin hef6) Tmax Nperm7) Vperm7) c c scr smin 8) 9) cmin 8) 9)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
190 120 21,5 43,1 180 630 360
5.8 350 280 50,3 795 840
80,6 320
670 600 107,7 440 1800
190 120 21,5 43,1 180 630 360
8.8 350 280 50,3 100,5 1035 840
320
670 600 107,7 128,2 805 1800
FIS A M 30 300 140 140
190 120 21,5 43,1 180 630 360
A4-70 350 280 50,3 905 840
89,9 320
670 600 107,7 505 1800
190 120 21,5 43,1 180 630 360
C-70 350 280 50,3 100,5 1035 840
320
670 600 107,7 112,2 675 1800
10)
For the design the complete assessment ETA-02/0024 has to be considered.
1)
Also valid for threaded rod RG M in the same property class.
2)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-02/0024 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of γL = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-02/0024.
3)
The given loads are valid for injection mortar FIS V for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate up to 50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C. For drill hole cleaning see ETA-
02/0024.
4)
For higher concrete strength classes up t o C50/60 higher per missible loads may be possible.
5)
Drill method hammer drilling. For further allowable application conditions see ETA-02/0024.
6)
For the sizes M10 - M30 the min. anchorage depth and the max. anchorage depth are given. The anchorage depth can be chosen freely between these borders.
7)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see ETA-02/0024.
8)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
9)
Minimum possible spacing resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the required minimum member thickness. The combination of minimum edge distance and minimum spacing is not
possible. One of both values has to be increased acc. ETA-02/0024.
10)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-02/0024, issue date 13/02/2017. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Technical Report TR 029 (for static resp. quasi-static loads).
11)
A reinforcement in the concrete to prevent splitting is required. The width of the cracks has to be limited under consideration of the splitting forces at wk ∼ 0,3 mm.

108
Injection mortar FIS V

LOADS
Injection system FIS V: Injection mortar FIS V with Threaded rod FIS A 1)
zinc plated steel / stainless steel / high corrosion resistant steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 2) 3) 4) 5)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance 3
Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
hmin hef6) Tmax Nperm 7) Vperm 7) c c scr smin 8) 9) cmin 8) 9)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
50 4,0 150
100 65 50
5.8 60 2,9 180
4,8
110 72 50 45 220
50 4,0 70 150
100
FIS A M 6 8.8 60 5 4,8 4,6 180 40 40
65
110 72 5,8 65 220
50 4,0 55 150
100
A4-70 60 4,8 3,2 180
50
110 72 5,4 60 220
100 60 7,9 90 180
70
5.8 110 80 5,1 80 240
9,0
190 160 40 60 480
100 60 7,9 90 125 180
8.8 110 80 10,5 8,4 100 115 240
190 160 13,9 55 90 480
FIS A M 8 10 40 40
100 60 7,9 85 180
90
A4-70 110 80 5,9 75 240
9,8
190 160 40 70 480
100 60 7,9 90 105 180
C-70 110 80 10,5 7,3 100 95 240
190 160 12,2 40 80 480
100 60 9,9 90 125 180
5.8 120 90 8,6 115 105 270
13,8
230 200 45 85 600
100 60 9,9 90 200 180
8.8 120 90 14,8 13,3 125 170 270
230 200 22,1 70 115 600
FIS A M 10 20 45 45
100 60 9,9 90 135 180
A4-70 120 90 14,8 9,3 125 115 270
230 200 15,5 45 90 600
100 60 9,9 90 175 180
C-70 120 90 14,8 11,6 125 150 270
230 200 19,3 55 105 600
100 70 13,8 140 175 210
5.8 140 110 12,0 165 130 330
20,5
270 240 55 100 720
100 70 13,8 140 295 210
8.8 140 110 21,7 19,3 180 230 330
270 240 32,1 85 150 720
FIS A M 12 40 55 55
100 70 13,8 140 200 210
A4-70 140 110 21,7 13,5 180 150 330
270 240 22,5 55 110 720
100 70 13,8 140 255 210
C-70 140 110 21,7 16,9 180 195 330
270 240 28,1 65 135 720

109
 Injection mortar FIS V

LOADS
Injection system FIS V: Injection mortar FIS V with Threaded rod FIS A 1)
zinc plated steel / stainless steel / high corrosion resistant steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 2) 3) 4) 5)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
3 fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance

Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings

load load Max. Load

hmin hef6) Tmax Nperm 7) Vperm 7) c c scr smin 8) 9) cmin 8) 9)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
120 80 17,2 160 305 240
5.8 170 125 29,9 22,3 245 235 375
360 320 37,6 65 150 960
120 80 17,2 34,4 160 495 240
8.8 170 125 29,9 245 405 375
35,9
360 320 59,8 135 220 960
FIS A M 16 60 65 65
120 80 17,2 160 350 240
A4-70 170 125 29,9 25,2 245 270 375
360 320 42,0 70 165 960
120 80 17,2 160 445 240
C-70 170 125 29,9 31,4 245 350 375
360 320 52,3 105 195 960
140 90 20,5 170 435 270
5.8 220 170 48,3 34,9 340 300 510
450 400 58,6 85 195 1200
140 90 20,5 41,1 170 270
525
8.8 220 170 48,3 340 510
56,0
450 400 93,3 230 290 1200
FIS A M 20 120 85 85
140 90 20,5 170 500 270
A4-70 220 170 48,3 39,3 340 345 510
450 400 65,5 95 215 1200
140 90 20,5 41,1 170 525 270
C-70 220 170 48,3 340 450 510
49,0
450 400 81,7 140 260 1200
160 96 22,6 45,2 170 540 290
5.8 270 210 67,9 435 390 630
50,9
540 480 84,3 105 250 1440
160 96 22,6 45,2 170 540 290
8.8 270 210 67,9 435 675 630
80,7
540 480 134,5 360 365 1440
FIS A M 24 150 105 105
160 96 22,6 45,2 170 540 290
A4-70 270 210 67,9 435 445 630
56,6
540 480 94,4 120 270 1440
160 96 22,6 45,2 170 540 290
C-70 270 210 67,9 435 580 630
70,6
540 480 117,7 235 325 1440
170 108 27,0 54,0 195 605 325
5.8 310 250 85,8 495 460 750
65,7
600 540 109,5 125 295 1620
170 108 27,0 54,0 195 605 325
8.8 310 250 85,8 495 805 750
104,9
600 540 174,9 500 450 1620
FIS A M 27 200 125 125
170 108 27,0 54,0 195 605 325
A4-70 310 250 85,8 495 530 750
73,6
600 540 122,7 155 320 1620
170 108 27,0 54,0 195 605 325
C-70 310 250 85,8 495 690 750
91,8
600 540 153,0 355 385 1620

110
Injection mortar FIS V

LOADS
Injection system FIS V: Injection mortar FIS V with Threaded rod FIS A 1)
zinc plated steel / stainless steel / high corrosion resistant steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 2) 3) 4) 5)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance 3
Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
hmin hef6) Tmax Nperm 7) Vperm 7) c c scr smin 8) 9) cmin 8) 9)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
190 120 31,6 63,2 210 660 360
5.8 350 280 106,8 595 525 840
80,6
670 600 133,8 140 330 1800
190 120 31,6 63,2 210 660 360
8.8 350 280 106,8 595 920 840
128,2
670 600 213,7 610 515 1800
FIS A M 30 300 140 140
190 120 31,6 63,2 210 660 360
A4-70 350 280 106,8 595 600 840
89,9
670 600 150,0 195 365 1800
190 120 31,6 63,2 210 660 360
C-70 350 280 106,8 595 785 840
112,2
670 600 187,0 445 435 1800
10)
For the design the complete assessment ETA-02/0024 has to be considered.
1)
Also valid for threaded rod RG M in the same property class.
2)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-02/0024 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of γL = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-02/0024.
3)
The given loads are valid for injection mortar FIS V for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate up to 50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C. For drill hole cleaning see ETA-
02/0024.
4)
For higher concrete strength classes up t o C50/60 higher per missible loads may be possible.
5)
Drill method hammer drilling. For further allowable application conditions see ETA-02/0024.
6)
For the sizes M6 - M30 the min. anchorage depth and the max. anchorage depth are given. The anchorage depth can be chosen freely between these borders.
7)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see ETA-02/0024.
8)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
9)
Minimum possible spacing resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the required minimum member thickness. The combination of minimum edge distance and minimum spacing is not
possible. One of both values has to be increased acc. ETA-02/0024.
10)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-02/0024, issue date 13/02/2017. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Technical Report TR 029 (for static resp. quasi-static loads).

111
 Injection mortar FIS V

LOADS
Injection system FIS V: Injection mortar FIS V with Internal threaded anchor RG M I
zinc plated steel / stainless steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3)
reducing the load
Type Screw Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
3 material member
resp. screw thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance

surface Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings

load load Max. Load

hmin hef Tmax Nperm 4) Vperm 4) c c scr smin 5) 6) cmin 5) 6)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
5.8 9,0 5,3 70 65
RG M 8 I 8.8 120 90 10 13,8 8,3 130 95 270 55 55
A4-70 9,9 5,9 80 70
5.8 13,8 8,3 105 90
RG M 10 I 8.8 130 90 20 19,0 13,3 175 155 270 65 65
A4-70 15,7 9,3 130 100
5.8 20,5 12,1 155 110
RG M 12 I 8.8 170 125 40 23,8 19,3 190 190 375 75 75
A4-70 22,5 13,5 175 125
5.8 22,4 180
RG M 16 I 8.8 210 160 80 35,7 35,8 240 320 480 95 95
A4-70 25,1 205
5.8 35,4 245
RG M 20 I 8.8 270 200 120 54,8 42,9 335 315 600 125 125
A4-70 39,4 285
For the design the complete assessment ETA-02/0024 has to be considered. 7)
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-02/0024 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-02/0024.
2)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Drill method hammer drilling. For further allowable application conditions see ETA-02/0024.
4)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see ETA-02/0024.
5)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
6)
Minimum possible spacing resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the required minimum member thickness. The combination of minimum edge distance and minimum spacing is not
possible. One of both values has to be increased acc. ETA-02/0024.
7)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-02/0024, issue date 13/02/2017. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Technical Report TR 029 (for static resp. quasi-static loads).

112
Injection mortar FIS V

LOADS
Injection system FIS V with threaded rod FIS A 4)
Highest permissible loads1) 5) for a single anchor in solid brick masonry (without injection anchor sleeve) for pre-positioned or push-
through installation.
For the design the complete assessment ETA-10/0383 has to be considered.
Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum Min. Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Characte-ri- Characte-ri- Min. Characte-
sive- density brick- effective- member torque tensile shear load3) stic spacing stic spacing spacing 2) ristic resp. 3
brick- dimensions 6) anchorage thickness load3) parallel to perpendicu- min. edge
strength depth bed joint lar to bed distance2)

Chemical fixings
joint
smin║ /
fb ρ (L x W x H) hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm Vperm scr║ scr┴ ccr = cmin
smin┴
[N/mm²] [kg/dm³] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz, NF acc. to EN 771-1
M6 50 4 1,14 0,71 100
M8 50 10 1,14 0,71 100
M10 50 10 1,00 1,14 100
M10 80 10 1,43 1,14 100
≥ 10
M10 200 10 3,42 2,43 150
M12 50 10 0,86 1,14 100
M12 80 10 1,57 1,14 100
M12 240x115x71 200 10 2,29 3,29 150
≥ 1,8 115 240 75 240 / 75
M6 (NF) 50 4 1,57 1,14 100
M8 50 10 1,57 1,14 100
M10 50 10 1,43 1,71 100
M10 80 10 2,00 1,71 100
≥ 20
M10 200 10 3,42 3,43 150
M12 50 10 1,29 1,57 100
M12 80 10 2,29 1,57 100
M12 200 10 3,29 3,43 150
Solid brick Mz, 2DF acc. to EN 771-1
M6 50 4 0,86 0,71
M8 50 10 0,86 0,86
M10 ≥ 10 100 10 1,29 1,00
M12 100 10 1,57 1,00
M16 240x115x113 100 10 1,57 0,86
≥ 1,8 115 240 115 120 / 115 60
M6 (2DF) 50 4 1,29 1,14
M8 50 10 1,29 1,43
M10 ≥ 16 100 10 2,14 1,57
M12 100 10 2,29 1,57
M16 100 10 2,29 1,43
Solid sand-lime brick KS acc. to EN 771
M6 4 1,43 0,71
M8 10 2,00 1,29
M10 ≥ 10 10 2,00 1,29
M12 10 2,00 1,29
M16 10 1,57 1,29
M6 4 2,14 1,14
M8 10 2,57 1,86
M10 ≥ 20 ≥ 2,0 250x240x240 50 240 10 2,57 1,86 250 240 80 / 80 60
M12 10 2,57 1,86
M16 10 2,14 1,86
M6 4 2,43 1,43
M8 10 2,57 2,57
M10 ≥ 28 10 2,57 2,57
M12 10 2,57 2,57
M16 10 2,57 2,57
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered.
2)
Minimum feasible spacings resp. edge distance. Details as well as to the distances to joints see assessment.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see assessment.
4)
Zinc-plated, stainless steel A4 and high corrosion-resistant steel C.
5)
The given loads are valid for installation and use of fixations in dry masonry - use category d/d - for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C) and drill hole cleaning
according to assessment. The given brick types in combination with the permissible loads are an extract of the assessment.
6)
Hole patterns see assessment.

113
 Injection mortar FIS V

LOADS
Injection system FIS V with threaded rod FIS A5) and anchor sleeve FIS H..K
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in solid brick masonry (with injection anchor sleeve) for pre-positioned installation.
For the design the complete assessment ETA-10/0383 has to be considered.
Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum Min. Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Characte- Characte- Min. Characteri-
of anchor sleeve with sive- density brick effective member torque tensile shear load3) ristic spa- ristic spa- spacing 2) stic resp.
3 threaded rod brick-
strength
dimensions 6) anchorage thickness
depth4)
load3) cing parallel
to bed joint
cing perpen-
dicular to
min. edge
distance2)
bed joint
Chemical fixings

smin║ /
fb ρ (L x W x H) hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm Vperm scr║ scr┴ ccr = cmin
smin┴
[N/mm²] [kg/dm³] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz, 2DF acc. to EN 771-1
16x85 M8 0,86 0,86
≥ 10
16x85 M10 240x115x113 0,86 1,00
≥ 1,8 85 115 10 240 115 120 / 115 60
16x85 M8 (2DF) 1,29 1,43
≥ 16
16x85 M10 1,29 1,57
Solid sand-lime brick KS acc. to EN 771
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 10 2,29 1,29
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 20 ≥ 2,0 250x240x240 85 240 10 2,57 1,86 250 240 80 / 80 60
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 28 2,57 2,57
Lightweight concrete block Vbl acc. to EN 771-3
12x85 M6 85 1,00 0,57
12x50 M8 50 0,57 0,86
12x85 M8 ≥4 85 1,00 0,86
16x85 M10 85 1,14 1,00
20x85 M12 85 1,43 1,29
12x85 M6 85 1,43 0,86
12x50 M8 50 0,86 1,29
12x85 M8 ≥6 ≥ 1,6 250x240x239 85 240 4 1,43 1,29 250 250 250 / 250 130
16x85 M8 / M10 85 1,86 1,57
20x85 M12 / M16 85 2,14 1,86
12x85 M6 85 2,00 1,14
12x50 M8 50 1,14 1,71
12x85 M8 ≥8 85 2,00 1,71
16x85 M8 / M10 85 2,43 2,00
20x85 M12 / M16 85 2,57 2,43
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered.
2)
Minimum feasible spacings resp. edge distance. Details as well as to the distances to joints see assessment.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see assessment.
4)
The maximum anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant anchor sleeves FIS H..K (see technical data).
5)
Zinc-plated, stainless steel A4 and high corrosion-resistant steel C.
6)
The given loads are valid for installation and use of fixations in dry masonry - use category d/d - for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C) and drill hole cleaning
according to assessment. The given brick types in combination with the permissible loads are an extract of the assessment.
7)
Hole patterns see assessment.

114
Injection mortar FIS V

LOADS
Injection system FIS V with threaded rod FIS A5) and anchor sleeve FIS H..K
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in perforated brick masonry (with injection anchor sleeve) for pre-positioned installation.
For the design the complete assessment ETA-10/0383 has to be considered.
Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum brick- Min. Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Characte- Characte- Min. Characte-
of anchor sleeve with sive- density dimensions 7) effective member torque tensile shear load3) ristic spa- ristic spa- spacing 2) ristic resp.
threaded rod brick- anchorage thickness
4)
load3) cing parallel cing perpen- min. edge 3
strength depth to bed joint dicular to distance2)
bed joint

Chemical fixings
smin║ /
fb ρ (L x W x H) hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm Vperm scr║ scr┴ ccr = cmin
smin┴
[N/mm²] [kg/dm³] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Vertically perforated brick Hlz, shape B acc. to EN 771-1
12x50 M6/M8 ≥4 50 0,11 0,14
16x85 M8/M10 ≥4 85 0,26 0,14
20x130 M12/M16 ≥4 130 0,34 0,17
12x50 M6/M8 ≥8 500x175x237 50 0,21 0,26 500
16x85 M8/M10 ≥8 ≥ 1,0 or 85 175 2,0 0,57 0,26 resp. 240 100 / 100 100
20x130 M12/M16 ≥8 370x240x237 130 0,71 0,34 370
12x50 M6/M8 ≥ 12 50 0,34 0,43
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 12 85 0,86 0,43
20x130 M12/M16 ≥ 12 130 1,14 0,57
Vertically perforated brick Hlz, acc. to EN 771-1
12x50 M6 ≥6 50 0,21 0,34
12x85 M8 ≥6 85 0,34 0,57
16x85 M8/M10 ≥6 85 0,21 0,43
20x85 M12/M16 ≥6 85 0,26 0,71
12x50 M6 ≥ 16 50 0,57 0,86
12x85 M8 ≥ 16 240x115x113 85 0,86 1,57
≥ 1,4 115 2,0 240 115 240 / 115 80
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 16 (2DF) 85 0,57 1,00
20x85 M12/M16 ≥ 16 85 0,71 1,57
12x50 M6 ≥ 28 50 1,00 1,43
12x85 M8 ≥ 28 85 1,57 1,57
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 28 85 1,00 1,57
20x85 M12/M16 ≥ 28 85 1,29 1,57
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL acc. to EN 771-2
12x50 M6/M8 ≥ 12 50 0,71 0,71 60
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 12 85 0,86 1,29
80
20x85 M12 ≥ 12 85 1,00 1,29
≥ 1,4 240x175x113 175 2,0 240 115 100 / 115
12x50 M6/M8 ≥ 20 50 1,29 1,14 60
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 20 85 1,43 2,14
80
20x85 M12 ≥ 20 85 1,71 2,14
Lightweight concrete hollow block Hbl acc. to EN 771-3
12x50 M6/M8 ≥2 50 0,34 0,26
16x85 M8/M10 ≥2 85 0,43 0,26
20x200 M12/M16 ≥2 180 0,71 0,26
≥ 1,0 362x240x240 240 2,0 362 240 100 / 240 60
12x50 M6/M8 ≥4 50 0,71 0,57
16x85 M8/M10 ≥4 85 0,86 0,57
20x200 M12/M16 ≥4 180 1,57 0,57
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a par tial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered.
2)
Minimum feasible spacings resp. edge distance. Details as well as to the distances to joints see assessment.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see assessment.
4)
The maximum anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant anchor sleeves FIS H..K (see technical data).
5)
Zinc-plated, stainless steel A4 and high corrosion-resistant steel C.
6)
The given loads are valid for installation and use of fixations in dry masonry - use category d/d - for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C) and drill hole cleaning
according to assessment. The given brick types in combination with the permissible loads are an extract of the assessment.
7)
Hole patterns see assessment.

115
 Injection mortar FIS V

LOADS
Injection system FIS V with threaded rod FIS A4)
Highest permissible loads1) 5) for a single anchor in aerated concrete.
For the design the complete assessment ETA-10/0383 has to be considered.
Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum Min. Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Characte- Characte- Min. Characte-
threaded rod sive- density brick dimensions effective- member torque tensile shear load3) ristic spa- ristic spa- spacing 2) ristic resp.
3 brick-
strength
anchorage thickness
depth
load3) cing parallel
to bed joint
cing perpen-
dicular to
min. edge
distance2)
bed joint
Chemical fixings

smin║ /
fb ρ (L x W x H) hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm Vperm scr║ scr┴ ccr = cmin
smin┴
[N/mm²] [kg/dm³] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Aerated concrete acc. to EN 771-4
M86) 1 0,54 0,43
M106) 2 0,54 0,43
≥2 ≥ 0,35
M126) 2 0,71 0,54
6)
M16 2 0,71 0,43
M86) 1 0,71 0,89
M106) 2 1,07 0,71
≥4 ≥ 0,50 100 130 250 250 250 100
M126) 2 0,89 0,89
M166) 2 0,71 0,71
M86) 1 1,25 1,07
-
M106) 2 1,79 1,07
≥6 ≥ 0,65
M126) 2 1,79 1,25
6)
M16 2 1,07 1,61
M8, M10, M127) ≥2 ≥ 0,35 0,71 0,89
M8, M10, M127) ≥4 ≥ 0,50 75 105 1,07 1,61 240 240 240 120
M8, M10, M127) ≥6 ≥ 0,65 1,43 2,14
2
M8, M10, M127) ≥2 ≥ 0,35 0,89 0,89
M8, M10, M127) ≥4 ≥ 0,50 95 125 1,25 1,61 300 250 300 / 250 150
M8, M10, M127) ≥6 ≥ 0,65 1,61 2,14
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered.
2)
Minimum feasible spacings resp. edge distance. Details as well as to the distances to joints see assessment.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see assessment.
4)
Zinc-plated, stainless steel A4 and high corrosion-resistant steel C.
5)
The given loads are valid for installation and use of fixations in dry masonry - use category d/d - for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C) and drill hole cleaning
according to assessment. The given brick types in combination with the permissible loads are an extract of the assessment.
6)
Cylindrical drill hole. Pre-positioned and push-through installation possible.
7)
Drill hole to be made with cone drill bit PBB. Pre-positioned installation only.

116
Injection mortar FIS VL

The solid injection mortar for standard applications in cracked

concrete and masonry

Chemical fixings
High-bay warehouses Air conditioning units

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

Approved for anchorings in:
▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, crak-
ked
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Solid brick
▪ Rebar connections
▪ Aerated concrete
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15
▪ Hollow blocks made from concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The FIS VL is approved for use in Injection mortar for use with: ▪ The FIS VL is a 2-component injection
cracked concrete and masonry, and ▪ Threaded rods FIS A, see page 146 mortar based on vinylester.
achieves a high load-bearing capacity ▪ Internal threaded anchor RG MI, see ▪ Resin and hardener are stored in two
in these conditions. page 159 separate chambers and are not mixed
▪ The injection mortar, based on ▪ Injection anchor sleeves FIS H, see and activated until extrusion through
vinylester resin, allows for anchorings page 167 the static mixer.
in water-filled drill holes (410 ml cart- ▪ The 410 ml coaxial cartridge can be
ridges only), thus allowing for rapid easily used with the fischer FIS AC
progress. dispenser.
▪ The temperature resistance of the ▪ Partially used cartridges can be
FIS VL injection mortar of -40 °C to reused, simply by changing the static
+120 °C allows for a solid load level mixer.
even when subjected to high tempe- ▪ Related accessories for use in concrete
rature demands, thus providing great and masonry can be found on page
flexibility. PL.
▪ FIS VL HIGH SPEED has a significantly
shorter curing time than FIS VL, thus
also ensuring swift work progress even
at low temperatures.

SEE ALSO

ANCHORS +
SLEEVES DISPENSER ACCESSORIES
Page 144 Page 195 Page 198
117
 Injection mortar FIS VL

INSTALLATION IN CONCRETE WITH FIS VL AND FIS A / RG M

3
Chemical fixings

INSTALLATION IN CONCRETE WITH FIS VL AND RG M I

INSTALLATION IN SOLID BRICK WITH FIS VL AND FIS A / RG M

INSTALLATION IN HOLLOW BLOCKS WITH FIS VL AND FIS HK + FIS A / RG M

INSTALLATION IN AERATED CONCRETE WITH FIS V AND FIS A / RG M

118
Injection mortar FIS VL

TECHNICAL DATA

FIS VL 300 T FIS VL 410 C

Chemical fixings
FIS VL 410 C in bucket Static mixer FIS MR Plus

Approval
Languages on the cartridge Scale unit Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. ETA [pcs]

FIS VL 300 T with clip 537149 ■ PT, ES, EN 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 12
FIS VL 300 T with clip 538583 ■ CS, SK 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 10
FIS VL 300 T HIGH SPEED with clip 538585 ■ CS, SK 150 1 cartridge 380 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 10
FIS VL 300 T 539461 ■ EN, FR, ES, PT, RO, AR 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 12
FIS VL 300 T in bucket 539462 ■ EN, FR, ES, PT, RO, AR 150 20 cartridges 300 ml, 40 x FIS MR Plus 1
FIS VL 300 T HWK big 538589 ■ CS, SK 150 20 cartridges 300 ml, 40 x FIS MR Plus 1
FIS VL 410 C 539463 ■ EN, FR, ES, PT, RO, AR 200 1 cartridge 410 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 12
FIS VL 410 C 538584 ■ CS, SK 200 1 cartridge 410 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 12
FIS VL 410 C HIGH SPEED 538586 ■ CS, SK 200 1 cartridges 410 ml, 1 x FIS MR Plus 12
FIS VL 410 C in bucket 538549 ■ DE, FR, NL, EN, TR 200 16 cartridges 410 ml, 32 x FIS MR Plus 1
FIS VL 410 C in bucket 539464 ■ EN, FR, ES, PT, RO, AR 200 16 cartridges 410 ml, 32 x FIS MR Plus 1
FIS VL 410 C HWK big 538590 ■ CS, SK 200 16 cartridges 410 ml, 32 x FIS MR Plus 1
FIS MR Plus 545853 — — — 10 static mixer FIS MR Plus 10

CURING TIME FIS VL

Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
at anchoring base
(mortar)
‒ 5°C – ± 0°C  24 hrs.
+ 0°C – + 5°C 13 min. ± 0°C – + 5°C   3 hrs.
+ 5°C – +10°C  9 min. + 5°C – +10°C  90 min.
+10°C – +20°C  5 min. +10°C – +20°C  60 min.
+20°C – +30°C  4 min. +20°C – +30°C  45 min.
+30°C – +40°C  2 min. +30°C – +40°C  35 min.
The above times apply from the moment of contact between resin and hardener in the static mixer.
For installation, the cartridge temperature must be at least +5 °C. For longer installation times, i.e. when interruptions occur in work, the mixer should be replaced.

CURING TIME FIS VL HIGH SPEED

Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
at anchoring base
(mortar)
‒15°C – ‒10°C 1) 12 hrs.
‒10°C – ‒ 5°C 1)  8 hrs.
- 5°C – ± 0°C 1) 5 min. ‒ 5°C – ± 0°C  3 hrs.
  0°C – + 5°C 5 min. ± 0°C – + 5°C 90 min.
+ 5°C – +10°C 3 min. + 5°C – +10°C 45 min.
+10°C – +20°C 1 min. +10°C – +20°C 30 min.
1)
Without approval.
The above times apply from the moment of contact between resin and hardener in the static mixer.
For installation, the cartridge temperature must be at least +5 °C. For longer installation times, i.e. when interruptions occur in work, the mixer should be replaced.

119
 Injection mortar FIS VL

LOADS
Injection system FIS VL: Injection mortar FIS VL with Threaded rod FIS A 1)
zinc plated steel / stainless steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 2) 3) 4) 5) 11)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
3 fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance

Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings

load load Max. Load

hmin hef6) Tmax Nperm 7) Vperm 7) c c scr smin 8) 9) cmin 8) 9)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
100 60 4,5 90 185 180
5.8 120 90 6,7 8,6 125 160 270
230 200 13,8 110 125 600
100 60 4,5 10,8 90 235 180
M10 8.8 120 90 20 6,7 260 270 45 45
13,3 125
230 200 15,0 180 600
100 60 4,5 90 200 180
A4-70 120 90 6,7 9,3 175 270
125
230 200 15,0 130 600
100 70 6,3 105 255 210
5.8 140 110 9,9 12,0 145 200 330
270 240 20,5 140 150 720
100 70 6,3 15,1 105 330 210
M12 8.8 140 110 40 9,9 345 330 55 55
19,3 145
270 240 21,5 235 720
100 70 6,3 105 290 210
A4-70 140 110 9,9 13,5 230 330
145
270 240 21,5 165 720
120 80 9,6 120 445 240
5.8 170 125 15,0 22,3 350 375
185
360 320 37,6 225 960
120 80 9,6 23,0 120 460 240
M16 8.8 170 125 60 15,0 600 375 65 65
35,9 185
360 320 38,3 380 960
120 80 9,6 23,0 120 460 240
A4-70 170 125 15,0 400 375
25,2 185
360 320 38,3 250 960
140 90 12,2 29,3 135 530 270
5.8 220 170 23,3 460 510
34,9 225
450 400 54,9 300 1200
140 90 12,2 29,3 135 530 270
M20 8.8 220 170 120 23,3 785 510 85 85
56,0 225
450 400 54,9 520 1200
140 90 12,2 29,3 135 530 270
A4-70 220 170 23,3 525 510
39,3 225
450 400 54,9 345 1200
10)
For the design the complete assessment ETA-10/0352 has to be considered.
1)
Also valid for threaded rod RG M in the same property class.
2)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-10/0352 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of γL = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-10/0352.
3)
The given loads are valid for injection mortar FIS VL for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate up to 50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C. F or drill hole cleaning see ETA-
10/0352.
4)
For higher concrete strength classes up t o C50/60 higher per missible loads may be possible.
5)
Drill method hammer drilling. For further allowable application conditions see ETA-10/0352.
6)
For the sizes M10 - M20 the min. anchorage depth and the max. anchorage depth are given. The anchorage depth can be chosen freely between these borders.
7)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see ETA-10/0352.
8)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
9)
Minimum possible spacing resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the required minimum member thickness. The combination of minimum edge distance and minimum spacing is not
possible. One of both values has to be increased acc. ETA-10/0352.
10)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-10/0352, issue date 10/08/2017. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Technical Report TR 029 (for static resp. quasi-static loads).
11)
A reinforcement in the concrete to prevent splitting is required. The width of the cracks has to be limited under consideration of the splitting forces at wk ∼ 0,3 mm.

120
Injection mortar FIS VL

LOADS
Injection system FIS VL: Injection mortar FIS VL with Threaded rod FIS A 1)
zinc plated steel / stainless steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 2) 3) 4) 5)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance 3
Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
hmin hef6) Tmax Nperm 6) Vperm 6) c c scr smin 8) 9) cmin 8) 9)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
50 3,4 150
100
5.8 60 4,0 2,9 50 180
110 72 4,8 220
50 3,4 150
100
M6 8.8 60 5 4,0 4,6 65 70 180 40 40
110 72 4,8 220
50 3,4 150
100
A4-70 60 4,0 3,2 55 180
110 72 4,8 220
100 60 6,6 90 180
5.8 110 80 8,8 5,1 100 70 240
190 160 9,0 40 480
100 60 6,6 90 125 180
M8 8.8 110 80 10 8,8 8,4 100 115 240 40 40
190 160 13,9 75 100 480
100 60 6,6 90 85 180
A4-70 110 80 8,8 5,9 100 80 240
190 160 9,8 40 75 480
100 60 8,2 90 125 180
5.8 120 90 12,3 8,6 125 105 270
230 200 13,8 45 95 600
100 60 8,2 90 200 180
M10 8.8 120 90 20 12,3 13,3 125 175 270 45 45
230 200 22,1 130 600
90
100 60 8,2 135 180
A4-70 120 90 12,3 9,3 125 115 270
230 200 15,5 50 100 600
100 70 11,5 140 175 210
5.8 140 110 18,1 12,0 180 135 330
270 240 20,5 55 120 720
100 70 11,5 140 295 210
M12 8.8 140 110 40 18,1 19,3 180 235 330 55 55
270 240 32,1 110 170 720
100 70 11,5 140 200 210
A4-70 140 110 18,1 13,5 180 155 330
270 240 22,5 60 130 720
120 80 14,3 160 305 240
5.8 170 125 24,9 22,3 245 235 375
360 320 37,6 80 175 960
120 80 14,3 34,4 160 495 240
M16 8.8 170 125 60 24,9 245 405 375 65 65
35,9
360 320 59,8 230 255 960
120 80 14,3 160 350 240
A4-70 170 125 24,9 25,2 245 270 375
360 320 42,0 100 190 960

121
 Injection mortar FIS VL

LOADS
Injection system FIS VL: Injection mortar FIS VL with Threaded rod FIS A 1)
zinc plated steel / stainless steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 2) 3) 4) 5)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
3 fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance

Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings

load load Max. Load

hmin hef6) Tmax Nperm 6) Vperm 6) c c scr smin 8) 9) cmin 8) 9)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
140 90 17,1 170 435 270
5.8 220 170 40,3 34,9 340 305 510
450 400 58,6 110 230 1200
140 90 17,1 41,1 170 525 270
M20 8.8 220 170 120 40,3 340 530 510 85 85
56,0
450 400 93,3 375 350 1200
140 90 17,1 170 500 270
A4-70 220 170 40,3 39,3 340 350 510
450 400 65,5 135 255 1200
160 96 18,8 45,2 170 540 290
5.8 270 210 56,5 435 400 630
50,9
540 480 84,3 140 295 1440
160 96 18,8 45,2 170 540 290
M24 8.8 270 210 150 56,5 435 685 630 105 105
80,7
540 480 129,3 505 455 1440
160 96 18,8 45,2 170 540 290
A4-70 270 210 56,5 435 455 630
56,6
540 480 94,4 205 320 1440
170 108 22,5 54,0 195 605 325
5.8 310 250 71,5 495 475 750
65,7
600 540 109,5 200 345 1620
170 108 22,5 54,0 195 605 325
M27 8.8 310 250 200 71,5 495 825 750 125 125
104,9
600 540 154,5 570 560 1620
170 108 22,5 54,0 195 605 325
A4-70 310 250 71,5 495 545 750
73,6
600 540 122,7 315 380 1620
190 120 26,3 63,2 210 660 360
5.8 350 280 89,0 595 545 840
80,6
670 600 133,8 270 395 1800
190 120 26,3 63,2 210 660 360
M30 8.8 350 280 300 89,0 595 940 840 140 140
128,2
670 600 190,7 700 645 1800
190 120 26,3 63,2 210 660 360
A4-70 350 280 89,0 595 620 840
89,9
670 600 150,0 400 430 1800
10)
For the design the complete assessment ETA-10/0352 has to be considered.
1)
Also valid for threaded rod RG M in the same property class.
2)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-10/0352 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of γL = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1.5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-10/0352.
3)
The given loads are valid for injection mortar FIS VL for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate up to 50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C. For drill hole cleaning see ETA-
10/0352.
4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
5)
Drill method hammer drilling. For further allowable application conditions see ETA-10/0352.
6)
For the sizes M6 - M30 the min. anchorage depth and the max. anchorage depth are given. The anchorage depth can be chosen freely between these borders.
7)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see ETA-10/0352.
8)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
9)
Minimum possible spacing resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the required minimum member thickness. The combination of minimum edge distance and minimum spacing is not
possible. One of both values has to be increased acc. ETA-10/0352.
10)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-10/0352, issue date 10/08/2017. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Technical Report TR 029 (for static resp. quasi-static loads).

122
Injection mortar FIS VL

LOADS
Injection system FIS VL: Injection mortar FIS VL with Internal threaded anchor RG M I
zinc plated steel / stainless steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3)
reducing the load
Type Screw Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
material member
resp. screw thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance 3
surface Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
hmin hef Tmax Nperm 4) Vperm 4) c c scr smin 5) 6) cmin 5) 6)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
5.8 9,0 5,3 95 65
RG M8 I 8.8 120 90 10 11,9 8,3 135 95 270 55 55
A4-70 9,9 5,9 110 70
5.8 13,8 8,3 140 90
RG M10 I 8.8 130 90 20 15,9 13,3 155 270 65 65
170
A4-70 15,7 9,3 100
5.8 12,1 110
RG M 12 I 8.8 170 125 40 19,8 19,3 190 190 375 75 75
A4-70 13,5 125
5.8 22,4 180
RG M 16 I 8.8 210 160 80 29,8 35,8 240 320 480 95 95
A4-70 25,1 205
5.8 35,4 245
RG M 20 I 8.8 270 200 120 45,6 42,9 330 315 600 125 125
A4-70 39,4 280
For the design the complete assessment ETA-10/0352 has to be considered. 7)
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-10/0352 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1.5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-10/0352.
2)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Drill method hammer drilling. For further allowable application conditions see ETA-10/0352.
4)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see ETA-10/0352.
5)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
6)
Minimum possible spacing resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the required minimum member thickness. The combination of minimum edge distance and minimum spacing is not
possible. One of both values has to be increased acc. ETA-10/0352.
7)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-10/0352, issue date 10/08/2017. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Technical Report TR 029 (for static resp. quasi-static loads).

LOADS
Injection system FIS VL with threaded rod FIS A4)
Highest permissible loads 1) 5) for a single anchor in solid brick masonry (without injection anchor sleeve) for pre-positioned or push-
through installation.
For the design the complete assessment ETA-15/0263 has to be considered.
Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum Min. Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Characte- Characte- Min. Characteri-
sive- density brick effective- member torque tensile shear load3) ristic spa- ristic spa- spacing 2) stic resp.
brick- dimensions 6) anchorage thickness load3) cing parallel cing perpen- min. edge
strength depth to bed joint dicular to distance2)
bed joint
smin║ /
fb ρ (L x W x H) hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm Vperm scr║ scr┴ ccr = cmin
smin┴
[N/mm²] [kg/dm³] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz, NF acc. to EN 771-1
M8 50 1,14 0,71 150 150 / 75 100
M10 50 1,00 1,14 150 150 / 75 100
M10 80 1,43 1,14 240 240 / 75 100
M10 ≥10 200 2,43 3,40 240 240 / 75 150
M12 50 0,86 1,14 150 150 / 75 100
M12 80 1,51 1,14 240 240 / 75 100
M12 200 3,20 2,43 240 240 / 75 150
≥1,8 240x115x71 115 10 75
M8 50 1,57 1,14 150 150 / 75 100
M10 50 1,43 1,71 150 150 / 75 100
M10 80 2,00 1,71 240 240 / 75 100
M10 ≥20 200 2,43 2,43 240 240 / 75 150
M12 50 1,29 1,57 150 150 / 75 100
M12 80 2,29 1,57 240 240 / 75 100
M12 200 2,43 2,43 240 240 / 75 150

123
 Injection mortar FIS VL

LOADS
Injection system FIS VL with threaded rod FIS A4)
Highest permissible loads 1) 5) for a single anchor in solid brick masonry (without injection anchor sleeve) for pre-positioned or push-
through installation.
For the design the complete assessment ETA-15/0263 has to be considered.
Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum Min. Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Characte- Characte- Min. Characteri-
3 sive- density brick effective- member torque tensile shear load3) ristic spa- ristic spa- spacing 2) stic resp.
brick- dimensions 6) anchorage thickness load3) cing parallel cing perpen- min. edge
strength depth to bed joint dicular to distance2)
Chemical fixings

bed joint
smin║ /
fb ρ (L x W x H) hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm Vperm scr║ scr┴ ccr = cmin
smin┴
[N/mm²] [kg/dm³] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Solid sand-lime brick KS acc. to EN 771
M8 50 0,71 1,14 100
M10 50 0,71 1,14 100
M10 80 0,71 1,14 100
M10 ≥10 200 2,43 1,14 150
M12 50 0,71 1,43 100
M12 80 0,71 1,43 100
M12 200 2,43 1,43 150
≥1,8 240x115x71 115 10 240 75 240 / 75
M8 50 1,00 1,57 100
M10 50 1,00 1,57 100
M10 80 1,00 1,57 100
M10 ≥20 200 2,43 1,57 150
M12 50 1,00 2,00 100
M12 80 1,00 2,00 100
M12 200 2,43 2,00 150
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered.
2)
Minimum feasible spacings resp. edge distance. Details as well as to the distances to joints see assessment.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see assessment.
4)
Zinc-plated, stainless steel A4 and high corrosion-resistant steel C.
5)
The given loads are valid for installation and use of fixations in dry masonry - use category d/d - for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C) and drill hole cleaning
according to assessment. The given brick types in combination with the permissible loads are an extract of the assessment.
6)
Hole patterns see assessment.

LOADS
Injection system FIS VL with threaded rod FIS A5) and anchor sleeve FIS H..K
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in solid brick masonry (with injection anchor sleeve) for pre-positioned installation.
For the design the complete assessment ETA-15/0263 has to be considered.
Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum Min. Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Characteri- Characte- Min. Characteri-
of anchor sleeve with sive- density brick effective member torque tensile shear load3) stic spacing ristic spa- spacing 2) stic resp.
threaded rod brick- dimensions 6) anchorage thickness load3) parallel to cing perpen- min. edge
strength depth4) bed joint dicular to distance2)
bed joint
smin║ /
fb ρ (L x W x H) hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm Vperm scr║ scr┴ ccr = cmin
smin┴
[N/mm²] [kg/dm³] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Solid sand-lime brick KS acc. to EN 771
12x85 M8 1,71 0,86
16x85 M10 ≥ 10 85 115 1,00 1,00
20x85 M12 2,43 1,00
≥ 1,8 240x115x113 2 240 115 240 / 115 100
12x85 M8 2,43 1,29
16x85 M10 ≥ 20 85 115 1,57 1,57
20x85 M12 2,43 1,57
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered.
2)
Minimum feasible spacings resp. edge distance. Details as well as to the distances to joints see assessment.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see assessment.
4)
The maximum anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant anchor sleeves FIS H..K (see technical data).
5)
Zinc-plated, stainless steel A4 and high corrosion-resistant steel C.
6)
The given loads are valid for installation and use of fixations in dry masonry - use category d/d - for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C) and drill hole cleaning
according to assessment. The given brick types in combination with the permissible loads are an extract of the assessment.
7)
Hole patterns see assessment.

124
Injection mortar FIS VL

LOADS
Injection system FIS VL with threaded rod FIS A5) and anchor sleeve FIS H...K
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in perforated brick masonry (with injection anchor sleeve) for pre-positioned installation.
For the design the complete assessment ETA-15/0263 has to be considered.
Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum brick- Min. Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Characte- Characte- Min. Characte-
of anchor sleeve with sive- density dimensions 7) effective member torque tensile shear load3) ristic spa- ristic spa- spacing 2) ristic resp.
threaded rod brick-
strength
anchorage thickness
depth4)
load3) cing parallel
to bed joint
cing perpen-
dicular to
min. edge
distance2)
3
bed joint

Chemical fixings
smin║ /
fb ρ (L x W x H) hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm Vperm scr║ scr┴ ccr = cmin
smin┴
[N/mm²] [kg/dm³] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Vertically perforated brick Hlz, acc. to EN 771-1
12x85 M8 1,14 1,14
16x85 M10 ≥ 10 ≥ 0,9 240x175x113 85 175 2,0 1,00 1,57 240 115 240 / 115 100
20x85 M12 1,43 1,71
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL acc. to EN 771-2
12x85 M8 0,71 0,71
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 12 0,86 1,29
20x85 M12 1,00 1,29
≥ 1,4 240x175x113 85 175 2,0 240 115 100 / 115 100
12x85 M8 1,29 1,29
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 20 1,43 2,14
20x85 M12 1,71 2,14
Lightweight concrete hollow block Hbl acc. to EN 771-3
12x85 M8
16x85 M10 ≥4 ≥ 1,0 362x240x240 85 240 2,0 0,86 0,57 365 240 365 / 240 80
20x85 M12
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered.
2)
Minimum feasible spacings resp. edge distance. Details as well as to the distances to joints see assessment.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see assessment.
4)
The maximum anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant anchor sleeves FIS H..K (see technical data).
5)
Zinc-plated, stainless steel A4 and high corrosion-resistant steel C.
6)
The given loads are valid for installation and use of fixations in dry masonry - use category d/d - for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C) and drill hole cleaning
according to assessment. The given brick types in combination with the permissible loads are an extract of the assessment.
7)
Hole patterns see assessment.

LOADS
Injection system FIS VL with threaded rod FIS A4)
Highest permissible loads1) 5) for a single anchor in aerated concrete.
For the design the complete assessment ETA-15/0263 has to be considered.
Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum Min. Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Characte- Characte- Min. Characte-
threaded rod sive- density brick dimensions effective- member torque tensile shear load3) ristic spa- ristic spa- spacing 2) ristic resp.
brick- anchorage thickness load3) cing parallel cing perpen- min. edge
strength depth to bed joint dicular to distance2)
bed joint
smin║ /
fb ρ (L x W x H) hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm Vperm scr║ scr┴ ccr = cmin
smin┴
[N/mm²] [kg/dm³] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Aerated concrete acc. to EN 771-4
M8 1 0,54 0,43
M10 ≥2 ≥ 0,35 2 0,54 0,43
M12 2 0,54 0,54
M8 1 0,71 0,89
M10 ≥4 ≥ 0,50 - 100 130 2 0,89 0,71 250 250 250 100
M12 2 0,89 0,89
M8 1 1,25 1,07
M10 ≥6 ≥ 0,65 2 1,79 1,07
M12 2 1,79 1,25
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a par tial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered.
2)
Minimum feasible spacings resp. edge distance. Details as well as to the distances to joints see assessment.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see assessment.
4)
Zinc-plated, stainless steel A4 and high corrosion-resistant steel C.
5)
The given loads are valid for installation and use of fixations in dry masonry - use category d/d - for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C) and drill hole cleaning
according to assessment. The given brick types in combination with the permissible loads are an extract of the assessment.

125
 Injection mortar FIS GREEN

The first approved injection mortar made with renewable raw

materials

3
Chemical fixings

Building renovation Staircase

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

Approved for anchorings in:
▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
▪ Solid brick
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Aerated concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
▪ The  worldwide first injection mortar Injection mortar for use with:
with renewable raw materials. The ▪ Threaded rods FIS A, see page 144
share of renewable raw materials ▪ Internal threaded anchor RG MI, see
is certified by DIN CERTCO / TÜV page 159
Rheinland. ▪ Rebar anchor FRA, see page 179 FUNCTIONING
▪ Because of the European Technical ▪ Concrete steel bars, see page 185
Assessment it is possible to use the  ▪ Injection anchor sleeves FIS H, see ▪ FIS GREEN is a 2-component injection
injection system in the area of public page 167 mortar.
buildings. ▪ NSF certificate verifies its suitability for ▪ Resin and hardener are stored in two
▪ The low content of volatile organic applications in drinking water separate chambers and are not mixed
compounds (VOC) has a positive effect and activated until extrusion trough
for the evaluation of fixings in „Green the static mixer.
Building“-projects. ▪ The injection cartridges are quick and
▪ Biobased raw materials increase the easy to use with the fischer dispen-
residential and workplace quality and sers.
preserve valuable resources for future ▪ Partially used cartridges can be reused
generations. by changing the static mixer.
▪ The injection system is not mandatory ▪ Related accessories for the various
for indication and thus reduces risks applications can be found on
for installers and the environment. pages „non-cracked concrete“ and
▪ FIS GREEN is suitable for the use with „masonry“.
the complete fischer injection accesso-
ries.

SEE ALSO

ANCHORS +
SLEEVES DISPENSER ACCESSORIES
Page 144 Page 195 Page 198
126
Injection mortar FIS GREEN

INSTALLATION IN CONCRETE WITH FIS GREEN AND FIS A / RG M

Chemical fixings
INSTALLATION IN CONCRETE WITH FIS GREEN AND RG M I

INSTALLATION IN SOLID BRICK WITH FIS GREEN AND FIS A / RG M

INSTALLATION IN HOLLOW BRICKS WITH FIS GREEN AND FIS HK + FIS A / RG M

INSTALLATION IN AERATED CONCRETE WITH FIS GREEN AND FIS A / RG M

127
 Injection mortar FIS GREEN

TECHNICAL DATA

FIS GREEN 300 T Static mixer FIS MR Plus

3
Approval
Languages on the cartridge Scale unit Contents Sales unit
Chemical fixings

Item Art.-No. ETA [pcs]

FIS GREEN 300 T 522223 ■ DE 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 12
1 Cartidge 300 ml,
FIS GREEN 300 T K 523244 ■ DE 150 4
2 x Static mixer (incl. clip with europerforation)
1 cartridge 300 ml,
FIS GREEN 300 T 522989 ■ FR 150 4
2 x FIS MR Plus with transparent Clip
1 cartridge 300 ml,
FIS GREEN 300 T 523245 ■ IT 150 12
2 x FIS MR Plus with transparent Clip
FIS GREEN 300 T 538219 ■ CS, SK 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 12
1 cartridge 300 ml,
FIS GREEN 300 T 532972 ■ DA, SV, NO, FI 150 12
2 x FIS MR Plus with transparent Clip
FIS MR Plus 545853 — — — 10 static mixer FIS MR Plus 10

LOADS
Injection system FIS GREEN: Injection mortar FIS GREEN with Threaded rod FIS A 1)
zinc plated steel / stainless steel / high corrosion resistant steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 2) 3) 4) 5)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing member anchorage torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element thickness depth moment
Max. tension Max. shear
load load Max. Load
hmin hef6) Tmax Nperm 7) Vperm 7) c c scr smin 8) 9) cmin 8) 9)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
100 60 5,7 180
90 70
5.8 110 80 7,6 5,1 240
190 160 9,0 40 60 480
100 60 5,7 130 180
90
8.8 110 80 7,6 8,6 115 240
190 160 14,3 85 90 480
M8 10 40 40
100 60 5,7 85 180
90
A4-70 110 80 7,6 6,0 75 240
190 160 9,9 50 70 480
100 60 5,7 110 180
90
C-70 110 80 7,6 7,4 100 240
190 160 12,4 70 80 480
100 60 6,7 90 125 180
5.8 120 90 10,1 8,6 110 105 270
230 200 13,8 55 85 600
100 60 6,7 90 200 180
8.8 120 90 10,1 13,1 170 270
110
230 200 22,4 115 600
M10 20 45 45
100 60 6,7 90 135 180
A4-70 120 90 10,1 9,2 110 110 270
230 200 15,7 65 90 600
100 60 6,7 90 170 180
C-70 120 90 10,1 11,4 110 145 270
230 200 19,5 95 105 600

128
Injection mortar FIS GREEN

LOADS
Injection system FIS GREEN: Injection mortar FIS GREEN with Threaded rod FIS A 1)
zinc plated steel / stainless steel / high corrosion resistant steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 2) 3) 4) 5)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance 3
Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
hmin hef6) Tmax Nperm 7) Vperm 7) c c scr smin 8) 9) cmin 8) 9)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
100 70 8,9 105 175 210
5.8 140 110 14,0 12,0 130 130 330
270 240 20,5 70 100 720
100 70 8,9 105 295 210
8.8 140 110 14,0 19,4 230 330
130
270 240 30,5 150 720
M12 40 55 55
100 70 8,9 105 200 210
A4-70 140 110 14,0 13,7 130 155 330
270 240 22,5 85 115 720
100 70 8,9 105 260 210
C-70 140 110 14,0 17,1 130 200 330
270 240 28,1 115 135 720
120 80 12,0 125 305 240
5.8 170 125 18,7 22,3 160 235 375
360 320 37,6 115 150 960
120 80 12,0 28,7 125 240
405
8.8 170 125 18,7 375
36,0 160
360 320 47,9 220 960
M16 60 65 65
120 80 12,0 125 350 240
A4-70 170 125 18,7 25,2 160 270 375
360 320 42,0 135 165 960
120 80 12,0 28,7 125 405 240
C-70 170 125 18,7 350 375
31,4 160
360 320 47,9 195 960
140 90 14,6 135 435 270
5.8 220 170 27,6 34,9 190 300 510
450 400 58,6 165 195 1200
140 90 14,6 35,0 135 440 270
8.8 220 170 27,6 525 510
56,0 190
450 400 64,8 290 1200
M20 120 85 85
140 90 14,6 35,0 135 440 270
A4-70 220 170 27,6 350 510
39,4 190
450 400 64,8 215 1200
140 90 14,6 35,0 135 440 270
C-70 220 170 27,6 455 510
49,1 190
450 400 64,8 260 1200
10)
For the design the complete assessment ETA-14/0408 has to be considered.
1)
Also valid for threaded rod RG M in the same property class.
2)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-14/0408 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of γL = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-14/0408.
3)
The given loads are valid for injection mortar FIS GREEN for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate up to 50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C. For drill hole cleaning see
ETA-14/0408.
4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
5)
Drill method hammer drilling.
6)
For the sizes M8 - M20 the min. anchorage depth and the max. anchorage depth are given. The anchorage depth can be chosen freely between these borders.
7)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see ETA-14/0408.
8)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
9)
Minimum possible spacing resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the required minimum member thickness. The combination of minimum edge distance and minimum spacing is not
possible. One of both values has to be increased acc. ETA-14/0408.
10)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-14/0408, issue date 19/12/2014. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Technical Report TR 029 (for static resp. quasi-static loads).

129
 Injection mortar FIS GREEN

LOADS
Injection system FIS GREEN: Injection resin FIS GREEN with Internal threaded anchor RGMI
zinc plated steel / stainless steel A4
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼ B25) 1) 2) 3)
reducing the load
Type Screw steel Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
3 property/ member
surface thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance

Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings

load load Max. Load

hmin hef Tmax Nperm 4) Vperm 4) c c scr smin 5) cmin 5)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
5.8 9,0 5,3 95 65
RG M8 I 8.8 120 90 10 11,9 8,3 135 95 270 55 55
A4-70 9,9 5,9 110 70
5.8 13,8 8,3 90
RG M10 I 8.8 130 90 20 13,3 145 155 270 65 65
13,9
A4-70 9,3 100
5.8 12,1 110
RG M12 I 8.8 170 125 40 20,2 19,3 190 190 375 75 75
A4-70 13,5 125
5.8 22,4 180
RG M16 I 8.8 210 160 80 27,8 30,9 240 265 480 95 95
A4-70 25,1 205
For the design the complete assessment ETA-14/0408 has to be considered. 6)
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-14/0408 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1.4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3-hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1.5-h ef. Accurate data see ETA-14/0408.
2)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Drill method hammer drilling. For further allowable application conditions see ETA-14/0408.
4)
For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor
design software C-FIX.
5)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
8)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-14/0408, issue date 19/12/2014. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Technical Report TR 029 (for static resp. quasi-static loads).

LOADS
Injection system FIS GREEN with threaded rod FIS A4)
Highest permissible loads1) 5) for a single anchor in solid brick masonry (without injection anchor sleeve) for pre-positioned or push-
through installation.
For the design the complete assessment ETA-14/0471 has to be considered.
Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum Min. Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Characte-ri- Characte- Min. Characte-
sive- density brick effective member torque tensile shear load3) stic spacing ristic spa- spacing 2) ristic resp.
brick- dimensions 6) anchorage thickness load3) parallel to cing perpen- min. edge
strength depth bed joint dicular to distance2)
bed joint
smin║ /
fb ρ (L x W x H) hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm Vperm scr║ scr┴ ccr = cmin
smin┴
[N/mm²] [kg/dm³] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz, NF acc. to EN 771-1
M8 50 80 0,71 0,71 150 150 150 100
M10 50 80 0,86 1,14 150 150 150 100
M10 80 110 1,29 1,14 240 240 240 100
M10 ≥10 200 230 3,14 2,43 300 300 300 150
M12 50 80 0,86 1,14 150 150 150 100
M12 80 110 1,43 1,14 240 240 240 100
M12 240x115x71 200 230 2,00 3,29 300 300 300 150
≥1,8 10
M8 (NF) 50 80 0,71 1,14 150 150 150 100
M10 50 80 1,29 1,71 150 150 150 100
M10 80 110 1,71 1,71 240 240 240 100
M10 ≥20 200 230 3,43 3,43 300 300 300 150
M12 50 80 1,14 1,57 150 150 150 100
M12 80 110 2,00 1,57 240 240 240 100
M12 200 230 2,86 3,43 300 300 300 150

130
Injection mortar FIS GREEN

LOADS
Injection system FIS GREEN with threaded rod FIS A4)
Highest permissible loads1) 5) for a single anchor in solid brick masonry (without injection anchor sleeve) for pre-positioned or push-
through installation.
For the design the complete assessment ETA-14/0471 has to be considered.
Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum Min. Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Characte-ri- Characte- Min. Characte-
sive- density brick effective member torque tensile shear load3) stic spacing ristic spa- spacing 2) ristic resp. 3
brick- dimensions 6) anchorage thickness load3) parallel to cing perpen- min. edge
strength depth bed joint dicular to distance2)

Chemical fixings
bed joint
smin║ /
fb ρ (L x W x H) hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm Vperm scr║ scr┴ ccr = cmin
smin┴
[N/mm²] [kg/dm³] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Solid sand-lime brick KS acc. to EN 771
M8 50 80 0,71 1,14 150 150 150 100
M10 50 80 0,71 1,14 150 150 150 100
M10 80 110 0,86 1,14 240 240 240 100
M10 ≥10 200 230 2,57 1,14 300 300 300 150
M12 50 80 0,57 1,43 150 150 150 100
M12 80 110 0,86 1,43 240 240 240 100
M12 240x115x71 200 230 2,57 1,43 300 300 300 150
≥1,8 10
M8 (NF) 50 80 0,71 1,57 150 150 150 100
M10 50 80 0,86 1,57 150 150 150 100
M10 80 110 1,14 1,57 240 240 240 100
M10 ≥20 200 230 3,43 1,57 300 300 300 150
M12 50 80 0,86 2,00 150 150 150 100
M12 80 110 1,29 2,00 240 240 240 100
M12 200 230 3,43 2,00 300 300 300 150
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered.
2)
Minimum feasible spacings resp. edge distance. Details as well as to the distances to joints see assessment.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see assessment.
4)
Zinc-plated, stainless steel A4 and high corrosion-resistant steel C.
5)
The given loads are valid for installation and use of fixations in dry masonry - use category d/d - for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C) and drill hole cleaning
according to assessment. The given brick types in combination with the permissible loads are an extract of the assessment.
6)
Hole patterns see assessment.

LOADS
Injection system FIS GREEN with threaded rod FIS A5) and anchor sleeve FIS H..K
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in solid brick masonry (with injection anchor sleeve) for pre-positioned installation.
For the design the complete assessment ETA-14/0471 has to be considered.
Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum Min. Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Characteris- Characteris- Min. Characte-
of anchor sleeve with sive- density brick effective member torque tensile shear load3) tic spacing tic spacing spacing 2) ristic resp.
threaded rod brick- dimensions 6) anchorage thickness load3) parallel to perpendicu- min. edge
strength depth4) bed joint lar to bed distance2)
joint
smin║ /
fb ρ (L x W x H) hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm Vperm scr║ scr┴ ccr = cmin
smin┴
[N/mm²] [kg/dm³] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Solid sand-lime brick KS acc. to EN 771
12x85 M8 2 0,86 0,86
16x85 M10 ≥ 10 85 115 4 0,57 1,00
20x85 M12 4 1,57 1,00
≥ 1,8 240x115x113 255 255 255 100
12x85 M8 2 1,29 1,29
16x85 M10 ≥ 20 85 115 4 0,86 1,57
20x85 M12 4 2,29 1,57
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of  L = 1,4 are considered.
2)
Minimum feasible spacings resp. edge distance. Details as well as to the distances to joints see assessment.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see assessment.
4)
The maximum anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant anchor sleeves FIS H..K (see technical data).
5)
Zinc-plated, stainless steel A4 and high corrosion-resistant steel C.
6)
The given loads are valid for installation and use of fixations in dry masonry - use category d/d - for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C) and drill hole cleaning
according to assessment. The given brick types in combination with the permissible loads are an extract of the assessment.
7)
Hole patterns see assessment.

131
 Injection mortar FIS GREEN

LOADS
Injection system FIS GREEN with threaded rod FIS A5) and anchor sleeve FIS H..K
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in perforated brick masonry (with injection anchor sleeve) for pre-positioned installation.
For the design the complete assessment ETA-14/0471 has to be considered.
Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum brick- Min. Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Characte- Characte- Min. Characte-
of anchor sleeve with sive- density dimensions 7) effevtive- member torque tensile shear load3) ristic ristic spacing 2) ristic resp.
3 threaded rod brick-
strength
anchorage thickness
depth4)
load3) spacing spacing per-
parallel to pendicular to
min. edge
distance2)
bed joint bed joint
Chemical fixings

smin║ /
fb ρ (L x W x H) hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm Vperm scr║ scr┴ ccr = cmin
smin┴
[N/mm²] [kg/dm³] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Vertically perforated brick Hlz, acc. to EN 771-1
12x85 M6/M8
16x85 M8/M10 ≥8 ≥ 1,4 230x108x55 85 115 2,0 0,57 0,71 230 55 230 / 55 100
20x85 M12/M16
12x85 M6/M8 0,57 1,14
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 10 ≥ 0,9 240x175x113 85 175 2,0 0,57 1,57 240 115 240 / 115 120
20x85 M12/M16 0,71 1,71
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL acc. to EN 771-2
12x85 M6/M8 0,34 0,71
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 12 0,57 1,57
20x85 M12/M16 0,57 1,29
≥ 1,4 240x175x113 85 175 2,0 240 115 240 / 115 100
12x85 M6/M8 0,57 1,29
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 20 1,00 2,29
20x85 M12/M16 1,00 2,14
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered.
2)
Minimum feasible spacings resp. edge distance. Details as well as to the distances to joints see assessment.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see assessment.
4)
The maximum anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant anchor sleeves FIS H..K (see technical data).
5)
Zinc-plated, stainless steel A4 and high corrosion-resistant steel C.
6)
The given loads are valid for installation and use of fixations in dry masonry - use category d/d - for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C) and drill hole cleaning
according to assessment. The given brick types in combination with the permissible loads are an extract of the assessment.
7)
Hole patterns see assessment.

LOADS
Injection system FIS GREEN with threaded rod FIS A4)
Highest permissible loads1) 5) for a single anchor in aerated concrete.
For the design the complete assessment ETA-14/0471 has to be considered.
Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum Min. Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Characte- Characte- Min. Characte-
threaded rod sive- density brick dimensions effective- member torque tensile shear load3) ristic spa- ristic spacing 2) ristic resp.
brick- anchorage thickness load3) cing parallel spacing per- min. edge
strength depth to bed joint pendicular to distance2)
bed joint
smin║ /
fb ρ (L x W x H) hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm Vperm scr║ scr┴ ccr = cmin
smin┴
[N/mm²] [kg/dm³] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Aerated concrete acc. to EN 771-4
M8 1 0,71 0,32
M10 2 0,71 0,32
≥2 ≥ 0,35
M12 2 0,89 0,32
M16 2 0,89 0,43
M8 1 0,89 0,54
M10 2 1,07 0,54
≥4 ≥ 0,50 - 100 130 240 115 240 / 115 80
M12 2 1,07 0,54
M16 2 1,07 0,54
M8 1 1,25 0,89
M10 2 1,43 0,89
≥6 ≥ 0,65
M12 2 1,43 0,89
M16 2 1,43 0,71
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered.
2)
Minimum feasible spacings resp. edge distance. Details as well as to the distances to joints see assessment.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see assessment.
4)
Zinc-plated, stainless steel A4 and high corrosion-resistant steel C.
5)
The given loads are valid for installation and use of fixations in dry masonry - use category d/d - for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C) and drill hole cleaning
according to assessment. The given brick types in combination with the permissible loads are an extract of the assessment.

132
Injection mortar FIS P Plus

The approved injection mortar for anchorings in masonry and

non-cracked concrete

Chemical fixings
Cable duct Air conditioning units

BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT/APPROVAL

▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Perforated blocks made from light-
weight concrete
▪ Solid brick
▪ Aerated concrete
Also suitable for:
▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ With FIS P Plus, anchorings in Injection mortar for use in masonry ▪ FIS P Plus is a 2-component injection
masonry and non-cracked concrete and non-cracked concrete with: mortar based on polyester resin.
for which approval is relevant can be ▪ Threaded rods FIS A, see pages 146 ▪ Resin and hardener are stored in two
realised in a particularly economical ▪ Injection anchor sleeves FIS H K, see separate chambers and are not mixed
manner. page 167 and activated until extrusion through
▪ FIS P Plus 300 T can be used with ▪ Injection push-through anchor sleeve the static mixer.
stable, standard silicone injection FIS H K, see page 164 ▪ Partially used cartridges can be
dispensers. No special equipment is reused, simply by changing the static
required. As a result, procurement mixer.
costs can be reduced on the basis of ▪ Related accessories for use in masonry
polyester resin. and non-cracked concrete can be
found on page PL.

SEE ALSO

ANCHORS +
SLEEVES DISPENSER ACCESSORIES
Page 144 Page 195 Page 198
133
 Injection mortar FIS P Plus

INSTALLATION IN CONCRETE WITH FIS P PLUS AND FIS A / RG M

3
Chemical fixings

INSTALLATION IN CONCRETE WITH FIS P PLUS AND RG M I

INSTALLATION IN SOLID BRICK WITH FIS P PLUS AND FIS A / RG M

INSTALLATION IN HOLLOW BRICKS WITH FIS P PLUS AND FIS HK + FIS A / RG M

INSTALLATION IN AERATED CONCRETE WITH FIS P PLUS AND FIS A / RG M

134
Injection mortar FIS P Plus

TECHNICAL DATA

FIS P Plus 300 T FIS P Plus 380 C

3
Static mixer FIS MR Plus

Chemical fixings
Approval Languages on the cartridge Scale unit Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. ETA [pcs]

FIS P Plus 300 T 523226 ■ EN, ES, PT 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 1 x FIS MR Plus 12
FIS P Plus 300 T 537551 ■ CS, SK, EL 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 10
FIS P Plus 300 T 522430 ■ DE, FR, NL 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 12
FIS P Plus 300 T DIY 510637 ■ ES, PT 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 10
FIS P Plus 380 C 522178 ■ EN, ES, PT 190 1 cartridge 380 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 12
FIS MR Plus 545853 — — — 10 static mixer FIS MR Plus 10

CURING TIME
Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
at anchoring base
(mortar)
‒  5 °C –     0 °C 24 hrs.
+  1 °C – +  5 °C  3 hrs.
+  5 °C – +10 °C  9 min. +  6 °C – +10 °C 90 min.
+10 °C – +20 °C  5 min. +11 °C – +20 °C 60 min.
+20 °C – +30 °C  4 min. +21 °C – +30 °C 45 min.
+30 °C – +40 °C  2 min. +31 °C – +40 °C 35 min.
The above times apply from the moment of contact between resin and hardener in the static mixer.
For installation, the cartridge temperature must be at least +5 °C. For longer installation times, i.e. when interruptions occur in work, the mixer should be replaced.

135
 Injection mortar FIS P Plus

LOADS
Injection system FIS P Plus: Injection resin with Threaded rod FIS A
zinc plated steel 5.8 / zinc plated steel 8.8 / stainless steel A4-70 / high corrosion resistant steel C-70 2)
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 3) 4) 5)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
3 fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance

Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings

load load Max. Load

hmin hef Tmax Nperm 6) Vperm 6) c c scr smin 7) cmin 7)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
100 60 4,7 180
75 70
5.8 110 80 6,2 5,1 240
190 160 9,0 50 65 480
100 60 4,7 130 180
8.8 110 80 6,2 8,6 115 240
190 160 12,4 75 95 480
FIS A M 8 10 40 40
100 60 4,7 85 180
A4-70 110 80 6,2 6,0 240
75
190 160 9,9 55 480
100 60 4,7 110 180
C-70 110 80 6,2 7,4 75 100 240
190 160 12,4 85 480
100 60 5,8 90 125 180
5.8 120 90 8,8 8,6 95 105 270
230 200 13,8 60 90 600
100 60 5,8 11,7 90 175 180
8.8 120 90 8,8 170 270
13,1 95
230 200 19,4 125 600
FIS A M 10 20 45 45
100 60 5,8 90 135 180
A4-70 120 90 8,8 9,2 95 110 270
230 200 15,7 70 95 600
100 60 5,8 90 170 180
C-70 120 90 8,8 11,4 145 270
95
230 200 19,4 115 600
100 70 8,2 105 175 210
5.8 140 110 12,8 12,0 115 130 330
270 240 20,5 75 110 720
100 70 8,2 16,3 105 245 210
8.8 140 110 12,8 230 330
19,4 115
270 240 28,0 160 720
FIS A M 12 40 55 55
100 70 8,2 105 200 210
A4-70 140 110 12,8 13,7 115 155 330
270 240 22,5 85 125 720
100 70 8,2 16,3 105 245 210
C-70 140 110 12,8 200 330
17,1 115
270 240 28,0 145 720
120 80 12,4 120 305 240
5.8 170 125 19,4 22,3 150 235 375
360 320 37,6 105 165 960
120 80 12,4 24,9 120 345 240
8.8 170 125 19,4 405 375
36,0 150
360 320 49,8 235 960
FIS A M 16 60 65 65
120 80 12,4 24,9 120 345 240
A4-70 170 125 19,4 150 270 375
25,2
360 320 42,0 180 960
120
120 80 12,4 24,9 345 240
C-70 170 125 19,4 350 375
31,4 150
360 320 49,8 215 960

136
Injection mortar FIS P Plus

LOADS
Injection system FIS P Plus: Injection resin with Threaded rod FIS A
zinc plated steel 5.8 / zinc plated steel 8.8 / stainless steel A4-70 / high corrosion resistant steel C-70 2)
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 3) 4) 5)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance 3
Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
hmin hef Tmax Nperm 6) Vperm 6) c c scr smin 7) cmin 7)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
140 90 16,2 32,3 135 400 270
5.8 220 170 30,5 180 300 510
34,9
450 400 58,6 140 215 1200
140 90 16,2 32,3 135 400 270
8.8 220 170 30,5 525 510
56,0 180
450 400 71,8 320 1200
FIS A M 20 120 85 85
140 90 16,2 32,3 135 400 270
A4-70 220 170 30,5 180 350 510
39,4
450 400 65,7 160 240 1200
140 90 16,2 32,3 135 400 270
C-70 220 170 30,5 455 510
49,1 180
450 400 71,8 285 1200
160 96 20,7 41,4 150 490 290
5.8 270 210 45,2 225 390 630
50,9
540 480 84,3 165 275 1440
160 96 20,7 41,4 150 490 290
8.8 270 210 45,2 225 675 630
80,6
540 480 103,4 215 420 1440
FIS A M 24 150 105 105
160 96 20,7 41,4 150 490 290
A4-70 270 210 45,2 225 445 630
56,8
540 480 94,3 195 300 1440
160 96 20,7 41,4 150 490 290
C-70 270 210 45,2 225 580 630
70,9
540 480 103,4 215 355 1440
8)
For the design the complete assessment ETA-18/0383 has to be considered.
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-18/0383 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1.4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3-hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1.5-h ef. Accurate data see ETA-18/0383
2)
Also valid for threaded rod RGM in the same property class.
3)
The given loads are valid for injection mortar for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate up to 50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C. For drill hole cleaning see ETA-18/0383.
4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
5)
Drill method hammer drilling. For further allowable application conditions see ETA-18/0383.
6)
For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor
design software C-FIX.
7)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
8)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-18/0383, issue date 06/09/2018. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Technical Report TR 029 (for static resp. quasi-static loads).

137
 Injection mortar FIS P Plus

LOADS
Injection system FIS P Plus with threaded rod FIS A4)
Highest permissible loads1) 5) for a single anchor in solid brick masonry (without injection anchor sleeve) for pre-positioned or push-
through installation.
For the design the complete assessment ETA-11/0419 has to be considered.
Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum Min. Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Characte- Characte- Min. Characteri-
3 sive- density brick effective- member torque tensile shear load3) ristic spa- ristic spa- spacing 2) stic resp.
brick- dimensions 6) anchorage thickness load3) cing parallel cing perpen- min. edge
strength depth to bed joint dicular to distance2)
Chemical fixings

bed joint
smin║ /
fb ρ (L x W x H) hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm Vperm scr║ scr┴ ccr = cmin
smin┴
[N/mm²] [kg/dm³] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz, NF acc. to EN 771-1
M8 50 1,14 0,71 150 150 / 75 100
M10 50 1,00 1,14 150 150 / 75 100
M10 80 1,43 1,14 240 240 / 75 100
M10 ≥10 200 2,43 3,40 240 240 / 75 150
M12 50 0,86 1,14 150 150 / 75 100
M12 80 1,51 1,14 240 240 / 75 100
M12 200 3,20 2,43 240 240 / 75 150
≥1,8 240x115x71 115 10 75
M8 50 1,57 1,14 150 150 / 75 100
M10 50 1,43 1,71 150 150 / 75 100
M10 80 2,00 1,71 240 240 / 75 100
M10 ≥20 200 2,43 2,43 240 240 / 75 150
M12 50 1,29 1,57 150 150 / 75 100
M12 80 2,29 1,57 240 240 / 75 100
M12 200 2,43 2,43 240 240 / 75 150
Solid sand-lime brick KS acc. to EN 771
M8 50 0,71 1,14 100
M10 50 0,71 1,14 100
M10 80 0,71 1,14 100
M10 ≥10 200 2,43 1,14 150
M12 50 0,71 1,43 100
M12 80 0,71 1,43 100
M12 200 2,43 1,43 150
≥1,8 240x115x71 115 10 240 75 240 / 75
M8 50 1,00 1,57 100
M10 50 1,00 1,57 100
M10 80 1,00 1,57 100
M10 ≥20 200 2,43 1,57 150
M12 50 1,00 2,00 100
M12 80 1,00 2,00 100
M12 200 2,43 2,00 150
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 ae considered.
2)
Minimum feasible spacings resp. edge distance. Details as well as to the distances to joints see assessment.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see assessment.
4)
Zinc-plated, stainless steel A4 and high corrosion-resistant steel C.
5)
The given loads are valid for installation and use of fixations in dry masonry - use category d/d - for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C) and drill hole cleaning
according to assessment. The given brick types in combination with the permissible loads are an extract of the assessment.
6)
Hole patterns see assessment.

138
Injection mortar FIS P Plus

LOADS
Injection system FIS P Plus with threaded rod FIS A5) and anchor sleeve FIS H...K
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in perforated brick masonry (with injection anchor sleeve) for pre-positioned installation.
For the design the complete assessment ETA-11/0419 has to be considered.
Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum brick- Min. Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Characte- Characte- Min. Characteri-
of anchor sleeve with sive- density dimensions 7) effective member torque tensile shear load3) ristic spa- ristic spa- spacing 2) stic resp.
threaded rod brick-
strength
anchorage thickness
depth4)
load3) cing parallel
to bed joint
cing perpen-
dicular to
min. edge
distance2)
3
bed joint

Chemical fixings
smin║ /
fb ρ (L x W x H) hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm Vperm scr║ scr┴ ccr = cmin
smin┴
[N/mm²] [kg/dm³] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Vertically perforated brick Hlz, acc. to EN 771-1
12x85 M8 1,14 1,14
16x85 M10 ≥ 10 ≥ 0,9 240x175x113 85 175 2,0 1,00 1,57 240 115 240 / 115 100
20x85 M12 1,43 1,71
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL acc. to EN 771-2
12x85 M8 0,71 0,71
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 12 0,86 1,29
20x85 M12 1,00 1,29
≥ 1,4 240x175x113 85 175 2,0 240 115 100 / 115 100
12x85 M8 1,29 1,29
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 20 1,43 2,14
20x85 M12 1,71 2,14
Lightweight concrete hollow block Hbl acc. to EN 771-3
12x85 M8
16x85 M10 ≥4 ≥ 1,0 362x240x240 85 240 2,0 0,86 0,57 365 240 365 / 240 80
20x85 M12
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a par tial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered.
2)
Minimum feasible spacings resp. edge distance. Details as well as to the distances to joints see assessment.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see assessment.
4)
The maximum anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant anchor sleeves FIS H..K (see technical data).
5)
Zinc-plated, stainless steel A4 and high corrosion-resistant steel C.
6)
The given loads are valid for installation and use of fixations in dry masonry - use category d/d - for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C) and drill hole cleaning
according to assessment. The given brick types in combination with the permissible loads are an extract of the assessment.
7)
Hole patterns see assessment.

LOADS
Injection system FIS P Plus with threaded rod FIS A4)
Highest permissible loads1) 5) for a single anchor in aerated concrete.
For the design the complete assessment ETA-11/0419 has to be considered.
Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum Min. Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Characte- Characte- Min. Characte-
threaded rod sive- density brick dimensions effective- member torque tensile shear load3) ristic spa- ristic spa- spacing 2) ristic resp.
brick- anchorage thickness load3) cing parallel cing perpen- min. edge
strength depth to bed joint dicular to distance2)
bed joint
smin║ /
fb ρ (L x W x H) hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm Vperm scr║ scr┴ ccr = cmin
smin┴
[N/mm²] [kg/dm³] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Aerated concrete acc. to EN 771-4
M8 1 0,54 0,43
M10 ≥2 ≥ 0,35 2 0,54 0,43
M12 2 0,54 0,54
M8 1 0,71 0,89
M10 ≥4 ≥ 0,50 - 100 130 2 0,89 0,71 250 250 250 100
M12 2 0,89 0,89
M8 1 1,25 1,07
M10 ≥6 ≥ 0,65 2 1,79 1,07
M12 2 1,79 1,25
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered.
2)
Minimum feasible spacings resp. edge distance. Details as well as to the distances to joints see assessment.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see assessment.
4)
Zinc-plated, stainless steel A4 and high corrosion-resistant steel C.
5)
The given loads are valid for installation and use of fixations in dry masonry - use category d/d - for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C) and drill hole cleaning
according to assessment. The given brick types in combination with the permissible loads are an extract of the assessment.

139
 Injection mortar FIS P

The reliable injection mortar for anchorings in masonry

3
Chemical fixings

Gates Wall consoles

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Hollow block
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The FIS P is the economical solution Injection mortar for use in masonry ▪ The FIS P is a 2-component injection
for anchorings in masonry that do not and aerated concrete with: mortar based on polyester resin.
require approvals. ▪ Threaded rods FIS A, see page 144 ▪ Resin and hardener are stored in two
▪ The FIS P 300 T can be used with ▪ Internal threaded anchor FIS E, see separate chambers and are not mixed
stable, standard silicone injection page 161 and activated until extrusion through
dispensers. No special equipment is ▪ Injection anchor sleeves FIS H, see the static mixer.
required. This helps to reduce procure- page 167 ▪ Partially used cartridges can be
ment costs. ▪ Aerated concrete centring sleeve PBZ, reused, simply by changing the static
see page 199 mixer.
▪ Related accessories for use in masonry
and aerated concrete can be found on
page  167 or page 198.

SEE ALSO

ANCHORS +
SLEEVES DISPENSER ACCESSORIES
Page 144 Page 195 Page 198
140
Injection mortar FIS P

INSTALLATION IN SOLID BRICK WITH FIS P AND FIS A / RG M

Chemical fixings
INSTALLATION IN HOLLOW BLOCKS WITH FIS P AND FIS HK + FIS A / RG M

INSTALLATION IN AERATED CONCRETE WITH FIS P AND FIS A / RG M

TECHNICAL DATA

FIS P 300 TB FIS P 300 T

FIS P 360 S FIS P 380 C

FIS P 410 C Static mixer FIS MR Plus

Languages on the cartridge Scale unit Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]

FIS P 300 TB 044725 DE, EN, NL, ES, ZH, PT 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS P 300 T 093175 DE, EN, NL, ES, ZH, PT 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 12
FIS P 300 T 093178 PL, SL, HU, HR, RO 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 12
FIS P 300 T 502287 LT, LV, ET, UK, RU, KK 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 12
FIS P 300 T 051061 CS, SK, EL 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 12
FIS P 300 T 535861 USA, RA, BR, MEX 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 12
FIS P 300 T with Clip 537150 USA, RA, BR, MEX 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 10
FIS P 360 S 056691 DE, FR, NL, CS, TR, PL 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS P 360 S 056708 GB, I, E, P, F, UAE 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS P 360 S 531547 USA, RA, BR, MEX 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 12
FIS P 380 C 059234 EN, IT, PT, ES, ZH, JA 190 1 cartridge 380 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 12
FIS P 410 C 538134 USA, RA, BR, MEX 205 1 cartridge 410 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 12
FIS MR Plus 545853 — — 10 static mixer FIS MR Plus 10

141
 Injection mortar FIS P

3
Chemical fixings

FIS P 300 T HWK small FIS P 300 T in bucket FIS P 380 C in bucket
Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]

FIS P 300 T HWK small 040040 DE, EN, NL, ES, ZH, PT 12 cartridges, 24 x FIS MR Plus 1
FIS P 300 T in bucket 511341 DE, EN, NL, ES, ZH, PT 20 cartridges, 20 x FIS MR Plus 1
FIS P 380 C in bucket 511340 EN, IT, PT, ES, ZH, JA 16 cartridges, 16 x FIS MR Plus 1

CURING TIME FIS P 300 T

Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
at anchoring base
(mortar)
±  0 °C – +  5 °C  6 hrs.
+  5 °C – +10 °C 15 min. +  5 °C – +10 °C  3 hrs.
+10 °C – +20 °C  8 min. +10 °C – +20 °C  2 hrs.
+20 °C – +30 °C  5 min. +20 °C – +30 °C 60 min.
+30 °C – +40 °C  3 min. +30 °C – +40 °C 30 min.
The above times apply from the moment of contact between resin and hardener in the static mixer.
For installation, the cartridge temperature must be at least +5 °C. For longer installation times, i.e. when interruptions occur in work, the mixer should be replaced.

CURING TIME FIS P 360 S

Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
at anchoring base
(mortar)
‒  5 °C 480 min.
±  0 °C 240 min.
+  5 °C  14 min. +  5 °C 120 min.
+20 °C  5 min. +20 °C 60 min.
+30 °C  3 min. +30 °C 30 min.
+40 °C  2 min. +40 °C 20 min.
Please note: The curing times apply for dry anchoring basees, in damp anchoring bases they should be doubled.

CURING TIME FIS P 380 C / FIS P 410 C

Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
at anchoring base
(mortar)
‒  5 °C – ±  0 °C  6 hrs.
±  0 °C – +  5 °C  3 hrs.
+  5 °C – +20 °C  5 min. +  5 °C – +20 °C 90 min.
+20 °C – +30 °C  4 min. +20 °C – +30 °C 45 min.
+30 °C – +40 °C  2 min. +30 °C – +40 °C 30 min.
The above times apply from the moment of contact between resin and hardener in the static mixer.
For installation, the cartridge temperature must be at least +5 °C. For longer installation times, i.e. when interruptions occur in work, the mixer should be replaced.

142
 3

143
Chemical fixings
 Anchors and Mortars

3
Chemical fixings

Threaded Threaded Internal Internal Highbond Highbond FHB dyn FDA UMV-A Rebar
Rod FIS A Rod RG M Threaded Threaded Anchor Anchor dyn
Anchor Socket FHB II-A L FHB II-A L
RG M I FIS E / FHB Inject /
II-AS FHB II-A S

Page
Positioning Inject

Mortar Cartridges

Best per-
formance in     52
concrete
Highbond-System FHB II

Concrete all- 64
   
rounder

Superbond-System FSB

Powerful rebar
connections 86
   
+ cracked
concrete
Epoxy mortar FIS EM Plus

Basic Epoxy
mortar for    95
concrete
Epoxy mortar FIS EB

Versatile mortar
for masonry 101
    
und cracked
concrete
Injection mortar FIS V

Solid mortar for

standard ancho-
rings in masonry      117
and cracked
Injection mortar FIS VL concrete

First approved
mortar made 126
   
with renewable
Injection mortar FIS GREEN
raw materials

Approved for 133

  
Masonry
Injection mortar FIS P Plus

Reliable in 140
() () ()
masonry
Injection mortar FIS P

 = approved · () = recommendation

144
Anchors and Mortars

Chemical fixings
Threaded Threaded Internal Internal Highbond Highbond FHB dyn FDA UMV-A Rebar
Rod FIS A Rod RG M Threaded Threaded Anchor Anchor dyn
Anchor Socket FHB II-A L FHB II-A L
RG M I FIS E / FHB Inject /
II-AS FHB II-A S

Page
Positioning Inject

Mortar Capsules

Resin capsules FHB II-P, FHB II-PF High Speed Best per-
formance in  53
concrete

Concrete all-
Resin capsules RSB rounder

  73

Bonded anchor
for cracked
Resin capsules RM II
concrete wit-
hout drill hole   80
cleaning

UMV-P
Capsule system
for dynamic  176
loads

145
 Threaded rod FIS A

3
Chemical fixings

Bridges for traffic signs Steel constructions

ADVANTAGES VERSIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The system of anchor rod FIS A and an ▪ Zinc-plated steel ▪ The system of threaded rod FIS A
injection mortar for cracked concrete ▪ Stainless steel and an injection mortar for cracked
(M10 to M30) and non-cracked con- concrete (M10 to M30) and non-
crete (M6 to M30) can be individually BUILDING MATERIALS cracked concrete (M6 to M30) can
selected based on requirements, thus be individually selected based on
allowing for a wide range of applica- Approved for: requirements, thus allowing for a wide
tions. ▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, range of applications.
▪ Variable anchorage depths allow for cracked and non-cracked ▪ The mortar is extruded bubble free
ideal adaptation to the load to be Also suitable for: from the drill hole base.
applied, and ensure an optimised ▪ Concrete C12/15 ▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface
installation time and use of materials. of the threaded rod with the drill hole
▪ Push-through installation is possible wall and seals the drill hole.
without any special parts through ▪ The threaded rod is set manually, by
filling the annular gap with injection lightly rotating it until it reaches the
mortar. drill hole base.
▪ The wide range of approved steel
types allows for use in all corrosion
resistance classes and offers maxi-
mum application safety.

146
Threaded rod FIS A

Chemical fixings
zinc plated, zinc plated, stainless FIS SB FIS EM FIS EB FIS V FIS VL FIS GREEN FIS P Plus FIS P
steel grade steel grade steel Plus
5.8 8.8

gvz gvz A4
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No.
Item Concrete Concrete Concrete Concrete Masonry Concrete Masonry Concrete Masonry Concrete Masonry Masonry
FIS A M 6 x 70 046204     ()
FIS A M 6 x 75 090243 090437     ()
FIS A M 6 x 85 090272     ()
FIS A M 6 x 110 090273 090439     ()
FIS A M 8 x 90 090274 519390 090440            ()
FIS A M 8 x 110 090275 519391 090441            ()
FIS A M 8 x 130 090276 519392 090442            ()
FIS A M 8 x 175 090277 519393 090443            ()
1) 1)
FIS A M 8 x 1000 509214 — 509230            ()
FIS A M 10 x 110 090278 — 090444            ()
FIS A M 10 x 130 090279 — 090447            ()
FIS A M 10 x 130 — 524170 —            ()
FIS A M 10 x 150 090281 517935 090448            ()
FIS A M 10 x 170 044969 519395 044973            ()
FIS A M 10 x 190 — 517936 —            ()
FIS A M 10 x 200 090282 519396 090449            ()
1) 1) 1)
FIS A M 10 x 1000 509215 509223 509231            ()
FIS A M 12 x 120 044971 519397 044974            ()
FIS A M 12 x 140 090283 519398 090450            ()
FIS A M 12 x 160 090284 517937 090451            ()
FIS A M 12 x 180 090285 519399 090452            ()
FIS A M 12 x 200 — 517938 519421            ()
FIS A M 12 x 210 090286 — 090453            ()
FIS A M 12 x 260 090287 — 090454            ()
FIS A M 12 x 1000 509216 1) 509224 1) 509232 1)            ()
FIS A M 16 x 130 044972 519400 044975         
FIS A M 16 x 175 090288 519401 090455         
FIS A M 16 x 200 090289 517939 090456         
FIS A M 16 x 250 090290 517940 090457         
FIS A M 16 x 300 090291 519402 090458         
FIS A M 16 x 1000 509217 1) 509225 1) 509233 1)         
FIS A M 20 x 245 090292 519404 090459       
FIS A M 20 x 290 090293 519406 090460       
1) 1)
FIS A M 20 x 1000 — 519410 519427       
FIS A M 24 x 290 090294 — 090461      
FIS A M 24 x 380 090295 — 090462      
FIS A M 24 x 1000 533881 — —      
FIS A M 30 x 430 090297 — 090464     

 = approved · () = recommendation

147
 Threaded rod FIS A

TECHNICAL DATA IN CONCRETE

Threaded rod FIS A

3
Chemical fixings

Zinc plated, Zinc plated, Stainless Drill hole Min. / max. Min. / max. Min. / max. filling Sales unit

Approval
steel grade steel grade steel diameter anchorage depth usable length quantity
5.8 8.8 d0
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz gvz A4
FIS A M 6 x 70 046204 — — ■ — 8 50 / 61 1 / 12 2 10
FIS A M 6 x 75 090243 — 090437 ■ — 8 50 / 66 1 / 17 2 20
FIS A M 6 x 85 090272 — — ■ — 8 50 / 72 5 / 27 2 20
FIS A M 6 x 110 090273 — 090439 ■ — 8 50 / 72 30 / 52 2 20
FIS A M 8 x 90 090274 519390 090440 ■ ▲ 10 60 / 78 1 / 19 2/3 10
FIS A M 8 x 110 090275 519391 090441 ■ ▲ 10 60 / 98 1 / 39 2/3 10
FIS A M 8 x 130 090276 519392 090442 ■ ▲ 10 60 / 118 1 / 59 2/4 10
FIS A M 8 x 175 090277 519393 090443 ■ ▲ 10 60 / 160 4 / 104 2/5 10
FIS A M 8 x 1000 509214 1) — 509230 1) ■ ▲ 10 60 / 160 — 2/5 10
FIS A M 8 x 1000 — 509222 1) — ■ — 10 60 / 160 — 2/5 10
FIS A M 10 x 110 090278 — 090444 ■ ▲ 12 60 / 96 1 / 37 3/4 10
FIS A M 10 x 130 090279 524170 090447 ■ ▲ 12 60 / 116 1 / 57 3/5 10
FIS A M 10 x 150 090281 517935 090448 ■ ▲ 12 60 / 136 1 / 77 3/5 10
FIS A M 10 x 170 044969 519395 044973 ■ ▲ 12 60 / 156 1 / 97 3/6 10
FIS A M 10 x 190 — 517936 — ■ ▲ 12 60 / 176 1 / 117 3/7 10
FIS A M 10 x 200 090282 519396 090449 ■ ▲ 12 60 / 186 1 / 127 3/7 10
FIS A M 10 x 1000 509215 1) 509223 1) 509231 1) ■ ▲ 12 60 / 200 — 3/7 10
FIS A M 12 x 120 044971 519397 044974 ■ ▲ 14 70 / 103 1 / 34 3/5 10
FIS A M 12 x 140 090283 519398 090450 ■ ▲ 14 70 / 123 1 / 54 3/6 10
FIS A M 12 x 160 090284 517937 090451 ■ ▲ 14 70 / 143 1 / 74 3/7 10
FIS A M 12 x 180 090285 519399 090452 ■ ▲ 14 70 / 163 1 / 94 3/7 10
FIS A M 12 x 200 — 517938 — ■ ▲ 14 70 / 183 1 / 114 3/8 10
FIS A M 12 x 210 090286 — 090453 ■ ▲ 14 70 / 193 1 / 124 3/9 10
FIS A M 12 x 260 090287 — 090454 ■ ▲ 14 70 / 240 4 / 174 3 / 10 10
FIS A M 12 x 1000 509216 1) 509224 1) 509232 1) ■ ▲ 14 70 / 240 — 3 / 10 10
FIS A M 16 x 130 044972 519400 044975 ■ ▲ 18 80 / 109 1 / 30 5/7 10
FIS A M 16 x 175 090288 519401 090455 ■ ▲ 18 80 / 154 1 / 75 5 / 10 10
FIS A M 16 x 200 090289 517939 090456 ■ ▲ 18 80 / 179 1 / 100 5 / 11 10
FIS A M 16 x 250 090290 517940 090457 ■ ▲ 18 80 / 229 1 / 150 5 / 14 10
FIS A M 16 x 300 090291 519402 090458 ■ ▲ 18 80 / 279 1 / 200 5 / 17 10
FIS A M 16 x 1000 509217 1) 509225 1) 509233 1) ■ ▲ 18 80 / 320 — 5 / 19 10
FIS A M 20 x 245 090292 519404 090459 ■ ▲ 24 90 / 220 1 / 131 11/28 10
FIS A M 20 x 290 090293 519406 090460 ■ ▲ 24 90 / 265 1 / 176 11/32 10
FIS A M 20 x 1000 — 519410 1) 519427 1) ■ ▲ 24 90 / 400 — 11/48 10
FIS A M 24 x 290 090294 — 090461 ■ ▲ 28 96 / 260 1 / 165 15/69 5
FIS A M 24 x 380 090295 — 090462 ■ ▲ 28 96 / 350 1 / 255 15/52 5
FIS A M 24 x 1000 533881 — — ■ ▲ 28 96 / 480 — 15/69 10
FIS A M 30 x 430 090297 — 090464 ■ ▲ 35 120 / 394 1 / 275 28/88 5
1) Order washer and nut separately.
FIS A M 6 x ... : ETA-Approval in combination with FIS V, FIS VW, FIS VS

148
Threaded rod FIS A

TECHNICAL DATA IN SOLID BRICK MASONRY

Threaded rod FIS A

Chemical fixings
Zinc plated, Zinc plated, Stainless Drill hole diameter Min. effective Max. effective Fill quantity for Sales unit

Approval
steel grade steel grade steel anchorage depth length acc. ETA effect. anchoring
5.8 8.8 acc. ETA depth
d0
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz gvz A4
FIS A M 6 x 70 046204 — — ■ 8 50 11 2 10
FIS A M 6 x 75 090243 — 090437 ■ 8 50 17 2 20
FIS A M 6 x 85 090272 — — ■ 8 50 27 2 20
FIS A M 6 x 110 090273 — 090439 ■ 8 50 50 2 20
FIS A M 8 x 90 090274 519390 090440 ■ 10 50 29 2 10
FIS A M 8 x 110 090275 519391 090441 ■ 10 50 46 2 10
FIS A M 8 x 130 090276 519392 090442 ■ 10 50 66 2 10
FIS A M 8 x 175 090277 519393 090443 ■ 10 50 111 2 10
FIS A M 10 x 110 090278 — 090444 ■ 12 50 30 3 10
FIS A M 10 x 130 090279 524170 090447 ■ 12 50 50 3 10
FIS A M 10 x 150 090281 517935 090448 ■ 12 50 70 3 10
FIS A M 10 x 170 044969 519395 044973 ■ 12 50 90 3 10
FIS A M 10 x 190 — 517936 — ■ 12 50 110 3 10
FIS A M 10 x 200 090282 519396 090449 ■ 12 50 120 3 10
FIS A M 12 x 120 044971 519397 044974 ■ 14 50 39 3 10
FIS A M 12 x 140 090283 519398 090450 ■ 14 50 59 3 10
FIS A M 12 x 160 090284 517937 090451 ■ 14 50 79 3 10
FIS A M 12 x 180 090285 519399 090452 ■ 14 50 99 3 10
FIS A M 12 x 200 — 517938 — ■ 14 50 119 3 10
FIS A M 12 x 210 090286 — 090453 ■ 14 50 129 3 10
FIS A M 12 x 260 090287 — 090454 ■ 14 50 179 3 10
FIS A M 16 x 130 044972 519400 044975 ■ 18 50 20 6 10
FIS A M 16 x 175 090288 519401 090455 ■ 18 50 65 6 10
FIS A M 16 x 200 090289 517939 090456 ■ 18 50 90 6 10
FIS A M 16 x 250 090290 517940 090457 ■ 18 50 140 6 10
FIS A M 16 x 300 090291 519402 090458 ■ 18 50 190 6 10
FIS A M 6 x ... : ETA-Approval in combination with FIS V, FIS VW, FIS VS

TECHNICAL DATA IN PERFORATED BRICK MASONRY

Threaded rod FIS A

Zinc plated, Zinc plated, Stainless Drill hole diameter Min. anchorage Max. useful length Suitable injection Sales unit
Approval

steel grade steel grade steel in perforated brick depth in perfora- in perforated brick anchor sleeve
5.8 8.8 masonry ted brick masonry masonry
do hef, min tfix, max
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz gvz A4
FIS A M 6 x 70 046204 — — ■ 12 50 11 FIS H 12 x 50 K 10
FIS A M 6 x 75 090243 — 090437 ■ 12 50 16 FIS H 12 x 50 K 20
FIS A M 6 x 85 090272 — — ■ 12 50 26 FIS H 12 x 50 K 20

149
 Threaded rod FIS A

TECHNICAL DATA IN PERFORATED BRICK MASONRY

Threaded rod FIS A

3
Chemical fixings

Zinc plated, Zinc plated, Stainless Drill hole diameter Min. anchorage Max. useful length Suitable injection Sales unit

Approval
steel grade steel grade steel in perforated brick depth in perfora- in perforated brick anchor sleeve
5.8 8.8 masonry ted brick masonry masonry
do hef, min tfix, max
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz gvz A4
50 52 FIS H 12 x 50 K
FIS A M 6 x 110 090273 — 090439 ■ 12 20
85 17 FIS H 12 x 85 K
FIS A M 8 x 90 090274 519390 090440 ■ 12 50 29 FIS H 12 x 50 K 10
12 50 49 FIS H 12 x 50 K
FIS A M 8 x 110 090275 519391 090441 ■ 12 85 14 FIS H 12 x 85 K 10
16 85 14 FIS H 16 x 85 K
50 69 FIS H 12 x 50 K
FIS A M 8 x 130 090276 519392 090442 ■ 12/16 85 34 FIS H 12 x 85 K 10
85 34 FIS H 16 x 85 K
50 114 FIS H 12 x 50 K
12
85 79 FIS H 12 x 85 K
FIS A M 8 x 175 090277 519393 090443 ■ 12 10
85 79 FIS H 16 x 85 K
16
130 34 FIS H 16 x 130 K
FIS A M 10 x 110 090278 — 090444 ■ 16 85 12 FIS H 16 x 85 K 10
FIS A M 10 x 130 090279 524170 090447 ■ 16 85 32 FIS H 16 x 85 K 10
85 52 FIS H 16 x 85 K
FIS A M 10 x 150 090281 517935 090448 ■ 16 10
130 7 FIS H 16 x 130 K
85 72 FIS H 16 x 85 K
FIS A M 10 x 170 044969 519395 044973 ■ 16 10
130 27 FIS H 16 x 130 K
85 92 FIS H 16 x 85 K
FIS A M 10 x 190 — 517936 — ■ 16 10
130 47 FIS H 16 x 130 K
85 102 FIS H 16 x 85 K
FIS A M 10 x 200 090282 519396 090449 ■ 16 10
130 57 FIS H 16 x 130 K
FIS A M 12 x 120 044971 519397 044974 ■ 20 85 19 FIS H 20 x 85 K 10
FIS A M 12 x 140 090283 519398 090450 ■ 20 85 39 FIS H 20 x 85 K 10
85 59 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 12 x 160 090284 517937 090451 ■ 20 10
130 14 FIS H 20 x 130 K
85 79 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 12 x 180 090285 519399 090452 ■ 20 10
130 34 FIS H 20 x 130 K
85 99 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 12 x 200 — 517938 — ■ 20 10
130 54 FIS H 20 x 130 K
85 109 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 12 x 210 090286 — 090453 ■ 20 10
130 64 FIS H 20 x 130 K
85 169 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 12 x 260 090287 — 090454 ■ 20 130 114 FIS H 20 x 130 K 10
200 44 FIS H 20 x 200 K
FIS A M 16 x 130 044972 519400 044975 ■ 20 85 25 FIS H 20 x 85 K 10
85 70 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 16 x 175 090288 519401 090455 ■ 20 10
130 25 FIS H 20 x 130 K
85 95 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 16 x 200 090289 517939 090456 ■ 20 10
130 50 FIS H 20 x 130 K
85 145 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 16 x 250 090290 517940 090457 ■ 20 130 100 FIS H 20 x 130 K 10
200 30 FIS H 20 x 200 K
85 195 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 16 x 300 090291 519402 090458 ■ 20 130 150 FIS H 20 x 130 K 10
200 80 FIS H 20 x 200 K

150
Threaded rod FIS A

TECHNICAL DATA IN UNDERCUT DRILL HOLE IN AERATED CONCRETE

Threaded rod FIS A

3

Chemical fixings
Zinc plated, Zinc plated, Stainless Drill hole diameter Min. / max. Min. / max. usable Filling quantity Sales unit
steel grade steel grade steel in aerated con- anchorage depth in length in aerated for min. / max.

Approval
5.8 8.8 crete in undercut aerated concrete concrete anchorage depth in
drill hole in undercut drill aerated concrete
hole
hef tfix
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz gvz A4
FIS A M 8 x 90 090274 519390 090440 ■ 14 75 / 95 4/- 15 / 20 10
FIS A M 8 x 110 090275 519391 090441 ■ 14 75 / 95 24 / 4 15 / 20 10
FIS A M 8 x 130 090276 519392 090442 ■ 14 75 / 95 44 / 24 15 / 20 10
FIS A M 8 x 175 090277 519393 090443 ■ 14 75 / 95 89 / 69 15 / 20 10
FIS A M 10 x 110 090278 — 090444 ■ 14 75 / 95 22 / 2 15 / 20 10
FIS A M 10 x 130 090279 524170 090447 ■ 14 75 / 95 42 / 22 15 / 20 10
FIS A M 10 x 150 090281 517935 090448 ■ 14 75 / 95 62 / 42 15 / 20 10
FIS A M 10 x 170 044969 519395 044973 ■ 14 75 / 95 82 / 62 15 / 20 10
FIS A M 10 x 190 — 517936 — ■ 14 75 / 95 102 / 82 15 / 20 10
FIS A M 10 x 200 090282 519396 090449 ■ 14 75 / 95 112 / 92 15 / 20 10
FIS A M 12 x 120 044971 519397 044974 ■ 14 75 / 95 29 / 9 15 / 20 10
FIS A M 12 x 140 090283 519398 090450 ■ 14 75 / 95 49 / 29 15 / 20 10
FIS A M 12 x 160 090284 517937 090451 ■ 14 75 / 95 69 / 49 15 / 20 10
FIS A M 12 x 180 090285 519399 090452 ■ 14 75 / 95 89 / 69 15 / 20 10
FIS A M 12 x 200 — 517938 — ■ 14 75 / 95 109 / 89 15 / 20 10
FIS A M 12 x 210 090286 — 090453 ■ 14 75 / 95 119 / 99 15 / 20 10
FIS A M 12 x 260 090287 — 090454 ■ 14 75 / 95 169 / 149 15 / 20 10

TECHNICAL DATA IN AERATED CONCRETE

d0
Threaded rod FIS A

h ef t fix

Zinc plated, Zinc plated, Stainless Drill hole diameter Anchorage depth Usable length Fill quantity for Sales unit
steel grade steel grade steel in aerated con- in aerated con- effect. anchorage
Approval

5.8 8.8 crete in cylindrical crete in cylindrical depth in aerated

drill hole drill hole concrete
d0 hef tfix
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz gvz A4
FIS A M 8 x 90 — — 090440 ■ 10 100 — — 10
FIS A M 8 x 110 090275 519391 090441 ■ 10 100 2 — 10
FIS A M 8 x 130 090276 519392 090442 ■ 10 100 19 3 10
FIS A M 8 x 175 090277 519393 090443 ■ 10 100 64 3 10
FIS A M 10 x 110 090278 — 090444 ■ 12 100 — — 10
FIS A M 10 x 130 090279 524170 090447 ■ 12 100 17 6 10
FIS A M 10 x 150 090281 517935 090448 ■ 12 100 37 4 10

151
 Threaded rod FIS A

TECHNICAL DATA IN AERATED CONCRETE

d0
Threaded rod FIS A
3
Chemical fixings

h ef t fix

Zinc plated, Zinc plated, Stainless Drill hole diameter Anchorage depth Usable length Fill quantity for Sales unit
steel grade steel grade steel in aerated con- in aerated con- effect. anchorage

Approval
5.8 8.8 crete in cylindrical crete in cylindrical depth in aerated
drill hole drill hole concrete
d0 hef tfix
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz gvz A4
FIS A M 10 x 170 044969 519395 044973 ■ 12 100 57 4 10
FIS A M 10 x 190 — 517936 — ■ 12 100 77 4 10
FIS A M 10 x 200 090282 519396 090449 ■ 12 100 87 4 10
FIS A M 12 x 120 044971 519397 044974 ■ 14 100 4 5 10
FIS A M 12 x 140 090283 519398 090450 ■ 14 100 24 5 10
FIS A M 12 x 160 090284 517937 090451 ■ 14 100 44 5 10
FIS A M 12 x 180 090285 519399 090452 ■ 14 100 64 5 10
FIS A M 12 x 200 — 517938 — ■ 14 100 84 5 10
FIS A M 12 x 210 090286 — 090453 ■ 14 100 94 5 10
FIS A M 12 x 260 090287 — 090454 ■ 14 100 144 5 10
FIS A M 16 x 130 044972 519400 044975 ■ 18 100 10 6 10
FIS A M 16 x 175 090288 519401 090455 ■ 18 100 55 6 10
FIS A M 16 x 200 090289 517939 090456 ■ 18 100 80 6 10
FIS A M 16 x 250 090290 517940 090457 ■ 18 100 130 6 10
FIS A M 16 x 300 090291 519402 090458 ■ 18 100 180 6 10

TECHNICAL DATA

Hexagonal nut and washer

Zinc plated, Stainless Width across nut Washer (outer diameter x Match Sales unit
steel grade steel thickness)
8.8  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
Nut & washer M8 510509 — 13 16 x 1,6 FIS A M8 50
Nut & washer M10 510510 — 17 20 x 2 FIS A M10 50
Nut & washer M12 510511 — 19 24 x 2,5 FIS A M12 25
Nut & washer M16 510512 — 24 30 x 3 FIS A M16 20
Nut & washer M8 — 510513 13 16 x 1,6 FIS A M8 A4 50
Nut & washer M10 — 510514 17 20 x 2 FIS A M10 A4 50
Nut & washer M12 — 510515 19 24 x 2,5 FIS A M12 A4 25
Nut & washer M16 — 510516 24 30 x 3 FIS A M16 A4 20
Nut & washer M20 — 519738 30 37 x 3 FIS A M20 A4 10
Nut & washer M20 519737 — 30 37 x 3 FIS A M 20 10

152
Threaded rod FIS A

TECHNICAL DATA

Chemical fixings
Filling Sets for subsequent filling of the annular gap
For use with injection mortar Match Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Filling Set M12 537218 FIS SB, FIS EM Plus, FIS V FIS A M12 10
Filling Set M16 537219 FIS SB, FIS EM Plus, FIS V FIS A M16 10
Filling Set M20 537220 FIS SB, FIS EM Plus, FIS V FIS A M 20 10

153
 Threaded rod RG M

3
Chemical fixings

Steel constructions Underwater applications

ADVANTAGES VERSIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The wide range of the RG M from M8 ▪ Zinc-plated steel ▪ Due to its oblique edge, the threaded
to M30 opens up a wide range of ▪ Stainless steel rod RG M is particularly suitable for
applications and therefore offers great use in conjunction with resin capsules.
flexibility. BUILDING MATERIALS ▪ The threaded rod RG M is set using a
▪ The wide range of approved steel hammer drill and the accompanying
types for RG M allows for use in all Approved for anchorings in: setting tool in rotating and hitting
corrosion resistance classes and offers ▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, crak- motions.
the best possible application safety. ked and non-cracked ▪ During setting, the oblique edge of the
▪ Please refer to the approvals for the Also suitable for: RG M destroys the capsule, and mixes
resin capsules and mortar used. ▪ Natural stone with dense structure and activates the mortar.
▪ Use with injection mortar is also
possible. Here, the threaded rod is
manually inserted into the drill hole
with a light rotating movement until it
reaches the base of the hole.

154
Threaded rod RG M

Chemical fixings
zinc zinc stainless hot-dip highly FIS SB FIS EM FIS EB FIS V FIS VL FIS GREEN FIS P Plus FIS P RSB RM II
plated, plated, steel galva- corro- Plus
steel steel nised sion
grade 5.8 grade 8.8 steel resistant
steel

gvz gvz A4 hdg C

Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No.
Item Concrete Concrete Concrete Concrete Masonry Concrete Masonry Concrete Masonry Concrete Masonry Masonry Concrete Concrete

RG M 8 x 110 050256 — 050263            ()  

RG M 8 x 150 095698 519443 050293            ()  
RG M 10 x 110 535007 — 535009            ()  
1)
RG M 10 x 130 050257 — 050264 096217            ()  
RG M 10 x 165 050280 — 050294            ()  
RG M 10 x 190 050281 — 050296            ()  
RG M 10 x 220 — 519444 —            ()  
RG M 10 x 250 095703 — 095701            ()  
RG M 10 x 350 095718 — 095709            ()  
RG M 12 x 120 535010 — 535011            ()  
RG M 12 x 160 050258 — 050265 512247 0962181)            ()  
RG M 12 x 180 512248 — 512249            ()  
RG M 12 x 200 — — 050576            ()  
RG M 12 x 220 050283 519445 050297            ()  
RG M 12 x 250 050284 — 095702            ()  
RG M 12 x 300 050285 — 095705            ()  
2) 1)
RG M 12 x 380 095720 — 095710            ()  
RG M 16 x 165 050287 — 095704 537062           
RG M 16 x 140 542407 — —           
RG M 16 x 190 050259 — 050266 512250 0962191)           
RG M 16 x 250 050288 — 050298           
RG M 16 x 270 — 519446 —           
RG M 16 x 300 050289 — 050299           
RG M 16 x 380 0957222) — 0957121)           
RG M 16 x 500 0957232) — 0957131)           
RG M 20 x 220 512251 — —         
RG M 20 x 260 050260 — 050267         
RG M 20 x 290 — 519447 —         
RG M 20 x 350 095707 — 095706         
RG M 20 x 500 0957251) — —         
RG M 24 x 295 — 5194481) —        
1) 1)
RG M 24 x 300 050261 — 050268        
RG M 24 x 400 0957271) — 0957151)        
RG M 24 x 600 095728 — —        
RG M 30 x 380 0502621) — 0907261)      
RG M 30 x 500 0957301) — —      

 = approved
() = recommendation

155
 Threaded rod RG M

TECHNICAL DATA IN CONCRETE

Threaded rod RG M

3
Chemical fixings

Zinc plated, Zinc plated, Stainless Drill hole Anchorage depth Usable length Fits capsule RSB Sales unit

Approval
steel grade steel grade steel diameter (short/standard/ (short/standard/
5.8 8.8 large) large)
d0 hef tfix
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz gvz A4
RG M 8 x 110 050256 — 050263 ■ — 10 - / 80 / - - / 14 / - 1 x RSB 8 10
RG M 8 x 150 095698 — 050293 ■ — 10 - / 80 / - - / 54 / - 1 x RSB 8 10
RG M 8 x 150 — 519443 — — — 10 - / 80 / - - / 54 / - 1 x RSB 8 10
RG M 10 x 110 535007 — 535009 — — 12 75 / - / - 15 / - / - 1 x RSB 10 Mini 10
1 x RSB 10 mini
RG M 10 x 130 050257 — 050264 ■ — 12 75 / 90 / - 35 / 20 / - 10
1 x RSB 10
1 x RSB 10 mini
RG M 10 x 165 050280 — 050294 ■ — 12 75 / 90 / - 70 / 55 / - 10
1 x RSB 10
1 x RSB 10 mini
RG M 10 x 190 050281 — 050296 ■ — 12 75 / 90 / 150 95 / 80 / 20 1 x RSB 10 10
2 x RSB 10 mini
1 x RSB 10 mini
RG M 10 x 220 — 519444 — — — 12 75 / 90 / 150 125 / 110 / 50 1 x RSB 10 10
2 x RSB 10 mini
1 x RSB 10 mini
RG M 10 x 250 095703 — 095701 ■ — 12 75 / 90 / 150 155 / 140 / 80 1 x RSB 10 10
2 x RSB 10 mini
1 x RSB 10 mini
RG M 10 x 350 — — 095709 — — 12 75 / 90 / 150 255 / 240 / 180 1 x RSB 10 10
2 x RSB 10 mini
1 x RSB 10 mini
RG M 10 x 350 095718 — — ■ — 12 75 / 90 / 150 255 / 240 / 180 1 x RSB 10 10
2 x RSB 10 mini
RG M 12 x 120 535010 — 535011 ■ — 14 75 / - / - 21 / - / - 1 x RSB 12 mini 10
1 x RSB 12 mini
RG M 12 x 160 050258 — 050265 ■ — 14 75 / 110 / - 61 / 26 / - 10
1 x RSB 12
1 x RSB 12 mini
RG M 12 x 180 512248 — 512249 ■ — 14 75 / 110 / 150 81 / 46 / 6 1 x RSB 12 10
2 x RSB 12 mini
1 x RSB 12 mini
RG M 12 x 200 — — 050576 ■ — 14 75 / 110 / 150 101 / 66 / 26 1 x RSB 12 10
2 x RSB 12 mini
1 x RSB 12 mini
RG M 12 x 220 — 519445 — — — 14 75 / 110 / 150 121 / 86 / 46 1 x RSB 12 10
2 x RSB 12 mini
1 x RSB 12 mini
RG M 12 x 220 050283 — 050297 ■ — 14 75 / 110 / 150 121 / 86 / 46 1 x RSB 12 10
2 x RSB 12 mini
1 x RSB 12 mini
RG M 12 x 250 050284 — 095702 ■ — 14 75 / 110 / 150 151 / 116 / 76 1 x RSB 12 10
2 x RSB 12 mini
1 x RSB 12 mini
RG M 12 x 300 050285 — 095705 ■ — 14 75 / 110 / 150 201 / 166 / 126 1 x RSB 12 10
2 x RSB 12 mini
1 x RSB 12 mini
RG M 12 x 380 095720 2) — 095710 1) ■ — 14 75 / 110 / 150 281 / 246 / 206 1 x RSB 12 10
2 x RSB 12 mini
1) Straight cut, additional setting tool required
2) Straight cut, setting tool is enclosed.

156
Threaded rod RG M

TECHNICAL DATA IN CONCRETE

Threaded rod RG M

Chemical fixings
Zinc plated, Zinc plated, Stainless Drill hole Anchorage depth Usable length Fits capsule RSB Sales unit

Approval
steel grade steel grade steel diameter (short/standard/ (short/standard/
5.8 8.8 large) large)
d0 hef tfix
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz gvz A4
1 x RSB 16 mini
RG M 16 x 165 050287 — 095704 ■ — 18 95 / 125 / - 38 / 8 / - 10
1 x RSB 16
1 x RSB 16 mini
RG M 16 x 140 542407 — — ■ — 18 95 / - / - 13 / - / - 10
1 x RSB 16
1 x RSB 16 mini
RG M 16 x 190 — — 050266 — — 18 95 / 125 / - 63 / 33 / - 10
1 x RSB 16
1 x RSB 16 mini
RG M 16 x 190 050259 — — ■ — 18 95 / 125 / - 63 / 33 / - 10
1 x RSB 16
1 x RSB 16 mini
RG M 16 x 250 050288 — 050298 ■ — 18 95 / 125 / 190 123 / 93 / 28 1 x RSB 16 10
2 x RSB 16 mini
1 x RSB 16 mini
RG M 16 x 270 — 519446 — — — 18 95 / 125 / 190 143 / 113 / 48 1 x RSB 16 10
2 x RSB 16 mini
1 x RSB 16 mini
RG M 16 x 300 050289 — 050299 ■ — 18 95 / 125 / 190 173 / 143 / 78 1 x RSB 16 10
2 x RSB 16 mini
1 x RSB 16 mini
RG M 16 x 380 095722 2) — 095712 1) ■ — 18 95 / 125 / 190 253 / 223 / 158 1 x RSB 16 10
2 x RSB 16 mini
1 x RSB 16 mini
RG M 16 x 500 095723 2) — 095713 1) ■ — 18 95 / 125 / 190 373 / 343 / 278 1 x RSB 16 10
2 x RSB 16 mini
RG M 20 x 220 512251 — — ■ — 25 - / 170 / - - / 14 / - 1 x RSB 20 10
1 x RSB 20
RG M 20 x 260 050260 — 050267 ■ — 25 - / 170 / 210 - / 54 / 14 10
1 x RSB 20 E / 24
1 x RSB 20
RG M 20 x 290 — 519447 — — — 25 - / 170 / 210 - / 84 / 44 10
1 x RSB 20 E / 24
1 x RSB 20
RG M 20 x 350 095707 — — ■ — 25 - / 170 / 210 - / 144 / 104 10
1 x RSB 20 E / 24
1 x RSB 20
RG M 20 x 350 — — 095706 — — 25 - / 170 / 210 - / 144 / 104 10
1 x RSB 20 E / 24
1 x RSB 20
RG M 20 x 500 095725 1) — — ■ — 25 - / 170 / 210 - / 294 / 254 10
1 x RSB 20 E / 24
RG M 24 x 295 — 519448 1) — — — 28 - / 210 / - - / 56 / - 1 x RSB 20 E / 24 10
RG M 24 x 300 050261 1) — 050268 1) ■ — 28 - / 210 / - - / 61 / - 1 x RSB 20 E / 24 10
RG M 24 x 400 095727 1) — 095715 1) ■ — 28 - / 210 / - - / 161 / - 1 x RSB 20 E / 24 10
RG M 24 x 600 095728 1) — — ■ — 28 - / 210 / - - / 361 / - 1 x RSB 20 E / 24 5
RG M 30 x 380 050262 1) — 090726 1) ■ — 35 - / 280 / - - / 65 / - 1 x RSB 30 5
RG M 30 x 500 095730 1) — — ■ — 35 - / 280 / - - / 185 / - 1 x RSB 30 5
1) Straight cut, additional setting tool required
2) Straight cut, setting tool is enclosed.

157
 Threaded rod RG M

TECHNICAL DATA IN CONCRETE

Threaded rod RG M

3
Chemical fixings

Highly corro- Hot-dip galva- Drill hole Effect. ancho- Max. fixture Hexagon Hexagon nut Fits capsule RSB Sales unit

Approval
sion resistant nised steel diameter rage depth thickness drive
steel
d0 hef t fix 6kt SW  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item C hdg
1 x RSB 10 mini
RG M 10 x 130 096217 — ■ 12 90 20 7 17 10
1 x RSB 10
1 x RSB 12 mini
RG M 12 x 160 096218 512247 ■ 14 110 25 8 19 10
1 x RSB 12
1 x RSB 16 mini
RG M 16 x 165 — 537062 ■ 18 125 8 12 24 10
1 x RSB 16
1 x RSB 16 mini
RG M 16 x 190 096219 512250 ■ 18 125 35 12 24 10
1 x RSB 16

TECHNICAL DATA

Filling Sets for subsequent filling of the

annular gap
For use with injection mortar Match Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Filling Set M12 537218 FIS SB, FIS EM Plus, FIS V FIS A M12 10
Filling Set M16 537219 FIS SB, FIS EM Plus, FIS V FIS A M16 10
Filling Set M20 537220 FIS SB, FIS EM Plus, FIS V FIS A M 20 10

158
Internal-threaded anchor RG M I

Chemical fixings
Column bases Pumps

ADVANTAGES VERSIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The system internal threaded anchor ▪ Zinc-plated steel ▪ The injection system is suitable for pre-
RG M I and an injection mortar for ▪ Stainless steel positioned installation when combined
concrete can be individually selected with the internal threaded anchor
based on requirements, thus allowing BUILDING MATERIALS RG MI.
for a wide range of applications. ▪ The mortar is extruded bubble free
▪ The internal threaded anchor RG MI Approved for: from the drill hole base.
allows for surface flush removal and ▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non- ▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface of
reuse of the fixing point, and therefore cracked the internal threaded anchor with the
offers the best possible flexibility. Also suitable for: drill hole wall and seals the drill hole.
▪ The metric internal thread allows for ▪ Concrete C12/15, non-cracked ▪ The internal threaded anchor is set
the use of standard screws or threa- manually, by lightly rotating it until it
ded rods for the ideal adaptation to reaches the drill hole base.
suit the intended use.

zinc plated, stainless steel FIS SB FIS EM Plus FIS V FIS VL FIS GREEN RSB RM II
steel grade 5.8

gvz A4
Art.-No. Art.-No.
Item Concrete Concrete Concrete Concrete Concrete Concrete Concrete
RG 8 x 75 M 5 I 48221
RG 10 x 75 M 6 I 48222
RG 12 x 90 M8 I 50552 50565       
RG 16 x 90 M10 I 50553 50566       
RG 18 x 125 M12 I 50562 50567       
RG 22 x 160 M16 I 50563 50568       
RG 28 x 200 M20 I 50564 50569      

 = approved

159
 Internal-threaded anchor RG M I

TECHNICAL DATA IN CONCRETE

Internal threaded anchor RG M I

3
Chemical fixings

Zinc-plated Stainless Approval Drill hole dia- Effect. anchorage Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Fits capsules Sales unit
steel steel meter depth tration tration

ETA d0 hef lE,min lE,max

Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
RG 8 x 75 M 5 I 048221 1) — — 10 75 8 14 539796 RM II 8 10
RG 10 x 75 M 6 I 048222 1) — — 12 75 10 16 539797 RM II 10 10
RG 12 x 90 M8 I 050552 1) 050565 1) — 14 90 8 18 539797 RM II 10 10
RG 16 x 90 M10 I 050553 1) 050566 1) — 18 90 10 23 539798 RM II 12 10
RG 18 x 125 M12 I 050562 1) 050567 1) — 20 125 12 26 539800 RM II 16 10
RG 22 x 160 M16 I 050563 1) 050568 1) — 24 160 16 35 539801 RM II 16 E 5
RG 28 x 200 M20 I 050564 1) 050569 1) — 32 200 20 45 539803 RM II 24 5
1) Setting tool is included in each package.

160
Internal threaded sockets FIS E

Chemical fixings
French balconies Satellite dishes

ADVANTAGES VERSIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The fixing system threaded rod FIS ▪ Zinc-plated steel ▪ FIS E is suitable for pre-positioned
A and an injection mortar can be ▪ Stainless steel installation, whilst FIS A is suitable
individually selected based on require- for pre-positioned and push-through
ments, thus allowing for a wide range BUILDING MATERIALS installation.
of applications. ▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface of
▪ The wide range of approved threaded Approved for: the anchor with the drill hole wall and
rods FIS A from M6 to M16 allows for ▪ Solid sand-lime brick seals the drill hole.
various applications. ▪ Solid brick ▪ The anchor is set manually, by lightly
▪ The internal threaded anchor FIS E Also suitable for: rotating it until it reaches the drill hole
allows for surface flush removal and ▪ Solid and lightweight concrete blocks base.
reuse of the fixing point, and therefore ▪ Solid pumice and other solid building ▪ In general, it is also possible to use the
offers the best possible flexibility. materials FIS H K anchor sleeves in solid brick
masonry, and this provides additio-
nal safety when the base material is
unknown. Technical data see page
168.

zinc plated, FIS V FIS VL FIS P Plus FIS GREEN

steel grade 5.8

gvz
Art.-No.
Item
FIS E 11 x 85 M6 43631    
FIS E 11 x 85 M8 43632    
FIS E 15 x 85 M10 43633    
FIS E 15 x 85 M12 43634    

 = approved

161
 Internal threaded sockets FIS E

TECHNICAL DATA IN SOLID BRICK MASONRY

Internal threaded sockets FIS E

3
Chemical fixings

Zinc-plated Drill hole Effect. anchorage Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Fill quantity for Sales unit
steel diameter depth tration tration effect. anchorage
Approval

depth in solid
brick masonry
d0 hef lE,min lE,max
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz
FIS E 11 x 85 M6 043631 ■ 14 85 6 60 4 10
FIS E 11 x 85 M8 043632 ■ 14 85 8 60 4 10
FIS E 15 x 85 M10 043633 ■ 18 85 10 60 5 10
FIS E 15 x 85 M12 043634 ■ 18 85 12 60 5 10

TECHNICAL DATA IN PERFORATED BRICK MASONRY

Internal threaded sockets FIS E

Zinc-plated Drill hole diame- Effect. anchorage Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Suitable injection anchor sleeve Sales unit
Approval

steel ter in perforated depth tration tration

brick masonry
do hef lE,min lE,max
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
16 FIS H 16 x 85 K
FIS E 11 x 85 M6 043631 ■ 85 6 60 10
20 FIS H 20 x 85 K
16 FIS H 16 x 85 K
FIS E 11 x 85 M8 043632 ■ 85 8 60 10
20 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS E 15 x 85 M10 043633 ■ 20 85 10 60 FIS H 20 x 85 K 10
FIS E 15 x 85 M12 043634 ■ 20 85 12 60 FIS H 20 x 85 K 10

162
Internal threaded sockets FIS E

TECHNICAL DATA IN UNDERCUT DRILL HOLE IN AERATED CONCRETE

Internal threaded sockets FIS E 3

Chemical fixings
Zinc-plated Drill hole diame- Min. anchorage Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Fill quantity for effect. anchorage Sales unit
Approval

steel ter in undercut depth in undercut tration tration depth in aerated concrete
drill hole drill hole
lE,min lE,max
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz
FIS E 11 x 85 M6 043631 ■ 14 85 6 60 20 10
FIS E 11 x 85 M8 043632 ■ 14 85 8 60 20 10
The ETA also allows that the internal threaded sockets FIS E M6 - M12 can be anchored in cylindric drilled holes.

TECHNICAL DATA IN CYLINDRICAL DRILL HOLE IN AERATED CONCRETE

Internal threaded sockets FIS E

Zinc-plated Drill hole diame- Min. anchorage Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Fill quantity for effect. anchorage Sales unit
Approval

steel ter in cylindrical depth in cylindri- tration tration depth in aerated concrete
drill hole cal drill hole
hef lE,min lE,max
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz
FIS E 11 x 85 M6 043631 ■ 14 85 6 60 20 10
FIS E 11 x 85 M8 043632 ■ 14 85 8 60 20 10
FIS E 15 x 85 M10 043633 ■ 18 85 10 60 — 10
FIS E 15 x 85 M12 043634 ■ 18 85 12 60 — 10
The ETA also allows that the internal threaded sockets FIS E M6 - M12 can be anchored in cylindric drilled holes.

163
 Accessories for push-through installation

Simple push-through installation in masonry

3
Chemical fixings

Detail: Wood constructions in push-through

Car ports
installation

VERSIONS CERTIFICATES
▪ Zinc-plated steel
▪ Stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Hollow blocks made from concrete
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Solid brick
Also suitable for:
▪ Hollow pumice slabs
▪ Slabs made of hollow brick and other
perforated brick
▪ Solid pumice and other solid building
materials

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The direct installation through the ▪ Timber constructions ▪ The system can be used with any of
fixture reduces preliminary work whe- ▪ Awnings the following injection mortars: FIS V
rever there are several fixing points for ▪ Canopies or FIS GREEN. FIS P can be used but
each fixture, and guarantees a signi- ▪ Car ports does not have approvals.
ficantly simpler installation process. ▪ Gates ▪ The injection system is suitable for
▪ The design of the push-through push-through installation when com-
anchor sleeve FIS H K allows for a bined with the push-through anchor
range of usable lengths with just one sleeve FIS H K.
product, thus providing maximum ▪ The push-through anchor sleeve is
flexibility and cost-effectiveness. adapted to suit the fixture thickness
▪ The movable edge, in combination using the scale and the movable edge,
with the scale, makes it easier to adapt and cut as required.
the anchor sleeve to suit the desired ▪ The anchor sleeve is placed in the drill
usable length. hole, and filled with injection mortar
▪ The grating structure of the push- from the anchor sleeve base. It should
through anchor sleeve is adapted for be ensured that the anchor sleeve
the injection mortars FIS V, FIS VW is completely filled, including in the
HIGH SPEED, FIS VS LOW SPEED, FIS fixture region.
GREEN and FIS P Plus, and ensures ▪ Turning in the anchor causes the
sparing mortar use with the best mortar to be pushed through the
interlock. anchor sleeve’s grating structure, so
that it fits the base material perfectly.
The load is borne by the interlock.

164
Accessories for push-through installation

INSTALLATION WITH FIS V AND FIS HK

Chemical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA

Injection push-through anchor sleeve FIS HK

Drill hole Max. drill hole Effect. anchorage Max. fixture Match Fill quantity Sales unit
Approval

diameter depth depth thickness

d0 hef t fix
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item
FIS H 18 x 130/200 K 045707 ■ 18 340 130 200 M10 - M12 35 10
FIS H 22 x 130/200 K 045708 ■ 22 340 130 200 M 16 45 10

TECHNICAL DATA

FIS Set 18 x 130/200 M12/200

Zinc-plated Stainless Drill hole Max. drill Effect. Max. fixture Fill quantity Sales unit
Approval

steel steel diameter hole depth anchorage thickness

depth
ETA d0 hef t fix
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FIS Set 18 x 130/200 M12/200 047443 047452 ■ 18 340 130 200 35 5

165
 Accessories for push-through installation

LOADS
Injection system FIS V with threaded rod FIS A5) and push-through anchor sleeve FIS H..K
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in perforated brick masonry (with push-through anchor sleeve) for push-through instal-
lation.
For the design the complete assessment ETA-10/0383 has to be considered.
Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum brick- Min. Min. Maximum Permissi- Permissi- Characteri- Characteri- Min. spacing Characteri-
3 of anchor sleeve with sive- density dimensions 7) effevtive- member torque ble tensile ble shear stic spacing stic spacing 2)
stic resp.
threaded rod brick- anchorage thickness load3) load3) parallel to perpendicu- min. edge
strength depth4) bed joint lar to bed distance2)
Chemical fixings

joint
smin║ /
fb ρ (L x W x H) hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm Vperm scr║ scr┴ ccr = cmin
smin┴
[N/mm²] [kg/dm³] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Vertically perforated brick Hlz, shape B acc. to EN 771-1
18x130/200 M10/M12 ≥4 0,34 0,17
22x130/200 M16 ≥4 0,43 0,17
18x130/200 M10/M12 ≥6 0,57 0,26
22x130/200 M16 ≥6 0,71 0,26
≥ 0,7 500x200x300 130 200 2 500 300 100 / 300 80
18x130/200 M10/M12 ≥8 0,71 0,34
22x130/200 M16 ≥8 0,86 0,34
18x130/200 M10/M12 ≥ 10 0,86 0,43
22x130/200 M16 ≥ 10 1,14 0,43
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL acc. to EN 771-2
18x130/200 M10/M12 ≥8 0,71 0,86
22x130/200 M16 ≥8 0,71 0,71
18x130/200 M10/M12 ≥ 12 1,00 1,29
22x130/200 M16 ≥ 12 1,00 1,14
≥ 1,4 240x175x113 130 175 2 240 115 100 / 115 80
18x130/200 M10/M12 ≥ 16 1,29 1,71
22x130/200 M16 ≥ 16 1,29 1,57
18x130/200 M10/M12 ≥ 20 1,71 1,71
22x130/200 M16 ≥ 20 1,71 1,71
Lightweight concrete hollow block Hbl acc. to EN 771-3
18x130/200 M10/M12 ≥2 0,43 0,26
≥ 1,0 362x240x240 130 240 2 365 240 100 / 240 60
and 22x130/200 M16 ≥4 0,86 0,57
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered.
2)
Minimum feasible spacings resp. edge distance. Details as well as to the distances to joints see assessment.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see assessment.
4)
The maximum anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant push-through anchor sleeves FIS H18.. K and FIS H22.. K (see technical data).
5)
Zinc-plated, stainless steel A4 and high corrosion-resistant steel C.
6)
The given loads are valid for installation and use of fixations in dry masonry - use category d/d - for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C) and drill hole cleaning
according to assessment. The given brick types in combination with the permissible loads are an extract of the assessment.
7)
Hole patterns see assessment.

166
Injection anchor sleeves

FIS H K FIS H L FIS H N

Chemical fixings
ADVANTAGES ADVANTAGES ADVANTAGE
▪ The grating structure of the FIS H K ▪ The metal anchor sleeve can be cut ▪ The net structure of the anchor sleeve
anchor sleeve is adapted for the injec- to the required length and thus allows allows for uniform distribution of
tion mortars FIS V, FIS GREEN and FIS for a range of usable lengths with just mortar in the drill hole and thus for
P Plus, and ensures sparing mortar use one produce, providing flexibility and secure hold.
with the best interlock. cost-effectiveness.
▪ The centring blades perfectly align ▪ The grating structure of the anchor
the anchor in the anchor sleeve, and sleeve allows for uniform distribution
allow for use with various threaded of mortar in the drill hole and thus for
rod diameters. secure hold.
▪ The barbed hooks secure the anchor
sleeve in the drill hole and allow for a
trouble-free overhead installation.
▪ The geometry of the anchor sleeves
allows for the bridging of non-bearing
layers for a simple and convenient
installation.

FUNCTIONING FUNCTIONING FUNCTIONING

▪ The system can be used with any of ▪ The anchor sleeve is at first cut to the ▪ The anchor sleeve is placed in the drill
the following injection mortars: FIS V, required length. hole, and filled with injection mortar
FIS VW HIGH SPEED, FIS VS LOW ▪ The anchor sleeve is placed in the drill from the anchor sleeve base.
SPEED, FIS GREEN or FIS P Plus. hole, and filled with injection mortar ▪ Turning in the anchor causes the
FIS P can be used but does not have from the anchor sleeve base. mortar to be pushed through the
approvals. ▪ Turning in the anchor causes the anchor sleeve’s grating structure, so
▪ The system is suitable for pre-positio- mortar to be pushed through the that it fits the base material perfectly.
ned installation when combined with anchor sleeve’s grating structure, so ▪ The load is borne by the interlock.
injection anchor sleeves and threa- that it fits the base material perfectly.
ded rods FIS A or internal threaded ▪ The load is borne by the interlock.
anchors FIS E.
▪ The anchor sleeve is placed in the drill
hole, and filled with injection mortar
from the anchor sleeve base.
▪ Turning in the anchor causes the
mortar to be pushed through the
anchor sleeve’s grating structure, so
that it fits the base material perfectly.
The load is borne by the interlock.

167
 Injection anchor sleeves

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection anchor sleeve FIS H K

3 Drill hole Drill hole depth Effect. anchorage Match Fill quantity per Sales unit

Approval
diameter acc. ETA depth sleeve
d0 hef
Chemical fixings

Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]

Item
FIS H 12 x 50 K 041900 ■ 12 55 50 FIS A M6-M8 5 50
FIS H 12 x 85 K 041901 ■ 12 90 85 FIS A M6-M8 10 50
FIS H 16 x 85 K 041902 ■ 16 90 85 FIS A M8-M10, FIS E M6-M8 12 50
FIS H 16 x 130 K 041903 ■ 16 135 110 FIS A M8-M10 15 20
FIS H 20 x 85 K 041904 ■ 20 90 85 FIS A M12-M16, FIS E M10-M12 15 20
FIS H 20 x 130 K 046703 ■ 20 135 110 FIS A M12-M16 25 20
FIS H 20 x 200 K 046704 ■ 20 205 180 FIS A M12-M16 40 20

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection anchor sleeve, 1 m length FIS H L

Drill hole diameter Total length Match Fill quantity per Sales unit
10 cm
d0 l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FIS H 12 x 1000 L 050598 12 1000 Ø6 / M 6 - Ø8 / M 8 12 10
FIS H 16 x 1000 L 050599 16 1000 Ø10/M10 / Ø12/M12 14 10
FIS H 22 x 1000 L 045301 22 1000 Ø12/M12 - Ø16/M16 20 6
FIS H 30 x 1000 L 000645 30 1000 Ø16/M16 - Ø22/M22 26 4

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection anchor sleeve with net FIS H N

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Min. anchorage depth Fill quantity per Match Sales unit
anchor sleeve
d0 h1 hv
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
FIS H 16 x 85 N 050470 16 95 90 15 Ø8/M8 20
FIS H 18 x 85 N 050472 18 95 90 17 Ø10/M10 20
FIS H 20 x 85 N 050474 20 95 90 18 Ø12/M12 20

168
Special Applications

Chemical fixings
FIS HB FIS SB FIS EM Plus FIS EB FIS V FIS VL UMV-P Page
Item

 170

Performance class
Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn amongst dynamic anchors

Dynamic push-through  174

anchor for an economical
serial installation at
Dynamic-anchor FDA medium load level

 176
The capsule system for
the anchoring of dynamic
UMV multicone dynamic bonded anchor loads

      179

Professional rebar
Rebar Connections connections

    185

Approved system for

Concrete- Concrete Shear Connector FCC building renovation

 187

Facade repair for two-leaf

Remedial Wall Tie VBS 8 cavity walls

 189
Economical repair of
triple-skin outer wall
Weather Facing Reconstruction System FWS II panels

 = approved
() = recommendation

169
 Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn

The performance class amongst dynamic anchors

3
Chemical fixings

Production robots Tunnel ventilators

VERSIONS CERTIFICATES
▪ Zinc-plated steel
▪ Highly corrosion-resistant steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, crak-
ked and non-cracked

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ During the setting process, the injec- ▪ Jib cranes ▪ The injection system suitable for
tion mortar FIS HB fills the annular ▪ Gantry and overhead cranes tensile zones consists of the Highbond
gap in the fixture, and ensures opti- ▪ Guide rails for elevators dynamic anchor rod FHB-A dyn and
mum load distribution. This allows for ▪ Tunnel ventilators (jet fans) the injection mortar FIS HB.
the absorption of dynamic alternating ▪ Gantries in road construction ▪ FHB dyn is approved for pre-positioned
loads. ▪ Antennas and transmitter masts and push-through installation.
▪ The cone shape of the FHB-A dyn ▪ Industrial robots ▪ Extruding the mortar causes the two
anchor rod ensures a controlled components to be mixed and activa-
expansion under dynamic stress, thus ted in the static mixer.
allowing for use in cracked concrete. ▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface of
▪ The anchor rod FHB-A dyn is also the anchor rod with the drill hole wall
available made from highly corrosion- and seals the drill hole.
resistant steel. This makes it suitable ▪ The centring sleeve centres the anchor
for use in aggressive atmospheres, for in the fixture, thus ensuring a safe load
example in tunnels. application.
▪ The Highbond anchor dynamic system ▪ The lock nut prevents the nut from
can achieve even greater shear loads becoming loose.
thanks to the additional sleeve of the
anchor rod FHB-A dyn V, and therefore
provides an increased level of safety.

170
Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn

PRE-POSITIONED INSTALLATION IN CONCRETE WITH FIS HB AND FHB DYN

Chemical fixings
PUSH-THROUGH INSTALLATION IN CONCRETE WITH FIS HB AND FHB DYN

PUSH-THROUGH INSTALLATION IN CONCRETE WITH FIS HB AND FHB DYN V

171
 Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn

TECHNICAL DATA
Tinst

do df

Highbond anchor dynamic FHB-A dyn

3 hef
h0 tfix
h2
Chemical fixings

Zinc-plated Highly corro- Drill hole Min. drill Anchorage Min. - max. Drill hole Width across Sales unit
steel sion resistant diameter hole depth depth usable length diameter in nut

Approval
steel for through fixture
fixings
d0 h2 hef tfix df  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Ø mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz C
FHB-A dyn 12 x 100/25 092018 531384 1) ▯ 14 130 100 8 - 25 15 19 10
FHB-A dyn 12 x 100/50 092019 — ▯ 14 155 100 8 - 50 15 19 10
FHB-A dyn 16 x 125/25 092020 — ▯ 18 155 125 10 - 25 19 24 10
FHB-A dyn 16 x 125/50 092036 093445 1) ▯ 18 180 125 10 - 50 19 24 10
FHB-A dyn 20 x 170/50 092037 — ▯ 24 225 170 12 - 50 25 30 10
FHB-A dyn 24 x 220/50 092038 — ▯ 28 275 220 14 - 50 29 36 5
1) Prices and delivery time on requst.

TECHNICAL DATA
td,1
h1
Tinst

do d1 df
Highbond anchor dynamic FHB-A dyn V

hef
h0 tfix
h2

Zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchorage depth Min. - max. Drill hole diame- Width across nut Sales unit
Approval

steel diameter depth for through usable length ter in fixture

fixings
d0 h2 hef tfix df  SW
Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Ø mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FHB-A dyn 12 x
092039 1) ▯ 14 160 105 8 - 50 21 19 10
100/50 V
FHB-A dyn 16 x
092040 2) ▯ 18 185 130 10 - 50 29 24 10
125/50 V
1) Stepped hole: 1st drill hole with Ø 20 mm and depth 85 mm. 2nd drill hole with Ø 14 mm and depth 160 mm.
2) Stepped hole: 1st drill hole with Ø 28 mm and depth 100 mm. 2nd drill hole with Ø 18 mm and depth 185 mm.

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar FIS HB 345 S Injection mortar FIS HB 150 C

Static mixer FIS MR Plus

Approval

Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit

Item DIBt [pcs]

FIS HB 345 S 033211 ▯ DE, GB, FR, ES, NL, CS 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS HB 150 C 519665 ▯ DE, FR, NL 1 cartridge 145 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS MR Plus 545853 — — 10 static mixer FIS MR Plus 10

172
Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn

CURING TIME - FIS HB

Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
FIS HB FIS HB at anchoring base
(minimum + 5°C) FIS HB
‒ 5°C – ± 0°C 360 min.
± 0°C – + 5°C 180 min.
+ 5°C – +20°C 15 min. + 5°C – +20°C  90 min. 3
+20°C – +30°C  6 min. +20°C – +30°C  35 min.

Chemical fixings
+30°C – +40°C  4 min. +30°C – +40°C  20 min.
    > +40°C  2 min.     > +40°C  12 min.
Please note: The curing times apply for dry anchoring bases, in damp anchoring bases they should be doubled. Remove water from drill hole.

FILLING QUANTITIES
Type Mortar volume in scale units Anchors per cartridge FIS HB 345 S *)
shown on the cartridge labels‘ corresponding scale

FHB-A dyn 12 x 100 / 25 7 24

FHB-A dyn 12 x 100 / 50 8 21
FHB-A dyn 16 x 125 / 25 9 18
FHB-A dyn 16 x 125 / 50 10 17
FHB-A dyn 20 x 170 / 50 23 7
FHB-A dyn 24 x 220 / 50 38 4
FHB-A dyn 12 x 100 / 50 V 12 14
FHB-A dyn 16 x 125 / 50 V 20 8
*) max. number with one static mixer

LOADS
Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn
zinc-plated steel / high corrosion-resistant steel C
Minimum spacings while
Design values for cyclic fatigue loading1) of a single anchor in cracked or non-cracked normal concrete of strength class C20/25 3)
reducing the load
Type Material Effective Minimum Installation Design value Design value Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing anchorage member torque of tensile of shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element depth thickness load Max. tension Max. shear
load load
NEd VEd Max. Load
hef hmin5) Tinst NEd,max2) VEd,max2) 9) c 6) 8) c 8) scr 6) smin 5) cmin 5)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
130 200 200 2004)7)
gvz 14,1 6,7
FHB dyn 200 120 100 1004)
100 40 300 100
12 x 100 130 200 200 2004)7)
C / 1.4529 11,3 4,4
200 100 100 1004)7)
FHB dyn 130 200 200 2004)7)
gvz 105 40 14,1 9,6 315 100
12 x 100 V 200 105 130 100
160 200 200 2004)7)
gvz 23,0 11,9
FHB dyn 250 185 145 100
125 60 375 100
16 x 125 160 200 200 2004)7)
C / 1.4529 15,6 11,9
250 100 145 1007)
FHB dyn 160 200 260 2007)
gvz 130 60 23,0 17,0 375 100
16 x 125 V 250 170 200 100
FHB dyn
gvz 170 220 100 28,4 17,0 175 190 510 80 80
20 x 170
FHB dyn
gvz 220 440 120 28,9 22,2 180 200 660 180 1807)
24 x 220
For the design the complete approval Z-21.3-1748 has to be considered.
1)
The design values of the cyclic fatigue loading apply for ≥ 5 x 10 6 load cycles in accordance with design method I - for unknown static lower load. If the static lower load is known and / or for lower
number of load cycles higher load values are possible. The partial safety factors as regulated in the approval are considered. As a single anchor counts e.g. an anchor with a spacing s ≥ 3 x hef . The gi-
ven load values apply for anchorages in dry and wet concrete and temperatures in the base material up to +50 °C (resp. short-term up to +80 °C) and drill hole cleaning in accor dance with the approval.
2) For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) a detailed anchor design is required.
3) For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible. - see approval. The concrete is assumed to be standard-reinforced.
4) Without reduction of the shear load.
5) Intermediate values for hmin may be applied in accor dance with table 5 resp. 7 of t he approval Z-21.3-1748 considering the influence on smin and cmin.
6) A splitting reinforcement, which limits the crack width to ∼ 0,3 mm considering the splitting forces, is assumed to be available. For an actual edge distance, which is smaller than the characteristic edge
distance ccr,N a longitudinal reinforcement of at least diameter 6 mm in the area of the anchorage depth of the anchor must be avialable.
7) Without reduction of the shear load.
8) Values apply for predominantly non-static (dynamic) actions. For predominantly static actions differing values can be decisive.
9) Valid for pulsating loads. For alternating loads see approval.

173
 Dynamic-Anchor FDA

The dynamic push-through anchor for an economical serial

installation at medium load level

3
Chemical fixings

Platform lifts

VERSIONS CERTIFICATES
▪ Zinc-plated steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, crak-
ked and non-cracked

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ Medium load level for a variety of ▪ hydraulic ramps ▪ The injection system suitable for
applications. ▪ Conveyor belts tensile zones consists of the fischer
▪ Pre-assembled anchor rod for fast ▪ Industrial robots dynamic anchor rod FDA-A dyn and
installation. ▪ cooperation robots and -parts the injection mortar FIS HB.
▪ Approved safety by DIBt-Approval for ▪ Guide rails for elevators ▪ FDA is approved push-through instal-
endless numbers of load cycles. lation.
▪ Easy push-through installation leads ▪ Extruding the mortar causes the two
to cost effectiveness – especially for components to be mixed and activa-
serial installations. ted in the static mixer.
▪ Tight assortment with the size. ▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface of
▪ Less spacings and edge distances. the anchor rod with the drill hole wall
▪ Drill holes are sealed. and seals the drill hole.
▪ The centring sleeve centres the anchor
in the fixture, thus ensuring a safe load
application.
▪ During the setting process, the injec-
tion mortar FIS HB fills the annular
gap in the fixture, and ensures opti-
mum load distribution. This allows for
the absorption of dynamic alternating
loads.

174
Dynamic-Anchor FDA

INSTALLATION IN CONCRETE WITH FIS HB AND FDA

Chemical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Tinst

do df

Dynamic-Anchor FDA

hef
h0 tfix
h2

Zinc-plated Drill hole Drill hole diame- Anchorage Min. - max. Min. drill hole Width across nut Sales unit
Approval

steel diameter ter in fixture depth usable length depth for through
fixings
d0 df hef tfix h2  SW
Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [Ø mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FDA-A 12 x 100/25 gvz 536943 ▯ 14 15 100 12 - 25 130 19 10
FDA-A 12 x 100/50 gvz 536944 ▯ 14 15 100 12 - 50 155 19 10
FDA-A 16 x 125/25 gvz 536945 ▯ 18 19 125 16 - 25 155 24 10
FDA-A 16 x 125/50 gvz 536946 ▯ 18 19 125 16 - 50 180 24 10

LOADS
Dynamic-Anchor FDA
zinc-plated steel
Minimum spacings while
Design values for cyclic fatigue loading1) of a single anchor in cracked or non-cracked normal concrete of strength class C20/25 3)
reducing the load
Type Material Effective Minimum Installation Design value Design value Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing anchorage member torque of tensile of shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element depth thickness load Max. tension Max. shear
load load
NEd VEd Max. Load
hef hmin5) Tinst NEd,max2) VEd,max2) 8) c 6) 7) c 7) scr6) smin5) cmin5)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
130 200 200 2004)
FDA 12 x 100 gvz 100 40 11,3 5,1 300 100
200 100 100 1004)
160 200 200 2004)
FDA 16 x 125 gvz 125 60 18,8 9,1 375 100
250 140 115 100
For the design the complete approval Z-21.3-2058 has to be considered.
1)
The design values of the cyclic fatigue loading apply for ≥ 5 x 10 6 load cycles in accordance with design method I - for unknown static lower load. If the static lower load is known and / or for lower nu-
mer of load cycles higher load values are possible. The partial safety factors as regulated in the approval are considered. As a single anchor counts e.g. an anchor with a spacing s ≥ 3 x hef . The given
load values apply for anchorages in dry and wet concrete and temperatures in the base material up to +50 °C (resp. short-term up to +80 °C) and drill hole cleaning in accordance with the approval.
2) For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) a detailed anchor design is required.
3) For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible. - see approval. The concrete is assumed to be standard-reinforced.
4) Without reduction of the shear load.
5) Intermediate values for hmin may be applied in accordance with table 5 of the approval Z-21.3-2058 considering the influence on smin and cmin.
6)
A splitting reinforcement, which limits the crack width to ∼ 0,3 mm considering the splitting foreces, is assumed to be available. For an actual edge distance, which is smaller than the characteristic
edge distance ccr,N, a longitudinal reinforcement of at least diameter 6 mm in the area of the anchorage depth of the anchor must be avialable.
7) Values apply for predominantly non-static (dynamic) actions. For predominantly static actions differing values can be decisive.
8) Valid for pulsating loads. For alternating loads see approval.

175
 UMV multicone dynamic bonded anchor

The capsule system for the anchoring of dynamic loads

3
Chemical fixings

Slewing cranes Guide rails for elevators

VERSIONS CERTIFICATES
▪ Zinc-plated steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, crak-
ked and non-cracked

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The bushing fills the annular gap in ▪ Jib cranes ▪ The bonded anchor suitable for tensile
the fixture and, in combination with ▪ Gantry and overhead cranes zones consists of the UMV multicone
the anchor rod UMV-A dyn, ensures ▪ Guide rails for elevators dynamic anchor rod and the UMV
an even load distribution. This allows ▪ Antennas and transmitter masts multicone resin capsule.
for the bearing of dynamic alternating ▪ Industrial robots ▪ UMV multicone dynamic is suitable
loads. for pre-positioned and push-through
▪ The cone shape of the UMV-A dyn installation.
anchor rod ensures a controlled ▪ During setting (rotating/hitting), the
expansion under dynamic stress, thus tip of the anchor rod destroys the
allowing for use in cracked concrete. capsule in the drill hole, and mixes and
▪ The pre-portioned resin capsule activates the mortar.
ensures a quick and easy installation ▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface of
on the construction site, and helps to the anchor rod with the drill hole wall
avoid errors. and seals the drill hole.
▪ The glass particles of the capsule body ▪ Once the fixture has been positioned,
rough up the drill hole wall during the the installation sleeve is used to drive
setting process, and improve the bond the bushing over the anchor rod.
between the anchor rod and concrete.

176
UMV multicone dynamic bonded anchor

PRE-POSITIONED INSTALLATION IN CONCRETE WITH CAPSULE UMV-P AND UMV-A DYN

Chemical fixings
PUSH-THROUGH INSTALLATION IN CONCRETE WITH CAPSULE UMV-P AND UMV-A DYN

TECHNICAL DATA

UMV multicone chemical anchor capsule

Approval

Drill diameter Drill hole depth Sales unit

Item Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [pcs]

UMV-P 12 x 100 007947 ▯ 15 115 10
UMV-P 16 x 125 007948 ▯ 18 140 10
UMV-P 20 x 170 007949 ▯ 25 190 10
UMV-P 24 x 220 007973 ▯ 28 245 5

TECHNICAL DATA

UMV multicone dynamic anchor rod

Zinc-plated Drill hole Total length Min. fixing Max. fixing Through hole Clamping bush Qty. per pack Qty. per pack
Approval

steel diameter thickness thickness height threaded rod clamping

chuck
d0 l tfix tfix df lb
Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
Item gvz
UMV-A dyn 12 x 100/10 007943 ▯ 15 145 5 10 16 5 10 10
UMV-A dyn 12 x 100/15 007988 ▯ 15 150 8 15 16 8 10 10
UMV-A dyn 12 x 100/25 008004 ▯ 15 160 15 25 16 15 10 10
UMV-A dyn 12 x 100/50 008005 ▯ 15 185 25 50 16 15 10 10
UMV-A dyn 16 x 125/30 008006 ▯ 18 200 15 30 19 15 10 10
UMV-A dyn 16 x 125/60 008007 ▯ 18 230 30 60 19 15 10 10
UMV-A dyn 20 x 170/40 008008 1) ▯ 25 255 20 40 26 20 10 10
UMV-A dyn 24 x 220/50 008009 1) ▯ 28 325 25 50 29 25 5 5
1) Without external hexagon. Please use a separate setting tool.

177
 UMV multicone dynamic bonded anchor

LOADS
UMV multicone dynamic bonded anchor
zinc-plated steel
Minimum spacings while
Design values for cyclic fatigue loading1) of a single anchor in cracked or non-cracked normal concrete of strength class C20/25 3)
reducing the load
Type Material Effective Minimum Installation Design value Design value Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
3 fixing
element
anchorage
depth
member
thickness
torque of tensile of shear load
load
(with one edge) for
Max. tension Max. shear
spacing for spacing edge distance

load load
Chemical fixings

NEd VEd Max. Load

hef hmin Tinst NEd,max2) VEd,max2) 6) c 5) c 5) scr smin cmin
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
UMV dyn
gvz 100 200 40 12,2 5,6 125 100 300 100 1004)
100 M12
UMV dyn
gvz 125 250 60 14,8 6,7 130 130 375 130 1307)
125 M16
UMV dyn
gvz 170 340 100 31,4 16,3 255 170 510 170 1704)
170 M20
UMV dyn
gvz 220 440 120 38,5 16,3 260 220 660 220 2204)
220 M24
For the design the complete approval Z-21.3-1662 has to be considered.
1)
The design values of the cyclic fatigue loading apply for ≥ 5 x 10 6 load cycles in accordance with design method I - for unknown static lower load. If the static lower load is known and / or for lower
number of load cycles higher load values are possible. The partial safety factors as regulated in the approval are considered. As a single anchor counts e.g. an anchor with a spacing s ≥ 3 x hef . The gi-
ven load values apply for anchorages in dry and wet concrete and temperatures in the base material up to +50 °C (resp. short-term up to +80 °C) and drill hole cleaning in accordance with the approval.
2) For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) a detailed anchor design is required.
3) For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible. - see approval. The concrete is assumed to be standard-reinforced.
4) Without reduction of the shear load.
5) Values apply for predominantly non-static (dynamic) actions. For predominantly static actions differing values can be decisive.
6) Valid for pulsating loads. For alternating loads see approval.
7) Without reduction of the tensile and the shear load.

178
Rebar connections

Professional rebar connections

Chemical fixings
Rebar connections Rebar connections

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

Approved for:
▪ Concrete C12/15 to C50/60, crak-
ked and non-cracked

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The injection mortars FIS V and FIS ▪ Post-installed concrete steel bars, e.g. ▪ Anchoring as with cast-in reinforce-
VS LOW SPEED allow for rebar con- for overlap connections, end ancho- ment bars in line with Eurocode 2 and
nections from Ø8 to 28 mm, whilst rings, starter bars, crack stitching etc. DIN 1045-1.
injection mortar FIS EM Plus allows for ▪ Rebar anchor FRA ▪ The mortar is extruded bubble free
rebar connections up to Ø40 mm to ▪ Concrete-Concrete Shear Connector into the drill hole using the injection
be carried out. This offers maximum FCC adapter. The geometry causes a build-
flexibility. up of pressure in the drill hole, which
▪ The injection mortar FIS SB allows the pushes the injection adapter and
user for realizing rebar connections extension tube automatically out of
from Ø 8 to 32 mm in combination the drill hole.
with a simple and thus user-friendly ▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface
cleaning of the drill hole. of the reinforcement bar with the drill
▪ FIS EM Plus also allows for the execu- hole wall.
tion of rebar connections in diamond- ▪ A special certification is necessary for
drilled holes. installation according to approval in
▪ The FRA with connecting thread in Germany. The fischer Academy offers
stainless steel A4 fully utilises the the relevant training courses.
load-bearing capacity of the concrete.
This means that extremely high tensile
loads can be introduced into the base
material.
▪ Accessories in line with building site
requirements, such as injection adap-
ters and extension tubes, ensure rapid
progress.
▪ The FIS rebar case contains all of the
individual components required, thus
ensuring a convenient installation.

179
 Rebar connections

INSTALLATION IN CONCRETE WITH FIS EM PLUS AND HAMMER DRILLED HOLES

3
Chemical fixings

INSTALLATION IN CONCRETE WITH FIS EM PLUS IN DIAMOND DRILLED HOLES

INSTALLATION IN CONCRETE WITH FIS SB IN HAMMER DRILLED HOLES

INSTALLATION IN CONCRETE WITH FIS V AND FIS VS LOW SPEED IN HAMMER DRILLED HOLES

TECHNICAL DATA

Rebar anchor FRA

Combination Total length Max. fixing Drill hole Fill quantity Sales unit
Approval

of materials thickness

l tfix d0
Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [Ø mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item
FRA 12/900 M12-60 505529 ▯ ■ 975 60 16 50 8
FRA 16/1100 M16-60 505533 ▯ ■ 1180 60 20 81 8
FRA 20/1400 M20-60 505534 ▯ ■ 1485 60 25 160 4
Reinforcement bar welded with threaded part made of stainless steel A4.

180
Rebar connections

TECHNICAL DATA

FIS-Rebar Case for reinforcement connection

3

Chemical fixings
Approval
Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]

8 x Cleaning brush BSB, 5 x Extensions for cleaning brushes à 40 cm,
1 x SDS Chuck with internal thread M 8, 24 x Injection adapter,
1 x Cleaning hose complete, 1 x Brush control template, 8 x Cleaning nozzle,
FIS-Rebar case D 505941 ▯ ■ 1
1 x Marker tape, 1 x Digital thermometer, 1 x Protective goggles,
1 x Installation instructions (german), 10 x Installation report, 2 x Flat spanner SW 7
and the relevant approvals
8 x Cleaning brush BSB, 5 x Extensions for cleaning brushes à 40 cm,
1 x SDS Chuck with internal thread M 8, 24 x Injection adapter,
1 x Cleaning hose complete, 1 x Brush control template, 8 x Cleaning nozzle,
FIS-Rebar case Int 505942 ▯ ■ 1
1 x Marker tape, 1 x Digital thermometer, 1 x Protective goggles,
1 x Installation instructions (german, english, french, italian, spanish),
10 x Installation report, 2 x Flat spanner SW 7 and the relevant approvals

ACCESSORIES
Cleaning brush with thread M 8

Colour Length Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
BSB for drill-Ø 12 mm 001490 white 180 1
BSB for drill-Ø 14 mm 001491 blue 180 1
BSB for drill-Ø 16 mm 001492 red 180 1
BSB for drill-Ø 18 mm 001493 yellow 180 1
BSB for drill-Ø 20 mm 001494 green 180 1
BSB for drill-Ø 25 mm 001495 black 180 1
BSB for drill-Ø 30 mm 090063 grey 180 1
BSB for drill-Ø 35 mm 090071 brown 180 1
BSB for drill-Ø 40 mm 505061 - 180 1
BSB for drill-Ø 45 mm 506254 - 180 1
BSB for drill-Ø 55 mm 505062 - 180 1
FIS brush extension 508791 - 420 1
SDS Chuck 530332 - - 1

ACCESSORIES

Injection adapter Injection adapter  

for drill Ø 12 - 25 mm for drill Ø 30 - 55 mm

Extension tube
Colour Length Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
Injection-adapter (Ø 9) for drill-Ø 12 mm 001497 ecru - 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 9 for drill-Ø 14 mm 001498 blue - 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 9) for drill-Ø 16 mm 001499 red - 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 9) for drill-Ø 18 mm 001483 yellow - 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 9 for drill-Ø 20 mm 001506 green - 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 15) for drill-Ø 20 mm 001508 green - 10
1) Delivery time on request.

181
 Rebar connections

ACCESSORIES

Injection adapter Injection adapter  

for drill Ø 12 - 25 mm for drill Ø 30 - 55 mm

Extension tube
3
Colour Length Sales unit
Chemical fixings

Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]

Injection-adapter (Ø 9) for drill-Ø 25 mm 001507 black - 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 15) for drill-Ø 25 mm 001509 black - 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 9) for drill-Ø 30 mm 090689 grey - 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 15) for drill-Ø 30 mm 090700 grey - 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 9) for drill-Ø 35 mm 090699 brown - 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 15) for drill-Ø 35 mm 090701 brown - 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 9) for drill-Ø 40 mm 505077 red - 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 15) for drill-Ø 40 mm 505079 red - 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 9) for drill-Ø 45 mm 508909 1) yellow - 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 15) for drill-Ø 45 mm 508910 1) yellow - 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 9) for drill-Ø 55 mm 505078 ecru - 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 15) for drill-Ø 55 mm 505080 ecru - 10
FIS Extension tube 048983 - 1000 10
FIS EXT Ø 15 530800 transparent 10000 1
1) Delivery time on request.

ACCESSORIES

Drilling aid

Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Drilling aid 3pcs. 090819 1

ACCESSORIES
SDS-max scrabbeling tool to
roughen the connection surface

Match Dimensions Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
Stocker 001253 Chuck type SDS max 45 x 240 1

ACCESSORIES

Compressed air nozzle

Match Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Compressed air nozzle D12-D15 511956 Drill diameter Ø 12 - 15 mm 2
Compressed air nozzle D16-D19 511957 Drill diameter Ø 16 - 19 mm 2
Compressed air nozzle D20-D25 511958 Drill diameter Ø 20 - 25 mm 2
Compressed air nozzle D30-D35 511959 Drill diameter Ø 30 - 35 mm 2
Compressed air nozzle D40-D55 511960 Drill diameter Ø 40 - 45 mm 2

182
Rebar connections

LOADS
Injection systems FIS EM Plus, FIS RC, FIS SB, FIS V and FIS VS LOW SPEED with reinforcing steel B500B5) in accordance with rebar theory
Design resistances and permissible loads1) 6) of single, post-installed rebars in cracked or non-cracked normal concrete of the strength class C20/252)
Reinforcing steel Basic value for Basic value for Basic value for Maximum Maximum Maximum
B500B the anchorage the anchorage the anchorage anchorage depth design resistance permissible
  length for length for length for for tensile load
fyk / fuk =
500 / 540 N/mm²
FIS EM Plus FIS SB FIS V
FIS VS LOW SPEED
axial tensile load
3
lb,rqd4) lb,rqd4) lb,rqd4) lv,max NRd,s3) Nperm,s 3)

Chemical fixings
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [mm] [kN] [kN]
Ø 8 mm 378 378 378 1800 (3000)8) 21,9 15,6
Ø 10 mm 473 473 473 1800 (3000)8) 34,1 24,4
Ø 12 mm 567 567 567 1800 (3000)8) 49,2 35,1
Ø 14 mm 662 662 662 1800 (3000)8) 66,9 47,8
Ø 16 mm 756 756 756 1800 (3000)8) 87,4 62,4
Ø 20 mm 945 945 945 1800 (3000)8) 136,6 97,6
Ø 22 mm7) 1040 – – 2000 165,3 118,1
Ø 24 mm7) 1134 – – 2000 196,7 140,5
Ø 25 mm 1181 1181 1181 2000 (3000)8) 213,4 152,4
Ø 26 mm7) 1229 – – 2000 230,8 164,9
Ø 28 mm 1323 1323 1323 2000 (3000)8) 267,7 191,2
Ø 30 mm7) 1418 – – 2000 307,3 219,5
Ø 32 mm9) 1512 1512 – 2000 (3000)8) 349,7 249,8
Ø 34 mm7) 1607 – – 2000 394,7 282,0
Ø 36 mm7) 1701 – – 2000 442,6 316,1
Ø 40 mm7) 1890 – – 2000 546,4 390,3
For planning and design the complete European Technical Assessments ETA-17/1056 (FIS EM Plus), ETA-13/0651 (FIS SB) or resp. ETA-08/0266 (FIS V and FIS VS LOW SPEED) have to be considered. For
determination of the installation parameters (minimum concrete cover, distances, etc.) as well as required transverse reinforcement see EN 1992-1-1 and general installation rules of the assessments.
1) The partial safety factors for resistance taken from the European standard EN 1992-1-1 as well as a partial safety factor for action of F = 1,4 are considered.
2) The ETAs for FIS EM Plus, FIS SB, FIS V and FIS VS LOW SPEED permit post-installed rebar connections in concrete C12/15 up to C50/60. The above mentioned basic value for anchorage length
changes depending on the relevant concrete strength class.
3) For utilisation of the full steel capacity.
4) Basic value of the anchorage length in accordance with EN 1992-1-1, section 8.4.3 for concrete strength class C20/25 and good bond conditions.
5) Reinforcing steel with characteristic yield strength f yk = 400 - 600 N/mm² in accordance with EN 1992-1-1 Annex C, Table C.1 and C.2N is approved. The above mentioned basic value for the anchorage
length as well as maximum steel resitance (see foot not 3) will change accordingly.
6) With FIS EM Plus, FIS SB, FIS V or FIS VS LOW SPEED post-installed rebars are approved in dry or wet concrete with temperatures up to +50 °C (resp. short term up to +80 °C) and drill hole cleaning in
accordance with ETA.
7) Only FIS EM Plus.
8) Values in brackets apply for FIS SB.
9) Only FIS EM Plus or FIS SB.

183
 Rebar connections

LOADS
Design resistances and permissible loads1) 5) of single, post-installed Rebar anchor in cracked or non-cracked normal concrete of the
strength class C20/252)
Design resistances and permissible loads1) 5) of single, post-installed Rebar anchor in cracked or non-cracked normal concrete of the strength class C20/252)2)
Type Basic value for Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum
the anchorage length anchorage depth embedment depth torque moment design resistance for permissible tensile
3 lb,rqd4) lv,max le,ges,max Tinst
axial tensile load
NRd,s3)
load
Nperm,s3)
Chemical fixings

[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN]

FRA 12/900 M12 567 800 900 ≤ 50 49,2 35,1
FRA 16/1100 M16 756 1000 1100 ≤ 100 87,4 62,4
FRA 20/1400 M20 945 1300 1400 ≤ 150 136,6 97,6
For planning and design the complete European Technical Assessments ETA-17/1056 (FIS EM Plus), ETA-13/0651 (FIS SB) or resp. ETA-08/0266 (FIS V and FIS VS LOW SPEED) have to be considered. For
determination of the installation parameters (minimum concrete cover distances, etc.) as well as required transverse reinforcement see EN 1992-1-1 and general installation rules of the assessments.
1) The partial safety factors for resistance taken from the European standard EN 1992-1-1 as well as a partial safety factor for action of γF = 1,4 are considered.
2) The ETAs for FIS EM Plus, FIS SB, FIS V and FIS VS LOW SPEED permit post-installed rebar connections in concrete C12/15 up to C50/60. The above mentioned basic value for anchorage length
changes depending on the relevant concrete strength class.
3) For utilisation of the full steel capacity.
4) Basic value of the anchorage length in accordance with EN 1992-1-1, section 8.4.3 for concrete strength class C20/25 and good bond conditions.
5) With FIS EM Plus, FIS SB, FIS V or FIS VS LOW SPEED post-installed Rebar anchors are approved in dry or wet concrete with temperatures up to +50 °C (resp. short term up to +80 °C) and drill hole
cleaning in accordance with ETA.

General rules of consstructions

• The Rebar anchor FRA is permitted to transfer tension loads in direction of the axis of the rebar only.
• lv and ls according to approval.
• According to approval it has to be proved that sufficient transverse reinforcement is available.
c1 c Concrete cover of the post-installed rebar anchor
Bauteilrand
c1 Concrete cover of the front side of the existing rebar

c min c c2 Concrete cover above the welding

4 ds1) min c Minimum concrete cover acc. to approval

N
5 ds do ds Diameter of the post-installed rebar anchor
50 mm
ls Lap length
N
lv Effective anchorage depth of the rebar anchor
12 mm ds 20 mm
le,ges Embedment depth of the rebar anchor
ls = l v c2 eingemörtelter
l e,ges Bewehrungsanker FRA d0 Nominal drill diameter

1)
If the clear distance of the lapped bars is larger than 4 x ds, EC2 has to be applied.

184
Concrete-Concrete Shear Connector FCC

The approved system for building renovation

Chemical fixings
Upgrade of bridges Reinforcement of ceilings

VERSIONS CERTIFICATES
▪ Zinc-plated concrete steel bar B500B

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, crak-
ked and non-cracked
▪ Fixing in old concrete B 25 to B 55

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ Due to its geometry and ease of instal- ▪ Bridge repairs ▪ The system consists of injection
lation, FCC is the rapid and economic ▪ Increasing load capacity of bridges mortar (FIS SB or FIS EM Plus) and
alternative compared to the conventio- ▪ Increasing loads of ceilings during con- the concrete-concrete shear connector
nal installation method with bent iron. version, for example FCC.
▪ Dimensioning of the anchorage is ▪ Reinforcement of foundations, piers, ▪ The mortar is injected bubble-free
possible thanks to the building appro- columns and walls from the drill hole base.
val. Thus, the system offers maximum ▪ Renovation of car park ceilings follo- ▪ The mortar adheres the drill hole wall
security. wing corrosion damage to the shear connector FCC.
▪ Variable anchoring depths allow for ▪ The shear connector is set manually,
ideal adaptation to the load to be by lightly rotating it until it reaches the
applied, and ensure an optimised drill hole base.
installation time and use of materials. ▪ The tensile and shear forces arising in
▪ Depending on site conditions, the the joints between the old and new
FCC can be anchored, in compliance concrete are absorbed by the FCC-H
with the approval, with the injection and safely redirected.
mortars FIS SB or FIS EM Plus.
▪ In conjunction with FIS EM Plus, FCC
is also approved for use in diamond-
drilled drill holes.

185
 Concrete-Concrete Shear Connector FCC

INSTALLATION IN CONCRETE WITH FIS SB OR FIS EM PLUS AND FCC-H

3
Chemical fixings

TECHNICAL DATA

Concrete-Concrete Shear Connector FCC-H

Drill hole Rebar diameter Anchor length Min. / standard Min. / standard fill quantity e.g. Sales unit
Approval

diameter anchorage depth FIS SB

d0
Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item
FCC-H 10 x 180 520081 ▯ 12 10 180 60/120 2/4 100
FCC-H 12 x 230 520082 1) ▯ 14 12 230 70/155 3/7 100
FCC-H 14 x 290 520083 1) ▯ 18 14 290 75/195 6/14 50
FCC-H 16 x 360 520085 1) ▯ 20 16 360 80/240 7/20 25
1) Delivery time on request.

186
Remedial wall tie VBS 8

The professional façade repair for two-leaf cavity walls

Chemical fixings
Repairing outer leafs Detail: Repairing outer leafs

VERSIONS CERTIFICATES
▪ Stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Facing masonry with and without an
air layer

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The expansion-force-free fixing pre- ▪ Post-installation needling of two-skin ▪ The remedial wall tie VBS 8 comprises
vents splitting and cracks. This means cavity walls a perforated plastic sleeve and a pro-
that VBS 8 can be used even in old filed A4 stainless steel tie Ø 4 mm.
and sensitive masonry. ▪ VBS 8 is used together with the injec-
▪ The drill bit diameter of just 8 mm tion mortar FIS  V.
means that a minimal amount of ▪ The anchor is inserted in the bed joint
mortar is required for each fixing point. of the outer leaf using push-through
Thus VBS 8 is particularly economical. installation.
▪ The installation is approved anywhere
along the entire bed joint, thus ensu-
ring a high level of installation safety.
▪ The grey colour of the injection mortar
is similar to the colour of the bed joint.
This means that the fixing is almost
invisible to the eye.

187
 Remedial wall tie VBS 8

INSTALLATION IN FACING MASONRY WITH FIS V AND VBS 8

3
Chemical fixings

TECHNICAL DATA

Remedial wall tie VBS 8

Stainless steel Cavity or Drill hole Outer leaf Depth = embe- Fixing length Anchorage Fill quantity Sales unit
Approval

insulation diameter dment depth depth FIS V bearing

wall
d0 h0 = hs l hef
Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item A4
VBS 8/20 078763 1)2) ▯ 0 - 20 8 ≥ 90 195 188 >60 4 100
VBS 8/50 078799 1)2) ▯ 20 - 50 8 ≥ 90 225 218 >60 4 100
VBS 8/80 078800 1)2) ▯ 50 - 80 8 ≥ 90 255 248 >60 4 100
VBS 8/120 078801 1)2) ▯ 80 - 120 8 ≥ 90 295 288 >60 6 100
VBS 8/150 078802 1)2) ▯ 120 - 150 8 ≥ 90 325 318 >60 6 100
1) Product consisting of perforated plastic sleeve, profiled wire A4 and injection nozzle.
2) For the closing of the curtain walling about 2-3 additional scale units of mortar FISV are required.

ACCESSORIES

Compressed-air cleaning tool Hammer drill SDS-Plus Pointer, DIN 8039

Technical details Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]

VBS 8 cleaning set 090241 content: cleaning brush and extension tube for blow-out pump 1
Compressed-air cleaning tool 093286 for professional cleaning of the drill hole 1
SDS-Plus Pointer 8,0 / 460 mm 074330 Hammer drill with self-centring drill bit and relief-ground drill grooving 1

188
Weather facing reconctruction system FWS II

The economical solution for the repair of triple-skin outer wall

panels

Chemical fixings
Repairing weather shells Detail: Repairing weather shells

VERSIONS CERTIFICATES
▪ Stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Triple-skin outer wall panels made of
concrete ≥ C12/15

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The FWS II achieves a high shear ▪ For post-installation securing of triple- ▪ The FWS II weather facing reconstruc-
load-bearing capacity due to its large skin outer wall panels tion anchors can be bedded in mortar
anchor diameter. This reduces the ▪ Strengthening outer wall panels for into the load-bearing skin and weather
number of reconstruction anchors additional exterior insulation shell with the FIS V, FIS VW or FIS VS
needed for each plate to a minimum, injection mortar.
thus saving costs. ▪ The red plastic coating protects the
▪ The drill hole can be drilled  in one insulation from being penetrated with
step using standard diamond drill bits. mortar.
This ensures quick progress is made. ▪ You can see the correct anchor filling
▪ Installation is already approved from a with the weather shell through the
sub-base thickness ≥ 80 mm. inspection openings on the head of
▪ Approval with a new measuring the anchor.
strategy allows a safer and economi-
cally static calculation while making
it possible to document loads from
temperature changes.

189
 Weather facing reconctruction system FWS II

INSTALLATION IN TRIPLE-SKIN OUTER WALL PANELS WITH FIS V AND FWS II-A

3
Chemical fixings

TECHNICAL DATA
l
hef

Weather facing reconstruction system

FWS II - A

d0
Total length Nom. drill diameter Effect. anchorage depth Anchors per cartridge Sales unit
Approval

in the load-bearing skin FIS V / FIS VS / FIS VW

360 ml
l d0 hef
Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item
FWS II - A 180 532883 ▯ 180 40 - 41 70 5 5
FWS II - A 205 532884 ▯ 205 40 - 41 70 5 5
FWS II - A 230 532885 ▯ 230 40 - 41 70 5 5

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar FIS V 360 S

Languages on the cartridge Scale unit Contents Sales unit

Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]

FIS V 360 S 094404 ▯ ■ DE, FR, NL, TR, HU, AR 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6

LOADS
Weather facing reconstruction system FWS II
Highest permissible shear loads1) 5) for a single anchor in a load-bearing skin made of concrete ≥ C12/15.
For the design the complete approval Z-21.8-2029 has to be considered.
Cracked or non-cracked concrete
Type Effective Thickness of Thickness of Thickness of Permissible Permissible Minimum
anchorage depth load-bearing layer thermal insolution2) outer leaf bending moment shear load 4) edge distance 3)
in the load bearing
skin
hef ≥ hT ≥ hD ≤ hw ≥ Mperm Vperm c min(cW, cT)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm]
FWS II - A 180 70 80 70 40 1310 11,5 150
FWS II - A 205 70 80 95 40 1310 9,5 150
FWS II - A 230 70 80 120 40 1310 8,1 150
1)
Required safety factors are considered. The given loads are valid under the pre-condition that an additional thermal insulation will be applied on the weather facing.
2)
For bigger insulation thicknesses special lengths are possible.
3)
For exact arrangement of the bolts as well as for eventually needed additional proofs see approval.
4)
The determination of the permissible shear load for special lengths is done according Annex 3 and 4 of the approval.
5)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C) and drillhole cleaning according to approval.

190
Can System FCS

The epoxy resin for repair work

Chemical fixings
Filling cracks Reconstructing corners and edges

BUILDING MATERIALS
Suitable for:
▪ Concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The FCS based on epoxy resin has a ▪ Filling holes and cracks in concrete ▪ The resin and hardener are stored in
high bond strength and a low shrin- and similar surfaces two separate containers.
kage value. This guarantees a high ▪ Reconstructing chipped corners and ▪ The hardener is added to the resin and
performance and opens up a wide edges mixed thoroughly until the material is
range of applications. the same colour throughout.
▪ The two product variants, FCS Liquid ▪ Note: The quality of the mixing of
(low viscosity = liquid) and FCS (high components and the proper filling of
viscosity = paste-like), allow for use the holes (without air pockets) has an
both in horizontal situations and on effect on the load-bearing capacity of
walls and ceilings. Therefore, there the system!
is always the right product for every ▪ FCS Liquid can be poured into holes
occasion. or cracks, or applied using a brush.
▪ FCS can be applied with a palette
knife.
▪ Once mixed, the material can be
used until the maximum open time is
reached.

191
 Can System FCS

INSTALLATION FCS

3
Chemical fixings

INSTALLATION FCS LIQUID

TECHNICAL DATA

fischer Can System FCS fischer Can System FCS liquid

Languages on the can Sales unit
Item [pcs]
FCS - fischer Can System 043676 EN, ES, PT 12
FCS Liquid - fischer Can System 043917 EN, ES, PT 12

CURING TIME
Temperature Gelling time Curing time

+ 5°C 70 min. 60 hrs.

+10°C 60 min. 30 hrs.
+20°C 45 min. 24 hrs.
+30°C 30 min. 20 hrs.
+40°C 15 min. 16 hrs.
The gelling time starts when the components get in contact. Stir the components thoroughly until the colour of the mortar is evenly. This is essential to achieve the full performance of the mortar.

192
Fill & Fix injection fixing

Liquid plugs and repair compounds for serious cases

Chemical fixings
Repairing damaged drill holes Repairing damaged hinges

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Cavity floor slabs made from bricks
and concrete
▪ Wooden materials
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Natural stone with dense structure
▪ Panel building materials
▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Solid panel made from gypsum
▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The Fill & Fix injection fixing works ▪ Repairing cracked or over-sized drill ▪ Fill & Fix is a 2-component, solvent-
whatever the drill hole size and buil- holes free injection compound based on
ding material. As a result, a number of ▪ Repairing broken furniture hinges etc. polyurethane. It is applied into the drill
applications can be completed with ▪ Fixing lightweight objects in difficult hole, where it foams lightly and sets
just one product. or damaged building materials (old quickly.
▪ Wood screws can be screwed directly buildings) ▪ The increase in volume during the set-
into the hardened injection fixing. This ▪ Fixing lightweight objects in internal ting process guarantees a secure hold,
allows for a fast and simple installa- and UV-protected external areas even in dilapidated or difficult building
tion. materials.
▪ Due to the special formulation, ▪ After approx. 2 minutes, screws,
the screw can be screwed into the hooks, eye screws etc. with a diameter
injection fixing and removed. Thus, of up to 6 mm that are normally used
components can be reattached to the in wood can be screwed into and
same point. removed from the set material without
▪ Fill & Fix can be sanded and painted, pre-drilling.
and is suitable for filling drill holes that ▪ Use the perforated sleeves (inclu-
are no longer needed prior to painting. ded) for hollow and board building
materials.

193
 Fill & Fix injection fixing

INSTALLATION IN SOLID BUILDING MATERIALS

3
Chemical fixings

INSTALLATION IN HOLLOW AND PANEL BUILDING MATERIALS

TECHNICAL DATA

Fill & Fix Injection fixing

Contents Languages on Sales unit

the cartridge
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Fill & Fix K (D) 051097 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes DE 4
Fill & Fix K (D/F) 503227 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes D, F 8
Fill & Fix K (F) 513500 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes F 8
Fill & Fix K (I) 051098 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes I 8
Fill & Fix K (S/DK) 505083 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes S, DK 8
Fill & Fix K (GR) 505084 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes GR 8
Fill & Fix Static mixer 502735 6 static mixer - 1

LOADS
Fill & Fix
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for chipboard screws with the specified diameters.
Type Fill & Fix

Diameter of chipboard screw Ø [mm] 4,0 5,0 6,0

Nominal drill diameter d0 [mm] 10 10 10
Anchorage depth hef ≥ [mm] 45 45 45
Drill hole depth h1 ≥ [mm] 50 50 50
Anchorage in solid substrates
Recommended load2) in concrete ≥ C12/15 [kN] 0,50 0,60 0,70
Recommended load2) in sand-lime bricks ≥ KS 20 a. ≥ NF [kN] 0,50 0,60 0,70
Anchorage in perforated bricks/hollow blocks using the perforated sleeve
Recommended load2) in vertically perforated bricks ≥ HLz 12, ρ ≥ 0,9 kg/dm3 a. ≥ 16DF [kN] 0,20 0,25 0,30
Recommended load2) in per forated sand-lime bricks ≥ KSL 12, ρ ≥ 1,4 kg/dm3 a. ≥ 5DF [kN] 0,20 0,25 0,30
Recommended load2) in lightweight concrete hollow blocks [kN] 0,20 0,25 0,30
Anchorage in aerated concrete
Recommended load2) in aerated concrete ≥ PP2 [kN] 0,10 0,15 0,20
Anchorage in board materials using the perforated sleeve
Recommended load2) in gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,12 0,12 0,12
Recommended load2) in gypsum plasterboard 25 mm (= 2 × 12,5 mm) [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20
Recommended load2) in gypsum fibreboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,21 0,21 0,21
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

194
Introduction

Dispensers and Mortars

Chemical fixings
FIS … 150 T FIS … 300 T FIS … 345 S FIS … 360 S FIS … FIS … 390 S FIS … 585 S FIS … 1500 S

Page
380/410 C

Dispensers / Mortars

     196

FIS DMS (511118)

     196

FIS AM (58000)

  196

KP M1 (53115)

  196

KP M2 (53117)

 196

FIS AC (96497)

 196

FIS DMS-L (510992)

    197

FIS DCD S (543629)

     197

FIS AP (58027

 197

FIS DP-S L (511125)

 197

FIS DP-S XL (512401)

195
 Dispenser

FIS DMS (511118) FIS AM (58000) KP M1 (53115)

3
Chemical fixings

APPLICATIONS APPLICATIONS APPLICATIONS

▪ Shuttle cartridges with 345, 360 and ▪ Shuttle cartridges with 345, 360 and ▪ Cartridges with 150 ml content
390 ml content 390 ml content ▪ Multibond cartridges with 300 ml
▪ Cartridges with 150 ml content ▪ Cartridges with 150 ml content content
▪ Multibond cartridges with 300 ml ▪ Multibond cartridges with 300 ml ▪ Standard silicone cartridges
content content
▪ Standard silicone cartridges ▪ Standard silicone cartridges
ADVANTAGES ADVANTAGES ADVANTAGES
▪ The 3-fold push rod distributes the ▪ The robust design can withstand the ▪ The handy, robust solid metal con-
extrusion forces equal over the cart- high requirements of the job site and struction for standard cartridges up to
ridge and prevents the cartridge from thus offers a long life. 310 ml bears up against requirements
tearing up. ▪ The infinitely variable feed allows the on the construction site and, as such,
▪ The robust glass fiber reinforced exact dosing and thus ensures easy is also suitable for professional use.
plastic housing increases the breaking handling. ▪ The continuous in-feed allows for a
strength of the dispenser and offers a precise dosage, making it easy to use.
long service life. ▪ The slim shape of the device allows for
▪ The ergonomic design of the FIS DM an exact application, even in difficult
S ensures a good balance and allows to reach spots, thus offering a high
fatigue-free working. level of flexibility

KP M2 (53117) FIS AC (96497) FIS DMS-L (510992)

APPLICATIONS APPLICATIONS APPLICATIONS

▪ Cartridges with 150 ml content ▪ Coaxial cartridges with 380 and 410 ▪ Cartridges with 585 ml content
▪ Multibond cartridges with 300 ml ml content
content
▪ Standard silicone cartridges
ADVANTAGES ADVANTAGES ADVANTAGES
▪ The 18:1 transmission ratio enables ▪ The robust design can withstand the ▪ The patented parallel lever of the FIS
the fast, low-energy application of high requirements of the job site and DM S-L allows a large and even force
even highly viscous materials, thus thus offers a long life. transmission and ensures fatigue-free
ensuring stress-free work. ▪ The infinitely variable feed allows the working.
▪ The robust design with the special, exact dosing and thus ensures easy ▪ The dropout protection on the cart-
hardened drive block meets the tough handling. ridge holder provides a secure hold of
requirements of a construction site the cartridge in the dispenser.
and thus offers a long lifespan.
▪ The freely accessible cartridge makes
it possible to perfectly align the extru-
sion nozzle, guaranteeing application-
orientated work.

196
Dispenser

FIS DCD S (543629) FIS AP (58027) FIS DP-S L (511125)

Chemical fixings
APPLICATIONS APPLICATIONS APPLICATIONS
▪ Shuttle cartridges with 345, 360 and ▪ Shuttle cartridges with 345, 360 and ▪ Cartridges with 585 ml content
390 ml content 390 ml content
▪ Multibond cartridges with 300 ml ▪ Cartridges with 150 ml content
content ▪ Multibond cartridges with 300 ml
content
▪ Standard silicone cartridges
ADVANTAGES ADVANTAGES ADVANTAGES
▪ The FIS DCD S has a dosing function ▪ The fast venting minimises cartridge ▪ The fast venting minimises cartridge
which is controlled by a setting wheel. after-run, which facilitates clean work after-run, which facilitates clean work
This allows for optimal adaptation to at the site. at the site.
the processing conditions and ensures ▪ The reducing valve in the handle enab- ▪ The reducing valve in the handle enab-
fast work progress. les the optimum adjustment of the les the optimum adjustment of the
▪ The robust battery dispenser is very volume flow in line with the proces- volume flow in line with the proces-
light, fits comfortably in the hand and sing conditions. sing conditions.
allows fatigue-free working. ▪ Due to the ergonomically formed ▪ Due to the ergonomically formed
handle, the dispensers fit nicely in handle, the dispensers fit nicely in
your hand and make work less tiring. your hand and make work less tiring.

FIS DP-S XL
(512401)

APPLICATIONS
▪ Cartridges with 1500 ml content
ADVANTAGES
▪ The fast venting minimises cartridge
after-run, which facilitates clean work
at the site.
▪ The reducing valve in the handle enab-
les the optimum adjustment of the
volume flow in line with the proces-
sing conditions.
▪ Due to the ergonomically formed
handle, the dispensers fit nicely in
your hand.
▪ In addition the dispencer has a car-
rying strap around which make work
less tiring.

197
 Accessories

ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Cleaning brush BS

3 SDS-Adapter M8 Brush extension

Chemical fixings

Length L1 Length L2 Brush diameter For drill diameter Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]

BS ø 8 078177 120 50 9 8 1
BS ø 10 078178 120 50 11 10 1
BS ø 12 078179 150 80 13 12 1
BS ø 14 078180 250 80 16 14 1
BS ø 16/18 078181 250 80 20 16/18 1
BS ø 20/22 052277 180 80 25 20/22 1
BS ø 24 078182 300 100 26 24 1
BS ø 25 097806 300 100 27 25 1
FIS brush extension 508791 410 - - - 1
Compressed air nozzle D16-D19 511957 - - - - 2
Compressed air nozzle D20-D25 511958 1) - - - - 2
1) Delivery time on request.

Compressed-air cleaning tool Blow-out pump AB G Centring wedge

Contents Total length
Item Art.-No. [mm]
Compressed-air cleaning tool 093286 — —
Blow-out pump AB G 089300 — 370
Centring wedge 093076 10 wedges for overhead installation, from M16 —

ACCESSORIES
Machine setting tool RA-SDS Adapter SDS plus 1/2" VK

Adapter SDS max 1/2" VK Adapter SK SW 8 1/2" VK

Adapter SDS max 3/4" VK

Match Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
RA-SDS 062420 Adapter suitable fits set screw 1
SK SW 8 1/2 001536 Adapter suitable fits threaded rods M8 - M22 1
SDS plus 1/2 001537 Adapter suitable fits threaded rods M8 - M16 1
SDS max 1/2 001538 Adapter suitable fits threaded rods M16 - M20 1
SDS max 3/4 001539 Adapter suitable fits threaded rods M20 - M30 1

198
Accessories

SETTING TOOLS
Setting tool with SDS adapter
For simple installation of bonded anchors for example Resin anchor RM II, Highbond anchor FHB II, Superbond resin capsule RSB.

← + 3

→
RA-SDS

Chemical fixings
included with each package

Adapter for installing threaded rods

Threaded rods without external hex-drive (special lengths).

+ SDS max 1/2“ VK

+
SDS max 3/4“ VK
←
Important: use counter nut!
+
SDS plus 1/2“ VK

+
SK SW 8 1/2“ VK

ACCESSORIES

Cone drill PBB Centring sleeve PBZ

Match Contents Sales unit

Approval

Item Art.-No. [pcs]

Cone drill PBB 090634 ■ M8 - M12; FIS E 1x cone drill PBB 1
Centring sleeve PBZ 090671 ■ M8 - M12; FIS E 10x centring sleeve PBZ, 5x injection adapter 10

199
 High performance
4 steel anchors
Page

Bolt anchor FAZ II 202

High performance anchor FH II 209 4

High performance steel anchors

High performance anchor FH II-I 217

ZYKON undercut anchor FZA 220

ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II 228

Concrete screw ULTRACUT FBS II 8-14 232

Concrete screw ULTRACUT FBS II 6 242

Hammerset anchor EA II 247

Hammerset anchor EA-N 252

Nail anchor FNA II 256

Nail anchor FNA II RB 260

Ceiling nail FDN II 263

Ceiling nail FDZ 265

Bolt anchor FBN II 267

Heavy-duty anchor TA M 272

Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T 276

Sleeve anchor FSA 278

Fixing set for Diamond Drills FDBB 281

Wall screw MR 283

Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY 285

Aircrete anchor FPX-I 288

201
 Bolt anchor FAZ II

For highest demands. Powerful and flexible.

4
High performance steel anchors

Balcony railings Steel girders

VERSIONS CERTIFICATES
▪ Zinc-plated steel
▪ Stainless steel
▪ Highly corrosion-resistant steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, crak-
ked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15
▪ Concrete C80/95
▪ Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ According to the new assessment ▪ Steel constructions ▪ The FAZ II is suitable for pre-positioned
(ETA) the tensile load capacities are ▪ Guard rails and push-through installation and
decisively increased. This requires less ▪ Consoles is also ideal for stand-off installation
anchors. ▪ Ladders thanks to the long thread.
▪ The variable anchorage depths for the ▪ Cable trays ▪ When applying the torque, the cone
sizes M8 to M16 allow for the first ▪ Machines bolt is pulled into the expansion sleeve
time a millimeter-accurate adjustment ▪ Staircases and expand it against the drill hole
to the loads. ▪ Gates wall.
▪ The design with cap nut offers a ▪ Façades ▪ The anchor is set in line with the
visually attractive anchoring and pro- ▪ Timber constructions approval once the preset installation
tects against injuries due to the round torque is achieved.
head shape. ▪ In the case of series installation, we
▪ The first bolt anchor M6 with ETA recommend using the FABS anchor
Assessment for Option 1, for secure bolt setting tool.
and approved anchorage.
▪ The international approvals guarantees
maximum safety and the best perfor-
mance.
▪ Approved for diamond-drilled holes.

202
Bolt anchor FAZ II

DRILL HOLE PREPARATION PUSH-THROUGH INSTALLATION WITH HEXAGON NUT

4
PUSH-THROUGH INSTALLATION OF THE CUP NUT VERSION WITH SETTING GAUGE

High performance steel anchors

TECHNICAL DATA
h2
hef, max. t fix

M max.

Bolt anchor FAZ II M

min.

hef, min. t fix

h2

Zinc-plated Stainless Highly corro- Seismic- Drill hole Min. drill Anchor Max. usa- Thread Width Sales unit
steel steel sion resistant Approval diameter hole depth length ble length across nut
Approval

steel for through hef,max./

fixings hef,min.
d0 h2 l tfix Ø x length  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 C
FAZ II 6/10 542621 542623 — ■ — — 6 60 65 10/- M 6 x 25 10 50
FAZ II 6/20 542622 542624 — ■ — — 6 70 75 20/- M 6 x 35 10 50
FAZ II 8/10 094871 1) 501396 1) — ■ ▲ C1 8 65 75 10/20 M 8 x 38 13 50
FAZ II 8/10 — — 501428 1) ■ ▲ C1 8 65 75 10/20 M 8 x 38 13 10
FAZ II 8/30 094877 1) 501399 1) — ■ ▲ C1 8 85 95 30/40 M 8 x 58 13 50
FAZ II 8/30 — — 501429 1) ■ ▲ C1 8 85 95 30/40 M 8 x 58 13 10
FAZ II 8/50 094878 1) 501401 — ■ ▲ C1 8 105 115 50/60 M 8 x 78 13 50
FAZ II 8/100 094879 1) — — ■ ▲ C1 8 155 165 100/110 M 8 x 128 13 25
FAZ II 8/160 503251 1) — — ■ ▲ C1 8 215 225 160/170 M 8 x 100 13 20
FAZ II 10/10 094981 501403 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 10 85 95 10/30 M 10 x 53 17 50
FAZ II 10/10 — — 501430 ■ ▲ C1 10 85 95 10/30 M 10 x 53 17 10
FAZ II 10/20 094982 — — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 10 95 105 20/40 M 10 x 63 17 25
FAZ II 10/20 — 501406 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 10 95 105 20/40 M 10 x 63 17 50
FAZ II 10/30 094983 — — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 10 105 115 30/50 M 10 x 73 17 25
FAZ II 10/30 — 501407 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 10 105 115 30/50 M 10 x 73 17 50
FAZ II 10/30 — — 503185 ■ ▲ C1 10 105 115 30/50 M 10 x 73 17 10
FAZ II 10/50 094984 501409 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 10 125 135 50/70 M 10 x 93 17 20
FAZ II 10/70 — 501410 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 10 145 155 70/90 M 10 x 113 17 20
FAZ II 10/80 094985 — — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 10 155 165 80/100 M 10 x 123 17 20
FAZ II 10/100 — 501411 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 10 175 185 100/120 M 10 x 100 17 20
FAZ II 10/100 094986 — — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 10 175 185 100/120 M 10 x 143 17 20
FAZ II 10/160 — 501412 — ■ ▲ — 10 235 245 160/180 M 10 x 100 17 20
FAZ II 10/160 503252 — — ■ ▲ — 10 235 245 160/180 M 10 x 193 17 20
FAZ II 12/10 095419 501413 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 12 100 110 10/30 M 12 x 61 19 20
1) With minimum embedment depth only for statically interdeterminate systems
Approval Seismic C1/C2 only with maximum embedment depth

203
 Bolt anchor FAZ II

TECHNICAL DATA
h2
hef, max. t fix

M max.

Bolt anchor FAZ II M

min.
4
High performance steel anchors

hef, min. t fix

h2

Zinc-plated Stainless Highly corro- Seismic- Drill hole Min. drill Anchor Max. usa- Thread Width Sales unit
steel steel sion resistant Approval diameter hole depth length ble length across nut
steel Approval for through hef,max./
fixings hef,min.
d0 h2 l tfix Ø x length  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 C
FAZ II 12/10 — — 503186 ■ ▲ C1 12 100 110 10/30 M 12 x 61 19 10
FAZ II 12/20 095420 501415 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 12 110 120 20/40 M 12 x 71 19 20
FAZ II 12/30 095421 501416 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 12 120 130 30/50 M 12 x 81 19 20
FAZ II 12/30 — — 501431 ■ ▲ C1 12 120 130 30/50 M 12 x 81 19 10
FAZ II 12/50 095446 501419 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 12 140 150 50/70 M 12 x 101 19 20
FAZ II 12/60 — 501420 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 12 150 160 60/80 M 12 x 111 19 20
FAZ II 12/80 095454 — — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 12 170 180 80/100 M 12 x 131 19 20
FAZ II 12/100 095470 501421 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 12 190 200 100/120 M 12 x 151 19 20
FAZ II 12/160 503253 — — ■ ▲ — 12 250 260 160/180 M 12 x 186 19 10
FAZ II 12/160 — 503180 — ■ ▲ — 12 250 260 160/180 M 12 x 100 19 20
FAZ II 12/200 095605 — — ■ ▲ — 12 290 300 200/220 M 12 x 186 19 10
FAZ II 16/5 522124 — — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 16 115 128 5/25 M 16 x 64 24 10
FAZ II 16/5 — 522125 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 16 115 128 5/25 M 16 x 64 24 20
FAZ II 16/25 — 501423 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 16 135 148 25/45 M 16 x 84 24 20
FAZ II 16/25 — — 501432 ■ ▲ C1 16 135 148 25/45 M 16 x 84 24 10
FAZ II 16/25 095836 — — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 16 135 148 25/45 M 16 x 84 24 10
FAZ II 16/50 095864 — — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 16 160 173 50/70 M 16 x 109 24 10
FAZ II 16/50 — — 503187 ■ ▲ C1 16 160 173 50/70 M 16 x 109 24 10
FAZ II 16/50 — 501424 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 16 160 173 50/70 M 16 x 109 24 20
FAZ II 16/100 095865 501425 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 16 210 223 100/120 M 16 x 159 24 10
FAZ II 16/160 503254 — — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 16 270 283 160/180 M 16 x 189 24 10
FAZ II 16/200 095967 — — ■ ▲ — 16 310 323 200/220 M 16 x 189 24 10
FAZ II 16/250 095968 — — ■ ▲ — 16 360 373 250/270 M 16 x 100 24 10
FAZ II 16/300 096188 — — ■ ▲ — 16 410 423 300/320 M 16 x 100 24 10
FAZ II 20/30 046632 — — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 20 155 172 30/- M 20 x 54 30 5
FAZ II 20/30 — 501426 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 20 155 172 30/- M 20 x 54 30 4
FAZ II 20/60 046633 — — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 20 185 202 60/- M 20 x 84 30 5
FAZ II 20/60 — 503183 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 20 185 202 60/- M 20 x 84 30 4
FAZ II 20/160 503255 — — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 20 285 302 160/- M 20 x 100 30 5
FAZ II 24/30 046635 — — ■ ▲ C1 24 185 205 30/- M 24 x 58 36 5
FAZ II 24/30 — 501427 — ■ ▲ C1 24 185 205 30/- M 24 x 58 36 4
FAZ II 24/60 046636 — — ■ ▲ C1 24 215 235 60/- M 24 x 88 36 5
FAZ II 24/60 — 503184 — ■ ▲ C1 24 215 235 60/- M 24 x 88 36 4
1) With minimum embedment depth only for statically interdeterminate systems
Approval Seismic C1/C2 only with maximum embedment depth

204
Bolt anchor FAZ II

TECHNICAL DATA
h2
hef, max. t fix
M
max.
d0

SW
Bolt anchor FAZ II H
d0 min.

hef, min. t fix M

4

High performance steel anchors

h2

Zinc-plated Stainless Seismic- Drill hole Min. drill Anchor Max. usable Thread Width Sales unit
steel steel Approval diameter hole depth length length across nut
Approval
for through hef,max./
fixings hef,min.
d0 h2 l tfix Ø x length  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FAZ II 10/10 H 543392 543396 ■ — C1 / C2 10 87 95 10/30 M 10 x 53 17 20
FAZ II 10/20 H 543393 543397 ■ — C1 / C2 10 97 105 20/40 M 10 x 63 17 20
FAZ II 12/10 H 543394 543398 ■ — C1 / C2 12 99 109 10/30 M 12 x 61 19 20
FAZ II 12/20 H 543395 543399 ■ — C1 / C2 12 109 119 20/40 M 12 x 71 19 20
Approval Seismic C1/C2 only with maximum embedment depth

TECHNICAL DATA
h2
t fix

M
Bolt anchor FAZ II K

hef, min.

Zinc-plated Stainless Drill hole Min. drill Anchor Usable Thread Washer (outer diameter x Sales unit
steel steel diameter hole depth length length (hef thickness)
Approval

for through min.)

fixings
d0 h2 l tfix Ø x length
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FAZ II 8/5 K 538989 538990 ■ 8 45 60 5 M 8 x 23 16 x 1,6 50
FAZ II 10/10 K 522108 522116 ■ 10 65 75 10 M 10 x 33 20 x 2 50
FAZ II 10/20 K 522110 — ■ 10 75 85 20 M 10 x 43 20 x 2 25
FAZ II 10/20 K — 522117 ■ 10 75 85 20 M 10 x 43 20 x 2 50
FAZ II 12/10 K 522118 522122 ■ 12 80 90 10 M 12 x 41 24 x 2,5 20
FAZ II 12/20 K 522119 522123 ■ 12 90 100 20 M 12 x 51 24 x 2,5 20
FAZ II 10/10 K GS 522115 — ■ 10 65 75 10 M 10 x 33 25 x 3 50
FAZ II 12/10 K GS 522121 — ■ 12 80 90 10 M 12 x 41 30 x 3 20

205
 Bolt anchor FAZ II

TECHNICAL DATA
h2
hef, max. t fix

M
Bolt anchor FAZ II GS (with large washer) max.

min.
4
Bolt anchor FAZ II HBS (washer compliant
High performance steel anchors

hef, min. t fix

to wood construction standard DIN 1052) h2

Steel, Stainless Seismic- Drill hole Min. Anchor Max. usable Thread Width Washer Sales
zinc-plated, steel, with Approval diameter drill hole length length hef,max./ across nut (outer unit
Approval

with large large washer depth for hef,min. diameter x

washer through thickness)
fixings
d0 h2 l tfix Ø x length  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Item gvz A4
FAZ II 8/10 GS 094872 501398 ■ C1 8 65 75 10/20 M 8 x 38 13 22 x 2,5 50
FAZ II 8/30 GS 096189 501400 ■ C1 8 85 95 30/40 M 8 x 58 13 22 x 2,5 50
FAZ II 10/10 GS 096291 501405 ■ C1 / C2 10 85 95 10/30 M 10 x 53 17 25 x 3 50
FAZ II 10/30 GS 096297 — ■ C1 / C2 10 105 115 30/50 M 10 x 73 17 25 x 3 25
FAZ II 10/30 GS — 501408 ■ C1 / C2 10 105 115 30/50 M 10 x 73 17 25 x 3 50
FAZ II 12/10 GS 096303 501414 ■ C1 / C2 12 100 110 10/30 M 12 x 61 19 30 x 3 20
FAZ II 12/20 GS 502530 — ■ C1 / C2 12 110 120 20/40 M 12 x 71 19 30 x 3 20
FAZ II 12/30 GS 096340 501418 ■ C1 / C2 12 120 130 30/50 M 12 x 81 19 30 x 3 20
FAZ II 12/50 GS 502531 — ■ C1 / C2 12 140 150 50/70 M 12 x 101 19 30 x 3 20
FAZ II 12/80 GS 538430 — ■ C1 / C2 12 170 180 80/100 M 12 x 131 19 44 x 4 20
FAZ II 12/100 GS 502532 — ■ C1 / C2 12 190 200 100/120 M 12 x 151 19 30 x 3 20
FAZ II 12/100 GS 538702 — ■ C1 / C2 12 190 200 100/120 M 12 x 151 19 44 x 4 20
FAZ II 12/120 GS 096367 — ■ C1 / C2 12 210 220 120/140 M 12 x 171 19 30 x 3 20
FAZ II 12/120 GS 538703 — ■ C1 / C2 12 210 220 120/140 M 12 x 171 19 44 x 4 20
FAZ II 12/140 GS 538433 — ■ C1 / C2 12 230 240 140/160 M 12 x 186 19 44 x 4 20
FAZ II 12/160 GS 538431 — ■ C1 / C2 12 250 260 160/180 M 12 x 186 19 44 x 4 20
FAZ II 12/160 GS — 503181 ■ — 12 250 260 160/180 M 12 x 186 19 44 x 4 20
FAZ II 12/180 GS 538434 — ■ C1 / C2 12 270 280 180/200 M 12 x 186 19 44 x 4 20
FAZ II 12/200 GS 538432 — ■ C1 / C2 12 290 300 200/220 M 12 x 186 19 44 x 4 20
FAZ II 16/160 GS 503261 — ■ C1 / C2 16 270 283 160/180 M 16 x 189 24 56 x 5 10
FAZ II 16/160 GS — 503182 ■ C1 / C2 16 270 283 160/180 M 16 x 100 24 56 x 5 4
FAZ II 16/200 GS 096370 — ■ — 16 310 323 200/220 M 16 x 189 24 56 x 5 10
FAZ II 12/100 HBS 522951 — ■ C1 / C2 12 190 205 100/120 M 12 x 151 19 58 x 6 20
FAZ II 12/120 HBS 522952 — ■ C1 / C2 12 210 225 120/140 M 12 x 171 19 58 x 6 20
FAZ II 16/160 HBS 522953 — ■ C1 / C2 16 270 278 160/180 M 16 x 189 24 68 x 6 10
FAZ II 16/200 HBS 522954 — ■ — 16 310 328 200/220 M 16 x 189 24 68 x 6 10

ACCESSORIES
fischer Anchor bolt setting tool FABS

Matching anchor type Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FABS 077937 FAZ II, FBZ, FBN II for diameter from M8 - M12 1

206
Bolt anchor FAZ II

LOADS
Bolt anchor FAZ II, FAZ II K and FAZ II GS (HBS)
zinc plated steel / stainless steel / high corrosion resistant steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3) 9)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Installation Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing member anchorage torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element thickness depth
Max. tension Max. shear
load load Max. Load 4
hmin hef 4) Tinst Nperm 6) Vperm 6) c c s smin 7) cmin 7)

High performance steel anchors

[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
gvz 3,4 80
FAZ II 6 A4 80 40 8 0,7 45 120 35 45
5,0 125
C
80 355) 2,6 40 200 105
gvz 7,8
90 45 3,8 45 185 135
80 355) 2,6 8,9 40 105
FAZ II 8 A4 20 35 40
90 45 3,8 9,6 45 135
235
80 355) 2,6 8,9 40 105
C
90 45 3,8 9,6 45 135
90 40 4,3 11,3 60 275 120
gvz
110 60 6,2 12,2 65 255 180
90 40 4,3 11,3 60 275 120
FAZ II 10 A4 45 40 45
110 60 6,2 15,1 65 325 180
90 40 4,3 11,3 60 275 120
C
110 60 6,2 15,1 65 325 180
100 50 6,1 75 400 150
gvz 17,5
120 70 9,5 100 350 210
100 50 6,1 18,8 75 435 150
FAZ II 12 A4 60 50 55
120 70 9,5 21,9 100 450 210
100 50 6,1 18,8 75 435 150
C
120 70 9,5 21,9 100 450 210
65 9,0 28,7 100 545 195
gvz
85 13,4 31,4 130 585 255
65 9,0 28,7 100 545 195
FAZ II 16 A4 140 110 65 65
85 13,4 39,9 130 760 255
65 9,0 28,7 100 545 195
C
85 13,4 39,9 130 760 255
gvz
FAZ II 20 A4 170 100 200 17,1 44,6 150 745 300 95 85
C
gvz
FAZ II 24 A4 210 125 270 24,0 57,5 170 840 375 100 100
C
For the design the complete assessment ETA-05/0069, issue date 03.07.2017 has to be considered.8)
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor under tension load and shear load
without edge influence counts e.g. an anchor with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1.5·h ef. Concerning shear loads under edge influence and accurate data see ETA.
2)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Drill method hammer drilling, hollow drilling resp. Diamond drilling.
4)
Eff. anchorage depth: min. anchorage depth, max. anchorage depth.
5)
The anchorage depths smaller than 40 mm are only allowed for single anchors as part of a multiple fixing of non-structural systems.
6)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see ETA.
7)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
8)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-05/0069, issue date 03.07.2017. Design of the loads according TR055/ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static loads).
9)
A reinforcement in the concrete to prevent splitting is required. The width of the cracks has to be limited under consideration of the splitting forces at wk ∼ 0.3mm.

207
 Bolt anchor FAZ II

LOADS
Bolt anchor FAZ II, FAZ II K and FAZ II GS (HBS)
zinc plated steel / stainless steel / high corrosion resistant steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Installation Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing member anchorage torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element thickness depth
Max. tension Max. shear
4 load load Max. Load
hmin hef 4) Tinst Nperm 6) Vperm 6) c c s smin 7) cmin 7)
High performance steel anchors

[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
gvz 3,6 3,4 45 55
FAZ II 6 A4 80 40 8 120 35 45
5,0 5,0 50 85
C
80 355) 5,0 85 140 105
gvz 7,8
90 45 6,7 80 125 135
80 355) 5,0 85 175 105
FAZ II 8 A4 20 40 40
90 45 6,7 80 160 135
9,6
80 355) 5,0 85 175 105
C
90 45 6,7 80 160 135
90 40 6,1 80 205 120
gvz 12,2
110 60 9,5 75 175 180
90 40 6,1 80 260 120
FAZ II 10 A4 45 40 45
110 60 9,5 75 220 180
15,1
90 40 6,1 80 260 120
C
110 60 9,5 75 220 180
100 50 8,5 100 275 150
gvz 17,5
120 70 10,5 80 240 210
100 50 8,5 100 350 150
FAZ II 12 A4 60 50 55
120 70 10,5 80 305 210
21,9
100 50 8,5 100 350 150
C
120 70 10,5 80 305 210
65 12,6 130 410 195
gvz 31,4
85 18,8 170 400 255
65 12,6 130 535 195
FAZ II 16 A4 140 110 65 65
85 18,8 170 520 255
39,9
65 12,6 130 535 195
C
85 18,8 170 520 255
gvz 46,5 530
FAZ II 20 A4 170 100 200 24,0 230 300 95 95
60,7 515
C
gvz 62,9 630
FAZ II 24 A4 210 125 270 33,6 265 375 100 135
80,7 835
C
For the design the complete assessment ETA-05/0069, issue date 03.07.2017 has to be considered.8)
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor under tension load and shear load
without edge influence counts e.g. an anchor with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1.5·h ef. Concerning shear loads under edge influence and accurate data see ETA.
2)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Drill method hammer drilling, hollow drilling resp. Diamond drilling.
4)
Eff. anchorage depth: min. anchorage depth, max. anchorage depth.
5)
The anchorage depths smaller than 40 mm are only allowed for single anchors as part of a multiple fixing of non-structural systems.
6)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see ETA.
7)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
8)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-05/0069, issue date 03.07.2017. Design of the loads according TR055/ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static loads).

208
High performance anchor FH II

Strong, secure and aesthetic anchoring

High performance steel anchors

Steel girders Banisters

VERSIONS CERTIFICATES
▪ Zinc-plated steel
▪ Stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete C20/25, cracked and non-
cracked

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The international approvals guarantee ▪ Guard rails ▪ The FH II is suitable for push-through
maximum safety and the best per- ▪ Staircases installation.
formance. These approvals even cover ▪ Consoles ▪ When the torque is applied, the cone
use in earthquake zones (seismic C1 ▪ Steel constructions is pulled into the expansion sleeve
and C2). ▪ Ladders which is forced against the drill hole
▪ The anchor is designed with different ▪ Cable trays wall.
head styles for fixing points with ▪ Machines ▪ The black plastic ring prevents rotation
aesthetic design. ▪ Gates when tightening the anchor and acts
▪ The design between the bolt and the ▪ Façades as a crumple zone to take the torque
sleeve ensures high shear load-bearing ▪ Gratings slippage, so that the fixture of pulled
capacity. Thus, fewer fixing points are onto the substrate.
required. ▪ Alternative head designs for flexible
▪ The optimised geometry minimises design solutions:
the energy required for installation and Hexagon head (type S), countersunk
thus allows for fast installation. head (type SK), bolt version with nut
▪ The use of hollow drills is included in and washer (type B) and cap nut
the approval. (type H).

209
 High performance anchor FH II

INSTALLATION

4
TECHNICAL DATA
High performance steel anchors

High performance anchor FH II-S

with hexagonal head

Zinc-plated Stainless Seismic- Drill hole Min. drill Anchor Max. fixture Thread Width Sales unit
steel steel Approval diameter hole depth length thickness across nut
Approval

for through
fixings
d0 h2 l t fix M  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FH II 10/10 S 503133 — ■ — — 10 65 70 10 M6 10 50
FH II 10/10 S — 510923 ■ — — 10 65 69 10 M6 10 50
FH II 10/25 S 503134 — ■ — — 10 80 85 25 M6 10 50
FH II 10/25 S — 510924 ■ — — 10 80 84 25 M6 10 50
FH II 10/50 S 503135 — ■ — — 10 105 110 50 M6 10 50
FH II 12/10 S 044884 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 12 90 90 10 M8 13 50
FH II 12/10 S — 510925 ■ — C1 / C2 12 90 90 10 M8 13 50
FH II 12/25 S 044885 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 12 105 105 25 M8 13 50
FH II 12/25 S — 510926 ■ — C1 / C2 12 105 105 25 M8 13 20
FH II 12/50 S 044886 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 12 130 130 50 M8 13 25
FH II 15/10 S 044887 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 15 100 106 10 M 10 17 25
FH II 15/10 S — 510927 ■ — C1 / C2 15 100 107 10 M 10 17 50
FH II 15/25 S 044888 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 15 115 121 25 M 10 17 25
FH II 15/25 S — 510928 ■ — C1 / C2 15 115 122 25 M 10 17 20
FH II 15/50 S 044889 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 15 140 146 50 M 10 17 25
FH II 18/10 S 046847 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 18 115 118 10 M 12 19 20
FH II 18/25 S 044894 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 18 130 132 25 M 12 19 20
FH II 18/25 S — 510929 ■ — C1 / C2 18 130 133 25 M 12 19 10
FH II 18/50 S 044896 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 18 155 157 50 M 12 19 20
FH II 24/25 S 044898 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 24 150 160 25 M 16 24 10
FH II 24/25 S — 502711 ■ — C1 / C2 24 150 160 25 M 16 24 8
FH II 24/50 S 044900 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 24 175 185 50 M 16 24 10
FH II 28/30 S 044901 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 28 185 192 30 M 20 30 4
FH II 28/60 S 044902 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 28 215 222 60 M 20 30 4
FH II 32/30 S 044903 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 32 210 215 30 M 24 36 4
FH II 32/60 S 044904 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 32 240 245 60 M 24 36 4

210
High performance anchor FH II

TECHNICAL DATA
h2
t fix
X

d0 90° D

High performance anchor FH II-SK

with countersunk head
l
SW 4

High performance steel anchors

X ØD
[mm] [mm]
FH II 10/... SK 5,0 19,5
FH II 12/... SK 5,8 22
FH II 15/... SK 5,8 25
FH II 18/... SK 8,0 32

Zinc-plated Stainless Seismic- Drill hole Min. drill Anchor Max. fixture Thread Width Sales unit
steel steel Approval diameter hole depth length thickness across nut
Approval

for through (hexagon

fixings socket)
d0 h2 l t fix M  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FH II 10/15 SK 503136 — ■ — — 10 70 65 15 M6 4 50
FH II 10/25 SK 503137 — ■ — — 10 80 75 25 M6 4 50
FH II 10/50 SK 503138 — ■ — — 10 105 100 50 M6 4 50
FH II 12/15 SK — 510931 ■ — — 12 95 90 15 M8 5 25
FH II 12/15 SK 044917 — ■ — C1 / C2 12 95 90 15 M8 5 25
FH II 12/25 SK 044918 — ■ — C1 / C2 12 105 100 25 M8 5 25
FH II 12/30 SK — 510932 ■ — C1 / C2 12 110 105 30 M8 5 25
FH II 12/50 SK 044919 510933 ■ — C1 / C2 12 130 125 50 M8 5 25
FH II 15/15 SK 044920 510934 ■ ▲ C1 / C2 15 105 100 15 M 10 6 25
FH II 15/25 SK 044921 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 15 115 110 25 M 10 6 25
FH II 15/50 SK 044922 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 15 140 135 50 M 10 6 25
FH II 18/15 SK 044923 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 18 120 115 15 M 12 8 20
FH II 18/25 SK 044924 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 18 130 125 25 M 12 8 20
FH II 18/30 SK — 510935 ■ — C1 / C2 18 135 130 30 M 12 8 20
FH II 18/50 SK 044925 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 18 155 150 50 M 12 8 20

TECHNICAL DATA

High performance anchor FH II-H

with cap nut

Zinc-plated Seismic- Drill hole Min. drill Anchor length Max. fixture Thread Width across Sales unit
steel Approval diameter hole depth thickness nut
Approval

for through
fixings
d0 h2 l t fix M  SW
Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FH II 10/10 H 503139 ■ — — 10 65 75 10 M6 13 50
FH II 10/25 H 503140 ■ — — 10 80 90 25 M6 13 50
FH II 10/50 H 503141 ■ — — 10 105 115 50 M6 13 50
FH II 12/10 H 044905 ■ — C1 / C2 12 90 100 10 M8 17 50
FH II 12/25 H 044906 ■ — C1 / C2 12 105 115 25 M8 17 50
FH II 12/50 H 044907 ■ — C1 / C2 12 130 140 50 M8 17 25
FH II 15/10 H 044908 ■ ▲ C1 / C2 15 100 115 10 M 10 17 25

211
 High performance anchor FH II

TECHNICAL DATA

High performance anchor FH II-H

with cap nut

4
High performance steel anchors

Zinc-plated Seismic- Drill hole Min. drill Anchor length Max. fixture Thread Width across Sales unit
steel Approval diameter hole depth thickness nut
Approval

for through
fixings
d0 h2 l t fix M  SW
Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FH II 15/25 H 044909 ■ ▲ C1 / C2 15 115 130 25 M 10 17 25
FH II 15/50 H 044910 ■ ▲ C1 / C2 15 140 155 50 M 10 17 25
FH II 18/25 H 044915 ■ ▲ C1 / C2 18 130 145 25 M 12 19 20
FH II 18/50 H 044916 ■ ▲ C1 / C2 18 155 170 50 M 12 19 20

TECHNICAL DATA

High performance anchor FH II-B with hexa-

gon nut and threaded bolt

Zinc-plated Seismic- Drill hole Min. drill Anchor length Max. fixture Thread Width across Sales unit
steel Approval diameter hole depth thickness nut
Approval

for through
fixings
d0 h2 l t fix M  SW
Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FH II 10/10 B 503142 ■ — — 10 65 70 10 M6 10 50
FH II 10/25 B 503143 ■ — — 10 80 85 25 M6 10 50
FH II 10/50 B 503144 ■ — — 10 105 110 50 M6 10 50
FH II 12/10 B 048773 ■ ▲ C1 / C2 12 90 95 10 M8 13 50
FH II 12/100 B 046832 ■ ▲ C1 / C2 12 180 185 100 M8 13 25
FH II 12/25 B 048774 ■ ▲ C1 / C2 12 105 110 25 M8 13 50
FH II 12/50 B 048775 ■ ▲ C1 / C2 12 130 135 50 M8 13 25
FH II 15/10 B 048776 ■ ▲ C1 / C2 15 100 110 10 M 10 17 25
FH II 15/100 B 046835 ■ ▲ C1 / C2 15 190 200 100 M 10 17 20
FH II 15/25 B 048777 ■ ▲ C1 / C2 15 115 125 25 M 10 17 25
FH II 15/50 B 048778 ■ ▲ C1 / C2 15 140 150 50 M 10 17 25
FH II 18/100 B 046841 ■ ▲ C1 / C2 18 205 215 100 M 12 19 10
FH II 18/25 B 048779 ■ ▲ C1 / C2 18 130 140 25 M 12 19 20
FH II 18/50 B 048780 ■ ▲ C1 / C2 18 155 165 50 M 12 19 20
FH II 24/100 B 046842 ■ ▲ C1 / C2 24 225 242 100 M 16 24 5
FH II 24/25 B 048886 ■ ▲ C1 / C2 24 150 167 25 M 16 24 10
FH II 24/50 B 048887 ■ ▲ C1 / C2 24 175 192 50 M 16 24 10
FH II 28/30 B 047547 ■ ▲ C1 / C2 28 185 199 30 M 20 30 4
FH II 28/60 B 047548 ■ ▲ C1 / C2 28 215 229 60 M 20 30 4
FH II 32/30 B 047549 ■ ▲ C1 / C2 32 210 231 30 M 24 36 4
FH II 32/60 B 047550 ■ ▲ C1 / C2 32 240 261 60 M 24 36 4

212
High performance anchor FH II

LOADS
High performance anchor FH II-S
zinc plated steel / stainless steel A4
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3) 8)
reducing the load
Type Material Minimum Effective Installation Permissible Permissible shear Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing member anchorage torque tensile load load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element thickness depth
Max. tension
load Max. shear load Max. Load 4
hmin hef Tinst Nperm 5) Vperm 5) c c scr smin 6) cmin 6)

High performance steel anchors

[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
gvz 10
FH II 10 S 80 40 3,6 4,3 50 105 120 40 40
A4 15
gvz 22,5
FH II 12 S 120 60 5,7 15,9 60 320 180 50 50
A4 25
gvz
FH II 15 S 140 70 40 7,6 20,1 75 365 210 60 60
A4
gvz 80
FH II 18 S 160 80 11,9 24,5 120 410 240 70 70
A4 100
gvz
FH II 24 S 200 100 160 17,1 34,3 150 495 300 80 80
A4
FH II 28 S 4) gvz 250 125 180 24,0 47,9 190 610 375 100 100
FH II 32 S 4) gvz 300 150 200 31,5 63,0 225 720 450 120 120
For the design the complete assessment ETA-07/0025 has to be considered.7)
1) The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-07/0025 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of  = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
L
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-07/0025.
2) For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.

3) Drill method hammer drilling resp. hollow drilling.

4) Drill method hollow drilling is not permitted for this size.

5) For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor

design software C-FIX.

6) Minimum possible spacing resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the required minimum member thickness. The combination of minimum edge distance and minimum spacing is not

possible. One of both values has to be increased acc. ETA-07/0025.

7) The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-07/0025, issue date 28.08.2018. Design of the loads according to FprEN 1992-4:2016 and EOTA Technical Report TR 055 (for static

resp. quasi-static loads).

8) A reinforcement in the concrete to prevent splitting is required. The width of the cracks has to be limited under consideration of the splitting forces at w ∼ 0.3mm.
k

LOADS
High performance anchor FH II-SK
zinc plated steel / stainless steel A4
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3) 8)
reducing the load
Type Material Minimum Effective Installation Permissible Permissible shear Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing member anchorage torque tensile load load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element thickness depth
Max. tension
load Max. shear load Max. Load
hmin hef Tinst Nperm 5) Vperm 5) c c scr smin 6) cmin 6)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
FH II 10 SK 4) gvz 80 40 10 3,6 4,3 50 105 120 40 40
gvz
FH II 12 SK 120 60 22,5 5,7 15,9 60 320 180 50 50
A4
gvz
FH II 15 SK 140 70 40 7,6 20,1 75 365 210 60 60
A4
gvz 80
FH II 18 SK 160 80 11,9 24,5 120 410 240 70 70
A4 100
For the design the complete assessment ETA-07/0025 has to be considered.7)
1) The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-07/0025 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of  = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
L
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-07/0025.
2) For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.

3) Drill method hammer drilling resp. hollow drilling.

4) Drill method hollow drilling is not permitted for this size.

5) For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor

design software C-FIX.

6) Minimum possible spacing resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the required minimum member thickness. The combination of minimum edge distance and minimum spacing is not

possible. One of both values has to be increased acc. ETA-07/0025.

7) The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-07/0025, issue date 28.08.2018. Design of the loads according to FprEN 1992-4:2016 and EOTA Technical Report TR 055 (for static

resp. quasi-static loads).

8) A reinforcement in the concrete to prevent splitting is required. The width of the cracks has to be limited under consideration of the splitting forces at w ∼ 0.3mm.
k

213
 High performance anchor FH II

LOADS
High performance anchor FH II-H
zinc plated steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3) 7)
reducing the load
Type Material Minimum Effective Installation Permissible Permissible shear Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing member anchorage torque tensile load load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element thickness depth
Max. tension
4 load Max. shear load Max. Load
hmin hef Tinst Nperm 4) Vperm 4) c c scr smin 5) cmin 5)
High performance steel anchors

[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
FH II 10 H gvz 80 40 10 3,6 4,3 50 105 120 40 40
FH II 12 H gvz 120 60 22,5 5,7 15,5 60 315 180 50 50
FH II 15 H gvz 140 70 40 7,6 20,1 75 365 210 60 60
FH II 18 H gvz 160 80 80 11,9 24,5 120 410 240 70 70
For the design the complete assessment ETA-07/0025 has to be considered.6)
1) The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-07/0025 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of  = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
L
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-07/0025.
2) For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.

3) Drill method hammer drilling resp. hollow drilling.

4) For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor

design software C-FIX.

5) Minimum possible spacing resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the required minimum member thickness. The combination of minimum edge distance and minimum spacing is not

possible. One of both values has to be increased acc. ETA-07/0025.

6) The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-07/0025, issue date 28.08.2018. Design of the loads according to FprEN 1992-4:2016 and EOTA Technical Report TR 055 (for static

resp. quasi-static loads).

7) A reinforcement in the concrete to prevent splitting is required. The width of the cracks has to be limited under consideration of the splitting forces at w ∼ 0.3mm.
k

LOADS
High performance anchor FH II-B
zinc plated steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3) 8)
reducing the load
Type Material Minimum Effective Installation Permissible Permissible shear Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing member anchorage torque tensile load load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element thickness depth
Max. tension
load Max. shear load Max. Load
hmin hef Tinst Nperm 5) Vperm 5) c c scr smin 6) cmin 6)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
FH II 10 B gvz 80 40 10 3,6 4,3 50 105 120 40 40
FH II 12 B gvz 120 60 17,5 5,7 15,5 60 315 180 50 50
FH II 15 B gvz 140 70 38 7,6 20,1 75 365 210 60 60
FH II 18 B gvz 160 80 80 11,9 24,5 120 410 240 70 70
FH II 24 B gvz 200 100 120 17,1 34,3 150 495 300 80 80
FH II 28 B 4) gvz 250 125 180 24,0 47,9 190 610 375 100 100
FH II 32 B 4) gvz 300 150 200 31,5 63,0 225 720 450 120 120
For the design the complete assessment ETA-07/0025 has to be considered.7)
1) The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-07/0025 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of  = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
L
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-07/0025.
2) For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.

3) Drill method hammer drilling resp. hollow drilling.

4) Drill method hollow drilling is not permitted for this size.

5) For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor

design software C-FIX.

6) Minimum possible spacing resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the required minimum member thickness. The combination of minimum edge distance and minimum spacing is not

possible. One of both values has to be increased acc. ETA-07/0025.

7) The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-07/0025, issue date 28.08.2018. Design of the loads according to FprEN 1992-4:2016 and EOTA Technical Report TR 055 (for static

resp. quasi-static loads).

8) A reinforcement in the concrete to prevent splitting is required. The width of the cracks has to be limited under consideration of the splitting forces at w ∼ 0.3mm.
k

214
High performance anchor FH II

LOADS
High performance anchor FH II-S
zinc plated steel / stainless steel A4
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3)
reducing the load
Type Material Minimum Effective Installation Permissible Permissible shear Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing member anchorage torque tensile load load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element thickness depth
Max. tension
load Max. shear load Max. Load 4
hmin hef Tinst Nperm 5) Vperm 5) c c scr smin 6) cmin 6)

High performance steel anchors

[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
gvz 10
FH II 10 S 80 40 6,1 6,1 95 100 120 40 40
A4 15
gvz 22,5 11,2 18,9 150 265
FH II 12 S 120 60 180 60 60
A4 25 9,5 17,7 125 245
gvz
FH II 15 S 140 70 40 14,1 28,2 160 365 210 70 70
A4
gvz 80
FH II 18 S 160 80 17,2 34,4 170 405 240 80 80
A4 100
gvz
FH II 24 S 200 100 160 24,0 48,1 190 495 300 100 100
A4
FH II 28 S 4) gvz 250 125 180 33,6 67,2 240 605 375 120 120
FH II 32 S 4) gvz 300 150 200 44,2 88,4 285 715 450 160 180
For the design the complete assessment ETA-07/0025 has to be considered.7)
1) The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-07/0025 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of  = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
L
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-07/0025.
2) For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.

3) Drill method hammer drilling resp. hollow drilling.

4) Drill method hollow drilling is not permitted for this size.

5) For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor

design software C-FIX.

6) Minimum possible spacing resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the required minimum member thickness. The combination of minimum edge distance and minimum spacing is not

possible. One of both values has to be increased acc. ETA-07/0025.

7) The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-07/0025, issue date 28.08.2018. Design of the loads according to FprEN 1992-4:2016 and EOTA Technical Report TR 055 (for static

resp. quasi-static loads).

LOADS
High performance anchor FH II-SK
zinc plated steel / stainless steel A4
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3)
reducing the load
Type Material Minimum Effective Installation Permissible Permissible shear Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing member anchorage torque tensile load load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element thickness depth
Max. tension
load Max. shear load Max. Load
hmin hef Tinst Nperm 5) Vperm 5) c c scr smin 6) cmin 6)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
FH II 10 SK 4) gvz 80 40 10 6,1 6,1 95 100 120 40 40
gvz
FH II 12 SK 120 60 22,5 11,2 18,9 150 265 180 60 60
A4
gvz
FH II 15 SK 140 70 40 14,1 28,2 160 365 210 70 70
A4
gvz 80
FH II 18 SK 160 80 17,2 34,4 170 405 240 80 80
A4 100
7)
For the design the complete assessment ETA-07/0025 has to be considered.
1) The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-07/0025 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of  = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
L
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-07/0025.
2) For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.

3) Drill method hammer drilling resp. hollow drilling.

4) Drill method hollow drilling is not permitted for this size.

5) For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor

design software C-FIX.

6) Minimum possible spacing resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the required minimum member thickness. The combination of minimum edge distance and minimum spacing is not

possible. One of both values has to be increased acc. ETA-07/0025.

7) The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-07/0025, issue date 28.08.2018. Design of the loads according to FprEN 1992-4:2016 and EOTA Technical Report TR 055 (for static

resp. quasi-static loads).

215
 High performance anchor FH II

LOADS
High performance anchor FH II-H
zinc plated steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3)
reducing the load
Type Material Minimum Effective Installation Permissible Permissible shear Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing member anchorage torque tensile load load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element thickness depth
Max. tension
4 load Max. shear load Max. Load
hmin hef Tinst Nperm 4) Vperm 4) c c scr smin 5) cmin 5)
High performance steel anchors

[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
FH II 10 H gvz 80 40 10 6,1 6,1 95 100 120 40 40
FH II 12 H gvz 120 60 22,5 11,2 15,5 150 215 180 60 60
FH II 15 H gvz 140 70 40 14,1 24,5 160 310 210 70 70
FH II 18 H gvz 160 80 80 17,2 34,4 170 405 240 80 80
For the design the complete assessment ETA-07/0025 has to be considered.6)
1) The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-07/0025 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of  = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
L
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-07/0025.
2) For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.

3) Drill method hammer drilling resp. hollow drilling.

4) For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor

design software C-FIX.

5) Minimum possible spacing resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the required minimum member thickness. The combination of minimum edge distance and minimum spacing is not

possible. One of both values has to be increased acc. ETA-07/0025.

6) The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-07/0025, issue date 28.08.2018. Design of the loads according to FprEN 1992-4:2016 and EOTA Technical Report TR 055 (for static

resp. quasi-static loads).

LOADS
High performance anchor FH II-B
zinc plated steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3)
reducing the load
Type Material Minimum Effective Installation Permissible Permissible shear Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing member anchorage torque tensile load load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element thickness depth
Max. tension
load Max. shear load Max. Load
hmin hef Tinst Nperm 5) Vperm 5) c c scr smin 6) cmin 6)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
FH II 10 B gvz 80 40 10 6,1 6,1 95 100 120 40 40
FH II 12 B gvz 120 60 17,5 11,2 15,5 150 215 180 60 60
FH II 15 B gvz 140 70 38 14,1 24,5 160 310 210 70 70
FH II 18 B gvz 160 80 80 17,2 34,4 170 405 240 80 80
FH II 24 B gvz 200 100 120 24,0 48,1 190 495 300 100 100
FH II 28 B 4) gvz 250 125 180 33,6 67,2 240 605 375 120 120
FH II 32 B 4) gvz 300 150 200 44,2 88,4 285 715 450 160 180
For the design the complete assessment ETA-07/0025 has to be considered.7)
1) The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-07/0025 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-07/0025.
2) For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.

3) Drill method hammer drilling resp. hollow drilling.

4) Drill method hollow drilling is not permitted for this size.

5) For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor

design software C-FIX.

6) Minimum possible spacing resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the required minimum member thickness. The combination of minimum edge distance and minimum spacing is not

possible. One of both values has to be increased acc. ETA-07/0025.

7) The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-07/0025, issue date 28.08.2018. Design of the loads according to FprEN 1992-4:2016 and EOTA Technical Report TR 055 (for static

resp. quasi-static loads).

216
High performance anchor FH II-I

Strong, secure and aesthetic with internal thread for the

removal option of the attachment

High performance steel anchors

Stadium seating Air conditioning units

VERSIONS CERTIFICATES
▪ Zinc-plated steel
▪ Stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15
▪ Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The international approvals gua- ▪ Steel constructions ▪ The FH II-I is suitable for pre-positioned
rantee maximum safety and the best ▪ Guard rails installation.
performance. The European Technical ▪ Consoles ▪ When a hexagon wrench is used for
Assessment even cover use in earth- ▪ Ladders installation, the internal thread bolt
quake zones (seismic C1 and C2). ▪ Cable trays starts to rotate. This pulls the cone into
▪ The internal threaded anchor allows ▪ Machines the expansion sleeve and expands it
the removal of the attachment and the ▪ Staircases against the drill-hole wall. At the same
fixing point can be reused. ▪ Pipeline routes time, the anchor is tightened through
▪ The design between the bolt and the ▪ Ventilation systems compression of the black plastic ring.
sleeve ensures high shear load-bearing ▪ Sprinkler systems A gap U to the concrete surface is
capacity. Thus, fewer fixing points are created (see image 4).
required. ▪ The anchor is set according to the
▪ The optimised geometry intelligently approval when the gap U is 3-5 mm.
reduces the energy required for Alternatively, an installation torque of
assembly. Tinst can also be applied.
▪ The approval regulates the use of
hollow drills.

217
 High performance anchor FH II-I

TECHNICAL DATA

High performance anchor FH II-I

4
High performance steel anchors

Zinc plated, Stainless Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor Thread Min. bolt Max. bolt penetration Sales unit
steel grade steel Approval diameter depth for pre- length penetration
8.8 positioned
installation
d0 h1 l M lE,min lE,max
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FH II 12/M6 I 520358 520360 ■ 12 85 77.5 M6 11 + U 25 25
FH II 12/M8 I 520359 520361 ■ 12 85 77.5 M8 13 + U 25 25
FH II 15/M10 I 519014 519018 ■ 15 95 90 M 10 10 + U 25 25
FH II 15/M12 I 519015 519019 ■ 15 95 90 M 12 12 + U 25 20

ACCESSORIES

Setting tool FH II-I

Matching anchor type Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Setting tool FH II-I M6-M10 532780 FH II 12/M6 I, FH II 15/M 10 I 10
Setting tool FH II-I M8-M12 532781 FH II 12/M8 I, FH II 15/M 12 I 10

LOADS
High performance anchor with internal thread FH II-I
zinc plated steel / stainless steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3) 6)
reducing the load
Type Screw Minimum Effective Installation Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
material member anchorage torque tensile shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
resp. screw thickness depth load
surface Max. tension Max. shear
load load Max. Load
hmin hef Tinst Nperm 4) Vperm 4) c c s smin cmin
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
5.8 2,9 55
FH II 12/M 6 I 8.8 130 60 15 4,3 4,6 55 80 180 50 50
A4-70 3,2 60
5.8 5,1 90
FH II 12/M 8 I 8.8 130 60 15 4,3 8,0 55 145 180 50 50
A4-70 6,0 105
5.8 8,6 135
FH II 15/M 10 I 8.8 150 70 25 5,7 13,1 65 220 210 60 60
A4-70 9,2 145
5.8 12,0 200
FH II 15/M 12 I 8.8 150 70 25 5,7 65 210 60 60
13,7 230
A4-70
For the design the complete assessment ETA-07/0025 has to be considered.5)
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-07/0025 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of F = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-07/0025..
2)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Drill method Hammer drilling resp. hollow drilling.
4)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see ETA-07/0025.
5)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-07/0025, issue date 09/12/2016. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static loads).
6)
A reinforcement in the concrete to prevent splitting is required. The width of the cracks has to be limited under consideration of the splitting forces at wk ∼ 0.3mm begrenzt.

218
High performance anchor FH II-I

LOADS
High performance anchor with internal thread FH II-I
zinc plated steel / stainless steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3)
reducing the load
Type Screw Minimum Effective Installation Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
material member anchorage torque tensile shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
resp. screw thickness depth load
surface Max. tension Max. shear
load load Max. Load 4
hmin hef Tinst Nperm 4) Vperm 4) c c s smin cmin

High performance steel anchors

[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
5.8 4,8 2,9 60
FH II 12/M 6 I 8.8 130 60 15 7,6 4,6 85 60 180 60 60
A4-70 5,3 3,2 60
5.8 9,0 5,1 115 65
FH II 12/M 8 I 8.8 130 60 15 8,0 100 180 60 60
9,5 125
A4-70 6,0 75
5.8 13,8 8,6 95
FH II 15/M 10 I 8.8 150 70 25 13,1 160 150 210 70 70
14,1
A4-70 9,2 100
5.8 12,0 135
FH II 15/M 12 I 8.8 150 70 25 14,1 160 210 70 70
13,7 155
A4-70
For the design the complete assessment ETA-07/0025 has to be considered.5)
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-07/0025 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of F = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-07/0025..
2)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Drill method Hammer drilling resp. hollow drilling.
4)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see ETA-07/0025.
5)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-07/0025, issue date 09/12/2016. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static loads).

219
 ZYKON undercut anchor FZA

The fixing system with the highest safety in cracked concrete

4
High performance steel anchors

Steel girders Installations in tunnels

VERSIONS CERTIFICATES
▪ Zinc-plated steel
▪ Stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15
▪ Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The special ZYKON undercut technol- ▪ Steelwork constructions ▪ The FZA and FZA-I is suitable for
ogy allows for a positive fit connection ▪ Guard rails pre-positioned installation, whereas
and ensures maximum safety, even in ▪ Consoles the FZA-D is suitable for push-through
large cracks. ▪ Step irons (FZA-ST) installation.
▪ The almost expansion-free installation ▪ Ladders ▪ The undercut drill hole is created using
of the anchor allows small edge dis- ▪ Cable trays the special FZUB drill.
tances and axial spacing, and thereby ▪ Machines ▪ Once the anchor has been placed in
enables flexible use. ▪ Staircases the drill hole, the expansion sleeve is
▪ The FZUB special drill allows for a fast ▪ Gates driven over the cone using the FZE
installation by creating the undercut ▪ Façades Plus setting tool, and the undercut drill
without having to change tools. hole is filled with a positive fit.
▪ The drill hole geometry allows for a
very low setting energy, thus reducing
the energy required for installation.
▪ The ideal interaction of threaded bolts
and sleeve with FZA-D allows for a
high shear load and therefore fewer
fixing points.

220
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA

TECHNICAL DATA

ZYKON Bolt anchor FZA

High performance steel anchors

Zinc-plated Stainless Seismic- Required drill Required Bolt length Max. fixture Thread Width across Sales unit
Approval
steel steel Approval bit FZUB setting tool thickness nut
FZE plus
l t fix M  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FZA 10 x 40 M6/10 060712 060772 ■ — 10 x 40 FZE 10 plus 60 10 M6 10 25
FZA 12 x 40 M 8/15 060715 060775 ■ — 12 x 40 FZE 12 plus 69 15 M8 13 25
FZA 12 x 50 M 8/15 060716 060776 ■ — 12 x 50 FZE 12 plus 79 15 M8 13 20
FZA 12 x 50 M 8/50 — 060774 ■ — 12 x 50 FZE 12 plus 114 50 M8 13 20
FZA 14 x 40 M10/25 060718 — ■ C1 14 x 40 FZE 14 plus 79 25 M 10 17 25
FZA 14 x 40 M10/25 — 060778 ■ C1 14 x 40 FZE 14 plus 79 25 M 10 17 20
FZA 14 x 60 M10/25 060719 060779 ■ C1 14 x 60 FZE 14 plus 102 25 M 10 17 10
FZA 14 x 60 M10/50 — 060766 ■ C1 14 x 60 FZE 14 plus 126 50 M 10 17 10
FZA 18 x 80 M12/25 060721 060781 ■ C1 18 x 80 FZE 18 plus 126 25 M 12 19 10
FZA 18 x 80 M12/55 — 060767 ■ C1 18 x 80 FZE 18 plus 156 55 M 12 19 10
FZA 22 x 100 M16/60 060724 060782 ■ C1 22 x 100 FZE 22 plus 184 60 M 16 24 10
FZA 22 x 125 M16/60 060725 060768 ■ C1 22 x 125 FZE 22 plus 209 60 M 16 24 6

TECHNICAL DATA

ZYKON Through anchor FZA-D

Zinc-plated Stainless Seismic- Required drill Required Bolt length Max. fixture Thread Width Sales unit
Approval

steel steel Approval bit FZUB setting tool thickness across nut
FZE plus
l t fix M  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FZA 12 x 50 M 8 D/10 060652 060664 ■ — 12 x 50 FZE 12 plus 69 10 M8 13 25
FZA 12 x 60 M 8 D/10 060653 060665 ■ — 12 x 60 FZE 12 plus 79 10 M8 13 25
FZA 12 x 80 M 8 D/30 060654 060666 ■ — 12 x 80 FZE 12 plus 99 30 M8 13 25
FZA 14 x 80 M10 D/20 060657 060669 ■ C1 14 x 80 FZE 14 plus 102 20 M 10 17 10
FZA 14 x 100 M 8 D/30 060658 060670 ■ C1 14 x 100 FZE 14 plus 126 40 M 10 17 10
FZA 18 x 100 M12 D/20 060684 060672 ■ C1 18 x 100 FZE 18 plus 126 20 M 12 19 10
FZA 18 x 130 M12 D/50 060685 060673 ■ C1 18 x 130 FZE 18 plus 156 50 M 12 19 10
FZA 22 x 125 M16 D/25 060663 060675 ■ C1 22 x 125 FZE 22 plus 156 25 M 16 24 10

221
 ZYKON undercut anchor FZA

TECHNICAL DATA

Zykon anchor for fixing step irons

FZA ST A4

4
High performance steel anchors

Stainless Required drill bit Required setting Max. fixture Thread Width across nut Sales unit
steel FZUB tool FZE plus thickness
t fix M  SW
Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item A4
FZA 14 x 40 ST A4 060686 1) 14 x 40 FZE 14 plus 30 M 10 16 20
FZA 14 x 60 ST A4 060687 1) 14 x 60 FZE 14 plus 30 M 10 16 20
1) According to DIN 1211GS/1212GS.

TECHNICAL DATA

ZYKON Internally-threaded anchor FZA-I

Zinc-plated Stainless Required drill bit Required setting Internal thread Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Sales unit
Approval

steel steel FZUB tool FZE plus tration tration

ETA A1 lE,min lE,max

Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FZA 12 x 40 M6 I 060758 060783 ■ 12 x 40 FZE 12 plus M6 10 15 25
FZA 12 x 50 M6 I — 060784 ■ 12 x 50 FZE 12 plus M6 10 15 25
FZA 14 x 60 M8 I 060760 060786 ■ 14 x 60 FZE 14 plus M8 11 17 20
FZA 18 x 80 M10 I 060761 060787 ■ 18 x 80 FZE 18 plus M 10 13 21 10
FZA 22 x 100 M12 I 060763 060788 ■ 22 x 100 FZE 22 plus M 12 15 25 10
FZA 22 x 125 M12 I 060769 060770 ■ 22 x 125 FZE 22 plus M 12 15 25 10

222
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA

ACCESSORIES

Drill bit FZUB

Fits anchor Sales unit

Item
FZUB 10 x 40
Art.-No.
060622
bolt anchor
FZA 10 x 40 M6
push-through anchor
-
internal thread anchor
-
[pcs]
1
4
FZUB 12 x 40 060623 FZA 12 x 40 M8 - FZA 12 x 40 M6 I 1

High performance steel anchors

FZUB 12 x 50 060627 FZA 12 x 50 M8 FZA 12 x 50 M8 D/10 FZA 12 x 50 M6 I 1
FZUB 12 x 60 060625 - FZA 12 x 60 M8 D/10 - 1
FZUB 12 x 80 060626 - FZA 12 x 80 M8 D/30 - 1
FZUB 14 x 40 060624 FZA 14 x 40 M10 - - 1
FZUB 14 x 60 060628 FZA 14 x 60 M10 - FZA 14 x 60 M8 I 1
FZUB 14 x 80 060629 - FZA 14 x 80 M10  D/20 - 1
FZUB 14 x 100 060630 - FZA 14 x 100 M10 D/40 - 1
FZUB 18 x 80 060634 FZA 18 x 80 M12 - FZA 18 x 80 M10I 1
FZUB 18 x 100 060632 - FZA 18 x 100 M12 D/20 - 1
FZUB 18 x 130 060633 - FZA 18 x 130 M12 D/50 - 1
FZUB 22 x 100 060636 FZA 22 x 100 M16 - FZA 22 x 100 M12 I 1
FZUB 22 x 125 060638 FZA 22 x 125 M16 FZA 22 x 125 M16 D/25 FZA 22 x 125 M12 I 1

ACCESSORIES

Setting tool FZE plus

Fits anchor Sales unit

Item Art.-No. bolt anchor push-through anchor internal thread anchor [pcs]
FZE 10 plus 044637 1) FZA 10 x ... M6 - - 1
FZE 12 plus 044638 FZA 12 x ... M8 FZA 12 x ... M8 D FZA 12 x ... M6 I 1
FZE 14 plus 044639 FZA 14 x ... M10 FZA 14 x ... M10 D FZA 14 x ... M8 I 1
FZE 18 plus 044640 FZA 18 x ... M12 FZA 18 x ... M12 D FZA 18 x ... M10 I 1
FZE 22 plus 044641 FZA 22 x ... M16 FZA 22 x ... M16 D FZA 22 x ... M12 I 1
1) Without centring pin.

223
 ZYKON undercut anchor FZA

LOADS
ZYKON Bolt anchor FZA
zinc plated steel / stainless steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3) 8)
reducing the load
Type Material Minimum Effective Installation Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing member anchorage torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element thickness depth
Max. tension Max. shear
4 load load Max. Load
hmin hef Tinst Nperm 4) Vperm 4) c c s smin 5) 6) cmin 5) 6)
High performance steel anchors

[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
gvz 4,6 95
FZA 10 x 40 M6 100 40 8,5 2,4 35 120 40 35
A4 3,2 65
gvz
FZA 12 x 40 M8 100 40 20 2,4 5,6 40 120 120 40 40
A4
gvz 7,9 160
FZA 12 x 50 M8 110 50 20 4,3 45 150 50 45
A4 5,9 115
gvz
FZA 14 x 40 M10 100 40 40 2,4 5,6 70 115 120 70 70
A4
gvz 13,3 245
FZA 14 x 60 M10 130 60 40 5,7 60 180 60 55
A4 9,3 165
gvz 19,3 315
FZA 18 x 80 M12 160 80 60 9,5 85 240 80 70
A4 13,5 210
gvz 34,3 500
FZA 22 x 100 M16 200 100 100 17,1 150 300 100 100
A4 25,2 355
gvz 35,9 450
FZA 22 x 125 M16 250 125 100 19,0 140 375 125 125
A4 25,2 300
For the design the complete assessment ETA-98/0004 has to be considered.7)
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-98/0004 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-98/0004.
2)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Drill method hammer drilling.
4)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see ETA-98/0004.
5)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
6)
Minimum possible spacing resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the required minimum member thickness. The combination of minimum edge distance and minimum spacing is not
possible. One of both values has to be increased acc. ETA-98/0004.
7)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-98/0004, issue date 12/09/2016. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static loads).

224
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA

LOADS
ZYKON-Bolt anchor FZA
zinc plated steel / stainless steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3)
reducing the load
Type Material Minimum Effective Installation Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing member anchorage torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element thickness depth
Max. tension Max. shear
load load Max. Load 4
hmin hef Tinst Nperm 4) Vperm 4) c c s smin 5) 6) cmin 5) 6)

High performance steel anchors

[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
gvz 4,6 65
FZA 10 x 40 M6 100 40 8,5 3,6 40 120 40 35
A4 3,2 50
gvz 7,9 120
FZA 12 x 40 M8 100 40 20 3,6 40 120 40 40
A4 5,9 85
gvz 8,4 115
FZA 12 x 50 M8 110 50 20 5,7 45 150 50 45
A4 5,9 75
gvz
FZA 14 x 40 M10 100 40 40 3,6 7,9 70 115 120 70 70
A4
gvz 13,3 170
FZA 14 x 60 M10 130 60 40 9,5 75 180 60 55
A4 9,3 110
gvz 19,3 210
FZA 18 x 80 M12 160 80 60 14,3 95 240 80 70
A4 13,5 140
gvz 35,9 355
FZA 22 x 100 M16 200 100 100 19,0 110 300 100 100
A4 25,2 235
gvz 35,9 300
FZA 22 x 125 M16 250 125 100 19,0 125 375 125 125
A4 25,2 195
For the design the complete assessment ETA-98/0004 has to be considered.7)
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-98/0004 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-98/0004.
2)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Drill method hammer drilling.
4)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see ETA-98/0004.
5)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
6)
Minimum possible spacing resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the required minimum member thickness. The combination of minimum edge distance and minimum spacing is not
possible. One of both values has to be increased acc. ETA-98/0004.
7)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-98/0004, issue date 12/09/2016. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static loads).

225
 ZYKON undercut anchor FZA

LOADS
ZYKON Through anchor FZA-D
zinc plated steel / stainless steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3) 8)
reducing the load
Type Material Minimum Effective Installation Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing member anchorage torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element thickness depth
Max. tension Max. shear
4 load load Max. Load
hmin hef Tinst Nperm 4) Vperm 4) c c s smin 5) 6) cmin 5) 6)
High performance steel anchors

[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
gvz
FZA 12 x 50 M8 D 100 40 20 2,4 5,6 35 120 120 40 35
A4
gvz 7,9 160
FZA 12 x 60 M8 D 110 50 20 4,3 45 150 50 45
A4 5,9 115
gvz 13,3 245
FZA 14 x 80 M10 D 130 60 40 5,7 60 180 60 55
A4 9,3 165
gvz 19,3 315
FZA 18 x 100 M12 D 160 80 60 9,5 85 240 80 70
A4 13,5 210
gvz 34,3 500
FZA 22 x 125 M16 D 200 100 100 17,1 150 300 100 100
A4 25,2 355
For the design the complete assessment ETA-98/0004 has to be considered.7)
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-98/0004 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-98/0004.
2)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Drill method hammer drilling.
4)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see ETA-98/0004.
5)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
6)
Minimum possible spacing resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the required minimum member thickness. The combination of minimum edge distance and minimum spacing is not
possible. One of both values has to be increased acc. ETA-98/0004.
7)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-98/0004, issue date 12/09/2016. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static loads).
8)
A reinforcement in the concrete to prevent splitting is required. The width of the cracks has to be limited under consideration of the splitting forces at wk ∼ 0,3mm.

LOADS
ZYKON Through anchor FZA-D
zinc plated steel / stainless steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3)
reducing the load
Type Material Minimum Effective Installation Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing member anchorage torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element thickness depth
Max. tension Max. shear
load load Max. Load
hmin hef Tinst Nperm 4) Vperm 4) c c s smin 5) 6) cmin 5) 6)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
gvz 7,9 120
FZA 12 x 50 M8 D 100 40 20 3,6 40 120 40 35
A4 5,9 85
gvz 8,4 115
FZA 12 x 60 M8 D 110 50 20 5,7 45 150 50 45
A4 5,9 75
gvz 13,3 170
FZA 14 x 80 M10 D 130 60 40 9,5 75 180 60 55
A4 9,3 110
gvz 19,3 210
FZA 18 x 100 M12 D 160 80 60 14,3 95 240 80 70
A4 13,5 140
gvz 35,9 355
FZA 22 x 125 M16 D 200 100 100 19,0 110 300 100 100
A4 25,2 235
For the design the complete assessment ETA-98/0004 has to be considered.7)
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-98/0004 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-98/0004.
2)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Drill method hammer drilling.
4)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see ETA-98/0004.
5)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
6)
Minimum possible spacing resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the required minimum member thickness. The combination of minimum edge distance and minimum spacing is not
possible. One of both values has to be increased acc. ETA-98/0004.
7)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-98/0004, issue date 12/09/2016. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static loads).

226
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA

LOADS
ZYKON-Internally-threaded anchor FZA-I
zinc plated steel / stainless steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3) 8)
reducing the load
Type Screw Minimum Effective Installation Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
material member anchorage torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
resp. screw thickness depth
surface Max. tension Max. shear
load load Max. Load 4
hmin hef Tinst Nperm 4) Vperm 4) c c s smin 5) 6) cmin 5) 6)

High performance steel anchors

[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
8.8 4,1 85
FZA 12 x 40 M6 I 100 40 8,5 2,4 35 120 40 35
A4-70 3,2 65
FZA 12 x 50 M6 I A4-70 110 50 8,5 4,3 3,2 45 65 150 50 45
8.8 5,4 90
FZA 14 x 60 M8 I 130 60 15 5,7 60 180 60 55
A4-70 4,3 75
8.8 9,5 5,6 85 85
FZA 18 x 80 M10 I 160 80 30 240 80 70
A4-70 9,0 5,4 80 80
8.8 13,2 165
FZA 22 x 100 M12 I 200 100 60 17,1 150 300 100 100
A4-70 12,7 155
8.8 13,2 150
FZA 22 x 125 M12 I 250 125 60 19,0 140 375 125 125
A4-70 12,7 145
For the design the complete assessment ETA-98/0004 has to be considered.7)
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-98/0004 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-98/0004.
2)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Drill method hammer drilling.
4)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see ETA-98/0004.
5)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
6)
Minimum possible spacing resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the required minimum member thickness. The combination of minimum edge distance and minimum spacing is not
possible. One of both values has to be increased acc. ETA-98/0004.
7)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-98/0004, issue date 12/09/2016. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static loads).
8)
A reinforcement in the concrete to prevent splitting is required. The width of the cracks has to be limited under consideration of the splitting forces at wk ∼ 0,3mm.

LOADS
ZYKON-Internally-threaded anchor FZA-I
zinc plated steel / stainless steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3)
reducing the load
Type Screw Minimum Effective Installation Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
material member anchorage torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
resp. screw thickness depth
surface Max. tension Max. shear
load load Max. Load
hmin hef Tinst Nperm 4) Vperm 4) c c s smin 5) 6) cmin 5) 6)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
8.8 4,1 60
FZA 12 x 40 M6 I 100 40 8,5 3,6 40 120 40 35
A4-70 3,2 50
FZA 12 x 50 M6 I A4-70 110 50 8,5 5,4 3,2 45 50 150 50 45
8.8 9,3 5,4 75 70
FZA 14 x 60 M8 I 130 60 15 180 60 55
A4-70 7,1 4,3 55 60
8.8 9,6 5,6
FZA 18 x 80 M10 I 160 80 30 70 70 240 80 70
A4-70 9,0 5,4
8.8 13,2 120
FZA 22 x 100 M12 I 200 100 60 19,0 110 300 100 100
A4-70 12,7 115
8.8 13,2
FZA 22 x 125 M12 I 250 125 60 19,0 125 125 375 125 125
A4-70 12,7
7)
For the design the complete assessment ETA-98/0004 has to be considered.
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-98/0004 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-98/0004.
2)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Drill method hammer drilling.
4)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see ETA-98/0004.
5)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
6)
Minimum possible spacing resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the required minimum member thickness. The combination of minimum edge distance and minimum spacing is not
possible. One of both values has to be increased acc. ETA-98/0004.
7)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-98/0004, issue date 12/09/2016. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static loads).

227
 ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II

The internally threaded anchor with low anchoring depth for

individual fixings in cracked concrete

4
High performance steel anchors

Emergency exit signs in tunnels Air conditioning units

VERSIONS CERTIFICATES
▪ Zinc-plated steel
▪ Stainless steel
▪ Highly corrosion-resistant steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, crak-
ked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15
▪ Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ Hammerset anchor with Zykon under- ▪ Pipelines ▪ The FZEA II is suitable for pre-positio-
cut technology for individual fixings in ▪ Ventilation systems ned installation.
cracked and non-cracked concrete. ▪ Sprinkler systems ▪ The undercut drill hole is created using
▪ The combination of hammerset and ▪ Cable trays the special FZUB drill.
ZYKON undercut anchor allows for ▪ Suspended ceilings ▪ Once the anchor has been placed in
individual fixings in cracked concrete. the drill hole, the expansion sleeve
▪ The special ZYKON undercut techno- is expanded by the driving in of the
logy reduces the energy required for internal expansion pin with the FZED
installation. Plus setting tool, and the undercut drill
▪ The FZUB special drill allows for a fast hole is filled with a positive fit.
installation by creating the undercut
without having to change tools.
▪ The embossing that is applied when
expanding the anchor secures the
simple control of the anchoring.
▪ The almost expansion-free installa-
tion of the anchor allows small edge
distances and axial spacing, thereby
enabling flexible use.

228
ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II

TECHNICAL DATA

Zykon-Hammerset anchor FZEA II

High performance steel anchors

Zinc-plated Stainless Highly corro- Required drill Required setting Length Internal Max. bolt Min. bolt Sales unit

Approval
steel steel sion resistant bit FZUB tool FZED plus thread penetration penetration
steel l A1 lE,max lE,min
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 C
FZEA II 10 x 40 M 8 047303 047306 047309 1) ■ 10 x 40 FZED 10 plus 43 M8 17 11 100
FZEA II 12 x 40 M10 047304 047307 047310 1) ■ 12 x 40 FZED 12 plus 43 M 10 19 13 100
FZEA II 14 x 40 M12 047305 047308 — ■ 14 x 40 FZED 14 plus 43 M 12 21 15 50
1) Delivery on request.

ACCESSORIES

Drill bit FZUB

Matching anchor type Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FZUB 10 x 40 060622 FZEA II 10 x 40, FZA 10 x 40 M6 1
FZUB 12 x 40 060623 FZEA II 12 x 40, FZA 12 x 40 M8 1
FZUB 14 x 40 060624 FZEA II 14 x 40, FZA 14 x 40 1

ACCESSORIES

Setting tool FZED plus

Matching anchor type Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FZED 10 plus 044642 FZEA II 10 x 40 M8 1
FZED 12 plus 044643 FZEA II 12 x 40 M10 1
FZED 14 plus 044644 FZEA II 14 x 40 M12 1

229
 ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II

LOADS
ZYKON Hammerset Anchor FZEA II
zinc plated steel / stainless steel / high corrosion resistant steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3) 8)
reducing the load
Type Screw Minimum Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
material member anchorage installation tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
resp. screw thickness depth torque
surface Max. tension Max. shear
4 load load Max. Load
hmin hef Tmax Nperm 4) Vperm 4) c c s smin 5) 6) cmin 5) 6)
High performance steel anchors

[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
5.6 3,7 85
5.8 10
4,7 115
FZEA II 10 x 40 M8 8.8 80 40 1,6 40 120 40 40
A4-70
15 5,6 135
C-70
5.6
5.8 15
FZEA II 12 x 40 M10 8.8 80 40 3,0 5,6 65 135 120 45 45
A4-70
20
C-70
5.6
5.8 20
FZEA II 14 x 40 M12 8.8 80 40 3,6 5,6 85 130 120 50 50
A4-70
40
C-70
For the design the complete assessment ETA-06/0271 has to be considered.7)
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-06/0271 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of F = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-06/0271.
2)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Drill method hammer drilling.
4)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see ETA-06/0271.
5)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
6)
Minimum possible spacing resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the required minimum member thickness. The combination of minimum edge distance and minimum spacing is not
possible. One of both values has to be increased acc. ETA-06/0271.
7)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-06/0271, issue date 30/11/2016. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static loads).
8)
A reinforcement in the concrete to prevent splitting is required. The width of the cracks has to be limited under consideration of the splitting forces at wk ∼ 0,3mm.

230
ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II

LOADS
ZYKON Hammerset Anchor FZEA II
zinc plated steel / stainless steel / high corrosion resistant steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3)
reducing the load
Type Screw Minimum Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
material member anchorage installation tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
resp. screw thickness depth torque
surface Max. tension Max. shear
load load Max. Load 4
hmin hef Tmax Nperm 4) Vperm 4) c c s smin 5) 6) cmin 5) 6)

High performance steel anchors

[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
5.6 3,7 60
5.8 10
4,7 75
FZEA II 10 x 40 M8 8.8 80 40 3,6 55 120 40 40
A4-70
15 5,7 95
C-70
5.6 6,1 100
5.8 15
7,8 130
FZEA II 12 x 40 M10 8.8 80 40 3,6 55 120 45 45
A4-70
20 7,9 135
C-70
5.6
5.8 20
FZEA II 14 x 40 M12 8.8 80 40 3,6 7,9 55 130 120 50 50
A4-70
40
C-70
For the design the complete assessment ETA-06/0271 has to be considered.7)
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-06/0271 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of F = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-06/0271.
2)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Drill method hammer drilling.
4)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see ETA-06/0271.
5)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
6)
Minimum possible spacing resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the required minimum member thickness. The combination of minimum edge distance and minimum spacing is not
possible. One of both values has to be increased acc. ETA-06/0271.
7)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-06/0271, issue date 30/11/2016. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static loads).

231
 Concrete screw ULTRACUT FBS II 8-14

The high-performance concrete screw for absolute installation

ease

4
High performance steel anchors

Inclined supports Banisters

VERSIONS CERTIFICATES
▪ Zinc-plated steel
▪ Stainless steel A4

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, crak-
ked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15
▪ Solid building materials
▪ Masonry with a dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ With up to 3 embedment depths, the ▪ Guard rails ▪ The ULTRACUT FBS II is recommen-
ULTRACUT FBS II allows for the same ▪ Consoles/Base plates ded for the push-through installation.
screw to be used for different compo- ▪ Metal profiles ▪ Drill holes do not need to be cleaned
nent thicknesses. ▪ Steel constructions during vertical installation (ceiling
▪ Unique saw-tooth geometry cuts quik- ▪ Façades and floor). For floor fixings the hole
kly into the concrete - also in multiple ▪ Protection barriers must be drilled 3x drill hole diameter
use and reinforced concrete. ▪ Results/beam anchors deeper.
▪ The short ULTRACUT FBS II, with a ▪ Shuttering props (only FBS II zinc- ▪ The approved adjustment for the
reduced embedment depth, allows plated steeel) concrete screws allows the screw to
for a short drill hole depth and fast ▪ Temporary anchoring, e.g. of building be unscrewed twice for a total length
installation which makes it an efficient site equipment (only FBS II zinc-plated of 20 mm, to place maximum 10 mm
choice for many applications. steeel) packing below the base plates or to
▪ The performance categories seismic align the attached part, and then to
C1 and C2 ensure that the strictest tighten the screw again.
of safety standards and earthquake ▪ We recommend using a tangential
specifications can be fulfilled. impact screwdriver with a suitable
▪ For the zinc-plated steel version the impact screwdriver socket or an inter-
checking gauge allows for reuse cove- nal torx drive.
red by the approval. ▪ The screw is installed correctly when
▪ The specially hardened red tip of the the screw head sits flush on the fixture
stainless steel A4 version provides (visual setting control).
faster and more secure installation.
▪ The stainless steel concrete screw
guarantees a high level of corrosion
resistance especially for wet conditi-
ons and in outdoor areas.

232
Concrete screw ULTRACUT FBS II 8-14

INSTALLATION

4
FIXTURE ADJUSTMENT ADDITIONAL FOR SEISMIC

High performance steel anchors

TECHNICAL DATA
h2
hnom tfix

ULTRACUT FBS II US - hexagon head with

integral washer
d0

Drill hole Min. Screw Screw-in Screw-in Screw-in Drive Sales unit
diameter drill hole depth with depth with depth with
Approval

depth for fixture fixture fixture

through thickness thickness thickness
fixings
d0 h2 da x ls hnom1 / tfix hnom2 / tfix hnom3 / tfix
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
ULTRACUT FBS II 8x55 5/- US TX 536851 ■ 8 65 10 x 55 50 / 5 -/- -/- TX40/SW13 50
ULTRACUT FBS II 8x70 20/5 US TX 536852 ■ 8 80 10 x 70 50 / 20 -/- 65 / 5 TX40/SW13 50
ULTRACUT FBS II 8x80 30/15 US TX 536853 ■ 8 90 10 x 80 50 / 30 -/- 65 / 15 TX40/SW13 50
ULTRACUT FBS II 8x90 40/25 US TX 536854 ■ 8 100 10 x 90 50 / 40 -/- 65 / 25 TX40/SW13 50
ULTRACUT FBS II 8x100 50/35 US TX 536855 ■ 8 110 10 x 100 50 / 50 -/- 65 / 35 TX40/SW13 50
ULTRACUT FBS II 8x110 60/45 US TX 536856 ■ 8 120 10 x 110 50 / 60 -/- 65 / 45 TX40/SW13 50
ULTRACUT FBS II 8x130 80/65 US TX 536857 ■ 8 140 10 x 130 50 / 80 -/- 65 / 65 TX40/SW13 50
ULTRACUT FBS II 10x60 5/-/- US 536858 ■ 10 70 12 x 60 55 / 5 -/- -/- SW 15 50
ULTRACUT FBS II 10x70 15/5/- US 536859 ■ 10 80 12 x 70 55 / 15 65 / 5 -/- SW 15 50
ULTRACUT FBS II 10x80 25/15/- US 536860 ■ 10 90 12 x 80 55 / 25 65 / 15 -/- SW 15 50
ULTRACUT FBS II 10x90 35/25/5 US 536861 ■ 10 100 12 x 90 55 / 35 65 / 25 85 / 5 SW 15 50
ULTRACUT FBS II 10x100 45/35/15 US 536862 ■ 10 110 12 x 100 55 / 45 65 / 35 85 / 15 SW 15 50
ULTRACUT FBS II 10x120 65/55/35 US 536863 ■ 10 130 12 x 120 55 / 65 65 / 55 85 / 35 SW 15 50
ULTRACUT FBS II 10x140 85/75/55 US 536864 ■ 10 150 12 x 140 55 / 85 65 / 75 85 / 55 SW 15 50
ULTRACUT FBS II 10x160 105/95/75 US 536865 ■ 10 170 12 x 160 55 / 105 65 / 95 85 / 75 SW 15 50
ULTRACUT FBS II 10x200 145/135/115 US 536866 ■ 10 210 12 x 200 55 / 145 65 / 135 85 / 115 SW 15 20
ULTRACUT FBS II 10x230 175/165/145 US 536867 ■ 10 240 12 x 230 55 / 175 65 / 165 85 / 145 SW 15 20
ULTRACUT FBS II 10x260 205/195/175 US 536868 ■ 10 270 12 x 260 55 / 205 65 / 195 85 / 175 SW 15 20
ULTRACUT FBS II 12x70 10/-/- US 536869 ■ 12 80 14 x 70 60 / 10 -/- -/- SW 17 20
ULTRACUT FBS II 12x85 25/10/- US 536870 ■ 12 95 14 x 85 60 / 25 75 / 10 -/- SW 17 20
ULTRACUT FBS II 12x110 50/35/10 US 536871 ■ 12 120 14 x 110 60 / 50 75 / 35 100 / 10 SW 17 20
ULTRACUT FBS II 12x130 70/55/30 US 536872 ■ 12 140 14 x 130 60 / 70 75 / 55 100 / 30 SW 17 20
ULTRACUT FBS II 12x150 90/75/50 US 536873 ■ 12 160 14 x 150 60 / 90 75 / 75 100 / 50 SW 17 20
ULTRACUT FBS II 14x75 10/-/- US 536874 ■ 14 90 16 x 75 65 / 10 -/- -/- SW 21 20
ULTRACUT FBS II 14x95 30/10/- US 536875 ■ 14 110 16 x 95 65 / 30 85 / 10 -/- SW 21 20
ULTRACUT FBS II 14x100 35/15/- US 536876 ■ 14 115 16 x 100 65 / 35 85 / 15 -/- SW 21 20
ULTRACUT FBS II 14x125 60/40/10 US 536877 ■ 14 140 16 x 125 65 / 60 85 / 40 115 / 10 SW 21 10
ULTRACUT FBS II 14x150 85/65/35 US 536878 ■ 14 165 16 x 150 65 / 85 85 / 65 115 / 35 SW 21 10

233
 Concrete screw ULTRACUT FBS II 8-14

TECHNICAL DATA
h2
hnom tfix

ULTRACUT FBS II SK - countersunk head

d0 90°

4 TX
High performance steel anchors

Drill hole Min. drill Screw Screw-in Screw-in Screw-in Drive Sales unit
diameter hole depth depth with depth with depth with

Approval
for through fixture fixture fixture
fixings thickness thickness thickness
d0 h2 da x ls hnom1 / tfix hnom2 / tfix hnom3 / tfix
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
ULTRACUT FBS II 8x60 10/- SK 536880 ■ 8 70 10 x 60 50 / 10 -/- -/- TX40 50
ULTRACUT FBS II 8x80 30/15 SK 536881 ■ 8 90 10 x 80 50 / 30 -/- 65 / 15 TX40 50
ULTRACUT FBS II 8x90 40/25 SK 536882 ■ 8 100 10 x 90 50 / 40 -/- 65 / 25 TX40 50
ULTRACUT FBS II 10x65 10/-/- SK 536884 ■ 10 75 12 x 65 55 / 10 -/- -/- TX50 50
ULTRACUT FBS II 10x80 25/15/- SK 536885 ■ 10 90 12 x 80 55 / 25 65 / 15 -/- TX50 50
ULTRACUT FBS II 10x95 40/30/10 SK 536886 ■ 10 105 12 x 95 55 / 40 65 / 30 85 / 10 TX50 50
ULTRACUT FBS II 10x100 45/35/15 SK 536887 ■ 10 110 12 x 100 55 / 45 65 / 35 85 / 15 TX50 50
ULTRACUT FBS II 10x120 65/55/35 SK 536888 ■ 10 130 12 x 120 55 / 65 65 / 55 85 / 35 TX50 50

234
Concrete screw ULTRACUT FBS II 8-14

TECHNICAL DATA

ULTRACUT FBS II US A4 - hexagon head

with molded washer, stainless steel A4

4
h2

High performance steel anchors

hnom tfix
x

ULTRACUT FBS II SK A4 - countersunk d0 dc 90°

head, stainless steel A4

TX
X dc
[mm] [mm]
FBS II 8 7 23
FBS II 10 7 25

Drill hole Min. drill Screw Screw-in Screw-in Screw-in Drive Sales unit
diameter hole depth length depth with depth with depth with
Approval

for through fixture fixture fixture

fixings thickness thickness thickness
d0 h2 ls hnom1 / tfix hnom3 / tfix hnom2 / tfix
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item A4
FBS II 8 x 60 10/- US A4 543565 ■ 8 70 60 50 / 10 -/- -/- SW 13 50
FBS II 8 x 70 5/- US A4 543566 ■ 8 80 70 50 / 20 65 / 5 -/- SW 13 50
FBS II 8 x 80 15/- US A4 543567 ■ 8 90 80 50 / 30 65 / 15 -/- SW 13 50
FBS II 8 x 90 25/- US A4 543568 ■ 8 100 90 50 / 40 65 / 25 -/- SW 13 50
FBS II 10 x 60 5/-/- US A4 543569 ■ 10 70 60 55 / 5 -/- -/- SW 15 50
FBS II 10 x 70 15/5/- US A4 543570 ■ 10 80 70 55 / 15 -/- 65 / 5 SW 15 50
FBS II 10 x 80 25/15/- US A4 543571 ■ 10 90 80 55 / 25 -/- 65 / 15 SW 15 50
FBS II 10 x 90 5/- US A4 543572 ■ 10 100 90 55 / 35 85 / 5 65 / 25 SW 15 50
FBS II 10 x 100 15/- US A4 543573 ■ 10 110 100 55 / 45 85 / 15 65 / 35 SW 15 50
FBS II 10 x 120 35/- US A4 543574 ■ 10 130 120 55 / 65 85 / 35 65 / 55 SW 15 50
FBS II 12 x 70 10/-/- US A4 543575 ■ 12 80 70 60 / 10 -/- -/- SW 17 20
FBS II 12 x 85 25/10/- US A4 543576 ■ 12 95 85 60 / 25 -/- 75 / 10 SW 17 20
FBS II 12 x 110 10/- US A4 543577 ■ 12 120 110 60 / 50 100 / 10 75 / 35 SW 17 50
FBS II 12 x 130 30/- US A4 543578 ■ 12 140 130 60 / 70 100 / 30 75 / 55 SW 17 20
FBS II 8 x 60 10/- SK A4 543579 ■ 8 70 60 50 / 10 -/- -/- TX40 50
FBS II 8 x 80 15/- SK A4 543580 ■ 8 90 80 50 / 30 65 / 15 -/- TX40 50
FBS II 8 x 90 25/- SK A4 543581 ■ 8 100 90 50 / 40 65 / 25 -/- TX40 50
FBS II 10 x 65 10/-/- SK A4 543582 ■ 10 75 65 55 / 10 -/- -/- TX50 50
FBS II 10 x 80 25/15/- SK A4 543583 ■ 10 90 80 55 / 25 -/- 65 / 15 TX50 50
FBS II 10 x 95 10/- SK A4 543584 ■ 10 105 95 55 / 40 85 / 10 65 / 30 TX50 50
FBS II 10 x 100 15/- SK A4 543585 ■ 10 110 100 55 / 45 85 / 15 65 / 35 TX50 50
FBS II 10 x 120 35/- SK A4 543586 ■ 10 130 120 55 / 65 85 / 35 65 / 55 TX50 50

235
 Concrete screw ULTRACUT FBS II 8-14

ACCESSORIES

Checking gauge FUP Nut SW Nut TX

FMB T40 Maxx Bit Profi-bit FPB T50 5/16"

4 Internal diameter Drive Match Sales unit
High performance steel anchors

D
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
Checking gauge FUP 8 537200 9,9 — FBS II 8 1
Checking gauge FUP 10 537201 12,0 — FBS II 10 1
Checking gauge FUP 12 537202 13,0 — FBS II 12 1
Checking gauge FUP 14 537203 15,0 — FBS II 14 1
Nut SW13 538578 — 1/2“ / SW13 FBS II 8 1
Nut SW15 538579 — 1/2“ / SW15 FBS II 10 1
Nut SW17 538580 — 1/2“ / SW17 FBS II 12 1
Nut SW21 538581 — 1/2“ / SW21 FBS II 14 1
Nut TX40 538575 1) — 1/2“ - 1/4‘‘ FBS II 8 / FBS II 8 SK 1
Nut TX50 538576 2) — 1/2“ - 5/16“ FBS II 10 / FBS II 10 SK 1
FMB T40 Maxx Bit W 5 533159 — TX40 FBS II 8 / FBS II 8 SK 10
FPB Profi-Bit T50 5/16“ 538574 — TX50 FBS II 10 SK 1
1) Suitable for FMB T40 Maxx Bit
2) Suitable for FPB Profi-Bit T50 5/16"

ACCESSORIES

Filling washer FFD Washer U

Internal diameter External-Ø Match Sales unit
D d
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FFD 22 x 9 x 6 547515 9,0 22 FBS II 6 4
FFD 26 x 12 x 6 538458 12,0 26 FBS II 8 4
FFD 30 x 14 x 6 538459 14,2 30 FBS II 10 / FBS II 12 4
FFD 38 x 19 x 7 538460 19.2 38 FBS II 14 4
FFD 30x14x6 A4 541987 14,0 30 FBS II 10 A4 / FBS II 12 A4 4
Washer for FBS 10 520471 13,5 44 FBS II 10 50

236
Concrete screw ULTRACUT FBS II 8-14

INSTALLATION DATA - CONCRETE C20/25 - C50/60

Type US Type SK
h2 h2
hnom tfix hnom x

d0 d0 dc 90°
4

High performance steel anchors

TX
l X dc
[mm] [mm]
ULTRACUT FBS II 8 6 20
ULTRACUT FBS II 10 7 23

Concrete screw ULTRACUT FBS II 8-14 8 10 12 14

Drill hole diameter d0 [mm] 8 10 12 14

hnom1 [mm] 50 55 60 65
Nominal screw-in depth hnom2 [mm] - 65 75 85
hnom3 [mm] 65 85 100 115
Drill hole depth (push-through installation) h2 ≥ [mm] l + 10 l + 10 l + 10 l + 15
Clearance hole diameter df 10,6 - 12 12,8 - 14 14,8 - 16 16,9 - 18
Max. torque for installation with impact screw driver in concrete T imp, max 600 650 650 650
Width across flat SW 13 15 17 21
Drive Torx T40 (SK a. US) T50 (SK) - -

INSTALLATION DATA - MASONRY

Concrete screw ULTRACUT FBS II 8-14

Compressive strength class Size [mm] 8 10

Building material
[N/mm2] hnom [mm] 65 85
Solid clay brick (EN771-1) ≥ 12 Tinst [Nm] 10 10
Solid sand-lime brick (EN771-2) ≥ 12 T inst [Nm] 15 15
Aerated concrete (EN771-4) ≥6 T inst [Nm] 5 5

INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE SCREWS (USE A CORDLESS OR CABLED IMPACT WRENCH)

Concrete screw ULTRACUT FBS II 8-14 Maximum torque Maximum torque
gvz A4
[Nm] [Nm]
FBS II 8 600 450
FBS II 10 650 450
FBS II 12 650 650
FBS II 14 650 -
*) The values apply to concrete strength of approx. 40N/mm 2, for other concrete strength classes the values may differ.
The conversion of nominal output into effective tightening torque varies from machine to machine - always therefore use torque control.

237
 Concrete screw ULTRACUT FBS II 8-14

LOADS
Concrete srew ULTRACUT FBS II
zinc plated steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3) 10)
reducing the load
Type Material Minimum Screw-in Maximum Installation Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing member depth installa- torque tensile shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element thickness tion load
torque
4 Max. tension Max. shear
load load Max. Load
hmin hnom Tmax Timp,max 6) Nperm 7) Vperm 7) c c scr smin 8) cmin 8)
High performance steel anchors

[mm] [mm] [Nm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
FBS II 6x40 5) gvz 80 40 10 450 1,2 4,3 35 110 100 35 35
FBS II 6x45 5) gvz 90 45 10 450 1,7 4,3 35 105 110 35 35
FBS II 6x50 5) gvz 90 50 10 450 1,9 4,3 35 100 120 35 35
FBS II 6x55 5) gvz 100 55 10 450 2,4 6,3 35 145 135 35 35
FBS II 8x50 gvz 100 50 0 600 2,9 4,3 35 90 120 35 35
FBS II 8x65 gvz 120 65 0 600 5,7 9,0 70 180 160 35 35
FBS II 10x55 gvz 100 55 0 650 4,3 4,8 55 100 130 40 40
FBS II 10x65 gvz 120 65 0 650 5,7 12,5 70 250 155 40 40
FBS II 10x85 gvz 140 85 0 650 9,6 16,6 105 305 205 40 40
FBS II 12x60 gvz 110 60 0 650 5,5 11,0 70 230 145 50 50
FBS II 12x75 gvz 130 75 0 650 8,0 15,2 90 290 180 50 50
FBS II 12x100 gvz 150 100 0 650 12,5 20,3 125 355 245 50 50
FBS II 14x65 gvz 120 65 0 650 6,1 12,1 75 235 150 60 60
FBS II 14x85 gvz 140 85 0 650 9,4 18,8 100 340 205 60 60
FBS II 14x115 gvz 180 115 0 650 15,4 29,4 140 465 280 60 60
For the design the complete assessment ETA-15/0352 has to be considered.9)
1) The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-15/0352 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-15/0352.
2)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Drill method hammer drilling resp. hollow drilling. For further allowable drill methods see ETA-15/0352.
4)
The anchorage depths smaller than 40 mm are only allowed for single anchors as part of a multiple fixing of non-structural systems.
5)
Diamond drilling not permitted.
6)
Maximum allowable torque for installation with any tangential impact screw driver.
7) For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor

design software C-FIX.

8)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
9)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-15/0352, issue date 30/10/2018. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static loads).
10)
A reinforcement in the concrete to prevent splitting is required. The width of the cracks has to be limited under consideration of the splitting forces at wk ∼ 0,3 mm.

LOADS
Concrete srew ULTRACUT FBS II
zinc plated steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3)
reducing the load
Type Material Minimum Screw-in Maximum Installa- Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing member depth installa- tion tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element thickness tion torque
torque
Max. tension Max. shear
load load Max. Load
Timp,max 7) 7)
hmin hnom Tmax 6) Nperm Vperm c c scr smin 8) cmin 8)

[mm] [mm] [Nm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
FBS II 6x40 5) gvz 80 40 10 450 3,8 4,3 40 75 100 35 35
FBS II 6x45 5) gvz 90 45 10 450 4,8 4,3 50 70 110 35 35
FBS II 6x50 5) gvz 90 50 10 450 5,7 4,3 55 70 120 35 35
FBS II 6x55 5) gvz 100 55 10 450 6,4 6,3 60 100 135 35 35
FBS II 8x50 gvz 100 50 0 600 6,1 6,1 60 90 120 35 35
FBS II 8x65 gvz 120 65 0 600 9,0 9,0 80 125 160 35 35
FBS II 10x55 gvz 100 55 0 650 6,8 6,8 65 100 130 40 40
FBS II 10x65 gvz 120 65 0 650 8,8 14,0 80 195 155 40 40
FBS II 10x85 gvz 140 85 0 650 13,5 16,6 105 210 205 40 40
FBS II 12x60 gvz 110 60 0 650 7,7 15,2 70 220 145 50 50
FBS II 12x75 gvz 130 75 0 650 11,2 15,2 90 195 180 50 50
FBS II 12x100 gvz 150 100 0 650 17,5 20,3 125 240 245 50 50

238
Concrete screw ULTRACUT FBS II 8-14

LOADS
Concrete srew ULTRACUT FBS II
zinc plated steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3)
reducing the load
Type Material Minimum Screw-in Maximum Installa- Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing member depth installa- tion tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element thickness tion torque
torque
Max. tension
load
Max. shear
load Max. Load
4
Timp,max

High performance steel anchors

hmin hnom Tmax 6) Nperm 7) Vperm 7) c c scr smin 8) cmin 8)

[mm] [mm] [Nm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
FBS II 14x65 gvz 120 65 0 650 8,5 17,0 75 235 150 60 60
FBS II 14x85 gvz 140 85 0 650 13,2 22,1 100 275 205 60 60
FBS II 14x115 gvz 180 115 0 650 21,6 29,4 140 315 280 60 60
For the design the complete assessment ETA-15/0352 has to be considered.9)
1) The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-15/0352 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-15/0352.
2)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Drill method hammer drilling resp. hollow drilling. For further allowable drill methods see ETA-15/0352.
4)
The anchorage depths smaller than 40 mm are only allowed for single anchors as part of a multiple fixing of non-structural systems.
5)
Diamond drilling not permitted.
6)
Maximum allowable torque for installation with any tangential impact screw driver.
7) For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor

design software C-FIX.

8)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
9)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-15/0352, issue date 30/10/2018. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static loads).

LOADS
Concrete screw with hexagon head and washer ULTRACUT FBS II A4 US
stainless steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3) 8)
reducing the load
Type Material fi- Minimum Screw-in Installation Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
xing element member depth torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
thickness
Max. tension Max. shear
load load Max. Load
hmin hnom Timp,max 4) Nperm 5) Vperm 5) c c scr smin 6) cmin 6)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
FBS II 8x50 A4 100 50 450 1,9 4,3 35 90 120 35 35
FBS II 8x65 A4 120 65 450 4,3 6,4 45 125 160 35 35
FBS II 10x55 A4 100 55 450 2,1 4,8 40 100 130 40 40
FBS II 10x65 A4 120 65 450 2,9 6,2 40 115 155 40 40
FBS II 10x85 A4 140 85 450 7,6 19,2 75 360 205 40 40
FBS II 12x60 A4 110 60 650 2,1 5,5 50 105 145 50 50
FBS II 12x75 A4 130 75 650 5,2 15,9 50 305 180 50 50
FBS II 12x100 A4 150 100 650 12,5 25,0 125 445 245 50 50
For the design the complete assessment ETA-17/0740 has to be considered. 7)
1) The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-17/0740 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of F = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-17/0740.
2)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Drill method Hammer drilling resp. hollow drilling. For further allowable drill methods see ETA-17/0740.
4)
Maximum allowable torque for installation with any tangential impact screw driver.
5) For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor

design software C-FIX.

6)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
7) The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-17/0740, issue date 23/10/2018. Design of the loads according TR055/ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static

loads).
8)
A reinforcement in the concrete to prevent splitting is required. The width of the cracks has to be limited under consideration of the splitting forces at wk ∼ 0,3 mm.

239
 Concrete screw ULTRACUT FBS II 8-14

LOADS
Concrete screw with hexagon head and washer ULTRACUT FBS II A4 US
stainless steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3)
reducing the load
Type Material fi- Minimum Screw-in Installation Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
xing element member depth torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
thickness
Max. tension Max. shear
4 load load Max. Load
hmin hnom Timp,max 4) Nperm 5) Vperm 5) c c scr smin 6) cmin 6)
High performance steel anchors

[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
FBS II 8x50 A4 100 50 450 3,3 6,1 35 90 120 35 35
FBS II 8x65 A4 120 65 450 6,7 9,0 55 120 160 35 35
FBS II 10x55 A4 100 55 450 4,0 6,8 40 100 130 40 40
FBS II 10x65 A4 120 65 450 6,7 8,8 55 115 155 40 40
FBS II 10x85 A4 140 85 450 13,5 20,9 105 270 205 40 40
FBS II 12x60 A4 110 60 650 4,8 7,7 50 105 145 50 50
FBS II 12x75 A4 130 75 650 5,7 22,4 50 300 180 50 50
FBS II 12x100 A4 150 100 650 17,5 26,2 125 320 245 50 50
For the design the complete assessment ETA-17/0740 has to be considered. 7)
1) The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-17/0740 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of F = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-17/0740.
2)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Drill method Hammer drilling resp. hollow drilling. For further allowable drill methods see ETA-17/0740.
4)
Maximum allowable torque for installation with any tangential impact screw driver.
5) For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor

design software C-FIX.

6)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
7) The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-17/0740, issue date 23/10/2018. Design of the loads according TR055/ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static

loads).

LOADS
Concrete screw with countersunk head ULTRACUT FBS II A4 SK
stainless steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3) 8)
reducing the load
Type Material fi- Minimum Screw-in Installation Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
xing element member depth torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
thickness
Max. tension Max. shear
load load Max. Load
hmin hnom Timp,max 4) Nperm 5) Vperm 5) c c scr smin 6) cmin 6)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
FBS II 8x50 A4 100 50 450 1,9 4,3 35 90 120 35 35
FBS II 8x65 A4 120 65 450 4,3 6,4 45 125 160 35 35
FBS II 10x55 A4 100 55 450 2,1 4,8 40 100 130 40 40
FBS II 10x65 A4 120 65 450 2,9 6,2 40 115 155 40 40
FBS II 10x85 A4 140 85 450 7,6 19,2 75 360 205 40 40
For the design the complete assessment ETA-17/0740 has to be considered. 7)
1) The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-17/0740 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of F = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-17/0740.
2)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Drill method hammer drilling. For further allowable drill methods see ETA-17/0740.
4)
Maximum allowable torque for installation with any tangential impact screw driver.
5) For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor

design software C-FIX.

6)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
7) The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-17/0740, issue date 23/10/2018. Design of the loads according TR055/ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static

loads).
8)
A reinforcement in the concrete to prevent splitting is required. The width of the cracks has to be limited under consideration of the splitting forces at wk ∼ 0,3 mm.

240
Concrete screw ULTRACUT FBS II 8-14

LOADS
Concrete screw with countersunk head ULTRACUT FBS II A4 SK
stainless steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3)
reducing the load
Type Material fi- Minimum Screw-in Installation Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
xing element member depth torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
thickness
Max. tension Max. shear
load load Max. Load 4
hmin hnom Timp,max 4) Nperm 5) Vperm 5) c c scr smin 6) cmin 6)

High performance steel anchors

[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
FBS II 8x50 A4 100 50 450 3,3 6,1 35 90 120 35 35
FBS II 8x65 A4 120 65 450 6,7 9,0 55 120 160 35 35
FBS II 10x55 A4 100 55 450 4,0 6,8 40 100 130 40 40
FBS II 10x65 A4 120 65 450 6,7 8,8 55 115 155 40 40
FBS II 10x85 A4 140 85 450 13,5 20,9 105 270 205 40 40
For the design the complete assessment ETA-17/0740 has to be considered. 7)
1) The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-17/0740 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of  = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
F
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-17/0740.
2)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Drill method hammer drilling. For further allowable drill methods see ETA-17/0740.
4)
Maximum allowable torque for installation with any tangential impact screw driver.
5) For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor

design software C-FIX.

6)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
7) The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-17/0740, issue date 23/10/2018. Design of the loads according TR055/ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static

loads).

LOADS
Concrete srew ULTRACUT FBS II
Highest recommended loads 1) 3) for a single anchor, resp. a fixing point 4) 5) 6) in solid brick masonry.
Type ULTRACUT
Compressive strength Size FBS II 8 FBS II 10
Base material
[N/mm2] Anchoring depth [mm] 65 85
hnom
Solid clay brick 9) (EN771-1) ≥ 12 Frec 2)3) [kN] 1,1 1,4
≥ 240x113x115 mm ≥ 20 Frec 2)3)7) [kN] 1,6 1,6
Solid sand-lime brick 9) (EN771-2) ≥ 12 Frec 2)3)7) [kN] 1,2 1,2
≥ 240x71x115 mm ≥ 20 Frec 2)3)7) [kN] 1,2 1,2
Aerated concrete (EN771-4)
≥6 Frec 2)3) [kN] 0,7 0,9
≥ 499x249x120 mm
Minimum spacing within anchor groups of 2 or 4 anchors smin [mm] 80
Minimum spacing between single anchors, resp. anchor groups s min [mm] 80
Minimum distance to the horizontal joint cmin,v8) [mm] 20
Minimum distance to the vertical joint cmin,h8) [mm] 40
Minimum distance to the free edge cmin,free edge8) [mm] 200
Solid clay brick 9) 10
10)
Tightening torque Solid sandlime brick 9) Ttighten [Nm] 15
Aerated concrete 5
1)
An appropriate safety factor is considered.
2)
The given loads apply to the given brick measures for masonry with superimposed load. Bigger brick sizes are minimum equal in case of the loads.
3)
The loads only apply to multiple fixings of non-load-bearing systems and are valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.
4)
On-site screw testing is recommended to validate technical data. If the joints are not visible 100% anchor testing is recommended due to the screws are only working in the bricks and not in the mortar
joints.
5)
A fixing point can be a single anchor, 2 anchors or 4 anchors with a minimum spacing smin. Anchor groups of 4 anchors are arranged in rectangular disposition.
6)
The fixing points have to be arranged in this way that there will be always maximum one fixing point arranged in one brick.
7)
Brick pull-out is decisive.
8) The values cmin,v and cmin,h are only valid if the mortar joints are filled proper. Otherwise the joints has to be considered as free edges and c min,free is decisive. Minimum mortar strenght is M2.5
9)
The values are valid for unperforated solid bricks.
10)
The screw is screwed in with a cordless screwdriver, an impact screwdriver or by hand. The screwing process must be finished immediately when the screw head is in contact with the assembled object.
The specified tightening torque must then be applied with a torque wrench.

241
 Concrete screw ULTRACUT FBS II 6

The high-performance concrete screw for absolute installation

ease

4
High performance steel anchors

Light, suspended pipelines Suspended air-conditioners

VERSIONS CERTIFICATES
▪ Zinc-plated steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, crak-
ked and non-cracked
▪ Prestressed hollow concrete ceilings
C30/37 to C50/60 for the multiple
use of non-load bearing systems
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15
▪ Solid building materials
▪ Masonry with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The first concrete screw with dia- ▪ Pipeline routes ▪ The ULTRACUT FBS II is recommen-
meter 6 with variable embedment ▪ Suspension for individual pipes ded for the push-through / pre-positio-
depth offers a flexible adaption of the ▪ Suspended mounting rails ned installation.
embedment depth to the loads.  ▪ Prestressed concrete hollow core ▪ Drill holes do not need to be cleaned
▪ The ETA assessment option 1 includes ceilings during vertical installation (ceiling
the use in cracked and non-cracked ▪ Cable trays and floor). For floor fixings the hole
concrete for highest safety require- ▪ Ventilation ducts must be drilled 3x drill hole diameter
ments. ▪ Perforated tapes deeper.
▪ The first 6 mm diameter concrete ▪ Air conditioning units ▪ The approved adjustment for the
screw with an ETA assessment for the concrete screws allows the screw to
C1 seismic performance category for be unscrewed twice for a total length
additional safety standards. of 20 mm, to place maximum 10 mm
▪ Different head designs offer a packing below the base plates or to
maximum of flexibility and a perfect align the attached part, and then to
adaptation to the application. tighten the screw again.
▪ The ULTRACUT FBS II 6 is approved ▪ We recommend using a tangential
for multiple use of non-load bearing impact screwdriver with a suitable
systems and thereby ideal for the impact screwdriver socket or an inter-
installation of pipe routes, cable trays nal torx drive.
and prestressed hollow concrete ▪ The screw is installed correctly when
ceilings. the screw head sits flush on the fixture
(visual setting control).

242
Concrete screw ULTRACUT FBS II 6

INSTALLATION

4
FIXTURE ADJUSTMENT ADDITIONAL FOR SEISMIC

High performance steel anchors

TECHNICAL DATA
h2
hnom, max tfix
ULTRACUT FBS II 6 P - panhead
do

do
ULTRACUT FBS II 6 SK - panhead

hnom, min tfix

l
h2

ULTRACUT FBS II 6 US - hexagon head

with molded washer

Drill hole Min. drill hole Screw length Head-Ø Screw-in depth Usable length Drive Sales unit
diameter depth for
Approval

through fixings
hnom,min -
d0 h2 ls dK tfix,min - tfix,max
hnom,max
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FBS II 6 x 30/5 P 546377 ■ 6 40 30 14.4 25 Screw length - hnom T30 100
FBS II 6 x 40/5 P 546378 ■ 6 50 40 14.4 25 - 35 Screw length - hnom T30 100
FBS II 6 x 40/5 LP 546379 ■ 6 50 40 17.5 25 - 35 Screw length - hnom T30 100
FBS II 6 x 60/5 P 546380 ■ 6 70 60 14.4 25 - 55 Screw length - hnom T30 100
FBS II 6 x 80/25 P 546381 ■ 6 90 80 14.4 25 - 55 Screw length - hnom T30 100
FBS II 6 x 30/5 SK 546382 ■ 6 40 30 13.5 25 Screw length - hnom T30 100
FBS II 6 x 40/5 SK 546383 ■ 6 50 40 13.5 25 - 35 Screw length - hnom T30 100
FBS II 6 x 60/5 SK 546384 ■ 6 70 60 13.5 25 - 55 Screw length - hnom T30 100
FBS II 6 x 80/25 SK 546385 ■ 6 90 80 13.5 25 - 55 Screw length - hnom T30 100
FBS II 6 x 100/45 SK 546386 ■ 6 110 100 13.5 25 - 55 Screw length - hnom T30 100
FBS II 6 x 120/65 SK 546387 ■ 6 130 120 13.5 25 - 55 Screw length - hnom T30 100
FBS II 6 x 140/85 SK 546388 ■ 6 150 140 13.5 25 - 55 Screw length - hnom T30 100
FBS II 6 x 160/105 SK 546389 ■ 6 170 160 13.5 25 - 55 Screw length - hnom T30 100
FBS II 6 x 40/5 US 546390 ■ 6 50 40 17 25 - 35 Screw length - hnom SW 10 100
FBS II 6 x 60/5 US 546391 ■ 6 70 60 17 25 - 55 Screw length - hnom SW 10 100
FBS II 6 x 80/25 US 546392 ■ 6 90 80 17 25 - 55 Screw length - hnom SW 10 100
FBS II 6 x 100/45 US 546393 ■ 6 110 100 17 25 - 55 Screw length - hnom SW 10 100
FBS II 6 x 120/65 US 546394 ■ 6 130 120 17 25 - 55 Screw length - hnom SW 10 100

243
 Concrete screw ULTRACUT FBS II 6

TECHNICAL DATA
h1 l1

ULTRACUT FBS II M8/M10 M8/

do M10
- outside diamater

hnom

ULTRACUT FBS II M8/M10 I

4 - internal thread M8/M10
High performance steel anchors

Drill hole Min. drill hole Projection Screw-in depth Drive Sales unit
diameter depth for length
Approval

pre-positioned
installation
d0 h1 l1 hnom
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FBS II 6 x 25 M8/19 546395 ■ 6 35 4 25 SW 10 100
FBS II 6 x 35 M8/19 546396 ■ 6 65 4 35 SW 10 100
FBS II 6 x 55 M8/19 546397 ■ 6 45 37 55 SW 10 100
FBS II 6 x 35 M10/21 546398 ■ 6 45 4 35 SW 13 100
FBS II 6 x 55 M10/21 546399 ■ 6 65 5 55 SW 13 100
FBS II 6 x 35 M8/M10 I 546400 ■ 6 45 5 35 SW 13 100
FBS II 6 x 55 M8/M10 I 546401 ■ 6 65 37 55 SW 13 100

LOADS
Concrete screw ULTRACUT FBS II 6
zinc plated steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3) 10)
reducing the load
Type Material Minimum Screw-in Maximum Installation Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing member depth installation torque tensile shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element thickness torque load
Max. tension Max. shear
load load Max. Load
hmin hnom Tmax Timp,max 6) Nperm 7) Vperm 7) c c scr smin 8) cmin 8)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
FBS II 6x40 5) gvz 80 40 10 450 1,2 4,3 35 110 100 35 35
FBS II 6x45 5) gvz 90 45 10 450 1,7 4,3 35 105 110 35 35
FBS II 6x50 5) gvz 90 50 10 450 1,9 4,3 35 100 120 35 35
FBS II 6x55 5) gvz 100 55 10 450 2,4 6,3 35 145 135 35 35
For the design the complete assessment ETA-15/0352 has to be considered.9)
1) The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-15/0352 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-15/0352.
2)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Drill method hammer drilling resp. hollow drilling. For further allowable drill methods see ETA-15/0352.
4)
The anchorage depths smaller than 40 mm are only allowed for single anchors as part of a multiple fixing of non-structural systems.
5)
Diamond drilling not permitted.
6)
Maximum allowable torque for installation with any tangential impact screw driver.
7) For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor

design software C-FIX.

8)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
9)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-15/0352, issue date 30/10/2018. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static loads).
10)
A reinforcement in the concrete to prevent splitting is required. The width of the cracks has to be limited under consideration of the splitting forces at wk ∼ 0,3 mm.

244
Concrete screw ULTRACUT FBS II 6

LOADS
Concrete screw ULTRACUT FBS II 6
zinc plated steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3)
reducing the load
Type Material Minimum Screw-in Maximum Installa- Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing member depth installa- tion tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element thickness tion torque
torque
Max. tension
load
Max. shear
load Max. Load
4
Timp,max

High performance steel anchors

hmin hnom Tmax 6) Nperm 7) Vperm 7) c c scr smin 8) cmin 8)

[mm] [mm] [Nm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
FBS II 6x40 5) gvz 80 40 10 450 3,8 4,3 40 75 100 35 35
FBS II 6x45 5) gvz 90 45 10 450 4,8 4,3 50 70 110 35 35
FBS II 6x50 5) gvz 90 50 10 450 5,7 4,3 55 70 120 35 35
FBS II 6x55 5) gvz 100 55 10 450 6,4 6,3 60 100 135 35 35
For the design the complete assessment ETA-15/0352 has to be considered.9)
1) The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-15/0352 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-15/0352.
2)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Drill method hammer drilling resp. hollow drilling. For further allowable drill methods see ETA-15/0352.
4)
The anchorage depths smaller than 40 mm are only allowed for single anchors as part of a multiple fixing of non-structural systems.
5)
Diamond drilling not permitted.
6)
Maximum allowable torque for installation with any tangential impact screw driver.
7) For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor

design software C-FIX.

8)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
9)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-15/0352, issue date 30/10/2018. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static loads).

LOADS
Concrete screw ULTRACUT FBS II 6 zinc plated
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) for multiple use for non-structural applications in cracked concrete C20/25 to C50/60.
Type Material Screw-in Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Required edge distance (with Required Min. Min.
fixing depth member torque tensile load shear load one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element thickness
Max. tension Max. shear
load load
hnom hmin Tinst, max Nperm 3) Vperm 3) c c s smin 2) cmin 2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
FBS II 6 gvz 25 80 ≤5 0.7 1.8 35 50 60 35 35
FBS II 6 gvz 30 80 ≤5 1.2 2.3 35 55 70 35 35
FBS II 6 gvz 35 80 ≤5 1.7 4.3 35 100 100 35 35
FBS II 6 gvz 40 80 ≤ 10 2.4 4.3 35 105 110 35 35
FBS II 6 gvz 45 90 ≤ 10 2.9 4.3 40 110 115 35 35
FBS II 6 gvz 50 90 ≤ 10 3.6 4.3 50 115 120 35 35
FBS II 6 gvz 55 100 ≤ 10 4.0 6.3 50 145 135 35 35
For the design the complete assessment ETA-18/0242, issued 30.10.2018 has to be considered.
1) The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of  = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor with a
L
spacing s ≥ 3 x hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5 x h ef. Accurate data see assessment.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see assessment.

245
 Concrete screw ULTRACUT FBS II 6

LOADS
Concrete screw ULTRACUT FBS II 6 zinc plated
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) for multiple use for non-structural applications in non-cracked concrete C20/25 to
C50/60.
Type Material Screw-in Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Required edge distance (with Required Min. Min.
fixing depth member torque tensile load shear load one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element thickness
Max. tension Max. shear
load load
4 hnom hmin Tinst, max Nperm 3) Vperm 3) c c s smin 2) cmin 2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
High performance steel anchors

FBS II 6 gvz 25 80 ≤5 1.4 2.3 35 45 60 35 35

FBS II 6 gvz 30 80 ≤5 2.4 2.3 35 45 70 35 35
FBS II 6 gvz 35 80 ≤5 3.1 4.3 40 70 100 35 35
FBS II 6 gvz 40 80 ≤ 10 3.8 4.3 55 70 110 35 35
FBS II 6 gvz 45 90 ≤ 10 4.8 4.3 65 75 115 35 35
FBS II 6 gvz 50 90 ≤ 10 5.7 4.3 75 75 120 35 35
FBS II 6 gvz 55 100 ≤ 10 6.4 6.3 80 100 135 35 35
For the design the complete assessment ETA-18/0242, issued 30.10.2018 has to be considered.
1) The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of  = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor with a
L
spacing s ≥ 3 x hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5 x h ef. Accurate data see assessment.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see assessment.

LOADS
Concrete screw ULTRACUT FBS II 6 zinc plated
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for multiple use for non-structural applications in pre-stressed hollow core slabs4)
Type FBS II 6

Nominal embedment depth hnom 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

Permissible load in the respective bottom flange thickness F rec3)
≥ 25 mm [kN] 0,23 0,47 0,47 0,47 0,47 0,47 0,47
≥ 30 mm [kN] 1,64 1,64 1,64 1,64 1,64 1,64 1,64
≥ 35 mm [kN] 1,64 1,88 2,11 2,35 2,58 2,82 3,05
≥ 40 mm [kN] 1,64 2,35 2,58 2,82 3,29 3,52 3,76
≥ 50 mm [kN] 1,64 2,58 3,29 3,76 4,46 5,16 5,63
Installation torque Tinst, max [Nm] 5 5 10 10 10 10 10
Min. spacing s1, s22) [mm] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Min. edge distance c1, c22) [mm] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
For the design the complete assessment ETA-18/0242, issued 30.10.2018 has to be considered.
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance. For further measures see assessment.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.
4)
Concrete strength class C30/37 up to C50/60.

246
Hammerset anchor EA II

The internally threaded anchor with rim for simple hammerset

installation

High performance steel anchors

Sprinklers Pipelines

VERSIONS CERTIFICATES
▪ Zinc-plated steel
▪ Stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked, for the multiple fixings of non-
load-bearing systems
▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15
▪ Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The embossed rim prevents the ▪ Pipelines and ventilation ducts ▪ The EA II is suitable for pre-positioned
anchor sleeve from slipping, thus ▪ Sprinkler systems installation.
ensuring a trouble-free hammerset ▪ Cable conduits and wires ▪ Position the hammerset anchor in
installation. ▪ Gratings the drill hole and drive in flush to the
▪ The metric internal thread means that ▪ Steel constructions surface of the anchor base using the
it is possible to use standard screws or ▪ Machines hammer.
threaded rods for the ideal adaptation ▪ Consoles ▪ The sleeve is then expanded by driving
to suit the intended use. ▪ Shuttering props in the internal bolt with the EHS Plus
▪ The EMS machine setting tool allows ▪ Diamond or core drilling devices setting tool (alternative: EMS machine
for effortless installation, particularly in (EA II M12 D) setting tool), and expanded against
the case of series installations. the drill hole wall.
▪ The embossing that is applied when ▪ The setting tools must sit on the rim of
expanding with the EHS Plus setting the anchor to ensure correct expan-
tool offers a simple control of the sion.
anchoring and provides increased ▪ Use the special EA II M12 x 50 D /
safety. EA M 12 x 50 N D with thicker sleeve
▪ Fixing point at hef 25 mm prevents for fixing diamond and core drilling
anchor of falling out of the drill hole devices.
before being expanded.
▪ The black fixing point prevents the
anchor from falling out of the drill hole
during overhead installation.

247
 Hammerset anchor EA II

TECHNICAL DATA

Hammerset anchor EA II, with reduced

anchorage depth hef 25 mm.

4 Hammerset anchor EA II. Not suitable for

diamond drilling appliances and diamond
saws.
High performance steel anchors

Zinc-plated Stainless Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor Internal Min. bolt Max. bolt penetration Sales unit
steel steel diameter depth for pre- length thread penetration
Approval

positioned
installation
d0 h1 l M lE,min lE,max
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
EA II M 6 x 25 532230 — ■ 8 27 25 M6 6 14 100
EA II M 6 x 30 048264 048410 ■ 8 32 30 M6 6 14 100
EA II M 8 x 25 532231 — ■ 10 27 25 M8 8 14 100
EA II M 8 x 30 048284 048411 ■ 10 33 30 M8 8 14 100
EA II M 8 x 40 048323 048412 ■ 10 43 40 M8 8 14 50
EA II M 10 x 25 532232 — ■ 12 27 25 M 10 10 14 50
EA II M 10 x 30 048332 — ■ 12 33 30 M 10 10 14 50
EA II M 10 x 40 048339 048414 ■ 12 43 40 M 10 10 17 50
EA II M 12 x 25 532233 — ■ 15 27 25 M 12 12 14 25
EA II M 12 x 50 048406 048415 ■ 15 54 50 M 12 12 22 25
EA II M 16 x 65 048408 048416 ■ 20 70 65 M 16 16 28 20
EA II M 20 x 80 048409 048417 ■ 25 85 80 M 20 20 34 10
Associated setting tool for manual installation (EHS Plus), for installation with hammer drill (EMS)

TECHNICAL DATA
Hammerset anchor Hammerset anchor EA M 12 x
EA II M 12 x 50 D. Suitable for 50 N D. Suitable for diamond
diamond drilling appliances drilling machines and diamond
and diamond saws. saws.

Zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Internal thread Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Sales unit
Approval

steel diameter depth tration tration

d0 h1 l M lE,min lE,max
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
EA II M 12 x 50 D 048407 ■ 16 54 50 M 12 12 22 25
EA M 12 x 50 N D 500872 — 16 54 50 M 12 12 22 50
Associated setting tool for manual installation (EHS Plus), for installation with hammer drill (EMS)

ACCESSORIES

Stop drill EBB

Tool holder Drill hole diameter Drill hole depth Match Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
EBB 8 x 25 532607 SDS plus 8 27 EA II M 6 x 25 1
EBB 10 x 25 532608 SDS plus 10 27 EA II M 8 x 25 1
EBB 12 x 25 532609 SDS plus 12 27 EA II M 10 x 25 1
EBB 15 x 25 532610 SDS plus 15 27 EA II M 12 x 25 1

248
Hammerset anchor EA II

ACCESSORIES
Machine setting tool EMS

Tool holder Match Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
EMS M 6 x 25/30 048065 SDS plus EA II M 6 x 25, EA II M 6 x 30 1
EMS M 8 x 25/30 048066 SDS plus EA II M 8 x 25, EA II M 8 x 30 1
EMS M 8 x 40 048067 SDS plus EA II M 8 x 40 1
EMS M 10 x 25/30
EMS M 10 x 40
048068 1)
048070
SDS plus
SDS plus
EA II M 10 x 25, EA II M 10 x 30
EA II M 10 x 40
1
1
4
EA II M 12 x 50 D, EA II M 12 x 50,

High performance steel anchors

EMS M 12 x 50 048071 SDS plus 1
EA M 12 x 50 N D
EMS M 16 x 65 048072 1) SDS max EA II M 16 x 65 1
EMS M 20 x 80 048073 1) SDS max EA II M 20 x 80 1
1) Delivery time on request.

ACCESSORIES

Setting tool EHS Plus with hand

impact protection for your safety Setting tool EA-ST
and embossing tool.

Match Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
EHS M 6 x 25/30 Plus 044630 EA II M 6 x 25, EA II M 6 x 30 1
EHS M 8 x 25/30 Plus 044631 EA II M 8 x 25, EA II M 8 x 30 1
EHS M 8 x 40 Plus 044632 EA II M 8 x 40 1
EHS M 10 x 25/30 Plus 048487 EA II M 10 x 25, EA II M 10 x 30 1
EHS M 12 x 25 Plus 532568 EA II M 12 x 25 1
EHS M 10 x 40 Plus 044633 EA II M 10 x 40 1
EHS M 12 x 50 Plus 044634 EA II M 12 x 50, EA II M 12 x 50 D 1
EHS M 16 x 65 Plus 044635 EA II M 16 x 65 1
EHS M 20 x 80 Plus 044636 EA II M 20 x 80 1
EA-ST 12 504585 EA M 12 x 50 N D 1

249
 Hammerset anchor EA II

LOADS
Hammerset anchor EA II
zinc plated steel / stainless steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3)
reducing the load
Type Screw Minimum Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
material member anchorage installation tensile shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
resp. screw thickness depth torque load
surface Max. tension Max. shear
4 load load Max. Load
hmin hef Tmax Nperm 4) Vperm 4) c c s smin 5) 6) cmin 5) 6)
High performance steel anchors

[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
5.8 2,9
EA II M6 x 308) 8.8 80 30 4 3,9 3,9 150 150 90 70 150
A4-70 3,2
5.8
4,9
EA II M8 x 308) 8.8 80 30 8 3,9 150 150 90 110 150
A4-70 5,6
5.8
4,9
EA II M8 x 40 8.8 80 40 8 6,1 150 150 120 200 150
A4-70 5,6
5.8
6,2
EA II M10 x 40 8.8 100 40 15 6,1 180 180 120 150 180
A4-70 7,1
5.8
11,3
EA II M12 8.8 100 50 35 8,5 200 200 150 200 200
A4-70 12,9
5.8
18,3
EA II M16 8.8 160 65 60 12,6 240 240 195 180 240
A4-70 21,1
5.8
29,1 285
EA II M20 8.8 200 80 120 17,2 280 240 190 280
A4-70 33,7 340
For the design the complete assessment ETA-07/0135 has to be considered. 7)
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-07/0135 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3-hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1.5-hef. Accurate data see ETA-07/0135.
2)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Drill method hammer drilling.
4)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see ETA-07/0135.
5)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
6)
Minimum possible spacing resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the required minimum member thickness. The combination of minimum edge distance and minimum spacing is not
possible. One of both values has to be increased acc. ETA-07/0135.
7)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-07/0135, issue date 09/12/2016. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static loads).
8)
Only approved for statically intederminate systems.

250
Hammerset anchor EA II

LOADS
Hammerset anchor EA II galvanised / corrosion resistant steel A4
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1)6) for multiple use for non-structural applications in cracked and non-cracked concrete
C20/25 up to C50/605).
Type Effective Min. Maximum Permissible load Required spacing for Min. Min.
anchorage depth member torque moment spacing edge distance
thickness

Max. Load
hef hmin4) Tinst, max Fperm 3) s smin 2) cmin 2) 4
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm]

High performance steel anchors

EA II M6 x 25 25 80 4,0 1,0 75 30 60
EA II M6 x 30 30 80 4,0 1,2 90 65 115
EA II M8 x 25 25 80 8,0 1,4 75 50 100
EA II M8 x 30 30 80 8,0 2,0 90 70 115
EA II M8 x 40 40 80 8,0 2,0 120 70 115
EA II M10 x 25 25 80 15,0 1,9 75 60 100
EA II M10 x 30 30 80 15,0 2,0 90 85 140
EA II M10 x 40 40 80 15,0 3,0 200 95 150
EA II M12 x 25 25 80 35,0 1,9 75 100 110
EA II M12 x 50 50 100 35,0 4,3 300 145 200
For the design the complete approval ETA-07/0142 has to be considered.
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distances while increasing the member thickness. The combination of minimum axial spacing and minimum edge distance with the minimum member thick-
ness is not possible. Exact data see approval.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads as well as bending moments see approval.
4)
Minimum possible member thickness while increasing the axial spacings and edge distances. The combination of minimum axial spacing and minimum edge distance with the minimum member thickness
is not possible. Exact data see approval.
5)
Further data for concrete C12/15 see approval.
6)
Screw property class 4.6 and A4-50.

LOADS
Hammerset anchor EA II (screw property class 4.6 and A4-50)
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for multiple use for non-structural applications in pre-stressed hollow core slabs4)
Type Bottom flange thick- Effective Maximum Permissible load Min. spacing Min. edge distance
ness anchorage depth torque moment

hef Tinst,max Fperm3) smin2) cmin2)

[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
EA II M6 x 25 4,0 1,0
EA II M8 x 25 8,0 1,4
≥ 355) 25 200 150
EA II M10 x 25 15,0 1,9
EA II M12 x 25 35,0 1,9
For the design the complete approval ETA-07/0142 has to be considered.
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance. For further measures see approval.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads as well as bending moments see approval.
4)
Concrete strength class C30/37 up to C50/60.
5)
The anchor may be used in a flange thickness db = 30 mm with the same characteristic resistance, but the drill hole must not cut a cavity.

251
 Hammerset anchor EA-N

The cost-efficient hammerset anchor for an easy installation

4
High performance steel anchors

Pipelines Height adjustable pipe installation

VERSIONS
▪ Zinc-plated steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete C12/15 to C50/60, non-
cracked

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The hammerset anchor with internal ▪ Pipeline routes ▪ Put the hammerset anchor in the drill
thread is suitable for pre-positioned ▪ Cable trays hole and get it flush to the surface by
installation. ▪ Consoles hammering in.
▪ The EA-N fits for all standard screws ▪ With the hammerset tool EA-ST the
with metric/inch – thread. capsule will spread due to hammering
▪ The available internal thread diameter in the internal bolt and tensed up
from 6 mm to 20 mm provides flexibi- against the drill hole wall.
lity in the application. ▪ The hammerset tools must be set up
on the edge of the anchor for a correct
expansion.

252
Hammerset anchor EA-N

TECHNICAL DATA

d0 A1

Hammerset anchor EA-N Metric

lE,min

h1
l
4

High performance steel anchors

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Anchor length Internal thread Min. bolt pene- Sales unit
for pre-positioned tration
installation
d0 h1 l A1 lE,min
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
EA M 6 x 25 N gvz 090159 8 25 25 M6 6 100
EA M 8 x 30 N gvz 090160 10 30 30 M8 8 100
EA M10x40 N gvz 090161 12 40 40 M 10 10 50
EA M 12 x 50 N gvz 090162 15 50 50 M 12 12 50
EA M 16 x 65 N gvz 090163 20 65 65 M 16 16 25
EA M 20 x 80 N gvz 090164 25 80 80 M 20 20 25
EA M 12 x 50 N D gvz 500872 16 50 50 M 12 12 50

Hammerset anchor EA-N Inch-metric

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Anchor length Internal thread Min. bolt pene- Sales unit
for pre-positioned tration
installation
d0 h1 l A1 lE,min
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
EA IM 1/4 x 25 N gvz 048103 8 25 25 1/4" 6 100
EA IM 5/16 x 30 N gvz 048104 10 30 30 5/16" 8 100
EA IM 3/8 x 40 N gvz 048105 12 40 40 3/8" 10 50
EA IM 1/2 x 50 N gvz 048106 16 50 50 1/2" 12 50
EA IM 5/8 x 65 N gvz 048107 20 65 65 5/8" 16 25
EA IM 3/4 x 80 N gvz 048108 25 80 70 3/4" 20 25

Hammerset anchor EA-N Inch

Drill diameter Min. drill hole depth Total length Internal thread Min. bolt pene- Sales unit
for pre-positioned tration
installation
d0 h1 l A1 lE,min
Item Art.-No. [Inch] [Inch] [Inch] [Inch] [Inch] [pcs]
EA I 1/4 x 1" N gvz 049185 3/8 1 1 1/4 1/4 100
EA I 5/16 x 1 3/16" N gvz 049194 3/8 1 1/4 1 1/4 5/16 5/16 100
EA I 3/8 x 1 9/16" N gvz 049195 1/2 1 9/16 1 5/8 3/8 3/8 50
EA I 1/2 x 2" N gvz 049197 5/8 2 2 1/2 1/2 50
EA I 5/8 x 2 1/2" N gvz 049198 3/4 2 3/8 2 1/2 5/8 5/8 20

253
 Hammerset anchor EA-N

ACCESSORIES
Setting tool EA-ST

Match Sales unit

Item [pcs]
EA-ST 6 504573 EA N M6 1
EA-ST 8 504576 EA N M8 1
EA-ST 10 504584 EA N M10 1
4 EA-ST 12 504585 EA N M12 1
EA-ST 16 504586 EA N M16 1
High performance steel anchors

EA-ST 20 504587 EA N M20 1

LOADS
Hammerset anchor EA-N
zinc plated steel
Minimum spacings while
Recommended loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 1)
reducing the load
Type Screw Min. Effective Maximum Recommended Min. Min.
material member anchorage depth torque moment Tensile load spacing edge distance
thickness
hmin hef Tmax Nrec smin 2) cmin 2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
EA M6x25 N3) ≥ 4.6 100 25 4 2,0 65 115
EA M8x30 N3) ≥ 4.6 100 30 8 2,5 95 140
EA M10x40 N ≥ 4.6 100 40 15 4,5 150 180
EA M12x50 N ≥ 4.6 120 50 35 6,0 145 200
EA M12x50 N D ≥ 4.6 120 50 35 6,0 145 200
EA M16x65 N ≥ 4.6 160 65 60 11,5 180 240
EA M20x80 N ≥ 4.6 200 80 120 16,0 190 280
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the recommended load.
3)
Only suitable for statically intederminate systems.

LOADS
Hammerset anchor EA-N Inch Metric
zinc plated steel
Minimum spacings while
Recommended loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 1)
reducing the load
Type Screw Min. Effective Maximum Recommended Min. Min.
material member anchorage depth torque moment Tensile load spacing edge distance
thickness
hmin hef Tmax Nrec smin 2) cmin 2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
EA IM 1/4x25 N3) ≥ 4.6 100 25 4 3,0 65 115
EA IM 5/16x30 N3) ≥ 4.6 100 30 8 4,0 95 140
EA IM 3/8x40 N ≥ 4.6 100 40 15 6,0 150 180
EA IM 1/2x50 N ≥ 4.6 120 50 35 7,0 145 200
EA IM 5/8x65 N ≥ 4.6 160 65 60 12,0 180 240
EA IM 3/4x80 N ≥ 4.6 200 80 120 18,0 190 280
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the recommended load.
3)
Only suitable for statically intederminate systems.

254
Hammerset anchor EA-N

LOADS
Hammerset anchor EA-N Inch
zinc plated steel
Minimum spacings while
Recommended loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength 3500 psi 1)
reducing the load
Type Screw Min. Effective Maximum Recommended Min. Min.
material member anchorage depth torque moment Tensile load spacing edge distance
thickness
hmin hef Tmax Nrec smin 2) cmin 2)
[in.] [in.] [ft-lb] [lb] [in.] [in.] 4
EA I 1/4x1 N3) ≥ ISO 898-1 Klasse 4.6 4 1 3 560 2 9/16 4 1/2

High performance steel anchors

EA I 5/16x1 3/16 N3) ≥ ISO 898-1 Klasse 4.6 4 1 3/16 6 900 3 3/4 5 1/2
EA I 3/8x1 9/16 N ≥ ISO 898-1 Klasse 4.6 4 1 9/16 11 1120 5 5/16 7 1/8
EA I 1/2x2 N ≥ ISO 898-1 Klasse 4.6 4 3/4 2 26 1240 5 11/16 7 7/8
EA I 5/8x2 1/2 N ≥ ISO 898-1 Klasse 4.6 6 3/8 2 1/2 44 2020 7 1/8 9 1/2
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the recommended load.
3)
Only suitable for statically intederminate systems.

255
 Nail anchor FNA II

The installation-friendly hammerset anchor for multiple fixings

4
High performance steel anchors

Suspended ceilings Fire protection boards

VERSIONS CERTIFICATES
▪ Zinc-plated steel
▪ Stainless steel
▪ Highly corrosion-resistant steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Concrete C12/15 to C50/60, crak-
ked, for multiple fixings of non-structu-
ral applications
Also suitable for:
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Natural stone with dense structure
▪ Prestressed hollow-core concrete slabs

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The special active principle allows for ▪ Fire protection plates ▪ The FNA II with nail head is suitable
a simple hammerset installation and, ▪ Fire protection boards for push-through installation. The
therefore, a short processing time. ▪ Ventilation systems FNA II M6 is suitable for pre-positio-
▪ The extremely short anchor depth ▪ Wire and nonious hangers ned and push-through installation.
prevents reinforcement hits, and ▪ Mounting rails The FNA II OE and H are suitable for
creates the conditions for a trouble- ▪ Metal clamps pre-positioned installation.
free installation. ▪ Substructures made of wood and ▪ The installed FNA II nail anchor
▪ The optimised expansion clip ensures metal expands automatically under load. The
hold when placing in the drill hole, and cone is pulled into the expansion clip
prevents it falling out during overhead and expands it against the drill hole
installations. wall.
▪ The massive shaft cross-section gua- ▪ Available setting tools:
rantees a high load-bearing capacity, FNA S-SBO to slip onto the drill,
thus offering an extremely high level FNA S-SDS for series installation with
of safety. a drilling hammer,
▪ A range of head shapes allows for the FNA S-H for the manual installation of
fixing of wide-ranging fixtures, and mounting rails.
for the ideal adaptation to suit the
intended use.

256
Nail anchor FNA II

TECHNICAL DATA

Nail anchor FNA II with nail head

High performance steel anchors

Zinc-plated Stainless Highly Drill hole Min. drill Anchor Max. fixture Head-Ø Sales unit
steel steel corrosion diameter hole depth length thickness

Approval
resistant for through
steel fixings
d0 h2 l t fix dK
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 C
FNA II 6 x 25/5 044121 1) — — ■ 6 40 35 5 13.0 100
FNA II 6 x 30/5 044115 1) 044122 — ■ 6 45 40 5 13.0 100
FNA II 6 x 30/5 — — 044124 ■ 6 45 40 5 13.0 25
FNA II 6 x 30/30 044116 044123 — ■ 6 70 65 30 13.0 50
FNA II 6 x 30/30 — — 044125 ■ 6 70 65 30 13.0 25
FNA II 6 x 30/50 044117 046024 500569 ■ 6 90 85 50 13.0 50
FNA II 6 x 30/75 044118 — 500573 2) ■ 6 115 110 75 13.0 50
FNA II 6 x 30/100 044119 — 500574 3) ■ 6 140 135 100 13.0 50
FNA II 6 x 30/120 044120 — 500575 3) ■ 6 160 155 120 13.0 50
1) with hexagon below the nail head for anti-rotation lock of hole and wire hangers (for example) and centring for optional setting tool FNA-S
2) On request.
3) Delivery time on request.

TECHNICAL DATA

Nail anchor FNA II M6

with thread and flange nut

Zinc-plated Stainless Highly Drill hole Min. drill Anchor Max. fixture Thread Width across Sales unit
steel steel corrosion diameter hole depth length thickness nut
Approval

resistant for through

steel fixings
d0 h2 l t fix M  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 C
FNA II 6 x 25 M6/5 044111 — — ■ 6 40 45 5 M6 10 100
FNA II 6 x 30 M6/5 044109 — — ■ 6 45 50 5 M6 10 100
FNA II 6 x 30 M6/5 — 044112 2) — ■ 6 45 50 5 M6 10 50
FNA II 6 x 30 M6/5 — — 044113 2) ■ 6 45 50 5 M6 10 25
FNA II 6 x 30 M6 x 41 044110 1) — — ■ 6 40 41 — M6 10 100
FNA II 6 x 30 M6/10 046022 — — ■ 6 45 55 10 M6 10 100
FNA II 6 x 30 M8/5 044114 — — ■ 6 45 51 5 M8 13 50
1) without nut; e.g. for fixing of pipe clamps
2) with nut and washer (no flange nut)

257
 Nail anchor FNA II

TECHNICAL DATA

Nail anchor FNA II-H with hook

4 Nail anchor FNA II-OE with eye

High performance steel anchors

Zinc-plated Drill hole Anchor length Min. drill hole Inner diameter of Sales unit
Approval

steel diameter depth the hook/eye

d0 l h1
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [Ø mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FNA II 6 x 25 H 044126 — 6 54 35 10 50
FNA II 6 x 25 OE 044127 ■ 6 54 35 10 50

TECHNICAL DATA
Machine setting tool FNA S-SDS
Machine setting tool FNA S-SBO for
mounting on the drill bit (drill-Ø 6mm)
Hand tool FNA S-H
Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
The ideal setting tool for the serial installation with
FNA S-SDS 061547 for all FNA II with nail head SDS-plus adapter for driving in FNA II with nail head 1
using a hammer drill.
For a power saving and fast installation to be placed
FNA S-SBO 061548 for all FNA II with nail head 1
on the drill.
E.g. for the fixing of installation of mounting rails.
FNA S-H 095990 for FNA II with metric thread M6 Chuck with outer diameter of 15mm for the installati- 1
on of FNA II M6 by hand.

258
Nail anchor FNA II

LOADS
Nail anchor FNA II
zinc plated steel / stainless steel / high corrosion resistant steel
Minimum spacings
Highest permissible loads1) for a single fixing point6) as part of a multiple fixing of non-structural systems4) in concrete C20/25 up to C50/603).
while reducing the load
Type Material Effective ancho- Minimum Maximum torque Permissible load Required edge Required spacing Min. Min.
fixing rage depth member thick- moment distance for for spacing edge distance
element ness
Max. Load Max. Load
hef hmin Tinst Fperm 2) c s smin 5) cmin 5) 4
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

High performance steel anchors

FNA II 6 x 25 gvz 25 - 1,4
gvz
FNA II 6 x 30 A4 30 - 2,4
C
FNA II 6 x 25 M6 gvz 25 4 1,4 100 100
80 40 40
gvz for s ≥ 200 for c ≥ 200
FNA II 6 x 30 M6 A4 30 4 2,4
C
FNA II 6 x 30 M8 gvz 30 4 2,4
FNA II 6 x 25 OE gvz 25 - 0,7
For the design the complete approval ETA - 06/0175 has to be considered.
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see
approval.
3)
For concrete compressive strength C12/15 see approval.
4)
Multiple use is defined acc ETAG 001 Part 6 with min. 3 fixing points with min. one anchor per fixing point and a permissible load of 1.4 kN or min. 4 fixing points with min. one anchor an a permissible
load of 2.1 kN.
5)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distances. Smaller permissible loads acc. approval are required.
6)
A fixing point is defined as a single anchor or a group of 2 or 4 anchor.

259
 Nail anchor FNA II RB

The easy-to-assemble fixing solution for removable fire

protection panel

4
High performance steel anchors

Fire protection boards Fire protection boards

VERSIONS CERTIFICATES
▪ Stainless steel
▪ Highly corrosion-resistant steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete C12/15 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked, for multiple
fixings of non-structural applications

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ Easy removal of fire protection panel ▪ Fixing of fire protection panel in tunnel ▪ Nail anchor with low anchoring depth.
without damage. construction. ▪ The washer increases the pull through
▪ Reusability of removed fire protection ▪ For fixing of one and more layers of forces significantly and provides the
panel. fire protection panel of all manufactur- damage of the panel during disman-
▪ Secure fixing, particularly when ers e.g. Aestuver and Promat. tling.
exposed to vibration, wind and push- ▪ Mounting: Drill, hammer in, and you’re
ing/pulling effects. done!
▪ Easy-to-assemble solution. ▪ Easy pinching off of nail head thanks
▪ Low anchoring depth (30 mm). to special 2-stage pliers.
▪ Convenient assembly without ▪ For a fast assembly process, we rec-
torque-controlled setting tool. ommend the fischer compressed air
▪ Approved system which has proven setting device (item no. 093731).
itself one million times over.
▪ Large range of anchor lengths possi-
ble.

260
Nail anchor FNA II RB

TECHNICAL DATA

Nail anchor FNA II RB

High performance steel anchors

Stainless Drill hole Min. drill hole Min. drill hole Anchorage Anchor length Max. usable Sales unit
steel diameter depth for depth for depth length
Approval

through fixings pre-positioned

installation
d0 h2 h1 hef l tfix
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item A4
FNA II 6 x30/30 RB 530674 1) ■ 6 66 36 30 68 30 50
FNA II 6 x30/30 RB 530798 1) ■ 6 66 36 30 68 30 200
1) delivery on request

TECHNICAL DATA

Washer 30/1,5/7,5

Stainless Highly corro- Internal diameter External-Ø Thickness Sales unit

steel sion resistant
steel D d S
[mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item A4 C
Washer 30/1,5/7,5 531161 531162 7,5 30 1.5 100

ACCESSORIES

FNA RB Z - 2-stage plier

Adapted for Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FNA RB Z 531142 Plier for removal of FNA II RB 1

261
 Nail anchor FNA II RB

ACCESSORIES

Air compressed setting tool

4
High performance steel anchors

Match Required for Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Air compressed setting tool 093731 for FNA II + FNA II RB - 1
Drop in element 093729 - Air compressed setting tool Art No. 93731 1
Stop ring 093730 - Air compressed setting tool Art No. 93731 1
Fitting 093732 - Air compressed setting tool Art No. 93731 1

LOADS
Nail anchor FNA II RB
stainless steel / high corrosion resistant steel
Minimum spacings
Highest permissible loads1) for a single fixing point6) as part of a multiple fixing of non-structural systems4) in concrete C20/25 up to C50/603).
while reducing the load
Type Material Effective ancho- Minimum Maximum torque Permissible load Required edge Required spacing Min. Min.
fixing rage depth member thick- moment distance for for spacing edge distance
element ness
Max. Load Max. Load
hef hmin Tinst Fperm 2) c s smin 5) cmin 5)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
A4 100 for 100 for
FNA II 6 x 30 RB 30 80 - 2,4 40 40
C s ≥ 200 c ≥ 200
For the design the complete approval ETA - 06/0175 has to be considered.
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see
approval.
3)
For concrete compressive strength C12/15 see approval.
4)
Multiple use is defined acc ETAG 001 Part 6 with min. 3 fixing points with min. one anchor per fixing point and a permissible load of 1.4 kN or min. 4 fixing points with min. one anchor an a permissible
load of 2.1 kN.
5)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distances. Smaller permissible loads acc. approval are required.
6)
A fixing point is defined as a single anchor or a group of 2 or 4 anchor.

262
Ceiling nail FDN II

The installation-friendly push-through anchor for multiple

fixings

High performance steel anchors

Suspended ceilings with Nonius hangers Suspended ceilings

VERSIONS CERTIFICATES
▪ Zinc-plated steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked, for the multiple fixings of non-
load-bearing systems
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15
▪ Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The simple active principle allows for ▪ Wire and Nonius hangers ▪ The FDN II is suitable for push-through
cost-efficient hammerset installation. ▪ Ventilation systems installation.
▪ The new short version FDN II K with ▪ Slats ▪ The FDN II ceiling nail is driven into
reduced anchorage depth ist faster to ▪ Metal profiles the drill hole with a hammer until it is
install and reduces reinforcement hits. ▪ Perforated tapes firmly in position. Do not hit the expan-
▪ The flush-sunk expansion nail signifies ▪ Sub-structures made of metal sion wedge at this stage.
the complete expansion of the anchor, ▪ Then, drive the expansion wedge in
and thereby ensures minimum move- flush to the nail head. This causes the
ment when under load. FDN II to expand against the drill hole
▪ The fischer FDN II can be installed wall.
without cleaning of the drill hole.
▪ The head embossing offers a simple
control of the anchoring, and thus
saves time.

263
 Ceiling nail FDN II

TECHNICAL DATA

Ceiling nail FDN II

4
High performance steel anchors

Drill diameter Anchor length Max. usable Min. drill hole Min. drill hole Head-Ø Sales unit
Approval

length depth without depth with

cleaning cleaning
d0 l tfix h1 h1 dK
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FDN II 6/5 545636 ■ 6 40 5 47 42 15 100
FDN II 6/35 545637 ■ 6 70 35 77 72 15 100
FDN II 6/5 K 545638 ■ 6 33 5 40 35 15 100
FDN II 6/35 K 545639 ■ 6 64 35 70 65 15 100

LOADS
Ceiling nail FDN II
zinc-plated steel
Permissible loads1) for a single fixing point5) as part of a multiple fixing4) in cracked and non-cracked normal concrete of strength classes C20/25 up to C50/603)
Type Effective Min. Permissible load Required edge Required spacing Min. Min.
anchorage depth member distance for maximum load spacing edge distance
thickness for maximum load

hef hmin Fperm 2) c s smin cmin

[mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
FDN II 6/5 K 25 80 1,2 70 60 60 70
FDN II 6/35 K 25 80 1,2 70 60 60 70
FDN II 6/5 32 80 1,7 60 50 50 60
FDN II 6/35 32 80 1,7 60 50 50 60
For the design the complete European Technical Assessment ETA-17/0736 has to be considered.
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the assessment as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For shear load with lever arm (bending) see assessment.
3)
For concrete strength class C12/15 see assessment.
4)
A multiple fixing in accordance with ETAG 001 Part 6 is defined by at least 3 fixing points with at least one anchor each and a permissible load per fixing point of 1,4 kN or by at least 4 fixing points with
at least one anchor each and a permissible load per fixing point of 2,1 kN.
5)
A fixing point is defined as a single anchor or a group of 2 or 4 anchors.

264
Ceiling nail FDZ

The cost-efficient push-through anchor for multiple fixings

High performance steel anchors

Drywall profiles Suspended ceilings with Nonius hangers

VERSIONS CERTIFICATES
▪ Zinc-plated steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked, for the multiple fixings of non-
load-bearing systems
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15
▪ Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The simple active principle allows for ▪ Drywall profiles ▪ The FDZ is suitable for push-through
fast hammerset installation. ▪ Wire and Nonius hangers installation.
▪ The efficient anchor offers the perfect ▪ Ventilation systems ▪ The FDZ ceiling nail is driven into the
price-performance ratio for an econo- ▪ Slats drill hole with a hammer until it is
mical installation. ▪ Metal profiles firmly in position. Do not hit the expan-
▪ The flush-sunk expansion nail signifies ▪ Perforated tapes sion wedge at this stage.
the complete expansion of the anchor, ▪ Sub-structures made of metal ▪ Then, drive the expansion wedge in
and thereby ensures minimum move- flush to the nail head. This causes the
ment when under load. FDZ to expand against the drill hole
▪ The head embossing offers a simple wall.
control of the anchoring, and thus
saves time.

265
 Ceiling nail FDZ

TECHNICAL DATA

Ceiling nail FDZ

4
High performance steel anchors

Drill diameter Anchor length Max. usable Min. drill hole Min. drill hole Head-Ø Sales unit
Approval

length depth without depth with

cleaning cleaning
d0 l tfix h1 h1 dK
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FDZ 6/5 544103 ■ 6 40 5 47 42 15 200
FDZ 6/35 544104 ■ 6 70 35 77 72 15 200

LOADS
Ceiling nail FDZ
zinc-plated steel
Permissible loads1) for a single fixing point5) as part of a multiple fixing4) in cracked and non-cracked normal concrete of strength classes C20/25 up to C50/603)
Type Effective Min. Permissible load Required edge Required spacing Min. Min.
anchorage depth member distance for maximum load spacing edge distance
thickness for maximum load

hef hmin Fperm 2) c s smin cmin

[mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
FDZ 6/5 32 80 1,0 60 50 50 60
FDZ 6/35 32 80 1,0 60 50 50 60
For the design the complete European Technical Assessment ETA-17/0737 has to be considered.
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the assessment as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For shear load with lever arm (bending) see assessment.
3)
For concrete strength class C12/15 see assessment.
4)
A multiple fixing in accordance with ETAG 001 Part 6 is defined by at least 3 fixing points with at least one anchor each and a permissible load per fixing point of 1,4 kN or by at least 4 fixing points with
at least one anchor each and a permissible load per fixing point of 2,1 kN.
5)
A fixing point is defined as a single anchor or a group of 2 or 4 anchors.

266
Bolt anchor FBN II

The cost-efficient fixing for flexible use in non-cracked

concrete

High performance steel anchors

Column bases Stormwater overflow tank manholes

VERSIONS CERTIFICATES
▪ Zinc-plated steel
▪ Stainless steel
▪ Hot-dip galvanised steel (with variable
working life for outdoor areas)

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15
▪ Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The standard anchorage depth ▪ Steel constructions ▪ The FBN II is suitable for pre-positio-
achieves the maximum load-bearing ▪ Guard rails ned and push-through installation; also
capacities. ▪ Consoles suitable for stand-off installation under
▪ The reduced anchorage depth reduces ▪ Ladders certain conditions.
the drill hole depth. This minimises the ▪ Cable trays ▪ Prior to installation, place the hexagon
amount of time needed for installation ▪ Machines nut in the optimal position (the drive-in
whilst increasing flexibility. ▪ Staircases pin projects by approx. 3 mm out of
▪ Additional short version „K“ with short ▪ Gates the hexagon nut).
anchoring depth. ▪ Façades ▪ When applying the torque, the cone
▪ The long thread balances component bolt is pulled into the expansion clip
tolerances and allows for stand-off and expands it against the drill hole
installations, thus increasing flexibility. wall.
▪ Few hammer blows and the minimal ▪ The head embossing offers a simple
torque slippage allow for a noticeably control of the anchoring.
simpler installation. ▪ In the case of series installation, we
▪ The drive-in pin protects the thread recommend using the FABS bolt
from damage, and thus ensures a anchor setting tool.
faster installation and dismantling of
the attachment.
▪ The larger washer included with the
FBN II GS creates a larger supporting
surface and, as such, allows for the
fixing of wood constructions.
▪ When using hollow drills with suction
is no drill hole cleaning required.
▪ New ETA assessment for hot-dip galva-
nised version for variable working life
in outdoor areas.

267
 Bolt anchor FBN II

INSTALLATION

4
TECHNICAL DATA
High performance steel anchors

Bolt anchor FBN II

Zinc-plated Stainless steel Hot-dip galva- Drill hole Min. drill Anchor Max. Thread Width across Sales unit
steel nised steel diameter hole depth length usable length nut
Approval

for through hef,max./

fixings hef,min.
d0 h2 l tfix Ø x length  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 hdg
FBN II 6/5 505526 1)2) — — ■ 6 45 50 5/- M 6 x 12 10 100
FBN II 6/10 505527 1)2) 505532 1)2) — ■ 6 50 55 10/- M 6 x 17 10 100
FBN II 6/30 505528 1)2) 505535 1)2) — ■ 6 70 75 30/- M 6 x 35 10 100
FBN II 8/5 040662 — — ■ 8 61 66 5/15 M 8 x 34 13 50
FBN II 8/10 040664 507555 507575 ■ 8 66 71 10/20 M 8 x 39 13 50
FBN II 8/20 040669 — — ■ 8 76 81 20/30 M 8 x 49 13 50
FBN II 8/30 040700 507556 507576 ■ 8 86 91 30/40 M 8 x 59 13 50
FBN II 8/50 040771 507557 507577 ■ 8 106 111 50/60 M 8 x 79 13 50
FBN II 8/70 040777 — 507578 ■ 8 126 131 70/80 M 8 x 99 13 20
FBN II 8/100 040783 — — ■ 8 156 161 100/110 M 8 x 129 13 20
FBN II 10/10 040827 507558 507579 ■ 10 78 86 10/20 M 10 x 46 17 50
FBN II 10/20 040851 507559 — ■ 10 88 96 20/30 M 10 x 56 17 50
FBN II 10/30 040854 — — ■ 10 98 106 30/40 M 10 x 66 17 —
FBN II 10/30 — 507560 507580 ■ 10 98 106 30/40 M 10 x 66 17 50
FBN II 10/50 040855 507561 507582 ■ 10 118 126 50/60 M 10 x 86 17 20
FBN II 10/70 040931 — — ■ 10 138 146 70/80 M 10 x 106 17 20
FBN II 10/100 040943 507562 507583 ■ 10 168 176 100/110 M 10 x 136 17 20
FBN II 10/140 040944 — — ■ 10 208 216 140/150 M 10 x 176 17 20
FBN II 10/160 040945 — — ■ 10 228 236 160/170 M 10 x 196 17 20
FBN II 12/10 040950 507563 507589 ■ 12 95 106 10/25 M 12 x 59 19 20
FBN II 12/20 044558 507564 — ■ 12 105 116 20/35 M 12 x 69 19 20
FBN II 12/30 045263 507565 507591 ■ 12 115 126 30/45 M 12 x 79 19 20
FBN II 12/50 045264 507566 507592 ■ 12 135 146 50/65 M 12 x 99 19 20
FBN II 12/80 045265 — — ■ 12 165 176 80/95 M 12 x 129 19 20
FBN II 12/100 045266 507567 507596 ■ 12 185 196 100/115 M 12 x 149 19 20
FBN II 12/120 045267 — — ■ 12 205 216 120/135 M 12 x 169 19 20
FBN II 12/140 045268 — — ■ 12 225 236 140/155 M 12 x 189 19 20
FBN II 12/160 045269 — — ■ 12 245 256 160/175 M 12 x 189 19 20
FBN II 16/10 — 507568 — ■ 16 114 130 10/25 M 16 x 74 24 10
FBN II 16/25 045564 507569 507598 ■ 16 129 145 25/40 M 16 x 89 24 10
FBN II 16/50 045565 507570 507553 ■ 16 154 170 50/65 M 16 x 105 24 10
FBN II 16/80 045566 — — ■ 16 184 200 80/95 M 16 x 144 24 10
FBN II 16/100 045567 — 507554 ■ 16 204 220 100/115 M 16 x 164 24 10
FBN II 16/140 045568 — — ■ 16 244 260 140/155 M 16 x 184 24 10
1) Use restricted to anchoring of structural components which are statically indeterminate.
2) Nut and washer not pre-assembled/supplied loose.

268
Bolt anchor FBN II

TECHNICAL DATA

Bolt anchor FBN II

High performance steel anchors

Zinc-plated Stainless steel Hot-dip galva- Drill hole Min. drill Anchor Max. Thread Width across Sales unit
steel nised steel diameter hole depth length usable length nut

Approval
for through hef,max./
fixings hef,min.
d0 h2 l tfix Ø x length  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 hdg
FBN II 16/160 045569 — — ■ 16 264 280 160/175 M 16 x 184 24 10
FBN II 16/200 045570 — — ■ 16 304 320 200/215 M 16 x 184 24 10
FBN II 20/30 045573 507571 508015 ■ 20 165 187 30/55 M 20 x 90 30 10
FBN II 20/60 045574 507572 — ■ 20 195 217 60/85 M 20 x 90 30 10
FBN II 20/80 045575 — — ■ 20 215 237 80/105 M 20 x 90 30 10
FBN II 20/120 045576 — — ■ 20 255 277 120/145 M 20 x 90 30 10
1) Use restricted to anchoring of structural components which are statically indeterminate.
2) Nut and washer not pre-assembled/supplied loose.

TECHNICAL DATA

Bolt anchor FBN II K

Zinc-plated Stainless steel, Hot-dip Drill hole Min. drill Anchor Max. Thread Width across Sales unit
steel, short short version galvanised diameter hole depth length usable length nut
Approval

version steel, short for through hef,max./

version fixings hef,min.
d0 h2 l tfix Ø x length  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 hdg
FBN II 8/5 K 040806 508007 508012 ■ 8 51 56 -/5 M 8 x 24 13 50
FBN II 8/10 K 040807 — — ■ 8 56 61 -/10 M 8 x 29 13 50
FBN II 10/5 K 040946 508010 508013 ■ 10 63 71 -/5 M 10 x 31 17 50
FBN II 10/10 K 040947 — — ■ 10 68 76 -/10 M 10 x 36 17 50
FBN II 12/5 K 045272 508011 508014 ■ 12 75 86 -/5 M 12 x 39 19 20
FBN II 12/10 K 045273 — — ■ 12 80 91 -/10 M 12 x 44 19 20
FBN II 12/30 K 045274 — — ■ 12 100 111 -/30 M 12 x 64 19 20
FBN II 16/15 K 045571 508745 507597 ■ 16 104 120 -/15 M 16 x 64 24 10
FBN II 16/25 K 045572 — — ■ 16 114 130 -/25 M 16 x 74 24 10
FBN II 20/10 K 045577 — — ■ 20 120 142 -/10 M 20 x 50 30 10

269
 Bolt anchor FBN II

TECHNICAL DATA

Bolt anchor FBN II-GS with large washer

4
High performance steel anchors

Steel, Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Max. Thread Width across Washer (outer Sales unit
zinc-plated, diameter depth for usable length nut diameter x
Approval

with large through fixings hef,max./ thickness)

washer hef,min.
d0 h2 l tfix Ø x length  SW
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FBN II 12/80 GS 045578 ■ 12 165 176 80/95 M 12 x 129 19 44 x 4 20
FBN II 12/100 GS 045579 ■ 12 185 196 100/115 M 12 x 149 19 44 x 4 20
FBN II 12/120 GS 045580 ■ 12 205 216 120/135 M 12 x 169 19 44 x 4 20
FBN II 12/140 GS 045581 ■ 12 225 236 140/155 M 12 x 189 19 44 x 4 10
FBN II 12/160 GS 045583 ■ 12 245 256 160/175 M 12 x 189 19 44 x 4 10
FBN II 12/180 GS 045584 ■ 12 265 276 180/195 M 12 x 189 19 44 x 4 10
FBN II 12/200 GS 045585 ■ 12 285 296 200/215 M 12 x 189 19 44 x 4 10
FBN II 12/250 GS 045586 ■ 12 335 346 250/265 M 12 x 100 19 44 x 4 10
FBN II 16/100 GS 045588 ■ 16 204 220 100/115 M 16 x 164 24 56 x 5 10
FBN II 16/140 GS 045590 ■ 16 244 260 140/155 M 16 x 184 24 56 x 5 10
FBN II 16/160 GS 045591 ■ 16 264 280 160/175 M 16 x 184 24 56 x 5 10
FBN II 16/200 GS 045593 ■ 16 304 320 200/215 M 16 x 100 24 56 x 5 10

ACCESSORIES
fischer Anchor bolt setting tool FABS

Matching anchor type Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FABS 077937 FAZ II, FBN II, EXA for diameter from M6 - M12 1

270
Bolt anchor FBN II

LOADS
Bolt anchor FBN II
zinc plated steel / stainless steel / hot dip galvanised steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Installation Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing member anchorage torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element thickness depth
Max. tension Max. shear
load load Max. Load 4
hmin hef Tinst Nperm 4) Vperm 4) c c s smin 5) 6) cmin 5) 6)

High performance steel anchors

[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
gvz 4 2,9 3,4 60
FBN II 6 100 308) 100 90 40 40
A4 4 2,9 3 55
gvz 15 2,9 7,1 115 40 40
100 308) 65 90
A4 10 2,9 7,1 115 50 45
FBN II 8 gvz 15 7,6 120 40
A4 100 40 10 6,1 7,3 95 115 120 40 45
hdg 15 7,6 120 40
gvz 30 12,0 190
100 40 6,1 100 120 50 80
A4 20 11,6 185
FBN II 10 gvz 30 12,0 185 50 50
A4 100 50 20 8,5 11,6 100 180 150 70 55
hdg 30 12,0 185 50 50
gvz 50 17,9 280
100 50 8,5 145 150 70 100
A4 35 15,7 245
FBN II 12 gvz 50 17,9 245
A4 120 65 35 12,6 15,7 145 215 195 70 70
hdg 40 17,9 245
gvz 100
120 65 12,6 29,0 175 410 195 90 120
A4 80
FBN II 16 gvz 100 31,5 375 90 90
A4 160 80 80 17,2 29,1 175 340 240 120 80
hdg 70 31,5 375 90 90
gvz 200 38,3 455 120
160 80 17,2 185 240 120
A4 150 39,6 470 140
FBN II 20 gvz 200 38,3 385
A4 200 105 150 25,9 49,1 185 510 315 120 120
hdg 200 38,3 385
For the design the complete assessment ETA-07/0211 has to be considered. 7)
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-07/0211 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef . Accurate data see ETA-07/0211.
2)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Drill method Hammer drilling resp. hollow drilling.
4)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see ETA-07/0211.
5)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
6)
Minimum possible spacing resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the required minimum member thickness. The combination of minimum edge distance and minimum spacing is not
possible. One of both values has to be increased acc. ETA-07/0211.
7)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-07/0211, issue date 19/05/2016. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static loads).
8)
Anchoring depth smaller than 40 mm are only approved for statically intederminate systems.

271
 Heavy-duty anchor TA M

The installation-friendly internally threaded anchor for fixings

in non-cracked concrete

4
High performance steel anchors

Fall protection devices Plant construction

VERSIONS CERTIFICATES
▪ Zinc-plated steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15
▪ Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The optimised geometry minimises ▪ Steel constructions ▪ The TAM is suitable for pre-positioned
setting energy and allows for use in ▪ Handrails installation.
extremely narrow spaces. This allows ▪ Consoles ▪ When applying the torque, the cone is
for user-friendly installation. ▪ Ladders pulled into the expansion sleeve and
▪ The three-part expansion sleeve ▪ Cable trays expands it against the drill hole wall.
creates even load distribution, thus ▪ Machines ▪ For correct installation, it must be
allowing small edge and axial spacing. ▪ Staircases ensured that the pre-positioned
Thus the TA M is extremely flexible. ▪ Gates anchor TA M can be supported on the
▪ The metric internal thread allows to ▪ Façades attachment, or that the threaded rod is
use standard screws or threaded rods ▪ Stand-off installations countered.
for the ideal adaptation to suit the ▪ Determining the screw length ls:
intended use. Screw length ls =
▪ The red plastic cap protects against Length of fixing
soiling and thus ensures free-running + Thickness of fixture tfix
of the thread. + Thickness of washer.

272
Heavy-duty anchor TA M

TECHNICAL DATA

Heavy-duty anchor TA M

High performance steel anchors

Zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Thread Sales unit
Approval

steel diameter depth

d0 h1 l M
ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
TA M6 090245 ■ 10 65 49 M6 50
TA M8 090246 ■ 12 70 56 M8 50
TA M10 090247 ■ 15 90 69 M 10 25
TA M12 090248 ■ 18 105 86 M 12 25

TECHNICAL DATA

Heavy-duty anchor TA M-S with screw

Zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Max. fixture Screw Width across nut Sales unit
Approval

steel diameter depth thickness

d0 h1 l t fix Ø x length  SW
ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
TA M6 S/10 090249 ■ 10 65 49 10 M 6 x 60 10 50
TA M8 S/10 090250 ■ 12 70 56 10 M 8 x 65 13 50
TA M10 S/20 090251 ■ 15 90 69 20 M 10 x 90 17 25
TA M12 S/25 090252 ■ 18 105 86 25 M 12 x 110 19 20

273
 Heavy-duty anchor TA M

LOADS
Heavy-duty anchor TA M
zinc plated steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3)
reducing the load
Type Screw Min. Effective Installation Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
material member anchorage torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
resp. screw thickness depth
surface Max. tension Max. shear
4 load load Max. Load
hmin hef Tinst Nperm 4) Vperm 4) c c s smin 5) 6) cmin 5) 6)
High performance steel anchors

[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
TA M6 8.8 100 40 10 3,6 3,3 50 55 120 80 50
TA M8 8.8 100 45 20 5,7 6,7 65 95 135 90 60
TA M10 8.8 110 55 40 9,5 11,0 160 150 165 110 70
TA M12 8.8 140 70 75 11,9 17,0 170 200 210 160 120
For the design the complete assessment ETA-04/0003 has to be considered. 7)
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-04/0003 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1.4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3-hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1.5-h ef. Accurate data see ETA-04/0003.
2)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Drill method hammer drilling.
4)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see ETA-04/0003.
5)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
6)
Minimum possible spacing resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the required minimum member thickness. The combination of minimum edge distance and minimum spacing is not
possible. One of both values has to be increased acc. ETA-04/0003.
7)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Approval ETA-04/0003, issue date 11/06/2013. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static loads).

TECHNICAL DATA

Heavy-duty anchor SL M

Zinc-plated Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Internal thread Min. bolt pene- Sales unit
steel depth tration
d0 h1 l A1 lE,min
Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
SL M 16 050556 24 110 90 M 16 90 10
SL M 20 050557 30 130 110 M 20 110 5
SL M 24 050558 35 150 125 M 24 125 5

274
Heavy-duty anchor TA M

TECHNICAL DATA

Heavy-duty anchor SLM-N A4

4

High performance steel anchors

Stainless Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Internal thread Min. bolt pene- Sales unit
steel depth tration
d0 h1 l A1 lE,min
Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item A4
SL M 8 N A4 050526 12 60 54 M8 52 25
SL M 10 N A4 050527 16 70 62 M 10 62 20

LOADS
Heavy-duty anchor SL M
zinc plated steel / stainless steel
Recommended loads1) 3) of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25.
Type Effective Min. Torque- Recommended Char. Char. Min. Min.
anchorage- member moment load spacing edge distance spacing edge distance
depth thickness

hef hmin Tinst Frec 2) scr,N ccr,N smin 4) cmin 4)

[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
SL M 8 N A4 45 100 25 3,5 135 68 50 90
SL M 10 N A4 50 100 50 5,0 150 75 50 100
SL M 16 gvz 62 130 100 8,0 186 93 60 120
SL M 20 gvz 77 150 150 11,0 231 116 80 160
SL M 24 gvz 90 200 200 13,9 270 135 90 180
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.
3)
Valid for screws with grade 8.8 and A4-70
4)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the recommended load.

275
 Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T

The installation-friendly push-through anchor for fixings in non-

cracked concrete

4
High performance steel anchors

Collision protection Benches

VERSIONS CERTIFICATES
▪ Zinc-plated steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15
▪ Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The optimised geometry minimises ▪ Steel constructions ▪ The TA M-T is suitable for push-
setting energy and allows for use in ▪ Handrails through installation.
extremely narrow spaces. This allows ▪ Consoles ▪ When applying the torque, the cone is
for user-friendly installation. ▪ Ladders pulled into the expansion sleeve and
▪ The three-part expansion sleeve ▪ Cable trays expands it against the drill hole wall.
creates even load distribution, thus ▪ Machines ▪ The hexagonal head of the TA M-BP is
allowing small edge and axial spacing. ▪ Staircases tightened until it breaks off.
Thus the TA M-T is extremely flexible. ▪ Gates
▪ The TA M-BP version with twist-off ▪ Façades
head hinders the dismantling of the
fixture for use as a theft-deterrent and
break-in protection.
▪ The detachable screw connection
allows for surface flush removal.

276
Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T

TECHNICAL DATA

Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T,

for push-through installation

High performance steel anchors

Zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Max. fixture Thread Width across nut Sales unit
Approval

steel diameter depth for through thickness

fixings
d0 h2 l t fix M  SW
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
TA M8 T/25 S 090268 ■ 12 95 84 25 M8 13 50
TA M10 T/25 S 090269 ■ 15 110 100 25 M 10 17 25
TA M12 T/25 S 090270 ■ 18 120 114 25 M 12 19 20

TECHNICAL DATA

Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T BP,

with twist-off head

Zinc-plated Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Max. fixture Thread Width across nut Sales unit
steel depth for through thickness
fixings
d0 h2 l t fix M  SW
Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
TA M8 BP 090265 12 95 84 25 M8 13 50

LOADS
Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T
zinc plated steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 1) 2) 3)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Installation Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing member anchorage torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element thickness depth
Max. tension Max. shear
load load Max. Load
hmin hef Tinst Nperm 4) Vperm 4) c c s smin 5) 6) cmin 5) 6)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
TA M8 T gvz 100 45 20 5,7 6,7 65 95 135 90 60
TA M10 T gvz 110 55 40 9,5 11,0 160 150 165 110 70
TA M12 T gvz 140 70 75 11,9 17,0 170 200 210 160 120
For the design the complete assessment ETA-04/0003 has to be considered. 7)
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-04/0003 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1.4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3-hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1.5-h ef. Accurate data see ETA-04/0003.
2)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Drill method hammer drilling.
4)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see ETA-04/0003.
5)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
6)
Minimum possible spacing resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the required minimum member thickness. The combination of minimum edge distance and minimum spacing is not
possible. One of both values has to be increased acc. ETA-04/0003.
7)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Approval ETA-04/0003, issue date 11/06/2013. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static loads).

277
 Sleeve anchor FSA

The push-through anchor for structural fixings in non-cracked

concrete

4
High performance steel anchors

Bicycle racks Waste bins

VERSIONS
▪ Zinc-plated steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15 to C20/25, non-
cracked
▪ Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The optimised geometry minimises ▪ Handrails ▪ The FSA is suitable for push-through
setting energy and enables the use in ▪ Consoles installation.
extremely narrow spaces. This allows ▪ Ladders ▪ When applying the torque, the cone is
for user-friendly installation. ▪ Cable trays pulled into the expansion sleeve and
▪ The anchor design makes it possible ▪ Gates expands it against the drill hole wall.
to use different head shapes for flex- ▪ Façades ▪ The half-moon shaped recesses act
ible design solutions: Hexagon head ▪ Temporary or structural fixings as a crumple zone to take the torque
(type S), bolt version with nut and slippage, so that the attachment is
washer (type B). pulled onto the anchor base.
▪ The detachable screw connection
allows for surface flush removal.

278
Sleeve anchor FSA

TECHNICAL DATA

Sleeve anchor FSA-S

High performance steel anchors

Zinc-plated Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Max. fixture Anchor length Thread Width across nut Sales unit
steel depth for through thickness
fixings
d0 h2 t fix l M  SW
Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FSA 8/15 S 068520 8 65 15 64 M6 10 50
FSA 8/40 S 068521 8 90 40 89 M6 10 50
FSA 8/65 S 068522 8 115 65 114 M6 10 50
FSA 10/10 S 068523 10 65 10 65 M8 13 20
FSA 10/35 S 068524 10 90 35 90 M8 13 20
FSA 10/60 S 068525 10 115 60 115 M8 13 20
FSA 12/10 S 068526 12 75 10 76 M 10 17 20
FSA 12/25 S 068527 12 90 25 91 M 10 17 20
FSA 12/50 S 068528 12 115 50 116 M 10 17 20

TECHNICAL DATA

Sleeve anchor FSA-B

Zinc-plated Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Max. fixture Anchor length Thread Width across nut Sales unit
steel depth for through thickness
fixings
d0 h2 t fix l M  SW
Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FSA 8/15 B 068500 8 65 15 65 M6 10 50
FSA 8/40 B 068501 8 90 40 90 M6 10 50
FSA 8/65 B 068502 8 115 65 115 M6 10 50
FSA 10/10 B 068503 10 65 10 69 M8 13 20
FSA 10/35 B 068504 10 90 35 94 M8 13 20
FSA 10/60 B 068505 10 115 60 119 M8 13 20
FSA 12/10 B 068506 12 75 10 81 M 10 17 20
FSA 12/25 B 068507 12 90 25 96 M 10 17 20
FSA 12/50 B 068508 12 115 50 121 M 10 17 20
FSA 12/75 B 068509 12 140 75 146 M 10 17 20

279
 Sleeve anchor FSA

LOADS
Sleeve anchor FSA zinc plated steel
Recommended loads1) of a single anchor in non-craked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25.
Type Effective Minimum Torque- Recommended Recommended Char. Char. Min. Min.
anchorage- member moment Tensile load shear load spacing edge distance spacing edge distance
depth thickness

hef hmin Tinst Nrec 2) Vrec 2) scr,N ccr,N smin 3) cmin 3)

4 [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
FSA 8 35 70 8 2,0 3,4 105 53 70 50
High performance steel anchors

FSA 10 40 80 25 3,5 6,3 120 60 80 604)

FSA 12 50 100 40 5,0 9,9 150 75 100 754)
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
For combination of tensile and shear loads a detailled anchor design is necessary.
3)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the recommended load.
4)
No reduction of the recommended tensile load.

280
Fixing set for diamond drills FDBB

The reusable fixing system for diamond drills and saws

High performance steel anchors

Diamond drills Detail: Diamond drills

VERSIONS
▪ Zinc-plated steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15 to C50/60, non-
cracked
▪ Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The detachable screw connection ▪ Diamond and core drilling devices ▪ The FDBB is suitable for pre-positioned
between the expansion element and ▪ Diamond saws and push-through installation.
spindle enables simple dismantling ▪ An expansion element must be added
and ensures that the spindle bolt can to the spindle bolt before installation.
be reused. ▪ Use a hammer to drive the FDBB
▪ The robust, reusable spindle bolt guar- through the base plate of the drilling
antees a long life span. device into the drill hole.
▪ The active principle of the anchor ▪ When the nut is tightened, the cone
bolt enables an active controlled bolt is pulled into the expansion clip
expansion, thus offering a high level and expands it against the drill hole
of safety. wall.
▪ The large steel cross-section provides ▪ The expansion element remains in the
high shear load-bearing capability and, drill hole when dismantling the spindle
as such, high security for the jerky bolt. The spindle bolt is once again
stoppage of the drill bit. completed with an expansion element
and can be reused.

281
 Fixing set for diamond drills FDBB

TECHNICAL DATA

Fixing set for diamond drills FDBB

Expansion element FDBB SE

4
High performance steel anchors

Drill hole Usable Min. drill hole Width across nut Length Contents Sales unit
diameter length depth for through
fixings
d0 tfix h2  SW l
Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
1 expansion element 16 SE,
FDBB 16/50 Set 090680 16 50 135 27 200 1 spindle bolt 16/50/160, 1
1 washer, 1 nut
FDBB 16 SE 090681 16 — — — — Expansion element 25

LOADS
Fixing set for Diamond Drills FDBB
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in non-cracked concrete.
C20/25 C12/15
Type Recommended Recommended Recommended Recommended Recommended
bending moment Tensile load shear load Tensile load shear load

Mrec Nrec Vrec2) Nrec Vrec2)

[Nm] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN]
FDBB 98 12,0 13,3 9,0 13,3
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Steel failure value.

282
Wall screw MR

The fixing with simple hammerset installation in non-cracked

concrete

High performance steel anchors

Radiators

VERSIONS
▪ Zinc-plated steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15 to C50/60, non-
cracked
▪ Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The special construction of the anchor ▪ Non-approval-relevant fixings only ▪ The MR is suitable for pre-positioned
sleeve enables it to be set into the drill ▪ Handrails and push-through installation.
hole with a low number of hammer ▪ Gratings ▪ The anchor sleeve is driven into the
blows. This enables easy installation. ▪ Garden gates drill hole with a hammer, without the
▪ The flush-sunk expansion pin signifies need for an expansion pin.
the complete expansion of the anchor, ▪ Then the expansion pin is driven in
and thereby ensures minimum move- with a hammer, and the wall screw
ment when under load. expands against the drill hole wall.
▪ The special geometry of the expansion
pin reduces the setting energy, thereby
enabling a fast and energy-saving
installation.

283
 Wall screw MR

TECHNICAL DATA

Wall screw MR

4
High performance steel anchors

Zinc-plated Drill hole diameter Anchor length Min. drill hole Thread Width across nut Max. fixture Sales unit
steel depth for through thickness
fixings
d0 l h2 M  SW t fix
Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
MR 8 050583 8 70 70 M8 13 22 25
MR 10 050584 10 85 85 M 10 15 24 20
MR 12 050585 12 100 100 M 12 18 27 10

284
Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY

The installation-friendly internally threaded anchor for fixings

in pre-stressed hollow-core concrete slabs

High performance steel anchors

Air conditioning units in pre-stressed hol-
Cable trays in pre-stressed hollow-core concrete
low-core concrete slabs

VERSIONS CERTIFICATES
▪ Zinc-plated steel
▪ Stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Pre-stressed hollow-core concrete
slabs ≧ C45/55

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The active principle of the anchor ▪ Pipelines ▪ The FHY is suitable for pre-positioned
means that the FHY can be used in ▪ Cable trays installation.
cavities or in solid materials up to 5 ▪ Ventilation systems ▪ Position the FHY hollow-ceiling anchor
cm from the tensioning wire. This ▪ Sprinkler systems in the drill hole and drive in flush to
ensures the highest flexibility and user- ▪ Suspended ceilings the surface of the anchor base using
friendly installation. ▪ Consoles the hammer.
▪ The embossed edge prevents the ▪ Steel constructions ▪ The FHY pre-positioned anchor must
anchor sleeve from slipping in the ▪ Timber constructions be able to be supported on the attach-
cavity, thus allowing for trouble-free ment for expansion.
installation. ▪ When applying the torque, the cone is
▪ The optimised geometry minimises pulled into the expansion sleeve and
setting energy and allows for use in expands it into the cavity or expands
extremely narrow spaces. This allows it in the solid material against the drill
for user-friendly installation. hole wall.
▪ The metric internal thread means that ▪ Screw length ls =
it is possible to use standard screws or    Minimum screw-in depth e2
threaded rods for the ideal adaptation  + Thickness of fixture tfix
to suit the intended use.  + Thickness of washer
 (with threaded rod: + height of nut)

285
 Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY

TECHNICAL DATA

Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY

4
High performance steel anchors

Zinc-plated Stainless Drill hole dia- Anchor length Thread Min. drill hole Min. bolt pene- Sales unit
Approval

steel steel meter depth tration

DIBt d0 l M h1 lE,min
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FHY M 6 030138 — ▯ 10 37 M6 50 37 50
FHY M 6 — 030139 — 10 37 M6 50 37 50
FHY M 8 030146 — ▯ 12 43 M8 60 43 25
FHY M 8 — 030147 — 12 43 M8 60 43 25
FHY M10 030148 — ▯ 16 52 M 10 65 52 20
FHY M10 — 030151 — 16 52 M 10 65 52 20
FHY M12 545512 — — 18 52 M 12 65 52 25

LOADS
Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY zinc plated steel
Highest permissible loads1)3) for a single anchor in pre-stressed hollow-core concrete slabs of strength class ≥ C45/55.
Type Bottom flange Installation Permissible Required edge distance (with Min. Min.
thickness torque load one edge) for spacing edge distance
max. load
du Tinst Fperm2) smin4) cmin4)
[mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm]
25 - 29 0,7 70
FHY M6 30 - 39 10 0,9 80
≥40 2,0 100
25 - 29 0,7 70
150 100
FHY M8 30 - 39 10 0,9 80
≥40 2,0 100
30 - 39 1,2 80
FHY M10 20
≥40 3,0 100
For the design the complete approval Z-21.1-1711 has to be considered.
1)
The required safety factors as regulated in the approval are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see
approval.
3)
For screw strength class 4.6.
4)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

286
Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY

LOADS
Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY stainless steel A4
Highest recommended loads 1) 3) for a single anchor in pre-stressed hollow-core concrete slabs of strength class ≥ C45/55
Type Bottom flange Installation Recommended Required edge distance Min. Min.
thickness torque load (with one edge) for spacing edge distance
Max. load
du Tinst Frec2) smin4) cmin4)
[mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm]
25 - 29 0,7 70
FHY M6 A4 30 - 39 10 0,9 80
4
≥40 2,0 100

High performance steel anchors

25 - 29 0,7 70
150 100
FHY M8 A4 30 - 39 10 0,9 80
≥40 2,0 100
30 - 39 1,2 80
FHY M10 A4 20
≥40 3,0 100
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.
3)
For screw strength class A4-70.
4)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

287
 Aircrete anchor FPX-I

The strong internally threaded anchor with unique 4-way

expansion for fixings in aerated concrete

4
High performance steel anchors

Rail fixing Air conditioning units

VERSIONS CERTIFICATES
▪ Zinc-plated steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Aerated concrete with compressive
strength 2 to 7 N/mm²
▪ Aerated concrete wall or ceiling
boards with compressive strength 3.3
to 4.4 N/mm²
▪ Planked aerated concrete masonry,
e.g. plastered, tiled, papered etc.

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The FPX-I enables easy tightening via ▪ Suspended ceilings ▪ The FPX-I with internal thread is suita-
the hexagon wrench using a cordless ▪ Cable trays ble for pre-positioned installation.
screwdriver or ratchet and therefore ▪ Pipelines ▪ Pre-drilling enables easy hammering
offers top installation comfort. ▪ Ventilation ducts in, even in high-strength aerated
▪ The deformation-controlled expan- ▪ Guard rails/hand rails concrete. There is no need to clean
sion of the anchor with the hexagon ▪ TV consoles the drill hole.
wrench ensures safe, even and gentle ▪ Kitchen cupboards ▪ When the anchor is tightened with the
installation.  ▪ Stand-off installations hexagon wrench, the internal thread
▪ The unique 4-way expansion of the sleeve starts to rotate and the cone
FPX-I with a square expansion sleeve is pulled into the square expansion
prevents the rotation of the anchor in sleeve. The aerated concrete is com-
the drill hole and ensures high tension pressed on the four sides and gener-
and shear loads, which means fewer ates an undercut in the drill hole.
fixing points. ▪ When reached the optimum expan-
▪ The releasing of the hexagonal wrench sion, the hexagon wrench is released
guarantees an automatical setting con- automatically from the anchor.
trol for each installation process.
▪ The first steel anchor with an ETA-Ap-
proval and fire protection certificate
for fixings in aerated concrete enables
use for safety-relevant fixings, too.

288
Aircrete anchor FPX-I

TECHNICAL DATA

Aircrete anchor FPX-I

High performance steel anchors

Drill diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Effect. anchorage Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Sales unit
depth for depth tration tration
Approval

pre-positioned
installation
d0 h1 l hef lE,min lE,max
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FPX M6-I 519021 ■ 10 95 75 70 10 15 25
FPX M8-I 519022 ■ 10 95 75 70 8 15 25
FPX M10-I 519023 ■ 10 95 75 70 10 15 25
FPX M12-I 519024 ■ 10 95 75 70 12 15 25

ACCESSORIES

Setting tool FPX M6 I Setting tool FPX M8-M12 I

Matching anchor type Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Setting tool FPX M6 I 522517 FPX M6-I 10
Setting tool FPX M8-M12 I 522518 FPX M8-I - FPX M12-I 10

289
 Aircrete anchor FPX-I

LOADS
AAC anchor FPX-I
Highest permissible loads1)5) and required component dimensions in aerated concrete masonry.
Type FPX-I M6 , M8 , M10 , M12

Permissible load1)5) per anchor Fperm

Effective anchoring depth hef [mm] 70
fck ≥ 1,6 N /mm² / ρm ≥ 0,25 kg/dm³ [kN] 0,32
4 fck ≥ 2,0 N /mm² / ρm ≥ 0,35 kg/dm³ [kN] 0,43
fck ≥ 4,0 N /mm² / ρm ≥ 0,50 kg/dm³ [kN] 0,89
High performance steel anchors

fck ≥ 6,0 N /mm² / ρm ≥ 0,65 kg/dm³ [kN] 1,43

Component dimensions
Minimum member thickness with drill hole cleaning hmin [mm] 100
Minimum member thickness without drill hole cleaning hmin [mm] 120
Single anchor
Min. spacing between single anchors a [mm] 375
Min. edge distance c1 [mm] 125
Min. distance to joints cF4) [mm] 752) / 125
Min. edge distance orthogonal to c1 c2 [mm] 190
Anchor groups3) with 2 or 4 Ancors
Actions shear + oblique tension only axial tension
Min. spacing smin [mm] 100 100
Min. edge distance c1 [mm] 250 125
Min. spacing between single anchors a [mm] 750 375
Min. edge distance orthogonal to c1 c2 [mm] 375 190
For the design the complete approval ETA - 12/0456 has to be considered.
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load a c2 ≥ 1,5 x c1
actions of L = 1,4 are considered.
2)
cF for tensile load and/or shear load parallel to the joint which is not filled with mortar with width
≤ 2 mm.
c1 c1
3)

4)
Fperm,Group = 2 x Fperm,single anchor valid in case of anchor groups with 2 or 4 anchors. smin
In case of non visible joints Fperm has to be divided in half.
5)
Grade of the screw, resp. threaded rod ≥ 4.8.

smin
cF
hmin

290
Aircrete anchor FPX-I

LOADS
AAC anchor FPX-I
Highest permissible loads1)4) and required component dimensions in cracked and non-cracked aerated concrete wall and slab plates.
Type FPX-I M6 , M8 , M10 , M12

Permissible load1)4) per anchor Fperm

Effective anchoring depth hef [mm] 70
Tensile area of the AAC plate
fck ≥ 3,3 N /mm² / ρm ≥ 0,50 kg/dm³ [kN] 0,62 4
fck ≥ 4,4 N /mm² / ρm ≥ 0,55 kg/dm³ [kN] 0,83

High performance steel anchors

Compression area of the AAC plate
fck ≥ 3,3 N /mm² / ρm ≥ 0,50 kg/dm³ [kN] 0,83
fck ≥ 4,4 N /mm² / ρm ≥ 0,55 kg/dm³ [kN] 1,24
Component dimensions
Minimum member thickness with drill hole cleaning hmin [mm] 100
Minimum member thickness without drill hole cleaning hmin [mm] 120
Single anchor
Min. spacing between single anchors a [mm] 600
Min. edge distance c1 [mm] 125 / 3003)
Min. edge distance orthogonal to c1 c2 [mm] 190
Anchor groups2) with 2 or 4 anchors
Actions shear + oblique tension only axial tension
Min. spacing smin [mm] 100 100
Min. edge distance c1 [mm] 250 125 / 1503)
Min. spacing between single anchors a [mm] 750 600
Min. edge distance orthogonal to c1 c2 [mm] 375 190
For the design the complete approval ETA - 12/0456 has to be considered.
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load c1
actions of L = 1,4 are considered. a
2)
Fperm,Group = 2 x Fperm,single anchor valid in case of anchor groups with 2 or 4 anchors.
3)
In case of reinforced plates with a width ≤ 700 mm. c2 ≥ 1,5 x c1 c1
4)
Grade of the screw, resp. threaded rod ≥ 4.8.
a smin
smin

c1
a

291
 Frame fixings /
5 Stand-off installation
Page

Frame fixing SXRL 294

Frame fixing SXR 300

5
Frame fixing FUR 306

Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

Anti-corrosion spray FTC-CP 310

Hammerfix N 311

Hammerfix N GREEN 315

Nail sleeve FNH 317

Window frame fixing F-S 319

Metal frame fixing F-M 321

Window frame screws FFSZ and FFS 324

Wall tie VB 328

Adjustable fixing S10J 329

Adjustable screw JUSS 331

Spacing screw ASL 332

Stand-off installation Thermax 8 / 10 334

Stand-off installation Thermax 12 / 16 337

Remedial wall tie mechanical VBS-M 343

293
 Frame fixing SXRL

The versatile with multiple anchorage depth

5
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

Timber substructures Wall consoles

VERSIONS CERTIFICATES
▪ Zinc-plated steel
▪ Stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Thermal insulation blocks
▪ Solid block made from lightweight and
normal weight concrete
▪ Solid brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Concrete ≧ C12/15
Also suitable for:
▪ Natural stone with dense structure
▪ Solid panel made from gypsum

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The long expansion element with mul- ▪ Façade, ceiling and roof substructures ▪ In hollow building materials, the two
tiple anchorage depths of 50, 70 or made of wood and metal expansion zones ensure that the
90 mm for SXRL 8 and SXRL 10 and ▪ Facade substructures under compres- introduction of force is gentle on the
70 or 90 mm for SXRL 14 makes the sion load (e.g. distance installation substrate. The porous block fillets are
SXRL a versatile applicable product. without a wall bracket) not crushed by the second expansion
▪ Through the special geometry of the ▪ Windows zone and therefore serve to transmit
plug, the loads are evenly distributed ▪ Gates and doors the force
in the drill hole. ▪ Wardrobes ▪ In aircrete and solid building material,
▪ When the plug is to be set below the ▪ Kitchen hanging cabinets the two expansion zones combine
plaster, the longer ribs prevent plug ▪ Squared timbers to form one long expansion element,
rotation during installation. ▪ Beams thus providing for a uniform and flat
▪ The approval for single-point fixing in ▪ TV consoles distribution of the load into substrate.
cracked concrete makes the SXRL the ▪ Wall covering ▪ SXRL-T with countersunk head screw
designated specialist in concrete parti- ▪ Metal brackets is recommended for the installation
cularly for tasks such as the installation ▪ Metal supports of timber constructions; in the case
of awning roofs and outdoor railings ▪ Cable ducts of metal constructions, use SXRL-FUS
compared to steel anchors. ▪ Cable trays with a wide sleeve rim and a moulded
▪ SXRL 14 is approved for the applica- washer on the screw, which also fea-
tion under compression load and is tures an integrated hexagon socket.
thus for example useable for facade
substructures that are mounted at a
distance without wall brackets.
▪ Complete range available with diame-
ters of 8, 10 and 14 mm and usable
lengths up to 290 mm.

294
Frame fixing SXRL

INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

d0
5

Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

SXRL-T - with fischer countersunk head
safety screw

hnom t fix
l
h2

Zinc-plated Stainless Drill Min. drill Usable Usable Usable Anchor Drive Sales unit
steel steel diameter hole depth length at length at length at length
Approval

for through anchorage anchorage anchorage

fixings depth 50mm depth 70mm depth 90mm
d0 h2 tfix tfix tfix l
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
SXRL 8 x 60 T 540113 540119 ■ — 8 70 10 — — 60 T30 50
SXRL 8 x 80 T 540114 540121 ■ — 8 90 30 10 — 80 T30 50
SXRL 8 x 100 T 540115 540123 ■ — 8 110 50 30 10 100 T30 50
SXRL 8 x 120 T 540116 540124 ■ — 8 130 70 50 30 120 T30 50
SXRL 8 x 140 T 540117 540125 ■ — 8 150 90 70 50 140 T30 50
SXRL 8 x 160 T 540118 540126 ■ — 8 170 110 90 70 160 T30 50
SXRL 10 x 60 T 546477 546505 ■ ▯ 10 70 10 — — 60 T40 50
SXRL 10 x 80 T 522698 522709 ■ ▯ 10 90 30 10 — 80 T40 50
SXRL 10 x 100 T 522699 522710 ■ ▯ 10 110 50 30 10 100 T40 50
SXRL 10 x 120 T 522700 522711 ■ ▯ 10 130 70 50 30 120 T40 50
SXRL 10 x 140 T 522701 522712 ■ ▯ 10 150 90 70 50 140 T40 50
SXRL 10 x 160 T 522703 522713 ■ ▯ 10 170 110 90 70 160 T40 50
SXRL 10 x 180 T 522704 522714 ■ ▯ 10 190 130 110 90 180 T40 50
SXRL 10 x 200 T 522705 522715 ■ ▯ 10 210 150 130 110 200 T40 50
SXRL 10 x 230 T 522706 522716 ■ ▯ 10 240 180 160 140 230 T40 50
SXRL 10 x 260 T 522707 1) 522717 1) ■ ▯ 10 270 210 190 170 260 T40 50
SXRL 10 x 290 T 522708 1) 522718 1) ■ ▯ 10 300 240 220 200 290 T40 50
SXRL 14 x 80 T 530920 530932 ■ ▯ 14 95 — 10 — 80 T50 50
SXRL 14 x 100 T 530921 530933 ■ ▯ 14 115 — 30 10 100 T50 50
SXRL 14 x 120 T 530922 530934 ■ ▯ 14 135 — 50 30 120 T50 50
SXRL 14 x 140 T 530923 530935 ■ ▯ 14 155 — 70 50 140 T50 50
SXRL 14 x 160 T 530924 530936 ■ ▯ 14 175 — 90 70 160 T50 50
SXRL 14 x 180 T 530925 530937 ■ ▯ 14 195 — 110 90 180 T50 50
SXRL 14 x 200 T 530926 530938 ■ ▯ 14 215 — 130 110 200 T50 50
SXRL 14 x 230 T 530927 530939 ■ ▯ 14 245 — 160 140 230 T50 50
SXRL 14 x 260 T 530928 530940 ■ ▯ 14 275 — 190 170 260 T50 50
SXRL 14 x 300 T 530929 1) 530941 1) ■ ▯ 14 315 — 230 210 300 T50 20
SXRL 14 x 330 T 530930 1) 530942 1) ■ ▯ 14 345 — 260 240 330 T50 20
SXRL 14 x 360 T 530931 1) 530943 1) ■ ▯ 14 375 — 290 270 360 T50 20
1) not pre-assembled

295
 Frame fixing SXRL

TECHNICAL DATA
d0

SXRL-FUS - with fischer hexagon head

safety screw, moulded washer and
integrated bit recess
hnom t fix
l
h2

Zinc-plated Stainless Drill Min. drill Usable Usable Usable Anchor Drive Sales unit
steel steel diameter hole depth length at length at length at length

Approval
5 for through anchorage anchorage anchorage
fixings depth 50mm depth 70mm depth 90mm
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

d0 h2 tfix tfix tfix l

Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
SXRL 8 x 60 FUS 540127 540135 ■ — 8 70 10 — — 60 T30/SW10 50
SXRL 8 x 80 FUS 540129 540136 ■ — 8 90 30 10 — 80 T30/SW10 50
SXRL 8 x 100 FUS 540130 540137 ■ — 8 110 50 30 10 100 T30/SW10 50
SXRL 8 x 120 FUS 540131 — ■ — 8 130 70 50 30 120 T30/SW10 50
SXRL 8 x 140 FUS 540133 — ■ — 8 150 90 70 50 140 T30/SW10 50
SXRL 8 x 160 FUS 540134 — ■ — 8 170 110 90 70 160 T30/SW10 50
SXRL 10 x 60 FUS 546506 546507 ■ ▯ 10 70 10 — — 60 T40/SW13 50
SXRL 10 x 80 FUS 522719 522730 ■ ▯ 10 90 30 10 — 80 T40/SW13 50
SXRL 10 x 100 FUS 522720 522731 ■ ▯ 10 110 50 30 10 100 T40/SW13 50
SXRL 10 x 120 FUS 522721 522732 ■ ▯ 10 130 70 50 30 120 T40/SW13 50
SXRL 10 x 140 FUS 522723 522733 ■ ▯ 10 150 90 70 50 140 T40/SW13 50
SXRL 10 x 160 FUS 522724 522734 ■ ▯ 10 170 110 90 70 160 T40/SW13 50
SXRL 10 x 180 FUS 522725 522735 ■ ▯ 10 190 130 110 90 180 T40/SW13 50
SXRL 10 x 200 FUS 522726 522736 ■ ▯ 10 210 150 130 110 200 T40/SW13 50
SXRL 10 x 230 FUS 522727 522737 ■ ▯ 10 240 180 160 140 230 T40/SW13 50
SXRL 10 x 260 FUS 522728 1) 522738 1) ■ ▯ 10 270 210 190 170 260 T40/SW13 50
SXRL 10 x 290 FUS 522729 1) 522739 1) ■ ▯ 10 300 240 220 200 290 T40/SW13 50
SXRL 14 x 80 FUS 530946 530955 ■ ▯ 14 95 — 10 — 80 T50/SW17 50
SXRL 14 x 100 FUS 530947 530956 ■ ▯ 14 115 — 30 10 100 T50/SW17 50
SXRL 14 x 120 FUS 530948 530957 ■ ▯ 14 135 — 50 30 120 T50/SW17 50
SXRL 14 x 140 FUS 530949 530958 ■ ▯ 14 155 — 70 50 140 T50/SW17 50
SXRL 14 x 160 FUS 530950 530959 ■ ▯ 14 175 — 90 70 160 T50/SW17 50
SXRL 14 x 180 FUS 530951 530960 ■ ▯ 14 195 — 110 90 180 T50/SW17 50
SXRL 14 x 200 FUS 530952 530961 ■ ▯ 14 215 — 130 110 200 T50/SW17 50
SXRL 14 x 230 FUS 530953 530962 ■ ▯ 14 245 — 160 140 230 T50/SW17 50
SXRL 14 x 260 FUS 530954 530963 ■ ▯ 14 275 — 190 170 260 T50/SW17 50
1) not pre-assembled

ACCESSORIES
lS

d0

SXRL - without screw

dS

hnom t fix
l
h2

Drill diameter Min. drill hole Usable length Usable length Usable length Anchor length Screw dia- Min. screw Sales unit
depth for at anchorage at anchorage at anchorage meter length
through fixings depth 50mm depth 70mm depth 90mm
d0 h2 tfix tfix tfix l ds ls
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SXRL 8 x 60 540879 8 70 10 — — 60 5,5 - 6,0 65 100
SXRL 8 x 80 540880 8 90 30 10 — 80 5,5 - 6,0 85 100
SXRL 8 x 100 540881 8 110 50 30 10 100 5,5 - 6,0 105 100
SXRL 8 x 120 540882 8 130 70 50 30 120 5,5 - 6,0 125 100

296
Frame fixing SXRL

ACCESSORIES

Cover cap ADT

Colour Cap Match Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [Ø mm] [pcs]

ADT 15 W 060326 white 15 Safety screw with integrated bit recess T40 100
ADT 15 DB 060329 dark brown 15 Safety screw with integrated bit recess T40 100
ADT 18 W 060334 white 18 Safety screw with integrated bit recess T40 100
ADT 18 DB 060337 dark brown 18 Safety screw with integrated bit recess T40 100 5

Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

ACCESSORIES

Washer U

External-Ø Hole-Ø Thickness Matching anchor type Sales unit

d D S
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
U 11,5 x 21 x 1,5 DIN 522 A2 010026 21 11.5 1.5 SXR 10, SXRL 10, FUR 10 500

LOADS
Frame fixing SXRL3)
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor as part of a multiple fixing of non-structural systems.
The given loads are valid for wood screws with the specified diameter.
Type SXRL 8

Anchorage depth hnom [mm] 50 70 90

Screw diameter Ø [mm] 6,0 6,0 6,0
Min. edge distance concrete ar [mm] 60 80 100
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,60 1,00 1,00
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,45 0,60 0,60
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 0,40 0,50 0,50
Vertically perforated brick ≥ Hlz 12 (ρ ≥ 1,0 kg/dm 3) [kN] 0,15 0,15 0,15
Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,10 0,40 0,40
Aerated concrete AAC 2 [kN] – 0,10 0,10
Aerated concrete AAC 4 [kN] – 0,15 0,20
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.
3)
Valid for zinc coated screws and for screws made of stainless steel. For exterior use of the zinc coated screws measures against incoming humidity have to be taken.

297
 Frame fixing SXRL

LOADS
Frame fixing SXRL4)
Highest permissible loads1)2) of a single anchor as part of a multiple fixing of non-structural systems.
For the design the complete assessment ETA-07/0121 has to be considered.
Product SXRL

Anchor diameter [mm] Ø8 Ø 10 Ø 14

Anchorage depth hnom [mm] 50 70 90 50 70 90 70 90
Anchorage in concrete ≥ C12/15
Permissible tensile load [kN] 1,59 1,98 1,98 2,58 3,37
Zinc-plated steel [kN] 4,23 5,98 12,40
5 Permissible shear load
Stainless steel A4 [kN] 3,93 5,98 11,63
Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] 80 100 120 100 120 110 130
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

Characteristic edge distance ccr,N [mm] 85 140 140

Characteristic spacing a resp. scr,N [mm] 90 105 120 135
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 85 70 85
with an edge distance c≥ [mm] 85 140 140
Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 85 70 85
with a spacing s≥ [mm] 85 175 175
Anchorage in narrow concrete members (h ≥ 40 mm) made of concrete ≥ C12/15, e.g. weather shells of triple-skin outer wall panels
Permissible tensile load [kN] – 0,99 – –
Permissible shear load [kN] – 5,98 – –
Anchorage in pre-stressed hollow-core concrete slabs (mirror thickness db ≥ 30 mm) made of concrete ≥ C45/55
Permissible tensile load [kN] – 1,39 – –
Permissible shear load [kN] – 5,98 – –
Anchorage in masonry
≥ Mz 12 a. ≥ NF [kN] 0,57 0,71 0,57 1,14 – 0,86
Permisible load3) in solid brick
≥ Mz 20 a. ≥ NF [kN] 0,86 1,14 1,00 1,14 – 1,14
≥ KS 10 a. ≥ NF [kN] 0,57 0,57 0,71 – 0,86
Permissible load3) in solid sand-lime brick
≥ KS 20 a. ≥ NF [kN] 0,71 0,86 1,00 – 1,29
3)
≥ V 2;  ≥ 1,2 kg/dm3 [kN] 0,11 0,26 0,11 – 0,26
Permissible load in lightweight concrete block
≥ V 6;  ≥ 1,6 kg/dm3 [kN] 0,34 0,57 0,57 1,29 – 0,57
Permissible load3)5) in vertically perforated brick
≥ HLz 10;  ≥1,0 kg/dm3 [kN] 0,17 – 0,21 – 0,57 0,71
(e.g. Poroton)
≥ KSL 6 [kN] – – 0,21 – 0,26 0,34
Permissible load3) in perforated sand-lime brick
≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,34 0,43 – 0,71 – 0,43 0,71
Permissible load in3)5) ≥ HBL 2 [kN] 0,43 0,57 0,43 0,57 0,71 – 0,34 0,21
hollow lightweight concrete blocks ≥ HBL 6 [kN] 0,43 0,71 0,43 0,71 0,43 – 0,57 –
Permissible load3)5) in ceilings made of vertically f ≥ 10 N/mm2;  ≥ 0,7 kg/dm3
b [kN] – – 0,57 – –
perforated bricks
Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] 115 110 115
Minimum spacing (single anchor) amin [mm] 250 250 250
Minimum spacing (anchor group) smin [mm] 100 100 100
Minimum edge distance (anchor group) cmin [mm] 100 100 100
Anchorage in aerated concrete
2 N/mm2 [kN] – 0,14 0,21 – 0,18 0,21 0,32 0,43
3)
Permissible load in aerated concrete 4 N/mm2 [kN] – 0,32 0,43 – 0,43 0,54 0,89 1,07
6 N/mm2 [kN] – 0,54 0,71 – 0,71 0,89 1,43 1,79
Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] – 175 – 100 120 1756)/3007)
Minimum spacing (single anchor) amin [mm] – 250 – 250 250
Minimum spacing (anchor group) smin [mm] – 806)/ 1108) – 1006)/ 1208) 80 1006)/1257)
Minimum edge distance (anchor group) cmin [mm] – 906)/1108) – 120 120 1206)/1507)
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load actions L = 1,4 are considered.
As a single anchor counts e.g. an anchor with a minimum spacing a according to table B4.1 resp. table B4.2 of the assessment.
2)
Valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 °C (resp. short term up to +80 °C). For long term temperatures up to +30 °C higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads and bending moments see assessment.
4)
Valid for zinc coated screws and for screws made of stainless steel. For exterior use of the zinc coated screws measures against incoming humidity according to assessment have to be taken.
5)
Rotary drilling.
6)
Only valid for AAC with compression strength ≥ 2 to < 4 N/mm 2.
7)
Only valid for AAC with compression strength ≥ 4 N/mm2.
8)
Only valid for AAC with compression strength ≥ 6 N/mm2.

298
Frame fixing SXRL

LOADS
Frame fixing SXRL3)
Highest permissible compression loads1)2) of a single anchor as part of a multiple fixing of non-structural systems.
For the design the complete approval Z-21.2-2037 has to be considered.
Product SXRL

Anchor diameter [mm] Ø 14

Anchorage depth hnom [mm] 70 90
Anchorage in concrete ≥ C12/15
Permissible compression load [kN] 3,37
Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] 110 130
Characteristic edge distance ccr,N [mm] 140
5
Characteristic spacing a resp. scr,N [mm] 135

Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

Minimum spacing smin [mm] 85
with an edge distance c≥ [mm] 140
Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 85
with a spacing s≥ [mm] 175
Anchorage in masonry
Permissible compression load in ≥ Mz 12 a. ≥ NF [kN] 0,86
solid brick ≥ Mz 20 a. ≥ NF [kN] 1,14
Permissible compression load in ≥ KS 10 a. ≥ NF [kN] 0,86
solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 20 a. ≥ NF [kN] 1,29
Permissible compression load in ≥ V 2;  ≥ 1,2 kg/dm3 [kN] 0,26 0,34
lightweight concrete block ≥ V 6;  ≥ 1,6 kg/dm3 [kN] 0,57
Permissible compression load4) in
≥ HLz 10;  ≥1,0 kg/dm3 [kN] 0,34 0,57
vertically perforated brick (e.g. Poroton)
Permissible compression load in ≥ KSL 6 [kN] 0,21 0,34
perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,43 0,71
Permissible compression load4) in
≥ HBL 2 [kN] 0,26 –
hollow lightweight concrete blocks
Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] 115
Minimum spacing (single anchor) amin [mm] 250
Minimum spacing (anchor group) smin [mm] 100
Minimum edge distance (anchor group) cmin [mm] 100
Anchorage in aerated concrete
2 N/mm2 [kN] 0,32
Permissible compression load in
4 N/mm2 [kN] 0,89 1,07
aerated concrete
6 N/mm2 [kN] 1,43 1,79
Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] 1755)/3006)
Minimum spacing (single anchor) amin [mm] 250
Minimum spacing (anchor group) smin [mm] 80 1005)/1256)
Minimum edge distance (anchor group) cmin [mm] 120 1205)/1506)
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load actions L = 1,4 are considered.
As a single anchor counts e.g. an anchor with a minimum spacing a according to tables B3.1, B4.1 resp. B4.2 of the ETA-07/0121.
2)
Valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 °C (resp. short term up to +80 °C). For long term temperatures up to +30 °C higher permissible loads may be possible.
3) Valid for zinc coated screws and for screws made of stainless steel. For exterior use of the zinc coated screws measures against incoming humidity according to assessment have to be taken.
4)
Rotary drilling.
5)
Only valid for AAC with compression strength ≥ 2 to < 4 N/mm².
6)
Only valid for AAC with compression strength ≥ 4 N/mm².

299
 Frame fixing SXR

The efficient with short expansion element

5
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

Façade substructures Façade substructures

VERSIONS CERTIFICATES
▪ Zinc-plated steel
▪ Stainless steel
▪ Hot-dip galvanised steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Concrete ≧ C12/15
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Solid block made from lightweight and
normal weight concrete
▪ Solid brick
▪ Thermal insulation blocks
Also suitable for:
▪ Natural stone with dense structure
▪ Solid panel made from gypsum

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The special functioning allows for use ▪ Façade, ceiling and roof substructures ▪ The SXR is suitable for push-through
in solid and hollow building materi- made of wood and metal installation.
als with an anchorage depth of just ▪ Windows ▪ The SXR expands in solid building
50 mm, ensuring an economical ▪ Gates and doors materials. In hollow building materi-
fixing. ▪ Wardrobes als the loads are transmitted to the
▪ The ETA assessment covers use in ▪ Kitchen hanging cabinets substrate webs.
a range of solid and hollow building ▪ Squared timbers ▪ With vertically perforated bricks, only
materials, and guarantees a secure ▪ Beams use rotary drilling (no impact drilling).
fixing. ▪ TV consoles ▪ SXR-T with countersunk head screw
▪ The specially developed combination ▪ Wall covering is recommended for the installation
of plugs and screws ensures the very ▪ Metal brackets of timber constructions; in the case
best handling. The plug has a notice- ▪ Metal supports of metal constructions, use SXR-FUS
able hold, making installation more ▪ Cable ducts with a wide sleeve rim and a moulded
convenient. ▪ Cable trays washer on the screw, which also fea-
▪ The extensive range with diameters of tures an integrated hexagon socket.
6, 8 and 10 mm, usable lengths up to
210 mm.

300
Frame fixing SXR

TECHNICAL DATA
lS

d0 d
S

SXR - without screw

hnom tfix

l 5
h2

Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

Drill hole Min. drill hole Min. anchorage Anchor length Screw diameter Min. screw Max. fixture Sales unit
diameter depth for depth length thickness
through fixings
d0 h2 hnom l ds ls t fix
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SXR 6 x 35 503228 6 45 30 35 4,5 40 5 100
SXR 6 x 50 503229 6 60 30 50 4,5 55 20 100
SXR 6 x 60 503230 6 70 30 60 4,5 65 30 100
SXR 8 x 60 506194 8 70 50 60 5,5 - 6,0 65 10 100
SXR 8 x 80 506196 8 90 50 80 5,5 - 6,0 85 30 100
SXR 8 x 100 506198 8 110 50 100 5,5 - 6,0 125 50 100
SXR 8 x 120 506199 8 130 50 120 5,5 - 6,0 105 70 100

TECHNICAL DATA

d0

SXR-Z - with zinc-plated countersunk head

screw with cross drive PZ
hnom tfix

l
h2

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Min. anchorage Anchor length Max. fixture Drive Sales unit
depth for through depth thickness
fixings
d0 h2 hnom l t fix
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SXR 6 x 60 Z 503233 1) 6 70 30 60 30 PZ2 50
1) not pre-assembled

301
 Frame fixing SXR

TECHNICAL DATA

d0

SXR-T - with fischer countersunk head

safety screw
hnom tfix

l
h2
5
Zinc-plated Stainless steel Hot-dip galva- Drill hole Min. drill Min. ancho- Anchor Max. fixture Drive Sales unit
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

steel nised steel diameter hole depth rage depth length thickness

Approval
for through
fixings
d0 h2 hnom l t fix
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 hdg
SXR 8 x 60 T 502999 — — ■ 8 70 50 60 10 T30 50
SXR 8 x 80 T 503000 — — ■ 8 90 50 80 30 T30 50
SXR 8 x 100 T 503001 — — ■ 8 110 50 100 50 T30 50
SXR 8 x 120 T 503002 — — ■ 8 130 50 120 70 T30 50
SXR 10 x 80 T 046263 046272 — ■ 10 90 50 80 30 T40 50
SXR 10 x 100 T 046264 046274 — ■ 10 110 50 100 50 T40 50
SXR 10 x 100 T — — 509534 — 10 110 50 100 50 T40 50
SXR 10 x 120 T 046265 046278 — ■ 10 130 50 120 70 T40 50
SXR 10 x 120 T — — 509535 — 10 130 50 120 70 T40 50
SXR 10 x 140 T 046266 046279 — ■ 10 150 50 140 90 T40 50
SXR 10 x 140 T — — 509536 — 10 150 50 140 90 T40 50
SXR 10 x 160 T 046267 046283 — ■ 10 170 50 160 110 T40 50
SXR 10 x 180 T 046268 046285 — ■ 10 190 50 180 130 T40 50
SXR 10 x 200 T 046269 046286 — ■ 10 210 50 200 150 T40 50
SXR 10 x 230 T 046270 046287 — ■ 10 240 50 230 180 T40 50
SXR 10 x 260 T 046271 046288 — ■ 10 270 50 260 210 T40 50

TECHNICAL DATA

d0
SXR-FUS - with fischer hexagon head safety
screw, moulded washer and integrated
T40 bit recess
hnom tfix

l
h2

Zinc-plated Stainless steel Hot-dip galva- Drill hole Min. drill Min. ancho- Anchor Max. fixture Drive Sales unit
steel nised steel diameter hole depth rage depth length thickness
Approval

for through
fixings
d0 h2 hnom l t fix
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 hdg
SXR 10 x 52 FUS 502456 1) — — ■ 10 62 50 52 2 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 60 FUS 046329 046339 — ■ 10 70 50 60 10 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 60 FUS — — 509537 — 10 70 50 60 10 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 80 FUS 046330 046340 — ■ 10 90 50 80 30 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 80 FUS — — 509538 — 10 90 50 80 30 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 100 FUS 046331 046342 — ■ 10 110 50 100 50 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 100 FUS — — 509539 — 10 110 50 100 50 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 120 FUS 046332 046343 — ■ 10 130 50 120 70 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 140 FUS 046333 046344 — ■ 10 150 50 140 90 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 140 FUS — — 509540 — 10 150 50 140 90 T40/SW13 50
1) not pre-assembled

302
Frame fixing SXR

TECHNICAL DATA

d0
SXR-FUS - with fischer hexagon head safety
screw, moulded washer and integrated
T40 bit recess
hnom tfix

l
h2

Zinc-plated Stainless steel Hot-dip galva- Drill hole Min. drill Min. ancho- Anchor Max. fixture Drive Sales unit 5
steel nised steel diameter hole depth rage depth length thickness

Approval

Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

for through
fixings
d0 h2 hnom l t fix
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 hdg
SXR 10 x 160 FUS 046334 046345 — ■ 10 170 50 160 110 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 180 FUS 046335 046361 — ■ 10 190 50 180 130 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 200 FUS 046336 046362 — ■ 10 210 50 200 150 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 230 FUS 046337 046363 — ■ 10 240 50 230 180 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 260 FUS 046338 046364 — ■ 10 270 50 260 210 T40/SW13 50
1) not pre-assembled

ACCESSORIES

Cover cap ADT

Colour Cap Match Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [Ø mm] [pcs]

ADT 15 W 060326 white 15 Safety screw with integrated bit recess T40 100
ADT 15 DB 060329 dark brown 15 Safety screw with integrated bit recess T40 100
ADT 18 W 060334 white 18 Safety screw with integrated bit recess T40 100
ADT 18 DB 060337 dark brown 18 Safety screw with integrated bit recess T40 100

ACCESSORIES

Washer U

External-Ø Hole-Ø Thickness Matching anchor type Sales unit

d D S
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
U 11,5 x 21 x 1,5 DIN 522 A2 010026 21 11.5 1.5 SXR 10, SXRL 10, FUR 10 500

ACCESSORIES
Aircrete hole punch GBS

Drill hole Min. drill hole Match Sales unit

depth for
through fixings
d0 h2
Item Art.-No. [Ø mm] [mm] [pcs]
GBS 10 x 80 050590 1) 9 85 SXR 10 x 52, SXR 10 x 60, SXR 10 x 80 1
GBS 10 x 100 050591 1) 9 105 SXR 10 x 100 1
GBS 10 x 135 050593 1) 9 140 SXR 10 x 120 1
GBS 10 x 160 050594 1) 9 165 SXR 10 x 140, SXR 10 x 160 1
GBS 10 x 185 050595 1) 9 190 SXR 10 x 180 1
GBS 10 x 230 050596 1) 9 235 SXR 10 x 200, SXR 10 x 230 1
1) According to the ETA, the aircrete hole punch GBS must be used for drill-hole production in aerated concrete PB < 4N/mm 2.

303
 Frame fixing SXR

LOADS
Frame fixing SXR4)
Highest permissible loads1)2) of a single anchor as part of a multiple fixing of non-structural systems.
For the design the complete assessment ETA-07/0121 has to be considered.
Product SXR

Anchor diameter [mm] Ø8 Ø 10

Anchorage depth hnom [mm] 50 50
Anchorage in concrete ≥ C12/15
Permissible tensile load [kN] 0,99 1,79
Zinc-plated steel [kN] 4,23 5,98
5 Permissible shear load
Stainless steel A4 [kN] 3,93 5,98
Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] 100 100
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

Characteristic edge distance ccr,N [mm] 70 140

Characteristic spacing a resp. scr,N [mm] 70 100
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 70 70
with an edge distance c≥ [mm] 70 210
Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 70 85
with a spacing s≥ [mm] 70 100
Anchorage in narrow concrete members (h ≥ 40 mm) made of concrete ≥ C12/15, e.g. weather shells of triple-skin outer wall panels
Permissible tensile load [kN] – 1,19
Permissible shear load [kN] – 5,98
Anchorage in masonry
≥ Mz 12 a. ≥ NF [kN] 0,57 0,57
Permisible load3) in solid brick
≥ Mz 20 a. ≥ NF [kN] 0,71 0,86
3)
≥ KS 10 a. ≥ NF [kN] 0,57 0,57
Permissible load in solid sand-lime brick
≥ KS 20 a. ≥ NF [kN] 0,71 0,71
≥ V 2;  ≥ 1,2 kg/dm 3
[kN] 0,26 0,21
Permissible load3) in lightweight concrete block
≥ V 6;  ≥ 1,6 kg/dm3 [kN] 0,26 0,71
Permissible load3)5) in vertically perforated brick
≥ HLz 10;  ≥1,0 kg/dm 3
[kN] 0,17 0,26
(e.g. Poroton)
≥ KSL 6 [kN] 0,26 0,43
Permissible load3) in perforated sand-lime brick
≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,57 0,57
Permissible load3)5) in hollow lightweight concrete ≥ HBL 2 [kN] – 0,43
blocks ≥ HBL 6 [kN] 0,43 0,57
Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] 100 100
Minimum spacing (single anchor) amin [mm] 250 250
Minimum spacing (anchor group) smin [mm] 100 100
Minimum edge distance (anchor group) cmin [mm] 100 100
Anchorage in aerated concrete
2 N/mm2 [kN] – 0,146)
3) 2
Permissible load in aerated concrete 4 N/mm [kN] – 0,27
6 N/mm2 [kN] – 0,27
Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] – 100
Minimum spacing (single anchor) amin [mm] – 250
Minimum spacing (anchor group) smin [mm] – 400
Minimum edge distance (anchor group) cmin [mm] – 100
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load actions L = 1,4 are considered.
As a single anchor counts e.g. an anchor with a minimum spacing a according to table B4.1 resp. table B4.2 of the assessment.
2)
Valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 °C (resp. short term up to +80 °C). For long term temperatures up to +30 °C higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads and bending moments see assessment.
4)
Valid for zinc coated screws and for screws made of stainless steel. For exterior use of the zinc coated screws measures against incoming humidity according to assessment have to be taken.
5)
Rotary drilling.
6)
Drill holes to be made with aerated concrete hole punch.

304
Frame fixing SXR

LOADS
Frame fixing SXR3)
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor as part of a multiple fixing of non-structural systems.
The given loads are valid for wood screws with the specified diameter.
Type SXR 6 SXR 8

Anchorage depth hnom [mm] 30 50

Screw diameter Ø [mm] 4,5 6,0
Min. edge distance concrete ar [mm] 50 60
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,25 0,40
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,30
5
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 0,20 0,30

Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

Vertically perforated brick ≥ Hlz 12 (ρ ≥ 1,0 kg/dm 3) [kN] 0,10 0,10
Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,20 0,30
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.
3)
Valid for zinc coated screws and for screws made of stainless steel. For exterior use of the zinc coated screws measures against incoming humidity have to be taken.

305
 Frame fixing FUR

The lamella plug with gentle power transfer

5
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

Façade substructures Timber substructures

VERSIONS CERTIFICATES
▪ Zinc-plated steel
▪ Stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Concrete ≧ C12/15
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Solid brick
Also suitable for:
▪ Natural stone with dense structure
▪ Solid panel made from gypsum
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Three-layer composite exterior wall
panels
▪ Lightweight aggregate concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The operating principle with an ▪ Façade, ceiling and roof substructures ▪ The FUR is suitable for push-through
anchorage depth of 70 mm and pro- made of wood and metal installation.
ven asymmetrical teeth, makes it an ▪ Windows ▪ Screwing in the screw causes the
assembly-friendly anchor even in an ▪ Gates and doors individual teeth to expand. In solid
unknown base material. ▪ Squared timbers materials, the teeth create even expan-
▪ The slim geometry guarantees a ▪ Beams sion forces. In hollow materials, the
simple installation, even in cases invol- ▪ Wall covering teeth expand through the solid part of
ving thick wooden fixtures and narrow the block and form an undercut in the
drill holes. cavity.
▪ Range available with diameters of 8 ▪ With vertically perforated bricks, only
and 10 mm and usable lengths up to use rotary drilling (no impact drilling).
160 mm. ▪ FUR-T with countersunk head screw
is recommended for the installation
of timber constructions; in the case
of metal constructions, use FUR-FUS
with a wide sleeve rim and a moulded
washer on the screw.

306
Frame fixing FUR

TECHNICAL DATA

d0
FUR-T - with fischer countersunk head safety
screw
h nom t fix
l
h2

Zinc-plated Stainless Drill hole Min. drill hole Min. anchorage Anchor length Max. fixture Drive Sales unit

Approval
steel steel diameter depth for
through fixings
depth thickness
5
d0 h2 hnom l t fix

Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FUR 8 x 80 T 070110 070120 — 8 90 70 80 10 T30 50
FUR 8 x 100 T 070111 070121 — 8 110 70 100 30 T30 50
FUR 8 x 120 T 070112 070122 — 8 130 70 120 50 T30 50
FUR 10 x 80 T 088756 088784 ■ 10 90 70 80 10 T40 50
FUR 10 x 100 T 088757 088785 ■ 10 110 70 100 30 T40 50
FUR 10 x 115 T 088760 088791 ■ 10 125 70 115 45 T40 50
FUR 10 x 135 T 088758 088786 ■ 10 145 70 135 65 T40 50
FUR 10 x 160 T 088759 088787 ■ 10 170 70 160 90 T40 50
FUR 10 x 185 T 088761 088788 ■ 10 195 70 185 115 T40 50
FUR 10 x 200 T 088764 088789 ■ 10 210 70 200 130 T40 50
FUR 10 x 230 T 088762 088790 ■ 10 240 70 230 160 T40 50

TECHNICAL DATA

d0
FUR-SS - with fischer hexagon head safety
screw
h nom t fix
l
h2

Zinc-plated Stainless Drill hole Min. drill hole Min. anchorage Anchor length Max. fixture Drive Sales unit
Approval

steel steel diameter depth for depth thickness

through fixings
d0 h2 hnom l t fix
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FUR 8 x 80 SS 070130 070140 — 8 90 70 80 10 SW 10 50
FUR 8 x 100 SS 070131 070141 — 8 110 70 100 30 SW 10 50
FUR 8 x 120 SS 070132 — — 8 130 70 120 50 SW 10 50
FUR 10 x 80 SS 088776 088792 ■ 10 90 70 80 10 SW 13 50
FUR 10 x 100 SS 088777 088793 ■ 10 110 70 100 30 SW 13 50
FUR 10 x 115 SS 088783 088799 ■ 10 125 70 115 45 SW 13 50
FUR 10 x 135 SS 088778 088794 ■ 10 145 70 135 65 SW 13 50
FUR 10 x 160 SS 088779 088795 ■ 10 170 70 160 90 SW 13 50
FUR 10 x 185 SS 088780 088796 ■ 10 195 70 185 115 SW 13 50
FUR 10 x 200 SS 088781 088797 ■ 10 210 70 200 130 SW 13 50
FUR 10 x 230 SS 088782 088798 ■ 10 240 70 230 160 SW 13 50

307
 Frame fixing FUR

TECHNICAL DATA

d0
FUR-FUS - with fischer hexagon head safety
screw, moulded washer and integrated bit
recess
h nom t fix
l
h2

Zinc-plated Stainless Drill hole Min. drill Min. ancho- Anchor Max. fixture Drive Sales unit
5 steel steel diameter hole depth rage depth length thickness

Approval
for through
fixings
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

d0 h2 hnom l t fix
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FUR 10 x 80 FUS 093527 1) 093528 1) ■ 10 90 70 80 10 T40/SW13 50
FUR 10 x 100 FUS 097797 1) — ■ 10 110 70 100 30 T40/SW13 50
1) Collar: Ø 18 x 2 mm.

ACCESSORIES

Cover cap ADT

Colour Cap Match Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [Ø mm] [pcs]

ADT 15 W 060326 white 15 Safety screw with integrated bit recess T40 100
ADT 15 DB 060329 dark brown 15 Safety screw with integrated bit recess T40 100
ADT 18 W 060334 white 18 Safety screw with integrated bit recess T40 100
ADT 18 DB 060337 dark brown 18 Safety screw with integrated bit recess T40 100

ACCESSORIES

Washer U

External-Ø Hole-Ø Thickness Matching anchor type Sales unit

d D S
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
U 11,5 x 21 x 1,5 DIN 522 A2 010026 21 11.5 1.5 SXR 10, SXRL 10, FUR 10 500

308
Frame fixing FUR

LOADS
Frame fixing FUR 104)
Highest permissible loads1)2) of a single anchor as part of a multiple fixing of non-structural systems.
For the design the complete approval ETA-13/0235 has to be considered.
Product FUR 10

Anchorage depth hnom [mm] 70

Anchorage in concrete ≥ C12/15
Permissible tensile load [kN] 1,79
Zinc-plated steel [kN] 5,37
Permissible shear load
Stainless steel A4 [kN] 4,98
Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] 110
5
Characteristic edge distance ccr,N [mm] 140

Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

Characteristic spacing a resp. scr,N [mm] 90
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 70
with an edge distance c≥ [mm] 140
Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 70
with a spacing s≥ [mm] 210
Anchorage in masonry
≥ Mz 12 a. ≥ NF [kN] 0,86
Permisible load3) in solid brick
≥ Mz 20 a. ≥ NF [kN] 0,86
≥ KS 10 a. ≥ NF [kN] 0,57
Permissible load3) in solid sand-lime brick
≥ KS 20 a. ≥ NF [kN] 0,71
Permissible load3) in lightweight concrete block ≥ V 6;  ≥ 1,6 kg/dm3 [kN] 0,57
Permissible load3)5) in vertically perforated brick
≥ HLz 10;  ≥1,0 kg/dm3 [kN] 0,37
(e.g. Poroton)
Permissible load3) in perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,57
Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] 110
Minimum spacing (single anchor) amin [mm] 250
Minimum spacing (anchor group) smin [mm] 100
Minimum edge distance (anchor group) cmin [mm] 100
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load actions F = 1,4 are considered.
As a single anchor counts e.g. an anchor with a minimum spacing a according to table 8 resp. table 10 of the approval.
2)
Valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 °C (resp. short term up to +80 °C).
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads and bending moments see approval.
4)
Valid for zinc coated screws and for screws made of stainless steel. For exterior use of the zinc coated screws measures against incoming humidity according to approval have to be taken.
5)
Rotary drilling.

LOADS
Frame fixing FUR 8 3)
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor for multiple fixings of non-structural systems.
The given loads are valid for fischer safety screws included in delivery.
Type FUR 8

Anchorage depth hnom [mm] 70

Diameter of the safety screw Ø [mm] 6,0
Min. edge distance concrete ar [mm] 50
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete ≥ C12/15 [kN] 1,0
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,60
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 0,60
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.
3)
Valid for zinc coated screws and for screws made of stainless steel. For exterior use of the zinc coated screws measures against incoming humidity have to be taken.

309
 Anti-corrosion spray FTC-CP

The elastic protective coating for use with frame fixings

5
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

Sealing of the screw heads Sealing of the screw heads

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Zinc-plated frame fixings
▪ Corrosive metals

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ FTC-CP professionally prevents the ▪ Façade anchorings in line with the ▪ Thixotropic, bitumen-based anti-corro-
penetration of moisture into the assessments for frame fixings, e.g. sion agent.
anchor shaft and securely protects SXR, SXRL and FUR ▪ Good stability under load; non-drip, no
the connection from corrosion - as ▪ For all substructures, e.g. made from spray mist.
required in the ETA assessments. wood, aluminium, metal. ▪ Shake canister for at least 2 minutes
▪ Once dry, the optimised formulation from the time the mixing balls can be
provides a long-lasting, elastic protec- heard.
tive coating with a secure hold and a ▪ Spray as evenly as possible from a
high abrasion resistance. distance of 15 to 20 cm.
▪ The thixotropic anti-corrosion agent is ▪ Ideal processing temperature +16 °C
also ideally suited to other corrosion to +25 °C.
protection applications and thus offers ▪ Quick-drying (dried through after 3-4
a wide range of uses. hours at 600 mμ and 20 °C).
▪ Temperature-resistant from -25 °C to
80 °C.
▪ Salt and water-resistant, and resistant
to abrasion.
▪ With one can about 300 screw heads
can be coated.

TECHNICAL DATA

Anti-corrosion spray FTC-CP

Colour Content per can Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]
FTC-CP 511440 black 500 12

310
Hammerfix N

The hammer-in plug for a simple, fast and economical

installation

Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

Timber substructures Cable ducts

VERSIONS CHARACTERISTICS
▪ Zinc-plated steel
▪ Stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Building brick
▪ Natural stone
▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Solid panel made from gypsum
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The rapid hammerset installation ▪ Substructures made of wood and ▪ The Hammerfix N is suitable for push-
reduces the amount of time required metal through installation.
and allows for an economic series ▪ Wall connection or plaster profiles ▪ When hammered in, the nail screw
installation. ▪ Slides causes the plug to expand in two
▪ The integrated hammer-in stop ▪ Sheets directions, thus providing a secure
prevents the plug from expanding ▪ Cable and pipe clips anchoring in the building material.
prematurely (jamming), thus enabling ▪ Perforated tapes ▪ Countersunk head plugs are recom-
a problem-free installation. mended for the installation of timber
▪ Together with the cross-slot recess, constructions; in the case of metal
the thread of the nail screw allows the constructions, use flat-head plugs, and
screw to be removed, thus allowing for use pan-head plugs for long holes.
subsequent dismantling.
▪ The wide range of diameters, usage
lengths and head shapes provides the
correct plug for every fixing.

311
 Hammerfix N

TECHNICAL DATA

Hammerfix N-S with nail

Hammerfix N-S A2 with stainless steel A2

nail

Zinc-plated Stainless Drill hole Effect. ancho- Anchor length Min. drill hole Max. fixture Drive Sales unit
5 steel steel A2 diameter rage depth depth for
through fixings
thickness

d0 hef l h2 t fix
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]

Item gvz A2
N 5 x 30/5 S (100) 050395 2) 050370 5 25 30 45 5 PZ2 100
N 5 x 40/15 S (100) 050351 — 5 25 40 55 15 PZ2 100
N 5 x 50/25 S (100) 050352 — 5 25 50 65 25 PZ2 100
N 6 x 40/10 S (50) 050354 050372 6 30 40 55 10 PZ2 50
N 6 x 40/10 S (100) 048788 — 6 30 40 55 10 PZ2 100
N 6 x 40/10 S (200) 513834 2) — 6 30 40 55 10 PZ2 200
N 6 x 60/30 S (50) 050355 050373 6 30 60 75 30 PZ2 50
N 6 x 60/30 S (100) 048789 — 6 30 60 75 30 PZ2 100
N 6 x 60/30 S (200) 513835 2) — 6 30 60 75 30 PZ2 200
N 6 x 80/50 S (50) 050353 — 6 30 80 95 50 PZ2 50
N 6 x 80/50 S (100) 048790 — 6 30 80 95 50 PZ2 100
N 6 x 80/50 S (200) 513836 2) — 6 30 80 95 50 PZ2 200
N 8 x 60/20 S (50) 050356 050374 8 40 60 75 20 PZ3 50
N 8 x 60/20 S (100) 048791 — 8 40 60 75 20 PZ3 100
N 8 x 80/40 S (50) 050358 050375 8 40 80 95 40 PZ3 50
N 8 x 80/40 S (100) 048792 — 8 40 80 95 40 PZ3 100
N 8 x 100/60 S (50) 050357 050376 8 40 100 115 60 PZ3 50
N 8 x 100/60 S (100) 048793 — 8 40 100 115 60 PZ3 100
N 8 x 120/80 S (50) 050359 — 8 40 120 135 80 PZ3 50
N 8 x 120/80 S (100) 048794 — 8 40 120 135 80 PZ3 100
N 10 x 100/50 S (50) 050346 1) — 10 50 100 115 50 PZ3 50
N 10 x 135/85 S (50) 050347 1) — 10 50 135 150 85 PZ3 50
N 10 x 160/110 S (50) 050348 1) — 10 50 160 175 110 PZ3 50
N 10 x 230/180 S (50) 050335 1) — 10 50 230 245 180 PZ3 50
1) not pre-assembled
2) also specially suitable for fischer pipe clips FC, see chapter electrical fixings.

312
Hammerfix N

TECHNICAL DATA

Hammerfix N-F with cylindrical head and nail

Drill hole diameter Effect. anchorage Anchor length Min. drill hole Max. fixture Drive Sales unit 5
depth depth for through thickness

Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

fixings
d0 hef l h2 t fix
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
N 5 x 25/1 F (100) 514872 5 25 25 40 1 PZ2 100
N 5 x 25/1 F (200) 514873 5 25 25 40 1 PZ2 200
N 5 x 30/5 F (100) 513736 5 25 30 45 5 PZ2 100
N 5 x 30/5 F (200) 513739 5 25 30 45 5 PZ2 200
N 5 x 40/15 F (100) 513737 5 25 40 55 15 PZ2 100
N 5 x 40/15 F (200) 513740 5 25 40 55 15 PZ2 200
N 5 x 50/25 F (100) 513738 5 25 50 65 25 PZ2 100
N 5 x 50/25 F (200) 513741 5 25 50 65 25 PZ2 200
N 6 x 35/5 F (100) 522948 6 30 35 40 5 PZ2 100
N 6 x 40/10 F (50) 513837 6 30 40 55 10 PZ2 50
N 6 x 40/10 F (100) 513840 6 30 40 55 10 PZ2 100
N 6 x 40/10 F (200) 513843 6 30 40 55 10 PZ2 200
N 6 x 60/30 F (50) 513838 6 30 60 75 30 PZ3 50
N 6 x 60/30 F (100) 513841 6 30 60 75 30 PZ2 100
N 6 x 60/30 F (200) 513844 6 30 60 75 30 PZ2 200
N 6 x 80/50 F (50) 513839 6 30 80 95 50 PZ3 50
N 6 x 80/50 F (100) 513842 6 30 80 95 50 PZ2 100
N 6 x 80/50 F (200) 513845 6 30 80 95 50 PZ2 200
N 8 x 60/20 F (50) 513697 8 40 60 75 20 PZ3 50
N 8 x 60/20 F (100) 513701 8 40 60 75 20 PZ3 100
N 8 x 80/40 F (50) 513698 8 40 80 95 40 PZ3 50
N 8 x 80/40 F (100) 513702 8 40 80 95 40 PZ3 100
N 8 x 100/60 F (50) 513699 8 40 100 115 60 PZ3 50
N 8 x 100/60 F (100) 513703 8 40 100 115 60 PZ3 100
N 8 x 120/80 F (50) 513700 8 40 120 135 80 PZ3 50
N 8 x 120/80 F (100) 513704 8 40 120 135 80 PZ3 100

313
 Hammerfix N

TECHNICAL DATA

Hammerfix N-P with flat edge and nail

Hammerfix N-P A2 with flat edge and stain-

less steel A2 nail

5 Zinc-plated Stainless Drill hole Effect. ancho- Anchor length Min. drill hole Max. fixture Drive Sales unit
steel steel A2 diameter rage depth depth for thickness
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

through fixings
d0 hef l h2 t fix
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A2
N 5 x 30/5 P (100) 050338 — 5 25 30 45 5 PZ2 100
N 6 x 30/1 P (100) 514869 — 6 30 30 45 1 PZ2 100
N 6 x 40/7 P (50) 050339 050369 6 30 40 55 7 PZ2 50
N 6 x 40/7 P (100) 048795 092520 6 30 40 55 7 PZ2 100
N 6 x 40/7 P (200) 514871 — 6 30 40 55 7 PZ2 200
N 8 x 40/1 P (50) 015903 — 8 40 40 55 1 PZ3 50
N 8 x 40/1 P (100) 514870 — 8 40 40 55 1 PZ3 100

TECHNICAL DATA
Hammerfix N-P K with flat edge N-S M with nail and connection
and plastic nail thread M 6
Hammerfix N-S D A2 with
isolating washer and nail

Drill hole Effect. ancho- Anchor length Max. fixture Min. drill hole Washer Drive Sales unit
diameter rage depth thickness depth for
through fixings
d0 hef l t fix h2
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Ø mm] [pcs]
N 6 x 40/7 P K (50) 050342 6 30 40 7 55 — — 50
N 6 x 40/10 S M6 (50) 050398 6 30 40 10 55 — — 50
N 6 x 40/10 S D A2 (50) 050367 6 30 40 10 55 19 PZ2 50
N 6 x 60/30 S D A2 (50) 050368 6 30 60 30 75 19 PZ2 50

LOADS
Hammerfix N
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor
The given loads are valid for screw nails with the specified diameter.
Type N5 N6 3) N8 N10

Screw nail diameter Ø [mm] 3,5 4 5 7

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,20 0,25 0,27 0,33
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,14 0,18 0,24 0,30
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 0,18 0,22 0,24 0,33
Solid brick of lightweight aggregate concrete ≥ V 4 [kN] 0,05 0,12 0,15 0,16
Aerated concrete ≥ PB 2 [kN] 0,03 0,04 0,05 0,10
Aerated concrete ≥ PB 4 [kN] 0,07 0,10 0,13 0,16
1) 3)
Required safety factors are considered. The values have to be reduced by 50% for N 6 x 40/7 P K.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

314
Hammerfix N GREEN

The hammer-in plug for simple, fast and economic installation

Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

Timber substructures Cable fixing

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS

▪ Concrete
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Building brick
▪ Natural stone
▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Solid panel made from gypsum
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ Produced with at least 50% renewable ▪ Substructures made of wood and ▪ The hammerfix N GREEN is suitable
raw materials and therefore particu- metal for push-through installation.
larly environmentally friendly. ▪ Wall connection or plaster profiles ▪ The easiest installation: drill, knock in
▪ Just as effective, secure and durable ▪ Slides and you’re done.
as regular hammerfix N plugs.  ▪ Sheets ▪ When being hammered in, the nail
▪ The rapid push-through and ham- ▪ Cable and pipe clips screw causes the plug to expand in
mer-set installation reduces the ▪ Perforated tapes two directions, thus providing a secure
amount of work required and allows anchoring in the building material.
for economic series installation.
▪ The integrated hammer-in stop
prevents the plug from expanding pre-
maturely, thus enabling problem-free
installation.
▪ Together with the cross-slot recess,
the thread of the nail screw allows the
screw to be removed, thus allowing for
subsequent dismantling.

315
 Hammerfix N GREEN

TECHNICAL DATA

Hammerfix N GREEN S with countersunk

head and zinc-plated nail

Drill hole diameter Effect. anchorage Anchor length Min. drill hole Max. fixture Drive Sales unit
5 depth depth for through
fixings
thickness

d0 hef l h2 t fix
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]

N GREEN 6 x 40/10 S 524845 6 30 40 55 10 PZ2 45
N GREEN 6 x 60/30 S 524847 6 30 60 75 30 PZ2 45
N GREEN 6 x 80/50 S 524848 6 30 80 95 50 PZ2 45
N GREEN 8 x 80/40 S 524849 8 40 80 95 40 PZ3 45
N GREEN 8 x 100/60 S 524850 8 40 100 115 60 PZ3 45

LOADS
Hammerfix N GREEN S
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for screw nails with the specified diameter.
Type N GREEN 6 N GREEN 8

Screw nail diameter Ø [mm] 4 5

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,25 0,27
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,18 0,24
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 0,22 0,24
Solid brick of lightweight aggregate concrete ≥ V 4 [kN] 0,12 0,15
Aerated concrete ≥ AAC 2 [kN] 0,04 0,05
Aerated concrete ≥ AAC 4 [kN] 0,10 0,13
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

316
Nail sleeve FNH

The user-friendly spring sleeve for light fixings in solid building

materials

Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

Timber substructures

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Natural stone with dense structure
▪ Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ No plugs or screws are required for the ▪ Squared timbers ▪ The FNH nail sleeve is suitable for
one-piece nail sleeve. This guarantees ▪ Substructures made of wood and push-through installation.
a simple and easy installation. metal ▪ The nail sleeve is hammered in and
▪ The geometry of the nail sleeve makes ▪ Metal profiles expands its entire length in the hole.
it easy to push it into the drill hole. ▪ FNH is suitable for interior applications
This saves time and money. and for temporary external fixings.

317
 Nail sleeve FNH

TECHNICAL DATA

Nail sleeve FNH

Drill hole diameter Effect. anchorage Anchor length Max. fixture thick- Min. drill hole depth Sales unit
5 d0
depth
hef l
ness
t fix
for through fixings
h2
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]

FNH 5/50 541893 5 20 50 30 60 100
FNH 6/30 541894 6 30 30 — 40 100
FNH 6/40 541895 6 30 40 10 50 100
FNH 6/50 541896 6 30 50 20 60 100
FNH 6/60 541897 6 30 60 30 70 100
FNH 6/80 541898 6 30 80 50 90 100
FNH 8/70 541899 8 40 70 30 80 100
FNH 8/90 541905 8 40 90 50 100 50
FNH 8/110 541906 8 40 110 70 120 50
FNH 8/130 541907 8 40 130 90 140 50
FNH 8/150 541908 8 40 150 110 160 50
FNH 8/180 541909 8 40 180 140 190 50

LOADS
Nail sleeve FNH
Highest recommended loads1) of a single anchor as part of a multiple fixing of non-structural systems.
Type FNH 5 FNH 6 FNH 8

Minimum member thickness [mm] 50 60 70

Anchorage in concrete ≥ C20/25
Recommended tensile load [kN] 0,10 0,50 0,70
Recommended shear load [kN] 0,40 1,40 2,00
1)
Required safety factors are considered.

318
Window frame fixing F-S

The nylon fixing for stress-free stand-off installation of window

and door frames

Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

Window frames

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ Concrete
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The operating principle of the plug ▪ Window frames ▪ The F-S is suitable for push-through
prevents the frame from being pulled ▪ Door frames installation.
against the substrate, and ensures a ▪ By tightening the screw, the glass-fi-
stress-free and long-lasting fixing of bre-reinforced plastic cone is drawn
the frame. into the sleeve, whereby it is expanded
▪ The special plug geometry anchors and wedged inside the drill hole. The
the metal and plastic profiles against window frames are thus fixed in a
compressive and tensile loads, and stress-free manner.
allows for a secure hold of the window ▪ The maximum installation torque is
frame. 3 Nm for F8S and 6 Nm for F10S.
▪ The cover cap (available separately)
can be used to discreetly cover the
screw head.

319
 Window frame fixing F-S

TECHNICAL DATA

d0
F-S - with zinc-plated countersunk screw and
cross drive Z3
h ef t fix
l
h2
5 Drill hole diameter Effect. anchorage Anchor length Max. fixture Min. drill hole Max. installation Sales unit
depth thickness depth for through torque
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

fixings
d0 hef l t fix h2 Tinst
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [pcs]
F 8 S 100 088635 8 40 100 50 115 3 50
F 8 S 120 088636 8 40 120 70 135 3 50
F 8 S 140 088637 8 40 140 90 155 3 50
F 10 S 75 088625 10 50 75 15 90 6 50
F 10 S 100 088626 10 50 100 40 115 6 50
F 10 S 120 088627 10 50 120 60 135 6 50
F 10 S 140 088628 10 50 140 80 155 6 50
F 10 S 165 088629 10 50 165 105 180 6 50

ACCESSORIES
Cover cap for F-S - with counter-
sunk screw and cross drive Z3

Diameter Colour Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
ADF 12W 060275 12 white 100

LOADS
Window frame fixing F-S
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor as part of a multiple fixing of non-structural systems.
Type F8S F 10 S

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)

Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,78 1,48
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,90 1,25
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 0,90 1,25
Solid brick of lightweight aggregate concrete ≥V2 [kN] 0,25 ‒
Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 6 [kN] 0,25 -
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

320
Metal frame fixing F-M

The fixing for stress-free installation of window and door

frames with fire classification

Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

Fire protection doors

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ Concrete
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The F-M metal frame plug achieves ▪ Window frames ▪ The F-M is suitable for push-through
fire resistance F 120. This allows for ▪ Door frames installation.
use in areas where fire resistance is ▪ Squared timbers ▪ By tightening the screw, the cone is
relevant. drawn into the sleeve and the fixing is
▪ The operating principle prevents the expanded which wedges it inside the
window frame from being pulled drill hole. The window frames are thus
against the substrate, and ensures a fixed in a stress-free manner.
stress-free and long-lasting fixing of ▪ The maximum installation torque is
the frame. 5 Nm.
▪ The special plug geometry anchors
the metal and plastic profiles against
compressive and tensile loads, and
allows for a secure hold of the window
frame.
▪ The cover caps (available separately)
can be used to discreetly cover the
screw heads.

321
 Metal frame fixing F-M

TECHNICAL DATA

d0
F 8 M - with zinc-plated raised countersunk
screw and cross drive PZ2
h ef t fix
l
h2

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Effect. anchorage Anchor length Max. fixture Drive Sales unit
5 depth for through depth thickness
fixings
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

d0 h2 hef l t fix
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
F 8 M 72 088660 8 90 30 72 42 PZ2 100
F 8 M 92 088662 8 110 30 92 62 PZ2 100
F 8 M 112 088664 8 130 30 112 82 PZ2 100
F 8 M 132 088666 8 150 30 132 102 PZ2 100

TECHNICAL DATA

d0
F 10 M - with zinc-plated countersunk head
screw and cross drive PZ3
h ef t fix
l
h2

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Effect. anchorage Anchor length Max. fixture Drive Sales unit
depth for through depth thickness
fixings
d0 h2 hef l t fix
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
F 10 M 72 088670 10 90 30 72 42 PZ3 100
F 10 M 92 088672 10 110 30 92 62 PZ3 100
F 10 M 112 088674 10 130 30 112 82 PZ3 100
F 10 M 132 088676 10 150 30 132 102 PZ3 100
F 10 M 152 088678 10 170 30 152 122 PZ3 100
F 10 M 182 088680 10 200 30 182 152 PZ3 50
F 10 M 202 061064 10 220 30 202 172 PZ3 50

ACCESSORIES

Cover cap ADM 10 W

Colour Cap height Cap Match Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [mm] [Ø mm] [pcs]

ADM 10 W 088688 white 4 16,5 F 10 M 100
ASM 10 W 060320 white 3 15 F 10 M 100

322
Metal frame fixing F-M

LOADS
Metal frame fixing F-M
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor as part of a multiple fixing of non-structural systems.
Type F8M F 10 M

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)

Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 1,00 1,40
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,30 1,30
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 0,70 1,30
Solid brick of lightweight aggregate concrete ≥V2 [kN] - 0,50
Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,25 0,60
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
5
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

323
 Window frame screws FFSZ and FFS

The economical special screw for window installation

5
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

Window frames

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ Concrete
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick Test Report No.:
14-000559-PR02
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Solid brick
▪ Aerated concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ Screw installation without plug for ▪ Window frames made of wood, plastic ▪ Note the drill hole and screw-in depths
economical processing. and aluminium for the different building materials
▪ The small drill bit diameter of 6 mm ▪ Door frames listed in the table.
allows for efficient series installation. ▪ Squared timbers ▪ Cylinder head screws are recom-
▪ The continuous thread ensures a mended for recessed installation in
stress-free fixing of the frame in the wooden profiles.
substrate. ▪ Flat head screws are recommended
▪ The high-low-thread at the screw tip for installation in plastic and alumin-
as well as several cutting notches ium profiles.
reduce the amount of force required
for screwing in the screws. The
installation process can be completed
without excessive effort.
▪ With two head types applicable for all
common frame materials.
▪ According to the ift Rosenheim suita-
ble for the fixation of a plastic window
in brick masonry.

324
Window frame screws FFSZ and FFS

INSTALLATION

Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

TECHNICAL DATA

Window frame screw with cylinder head

FFSZ

Anchorage depth h ef
h ef ≥ 30 mm in concrete
h ef ≥ 40 mm in solid brick
h ef ≥ 60 mm in perforated brick /
aerated concrete
t d : drill hole depth ≥ h ef + 10 mm

Drill hole diameter Screw length Drive Head Sales unit

d0 ls
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [Ø mm] [pcs]
FFSZ 7,5 x 52 T30 532906 6 52 T30 8 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 62 T30 532907 6 62 T30 8 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 72 T30 532908 6 72 T30 8 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 82 T30 532909 6 82 T30 8 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 92 T30 532910 6 92 T30 8 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 102 T30 532911 6 102 T30 8 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 112 T30 532912 6 112 T30 8 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 122 T30 532913 6 122 T30 8 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 132 T30 532914 6 132 T30 8 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 152 T30 532915 6 152 T30 8 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 182 T30 532916 6 182 T30 8 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 202 T30 532917 6 202 T30 8 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 212 T30 532919 6 212 T30 8 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 252 T30 532920 6 252 T30 8 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 302 T30 532921 6 302 T30 8 100
No pre-drilling in aerated concrete.

325
 Window frame screws FFSZ and FFS

TECHNICAL DATA

d0

h ef
Window frame screw with flat head FFS
lS
td
5 Anchorage depth h ef
h ef ≥ 30 mm in concrete
h ef ≥ 40 mm in solid brick
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

h ef ≥ 60 mm in perforated brick /
aerated concrete
t d : drill hole depth ≥ h ef + 10 mm

Drill hole diameter Screw length Drive Head Sales unit

d0 ls
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [Ø mm] [pcs]
FFS 7,5 x 42 T30 532922 6 42 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 52 T30 532923 6 52 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 62 T30 532925 6 62 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 72 T30 532927 6 72 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 82 T30 532928 6 82 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 92 T30 532930 6 92 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 102 T30 532931 6 102 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 112 T30 532932 6 112 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 122 T30 532934 6 122 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 132 T30 532935 6 132 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 152 T30 532941 6 152 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 182 T30 532942 6 182 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 202 T30 532943 6 202 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 212 T30 532944 6 212 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 252 T30 532945 6 252 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 302 T30 532946 6 302 T30 11,5 100
No pre-drilling in aerated concrete.

ACCESSORIES

Cover cap FFSZ-A

Colour Cap Cap height Match Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [Ø mm] [mm] [pcs]

FFSZ-A W 538708 white 14 2,2 FFSZ - cylinder head 100
FFSZ-A BR 538709 brown 14 2,2 FFSZ - cylinder head 100

ACCESSORIES

Cover cap FFS-A

Colour Cap Cap height Match Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [Ø mm] [mm] [pcs]

FFS-A W 061560 white 15 4,8 FFS - flat head 100
FFS-A BR 061561 brown 15 4,8 FFS - flat head 100

326
Window frame screws FFSZ and FFS

LOADS
Window frame screws FFSZ and FFS
Highest recommended loads1) of a single screw.
Type FFSZ FFS

Screw diameter Ø [mm] 7,5 7,5

Anchorage depth hef ≥ [mm] 30 40 60 30 40 60
Anchorage in concrete ≥ C20/25
Recommended tensile load [kN] 1,00 – 1,00 –
Recommended shear load [kN] 0,70 – 0,70 –
Min. edge distance5) cmin [mm] 30 – 30 –
Anchorage in masonry
5
Recommended tensile load in solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] – 0,403) 0,80 – 0,403) 0,80

Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

Recommended shear load in solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] – 0,303) 0,70 – 0,303) 0,70
Recommended tensile load in solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] – 1,00 – – 1,00 –
Recommended shear load in solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] – 0,60 – – 0,60 –
Recommenced tensile load in vertically perforated brick ≥ HLz 12 [kN] – 0,253) – 0,253)
Recommenced shear load in vertically perforated brick ≥ HLz 12 [kN] – 0,40 3) – 0,403)
Min. edge distance5) cmin [mm] – 40 – 40
Anchorage in aerated concrete
≥ AAC 2 [kN] – 0,104) – 0,104)
Recommended load2) in aerated concrete
≥ AAC 4 [kN] – 0,254) – 0,254)
Min. edge distance5) cmin [mm] – 40 – 40
1)
Required safety factors are considered. As a single screw counts e.g. a screw with a spacing s ≥ 3 x h ef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5 x h ef.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.
3)
Rotary drilling.
4)
Without pre-drilling.
5)
Minimal possible edge distance while reducing the recommended loads.

327
 Wall tie VB

The stainless steel A4 joint for two-shell masonry

5
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

Facing masonry

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ All concrete and masonry materials
in conjunction with the appropriate
frame fixing

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The VB securely connects the facing ▪ Two-shell external walls (facings) ▪ The frame fixings SXR 10, SXRL
masonry with the load-bearing layer. ▪ Closers and economy facings 10 and FUR 10 are suitable for the
▪ The high quality A4 stainless steel anchoring of wall ties in concrete and
connecting wire guarantees a long- masonry.
lasting fixing.
▪ The VB is flexible and can be mounted
on any point of the external wall.

TECHNICAL DATA

Cladding tie VB

Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
VB 050495 1) 1 wire anchor stainless steel A4, 1 washer stainless steel A4, 1 drip ring 50
1) Wire: angled 265 mm.

328
Adjustable fixing S10J

The fixing for infinite adjustment of timber constructions in all

standard solid building materials

Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

Stand-off installations

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ Concrete
▪ Wood
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Natural stone with dense structure
▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Solid panel made from gypsum
▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The combination of adjustment plug ▪ Substructures made of wooden bat- ▪ The S10J is suitable for push-through
and spacing screw allows for universal tens of 20-25 mm thickness. installation.
usage in wooden and solid building ▪ Once the screw has been screwed in,
materials. the fixture distance can be infinitely
▪ The special operating principle of the adjusted by modifying the rotation
adjustable fixing S10J and the spac- direction.
ing screw allows for infinite adjust- ▪ For the fixing of wood on wood, e.g.
ment. This saves on the use of wedges in the roof truss, only use adjustment
and blocks when fixing the fixture. screw JS.

329
 Adjustable fixing S10J

TECHNICAL DATA

Adjustable fixing S 10 J 75 S

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Effect. anchorage Anchor length Max. timber Max. adjustment Sales unit
5 depth for through
fixings
depth thickness travel
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

d0 h2 hef l da x
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
S 10 J 75 S 080710 10 115 50 75 25 30 50

TECHNICAL DATA

Adjustable screw JS

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Effect. anchorage Max. timber thick- Max. adjustment Sales unit
for through fixings depth ness travel
d0 h2 hef da x
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
JS 6 x 110 080700 5 50 - 110 30 25 55 50

330
Adjustable screw JUSS

The adjustable screw for fast and infinitely adjustable

installation of timber constructions

Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

Stand-off installations Stand-off installations

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Wood and wooden materials or woo-
den panels

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The special operating principle of ▪ Substructures made of wooden bat- ▪ The JUSS is suitable for push-through
the adjustable screw JUSS allows for tens of 20-25 mm thickness. installation.
infinite adjustment. This saves on the ▪ Once the screw has been screwed
use of wedges and blocks when fixing in, the parallel thread below the
the fixture. screw head causes the fixture to
▪ The self-drilling thread cuts directly initially pull against the substrate. The
into the wood. Therefore pre-drilling fixture distance can then be infinitely
is not required. For the installation in adjusted by modifying the rotation
hardwood pre-drilling is recommen- direction.
ded.

TECHNICAL DATA

Adjustable screw JUSS

Effect. anchorage Max. distance Screw Max. timber thick- Drive Sales unit
depth ness
hef a ds x ls da
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
JUSS 6 x 60 059040 30 30 6 x 60 20 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 70 059041 30 40 6 x 70 25 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 80 059042 30 50 6 x 80 25 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 90 059043 30 60 6 x 90 25 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 100 059044 30 70 6 x 100 25 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 110 059045 30 80 6 x 110 25 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 120 059046 30 90 6 x 120 25 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 145 059047 30 115 6 x 145 25 T25 100

331
 Spacing screw ASL

The spacing screw for flexible positioning and alignment of

wooden fixtures

5
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

Stand-off installations Stand-off installations

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Without plug: suitable for wooden
materials and wooden panels
▪ With SX or UX plugs: all concrete and
masonry materials

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The coordinated threads with the ▪ Window frames ▪ The ASL is suitable for push-through
same pitch allow for the pin-point posi- ▪ Door frames installation.
tioning and alignment of the fixture, ▪ Squared timbers ▪ Pre-drill the fixture at the desired
which can even be mounted at an ▪ Claddings angle in order to achieve the correct
angle to the screw. This allows for an ▪ Substructures made of wood positioning and alignment.
exact and flexible fixing. ▪ When screwing in the screw, the
▪ During the installation, the fixture is external thread cuts into the pre-drilled
not pulled onto the substrate, instead fixture, and fixes it into the stipulated
it is brought directly to the desired position.
distance and position. This allows for a ▪ The angled position of the screws
simple and exact installation. (15° - 30°) allows high shear loads to
▪ When combined with SX 8 and be supported.
UX 8 plugs, it can be used in almost
all wall materials, guaranteeing a
secure fixing.

332
Spacing screw ASL

TECHNICAL DATA

Spacing screw ASL

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Max. distance Screw Drive Sales unit 5
d0 h1 a ds x ls

Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
ASL 4,5 x 60 059050 6 40 25 4,5 x 60 T25 100
ASL 4,5 x 70 059051 6 40 35 4,5 x 70 T25 100
ASL 4,5 x 80 059052 6 40 45 4,5 x 80 T25 100
ASL 4,5 x 100 059054 6 40 65 4,5 x 100 T25 100
ASL 6 x 80 059061 8 55 35 6 x 80 T25 100
ASL 6 x 100 059062 8 55 55 6 x 100 T25 100
ASL 6 x 120 059063 8 55 75 6 x 120 T25 100
ASL 6 x 150 059064 8 55 105 6 x 150 T25 50

333
 Stand-off installation Thermax 8 / 10

The thermally separated stand-off installation in external

thermal insulation composite systems (ETICS)

5
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

External lighting Down pipes

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Building brick
▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Wood

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The stand-off installation allows for For the thermally separated fixing of: ▪ The Thermax 8 and 10 systems are
the fixture to be adjusted to the exact ▪ Signs suitable for pre-positioned installation.
position required, whereby pressure ▪ Lighting ▪ The self-tapping, glass-fibre-reinforced
marks and damage to the ETICS are ▪ Letter boxes cone cuts its own way through the
avoided. ▪ Motion detectors plaster into the insulation during
▪ The plastic cone creates a thermal bar- ▪ Downpipes installation.
rier between the fixture and the inner ▪ Lightning rods ▪ The anti-cold cone uses a thermal
fixture, and offers an energy-optimised ▪ Blind guide rails barrier to minimise heat losses.
fixing. ▪ Installation without any special tools.
▪ The glass-fibre-reinforced plastic cone ▪ For use in wood without plug, the
cuts its own way through the ETICS wood (footnote below load table) as
with a positive fit, and allows for a well as the plaster has to be pre-drilled:
simple and fast installation without the Thermax 8:
need for any special tools. d02 = 14 mm, h02 = 50 mm;
▪ Combining Thermax 8 and 10 with Thermax 10:
the universal plug UX provides a d02 = 18 mm, h02 = 50 mm
secure anchoring in the substrate. ▪ The extensive range features fit-
▪ Without UX plug direct mounting in ting options with metric screws
wood substrate is possible after pre- (M6/8/10), sheet screws (6.3 mm),
drilling. chipboard screws (6.0 mm) or chip-
board screws (4.5 - 5.5 mm) when
using an SX 5 expansion plug.

334
Stand-off installation Thermax 8 / 10

INSTALLATION - MASONRY

Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

INSTALLATION - WOOD SUBSTRATE

TECHNICAL DATA
h0
h ef e
22-25

Ø ADK
Thermax 8 and 10 d0

t fix
ls

Drill hole Drill hole Usable length Anchorage Cover cap-Ø Width across Chipboard / metric / Sales unit
diameter depth depth nut sheet metal screw
d0 h0 e hef ADK  SW
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]   [pcs]
Thermax 8/60 M6 045685 1) 2) 10 120 45 - 60 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 8/80 M6 045686 1) 2) 10 140 60 - 80 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 8/100 M6 045687 1) 2) 10 160 80 - 100 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 8/120 M6 045688 1) 2) 10 180 100 - 120 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 8/140 M6 045689 1) 2) 10 200 120 - 140 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 8/160 M6 045690 1) 2) 10 220 140 - 160 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 8/180 M6 045691 1) 2) 10 240 160 - 180 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/100 M6 045692 1) 2) 12 160 80 - 100 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/120 M6 045693 1) 2) 12 180 100 - 120 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/140 M6 045694 1) 2) 12 200 120 - 140 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/160 M6 045695 1) 2) 12 220 140 - 160 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/180 M6 045696 1) 2) 12 240 160 - 180 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/200 M6 512605 1) 2) 12 260 180 - 200 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
1) including SX 5
2) Min. screw length l s = 22mm + thickness of mounting member e; for use in wood without universal plug UX, consider drill hole diameter in footnote under load table.

335
 Stand-off installation Thermax 8 / 10

TECHNICAL DATA
h0
h ef e
22-25

Ø ADK
Thermax 8 and 10 d0

t fix
ls

5 Drill hole Drill hole Usable length Anchorage Cover cap-Ø Width across Chipboard / metric / Sales unit
diameter depth depth nut sheet metal screw
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

d0 h0 e hef ADK  SW
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]   [pcs]
Thermax 10/220 M6 514250 1) 2) 12 280 200 - 220 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/240 M6 514251 1) 2) 12 300 220 - 240 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/100 M8 045697 2) 12 160 80 - 100 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/120 M8 045698 2) 12 180 100 - 120 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/140 M8 045699 2) 12 200 120 - 140 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/160 M8 045700 2) 12 220 140 - 160 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/180 M8 514252 2) 12 240 160 - 180 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/200 M8 514253 2) 12 260 180 - 200 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/220 M8 514254 2) 12 280 200 - 220 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/240 M8 514255 2) 12 300 220 - 240 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/100 M10 045702 2) 12 160 80 - 100 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/120 M10 045703 2) 12 180 100 - 120 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/140 M10 045704 2) 12 200 120 - 140 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/160 M10 045705 2) 12 220 140 - 160 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/180 M10 514256 2) 12 240 160 - 180 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/200 M10 514257 2) 12 260 180 - 200 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/220 M10 514258 2) 12 280 200 - 220 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/240 M10 514259 2) 12 300 220 - 240 70 22 13 M10 20
1) including SX 5
2) Min. screw length l s = 22mm + thickness of mounting member e; for use in wood without universal plug UX, consider drill hole diameter in footnote under load table.

LOADS
Stand-off installation Thermax 8 and 10
Highest recommended loads1) of a single anchor in concrete and masonry.
Type Thermax 8 Thermax 10

Supplied type of plug for the anchorage in the base material UX 10 x 60 UX 12 x 70

Recommended tensile loads in the respective base material Nrec2)
Concrete3) 4) ≥ C20/25 [kN] 1,00 1,00
Solid brick3) 4) ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,50 0,70
Perforated sand-lime brick 3) 4) ≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,60 0,80
Vertically perforated brick 4) ≥ Hlz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,30
Aerated concrete3) 4) ≥ PB 4 [kN] 0,40 0,60
Recommended shear load Vrec, valid für all above mentioned base materials for the stated insulation thickness
External Thermal Insulation Composite System5) ≤ 240 mm [kN] 0,15 0,20
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
The drilling method is to be adapted to the building material used. As different joint qualities are possible, the given values only apply for installation in the brick.
3)
The given recommended tensile loads apply for fastenings with metric screws. When using chipboard screws with diameter 6,0 mm they have to be reduced to 0,35 kN.
4)
The given recommended tensile loads apply for fastenings with metric screws. When using a SX 5-plug chipboard screws with diameter 4,5 - 5,5 mm they have to be reduced to 0,1 kN.
5)
Values are valid for an ETICS made from PS- respectively PU-rigid foam panels. Thickness of rendering minimum 6 mm.

336
Stand-off installation Thermax 12 / 16

The approved stand-off installation with thermal barrier in

external thermal insulation composite systems (ETICS)

Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

Awnings Satellite dishes and air conditioning units

VERSIONS CERTIFICATES
▪ Zinc-plated steel
▪ Stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Concrete, cracked and non-cracked
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Solid brick
▪ Aerated concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ When combined with the injection For the thermally separated fixing of: ▪ The Thermax 12 and 16 systems are
mortars FIS EM Plus, FIS V, FIS SB and ▪ Awnings suitable for pre-positioned installation.
FIS GREEN, the stand-off installation ▪ Canopies ▪ The self-tapping, glass-fibre-reinforced
is approved for high loads in a range ▪ French balcony railings cone cuts its own way through the
of materials. This allows for a secure ▪ Air conditioning units plaster into the insulation during
fixing. ▪ Satellite dishes installation.
▪ Usable lengths of 62 to 290 mm can ▪ The anti-cold cone uses a thermal
be covered with just one Thermax. barrier to minimise heat losses.
▪ The plastic cone creates a thermal bar- ▪ In the case of resistant plaster (e.g.
rier between the fixture and the inner thick cement plaster), it is recommen-
fixture, and offers an energy-optimised ded that the Thermax cutting blade
fixing. included is used for grinding out the
▪ The glass-fibre-reinforced plastic cone plaster.
cuts its own way through the ETICS ▪ The sealing of the annular gap with
with a positive fit, and allows for a sealing adhesive KD or construction
simple, fast and adjustable installation sealant Premium DKM seals the
without the need for any special tools. facade at plaster level.

SEE ALSO

FIS EM PLUS FIS V FIS SB FIS GREEN

mortar mortar mortar mortar
Page 86 Page 101 Page 64 Page 126
337
 Stand-off installation Thermax 12 / 16

INSTALLATION

5
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

TECHNICAL DATA

Thermax 12/110 M12

Thermax 16/170 M12

Zinc-plated Stainless Contents Sales unit

Approval

steel steel

DIBt
Art.-No. Art.-No. [pcs]
Item gvz A4
20 Thermax M12, 20 perforated sleeves 20 x 130, 5 bits, 5 cutting blades,
Thermax 12/110 M12 051291 — ▯ 20
5 user manuals
10 Thermax M12 A4, 10 perforated sleeves 20 x 130, 3 bits, 3 cutting blades,
Thermax 12/110 M12 — 051537 ▯ 10
3 user manuals
2 Thermax M12, 2 perforated sleeves 20 x 130, 1 bit, 1 cutting blade,
Thermax 12/110 M12 B 051290 — ▯ 1
1 user manual
20 Thermax M16, 20 perforated sleeves 20 x 200, 5 bits, 5 cutting blades,
Thermax 16/170 M12 051293 — ▯ 20
5 applicator tip extension hoses, 5 user manuals
10 Thermax M16 A4, 10 perforated sleeves 20 x 200, 3 bits, 3 cutting blades,
Thermax 16/170 M12 — 051543 ▯ 10
3 applicator tip extension hoses, 3 user manuals
2 Thermax M16, 2 perforated sleeves 20 x 200, 1 bit, 1 cutting blade,
Thermax 16/170 M12 B 051292 — ▯ 1
1 applicator tip extension hose, 1 user manual

338
Stand-off installation Thermax 12 / 16

INSTALLATION DATA
td
l
h ef e
t tol t WDVS
t fix

T inst
d0

Example for simple fixing

Ü
Example for multiple fixing
5

Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

Building material + insulation Fixture

Type Length of Threaded Building material Suitable injection Drill Min. Drill hole depth Thickness Max. Con- Max. Required
Thermax rod in anchor sleeve hole ancho- of fixture nection instal- resin
incl. anti- building diameter rage non-bearing thick- thread lation quantity
cold cone material depth layer ness torque
l d0 hef td e tfix Tinst
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [Scale unit]
Concrete 14 70 hef + e 62 - 170 5
Solid brick 14 80 hef + e 62 - 160 6
Thermax M12 240 M12 16 1) M12 20
Perforated brick FIS H 20x130 K 20 130 h ef + e + 10 mm 62 - 110 26
Aerated concrete 14 100 h ef + e 62 - 140 8
Concrete 18 80 hef + e 62 - 290 7
Solid brick 18 80 hef + e 62 - 290 7
Thermax M16 370 M16 16 1) M12 20
Perforated brick FIS H 20x200 K 20 200 h ef + e + 10 mm 62 - 170 40
Aerated concrete 18 100 h ef + e 62 - 270 9
1) The setscrews may be replaced by a setscrew / fixing screw up to a length 200 mm.

TECHNICAL DATA

Epoxy mortar Superbond mortar

FIS EM Plus 390 S FIS SB 390 S

Injection mortar All-round adhesive gluing and

FIS V 360 S sealing KD-290

Injection mortar Construction sealant Premium

FIS GREEN 300 T DKM WHITE 290ML

Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit

Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]

FIS EM Plus 390 S 544154 ▯ ■ DE, EN, FR, NL, ES, PT 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS EM Plus 390 S 544155 ▯ ■ EN, ZH, EL, KO, HU, PL 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS V 360 S 094404 ▯ ■ DE, FR, NL, TR, HU, AR 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS V 360 S 094405 ▯ ■ EN, IT, PT, ES, ZH, JA 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS SB 390 S 519451 ▯ ■ DE, FR, NL 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS SB 390 S 518831 ▯ ■ EN, ES, PT 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 6
FIS GREEN 300 T 522989 — ■ FR 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus with transparent Clip 4
FIS GREEN 300 T 523245 — ■ IT 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus with transparent Clip 12
FIS GREEN 300 T 538219 — ■ CS, SK 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus 12
FIS GREEN 300 T 532972 — ■ DA, SV, NO, FI 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR Plus with transparent Clip 12
KD WHITE 290ML 059389 — — DE, EN 1 cartridge 290 ml 12
DKM-290ML 517598 — — DE, EN 1 cartridge 290 ml 12

339
 Stand-off installation Thermax 12 / 16

ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Cleaning brush BS

Length L1 Length L2 Brush diameter For drill diameter Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]

BS ø 14 078180 250 80 16 14 1
BS ø 16/18 078181 250 80 20 16/18 1
5 BS ø 20/22 052277 180 80 25 20/22 1
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Blow-out pump AB G

Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Blow-out pump ABG 089300 1

340
Stand-off installation Thermax 12 / 16

LOADS
Stand-off installation Thermax 12 and 16 with load-bearing anchor rod made of zinc-plated steel 8.8 and a displacement of
1 mm
The below load table is valid for short-term loading (e.g. wind load). If the sealing of the annular gap between Thermax and plaster is
assured by fischer all-round sealing KD, the Thermax version with an anchor rod on base substrate side made of zinc-plated steel may be
used.
Highest permissible loads1) 5) 7) of a Thermax within an anchor group2) in concrete with the injection mortars FIS V or FIS SB and in
masonry with the injection mortar FIS V.
Type Minimum Permissi- Permissi- Permissi- Permissi- Permissi- Permissi- Permissi- Permissi- Permissi- Permissi- Minimum Minimum Minimum
effective ble tensile ble shear ble shear ble shear ble shear ble shear ble shear ble shear ble shear ble shear member spacing edge
anchorage load load at load at load at load at load at load at load at load at load at thickness distance
depth
e= e= e= e= e= e= e= e= e= 5
62 mm 100 mm 120 mm 140 mm 160 mm 180 mm 200 mm 250 mm 300 mm

Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

smin║/
hef4)8) Nperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) hmin cmin
smin┴9)
[mm] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Concrete, cracked and non-cracked, strength class ≥ C20/25
Thermax 128) 70 3,406) 1,07 0,69 0,58 0,42 0,32 0,24 0,18 0,08 0,04 100 55 55
Thermax 168) 80 3,406) 1,51 0,98 0,83 0,71 0,63 0,48 0,34 0,16 0,08 116 65 65
Solid brick, Mz, EN 771-1; f b ≥ 12 N/mm2; ρ ≥ 1,8 kg/dm3; LxWxH ≥ 240x115x71 mm, NF
Thermax 128) 200 2,71 0,85 0,55 0,47 0,40 0,32 0,24 0,18 0,08 0,04 240 80/80 60
Thermax 168) 200 2,71 1,29 0,98 0,83 0,71 0,63 0,48 0,34 0,16 0,08 240 80/80 60
Solid sand-lime brick, KS, EN 771; fb ≥ 20 N/mm2; ρ ≥ 2,0 kg/dm3; LxWxH ≥ 250x240x240 mm, 8DF
Thermax 128) 50 2,86 0,85 0,55 0,47 0,40 0,32 0,24 0,18 0,08 0,04 240 80/80 60
Thermax 168) 50 2,14 1,51 0,98 0,83 0,71 0,63 0,48 0,34 0,16 0,08 240 80/80 60
Vertically perforated brick type B, HLz, EN 771-1; fb ≥ 12 N/mm2; ρ ≥ 1,0 kg/dm3; LxWxH = 370x240x237 mm resp. 500x175x237 mm
Thermax 124) 110 1,14 0,57 0,55 0,47 0,40 0,32 0,24 0,18 0,08 0,04 175 100/100 100
Thermax 164) 110 1,14 0,57 0,57 0,57 0,57 0,57 0,48 0,34 0,16 0,08 175 100/100 100
Perforated sand-lime brick, KSL, EN 771-2; fb ≥ 12 N/mm2; ρ ≥ 1,4 kg/dm3; LxWxH = 240x175x113 mm, 3DF
Thermax 124) 85 1,00 0,85 0,55 0,47 0,40 0,32 0,24 0,18 0,08 0,04 175 100/115 80
Thermax 164) 85 1,00 1,14 0,98 0,83 0,71 0,63 0,48 0,34 0,16 0,08 175 100/115 80
Hollow block made of light weight concrete, Hbl, EN 771-3; fb ≥ 2 N/mm2; ρ ≥ 1,0 kg/dm3; LxWxH = 362x240x240 mm
Thermax 124) 110 0,43 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,24 0,18 0,08 0,04 240 100/240 60
Thermax 164) 180 0,71 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,16 0,08 240 100/240 60
Aerated concrete (cylindrical drill hole), EN 771-4; f b ≥ 2 N/mm2; ρ ≥ 0,35 kg/dm3; LxWxH ≥ 599x240x249 mm
Thermax 128) 200 1,43 0,43 0,43 0,43 0,40 0,32 0,24 0,18 0,08 0,04 240 80/80 100
Thermax 168) 200 1,43 0,43 0,43 0,43 0,43 0,43 0,43 0,34 0,16 0,08 240 80/80 100
For the design the complete approval Z-21.8-1837 as well as the European Technical Assessments ETA-10/0383, ETA-02/0024 or ETA-12/0258 have to be considered.
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered.
2)
Set-up of one or more Thermax in a row in direction of shear, for which the clamping of the attachment prevents a torsion on attachment side due to a sufficient stiffness of the attachment or connecting
construction. For a clamping on base substrate side only, see approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile and shear loads as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval. The values for tensile loads in masonry are valid only, if the joints of the masonry
is completely filled with masonry mortar. If the joints are not filled with masonry mortar are not filled with masonry mortar and the edge distance towards the joints is less than cmin, the loads have
to be reduced by the factor aj = 0,75. The values for shear loads are valid only, if the joints are filled with masonry mortar. For not completely filled joints they have to be handled like a free edge and a
minimum edge distance cmin of the anchors to the joints has to be observed. For compression loads and perforated bricks or hollow blocks see approval. Calculative assumed thickness of the attachment
tfix = 6 mm.
4)
In vertically perforated bricks HLz, perforated sand-lime bricks KSL as well as hollow blocks made of light weight concrete Hbl the Thermax 12 (standard version) can bridge non-load bearing layers up to
110 mm and the Thermax 16 can bridge them up to 170 mm. Larger usable lengths up to 300 mm are possible, if other perforated sleeves and where required longer anchor rods are used and again the
anchorage depth gets reduced - see approval.
5)
The stated permissible loads are valid for anchorages in dry base substrates - use category d/d - and for temperatures up to +50 °C (resp. short-term up to +80 °C) in the area of the injection mortar and duri-
ng drill hole cleaning in accordance with the approval. The load values apply to anchor rods on base substrate side made of zinc-plated steel grade 8.8 - for other steel grades or stainless steel see approval.
6)
Complies with the permissible tensile load of the Thermax Cone.
7)
Intermediate values of the shear load may be linearly interpolated in dependence of "e", if nothing else is mentioned in the approval.
8)
In solid bricks Mz and solid sand-lime bricks KS the Thermax 12 (standard version) can bridge non-load bearing layers up to 190 mm (140 mm in aerated concrete) and the Thermax 16 can bridge them up
to 300 mm (270 mm in aerated concrete) - but in solid brick Mz and aerated concrete the above load values have to be reduced. In concrete the Thermax 12 (standard version) can bridge non-loadbearing
layers up to 170 mm and the Thermax 16 can bridge them up to 290 mm. Larger usable lengths up to 300 mm are possible, if longer anchor rods are used and again in solid bricks Mz if the anchorage depth
(compared to above values) gets reduced where required - see approval.
9)
Minimum spacings for at the same time reduced permissible loads, where required.

341
 Stand-off installation Thermax 12 / 16

LOADS
Stand-off installation Thermax 12 and 16 with load-bearing anchor rod made of stainless steel A4-70 and a displacement
of 3 mm
The below load table is valid for short-term loading (e.g. wind load). Measures for sealing see approval, section 3.2.4.
Highest permissible loads1) 5) 7) of a Thermax within an anchor group2) in concrete with the injection mortars FIS V or FIS SB and in
masonry with the injection mortar FIS V.
Type Minimum Permissi- Permissi- Permissi- Permissi- Permissi- Permissi- Permissi- Permissi- Permissi- Permissi- Minimum Minimum Minimum
effective ble tensile ble shear ble shear ble shear ble shear ble shear ble shear ble shear ble shear ble shear member spacing edge
anchorage load load at load at load at load at load at load at load at load at load at thickness distance
depth
e= e= e= e= e= e= e= e= e=
62 mm 100 mm 120 mm 140 mm 160 mm 180 mm 200 mm 250 mm 300 mm
5 hef4)8) Nperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) hmin
smin║/
smin┴9)
cmin
[mm] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

Concrete, cracked and non-cracked, strength class ≥ C20/25

Thermax 128) 70 3,406) 1,07 0,69 0,58 0,50 0,44 0,39 0,35 0,24 0,12 100 55 55
8)
Thermax 16 80 3,406) 1,51 0,98 0,83 0,71 0,63 0,56 0,51 0,41 0,24 116 65 65
Solid brick, Mz, EN 771-1; fb ≥ 12 N/mm2; ρ ≥ 1,8 kg/dm3; LxWxH ≥ 240x115x71 mm, NF
Thermax 128) 200 2,71 0,59 0,39 0,33 0,28 0,25 0,22 0,20 0,16 0,12 240 80/80 60
Thermax 168) 200 2,71 1,29 0,96 0,81 0,70 0,62 0,56 0,50 0,41 0,24 240 80/80 60
Solid sand-lime brick, KS, EN 771; fb ≥ 20 N/mm2; ρ ≥ 2,0 kg/dm3; LxWxH ≥ 250x240x240 mm, 8DF
Thermax 128) 50 2,86 0,59 0,39 0,33 0,28 0,25 0,22 0,20 0,16 0,12 240 80/80 60
Thermax 168) 50 2,14 1,46 0,96 0,81 0,70 0,62 0,56 0,50 0,41 0,24 240 80/80 60
Vertically perforated brick type B, HLz, EN 771-1; fb ≥ 12 N/mm2; ρ ≥ 1,0 kg/dm3; LxWxH = 370x240x237 mm resp. 500x175x237 mm
Thermax 124) 110 1,14 0,57 0,39 0,33 0,28 0,25 0,22 0,20 0,16 0,12 175 100/100 100
Thermax 164) 110 1,14 0,57 0,57 0,57 0,57 0,57 0,56 0,50 0,41 0,24 175 100/100 100
Perforated sand-lime brick, KSL, EN 771-2; fb ≥ 12 N/mm2; ρ ≥ 1,4 kg/dm3; LxWxH = 240x175x113 mm, 3DF
Thermax 124) 85 1,00 0,59 0,39 0,33 0,28 0,25 0,22 0,20 0,16 0,12 175 100/115 80
Thermax 164) 85 1,00 1,14 0,96 0,81 0,70 0,62 0,56 0,50 0,41 0,24 175 100/115 80
Hollow block made of light weight concrete, Hbl, EN 771-3; fb ≥ 2 N/mm2; ρ ≥ 1,0 kg/dm3; LxWxH = 362x240x240 mm
Thermax 124) 110 0,43 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,25 0,22 0,20 0,16 0,12 240 100/240 60
Thermax 164) 180 0,71 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,24 240 100/240 60
Aerated concrete (cylindrical drill hole), EN 771-4; f b ≥ 2 N/mm2; ρ ≥ 0,35 kg/dm3; LxWxH ≥ 599x240x249 mm
Thermax 128) 200 1,43 0,43 0,39 0,33 0,28 0,25 0,22 0,20 0,16 0,12 240 80/80 100
Thermax 168) 200 1,43 0,43 0,43 0,43 0,43 0,43 0,43 0,43 0,41 0,24 240 80/80 100
For the design the complete approval Z-21.8-1837 as well as the European Technical Assessments ETA-10/0383, ETA-02/0024 or ETA-12/0258 have to be considered.
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered.
2)
Set-up of one or more Thermax in a row in direction of shear, for which the clamping of the attachment prevents a torsion on attachment side due to a sufficient stiffness of the attachment or connecting
construction. For a clamping on base substrate side only, see approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile and shear loads as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval. The values for tensile loads in masonry are valid only, if the joints of the masonry
is completely filled with masonry mortar. If the joints are not filled with masonry mortar are not filled with masonry mortar and the edge distance towards the joints is less than cmin, the loads have
to be reduced by the factor aj = 0,75. The values for shear loads are valid only, if the joints are filled with masonry mortar. For not completely filled joints they have to be handled like a free edge and a
minimum edge distance cmin of the anchors to the joints has to be observed. For compression loads and perforated bricks or hollow blocks see approval. Calculative assumed thickness of the attachment
tfix = 6 mm.
4)
In vertically perforated bricks HLz, perforated sand-lime bricks KSL as well as hollow blocks made of light weight concrete Hbl the Thermax 12 (standard version) can bridge non-load bearing layers up to
110 mm and the Thermax 16 can bridge them up to 170 mm. Larger usable lengths up to 300 mm are possible, if other perforated sleeves and where required longer anchor rods are used and again the
anchorage depth gets reduced - see approval.
5)
The stated permissible loads are valid for anchorages in dry base substrates - use category d/d - and for temperatures up to +50 °C (resp. short-term up to +80 °C) in the area of the injection mortar and
during drill hole cleaning in accordance with the approval. The load values apply to anchor rods on base substrate side made of stainless steel of the grade A4-70.
6)
Complies with the permissible tensile load of the Thermax Cone.
7)
Intermediate values of the shear load may be linearly interpolated in dependence of "e", if nothing else is mentioned in the approval.
8)
In solid bricks Mz and solid sand-lime bricks KS the Thermax 12 (standard version) can bridge non-load bearing layers up to 190 mm (140 mm in aerated concrete) and the Thermax 16 can bridge them up
to 300 mm (270 mm in aerated concrete) - but in solid brick Mz and aerated concrete the above load values have to be reduced. In concrete the Thermax 12 (standard version) can bridge non-loadbearing
layers up to 170 mm and the Thermax 16 can bridge them up to 290 mm. Larger usable lengths up to 300 mm are possible, if longer anchor rods are used and again in solid bricks Mz if the anchorage depth
(compared to above values) gets reduced where required - see approval.
9)
Minimum spacings for at the same time reduced permissible loads, where required.

342
Remedial wall tie mechanical VBS-M

The quick façade repair for two-leaf cavity walls

Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

Facing masonry Repairing outer leafs

VERSIONS CERTIFICATES
▪ Zinc-plated steel
▪ Stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Facing masonry with and without an
air layer

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The approved fixing in stone and in ▪ VBS-M is especially suitable for ▪ The remedial wall tie VBS-M is set in
joints from at least 50 mm facing applications where external thermal the load-bearing layer and into facing
masonry provides a high degree of insulation composite systems (ETICS) masonry using push-through installa-
flexibility and security. have been previously installed. tion.
▪ Use in joints and with a low ancho- ▪ Retrorespective repair of facing ▪ In accordance with the approval, no
rage depth of just 50 mm allows for a masonry. drill hole cleaning is required.
quick and economical installation. ▪ The two expansion zones in the
▪ The small anchor rim and screw head load-bearing layer and in the facing
allow for a surface-flush or deep-set masonry ensure a secure fixation.
installation. ▪ The plug doesn’t fix into the facing
▪ The drill hole can be retrospectively masonry until the head grips into the
sealed so that it is no longer visible in load-bearing layer. This ensures the
the façade. very best installation safety.
▪ A drip coil prevents condensate
running into the load-bearing layer,
thus preventing frost and corrosive
damage.

343
 Remedial wall tie mechanical VBS-M

TECHNICAL DATA
t fix
hL

d0

Remedial wall tie VBS-M

hef
l
h0
5 Zinc-plated Stainless Max. shell Max. shell Facing mason- Drill diameter Drill hole depth Effect. ancho- Anchor length Sales unit
steel steel distance at distance at ry + cavity rage depth
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

115 mm facing 115 mm facing

masonry, flush masonry,
installation 20 mm sunk
installation
tfix d0 h0 hef l
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
VBS-M 8 x 120 514243 514236 20* — 70 8 140 >50 120 100
VBS-M 8 x 185 514244 514237 20 40 135 8 205 >50 185 100
VBS-M 8 x 205 514245 514238 40 60 155 8 225 >50 205 100
VBS-M 8 x 225 514246 514239 60 80 175 8 245 >50 225 100
VBS-M 8 x 245 514247 514240 80 100 195 8 265 >50 245 100
VBS-M 8 x 265 514248 514241 100 120 215 8 285 >50 265 100
VBS-M 8 x 285 514249 514242 120 140 235 8 305 >50 285 100
* Max. 20 mm mortar layer in the case of 50 mm thick economy facing.
The drill hole depth is to be adapted accordingly in the case of sunk installation of the anchor.

ACCESSORIES / DRILLS
SDS Plus IV 8/100/400 Masonry drill bit 8/100/400
SDS Plus II Pointer
8/400/460
Description Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
SDS Plus IV 8/100/400 517689 fischer Quattric drill bit with SDS fixture and short flute for drilling in concrete 1
fischer masonry drill bit with SDS fixture and short flute, ground sharp, for rotary drilling
Masonry drill bit 8/100/400 517690 1
in perforated brick and in the bed joint
SDS Plus II 8/400/460 531785 fischer hammer drill bit for drilling in concrete and in the facing brick 1

ACCESSORIES / BITS

FPB TX 25/5 long FPB T 25 PROFI

Description Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
fischer Profi-Bit long, which can be extended to 50 mm bit, allows for deep setting in stone and
FPB TX 25/5 long 517693 12
in the bed joint
FPB T 25 PROFI Bit W 10 533115 fischer Profi-Bit 10

344
 5

345
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation
6 General fixings
Page

DUOPOWER 348

Universal plug UX 351

Universal plug UX GREEN 356

6

General fixings
Expansion plug SX 358

Expansion plug SX GREEN 361

Expansion plug S 363

Threaded rod plug RODFORCE FGD 366

Metal expansion anchor FMD 368

Expansion plug M-S 370

Anchor M 372

Brass fixing MS 374

Aircrete anchor GB 376

Aircrete anchor GB GREEN 378

Turbo aircrete anchor FTP K 380

Turbo aircrete anchor FTP M 382

Brass fixing PA 4 384

Balcony cladding fixing P 9 K 386

Stair-tread fixing TB / TBB 388

Repair pad FIX.it 389

Doorstop TS 390

347
 DUOPOWER

The duo of power and intelligence

6 Wall cabinets TV-brackets

General fixings

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ Concrete
▪ Solid brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Plasterboard
▪ Gypsum plasterboard and gypsum
fibreboards
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Cavity floor slabs made from bricks
and concrete or similar
▪ Natural stone
▪ Chipboard
▪ Solid panel made from gypsum
▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ Two component materials  for top ▪ TV consoles ▪ The grey component made from high
load values and intelligent functio- ▪ Lighting quality nylon automatically activates
ning (expansion, folding, knotting), ▪ Shelves for the optimum product function
depending on building material - solid, ▪ Mirror cabinets (expansion, folding, knotting) for the
perforated or pannel material. ▪ Letter boxes best hold.
▪ Great feeback (feel-good-factor) of the ▪ Pictures ▪ The red expansion wings support the
plug. You can feel exactly when the ▪ Fixing blinds safe expansion and offer additional
plug is installed perfectly. ▪ Curtain rails safety for the grey component.
▪ The narrow plug rim prevents slipping ▪ Wash basin fixings ▪ The smooth-running opening allows
into the drill hole. ▪ Plumbing and heating fixings the simple positioning of the screw
▪ The serrated anti-rotation feature ▪ Bath and toilet installations and the secure guiding and fixing in
interlock in the building material and ▪ Wall cabinets the screw channel.
prevents rotation in the drill hole ▪ Range hood ▪ The required screw length is given by
during installation. the plug length + fixture thickness +
▪ The greater anchorage depth of the the screw diameter.
DUOPOWER 6 x 50, 8 x 65 and ▪ Suitable for wood and chipboard
10 x 80 means that the plug is screws, as well as stud screws.
especially suited to fixings in hollow ▪ In the case of fixing boards, the
building materials, aerated concrete threadless part of the screw must not
and to bridge plaster. be longer than the fixture.

348
DUOPOWER

INSTALLATION IN SOLID BUILDING MATERIALS

INSTALLATION IN HOLLOW BUILDING MATERIALS

General fixings
INSTALLATION IN PANEL BUILDING MATERIALS

TECHNICAL DATA
lS ≥ hef + tfix+ ds
DUOPOWER

d0 d S

DUOPOWER with greater anchorage depth

l = hef tfix
h1

Drill hole Min. drill Min. panel Min. bolt Anchor Wood and Drive Max. fixture Sales unit
diameter hole depth thickness penetra- length chipboard thickness
tion screws
d0 h1 dp lE,min l ds / ds x ls t fix
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
without
Item screw with screw
DUOPOWER 5 x 25 555005 — 5 35 12,5 29 25 3-4 — — 100
DUOPOWER 6 x 30 555006 — 6 40 12,5 35 30 4-5 — — 100
DUOPOWER 6 x 50 538240 — 6 60 12,5 55 50 4-5 — — 100
DUOPOWER 8 x 40 555008 — 8 50 12,5 46 40 4,5 - 6 — — 100
DUOPOWER 8 x 65 538241 — 8 75 2 x 12,5 71 65 4,5 - 6 — — 50
DUOPOWER 10 x 50 555010 — 10 70 12,5 58 50 6-8 — — 50
DUOPOWER 10 x 80 538242 — 10 100 — 88 80 6-8 — — 25
DUOPOWER 12 x 60 538243 — 12 80 — 70 60 8 - 10 — — 25
DUOPOWER 14 x 70 538244 — 14 90 — 82 70 10 - 12 — — 20
DUOPOWER 5 x 25 S — 555105 5 40 12,5 29 25 4 x 35 PZ2 6 50
DUOPOWER 6 x 30 S — 555106 6 45 12,5 35 30 4,5 x 40 PZ2 5 50
DUOPOWER 6 x 50 S — 538245 6 75 12,5 55 50 4,5 x 70 PZ2 15 50
DUOPOWER 8 x 40 S — 555108 8 65 12,5 45 40 5 x 60 PZ2 15 50
DUOPOWER 8 x 65 S — 538246 8 85 2 x 12,5 70 65 5 x 80 PZ2 10 25
DUOPOWER 10 x 50 S — 555110 10 74 12,5 57 50 7 x 69 SW 13 / TX 40 13 25
DUOPOWER 10 x 80 S — 538247 10 112 — 87 80 7 x 107 SW 13 20 10

349
 DUOPOWER

TECHNICAL DATA
lS ≥ hef + tfix+ ds
DUOPOWER

d0 d S

DUOPOWER with greater anchorage depth

l = hef tfix
h1

6 Drill hole Min. drill Min. panel Min. bolt

diameter hole depth thickness penetra-
Anchor
length
Wood and
chipboard
Drive Max. fixture Sales unit
thickness
tion screws
General fixings

d0 h1 dp lE,min l ds / ds x ls t fix
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
without
Item screw with screw
DUOPOWER 12 x 60 S — 538248 12 85 — 68 60 8 x 80 SW 13 12 10
DUOPOWER 14 x 70 S — 538249 14 100 — 80 70 10 x 95 SW 17 15 8

LOADS
DUOPOWER
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for wood screws with the specified diameter.
Type DUOPOWER
5 x 25 6 x 30 6 x 50 8 x 40 8 x 65 10 x 50 10 x 80 12 x 60 14 x 70
Wood screw diameter Ø [mm] 4 5 5 6 6 8 8 10 12
Min. edge distance concrete cmin [mm] 30 35 35 50 50 65 65 80 100
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,40 0,95 1,65 1,10 2,30 2,15 4,20 3,30 5,30
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,30 0,50 0,55 0,62 0,69 1,20 1,45 1,30 1,35
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 0,50 1,00 1,60 1,25 2,25 2,20 3,85 2,80 4,50
Aerated concrete ≥ PB 2, PP 2 (G 2) [kN] 0,05 0,10 0,15 0,10 0,16 0,20 0,30 0,24 0,35
Aerated concrete ≥ PB 4, PP 4 (G 4) [kN] 0,25 0,38 0,55 0,42 0,60 0,60 1,10 1,00 1,45
Vertically perforated brick ≥ Hlz 12 ( ≥ 0,9 kg/dm³) [kN] 0,13 0,15 0,17 0,25 0,40 0,25 0,40 0,35 0,40
Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 12 ( ≥ 1,6 kg/dm³) [kN] 0,40 0,60 0,60 0,70 1,00 0,70 2,00 0,75 1,50
Gypsum block ( ≥ 0,9 kg/dm³) [kN] 0,10 0,18 0,37 0,25 0,50 0,35 0,65 0,50 0,50
Gypsum fibreboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,24 0,33 0,35 0,35 - 0,50 - - -
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,12 0,15 0,15 0,15 - 0,15 - - -
Gypsum plasterboard 2 x 12,5 mm [kN] 0,13 0,15 0,24 0,20 0,32 0,30 - - -
Mattone Forato Typ F8 [kN] 0,30 0,30 - 0,25 - 0,25 - - -
Tramezza Doppio UNI 19 [kN] 0,15 0,15 0,23 0,15 0,30 0,20 0,52 0,35 0,35
Sepa Parpaing [kN] 0,30 0,45 0,253) 0,45 0,453) 0,45 0,453) 0,603) 0,603)
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
The load data are valid for tension, shear and combined tension and shear load.
3)
Load determination on plastered wall.

350
Universal plug UX

The nylon plug for all building materials

Mirror fixings Pictures 6

General fixings
BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES
▪ Concrete
▪ Gypsum plasterboard and gypsum
fibreboards
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Cavity floor slabs made from bricks
and concrete
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Natural stone
▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Chipboard
▪ Solid panel made from gypsum
▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The universal operating principle ▪ Pictures ▪ The UX with rim is suitable for pre-
(knotting or expanding) allows for use ▪ Lighting positioned installation; the UX without
in all solid, hollow and board building ▪ Skirting rim is suitable for push-through
materials. Thus the UX is the correct ▪ Light cabinets installation.
choice for unknown base materials. ▪ Towel rails ▪ Turning in the screw causes the UX to
▪ The UX’s angled connection ridges ▪ Mirror cabinets expand in the solid building material
allow for optimum screw guidance. ▪ Curtain rails and to knot within the cavity.
Serrated anti-rotation locks prevent ▪ Wash basin fixings ▪ The required screw length is given by
rotation in the drill hole. This gua- ▪ TV consoles the plug length + fixture thickness +
rantees the greatest possible installa- ▪ Plumbing and heating fixings 1 x screw diameter.
tion safety. ▪ Suitable for wood and chipboard
▪ Fixing sets with screws, eye screws screws, as well as stud screws.
and hooks provide the right solution ▪ In the case of board building materials,
for all applications. the threadless part of the screw must
not be longer than the fixture, and the
UX with rim is to be used.
▪ The edge distance must be at least
one plug length.

351
 Universal plug UX

TECHNICAL DATA
lS ≥ hef + tfix + ds

UX - without rim

d0 ds

UX - with collar

6 l = hef
h1
tfix
General fixings

UX R S - with rim and screw

Without rim With rim With rim and Drill hole Min. drill hole Min. panel Anchor length Wood and chip- Max. fixture Sales unit
screw diameter depth thickness board screws thickness
d0 h1 dp l ds / ds x ls t fix
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item UX UX R UX R S
UX 5 x 30 094721 094722 — 5 40 9,5 30 3-4 — 100
UX 6 x 35 062754 062756 — 6 45 9,5 35 4-5 — 100
UX 6 x 35 — — 094758 6 65 9,5 35 4,5 x 60 20 25
UX 6 x 50 072094 072095 — 6 60 9,5 50 4-5 — 100
UX 6 x 50 — — 094759 6 80 9,5 50 4,5 x 75 20 25
UX 8 x 40 — 505483 — 8 50 9,5 40 4,5 - 6 — 100
UX 8 x 50 077869 077870 — 8 60 9,5 50 4,5 - 6 — 100
UX 8 x 50 — — 094762 8 75 9,5 50 5 x 70 15 25
UX 8 x 50 — — 094760 8 85 9,5 50 5 x 80 25 25
UX 10 x 60 077871 077872 — 10 75 12,5 60 6-8 — 50
UX 10 x 60 094761 1) — — 10 90 12,5 60 6 x 85 20 10
UX 12 x 70 062758 — — 12 85 — 70 8 - 10 — 25
UX 14 x 75 062757 — — 14 95 — 75 10 - 12 — 20
1) with screw

352
Universal plug UX

TECHNICAL DATA
ls
1 x screw-Ø

d0 ds

UX RH - with rim and round hook UX WH - with rim and angle hook
h1
6

General fixings
UX RH N - with rim and round hook UX WH N - with rim and angle hook UX OH N - with rim and eyebolt
(white coated) (white coated) (white coated)

With rim and With round With rim and With angle With eyebolt Drill hole Min. drill hole Min. panel Anchor length Screw dimen- Sales unit
round hook hook (white angle hook hook (white (white diameter depth thickness sion
coated) coated) coated) d0 h1 dp l ds x ls
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Ø mm] [pcs]
Item RH RH N WH WH N OH N
UX 6 x 35 094407 — — — — 6 45 9,5 35 4,5 x 67 25
UX 6 x 35 — — 094408 — — 6 45 9,5 35 4,5 x 51 25
UX 8 x 50 094409 094412 — — 094414 8 60 9,5 50 5,5 x 87 25
UX 8 x 50 — — 094410 094413 — 8 60 9,5 50 5,5 x 70 25

TECHNICAL DATA

UX in bucket

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Min. panel thickness Fixing length Wood and chipboard Sales unit
screws
d0 h1 dp l ds / ds x ls
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
UX 6 x 35 R in bucket 508027 6 45 9,5 35 4-5 2500
UX 8 x 50 R in bucket 508028 8 60 9,5 50 4,5 - 6 1000
UX 10 x 60 R in bucket 508029 10 75 12,5 60 6-8 600

353
 Universal plug UX

TECHNICAL DATA

6
General fixings

Assortment box UX / SX Box UX / SX-S Meister-Box

Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]

Box UX 6/8/10 093182 100 plugs UX 6 x 35, 70 plugs UX 8 x 50, 20 plugs UX 10 x 60 1
Box UX-R 6/8/10 093819 100 plugs UX 6 x 35 R, 70 plugs UX 8 x 50 R, 20 plugs UX 10 x 60 R 1
50 plugs UX 6 x 35, 50 screws 4,5 x 50, 50 plugs SX 6 x 30, 50 screws 4,5 x 45,
Box UX / SX-S 093181 1
25 plugs UX 8 x 50, 25 screws 5 x 65, 25 plugs SX 8 x 40, 25 screws 5 x 50
60 plugs SX 6 x 30, 50 plugs SX 8 x 40, 20 plugs SX 10 x 50, 60 plugs UX 5 x 30 R,
Assortment box UX / SX 040991 1
40 plugs UX 6 x 50 R, 50 plugs UX 8 x 50 R, 10 plugs UX 10 x 60 R
International version: 50 Universal plugs UX 6 x 35 R, 25 Universal plugs UX 8 x 50 R,
Profi-Box UX
518526 20 Chipboard screws 4,5 x 60, 15 Chipboard screws 5 x 70, 1
+ screws + hooks
4 Angle hooks 5,5, x 70, 4 Round hooks 5,5 x 80
International version: 25 Universal plugs UX 6 x 35, 25 Universal plugs UX 6 x 35 R,
Profi-Box UX / UX-R 518527 1
25 Universal plugs UX 8 x 50, 25 Universal plugs UX 8 x 50 R, 10 Universal plugs UX 10 x 60
German version: 50 Universal plugs UX 6 x 35 R, 25 Universal plugs UX 8 x 50 R,
Meister-Box UX
513894 20 Chipboard screws 4,5 x 60, 15 Chipboard screws 5 x 70, 1
+ screws + hooks
4 Angle hooks 5,5, x 70, 4 Round hooks 5,5 x 80
German version: 25 Universal plugs UX 6 x 35, 25 Universal plugs UX 6 x 35 R,
Meister-Box UX / UX-R 513893 1
25 Universal plugs UX 8 x 50, 25 Universal plugs UX 8 x 50 R, 10 Universal plugs UX 10 x 60

354
Universal plug UX

LOADS
Universal plug UX
Highest recommended tensile loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for wood screws with the specified diameter.
Type UX 5 x 30 UX 6 x 35 UX 6 x 50 UX 8 x 40 UX 10 x 60 UX 12 x 70 UX 14 x 75
UX 8 x 50
Wood screw diameter Ø [mm] 4 5 5 6 8 10 12
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,30 0,40 0,60 0,60 1,00 1,50 1,80
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,30 0,30 0,50 0,70 0,80
Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,30 0,40 0,40 0,50 0,60 0,80 0,80
Vertically perforated brick ≥ Hlz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,30 0,40
Aerated concrete ≥ AAC 4 [kN] 0,15 0,20 0,20 0,30 0,40 0,60 0,70
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,10 - - 6
Gypsum plasterboard 25 mm [kN] 0,10 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15 - -

General fixings
Gypsum fibreboard (Fermacell) [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,25 - -
Gypsum block  ≥ 0,9 kg/dm³ [kN] - - - 0,15 0,35 0,45 0,50
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

LOADS
Universal plug UX with hook screws respective eye screws
Highest recommended tensile loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for the included hook screws respective eye screws.
Type UX 6 x 35 RH UX 6 x 35 WH UX 8 x 50 RH UX 8 x 50 WH UX 8 x 50 OE

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)

Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,25 0,30 0,40 0,45 0,40
Vertically perforated brick ≥ Hlz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,05
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

355
 Universal plug UX GREEN

The nylon plug for all building materials

6 Curtain rails Shelves

General fixings

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ Concrete
▪ Gypsum plasterboard and gypsum
fibreboards
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Cavity floor slabs made from bricks
and concrete
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Natural stone
▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Chipboard
▪ Solid panel made from gypsum
▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ Produced with at least 50%  rene- ▪ Pictures ▪ The Universal plug UX with rim is
wable raw materials  and therefore ▪ Lighting suitable for pre-positioned installation;
particularly environmentally friendly. ▪ Skirting the UX without rim is suitable for
▪ Just as effective, secure and durable ▪ Light cabinets push-through installation.
as regular UX plugs. ▪ Towel rails ▪ When screwing in the screw, the
▪ The universal operating principle ▪ Mirror cabinets UX GREEN expands in solid building
(knotting or expanding) allows for use ▪ Curtain rails materials and knots itself into cavities.
in all solid, hollow and board building ▪ Wash basin fixings ▪ Suitable for wood and chipboard
materials. Thus the UX GREEN is the ▪ TV consoles screws, as well as stud screws.
correct choice for unknown base ▪ Plumbing and heating fixings ▪ The required screw length is given by:
materials. the plug length + fixture thickness +
▪ Plug collar for anti-slip safety and saw 1 x screw diameter.
tooth sides as turning lock ensure the ▪ In the case of board building materials,
highest installation safety. the threadless part of the screw must
not be longer than the fixture.
▪ The edge distance must be at least
one plug length.

356
Universal plug UX GREEN

TECHNICAL DATA
lS ≥ hef + tfix + ds

d0 ds

l = hef
h1
tfix
6
Universal plug UX GREEN R - with rim

General fixings
With rim Without rim Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Min. panel Anchor length Wood and chip- Sales unit
depth thickness board screws
d0 h1 dp l ds / ds x ls
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item UX R UX
UX GREEN 6 x 35 518885 — 6 45 9,5 35 4-5 40
UX GREEN 6 x 50 524855 — 6 60 9,5 50 4-5 40
UX GREEN 8 x 50 518886 — 8 60 9,5 50 4,5 - 6 40
UX GREEN 10 x 60 518887 — 10 75 12,5 60 6-8 20
UX GREEN 12 x 70 — 524858 12 85 — 70 8 - 10 18

LOADS
Universal plug UX GREEN
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for wood screws with the specified diameter.
Type UX GREEN 6 x 35 UX GREEN 6 x 50 UX GREEN 8 x 50 UX GREEN 10 x 60 UX GREEN 12 x 70

Screw diameter Ø [mm] 5 5 6 8 10

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,40 0,60 0,60 1,00 1,50
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,30 0,30 0,50 0,70
Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,40 0,40 0,50 0,60 0,80
Vertically perforated brick ≥ Hlz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,30
Aerated concrete ≥ AAC 4 [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,30 0,40 0,60
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,10 -
Gypsum plasterboard 25 mm [kN] 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15 -
Gypsum fibreboard (Fermacell) [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,25 -
Gypsum block  ≥ 0,9 kg/dm³ [kN] - - 0,15 0,35 0,45
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

357
 Expansion plug SX

The powerful nylon plug with 4-way expansion

6 Wall consoles Curtain rails

General fixings

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ Concrete
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Cavity floor slabs made from bricks
and concrete
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Natural stone with dense structure
▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Solid panel made from gypsum
▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS PLFUNCTIONING

▪ The 4-way expansion provides the ▪ Lighting ▪ The SX is suitable for pre-positioned
optimum force distribution in the ▪ Wardrobes and push-through installation.
material, and offers high load-bearing ▪ Motion detectors ▪ When turning in the screw, the SX
capacities in solid and hollow building ▪ Skirting expands in four directions, thus
materials. ▪ Light shelves providing a secure anchoring in the
▪ The expansion-free plug neck prevents ▪ Mirror cabinets building material.
the creation of expansion forces on ▪ Letter boxes ▪ The required screw length is given
the material surface whilst screwing ▪ TV consoles by: Plug length + fixture thickness +
in the screw. This helps to prevent ▪ Trellis 1 x screw diameter.
damage to tiles and plaster. ▪ Folding shutters ▪ Suitable for wood, chipboard and
▪ The pronounced rim prevents the plug ▪ Bath and toilet installations spacing screws (fischer ASL, see page
from slipping into the drill hole, thus 332).
allowing for a simple installation.
▪ The greater anchorage depth of the
SX 6x50, 8x65 and 10x80 means
that the plug is especially suited to
fixings in hollow building materials,
aerated concrete and to bridge plaster.

358
Expansion plug SX

TECHNICAL DATA
lS ≥ hef + tfix+ ds

Plug SX with rim

d0 ds

Plug SX - with greater anchorage depth,

without rim
l = hef tfix
h1

General fixings
Plug SX with rim and screw

With rim With greater With rim and Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Wood and chip- Max. fixture Sales unit
anchorage screw diameter depth board screws thickness
depth, d0 h1 l ds / ds x ls t fix
without rim
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item SX SX SX-S
SX 4 x 20 070004 — — 4 25 20 2-3 — 200
SX 5 x 25 070005 — — 5 35 25 3-4 — 100
SX 6 x 30 070006 — — 6 40 30 4-5 — 100
SX 6 x 30 — — 070021 6 45 30 4,5 x 40 5 50
SX 6 x 50 078185 024827 — 6 60 50 4-5 — 100
SX 8 x 40 070008 — — 8 50 40 4,5 - 6 — 100
SX 8 x 40 — — 070022 8 65 40 5 x 60 15 50
SX 8 x 65 — 024828 — 8 75 65 4,5 - 6 — 50
SX 10 x 50 070010 — — 10 70 50 6-8 — 50
SX 10 x 80 — 024829 — 10 95 80 6-8 — 25
SX 12 x 60 070012 — — 12 80 60 8 - 10 — 25
SX 14 x 70 070014 — — 14 90 70 10 - 12 — 20
SX 16 x 80 070016 — — 16 100 80 12 (1/2") — 10

TECHNICAL DATA

SX in bucket

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Anchor length Max. fixture thick- Wood and chipboard Sales unit
ness screws
d0 h1 l t fix ds
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SX 6 in bucket 507900 6 40 30 — 4-5 3200
SX 8 in bucket 507904 8 50 40 — 4,5 - 6 1200
SX 10 in bucket 507909 10 70 50 — 6-8 720
SX 12 in bucket 523269 12 80 60 — 8 - 10 350

359
 Expansion plug SX

TECHNICAL DATA

6
General fixings

Box SX 5/6/8 Profi-Box Box UX / SX-S Assortment box UX / SX

Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]

Box SX 5/6/8 030191 100 plugs SX 5 x 25, 100 plugs SX 6 x 30, 100 plugs SX 8 x 40 1
50 plugs UX 6 x 35, 50 screws 4,5 x 50, 50 plugs SX 6 x 30, 50 screws 4,5 x 45,
Box UX / SX-S 093181 1
25 plugs UX 8 x 50, 25 screws 5 x 65, 25 plugs SX 8 x 40, 25 screws 5 x 50
60 plugs SX 6 x 30, 50 plugs SX 8 x 40, 20 plugs SX 10 x 50, 60 plugs UX 5 x 30 R,
Assortment box UX / SX 040991 1
40 plugs UX 6 x 50 R, 50 plugs UX 8 x 50 R, 10 plugs UX 10 x 60 R
International version: 60 Expension plugs SX 6 x 30, 60 Expansion plugs SX 8 x 40,
Profi-Box SX 518524 1
12 Expansion plugs SX 10 x 50
International version: 50 Expansion plugs SX 6 x 30, 30 Expansion plugs SX 8 x 40,
Profi-Box SX + screws 518525 1
50 Chipboard screws 4,5 x 40, 30 Chipboard screws 5 x 60
Meister-Box SX-plug 041648 German version: 60 plugs SX 6 x 30, 60 plugs SX 8 x 40, 12 plugs SX 10 x 50 1
German version: 50 Expansion plugs SX 6 x 30, 30 Expansion plugs SX 8 x 40,
Meister-Box SX + screws 513777 1
50 Chipboard screws 4,5 x 40, 30 Chipboard screws 5 x 60

LOADS
Expansion plug SX
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for wood screws with the specified diameter.
Type SX 4 x 20 SX 5 x 25 SX 6 x 30 SX 8 x 40 SX 10 x 50 SX 10 x 80 SX 12 x 60 SX 14 x 70 SX 16 x 80
SX 6 x 50 SX 8 x 65
Wood screw diameter Ø [mm] 3 4 5 6 8 8 10 12 12
Min. edge distance concrete cmin [mm] 20 25 35 40 50 50 65 100 120
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,16 0,30 0,65 0,70 1,20 1,20 1,70 2,00 2,60
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,11 0,25 0,30 0,60 0,65 1,20 0,70 0,80 0,90
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 0,17 0,30 0,50 0,60 1,20 1,20 1,70 2,00 2,60
Aerated concrete ≥ AAC 2 [kN] 0,03 0,03 0,03 0,04 0,09 0,20 0,14 0,30 0,40
Aerated concrete ≥ AAC 4 [kN] 0,07 0,09 0,09 0,14 0,30 0,60 0,45 0,50 0,60
Vertically perforated brick ≥ Hlz 12 ( ≥ 1.0 kg/dm³) [kN] 0,13 0,07 0,07 0,17 0,17 0,50 0,26 0,40 0,60
Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,15 0,17 0,30 0,35 0,30 0,80 0,35 0,30 0,40
Gypsum block [kN] - - - 0,26 0,37 - 1,00 1,00 -
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

360
Expansion plug SX GREEN

The powerful nylon plug with 4-way expansion

Mirror fixings Wall consoles 6

General fixings
BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES
▪ Concrete
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Cavity floor slabs made from bricks
and concrete
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Natural stone with dense structure
▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Solid panel made from gypsum
▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ Produced with at least 50%  rene- ▪ Lighting ▪ The SX GREEN is suitable for pre-posi-
wable raw materials and therefore ▪ Wardrobes tioned and push-through installation.
particularly environmentally friendly. ▪ Motion detectors ▪ When screwing in the screw, the
▪ Just as effective, secure and durable ▪ Skirting SX GREEN expands in four directions,
as regular SX plugs. ▪ Light shelves thus providing a secure anchoring in
▪ The powerful 4-way expansion provi- ▪ Mirror cabinets the building material.
des optimum force transmission in the ▪ Letter boxes ▪ The required screw length is given by
building material, thus enabling high ▪ TV consoles the plug length + fixture thickness +
load values and security. ▪ Trellis 1 x screw diameter.
▪ The anti-rotation lock prevents the ▪ Folding shutters ▪ Suitable for wood, chipboard and
plug from spinning in the drill hole. ▪ Bath and toilet installations spacing screws.
▪ The expansion-free plug neck  pre-
vents the creation of expansion forces
on the material whilst screwing in
the screw. This helps to prevent
damage to tiles and plaster.
▪ Fast and easy push-through installa-
tion reduces installation time.

361
 Expansion plug SX GREEN

TECHNICAL DATA
lS ≥ hef + tfix+ ds

Plug SX GREEN - with rim

d0 ds

Plug SX GREEN - with greater anchorage

depth, without rim

l = hef tfix
h1

6 Plug SX GREEN S - with rim and screw

General fixings

With rim Without rim With rim and Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Max. fixture Wood and chip- Sales unit
and large screw diameter depth thickness board screws
anchorage d0 h1 l t fix ds / ds x ls
depth
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item SX SX SX-S
SX GREEN 5 x 25 524859 — — 5 35 25 — 3-4 90
SX GREEN 6 x 30 524860 — — 6 40 30 — 4-5 90
SX GREEN 6 x 30 — — 524866 6 40 30 5 4,5 x 40 45
SX GREEN 6 x 50 — 524861 — 6 60 50 — 4-5 90
SX GREEN 8 x 40 524862 — — 8 50 40 — 4,5 - 6 90
SX GREEN 8 x 40 — — 524867 8 60 40 15 5 x 60 45
SX GREEN 8 x 65 — 524863 — 8 75 65 — 4,5 - 6 45
SX GREEN 10 x 50 524864 — — 10 70 50 — 6-8 45
SX GREEN 12 x 60 524865 — — 12 80 60 — 8 - 10 20

LOADS
Expansion plug SX GREEN
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for wood screws with the specified diameter.
Type SX GREEN 5 x 25 SX GREEN 6 x 30 SX GREEN 8 x 40 SX GREEN 10 x 50 SX GREEN 12 x 60
SX GREEN 6 x 50 SX GREEN 8 x 65
Wood screw diameter Ø [mm] 4 5 6 8 10
Min. edge distance concrete cmin [mm] 25 35 40 50 65
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,30 0,65 0,70 1,20 1,70
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,25 0,30 0,60 0,65 0,70
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 0,30 0,50 0,60 1,20 1,70
Aerated concrete ≥ AAC 2 [kN] 0,03 0,03 0,04 0,09 0,14
Aerated concrete ≥ AAC 4 [kN] 0,09 0,09 0,14 0,30 0,45
Vertically perforated brick ≥ Hlz 12 ( ≥ 1.0 kg/dm³) [kN] 0,07 0,07 0,17 0,17 0,26
Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,17 0,30 0,35 0,30 0,35
Gypsum block [kN] - - 0,26 0,37 1,00
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

362
Expansion plug S

The installation-friendly nylon plug with 2-way expansion

Small shelves Signs 6

General fixings
BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES
▪ Concrete
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Natural stone with dense structure
▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The rimless plug sleeve allows for the ▪ Pictures ▪ The expansion plug S is suitable for
plug to be set as deep as required ▪ Lighting pre-positioned and push-through
below the plaster to the bearing ▪ Skirting installation.
substrate to achieve the maximum ▪ Light shelves ▪ When turning in the screw, the expan-
load-bearing capacity. ▪ Mirror cabinets sion plug S expands in two directions,
▪ As the plug only expands in two direc- ▪ Letter boxes thus providing a secure anchoring in
tions, it is possible to direct the expan- ▪ Motion detectors the building material.
sion forces so that they run parallel ▪ Information boards ▪ The required screw length is given
to the edge of the building material ▪ Curtain rails by the plug length + plaster and/or
by turning the plug. This allows for ▪ Electrical installations insulation material thickness + fixture
smaller edge distances. thickness + 1 x screw diameter.
▪ The slimline plug geometry makes ▪ Suitable for wood and chipboard
it easy to push the plug into the drill screws.
hole. For a fast and simple installation. ▪ The edge distance must be at least
▪ The anti-rotation lock prevents the one plug length.
plug rotating in the drill hole, thus ▪ For installations close to the edge, turn
guaranteeing a high level of installa- the plug so that the expansion force
tion safety. acts parallel to the edge.

363
 Expansion plug S

TECHNICAL DATA
lS ≥ hef + tfix+ ds

d0 ds
Expansion plug S

l = hef tfix
h1

Drill hole Anchor length Min. drill hole Wood and chip- Sales unit
diameter depth board screws
6 d0 l h1 ds
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
General fixings

Item Standard Doublepack

S4 050104 — 4 20 25 2-3 200
S5 050105 — 5 25 35 3-4 100
S5 — 050124 5 25 35 3-4 200
S6 050106 — 6 30 40 4-5 100
S6 — 050125 6 30 40 4-5 200
S8 050108 — 8 40 55 4,5 - 6 100
S8 — 050126 8 40 55 4,5 - 6 200
S 10 050110 — 10 50 70 6-8 50
S 10 — 050127 10 50 70 6-8 100
S 12 050112 — 12 60 80 8 - 10 25
S 14 050114 — 14 75 90 10 - 12 20
S 16 050116 — 16 80 100 12 (1/2") 10
S 20 050120 — 20 90 120 16 5

TECHNICAL DATA

S in bucket

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Anchor length Wood and chipboard Sales unit
screws
d0 h1 l ds
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
S 6 in bucket 508024 6 40 30 4-5 3200
S 8 in bucket 508025 8 55 40 4,5 - 6 1400

364
Expansion plug S

TECHNICAL DATA

Stacking box ST fischerbox

Contents Sales unit
6

General fixings
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
ST 1 S8 S 060510 34 plugs S 8, 34 countersunk wood screws SH 5 x 60 1
ST 1 S6 S 060509 50 plugs S 6, 50 countersunk wood screws SH 4,5 x 45 1
ST 1 S6/8 060499 50 plugs S 6, 30 plugs S 8 1
Box S 5.6.8 060513 100 plugs S 5, 100 plugs S 6, 100 plugs S8 1
Box S 6.8.10 060515 100 plugs S 6, 100 plugs S 8, 25 plugs S 10 1
Box empty 060500 — 1

LOADS
Expansion plug S
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for wood screws with the specified diameter.
Type S4 S5 S6 S8 S10 S12 S14 S16 S20

Wood screw diameter Ø [mm] 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 12 16

Min. edge distance concrete cmin [mm] 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 100
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,16 0,28 0,40 0,60 1,10 1,50 1,85 2,26 3,88
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,14 0,24 0,28 0,50 - 3) - 3) - 3) - 3) - 3)
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 0,14 0,24 0,28 0,55 - 3) - 3) - 3) - 3) - 3)
Aerated concrete ≥ AAC 4 [kN] - 3) - 3) 0,05 0,07 0,16 0,28 0,40 - 3) - 3)
Gypsum block [kN] - 3) - 3) - 3) 0,15 0,23 0,37 0,60 - 3) - 3)
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.
3)
Due to that the failure of the substrate varies too much no reproducible values can be given.

365
 Threaded rod plug RODFORCE FGD

The economical hammerset plug - easy and quick fixing of

threaded rods

6 Suspended ceilings Single pipe suspension

General fixings

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The innovative plug geometry allows ▪ Suspension for individual pipes ▪ When hammering-in the threaded rod,
quick and easy installation of the ▪ Plumbing and heating fixings the plug expands in four directions as
threaded rod with a few hammer ▪ Cable and pipe clips a result of the conical inner geometry.
blows. ▪ Suspended ceilings ▪ The plug is set using pre-positioned
▪ The short plug length prevents ▪ Ceiling lights installation and this is possible in
reinforcement hits and guarantees ▪ Consoles two different ways: Pre-installation
a secure utilization in reinforced ▪ Mounting rails of the threaded rods in the plug with
concrete. both being hammered into the wall
▪ The teeth inside the plug allow together or pre-inserting of the ROD-
standard, metric threads tlo be held: FORCE into the drill hole followed by
This saves a large assortment of stud hammering-in of the threaded rod.
screws. ▪ The teeth inside the plug mechanically
▪ Installation without special tools: The interlock the metric thread securely
only thing needed to set the plug is with the threaded rod.
a hammer.Visible edge of the plug ▪ The unique elements on the outside of
serves as visual setting check and the plug brace against the wall of the
guarantees correct setting. drill hole.
▪ The visible edge of the plug serves as
visual setting check and guarantees
correct setting.
▪ Easy to check and adjust: To check the
setting depth, the closed plug tip is
used as a stop point. This predetermi-
ned break point also allows the threa-
ded rod to be hammered-in deeper.

366
Threaded rod plug RODFORCE FGD

INSTALLATION WITHIN THE SYSTEM

INSTALLATION WITH INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS

General fixings
TECHNICAL DATA

d0 M

Threaded rod plug RODFORCE FGD

e1
l
h1

Drill diameter Min. drill hole depth Anchor length Min. drop-in pene- Threaded rod Sales unit
tration
d0 h1 l e1 Ø x length
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
RODFORCE FGD 10 M6 542106 10 40 35 33 — 50
RODFORCE FGD 10 M6 TR 50 542107 10 40 35 33 M 6 x 50 25
RODFORCE FGD 10 M6 TR 60 542108 10 40 35 33 M 6 x 60 25
RODFORCE FGD 10 M6 TR 80 542109 10 40 35 33 M 6 x 80 25
RODFORCE FGD 12 M8 542111 12 40 35 33 — 50
RODFORCE FGD 12 M8 TR 50 542112 12 40 35 33 M 8 x 50 25
RODFORCE FGD 12 M8 TR 60 542113 12 40 35 33 M 8 x 60 25
RODFORCE FGD 12 M8 TR 80 542114 12 40 35 33 M 8 x 80 25

LOADS
Threaded rod plug RODFORCE FGD
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for machine screws or threaded rods with the specifi ed thread size.
Type RODFORCE RODFORCE
FGD M6 FGD M8
Thread size Ø [mm] M6 M8
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,31 0,36
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,19 0,33
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 0,31 0,36
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

367
 Metal expansion anchor FMD

The metal anchor for wood and chipboard screws

6 Pipes Gas meters

General fixings

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Cavity floor slabs made from bricks
and concrete
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Natural stone with dense structure
▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Solid panel made from gypsum

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The metal expansion anchor FMD is ▪ Gas pipes ▪ The FMD is suitable for pre-positioned
especially suited to applications in ▪ Water pipes installation.
installation technology. ▪ Cable and pipe clips ▪ Inserting the screw causes the FMD
▪ The external teeth expand in the to expand, and the metal teeth fix
building material, thus ensuring a high the anchor securely in the building
load-bearing capacity. material.
▪ The ribbed internal geometry of the ▪ The required (stud) screw length is
FMD is suitable for wood and chip- given by: Anchor length + plaster
board screws, and makes it possible to and/or insulation layer thickness +
guide the screw securely. This offers fixture thickness or installation spacing
increased installation safety, and ena- + 1 x screw diameter.
bles a broad range of applications. ▪ Suitable for wood and chipboard
screws.
▪ The drill diameter is relative to the
compressive strength of the building
material. The higher the compressive
strength, the greater the drill diameter.
The 6x32 and 8x38 sizes can be
hammered directly into low-strength
aerated concrete without the need for
pre-drilling.

368
Metal expansion anchor FMD

TECHNICAL DATA

Metal expansion fixing FMD

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Screw diameter Sales unit
depth 6
d0 h1 l ds

General fixings
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FMD 6 x 32 061224 1) 6-7 38 32 5-6 100
FMD 8 x 38 061225 1) 10 - 12 46 38 6-8 100
FMD 8 x 60 061226 1) 10 - 12 68 60 6-8 50
FMD 10 x 60 061209 1) 12 - 14 68 60 8 - 10 50
1) The drill diameter is relative to the substrate compressive strength. Generally, the higher the compressive strength, the greater the drill diameter.
Details see table "Recommended drill hole diameter".

RECOMMENDED DRILL HOLE DIAMETER [mm]

Type FMD 6 x 32 FMD 8 x 38 FMD 8 x 60 FMD 10 x 60

Concrete C 20/25 7 10 12 14
Aerated concrete PB4 6 10 10 12
Vertically perforated brick HLZ 12 7 10 10 12

LOADS
Metal expansion fixing FMD
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for wood screws with maximum diameter.
Type FMD 8 x 38 FMD 8 x 60 FMD 10 x 60

Wood screw diameter Ø [mm] 8 8 10

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Aerated concrete ≥ PB 2, PP 2 (G 2) [kN] 0,20 0,30 0,40
Aerated concrete ≥ AAC 4 [kN] 0,30 0,40 0,60
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

369
 Expansion plug M-S

The expansion plug for metric screws and threaded bolts

6 Downpipes Folding shutters

General fixings

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ Concrete
▪ Cavity floor slabs made from bricks
and concrete
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Natural stone with dense structure
▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Solid brick
▪ Solid panel made from gypsum
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Aerated concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The internal geometry of the M-S ▪ Handles ▪ The M-S is suitable for pre-positioned
allows for the use of standard metric ▪ Folding shutters and push-through installation.
screws or threaded rods for the ideal ▪ Trellis ▪ When turning in the screw, the M-S
adaptation to suit the intended use. ▪ Downpipes expands in two directions, thus provid-
▪ The rimless plug sleeve allows for the ▪ Stand-off installation ing a secure anchoring in the building
plug to be set as deep as required ▪ Window fittings material.
below the plaster to the bearing ▪ Gratings ▪ The required screw length is given by:
substrate to achieve the maximum Plug length + plaster and/or insulation
load-bearing capacity. layer thickness + fixture thickness +
▪ As the plug only expands in two direc- 1 x screw diameter.
tions, it is possible to direct the expan- ▪ Suitable for metric screws and
sion forces so that they run parallel threaded bolts.
to the edge of the building material ▪ Chamfer the thread to make it easier
by turning the plug. This allows for to screw in screws and threaded rods.
smaller edge distances.
▪ The slimline plug geometry makes
it easy to push the plug into the drill
hole, for a fast and simple installation.

370
Expansion plug M-S

TECHNICAL DATA

Anchor M-S for metric screws

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Thread Sales unit
depth
d0 h1 l M
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 6
M6S 050152 8 55 40 M6 100

General fixings
M8S 050153 10 70 50 M8 50
M 10 S 050154 14 90 70 M 10 20
M 12 S 050155 16 100 80 M 12 10

LOADS
Anchor M-S
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for metric screws with the specified thread size.
Type M6 S M8 S M10 S M12 S

Thread size [M] M6 M8 M10 M12

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete C20/25 [kN] 0,30 0,54 0,66 1,06
Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] 0,24 0,33 0,46 0,79
Solid sand-lime brick KS 12 [kN] 0,24 0,33 0,43 0,71
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

371
 Anchor M

The powerful nylon expansion anchor with brass cone for

metric threads

6 Plant construction Protective grilles

General fixings

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ Concrete
▪ Natural stone with dense structure
▪ Solid brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Solid panel made from gypsum
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The anchor’s large external diameter ▪ Machines ▪ The M anchor is suitable for pre-posi-
helps to achieve a large applied load ▪ Curbs tioned installation.
in the building material. This allows for ▪ Control boxes ▪ Turning in the screw causes the
maximum load-bearing capacity. internal brass cone to expand the M
▪ The anchor’s high expansion makes it anchor, thus reliably anchoring it in the
insensitive to building material toler- building material.
ances. This guarantees a simple and ▪ The required screw length is given by
secure installation. anchor length + fixture thickness.
▪ The internal thread allows for the use ▪ Suitable for metric screws and
of standard metric screws or threaded threaded bolts.
rods, and for surface flush removal and
reuse of the fixing point. This provides
great flexibility.

372
Anchor M

TECHNICAL DATA

Anchor M for metric screws

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Thread Max. installation Sales unit
depth torque
d0 h1 l M Tinst
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [pcs]
M5 050505 1) 10 45 35 M5 4 50
6
M6 050506 1) 12 50 40 M6 7 50

General fixings
M8 050508 1) 16 65 50 M8 16 20
M 10 050510 1) 20 80 60 M 10 32 10
M 12 050512 1) 24 90 65 M 12 54 5
1) The given torque values apply to screws of strength class ≥ 5.8.

LOADS
Anchor M
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for metric screws with the specified thread size.
Type M5 M6 M8 M 10 M 12

Thread size [M] M5 M6 M8 M10 M12

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 1,10 1,80 2,60 4,40 5,00
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

373
 Brass fixing MS

The brass expansion fixing with metric thread

6 Protective wall panels Small shelves

General fixings

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Natural stone with dense structure
▪ Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The compact design of the brass ▪ Cellar shelves ▪ The MS brass fixing is suitable for
fixing reduces the amount of drilling ▪ Substructures made of wood and pre-positioned installation.
required, helping to ensure a fast metal ▪ Turning in the metric screw causes
installation. ▪ Boilers the front part of the brass fixing to
▪ The special surface structure of the ▪ Aggregates expand, thus securely anchoring it in
MS prevents the fixing from rotating in ▪ Control boxes the substrate.
the drill hole. This provides increased ▪ Curtain rails ▪ Calculating screw length for flush fix-
installation safety. ing installation: Fixing length + fixture
▪ The internal thread allows for the use thickness = min. screw length.
of standard metric screws or threaded ▪ Suitable for metric screws and
rods, and for surface flush removal and threaded bolts.
reuse of the fixing point. This provides
great flexibility.

374
Brass fixing MS

TECHNICAL DATA

Brass fixing MS for metric screws

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Internal thread Min. bolt pene- Sales unit
depth tration 6
d0 h1 l A1 lE,min

General fixings
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
MS 4 x 15 026424 5 20 15 M4 15 100
MS 5 x 18 026425 6 25 18 M5 18 100
MS 6 x 22 078660 8 27 22 M6 22 100
MS 8 x 28 078981 10 35 28 M8 28 50
MS 10 x 32 078661 12 39 32 M 10 32 25
MS 12 x 37 078662 15 46 37 M 12 37 10
MS 16 x 43 078663 20 50 43 M 16 43 10

LOADS
Brass fixing MS
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for metric screws with the specified thread size.
Type MS 4 x 15 MS 5 x 18 MS 6 x 22 MS 8 x 28 MS 10 x 32 MS 12 x 37 MS 16 x 43

Thread size [M] M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,25 0,40 0,65 1,10 1,60 2,20 3,30
Solid brick [kN] 0,20 0,35 0,55 0,90 1,30 1,60 2,30
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

375
 Aircrete anchor GB

The special plug for different fixings in aerated concrete

6 Pipes Suspended ceilings

General fixings

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

Approved for (GB 10) resp. suitable
for (GB 8 and GB 14):
▪ Aerated concrete ≥ AAC 2
Also suitable for:
Aerated concrete and ceiling panels of
compressive strength ≥ 3.3

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The general building approval gua- ▪ Light cable trays ▪ The GB is suitable for pre-positioned
rantees approved safety for use in ▪ Pipelines installation.
safety-relevant applications. ▪ Guard rails ▪ The spiral-shaped outer ribs ensure a
▪ The spiral-shaped outer ribs cut a ▪ Façade and roof constructions made positive fit connection between the
positive fit in the soft building material, of wood and metal building material and anchor.
thus ensuring the best pressure distri- ▪ Light canopy brackets ▪ The required screw length is given by:
bution and load-bearing capacity. ▪ Letter boxes Anchor length + fixture thickness +
▪ Can be applied with a hammer - ▪ Trellis 1 x screw diameter.
there is no need for special tools, ▪ The GB 10 must be used with fischer
thus saving time and money for the safety screws to fulfil the approval and
installation. to achieve the maximum load-bearing
▪ The GB can also be used safely out- capacity.
side (e.g. in façade installation) when ▪ Use rotary drilling to create the drill
combined with the approved fischer hole
safety screw in A4. ▪ Can be used in unplastered aerated
concrete

376
Aircrete anchor GB

TECHNICAL DATA

Aircrete anchor GB

Drill hole Min. drill hole Plug length = fischer safety Sales unit
Approval

diameter depth min. anchorage screw

depth 6
DIBt d0 h1 l = hef ds x ls

General fixings
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
GB 8 050491 — 8 60 50 5 25
GB 10 050492 ▯ 10 65 55 7 20
GB 14 050493 — 14 90 75 10 10

FISCHER SAFETY SCREW FOR GB

Screw material
Fixing type Usable length Screw dimension * Zinc plated and Stainless steel of the
tfix passivated steel corrosion resistance classe  III,
e.g. A4

[mm] [mm]    
min. max. Ø x ls Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No.
GB 8 5 30 5 x 85 0892301) 0892401)
GB 10 0 5 7 x 67 080404
5 25 7 x 87 089170 080405 089244 080261
25 45 7 x 107 089172
40 58 7 x 120 089174 080407
60 78 7 x 140 089176 080408
85 105 7 x 167 089178
GB 14 0 10 10 x 95 080412
0 20 10 x 105 089186 080413 080271
35 55 10 x 140 089188 080415
60 80 10 x 165 080416
1)
Cross drive recess Z * Further sizes on request

LOADS
Aircrete anchor GB
Highest permissible, respectively recommended loads1) 2) for a single anchor in aerated concrete.
The given loads are valid for fischer safety screws4) acc. to selection table.
Type GB 102) GB 89) GB149)

Diameter fischer safety screw Ø [mm] 7 5 10

Min. spacings6) smin [mm] 100 150 (100)8) 300 (200)8)
Min. edge distance7) cmin [mm] 100 100 (75)8) 200 (150)8)
Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] 120 75 200
Anchorage depth hef (hv) [mm] 55 50 75
Load in the respective base material Permissible loads Fperm3) Recommended loads Frec3)
Aerated concrete AAC 2 [kN] 0,21 0,20 0,40
Aerated concrete AAC 3 [kN] 0,32 (0,43)5) 0,30 0,80
Aerated concrete AAC 4 [kN] 0,54 (0,71) 5) 0,40 0,90
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
In case of the design of the GB 10 for tension, shear and bending the complete approval Z-21.2-123 has to be considered.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.
4)
Galvanised steel (gvz) and stainless steel A4.
5)
The values in brackets are decisive for member thickness ≥ 150 mm.
6)
Minimum possible axial spacing while reducing the permissible load.
7)
Minimum possible edge distance.
8)
Values in brackets apply to AAC 2.
9)
GB 8 and GB 14 are not part of the approval.

377
 Aircrete anchor GB GREEN

Secure in aerated concrete

6 Radiators Suspended ceilings

General fixings

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ Aerated concrete ≥ AAC 2
▪ Aerated concrete and ceiling panels of
compressive strength ≥ 3.3

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ Produced with at least 50% renewable ▪ Pipelines ▪ The aircrete anchor GB GREEN is sui-
raw materials and therefore particu- ▪ Letter boxes table for pre-positioned installation.
larly environmentally friendly. ▪ Trellis ▪ The spiral-shaped outer ribs cut a
▪ The spiral-shaped outer ribs cut a ▪ Handles positive fit into the soft building mate-
positive fit in the soft building material, ▪ Gratings rial when knocked in, thus ensuring
thus ensuring best  pressure distribu- ▪ Electrical installations optimal pressure distribution and load-
tion and load-bearing capacity. bearing capacity.
▪ Can be applied with a hammer – ▪ The required screw length is given by
there is no need for special tools, the plug length + fixture thickness +
thus saving time and money for the 1 x screw diameter.
installation. ▪ Rotary drilling of the hole is required.
▪ Can be used in unplastered aerated
concrete.

378
Aircrete anchor GB GREEN

TECHNICAL DATA

Aircrete anchor GB GREEN

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Plug length = min. fischer safety screw Sales unit
depth anchorage depth
d0 h1 l = hef ds x ls
6
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]

General fixings
GB GREEN 8 524870 8 60 50 5 20
GB GREEN 10 524871 10 65 55 7 18

LOADS
Aircrete anchor GB GREEN
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in aerated concrete.
The given loads are valid for fischer safety screws4) acc. attached table.
Type GB GREEN 8 GB GREEN 10

Diameter fischer safety screw Ø [mm] 5 7

Min. spacing6) smin [mm] 150 (100)7) 100
Min. edge distance2) cmin [mm] 100 (75)7) 100
Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] 75 120
Anchorage depth hef (hv) [mm] 50 55
Recommended load in the respective base material Frec3)
Aerated concrete AAC 2 [kN] 0,20 0,21
Aerated concrete AAC 3 [kN] 0,30 0,32 (0,43)5)
Aerated concrete AAC 4 [kN] 0,40 0,54 (0,71)5)
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Minimum possible edge distance.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.
4)
Galvanised steel (gvz) and stainless steel A4.
5)
The values in brackets are decisive for member thickness ≥ 150 mm.
6)
Minimum possible axial spacing while r educing the recommended load.
7)
Values in brackets apply to AAC 2.

379
 Turbo aircrete anchor FTP K

The versatile nylon anchor for aerated concrete

6 External lighting Radiators

General fixings

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Solid panel made from gypsum

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The FTP K is suitable for both wood ▪ Pictures ▪ The FTP K is suitable for pre-positioned
screws and metric screws, and thus ▪ Lighting installation.
offers flexibility in screw choice. ▪ Shelves ▪ Set the FTP K with setting tool FTP
▪ The spiral-shaped outer thread taps ▪ Mirror cabinets EK. The aircrete anchor taps itself into
itself into the soft aerated concrete ▪ Letter boxes the aerated concrete with a positive fit
with a positive fit, thus ensuring a ▪ Signs during the installation process.
secure hold. ▪ Motion detectors ▪ Suitable for wood and metric screws
▪ Setting with the FTP EK setting tool ▪ Cable and pipe clips with diameter 4 to 10 mm.
requires only a small amount of force. ▪ Stand-off installations
For a convenient installation.
▪ The special geometry allows for an
almost expansion-force-free anchoring.
This allows for small edge and spacing
distances, and avoids splitting in the
case of plastered surfaces.

380
Turbo aircrete anchor FTP K

TECHNICAL DATA

Turbo aircrete anchor FTP K (nylon)

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Woodscrew Metric screw Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Sales unit 6
depth diameter tration tration

General fixings
d0 h1 l ds M lE,min lE,max
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FTP K 4 078411 1) 8 - (10) 60 50 4 - 4,5 M4 35 60 25
FTP K 6 078412 1) 8 - (10) 60 50 5-6 M5-6 40 60 25
FTP K 8 078413 1) 10 - (12) 70 60 7-8 M8 45 70 25
FTP K 10 078414 1) 12 - (14) 80 70 9 - 10 M 8 - 10 50 80 10
1) Values in brackets for drill hole diameter apply for aerated concrete, compressive strength of 5,0 N/mm² or higher.

ACCESSORIES

FTP EK 4/6 FTP EK 8 FTP EK 10

Match Sales unit
Item [pcs]
FTP EK 4/6 090990 FTP K4 / FTP K6 1
FTP EK 8 090991 FTP K8 1
FTP EK 10 090992 FTP K10 1

LOADS
Turbo aircrete anchor FTP K
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in aerated concrete and gypsum blocks.
The given loads are valid for screws with the specified diameter.
Type FTP K 4 FTP K 6 FTP K 8 FTP K 10

Wood screw diameter Ø [mm] 4 5-6 8 8-10

Min. edge distance cmin [mm] 100 100 150 200
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Aerated concrete AAC 2 (≥ 2,5 N/mm 2) [kN] 0,15 0,20 0,30 0,40
Aerated concrete AAC 4 (≥ 5,0 N/mm 2) [kN] 0,25 0,30 0,40 0,50
Gypsum block [kN] - - 0,29 0,54
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

381
 Turbo aircrete anchor FTP M

The metal anchor for metric screws for aerated concrete

6 Wall consoles Shelves

General fixings

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Solid panel made from gypsum

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONALITY

▪ The Allen key chuck makes it possible ▪ Pictures ▪ The FTP M is suitable for pre-posi-
to set the FTP M without the need for ▪ Lighting tioned installation.
a special setting tool. This allows for a ▪ Shelves ▪ The aircrete anchor taps itself into the
simple installation. ▪ Mirror cabinets aircrete with a positive fit during the
▪ The FTP M achieves a very high ▪ Curtain rails installation process.
load-bearing capacity in aerated con- ▪ Cable and pipe clips ▪ Suitable for metric screws with diame-
crete for increased safety. ▪ Stand-off installations ter 6 to 10 mm.
▪ The spiral-shaped outer thread taps ▪ Radiators ▪ For installation with a hexagon socket:
itself into the aerated concrete with a ▪ TV consoles Size of the hexagon socket corre-
positive fit. This means that it can be sponds to screw diameter, e.g. FTP
set without the need for much force. M6 is installed with hexagon socket
▪ The special geometry allows for an size 6.
almost expansion-force-free anchoring. ▪ For installation with cordless screw-
This allows for small edge and spacing driver: use a low torque and use the
distances, and avoids splitting in the correct 6-kt bit FTP EM.
case of plastered surfaces.

382
Turbo aircrete anchor FTP M

TECHNICAL DATA

Turbo aircrete anchor FTP M (metal)

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Metric screw Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Sales unit 6
depth tration tration

General fixings
d0 h1 l M lE,min lE,max
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FTP M 6 078415 1) 8 - (10) 60 50 M6 15 20 25
FTP M 8 078416 1) 10 - (12) 70 60 M8 20 25 25
FTP M 10 078417 1) 12 - (14) 80 70 M 10 25 30 25
1) Values in brackets for drill hole diameter apply for aerated concrete, compressive strength of 5,0 N/mm² or higher.

ACCESSORIES

Setting tool FTP EM

for FTP M (metal)

Match Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FTP EM 6 078577 FTP M6 1
FTP EM 8 078578 FTP M8 1
FTP EM 10 078579 FTP M10 1

LOADS
Turbo aircrete anchor FTP M
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in aerated concrete and gypsum blocks.
The given loads are valid for metric screws with the specified thread size.
Type FTP M 6 FTP M 8 FTP M 10

Thread size [M] M6 M8 M 10

Min. edge distance cmin [mm] 100 150 200
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Aerated concrete AAC 2 (≥ 2,5 N/mm 2) [kN] 0,30 0,45 0,60
Aerated concrete AAC 4 (≥ 5,0 N/mm 2) [kN] 0,50 0,65 0,70
Aerated concrete AAC 6 (≥ 7,5 N/mm²) [kN] 0,70 0,80 0,90
Gypsum block [kN] - 0,45 0,65
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

383
 Brass fixing PA 4

The brass fixing for thin board building materials and solid
building materials

6 Furniture fittings Furniture hinges

General fixings

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Wooden board building materials
▪ Plastic boards
▪ Concrete
▪ Solid brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The short brass fixing PA 4 only ▪ Handles ▪ The PA 4 is suitable for pre-positioned
requires a very low anchorage depth ▪ Angle brackets installation.
and is therefore the solution for thin ▪ Furniture fittings ▪ Turning in the metric screw causes
board building materials. ▪ Lamps the front part of the brass fixing to
▪ The special surface structure of expand, thus securely anchoring it in
the PA 4 prevents the fixing from the substrate.
rotating in the drill hole. This provides ▪ Calculating screw length for flush fix-
increased installation safety. ing installation: Fixing length + fixture
▪ The internal thread allows for the use thickness = min. screw length
of standard metric screws and ena-
bles the ideal adaptation to suit the
intended use.

384
Brass fixing PA 4

TECHNICAL DATA

Brass fixing PA4

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Thread Bolt penetration Effect. anchorage Sales unit 6
depth depth

General fixings
d0 h1 l M s hef
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
PA 4 M 6/7,5 050484 1) 8 7,5 7.5 M6 7,5 7,5 200
PA 4 M 6/10,5 058484 1) 8 10,5 10.5 M6 10,5 10,5 100
PA 4 M 6/13,5 059484 1) 8 13,5 13.5 M6 13,5 13,5 100
PA 4 M 8/25 050485 1) 10 25 25 M8 25 25 50
PA 4 M 10/25 050486 1) 12 25 25 M 10 25 25 25
1) Values of drill hole diameter apply for hard building materials. For soft building materials the drill diameter needs to be reduced by 0.5 mm.

LOADS
Brass fixing PA 4
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for metric screws with the specified thread size.
Type PA 4 M 6/7,5 PA 4 M 6/10,5 PA 4 M 6/13,5 PA 4 M 8/25 PA 4 M 10/25

Thread size [M] M6 M6 M6 M8 M 10

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Chipboard [kN] 0,20 0,30 0,40 - -
Fir wood [kN] 0,18 0,25 0,38 - -
Beech wood [kN] 0,50 0,75 1,00 - -
Plastic material [kN] 0,75 1,50 2,00 - -
Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] - - 0,80 1,95 2,30
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

385
 Balcony cladding fixing P 9 K

For the rear-ventilated stand-off fastening of balcony cladding

to hollow profiles

6 Balcony cladding
General fixings

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ For fixing onto hollow metal profiles

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The wide collar of the P9K plug fixes ▪ Balcony cladding ▪ Turning in the screw causes the plug
the balcony cladding to the hollow ▪ Fittings to expand in the hollow profile, thus
profile with a spacing. This avoids the ▪ Electrical switches ensuring a load-bearing connection.
formation of rot. ▪ Lamps ▪ The wide collar prevents direct contact
▪ The expansion within the railing post ▪ Motion detectors between the fixture and the hollow
means that no second drilling on the profile.
opposite side of the post is necessary.
This allows for a practically invisible
fixing of the balcony cladding.
▪ The material quality of the P9K creates
an elastic yet load-bearing connec-
tion. This allows for the absorption of
thermal stresses, thus increasing the
lifespan of the cladding.
▪ The short expansion element means
that the balcony cladding fixing only
requires a very small cavity. It is there-
fore suitable for narrow hollow profiles.

386
Balcony cladding fixing P 9 K

TECHNICAL DATA

Plug P 9 K

6
Drill hole diameter Screw diameter Collar height Width across nut Sales unit

General fixings
d0 ds  SW
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
P9K 059395 9 5,0 5 15 50

LOADS
Balcony board fixing P 9 K
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for wood screws with the specified diameter.
Type P9K

Screw diameter Ø [mm] 5

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Wall thickness of hollow profile 2 mm [kN] 0,27
Wall thickness of hollow profile 3 mm [kN] 0,29
Wall thickness of hollow profile 4 mm [kN] 0,31
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

387
 Stair-tread fixing TB / TBB

To fix wooden step treads in concrete and steel sub-structures

6 Stair treads on steel stair stringers Stair treads on concrete stair stringers
General fixings

BUILDING MATERIALS
TB for fixing in:
▪ Hollow steel profiles
TBB for fixing in:
▪ Concrete
▪ Solid building materials

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The elastic shaft geometry allows for ▪ Wooden step treads ▪ The plastic expansion plugs are
the absorption of vibrations, prevents suitable for anchoring wooden step
creaking, and thus increases comfort. treads and wooden boards >30 mm
▪ The stair-tread fixing for steel sub- to steel profiles (TB) or in solid building
structures (TB) only requires a very materials (TBB).
small cavity due to the short expan- ▪ The ideal retention forces are only
sion element. Thus it is suitable even achieved when using cold wood glue
for narrow steel profiles. for the fixing in wooden step treads.
▪ The plastic washers included with
the TBB allow you to level out any
unevenness in the substrate.

TECHNICAL DATA

Stair-tread fixing TB for installation on steel Stair-tread fixing TBB for installation on Stair-tread fixing TBZ 2 for centre-marking
staircase stringers concrete staircase stringers the stair-tread holes
Drill hole in stair Drill hole in steel Drill hole in Collar height Screw Width across nut Adapted for Sales unit
thread staircase stringer concrete
ds x ls  SW
Item Art.-No. [Ø mm] [Ø mm] [Ø mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
TB 060580 14 x 25 9 — 5 5 x 40 15 — 50
TBB 060583 14 x 25 — 8 x 55 — 5,5 x 70 — — 50
TBZ 2 060584 — — — — — — TB and TBB 10

388
Repair pad FIX IT

To repair over-sized or damaged drill holes

Repairing damaged drill holes Repairing damaged drill holes 6

General fixings
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
▪ Cavity floor slabs made from bricks
and concrete
▪ Vertically perforated brick made from
lightweight concrete
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Natural stone with dense structure
▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ Using FIX IT means that you can avoid ▪ To repair over-sized or damaged drill ▪ The pad, which is covered with a spe-
having to drill another hole, and makes holes for use with plastic plugs cial mortar, hardens in the drill hole,
it possible to reuse a pre-existing drill thus anchoring the plug securely in
hole. the damaged or over-sized drill hole.
▪ The repair pad FIX IT can be used as a ▪ Wet the pad with water, wrap it
single layer or as multiple layers, and around the plug and push it into the
thus can be flexibly adapted to suit damaged drill hole.
various drill hole sizes and shapes. ▪ After about three minutes the special
▪ The pad, which is covered with a pad will harden and the fixture can
special mortar, hardens after only then be attached.
approx. three minutes in the drill hole. ▪ Use several pads for larger tolerances.
This allows for a fast installation of the ▪ The curing time for the first pad is
fixture. approx. three minutes. Add an addi-
tional minute for each additional pad
used.

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]

FIX IT 092507 card with 10 FIX IT pads 10

389
 Doorstop TS

The installation-friendly doorstop

6 Doorstop
General fixings

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS

▪ Concrete
▪ Floor screed

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The extended plug shaft makes it pos- ▪ Doorstop with flexible positioning ▪ The doorstop TS is suitable for pre-po-
sible to attach the doorstop directly, sitioned installation.
thus simplifying installation. ▪ When turning in the screw, the plug
▪ The invisible fixing ensures visual expands and anchors itself in the
appeal. building material.
▪ The TS contains all the components ▪ The plug must be pushed into the drill
required for installation and is there- hole up to the point where the plug
fore a convenient complete solution. shaft thickens.
▪ The doorstop is available in a range of ▪ It can be removed by removing the
colours to suit every floor covering and doorstop, unscrewing the screw, and
individual design wishes. pulling out the plug.

390
Doorstop TS

TECHNICAL DATA

Doorstop TS Doorstop assortment TS-SORT

6

General fixings
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Colour Contents Sales unit
depth
d0 h1
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
TS 8 G 060535 8 50 grey — 10
TS 8 W 060536 8 50 white — 10
TS 8 S 060539 8 50 black — 10
TS 8 BR 060540 8 50 brown — 10
TS 8 BG 060551 8 50 beige — 10
TS-SORT 060521 8 50 assortment 5 x grey, white, beige, black brown 1

391
7 Cavity fixings
Page

Nylon toggle DUOTEC 394

Metal cavity fixing HM 397

Gravity- and spring-toggle

400
K, KD, KDH, KM

Board fixing PD 404 7

Cavity fixings
Plasterboard fixing DUOBLADE 406

Plasterboard fixing GK 408

Plasterboard fixing GK GREEN 410

Plasterboard fixing metal GKM 412

393
 Nylon toggle DUOTEC

Easy to install nylon toggle for high loads in all panel building
materials

Kitchen hanging cabinets Shelves

7 BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

Suitable for:
Cavity fixings

▪ Gypsum plasterboard
▪ Gypsum fibreboard
▪ Wooden panels, such as OSB boards,
chipboard, MDF sheets
▪ Steel plates
▪ Plastic boards
▪ Hollow blocks made from concrete
Also functioning in:
▪ Solid materials, such as concrete and
wood

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ Flexible screw mount allows for the ▪ Kitchen hanging cabinets ▪ The fischer DUOTEC is designed for
use of screws and hooks with different ▪ Living room cabinets pre-positioned installation.
thread shapes. ▪ Shelves ▪ Simple installation with a standard
▪ Glass fibre-reinforced plastics and a ▪ Wardrobes diameter 10 or 12 mm drill bit.
metal skeleton insert (fischer DUOTEC ▪ Handrails ▪ The short toggle element makes it
12) allow the toggle to handle heavy ▪ Pictures suitable for narrow and even with
tensile and transverse loads in all ▪ Mirrors mineral wool insulated cavities. Note
panel building materials. ▪ Lamps the length of the toggle element!
▪ Soft grey nylon contact surface distri- ▪ Heavy hanging baskets ▪ Functions like an expansion plug in
butes the load over the panel surface, solid building materials such as con-
thereby minimising weakening of the crete or wood. Note, not with metric
supporting building material. screws!
▪ Standard drill hole diameters and short ▪ Flexible screw insert allows for the
tilting element for easy installation in use of wood, chipboard  and metric
narrow cavities, including cavities with screws and hooks.
insulation.
▪ White flush sleeve with snap function
allows the plug to be pre-installed
quickly and securely in the drill hole.
▪ With scale on the grip strap (fischer
DUOTEC 12) for determining the
required screw length (scale value +
20 mm).

394
Nylon toggle DUOTEC

INSTALLATION IN PLASTERBOARD AND CAVITY FIXINGS

7
INSTALLATION HITTING IN SOLID MATERIALS

Cavity fixings
TECHNICAL DATA BOARD MATERIAL

Nylon toggle fischer DUOTEC 10 ds

d0

Nylon toggle fischer DUOTEC 12

a dp t fix
ls

Drill hole Min. panel Max. panel Min. cavity Screw diameter Screw length Sales unit
diameter thickness thickness depth
d0 dp dp a ds ls
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
fischer DUOTEC 10 537258 10 12 55 40 4,5 - 5,0 ≥ dp + tfix +20 50
fischer DUOTEC 10 S 537259 1) 10 12 55 40 5,0 70 25
fischer DUOTEC 10 S PH 539025 2) 10 12 55 40 5,0 70 25
fischer DUOTEC 12 542796 12 12 55 50 5,0 - 6,0 / M6 ≥ dp + tfix +20 10
fischer DUOTEC 12 S PH M 542797 2)3) 12 12 55 50 M6 55 10
fischer DUOTEC 12 RH 542798 4) 12 12 55 50 5,5 70 10
1) fischer DUOTEC S - with chipboard screw countersunk head
2) DUOTEC S PH - with chipboard screw panhead
3) fischer DUOTEC S PH - with machine screw panhead
4) fischer DUOTEC RH - with screw with round hook

395
 Nylon toggle DUOTEC

TECHNICAL DATA HITTING IN SOLID MATERIALS

l

Nylon toggle fischer DUOTEC 10

d0

ds
Nylon toggle fischer DUOTEC 12
h1 t fix
ls

Drill hole Min. drill hole Screw diameter Min. screw Anchor length Max. fixture Sales unit
diameter depth length thickness
d0 h1 ls l t fix
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
fischer DUOTEC 10 537258 10 ls - tfix + 10 4,5 - 5,0 tfix + 55 50 ls - 55 50
7 fischer DUOTEC 10 S 537259 1) 10 65 5,0 70 50 15 25
fischer DUOTEC 10 S PH 539025 2) 10 65 5,0 70 50 15 25
Cavity fixings

fischer DUOTEC 12 542796 12 ls - tfix + 10 5,0 - 6,0 tfix + 65 60 ls - 65 10

fischer DUOTEC 12 RH 542798 3) 12 75 5,5 55 60 — 10
1) fischer DUOTEC S - with chipboard screw countersunk head
2) DUOTEC S PH - with chipboard screw panhead
3) fischer DUOTEC RH - with screw with round hook

LOADS
Nylon toggle fischer DUOTEC
Highest recommended loads1)4) for a single anchor.
Type fischer DUOTEC 10 fischer DUOTEC 12
Chipboard screw Metrical fischer Hook Chipboard screw Metrical fischer Hook
screw screw
Screw diameter [mm] 4,5 5 5 5 5 6 6 5,5
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2) for a span in the construction b = 625 mm
Gypsum plasterboard 9,5 mm [kN] 0,17 0,17 0,17 0,17 0,17 0,17 0,17 0,17
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20
Gypsum plasterboard 2 x 12,5 mm [kN] 0,43 0,43 0,43 0,30 3) 0,43 0,43 0,43 0,43
Gypsum fibreboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,51 0,51 0,51 0,303) 0,51 0,51 0,51 0,503)
Chipboard 16 mm [kN] 0,71 0,71 0,71 0,303) 0,75 0,80 0,80 0,503)
OSB board 18 mm [kN] 0,75 0,75 0,75 0,303) 0,75 1,30 1,20 0,503)
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2) for a span in the construction b = 120 mm
Gypsum plasterboard 9,5 mm [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,36 0,36 0,36 0,30 3) 0,36 0,36 0,36 0,20
Gypsum plasterboard 2 x 12,5 mm [kN] 0,59 0,59 0,59 0,30 3) 0,70 0,80 0,80 0,503)
Gypsum fibreboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,75 0,75 0,75 0,303) 0,80 1,10 1,10 0,503)
Chipboard 16 mm [kN] 0,75 0,75 0,75 0,303) 0,80 1,40 1,30 0,503)
OSB board 18 mm [kN] 0,75 0,75 0,75 0,303) 0,80 1,50 1,40 0,503)
Recommended loads in solid building materials Frec2)
Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,45 0,75 - 0,303) 0,40 0,75 - 0,30
Wood [kN] 0,30 0,75 - 0,303) 0,20 0,65 - 0,30
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Hollow block of lightweight
fb ≥ 8 N/mm² [kN] - - - - 0,65 1,00 1,00 0,503)
aggregate concrete 'Sepa Parpaing'
Pre-stressed hollow-core concrete slabs [kN] - - - - 1,00 1,40 1,30 0,50 3)
Hollow block of lightweight aggregate
fb ≥ 2 N/mm² [kN] - - - - 0,90 1,00 1,00 0,503)
concrete Hbl acc. EN 771-3
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.
3)
Bending of the hook is decisive. Only for tension load.
4)
The recommended loads are reference values and depending to the building material and the workmanship. The values are only valid for the given screw diameter.

396
Metal cavity fixing HM

The versatile metal cavity fixing with metric screws

Curtain rails Shelves

BUILDING MATERIALS
7

Cavity fixings
▪ Gypsum plasterboard and gypsum
fibreboards
▪ Cavity floor slabs
▪ Light building boards made of wood
wool
▪ Chipboard
▪ Plywood boards

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ Due to the extensive range, the HM is ▪ Pictures ▪ The metal cavity fixing HM is suitable
suitable for board building materials ▪ Lighting for pre-positioned installation.
with a thickness of 3-50 mm and ▪ Light shelves ▪ The fixing should be selected based
thus suitable for a number of different ▪ Towel rails on the thickness of the board building
applications. ▪ Mirror cabinets material, to allow the very best expan-
▪ The metric internal thread allows the ▪ Curtain rails sion in the cavity.
attachment to be removed and refitted ▪ Sub-structures ▪ During installation, the expanding
several times, thus offering the best arms swing open and press onto the
possible flexibility. reverse side of the board.
▪ The HM’s expanding arms ensure a ▪ The HM can be installed using
large supporting surface, thus allowing installation pliers. If using a battery
a high load-bearing capacity. operated screwdriver or screwdriver
▪ The claws around the edge of the fix- for installation, the pre-assembled
ing penetrate the board building mate- screws must be removed first. When
rial, preventing the fixing from rotating, screwing in and expanding the fixing,
thus ensuring a secure installation. the attachment, or a max. 6 mm plate,
needs to be used as a turning stop.

397
 Metal cavity fixing HM

TECHNICAL DATA

HM-S with metric screw

HM-SS with hexagon headed screw

7
Cavity fixings

HM-H with angle hook

Drill hole dia- Min. drill hole Anchor length Screw Panel thickness Fixture thickness Drive Sales unit
meter depth
d0 h1 l ds x ls dp t fix
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
HM 4 x 32 S 519769 8 40 32 M 4 x 40 3 - 13 ≤ 15 - 25 PH2 50
HM 4 x 45 S 519770 8 52 45 M 4 x 52 16 - 23 ≤ 12 - 21 PH2 50
HM 4 x 60 S 519771 8 65 60 M 4 x 65 31 - 40 ≤ 12 - 21 PH2 50
HM 5 x 37 S 519772 10 45 37 M 5 x 45 6 - 15 ≤ 8 - 17 PH2 50
HM 5 x 52 S 519774 10 58 52 M 5 x 58 7 - 21 ≤ 10 - 24 PH2 50
HM 5 x 65 S 519775 10 71 65 M 5 x 71 20 - 34 ≤ 12 - 26 PH2 50
HM 6 x 37 S 519777 12 45 37 M 6 x 45 6 - 15 ≤ 12 - 21 PH3 50
HM 6 x 52 S 519778 12 58 52 M 6 x 58 7 - 21 ≤ 14 - 28 PH3 50
HM 6 x 65 S 519782 12 71 65 M 6 x 71 17 - 34 ≤ 13 - 30 PH3 50
HM 6 x 80 S 519779 12 88 80 M 6 x 88 32 - 50 ≤ 16 - 34 PH3 50
HM 8 x 54 SS 519783 1) 12 60 54 M 8 x 60 7 - 21 ≤ 16 - 30 SW13 50
HM 4 x 32 H 519780 8 45 32 — 3 - 13 — — 50
HM 5 x 65 H 519781 10 71 65 — 20 - 34 — — 50
1) with hexagon headed screw, assembly only by using the professional installation tool HM Z 1

ACCESSORIES

HM Z 1 - the professional instal- HM Z 2 - the DIY installation

lation tool tool

Adapted for Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]

HM Z 1 062320 HM 4 - HM 8 1
HM Z 2 062321 HM 4 - HM 6 1

398
Metal cavity fixing HM

LOADS
Metal cavity fixing HM
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
Type HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM
4 x 32 S 4 x 46 S 5 x 37 S 5 x 52 S 5 x 65 S 6 x 37 S 6 x 52 S 6 x 65 S 8 x 55 SS
Thread size [M] M4 M4 M5 M5 M5 M6 M6 M6 M8
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Gypsum plasterboard 9,5 mm [kN] 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15 - 0,15 - - -
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 - 0,20 0,20 - 0,20
Gypsum plasterboard 19 mm (2 x 9,5 mm) [kN] - - - 0,25 - - 0,25 - 0,25
Gypsum plasterboard 25 mm (2 x 12,5 mm) [kN] - - - - 0,30 - - 0,30 -
Chipboard 10 mm [kN] 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 - 0,25 0,25 - 0,25
Chipboard 13 mm [kN] 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 - 0,25 0,25 - 0,25
Chipboard 28 mm [kN] - - - - 0,50 - - 0,50 -
Plywood 4 mm [kN] 0,10 - - - - - - - -
Hardboard 3 mm [kN] 0,10 - - - - - - - - 7
Wood wool slab 16 mm [kN] - 0,05 - 0,05 - - 0,05 - 0,05
Wood wool slab 25 mm [kN] - - - - 0,05 - - 0,05 -

Cavity fixings
Fibre cement board 8 mm [kN] 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 - 0,25 - - -
Gypsum fibreboard 10 mm [kN] 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 - 0,25 0,25 - 0,25
Gypsum fibreboard 15 mm [kN] - 0,25 0,25 0,25 - 0,25 0,25 - 0,25
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

399
 Gravity- and spring-toggle K, KD, KDH, KM

The cavity fixing for different board thicknesses and large

usage lengths

Ceiling lamps Wash basins

7 BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

Cavity fixings

▪ Gypsum plasterboard and gypsum

fibreboards
▪ Cavity floor slabs made from bricks
and concrete
▪ Chipboard
▪ Plywood boards

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ Universal fixing for fastenings in a ▪ Pictures ▪ The gravity and spring toggle are suita-
wide range of drywall and hollow wall ▪ Lighting ble for pre-positioned installation.
materials. ▪ Light shelves ▪ When placed in the drill hole, the
▪ When the metal crosspiece is pushed ▪ Towel rails bearing elements of the gravity and
through the drill hole, pull it firmly ▪ Mirror cabinets spring toggles independently swing
against the inner wall cavity by tug- ▪ Light cabinets open behind the board.
ging the plastic pull ring on the outer ▪ Wash basins and urinals (KM 10) ▪ The KM 10 is specially suited to fixing
wall. ▪ Cable and pipe clips wash basins and urinals into installa-
▪ Afterwards cut the plastic legs off and tion and cavity walls.
fasten the fixture with e.g. a screw or ▪ No special installation tool required.
screw in a hook or an eyebolt accord- For a fast and convenient installation.
ing to your demands.
▪ Suitable for pre-positioned installation.

400
Gravity- and spring-toggle K, KD, KDH, KM

TECHNICAL DATA

Nylon toggle K 54

Drill hole diameter Max. panel thickness Min. cavity depth Anchor length Thread Sales unit 7
d0 dp a l Ø x length

Cavity fixings
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
K 54 050323 10 65 58 125 woodscrew 4mm 25

TECHNICAL DATA

Spring toggle KD 3 + 4

Spring toggle with hook KDH 3 + 4

Drill hole diameter Max. panel thickness Min. cavity depth Anchor length Thread Sales unit
d0 dp a l Ø x length
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
KD 3 080181 12 65 27 95 M 3 x 90 50
KDH 3 080182 12 51 27 105 M 3 x 80 25
KD 3 B 080192 12 65 27 95 M 3 x 90 10
KD 4 080183 14 69 34 105 M 4 x 100 25
KDH 4 080184 14 35 34 95 M 4 x 70 25
KD 4 B 080193 14 69 34 105 M 4 x 100 10

401
 Gravity- and spring-toggle K, KD, KDH, KM

TECHNICAL DATA

Gravity toggle KD 5 + 6 + 8

7
Gravity toggle with hook KDH 5 + 6 + 8
Cavity fixings

Drill hole diameter Max. panel thickness Min. cavity depth Anchor length Thread Sales unit
d0 dp a l Ø x length
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
KD 5 080187 16 63 70 100 M 5 x 100 25
KDH 5 080188 16 60 70 130 M 5 x 90 20
KD 6 080185 16 63 70 100 M 6 x 100 25
KDH 6 080186 16 60 70 130 M 6 x 100 20
KD 8 080178 20 55 75 100 M 8 x 100 20
KDH 8 080179 20 55 75 130 M 8 x 100 20

TECHNICAL DATA
a dp

d0

Gravity toggle KM 10

Drill hole diameter Max. panel thickness Min. cavity depth Anchor length Screw Sales unit
d0 dp a l ds x ls
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
KM 10 050326 30 90 140 180 M 10 x 180 25

402
Gravity- and spring-toggle K, KD, KDH, KM

LOADS
Toggle fixing KD
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
Type KD3 KD4 KD5 KD6 KD8 KDH3 KDH4 KDH5 KDH6 KDH8

Thread size [M] M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 M3 M4 M5 M6 M8

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,18 0,07 3) 0,133) 0,15 0,15 0,18
OSB board ≥15 mm [kN] 0,34 0,58 0,85 0,85 0,89 0,073) 0,133) 0,303) 0,453) 0,89
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for axial tensile load.
3)
Bending of the hook is decisive. Only for tension load.

LOADS
Toggle fixing KM10 and K54
Mean ultimate loads 7
Type KM10 K54

Cavity fixings
Screw diameter M10 4mm
Mean ultimate loads Fu1) 2) 3) [kN] 13,0 0,8
1)
Upon these failure loads an appropriate safety factor has to be considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.
3)
If the failure of the base material is not possible.

403
 Board fixing PD

The expansion plug for fixings in gypsum plasterboard, gypsum

fibreboard and wooden panels

Towel rails Small shelves

7 BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

Cavity fixings

▪ Gypsum plasterboard and gypsum

fibreboards
▪ Wooden boards
▪ MDF boards
▪ Multiplex boards
▪ OSB boards
▪ Plywood boards
▪ Chipboard
▪ Wood core plywood boards

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The operating principle of the fixing ▪ Pictures ▪ The board fixing PD is suitable for
allows for use in various board thick- ▪ Lighting pre-positioned installation.
nesses, including in low cavity depths. ▪ Light shelves ▪ Use rotary drilling to create the drill
This provides great flexibility. ▪ Towel rails hole.
▪ The special fixing geometry with a ▪ Mirror cabinets ▪ When the screw is tightened, the
nylon cone ensures a high tightening ▪ Curtain rails plastic cone is pulled into the sleeve
torque that can be identified imme- and expands the fixing.
diately. This offers a high level of ▪ Use full-thread screws, or alternatively,
installation safety. the part of the screw without thread
▪ The longitudinal ribs prevent the fixing may not be longer than the thickness
from rotating in the drill hole, thus of the item being attached.
allowing for a reliable installation. ▪ Do not use screws with double-start
▪ The board fixing PD can be used with threads.
the most wide-ranging screws, hooks
and eye screws. This allows for a
broad range of applications.

404
Board fixing PD

TECHNICAL DATA

Board fixing PD

Board fixing PD S - with chipboard screw

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Min. panel Anchor length Chipboard screw Max. fixture Sales unit
7
depth thickness thickness

Cavity fixings
d0 h1 dp l ds / ds x ls t fix
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
PD 8 024771 8 31 6 29 4 — 100
PD 10 015935 10 30 7 28 5 — 100
PD 12 015937 12 29 9 27 6 — 50
PD 8 S 024772 1) 8 31 6 29 4 x 40 11 50
PD 10 S 015936 1) 10 30 7 28 5 x 40 12 50
PD 12 S 015938 1) 12 29 9 27 6 x 50 22 25
1) PD-S with chipboard screw.

LOADS
Board fixing PD
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for chipboard screws with the specified diameter.
Type PD 8 PD 10 PD 12

Chipboard screw Ø [mm] 4 5 6

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Gypsum plasterboard 9,5 mm [kN] 0,10 0,10 0,10
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,10 0,10 0,15
Gypsum plasterboard 2 x 12,5 mm [kN] 0,15 0,15 0,15
Gypsum fibreboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,20 0,25 0,30
Plywood [kN] 0,15 0,40 0,80
Chipboard 16 mm [kN] 0,25 0,25 0,25
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

405
 Plasterboard fixing DUOBLADE

The self-drilling plasterboard plug for fast and easy installation

Smoke detectors Mirrors

7 BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

Cavity fixings

▪ Gypsum plasterboard, single and

double-planked
▪ Gypsum fibreboard
▪ Lightweight cement boards

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ An innovative product of the fischer ▪ Smoke detectors ▪ The fischer DUOBLADE is suitable for
DUO-Line with intelligent combi- ▪ Mirrors pre-positioned installation.
nations for more power and more ▪ Curtain rods ▪ The metal tip for better heat-resistant
intelligence. ▪ Blinds and cutting characteristics. Especially
▪ The self-drilling fischer DUOBLADE ▪ Lamps in double-layered plasterboard.
allows fast and easy installation in ▪ Pictures ▪ The fischer DUOBLADE can be used
gypsum plasterboard and gypsum with wood, metal and chipboard
fibreboard. screws of Ø4.0 to Ø5.0 mm.
▪ The black metal tip guarantees simple
and safe installation.
▪ High torque when anchor is installed
for the feelgood-factor and an opti-
mum feeling when setting.
▪ PZ 2 drive - same drive for plug and
screw.

406
Plasterboard fixing DUOBLADE

TECHNICAL DATA
lS
lE,min
hef

DUOBLADE

dS
l1
l
t

Min. thickness Anchor length Anchor length Anchorage Min. bolt Wood and chip- Drive Sales unit
to first suppor-
ting layer
without drill tip depth penetration board screws 7
t l l1 hef lE,min ds / ds x ls

Cavity fixings
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
DUOBLADE 545675 50 44 29 9,5 - 25 28 4-5 — 50
DUOBLADE S 545676 1) 50 44 29 9,5 - 25 28 4,5 x 40 PZ2 25
DUOBLADE K NV 545683 50 44 29 9,5 - 25 28 4-5 — 10
DUOBLADE S K NV 545684 1) 50 44 29 9,5 - 25 28 4,0 x 46 PZ2 6
DUOBLADE WH K NV 545685 2) 50 44 29 9,5 - 25 28 4,2 x 40 — 6
DUOBLADE RH K NV 545686 3) 50 44 29 9,5 - 25 28 4,5 x 40 — 6
1) With chipboard screw countersunk head.
2) With screw with angle hook.
3) With screw with round hook.

LOADS
Plasterboard fixing DUOBLADE
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for chipboard screws with the specified diameters.
Type DUOBLADE

Chipboard screw Ø [mm] 4,0 - 5,0

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Gypsum plasterboard 9,5 mm [kN] 0,08
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,10
Gypsum plasterboard (e.g. Knauf Diamant board or Rigips Die Harte) 12,5 mm [kN] 0,18
Gypsum plasterboard 2 x 12,5 mm [kN] 0,20
Lightweight Cement Board 12,5 mm [kN] 0,08
Gypsum fibreboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,34
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

407
 Plasterboard fixing GK

The fastest installation in gypsum plasterboard

Wall lamps Pictures

7 BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

Cavity fixings

▪ Gypsum plasterboard, single and

double-planked

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The included setting tool combines ▪ Pictures ▪ The gypsum plasterboard fixing GK is
the drilling and fixing setting functions. ▪ Lighting suitable for pre-positioned installation.
It thus allows for a fast and simple ▪ Electrical installations ▪ The GK is screwed flush into the
installation. ▪ Fitting accessories gypsum plasterboard using the setting
▪ The sharp, self-tapping thread of the ▪ Series installations tool provided. Overtightening the
GK enables a secure, positive fit fixing. fixing should be avoided. Therefore,
This achieves a high load-bearing the installation torque should be
capacity. limited when using a battery operated
▪ The short fixing length means that screwdriver.
only a small amount of space is ▪ Adapted for wood, self-tapping and
required behind the board. As a result, chipboard screws of 4.0 to 5.0 mm
the GK can also be used in the case of diameter.
unknown board thickness and cavity ▪ For board thicknesses greater than
depth. 15 mm, drill a hole first by using the
▪ The cross-drive recess in the head of setting tool.
the fixing means that the GK can also ▪ Not suitable for gypsum fibreboard
be screwed out like a screw without a and tiled plasterboard.
setting tool.
▪ The GK can be used with the most
wide-ranging screws, hooks and eye
screws. This allows for a broad range
of applications.

408
Plasterboard fixing GK

TECHNICAL DATA

Plasterboard fixing GK

Plasterboard fixing GKS

Anchor length Min. thickness to Max. fixture thick- Screw Drive Sales unit
first supporting layer ness
l t t fix ds x ls 7
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
GK 052389 1)2) 22 25 — 4,0 - 5,0 x Ls — 100

Cavity fixings
GK S 052390 1)3) 22 25 13 4,5 x 35 PZ2 50
1) Including installation tool GKW.
2) Min. screw length = length of plug 22 mm + thickness of building component.
3) Supplied with plasterboard screw.

ACCESSORIES

Installation tool GKW PROFI-BOX GK

Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]

GKW 052393 - 10
50 Plasterboard fixings GK, 1 Installation tool, 38 Chipboard screws 4,5 x 35,
PROFI-BOX GK 518528 1
6 Angle hooks 4,2 x 40, 6 Round hooks 4 x 46

LOADS
Plasterboard fixing GK
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for chipboard screws with the specified diameter.
Type GK

Chipboard screw Ø [mm] 4,0 - 5,0

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Gypsum plasterboard 9,5 mm [kN] 0,07
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,08
Gypsum plasterboard 2 x 12,5 mm [kN] 0,11
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

409
 Plasterboard fixing GK GREEN

The fastest installation in gypsum plasterboard

Wall lamps Pictures

7 BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

Cavity fixings

▪ Gypsum plasterboard, single and

double-planked

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ Produced with at least 50% renewable ▪ Pictures ▪ The gypsum plasterboard fixing GK
raw materials  and therefore particu- ▪ Lighting GREEN is suitable for pre-positioned
larly environmentally friendly. ▪ Electrical installations installation.
▪ Just as effective, secure and durable ▪ Fitting accessories ▪ The GK GREEN is screwed flush into
as regular GK plugs. ▪ Series installations the gypsum plasterboard using the
▪ The included setting tool combine the setting tool provided. Avoid manual
functions of drilling and setting fixings and machine-aided overtightening.
for direct and easy installation. ▪ For board thicknesses greater than
▪ Sharp, self-tapping thread for a 15 mm, drill a hole first by using the
positive-fit connection with a high setting tool.
load-bearing capacity. ▪ Adapted for wood, sheet metal and
▪ The cross-drive recess in the head of chipboard screws with a diameter of
the fixing means that the GK GREEN 4.0 to 5.0 mm.
can also easily be screwed out like a ▪ Not suitable for gypsum fibreboard
screw. and tiled plasterboard.
▪ The GK GREEN can be used with
various screws, hooks and eye screws,
making it very versatile in its applica-
tions.

410
Plasterboard fixing GK GREEN

TECHNICAL DATA

Plasterboard fixing GK GREEN

Plasterboard fixing GK GREEN S

Anchor length Min. thickness to Max. fixture thick- Screw Drive Sales unit
first supporting layer ness
l t t fix ds x ls 7
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
GK GREEN 524868 1) 2) 22 25 — 4,0 - 5,0 x Ls — 90

Cavity fixings
GK GREEN S 524869 1) 3) 22 25 13 4,5 x 35 PZ2 45
1) Including installation tool GKW.
2) Min. screw length = length of plug 22 mm + thickness of building component.
3) Supplied with plasterboard screw.

ACCESSORIES

Installation tool GKW

Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]

GKW 052393 10

LOADS
Plasterboard fixing GK GREEN
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for chipboard screws with the specified diameter.
Type GK GREEN

Chipboard screw Ø [mm] 4,0 - 5,0

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Gypsum plasterboard 9,5 mm [kN] 0,07
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,08
Gypsum plasterboard 2 x 12,5 mm [kN] 0,11
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

411
 Plasterboard fixing metal GKM

The self-tapping metal fixing for gypsum plasterboard and

gypsum fibreboard

Wall lamps Speaker cabinets

7 BUILDING MATERIALS
Cavity fixings

▪ Gypsum fibreboard
▪ Gypsum plasterboard

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ Due to its material properties, the ▪ Pictures ▪ The GKM is suitable for pre-positioned
GKM can be used in gypsum plaster- ▪ Lighting installation.
board and gypsum fibreboard, and can ▪ Electrical installations ▪ The self-tapping metal fixing GKM
be used with the most wide-ranging ▪ Fitting accessories taps itself into the plasterboard with a
screws, hooks and eye screws. This positive fit.
allows for a broad range of applica- ▪ Flush installation in the board building
tions. material. Overtightening the fixing
▪ The sharp, self-tapping thread enables should be avoided. Therefore, the
a secure, positive fit fixing. This installation torque should be limited
achieves a high load-bearing capacity. when using a battery operated screw-
▪ The cross-drive recess means that driver.
a standard screwdriver or bit can ▪ Adapted for wood, self-tapping and
be used. No special setting tool is chipboard screws of 4.0 to 5.0 mm
required. diameter.
▪ The short fixing length means that ▪ Pre-drill with a Ø 8 mm drill bit when
only a small amount of space is using gypsum fibreboard and dou-
required behind the board. As a result, ble-planked gypsum plasterboard.
the GKM can also be used in the case ▪ Not suitable for tiled plasterboard.
of unknown board thickness and
cavity depth.

412
Plasterboard fixing metal GKM

TECHNICAL DATA

Plasterboard fixing metal GKM

Anchor length Min. thickness to Max. fixture thick- Screw Drive Sales unit 7
first supporting layer ness
l t t fix ds x ls

Cavity fixings
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
GKM 024556 31 35 — 4,0 - 5,0 x Ls — 100
GKM 12 040432 1) 31 35 12 4,5 x 35 PZ2 100
GKM 27 040434 2) 31 35 27 4,5 x 50 PZ2 100
1) Supplied with plasterboard screws panhead.
2) Supplied with plasterboard screws countersunk head.

LOADS
Plasterboard fixing metal GKM
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for chipboard screws with the specified diameter.
Type GKM

Chipboard screw Ø [mm] 4,0 - 5,0

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Gypsum plasterboard 9,5 mm [kN] 0,07
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,08
Gypsum plasterboard 2 x 12,5 mm [kN] 0,11
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

413
8 Electrical fixings
Page

Locking clip SCN 416

Pipe clip RC 418

Pipe clip FC 420

Saddle clip SCH 422

Fastening tie FF 424 8

Electrical fixings
ClipFix plus LS/ES/ZS 426

ClipFix plus SD 428

Cable clasp KB 430

Cable harness SHA 432

Multi cable support metal SHA M 434

Wall slot clip FWSC 436

Nail disc NSB 437

Nail clip NS/MNS 439

Spacer pipe clamp AM 441

Conduit clip BSM 443

Textile web strapping GWB 445

Perforated steel banding LBV / LBK 446

Impact nail ED 447

Cable tie BN/UBN 449

Cable tie plug FCTP 451

Wireclip 452

415
 Locking clip SCN

The easy-to-install and secure locking clip for fixing of pipes

Plastic pipes Plastic pipes

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS

When using 2-component DUOPO-
8 WER plug:
▪ Concrete
Electrical fixings

▪ Solid brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Plasterboard
▪ Gypsum plasterboard and gypsum
fibreboards
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Cavity floor slabs made from bricks
and concrete or similar
▪ Natural stone
▪ Chipboard
▪ Solid panel made from gypsum
▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ When pressing, the locking clip SCN ▪ Plastic, empty pipes ▪ The locking clip SCN is fixed in pre-
automatically embraces and locks ▪ Flexible and rigid electric tubes positioned installation with a suitable
the pipe, thus enabling convenient ▪ Aluminium-, copper- and steel pipes plug and screw or in 11 mm C-profile
installation. rails.
▪ The mechanical lock provides a secure ▪ Due to the mechanical locking, the
and reopenable fixing. pipes are securely fixed with the clip.
▪ The integrated slotted hole allows for ▪ Installation temperature -20 °C +
an easy and adjustable installation. 60 °C
▪ The double-sided couplings allow ▪ Temperature resistance when installed
several clips to be coupled together. -40 °C to +80 °C.
This saves installation time and
money.
▪ Flexible mounting with plugs and
screws or with 11 mm C-profile rails.
▪ The durable nylon material is halogen-
and silicone-free, allows year-round
use even under frost and thus ensures
a high level of safety.

416
Locking clip SCN

TECHNICAL DATA
B

Locking clip SCN D

Pipe to wall Clamping range Dimension of slot Sales unit

distance
D BxL
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SCN 16 501261 11 16 4,5 x 4,5 100
SCN 20 501262 11 20 4,5 x 6,5 100
SCN 25 501263 11 25 4,5 x 6,5 50
SCN 32 501264 13 32 4,5 x 7,5 50
SCN 40 501265 13 40 4,5 x 7,5 25
SCN 50 501266 14 50 4,5 x 7,5 25 8

Electrical fixings

417
 Pipe clip RC

The convenient pipe fixing

Fixing plastic insulating conduits Fixing plastic insulating conduits

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS

When using ClipFix SD:
8 ▪ Concrete
▪ Solid pumice block
Electrical fixings

▪ Solid sand-lime brick

▪ Natural stone with dense structure
▪ Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The pipe clip RC can be used with For fixing of: ▪ Plastic insulation pipes are laid into
pre-installed clip fixing SD, with Ham- ▪ Flexible and rigid plastic insulating the pipe clip. The pre-tensioning of the
merfix N 6 or in 11 mm C-shaped pro- pipes pipe clip holds the pipes securely.
file-rails, and thus allows for a flexible ▪ The pipe clip RC is adapted to be fixed
and cost-effective installation. with either clip fixing SD or Hammer-
▪ The 6 mm-long hole allows for the fix N 6.
optimal alignment of the pipe fixing ▪ Manually place the ClipFix plus SD
and ensures a more user-friendly directly into the drill hole. No addi-
installation. tional screws are needed.
▪ Two additional pipe clips can be ▪ The Hammerfix N is expanded when
added to the sides of a pre-fixed pipe the nail is driven in, and holds by
clip. This saves assembly time and friction in the drill hole.
materials. ▪ Temperature resistance once installed
▪ The long-lasting nylon material is hal- from -20 °C to +80 °C.
ogen- and silicone-free. It can be used
all year round, including during a frost.
This ensures a high level of safety.

418
Pipe clip RC

TECHNICAL DATA

d0 D
Clipfix plus pipe clip RC

h1

B
d0

L D
Pipe clip RC PG

h1
8

Electrical fixings
Drill hole Min. drill hole Suitable for IEC Clamping range Dimension of slot Sales unit
depth
d0 h1 D BxL
Item Art.-No. [Ø mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SF plus RC IEC 12 048190 6 35 12 12 - 13 6x7 100
SF plus RC IEC 16 048191 6 35 16 15 - 16 6x8 100
SF plus RC IEC 20 048193 6 35 20 20 - 21 6 x 10 100
SF plus RC IEC 25 048197 6 35 25 24 - 25 6 x 10 50
SF plus RC IEC 32 048198 6 35 32 31 - 32 6 x 10 25
SF plus RC IEC 40 048199 6 35 40 38 - 40 6 x 10 25
RC IEC 12 058194 — — 12 12 - 13 6x7 100
RC IEC 16 058120 — — 16 15 - 16 6x8 100
RC IEC 20 058122 — — 20 20 - 21 6 x 10 100
RC IEC 25 058198 — — 25 24 - 25 6 x 10 50
RC IEC 32 058199 — — 32 31 - 32 6 x 10 40
RC IEC 40 058200 — — 40 39 - 40 6 x 10 40
RC IEC 50 079194 1 — — 50 50 - 51 6 x 10 20
RC IEC 63 079196 1 — — 63 62 - 64 6 x 10 15
1) Does not include latching catches, therefore cannot be mounted side by side.

419
 Pipe clip FC

The flexible pipe clip for various diameters

Cable fixing Fixing plastic insulating conduits

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS

When using Hammerfix N:
8 ▪ Concrete
▪ Vertically perforated brick
Electrical fixings

▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight

concrete
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Building brick
▪ Natural stone
▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Solid panel made from gypsum
▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONALITY

▪ The flexible pipe clip socket ensures a For fixing of: ▪ The clip clamp FC is adapted to suit
secure hold for various cable and pipe ▪ Electric cables the fixture using N5 Hammerfixes.
diameters, and reduces the number of ▪ Flexible and rigid plastic insulating ▪ The Hammerfix N is expanded when
products required. pipes the nail is driven in, and holds by
▪ The pipe clip FC can be installed with friction in the drill hole.
both N 5 Hammerfixes and 11 mm-C- ▪ The cables or pipes are then laid in
shaped profile-rails, and thus offers the clip clamp FC. The pre-tensioning
great flexibility. of the clip clamp holds the cables or
▪ Two additional pipe clips can be pipes securely.
added to the sides of a pre-fixed clip ▪ Temperature resistance once installed
clamp. This saves assembly time and from -40 °C to +80 °C.
materials.
▪ The long-lasting nylon material is halo-
gen-free. It can be used all year round,
including during a frost. This ensures a
high level of safety.

420
Pipe clip FC

TECHNICAL DATA

Pipe clip FC D

Clamping range Sales unit

D
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
FC 6 - 9 GR 068060 6-9 100
FC 9 - 12 GR 068062 9 - 12 100
FC 12 - 16 GR 068064 12 - 16 50
FC 16 - 20 GR 068066 16 - 20 25 8

Electrical fixings

421
 Saddle clip SCH

The flexible cable clamp for various diameters

Fixing cable harnesses Cable fixing

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS

When using Hammerfix N:
8 ▪ Concrete
▪ Vertically perforated brick
Electrical fixings

▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight

concrete
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Building brick
▪ Natural stone
▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Solid panel made from gypsum
▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONALITY

▪ With its elastic spring tabs, the saddle For fixing of: ▪ The clamp SCH is adapted to suit the
clip SCH can bear different cable ▪ Electric cables fixture using N 5 Hammerfixes.
diameters. This increases flexibility ▪ Flexible and rigid plastic insulating ▪ The Hammerfix N is expanded when
and reduces the number of products pipes the nail is driven in, and holds by
required. friction in the drill hole.
▪ Additional clips can be added to the ▪ The cables or pipes are then laid in the
sides of a pre-fixed clip. This saves clamp SCH and fixed by inserting the
installation time and materials. locking latch.
▪ The long-lasting nylon material is hal- ▪ The internal tabs adapt to fit various
ogen- and silicone-free. It can be used cable or pipe diameters.
all year round, including during a frost. ▪ Temperature resistance once installed
This ensures a high level of safety. from -40 °C to +80 °C.

422
Saddle clip SCH

Saddle SCH, colour: Nylon transparent

Saddle SCH, colour: grey RAL 7035

Art.-No. Clamping range Dimension of insulated pipes Sales unit

Grey RAL Nylon trans- D

8
7035 parent [mm] [pcs]

Electrical fixings
SCH 812 068012 060012 8 - 12 6x1-8x1 100
SCH 1216 068016 060016 12 - 16 10 x 1 - 12 x 1 50
SCH 1619 068019 060019 16 - 19 — 50
SCH 1623 068023 060023 16 - 23 15 x 1 - 18 x 1 50
SCH 2332 068032 060032 23 - 32 22 x 1 - 22 x 1,5 25
SCH 3242 — 060042 32 - 42 22 x 1 - 22 x 1,5 25

423
 Fastening tie FF

Fixing tie for bundling and fixing of cables and pipes to the
substrate

Electric cables Plastic pipes

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS

When using 2-component DUOPO-
8 WER plug:
▪ Concrete
Electrical fixings

▪ Solid brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Plasterboard
▪ Gypsum plasterboard and gypsum
fibreboards
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Cavity floor slabs made from bricks
and concrete or similar
▪ Natural stone
▪ Chipboard
▪ Solid panel made from gypsum
▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The socket of the FF fixing tie is fixed For bundling and fixing of: ▪ The Socket of the fixing tie is fixed
to the substrate with a screw or screw ▪ Electric cables with the plug and screw suitable for
and plug. ▪ Flexible and rigid electric tubes the substrate.
▪ The fixing tie can be used to bundle ▪ Steel conduits ▪ Recommended application tempera-
and fix several cables or pipes. ture -20 °C to +60 °C.
▪ Adjustable diameter of the tie loop. ▪ Temperature resistant when installed
▪ The socket of the fixing tie can be -40 °C to +80 °C.
adjusted through its slotted hole.

424
Fastening tie FF

TECHNICAL DATA
b

l
Fastening tie FF

Length Dimension fixing For cables and max. screw Sales unit
base pipes from / to diameter
l dmin - dmax
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [Ø mm] [mm] [pcs]
FF 8 - 32 519808 172 25 x 15 x 20 8 - 32 4.5 80
FF 16 - 63 519809 270 25 x 15 x 20 16 - 63 4.5 40

Electrical fixings

425
 ClipFix plus LS/ES/ZS

The user-friendly clip fixing for pipes and conduits

Cable fixing Fixing flexible pipes

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS

8 ▪
▪
Concrete
Solid pumice block
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
Electrical fixings

▪ Natural stone with dense structure

▪ Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The complete element combines For fixing of: ▪ The clip fixing is set into the drill hole
anchor, screw and clamp. This saves ▪ Individual electric cables without the need for any additional
materials, allows for one-handed instal- ▪ Cable bundles screws and fixes the pipe directly to
lation, and reduces assembly time. ▪ Flexible pipes the base material.
▪ The slimline geometry of the fixing ▪ Rigid plastic pipes ▪ The clamping force of the locking
element only protrudes slightly, thus catch allows the ClipFix to hold itself in
saving space. the drill hole.
▪ The three different sizes of each of ▪ Place the clasp of the cable strap LS
the cable strap LS, twin clamp ZS and into the drill hole so that it is level and
single clamp ES cover a range of cable the teeth grip.
diameters, thus reducing storage. ▪ Recommended loads (required safety
▪ The long-lasting nylon material is factor considered): cable strap LS up
flame resistant, halogen- and silicone- to 6 kg, twin clamp ZS and single
free, can be used all year round, clamp ES up to 11 kg.
including during a frost. This ensures a ▪ Temperature resistance once installed
high level of safety. from -20 °C to +80 °C.

426
ClipFix plus LS/ES/ZS

TECHNICAL DATA

d0 D
Clip fix plus cable strap SF plus LS

h1

D
d0
Clip fix plus single clamp SF plus ES
8

Electrical fixings
h1

D
d0
ClipFix plus twin clamp SF plus ZS

h1

Drill hole Min. drill hole Clamping range Sales unit

depth
d0 h1 D
Item Art.-No. [Ø mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SF plus LS 3/13 058155 6 35 3 - 13 100
SF plus LS 8/28 058156 6 50 8 - 28 100
SF plus LS 20/40 058157 6 50 20 - 40 100
SF plus ES 10 048151 6 40 3 - 12 100
SF plus ES 18 048152 6 40 10 - 25 100
SF plus ES 28 058183 6 40 15 - 31 100
SF plus ZS 10 058184 6 35 3 - 12 100
SF plus ZS 18 048161 6 40 10 - 25 100
SF plus ZS 28 048162 6 40 15 - 31 75

427
 ClipFix plus SD

The user-friendly clip fixing for cable ducts and cable clasps

Fixing cable ducts Fixing cable harnesses

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS

8 ▪
▪
Concrete
Solid pumice block
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
Electrical fixings

▪ Natural stone with dense structure

▪ Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The ClipFix plus SD combines anchor For fixing of: ▪ To fix, manually place the ClipFix plus
and screw. This saves on materials ▪ Cable channels SD directly into the drill hole. No addi-
and makes it easier to affix cable ducts ▪ Cable clasps tional screws are needed.
that are difficult to access without the ▪ Installation base cable harness ▪ The clamping force of the locking
need for additional tools. ▪ Flat building components catch allows the ClipFix to hold itself in
▪ The simple clip fixing reduces installa- the drill hole.
tion time. ▪ Recommended loads (required safety
▪ The extended shank of the factor considered): clip fixing SD up to
FS plus SD 40 allows bridging of non- 11 kg.
bearing plaster layers, as well as the ▪ Temperature resistance once installed
fixing of thicker attachments. from -20 °C to +80 °C.
▪ The long-lasting nylon material is
flame resistant, halogen- and silicone-
free. It can be used all year round,
including during a frost. This ensures a
high level of safety.

428
ClipFix plus SD

TECHNICAL DATA

d0
fischer ClipFix plus clip fixing SF plus SD

h1 t fix

Drill hole Min. drill hole Max. usable Sales unit

depth length
d0 h1 tfix
Item Art.-No. [Ø mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SF plus SD 30 058178 6 35 4 200
SF plus SD 40 058179 6 35 15 100
8

Electrical fixings

429
 Cable clasp KB

The flat cable clasp for space-saving cable fixing

Fixing cable harnesses Fixing cable harnesses

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS

When using ClipFix SD:
8 ▪ Concrete
▪ Solid pumice block
Electrical fixings

▪ Solid sand-lime brick

▪ Natural stone with dense structure
▪ Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONALITY

▪ The flat design of the KB cable clasp ▪ For the fixing of several individual ▪ The cable clasp KB is adapted to suit
allows for a space-saving cable fixing, cables the fixture with clip fixing SD or Ham-
and simplifies subsequent cable- merfix N6.
laying. ▪ Place the ClipFix plus SD directly into
▪ The combination of cable clasp KB the drill hole by hand. No additional
and ClipFix SD allows for one-handed screws are needed.
installation, thus enabling a flexible ▪ The Hammerfix N is expanded when
and economic installation. the nail is driven in, and holds by
▪ The long-lasting nylon material is halo- friction in the drill hole.
gen- and silicone-free. It can be used ▪ After installation, the cables are pulled
all year round, including during a frost. under the clasp. Additional cables can
This ensures a high level of safety. be easily laid after installation too.
▪ Temperature resistance once installed
from -20 °C to +80 °C.

430
Cable clasp KB

TECHNICAL DATA
d0

Cable clasp with nailplug KB N 8 h1

d0

h1
Cable clasp with nailplug KB N 16
a

d0

ClipFix plus cable clasp SF plus KB 8 h1

b 8
d0

Electrical fixings
h1
ClipFix plus cable clasp SF plus KB 16
a

Cable clasp KB 8

Cable clasp KB 16

Drill hole Min. drill hole Dimensions Dimension of slot Max. number of ducts Sales unit
depth
d0 h1 axb BxL
Item Art.-No. [Ø mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
KB N 8 545522 6 35 15 x 133 6 x 10 8 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 50
KB N 16 545523 6 35 15 x 133 6 x 10 16 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 25
SF plus KB 8 048171 6 35 15 x 133 6 x 10 8 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 50
SF plus KB 16 048172 6 35 15 x 230 6 x 10 16 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 25
KB 8 058135 — — 15 x 133 6 x 10 8 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 50
KB 16 058136 — — 15 x 230 6 x 10 16 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 50

431
 Cable harness SHA

The adaptable cable harness for fixing cable bundles

Fixing cable bundles Fixing cable bundles

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS

When using ClipFix SD:
8 ▪ Concrete
▪ Solid pumice block
Electrical fixings

▪ Solid sand-lime brick

▪ Natural stone with dense structure
▪ Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ Simple bundling and economical For fixing of: ▪ Cable bundles can be laid in the cable
laying of multiple electric cables. ▪ Electric cables, loose and bundled harness SHA. The seal makes it easy
▪ The seal of the cable harness SHA to lay cables at a later date.
makes it easy to lay cables at a later ▪ The cable harness SHA can either be
date, thus ensuring high user-friend- affixed with ClipFix plus, installation
liness. base MS or with plugs and screws.
▪ Combining several SHA cable harnes- ▪ Several SHA cable harnesses can be
ses allows for a cost-effective fixing of combined below one another.
cables to just one MS installation base. ▪ The SHA cable harnesses can also be
▪ The MS installation base allows for lined up adjacent to one another with
various fixing options, and offers great the connection piece SHA KP.
flexibility for the installation. ▪ The maximum installation distance of
▪ The long-lasting nylon material is halo- 80 cm must not be exceeded.
gen- and silicone-free, can be used all ▪ Temperature resistance once installed
year round, including during a frost, from -20 °C to +80 °C.
and thus ensures a high level of safety.

432
Cable harness SHA

TECHNICAL DATA

Cable harness SHA

a 8

Electrical fixings
Installation base SHA MS

axb

h1
Steckfix plus installation base SF plus MS

axb

Connection piece SHA KP

Drill hole Min. drill hole Dimensions Max. number of ducts Sales unit
depth
d0 h1 axb
Item Art.-No. [Ø mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SHA 15 058139 — — 93 x 49 15 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 50
SHA 30 058140 — — 128 x 59 30 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 25
SHA MS 058141 — — 41 x 27 connection piece 50
SF plus MS 048181 6 35 41 x 27 installation base with clip-plug 50
SHA KP 058142 — — — installation base 50

433
 Multi cable support metal SHA M

Metal multi-cable support with high mechanical resistance and

approval

Cable fixing to the ceiling Cable fixing to the wall

8
ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING
Electrical fixings

▪ The fischer metal multi cable sup- ▪ Fixing of cables with circuit integrity ▪ The multi cable support is fixed to
port SHA M has a high mechanical maintenance. walls or ceilings with plugs and screws
strength and thus offers a long service ▪ Installation of electrical cables above or metal anchors suitable for the sub-
life and safety in the event of fire. fire protection ceilings. strate and application.
▪ It is approved as a cable-specific vari-
ant for circuit integrity maintenance of
electric cable systems in accordance
with DIN 4102 Part 12.
▪ This makes it suitable for safe installa-
tion above fire protection ceilings.
▪ Depending on the version, 15, 30 or
70 cables can be fixed.
▪ The lock, which can be operated
without tools, allows easy subsequent
cable-laying and thus ensures a high
degree of ease of installation.
▪ The multi cable support is variably sui-
table for wall and ceiling installation.
▪ Halogen-free and without fire load.

434
Multi cable support metal SHA M

TECHNICAL DATA

Ø6
Multi cable support metal SHA M

a 8
Mounting pipe Ø Dimension in Max. number of ducts Sales unit

Electrical fixings
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SHA M 15 544933 6 66,7 x 41,9 x 30,6 15 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 50
SHA M 30 544934 6 92,8 x 58,1 x 33,6 30 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 25
SHA M 70 544935 6 126,0 x 104,0 x 80,0 70 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 10

435
 Wall slot clip FWSC

The quick tool-free cable fixing in wall slots

Cable fixing in wall slots > 30 mm Cable fixing in wall slots < 55 mm

BUILDING MATERIALS

8 ▪ Concrete
▪ Masonry
Electrical fixings

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ With the fischer FWSC wall slot ▪ Fixing of cables in wall slots of 20 - 60 ▪ The cables to be fastened are inserted
clip, cables can be fixed quickly and mm width. into the wall slot.
without tools in wall slots 20 to 60 ▪ By pressing together the wall slot clip
mm wide. is compressed and tensed to be ready
▪ This reduces installation time by up to for installation in the wall slot.
50%. ▪ The wall slot clip can be compressed
▪ The high expansion power of the wall in length or width as required and thus
slot clip guarantees a reliable fixing of used for wall slots with a width of 20
the cables. to 60 mm.
▪ Damage to the cables can be exclu-
ded due to the expansion principle.
▪ Thanks to its neutral colour, the wall
slot clip does not shine through the
plaster.
▪ The wall slot clip is made of halogen-
free material.

TECHNICAL DATA

38
Wall slot clip FWSC

55

Max. slot width Dimension in Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]

FWSC 20 - 60 545792 60 38 x 60 x 4 50

436
Nail disc NSB

The secure cable fixing in wall slots

Cable fixing Cable fixing in slits

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪
▪
Vertically perforated brick
Pumice
8
▪ Lightweight aggregate concrete

Electrical fixings
▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Hardboard
▪ Wood
▪ Chipboard
▪ Plywood
▪ Solid panel made from gypsum

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONALITY

▪ The nail disc NSB allows for use in two ▪ For fixing cables in wall slots ▪ Remove cable.
slot widths. ▪ Align the nail disc with either dimen-
▪ The vaulted structure of the nail disc sions 27 mm or 34 mm, depending
ensures an optimal contact pressure on the slot width, and hit the nail in
and, as such, for a secure hold. with a hammer.
▪ The flat nail disc only protrudes ▪ The cables are fixed in the wall slots
slightly, and can thus be easily plas- by the curved washer.
tered over.
▪ The nail disc NSB is made from high-
strength polypropylene. The nail is
made from hardened, galvanised steel.
The tried and tested material combina-
tion for in-wall installation.

437
 Nail disc NSB

TECHNICAL DATA

a bxl
Nail disc NSB

Dimension of nail Dimension of disc Sales unit

axb bxl
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
NSB 2/40 048308 2 x 40 27 x 34 200
NSB 2/50 048309 2 x 50 27 x 34 150
NSB 2/60 048310 2 x 60 27 x 34 100
8 NSB 3/40 048311 3 x 40 27 x 34 150
NSB 3/50 048312 3 x 50 27 x 34 150
Electrical fixings

NSB 3/60 048313 3 x 60 27 x 34 100

438
Nail clip NS/MNS

The fast fixing for electric cables

Cable fixing Cable fixing

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪
▪
Hardboard
Wood
8
▪ Aerated concrete

Electrical fixings
▪ Chipboard
▪ Plywood
▪ Solid gypsum panels and other plaste-
red substrates

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The nail clip features a pre-assembled ▪ To fix single electric cables with ▪ Position the nail clip with the laid
zinc-plated nail, allowing for a fast varying diameters cable. Hammer in the pre-assembled
fixing, thus reducing assembly time. nail with a hammer.
▪ The small space required for fixing
simplifies installation in narrow spaces.
▪ The nail clip MNS covers cable diame-
ters from 4 mm to 14 mm with just
3 sizes.

439
 Nail clip NS/MNS

TECHNICAL DATA

Nail clip NS

8 Nail clip MNS

Electrical fixings

For cable Clamping range Length of nail Sales unit

D L
Item Art.-No. [Ø mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
NS 7 058173 7 7 25 100
NS 8 058174 8 8 25 100
NS 9 058175 9 9 25 100
NS 10 058176 10 10 30 100
NS 12 058177 12 12 35 100
MNS 4-7 094673 — 4-7 25 100
MNS 7-11 094674 — 7 - 11 25 100
MNS 10-14 094675 — 10 - 14 30 100

440
Spacer pipe clamp AM

The installation-friendly metal spacing disc for cables and pipes

Fixing steel armoured conduits Fixing conduits

BUILDING MATERIALS
When using nail anchor FNA II:
▪ Concrete
8
▪ Solid sand-lime brick

Electrical fixings
▪ Natural stone with dense structure
▪ Pre-stressed concrete hollow slabs
When using Hammerfix N:
▪ Concrete
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Building brick
▪ Natural stone
▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The fast-locking latch ensures easy For fixing of: ▪ The spacer clamp AM with M6 thread
opening and closing without comple- ▪ Steel conduits can either be affixed with fischer nail
tely removing the screw, and allows ▪ Electric cables anchor FNA II 6x30 M6x43, stud
for a simple and fast installation. ▪ Copper and metal pipes screw STST 6x60 and STST 6x80 or
▪ The pre-fitted combination screw with with Hammerfix N 6x40/10 M6.
conventional slotted or recessed screw
head allows for the use of different
screwdrivers, thus allowing for a
simple installation.

441
 Spacer pipe clamp AM

TECHNICAL DATA

Metal two-piece pipe clamp AM M6 D

Dimension IEC Clamping range Sales unit

D
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
AM 8 060185 — 8 - 10 50
AM 10 060186 — 10 - 11 50
AM 12 060187 12 12 - 13 50
AM 14 060188 — 14 - 15 50
8 AM 16 060189 16 15 - 17 50
AM 18 060190 — 18 - 19 50
Electrical fixings

AM 20 060191 20 20 - 21 50
AM 22 060192 — 22 - 23 50
AM 24 060193 — 24 - 25 50
AM 26 060194 25 26 - 27 50
AM 28 060195 — 28 - 29 50
AM 30 060196 — 30 - 31 50
AM 32 060209 32 32 - 33 25
AM 34 060210 — 34 - 35 25
AM 37 060211 37 37 - 39 20
AM 40 090849 40 40 - 42 15
AM 50 090850 50 50 - 52 10
AM 63 090851 63 63 - 65 10

TECHNICAL DATA

Metal two-piece pipe clamp AMD M6

Clamping range Sales unit

D
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
AMD 10 - 12 545772 10 - 12 25
AMD 14 - 16 545773 14 - 16 25
AMD 17 - 19 545774 17 - 19 25
AMD 20 - 23 545775 20 - 23 25
AMD 24 - 27 545776 24 - 27 25

442
Conduit clip BSM

The flat metal clip for cables and pipes

Fixing armoured conduits Fixing armoured conduits

BUILDING MATERIALS
When using impact nail ED:
▪ Concrete
8

Electrical fixings
ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING
▪ The open conduit clip BSM is ideal for For fixing of: ▪ Depending on your requirements, use
the post-installation fixing of conduits. ▪ Electrical conduits a conduit clip with 1 or 2 fixing points,
▪ The conduit clip allows for a direct ▪ Flexible and rigid plastic insulating or a twin clamp.
fixing with impact nails and is, there- pipes ▪ The conduits or pipes are laid in the
fore, quick and easy to install. ▪ Steel conduits conduit clip. Assembling the clip fixes
▪ Two conduits or pipes can be fixed the conduits / pipes.
with just one fixing point with the twin ▪ Our recommendation for fixtures on
clamp BSMZ. concrete (not older than 6 months):
Impact nail.

443
 Conduit clip BSM

TECHNICAL DATA

Conduit clip BSM D

Conduit clip BSMD D

8
Electrical fixings

Conduit clip BSMZ

Art.-No. Dimension IEC Clamping range Sales unit

D
Item BSM BSMD BSMZ [mm] [pcs]
6 015014 — — — 6 100
8 015015 — — — 8 100
10 015016 — — — 10 100
10 — 015068 — — 10 50
12 015017 015069 — — 12 50
14 015018 015070 — — 14 50
15 015093 — — 15 15 50
16 060149 060169 — 16 16 50
18 060150 060170 — — 18 50
20 060151 060171 079535 20 20 50
22 060152 060172 — — 22 50
24 060153 — 079536 — 24 50
25 090839 090844 — 25 25 50
26 096958 015076 — — 26 50
28 — 060175 — — 28 25
28 060155 — 079537 — 28 50
30 015019 — — — 30 50
32 090840 — — 32 32 50
32 — 090845 — 32 32 25
37 060158 060178 — — 37 25
40 090841 090846 — 40 40 25
42 — 015081 — — 42 20
42 015021 — — — 42 25
47 — 015082 — — 47 20
50 090842 — — 50 50 20
50 — 090847 — 50 50 15
63 — 090848 — 63 63 10
63 090843 — — 63 63 15

444
Textile web strapping GWB

Textile web strapping GWB for cost-effective, easy pipe fixings

Flexible and rigid plastic insulation pipes

Electrical fixings
ADVANTAGES/BENEFITS APPLICATIONS PROPERTIES
▪ Pipe fastening using textile tape allows ▪ Tear-proof textile tape for simple and ▪ Material: polypropylene
cheap and simple installation. load-bearing installation
▪ The textile tape roll allows the correct ▪ Fixing to concrete using the fischer
tape length to be chosen to suit the impact nail ED
diameter in question.
▪ Hangings with textile tape are a fast
solution for temporary fixings.

TECHNICAL DATA

B
Total length Width Thickness Sales unit
S
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
GWB 020959 10000 15 1.1 10

445
 Perforated steel banding LBV / LBK

Perforated steel banding LBV / LBK for the fast fixing of

pipelines

Plastic pipes

ADVANTAGES/BENEFITS APPLICATIONS PROPERTIES

8 ▪ The perforated tape’s material thick- ▪ Steel tape with stamped holes for ▪ Material: steel DX51D+Z (material
nesses and plastic covering allows simple installation; available zinc-pla- no. 1.0226) acc. to DIN EN 10327
Electrical fixings

the tapes to be easily cut to size using ted LBV or plastic-covered LKB ▪ Zinc plating: electro zinc-plated, min.
metal shears. ▪ The fischer nail anchor FNA II is sui- 7 µm
▪ The perforated tape’s hole geometry table for ceiling fixing in concrete ▪ Protective coating LBK: PE
enables concrete  fixing using the ▪ Use fischer thread hanger RAH for
fischer impact nail ED. fastening to threaded rods

TECHNICAL DATA

S
Total length Width B Thickness Eye-Ø Sales unit
l B S D
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
LBV 12 079549 10000 12 0.75 5 10
LBV 17 079550 10000 17 0.75 6.5 10
LBV 25 079551 10000 25 0.88 8.5 8
LBK 14 079553 10000 14 2.6 5 10
LBK 19 079554 10000 19 2.4 6.5 8
LBK 27 079555 10000 27 2.4 8.5 5

446
Impact nail ED

Fixing in concrete without pre-drilling

Fixing armoured conduits Fixing perforated tapes

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Fresh concrete (not older than 6
months)
8

Electrical fixings
ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONALITY
▪ The stable impact nail ED can be set in For fixing of: ▪ The impact nail ED is set in the setting
concrete with the impact nail setting ▪ Conduit clips such as BSM, BSMD, tool SZE.
tool SZE without pre-drilling. This BSMZ ▪ The bracket in the setting tool holds
allows for a fast installation. ▪ Perforated band such as LBK, LBV the nail securely in place during the
▪ The setting tool SZE impact protection installation procedure.
provides the best protection for your ▪ Pre-positioning of the element to be
hand, thus ensuring a safe installation. fixed.
▪ The nail can be hammered through
the fixing element directly into the
concrete (not older than 6 months).

447
 Impact nail ED

TECHNICAL DATA

Impact nail ED

l
Length Diameter Sales unit
l d
8 Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
ED 15 048212 15 4.0 200
ED 18 079815 18 4.0 200
Electrical fixings

ED 22 014570 22 4.0 200

TECHNICAL DATA

Impact nail setting tool SZE Toolset for SZE

Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]

SZE 079820 1
Toolset for SZE 043365 4

448
Cable tie BN/UBN

For the simple bundling of cables and pipes

Bundling electric cables Pipe fixing with cable tie plug

CHARACTERISTICS

Electrical fixings
ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING
▪ The long-lasting nylon material is halo- For bundling of: ▪ Lie the cable tie around the object to
gen- and silicone-free. ▪ Electric cables be fixed, and pull the band through
▪ The cable tie UBN (black) is made ▪ Flexible and rigid plastic insulating the head of the cable tie. The cable tie
from UV-stabilised material. pipes can no longer be opened due to the
▪ Steel conduits latching of the tab in the teeth.
▪ Temperature resistance once installed
from -10 °C to +85 °C.
▪ Recommended installation tempera-
ture from -10 °C to +85 °C.

449
 Cable tie BN/UBN

TECHNICAL DATA
b
Cable tie BN, colour: transparent l

Cable tie UBN, colour: black

Cable tie GBN, colour: green

Art.-No. Dimensions Sales unit Outer carton

Colour:
Item Colour: black transparent Colour: green [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
BN/UBN/GBN 2,5 x 100 087488 087478 543924 2,5 x 100 100 20000
BN/UBN 2,5 x 120 087489 087479 — 2,5 x 120 100 15000
GBN 2,5 x 150 — — 543925 2,5 x 150 100 20000
BN/UBN/GBN 2,5 x 200 087490 087480 543926 2,5 x 200 100 10000
BN/UBN 2,5 x 160 069363 037489 — 2,5 x 160 100 20000
8 BN/UBN/GBN 3,6 x 150 087491 087481 543927 3,6 x 150 100 10000
BN/UBN 3,6 x 200 037573 019802 — 3,6 x 200 100 10000
Electrical fixings

BN/UBN 3,6 x 300 069364 037490 — 3,6 x 300 100 7500

BN/UBN 4,6 x 160 069365 037501 — 4,6 x 160 100 10000
BN/UBN 4,6 x 190 069366 037581 — 4,6 x 190 100 10000
BN/UBN/GBN 4,6 x 200 087494 087484 543928 4,6 x 200 100 7500
BN/UBN 4,8 x 250 069367 — — 4,8 x 250 100 5000
BN/UBN 4,8 x 250 — 037582 — 4,8 x 250 100 5000
BN/UBN/GBN 4,8 x 280 087495 087485 543929 4,8 x 280 100 5000
BN/UBN 4,8 x 350 069368 037653 — 4,8 x 350 100 5000
BN/UBN 4,8 x 370 069369 037583 — 4,8 x 370 100 5000
BN/UBN 4,8 x 430 069370 037708 — 4,8 x 430 100 5000
BN/UBN 7,6 x 200 069372 037945 — 7,6 x 200 100 4500
BN/UBN 7,8 x 300 069373 037949 — 7,6 x 300 100 2500
BN/UBN 7,6 x 350 087497 087487 — 7,6 x 350 100 2500
BN/UBN 7,6 x 450 069374 037996 — 7,6 x 450 100 2500
BN/UBN 7,6 x 550 069375 037997 — 7,6 x 550 100 2000
BN/UBN 8,8 x 760 069376 037998 — 8,8 x 760 100 1000
BN/UBN 8,8 x 810 069377 038000 — 8,8 x 810 100 1000
BN/UBN 8,8 x 1168 069379 038002 — 8,8 x 1168 100 500

450
Cable tie plug FCTP

The universal fixing point for cable ties

Flexible and rigid plastic pipes Electric cables

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
▪ Solid brick
8
▪ Solid sand-lime brick

Electrical fixings
ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING
▪ The FCTP cable tie plug combines the ▪ Universal fixing point for fixing of cab- ▪ The cable tie plug can be hammer set.
function of a plug and an eyelet to les and pipes using cable ties ▪ A cable tie is inserted through the
which cable ties up to 9.5 mm width eyelet and the object to be fastened is
can be attached (e.g. fischer BN or fixed in the intended position.
UBN). ▪ The eyelet with a width of 9.5 mm
▪ It offers a universal fixing point to and a height of 3 mm is suitable for all
which various cables and pipes can be fischer cable ties.
attached.
▪ Installation is simple and time-saving
by driving the plug into the drill hole.
▪ The lamellas of the plug ensure a
secure hold in the building material
and thus fix the cable tie in the inten-
ded position.

TECHNICAL DATA

8 9,5
Cable tie plug FCTP

35
40

Drill diameter Min. drill hole Anchorage depth Total length Sales unit
depth
d0 h1 hef l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FCTP-W 545786 8 40 35 45 100
FCTP-B 545787 8 40 35 45 100

451
 Wireclip WIC

Infinitely variable fixing of wire suspensions

Suspension of signs Suspensions for trade show exhibits

8
ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONALITY
Electrical fixings

▪ The simple system guarantees ease For suspension of: ▪ Loops are formed from the wire, which
of use. ▪ Lighting strips can be threaded through the wireclip.
▪ The Wireclip’s simple closing mecha- ▪ Cable trays This allows objects to be hung. The
nism means that no tools are needed. ▪ Ventilation ducts wireclips can be adjusted at any time.
This allows for a cost-effective instal- ▪ Pipes ▪ The FNA II 6x25 OE is suitable for
lation. ▪ Signs fixing the wire.
▪ The reclosable Wireclips make it pos- ▪ Chilled ceilings Note:
sible to adjust the length at any time. ▪ Do not apply paint or any other
This guarantees the greatest flexibility. coating.
▪ Do not apply lubricant.
▪ Do not use for lifting loads.
▪ Remove damaged wire ends using the
wire cutter WIZ prior to introducing
wires into the wire clip.

452
Wireclip WIC

TECHNICAL DATA

WIC 2 WIC 3 WIC 4

Wire-Ø Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]

WIC 2 VE20 044559 2 - 2,5 20
WIC 3 VE20 044561 2,5 - 3,5 20
WIC 2 VE100 044560 2 - 2,5 100 8
WIC 4 VE50 044564 3-4 50

Electrical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA

WIS cable set with eyelet Wire cutter WIZ

Cable length Wire-Ø Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [m] [mm] [pcs]

WIS 2/1 045956 1 2 10
WIS 2/2 045957 2 2 10
WIS 2/3 045958 3 2 10
WIS 2/5 045959 5 2 10
WIS 2/10 045960 10 2 10
WI Ø 2 mm 044565 1) 200 2 1
WIZ 044721 — — 1
1) on a roll

LOADS
Wireclip
Highest recommended loads1) per Wireclip
Type Diameter of wire cable Recommended tensile load
[mm] [kN]
WIS complete system 2,0 0,5
WIC 22) 2,0 0,6
WIC 22) 2,5 1,0
WIC 32) 3,0 1,2
WIC 42) 4,0 2,3
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Only in combination with fischer wire cable.

453
9 Sanitary fixings
Page

Sanitary fixings for board materials 456

Ceramic fixings 458

Wash basin and urinal fixings 460

Sanitary fixings

455
 Sanitary fixings for board materials

Complete fixing sets for wash basins and urinals in board

building materials and plumbing walls

Urinals Wash basins

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Gypsum plasterboard and gypsum
fibreboards
▪ Chipboard
9
Sanitary fixings

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ With their special geometries, KM and ▪ Wash basins ▪ KM is suitable for push-through instal-
WDP are the specialists for fixings in ▪ Urinals lation.
plumbing and hollow walls. ▪ When placed in the drill hole, the
▪ The wide transition beams of the wide transition beam of the KM
KM and the large base plate of the independently swings open behind
WDP ensure a good load distribution, the board.
thus allowing for a high load-bearing ▪ WDP is set into the plumbing walls
capacity. during wall installation.

456
Sanitary fixings for board materials

TECHNICAL DATA

Wash basin and urinal fixing WDP

M

Contents per plastic bag Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs] [pcs]

2 Threaded rods M10 x 170 with base plate 60x60x3, 2 flanged bushes BDH M10,
WDP 10 x 170 014320 10
2 hexagon nuts M10 zinc-plated

TECHNICAL DATA
a dp
9

Sanitary fixings
d0

Gravity toggle KM 10

Drill hole diameter Anchor length Min. cavity depth Max. panel thickness Screw Sales unit
d0 l a dp ds x ls
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
KM 10 050326 30 180 140 90 M 10 x 180 25

457
 Ceramic fixings

Complete fixing sets for free-standing toilets and bidets

Free-standing toilets Bidets

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS

▪ Concrete
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Natural stone with dense structure
9 ▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Solid brick
Sanitary fixings

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ Complete fixing sets including brass ▪ Free-standing toilets ▪ S 8 RD is suitable for push-through
screws allow for quick and easy ▪ Bidets installation.
installation. ▪ Ceramic shelves ▪ WCN and S 8 D are suitable for both
▪ A pronounced rim prevents contact ▪ Mirrors pre-positioned and push-through
between the screw and ceramics, installation.
thus ensuring nothing gets damaged ▪ The WB5N’s assembly bracket is flex-
during fixing. ibly positioned on the base using the
▪ The WB5N’s assembly bracket with long hole. The ceramics are then fixed
pre-drilled rows of holes allows for a to the bracket via the rows of holes.
flexible fixing with two directions. These counterbalance any height
▪ The WCN is also suitable for fixing differences in the ceramic assembly
ceramic shelves and mirrors, and holes.
can thus be used for a wide range of
applications.

458
Ceramic fixings

TECHNICAL DATA

WCN

Contents per plastic bag Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs] [pcs]

WCN 1 060561 2 wall plugs S 8, 2 brass screws 6 x 70 hex., 2 cover caps white, 2 snap-fit sleeves 50
WCN 2 060562 2 wall plugs S 8, 2 brass screws 6 x 70 hex., 2 cover caps chrome, 2 snap-fit sleeves 50

TECHNICAL DATA

S 8 D 70 WCR

Contents per plastic bag Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs] [pcs]

2 wall plugs S 8, 2 brass screws 6 x 70 hex., 2 cover caps chrome and white,
9
S 8 D 70 WCR 060564 50
2 snap-fit sleeves

Sanitary fixings
TECHNICAL DATA

S 8 RD WCR

Contents per plastic bag Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs] [pcs]

S 8 RD 60 WCR 060570 2 wall plugs S 8 RD 60, 2 brass screws 6 x 65 hex., 2 cover caps chrome and white 50
S 8 RD 80 WCR 060568 2 wall plugs S 8 RD 80, 2 brass screws 6 x 85 hex., 2 cover caps chrome and white 50

TECHNICAL DATA

WC fixing WB 5N

Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]

2 S plugs SX 10, 2 Screws 7x65 zinc-plated, 2 Nylon angles, 2 washers 8mm,
WB 5N 018652 50
2 screws A2 stainless steel, 2 flanged sleeves, 2 cover caps chrom

459
 Wash basin and urinal fixings

Complete fixing sets for wash basins, urinals and sanitary

installations

Urinals Wash basins

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS

▪ Concrete
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
9 concrete
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
Sanitary fixings

▪ Natural stone
▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Solid panel made from gypsum
▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ Complete fixing sets allow for quick ▪ Wash basins ▪ The rimless UX is suitable for pre-posi-
and easy installation. ▪ Urinals tioned and push-through installation.
▪ The universal plug UX can be used in ▪ Built-in toilets ▪ Screwing in the screw causes the UX
solid and hollow materials, thus offer- ▪ Boilers to expand in solid and hollow building
ing a high level of flexibility. ▪ Gas heaters material.
▪ Flanged nuts and collar sleeves made ▪ Cisterns ▪ Maximum load-bearing capacity is
of high-strength nylon are resistant to ▪ Consoles only achieved when the minimum
ageing and chemicals, and guarantee screw-in depth is reached.
a long-lasting fixing that will not dam- ▪ Tiles and plaster are not classed as
age the ceramics. load-bearing base materials.
▪ Cover caps with a high-quality chrome
finish ensure the fixture remains
visually attractive for a long period of
time.

460
Wash basin and urinal fixings

TECHNICAL DATA

Wash basin and urinal fixing WD

Contents per plastic bag Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs] [pcs]

WD 8 x 90 080659 2 wall plugs UX 10 x 60, 2 stud screws M8 x 90 zinc-plated, 2 flanged nuts BU M8 50
WD 8 x 110 080658 2 wall plugs UX 10 x 60, 2 stud screws M8 x 110 zinc-plated, 2 flanged nuts BU M8 50
WD 10 x 120 080655 2 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 2 stud screws M10 x 120 zinc-plated, 2 flanged nuts BU M10 MH 50
WD 10 x 140 080656 2 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 2 stud screws M10 x 140 zinc-plated, 2 flanged nuts BU M10 MH 50

TECHNICAL DATA

Boiler fixing BO

Contents per plastic bag Sales unit

9
Item Art.-No. [pcs] [pcs]

Sanitary fixings
BO 120 080654 4 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 4 stud screws M10 x 120 zinc-plated, 4 flanged nuts BU M10 25

TECHNICAL DATA

Washbasin fixing WST

Contents per plastic bag Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs] [pcs]

2 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 2 stud screws M10 x 140 zinc-plated,
WST 10 x 140 080660 50
2 hexagon nuts M10 zinc-plated, 2 flanged bushes BDH M10
2 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 2 stud screws M12 x 150 zinc-plated,
WST 12 x 150 080661 50
2 hexagon nuts M12 zinc-plated, 2 flanged bushes BDH M12
2 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 2 stud screws M12 x 180 zinc-plated,
WST 12 x 180 080662 50
2 hexagon nuts M12 zinc-plated, 2 flanged bushes BDH M12

TECHNICAL DATA

Urinal fixing UST 8 x 110 Urinal fixing UST 10 x 120

Contents per plastic bag Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs] [pcs]

2 wall plugs UX 10 x 60, 2 stud screws M8 x 110, 2 washers B 8.4 DIN 125,
UST 8 x 110 083578 50
2 plastic washer 8,4 x 16 x 1,6, 2 cap nuts FA 8, 2 cover caps chrome plated
2 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 2 stud screws M10 x 120, 2 flanged nuts BU M10,
UST 10 x 120 080668 10
2 cover caps AKM 10 CR

461
 Wash basin and urinal fixings

TECHNICAL DATA

Sanitary fixing WL

Contents per plastic bag Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs] [pcs]

WL 7 x 60 080651 2 plugs S 10, 2 screws 7 x 65 hex. head zinc-plated, 2 washers zinc-plated 100
WL 8 x 70 080652 2 plugs S 10, 2 screws 8 x 70 hex. DIN 571 zinc-plated, 2 washers zinc-plated 100
WL 10 x 80 080650 2 plugs S 12, 2 screws 10 x 80 hex. DIN 571 zinc-plated, 2 washers zinc-plated 50

ACCESSORIES

Flanged nut BUM

9 Thread Width across nut Washer Match Sales unit

M  SW
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Sanitary fixings

BU M8 MH 060200 M8 17 40 STS M8 25
BU M10 MH 060201 M 10 17 40 STS M10 25
BU M12 MH 060204 M 12 19 40 STS M12 25

ACCESSORIES

Cover cap AKM

Colour Match Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]

AKM 10 W 080972 white BU M10 MH 20
AKM 10 CR 080951 chrome BU M10 MH 100
AKM 12 CR 080952 chrome BU M12 MH 100

ACCESSORIES

Installation tool HED

Match Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]

HED 079831 M6, M8, M10, M12 1

462
Wash basin and urinal fixings

INSTALLATION DATA
Drill diameter Min. drill hole depth Usable length Min. bolt penetration
(with assembled flanged nut)
d0 h1 tfix lE,min
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
WD 8 x 90 080659 10 75 5 68
WD 8 x 110 080658 10 75 25 68
WD 10 x 120 080655 14 95 18 85
WD 10 x 140 080656 14 95 38 85
BO 120 080654 14 95 18 85
WST 10 x 140 080660 14 95 38 85
WST 12 x 150 080661 14 95 48 85
WST 12 x 180 080662 14 95 78 85
UST 8 x 110 083578 10 75 32 68
UST 10 x 120 080668 14 95 18 85
WL 7 x 60 080651 10 70 10 57
WL 8 x 70 080652 10 70 12 58
WL 10 x 80 080650 12 80 10 70

LOADS
Washbasin and urinal fixings
9
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.

Sanitary fixings
The given loads are valid for stud screws with the specified diameter.
Type WD 8x90 WD 10x120 WST 10x140 WST 12x150 UST 8x110 UST 10x120 WL 7x60 WL 8x70 WL 10x80
WD 8x110 WD 10x140 BO 120 WST 12x180

Screw diameter Ø [mm] 8 10 10 12 8 10 7 8 10

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,90 0,90 0,90 1,80 0,90 0,90 1,10 1,10 1,50
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,80 0,50 0,50 - 3) - 3) - 3)
Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,40 0,40 0,40 0,80 0,40 0,40 - - -
Vertically perforated brick ≥ Hlz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,30 0,30 0,40 0,20 0,30 - - -
Aerated concrete ≥ PB 4, PP 4 (G4) [kN] 0,30 0,30 0,30 0,70 0,30 0,30 0,16 0,16 0,28
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.
3)
Due to that the failure of the substrate varies too much no reproducible values can be given.

463
 Scaffold and
10 eye screw fixings
Page

Scaffold anchoring GS 12 + plug 466

Scaffold anchoring FI G 468

Eye screw GS 470

Ring nut RI 472

10

Scaffold and eye screw fixings

465
 Scaffold anchoring GS 12 + plug

The standard scaffold anchoring

Scaffold anchoring Façade scaffolds

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

GS 12 + S 14 ROE suitable for:
▪ Concrete
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Natural stone with dense structure
▪ Solid brick
10 ▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
GS 12 + S 16 H R suitable for:
Scaffold and eye screw fixings

▪ Vertically perforated brick

▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Aerated concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The ideal interaction of the scaffold ▪ Façade scaffolds ▪ In order to achieve the maximum
eyebolt and plug allows for a high ▪ Ropes load-bearing capacity, nylon plugs
load-bearing capacity, thus providing ▪ Chains should only be used once.
increased safety. ▪ Trellises ▪ The combination with plug S 16 H R
▪ The high-quality weld stops the eye ▪ Lighting is recommended for perforated brick
from opening. ▪ Clothes lines and aerated concrete.
▪ The large diameter of the cover caps ▪ Hanging baskets ▪ The screw-in markings provide a visual
(available separately) covers drill holes control during assembly, and thus
completely and discreetly, even those allow for a simple and problem-free
with slightly broken edges. installation.
▪ Pre-drill into wood when not using
plugs. The drill bit diameter should
equal the core diameter of the screw.
▪ Suitable cover caps AD 12x40 (see
page 469)  for closing off remaining
drill holes for S14 ROE.
▪ Not suitable for swings, hammocks
etc.

466
Scaffold anchoring GS 12 + plug

TECHNICAL DATA

Scaffold eyebolt GS 12

Shaft diameter Shaft length Max. thickness of Eye-Ø Match Sales unit
non-bearing layer
ds L t fix
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
GS 12 x 90 080925 12 90 15 23 S 14 ROE 70 25
GS 12 x 120 080926 12 120 30 / 10 23 S 14 ROE 100 / S16 H 100 R 25
GS 12 x 160 080927 12 160 65 / 45 23 S 14 ROE 135 / S 16 H 135 R 25
GS 12 x 190 080960 12 190 110 / 70 23 S 14 ROE 185 / S 16 H 160 R 25
GS 12 x 230 080961 12 230 110 / 70 23 S 14 ROE 185 / S 16 H 160 R 25
GS 12 x 300 081269 12 300 110 / 70 23 S 14 ROE 185 / S 16 H 160 R 25
GS 12 x 350 080962 12 350 110 / 70 23 S 14 ROE 185 / S 16 H 160 R 25

TECHNICAL DATA

Plug S 14 ROE 10

Scaffold and eye screw fixings

Plug S 16 H R

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Effect. anchorage Anchor length Max. thickness of Min. bolt pene- Sales unit
depth for through depth non-bearing layer tration
fixings
d0 h2 hef l t fix l+5
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
S 14 ROE 70 052160 14 80 70 70 — 75 25
S 14 ROE 100 052161 14 110 70 100 30 105 25
S 14 ROE 135 052162 14 145 70 135 65 140 25
S 14 ROE 185 052164 14 195 70 185 110 190 25
S 16 H 100 R 059187 1) 16 120 90 100 10 105 50
S 16 H 135 R 059188 1) 16 155 90 135 45 140 50
S 16 H 160 R 059189 1) 16 180 90 160 70 165 50
1) Also suitable for screws with metric thread M12.

LOADS
Scaffold anchoring S14 ROE / S 16 H R + GS 12
Mean ultimate loads1) for tension of a single anchor.
Type S 14 ROE + GS 12 S 16 H R + GS 12

Mean ultimate loads for tension in the respective base material Nu

Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 14,5 -
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 13,0 -
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 14,5 -
Solid brick of lightweight aggregate concrete ≥ V 2 [kN] 3,0 -
Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 12 [kN] - 5,0
Vertically perforated brick ≥ Hlz 12 [kN] - 3,5
Aerated concrete ≥ AAC 4 [kN] 3,0 3,0
1)
On these values an appropriate safety factor has to be considered.

467
 Scaffold anchoring FI G

The scaffold anchoring with metric thread M 12

Scaffold anchoring Façade scaffolds

BUILDING MATERIALS
When combined with internal threa-
ded anchor:
▪ Concrete C20/25 - C50/60:
Injection mortar FIS EM / FIS V
Internal threaded anchor
10 RG 18x125 M12 I,
Art.-No. 50562 /
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-I
Scaffold and eye screw fixings

FZA 22x100 M12 I, Art.-No. 060763

▪ Masonry:
Injection mortar FIS V 360 S
Perforated sleeve FIS H 20x85 K,
Art.-No. 41904 /
Internal threaded anchor
FIS E 15x85 M12,
Art.-No. 43634

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ When used together with an internal ▪ Façade scaffolds ▪ The scaffold anchoring FI G should be
threaded anchor or a steel fixture with ▪ Trellises used with an internal threaded anchor.
internal thread M 12, the scaffold ▪ Tensioning ropes Detailed information about its functio-
screw FI G allows for repeated installa- ▪ Chains ning can be found in the „Chemical
tion and removal using the same fixing ▪ Lighting fixings“ chapter.
point. ▪ Clothes lines ▪ Not suitable for swings, hammocks
▪ The high-quality weld stops the ▪ Hanging baskets etc.
eye from opening, thus providing
increased safety.

468
Scaffold anchoring FI G

TECHNICAL DATA

Scaffold eyebolt FI G 12

Thread Thread length Shaft diameter Max. thickness of Eye-Ø Sales unit
non-bearing layer
M LG ds t fix
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FI G 12 x 40 080933 M 12 30 12 40 23 20
FI G 12 x 80 080934 M 12 30 12 80 23 20

ACCESSORIES

Cover cap AD 12 x 40
10
Colour Length Head height Match Sales unit

Scaffold and eye screw fixings

l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
AD 12 x 40 W 060259 white 40 3 Plug-Ø 14 mm 100
AD 12 x 40 G 060260 grey 40 3 Plug-Ø 14 mm 100

469
 Eye screw GS

The universal eye screw for use with fischer plugs or for direct
use in wood

Hanging baskets Trellis

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

GS 8 + SX 10 suitable for:
▪ Concrete
▪ Solid brick
▪ Perforated brick
▪ Aerated concrete
10 GS 10 + S 12 R suitable for:
▪ Concrete
▪ Solid brick
GS 10 + S 14 H R suitable for:
Scaffold and eye screw fixings

▪ Perforated brick
GS 8 or GS 10 without plug suitable
for:
▪ Wood

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The ideal interaction of the eye screw ▪ Ropes ▪ Pre-drill when using with wood. The
and plug allows for a high load-bear- ▪ Chains drill bit diameter should equal the core
ing capacity, thus providing increased ▪ Trellises diameter of the screw.
safety. ▪ Lighting ▪ The maximum load-bearing capacity
▪ The high-quality weld stops the eye ▪ Clothes lines is achieved when combined with the
from opening. ▪ Hanging baskets plugs recommended by fischer (see
table “Technical Data”). The nylon plug
must only be used once.
▪ Not suitable for swings, hammocks
etc.

470
Eye screw GS

TECHNICAL DATA

Eye screw GS

Shaft diameter Shaft length Bolt penetration Match Eye-Ø Sales unit
ds L s
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
GS 8 x 50 Ø15 502620 8 50 50 SX 10 15 20
GS 8 x 80 Ø15 540677 8 80 58 SX 10 15 20
GS 8 x 120 Ø15 540678 8 120 58 SX 10 15 20
GS 8 x 80 Ø22 080918 8 80 58 SX 10 22 20
GS 8 x 100 Ø22 080919 8 100 58 SX 10 22 20
GS 8 x 120 Ø22 080920 8 120 58 SX 10 22 20
GS 10 x 160 Ø30 080929 10 160 — S 12 R, S 14 H R, SX12 30 20

TECHNICAL DATA

Plug S 12 R 10

Scaffold and eye screw fixings

Plug S 14 H R

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Bolt penetration Effect. anchorage Anchor length Max. fixture Sales unit
depth for through depth thickness
fixings
d0 h2 s hef l t fix
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
S 12 R 100 050177 12 120 110 60 100 40 100
S 12 R 135 050178 12 155 145 60 135 75 100
S 14 H 100 R 059179 14 120 110 90 100 10 50
S 14 H 135 R 059180 14 155 145 90 135 45 50

LOADS
Eye screw GS
Highest recommended tensile loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for the eye screw GS with the specified fischer plugs.
Type SX 10x50 + GS 8 SX 12 + GS 10 S 12 R + GS 10 S 14 H-R + GS 10

Recommended tensile loads in the respective base material Nrec

Concrete ≥ C12/15 [kN] 1,20 1,70 1,03 -
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,65 0,70 1,00 -
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 1,20 1,70 0,84 -
Solid brick of lightweight aggregate concrete ≥V4 [kN] - - 0,29 0,43
Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,35 0,35 0,30 0,34
Vertically perforated brick ≥ Hlz 12 ( ≥ 1 kg/dm3) [kN] - - 0,36 0,50
Aerated concrete ≥ AAC 2 [kN] 0,09 0,20 ‒ -
Aerated concrete ≥ AAC 4 [kN] 0,30 0,60 - -
1)
Required safety factors are considered.

471
 Ring nut RI

The ring nut for all fixings with threaded studs

Transmission of loads

BUILDING MATERIALS
In line with the anchor used:
▪ Concrete, cracked and non-cracked
▪ Solid and perforated brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

10 ▪ The metric internal thread gives the ▪ Ropes ▪ The ring nut is to be used with an
ring nut RI flexibility and means it can ▪ Chains anchor with threaded studs.
be used with a range of steel anchors ▪ Trellises Detailed information about its func-
Scaffold and eye screw fixings

or threaded rods; e.g. FH II, FHB II-A, ▪ Lighting tioning can be found in the „High
RG M, FZA, FAZ II, FIS A. ▪ Clothes lines performance steel anchors“ and „Che-
▪ Hanging baskets mical fixings“ chapters. The following
anchors, for example, can be used:
FHB II, RG M, FZA, FAZ II, FIS A.
▪ Not suitable for swings, hammocks
etc.

TECHNICAL DATA

Ring nut RI

Match Eye-Ø Total height Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]

RI M 8 080840 M8 20 36 20
RI M 10 080842 M 10 25 45 10
RI M 12 080844 M 12 30 53 10

472
Ring nut RI

LOADS
Ring nut RI
Highest recommended loads1) for ring nuts.
The given loads apply for the use of ring nuts as permanent anchorage. For varying use at different components to be lifted ring nuts
with next larger thread diameter has to be use (see DIN 582).
Type RI M 8 RI M 10 RI M 12

Thread size [M] M8 M 10 M 12

Recommended load per ring nut for respective set-up Frec

Axial tension on single ring nut [kN] 1,40 2,30 3,40

45°

Axial tension or oblique tension up to 45°

[kN] 1,00 1,70 2,40
on a group of two ring nuts

Shear or oblique tension up to 45° 45° 10

on a group of two ring nuts [kN] 0,70 1,15 1,70
for lateral set-up

Scaffold and eye screw fixings

1)
Required safety factors are considered.

473
 Insulation fixings /
11 Façade fixings
Page

Insulation support DHK 476

Insulation support DHM 478

Render fixing DIPK 480

Render fixing FIF-PN 8 482

Render fixing FIF-CN II 8 485

Render fixing FIF-CS 8 488

Insulation discs 490

11
Retaining disc with screw DHT S 492

Insulation fixings / Façade fixings

Insulation fixing FID 494

Insulation fixing FID GREEN 496

Holding clamp DVN 498

Fibre cement panel screw FAFZ H 499

475
 Insulation support DHK

The cost-effective plastic insulation support for all conventional

insulating boards

Insulating materials in rear-ventilated façades Insulating materials in rear-ventilated façades

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Natural stone with dense structure
▪ Aerated concrete
11 ▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Solid brick
Insulation fixings / Façade fixings

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The optimised geometry of the expan- To fix soft and pressure-resistant ▪ The DHK is set in push-through instal-
sion section ensures a low anchorage insulating materials in rear-ventilated lation using a hammer.
depth and reduces the amount of façades, such as: ▪ The plate size of the insulation support
drilling required. ▪ Mineral / glass wool is to be selected in line with the
▪ Flexible pins in the plate area adapt to ▪ PU panels compressive strength of the insulating
the insulating material, and ensure a ▪ Light building boards made of wood material: DHK 45 for pressure-re-
sustained contact pressure. wool sistant; DHK 90 for soft insulating
▪ The simple hammerset installation ▪ Cork boards / coir matting materials.
allows for a quick installation process ▪ Polystyrene ▪ The expansion of the ribs in the drill
and thus reduces workload. ▪ Foam glass tiles hole gives the DHK an ideal contact
▪ The colouring of the DHK means that pressure.
it does not stand out on black clad ▪ Temperature range when installed:
insulating material in rear-ventilated -40 °C to +80 °C.
façades.
▪ The DHK 45 is suitable for use in
pressure-resistant insulating boards
and reveals.

476
Insulation support DHK

TECHNICAL DATA

Insulation support DHK 45, Insulation support DHK,

plate-ø 45 mm plate-ø 90 mm
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Effect. anchorage Anchor length Max. fixture thick- Sales unit
depth ness
d0 h1 hef l t fix
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
DHK 40 080937 8 30 20 65 40 250
DHK 60 080938 8 30 20 85 60 250
DHK 80 080939 8 30 20 105 80 250
DHK 100 080940 8 30 20 125 100 250
DHK 120 080941 8 30 20 145 120 200
DHK 140 080949 8 30 20 165 140 200 11
DHK 160 512150 8 30 20 185 160 100
DHK 180 512151 8 30 20 205 180 100

Insulation fixings / Façade fixings

DHK 200 512153 8 30 20 225 200 100
DHK 220 512154 8 30 20 245 220 100
DHK 45/40 080892 8 30 20 65 40 250
DHK 45/60 080893 8 30 20 85 60 250
DHK 45/80 080894 8 30 20 105 80 250
DHK 45/100 080895 8 30 20 125 100 250

LOADS
Insulation support DHK
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
Type DHK

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)

Concrete ≥ C12/15 [kN] 0,03
Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] 0,03
Solid sand-lime brick KS 12 [kN] 0,03
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL 6 [kN] 0,03
Vertically perforated brick Hlz 12 [kN] 0,02
Aerated concrete ≥ PB 2, PP 2 (G2) [kN] 0,02
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load.

477
 Insulation support DHM

The fire-protection-tested metal insulation support for fire-

resistant insulating boards

Pressure-resitant insulating materials on ceiling Pressure-resistant insulating materials in curtain

undersides façades

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ Concrete
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Natural stone with dense structure
▪ Aerated concrete
11 ▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Solid brick
Insulation fixings / Façade fixings

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The metal insulation support achieves To fix fire-resistant soft or pressure- ▪ The insulation support is set in push-
fire resistance F 120. This means that resistant insulating materials, such through installation using a hammer.
it can be used where there are fire as: ▪ The spring steel expands when ham-
resistance requirements. ▪ Mineral / glass wool mered into the base material.
▪ The DTM 80 plate for soft insulating ▪ Light building boards made of wood ▪ Use the DTM 80 plate (available sepa-
materials (available separately) simpli- wool rately) to fix soft insulating materials.
fies storage and minimises costs. ▪ Foam glass tiles
▪ The simple hammerset installation Also suitable for:
allows for a quick installation process ▪ Polystyrene boards
and thus reduces workload. ▪ Coir matting
▪ The shaft geometry allows setting in
aerated concrete without pre-drilling,
thus saving a stage of installation.
▪ Stainless steel version DHM A2
(1.4301) for wet and extirior applica-
tions.

478
Insulation support DHM

TECHNICAL DATA

Insulation support metal DHM, Insulation retaining metal washer DTM 80,
washer-ø 35 mm washer-ø 80 mm, inside-ø 11 mm
Hot-dip galva- Stainless Drill hole dia- Min. drill hole Effect. anchorage Anchor length Usable length Sales unit
Approval

nised steel steel A2 meter depth depth

d0 h1 hef l tfix
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item hdg A2
DHM 40 536253 536262 ▯ 8 50 40 80 10 - 40 250
DHM 70 536254 536264 ▯ 8 50 40 110 40 - 70 250
DHM 100 536256 536265 ▯ 8 50 40 140 70 - 100 250
DHM 130 536257 536266 ▯ 8 50 40 170 100 - 130 250 11
DHM 160 536258 536267 ▯ 8 50 40 200 130 - 160 250
DHM 210 536259 536268 ▯ 8 50 40 250 170 - 210 125

Insulation fixings / Façade fixings

DHM 260 536260 536269 ▯ 8 50 40 300 220 - 260 125
DTM 80 536261 536271 ▯ — — — — — 250

ACCESSORIES

Cover cap DHM ADK-W Cover cap DHM ADK-GR Cover cap DHM ADK-BG
Diameter Colour Outer carton Sales unit
d
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
DHM ADK-W 013330 37 white 5000 250
DHM ADK-GR 046843 37 grey 10000 250
DHM ADK-BG 046844 37 beige 2500 250

LOADS
Insulation support DHM
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
Type DHM

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)

Concrete3) ≥ C12/15 [kN] 0,25
Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] 0,25
Solid sand-lime brick KS 12 [kN] 0,25
Aerated concrete (without pre-drilling) ≥ PB 2, PP 2 (G2) [kN] 0,10
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load.
3)
Acc. to German approval in cracked concrete 0,07 kN. The complete approval has to be considered.

479
 Render fixing DIPK

The cost-effective drive anchor with plastic nail

Pressure-resistant insulation boards with

rendering

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Natural stone with dense structure
▪ Solid brick
11
ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING
Insulation fixings / Façade fixings

▪ The glass-fibre-reinforced plastic nail To fix pressure-resistant insulating ▪ Non-bearing layers, such as adhesive
(GRP nail) reduces the heat transmis- materials in façades, such as: and/or old render, are to be included
sion and prevents marks on the plaster ▪ Polystyrene boards in the anchor’s useful length.
surface. ▪ Light building boards made of wood ▪ The DIPK is set in push-through instal-
▪ The simple hammerset installation wool lation using a hammer.
allows for a quick installation process ▪ Cork boards / coir matting ▪ In solid materials the GRP nail needs
and thus reduces workload. ▪ PU panels to be shortened at the predetermined
▪ The well-proven design with low breaking point.
anchorage depth reduces the amount ▪ Driving the nail into the anchor shaft
of drilling required, thus achieving a causes the DIPK to expand in the base
high level of efficiency. material.
▪ The DIPK can be used universally in
rear-ventilated curtain façades, as well
as in plaster façades.
▪ The surface of the anchor plate is
suitable to use as a plaster base

480
Render fixing DIPK

TECHNICAL DATA

Render fixing DIPK

Drill hole diameter Usable length Min. drill hole Effect. anchorage Nail length Fixing length Sales unit
depth depth
d0 tfix h1 hef l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
DIPK 8/20-40 041865 8 20 - 40 40 30 77 70 200
DIPK 8/40-60 041866 8 40 - 60 40 30 97 90 200
DIPK 8/60-80 041867 8 60 - 80 40 30 117 110 200
DIPK 8/80-100 041868 8 80 - 100 40 30 137 130 200
DIPK 8/100-120 041869 8 110 - 120 40 30 157 150 200
DIPK 10/10-30 043966 10 10 - 30 40 30 67 60 200 11
DIPK 10/40-60 043967 10 40 - 60 40 30 97 90 200
DIPK 10/60-80 043968 10 60 - 80 40 30 117 110 200

Insulation fixings / Façade fixings

DIPK 10/80-100 043969 10 80 - 100 40 30 137 130 200
DIPK 10/100-120 043970 10 110 - 120 40 30 157 150 200
DIPK 10/120-140 043971 1) 10 120 - 140 40 30 117 170 200
DIPK 10/140-160 043972 1) 10 140 - 160 40 30 137 190 200
1) Installation with setting tool, included in each package.

481
 Render fixing FIF-PN 8

The pre-assembled drive anchor with reinforced plastic nail

Setting the hammerset fixing on polystyrene

Polystyrene rigid foam boards
rigid foam boards

BUILDING MATERIALS APPROVALS

▪ Building material classes A, B, C, D, E
▪ Concrete
▪ Building brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
11 ▪ Lightweight aggregate concrete
▪ Aerated concrete
Insulation fixings / Façade fixings

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ To set with few hammer blows. ▪ Attachment of ETICS insulating boards ▪ The fixing is set in push-through
▪ The disc fits tight  into the insulation on concrete and masonry installation.
thanks to its thickness of only 2.5 mm. ▪ Flush-to-surface installation in ETICS ▪ Simple, fast setting by driving the GRP
Thus allows the application of low- insulating materials e.g. polystyrene nail in using a standard hammer.
cost, thin reinforcement layers. ▪ Non  load bearing layers such as adhe-
▪ Optimised retention forces thanks to sive and old plaster are included in the
the glass fibre reinforced plastic nail maximum useful length.
(GRP).
▪ Small anchoring depth of 35 mm
saves on drilling times.
▪ Thanks to the GRP nail, the fixing is
free of thermal bridging  with the Chi
value 0.000 [W/K].
▪ The compression zone in the shank
allows the disc to be drawn precisely
into the insulation.
▪ For insulating material thicknesses up
to 180 mm.

482
Render fixing FIF-PN 8

TECHNICAL DATA
l

Ø 60 mm
Render fixing FIF-PN 8

h nom t fix

h1

tfix = thickness of insulation + glue + old

render
For building matarial categorie A, B, C

Drill hole Min. drill hole Min. anchorage Anchor length Max. fixture Disc Ø Sales unit
Approval

diameter depth depth thickness

d0 h1 hnom l t fix
Item Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FIF-PN 8/60 546803 ■ 8 45 35 108 70 60 100
FIF-PN 8/80 546804 ■ 8 45 35 128 90 60 100
FIF-PN 8/100 546805 ■ 8 45 35 148 110 60 100
FIF-PN 8/120 546806 ■ 8 45 35 168 130 60 100
FIF-PN 8/140 546807 ■ 8 45 35 188 150 60 100
FIF-PN 8/160 546808 ■ 8 45 35 208 170 60 100
FIF-PN 8/180 546809 ■ 8 45 35 228 190 60 100
11
For building matarial categorie D, E

Insulation fixings / Façade fixings

Drill hole Min. drill hole Min. anchorage Anchor length Max. fixture Disc Ø Sales unit
Approval

diameter depth depth thickness

d0 h1 hnom l t fix
Item Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FIF-PN 8/60 546803 ■ 8 65 55 108 50 60 100
FIF-PN 8/80 546804 ■ 8 65 55 128 70 60 100
FIF-PN 8/100 546805 ■ 8 65 55 148 90 60 100
FIF-PN 8/120 546806 ■ 8 65 55 168 110 60 100
FIF-PN 8/140 546807 ■ 8 65 55 188 130 60 100
FIF-PN 8/160 546808 ■ 8 65 55 208 150 60 100
FIF-PN 8/180 546809 ■ 8 65 55 228 170 60 100

483
 Render fixing FIF-PN 8

LOADS
Render fixing FIF-PN 8
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 4) for fixing of external thermal insulation composite systems with rendering.
For the design the complete assessment ETA-18/0253 has to be considered.
Beton und Mauerwerk 5)
Base material Brick raw Minimum compres- Min. Min. Permissible Minimum Minimum
density sive brick strength embedment depth member tensile load 3) spacing 2) edge distance 2)
thickness
 fb hnom hmin Nperm smin cmin
[kg/dm³] [N/mm²] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Concrete according to EN 206-1:2013
FIF-PN 8 C12/15 – C50/60 356) 100 0,17 100 100
Solid clay bricks Mz according to EN 771-1:2011
FIF-PN 8 ≥ 2,0 12 356) 100 0,17 100 100
Vertically perforated clay bricks HLz according to EN 771-1:2011
FIF-PN 8 ≥ 1,0 12 357) 100 0,13 100 100
Lightweight aggregate concrete LAC according to EN 1520:2011
FIF-PN 8 ≥ 0,8 6 556) 100 0,10 100 100
Autoclaved aerated concrete blocks AAC according to EN 771-4:2011
FIF-PN 8 ≥ 0,5 6 557) 100 0,10 100 100
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the assessment as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of F = 1,5 are considered.
2)
Possible minimum spacing resp. edge distance according to assessment.
3)
Plastic anchor for fixing of external thermal insulation composite systems with rendering according to ETAG014. Only tensile wind loads are permitted.
4)
The given loads are valid for installation and use of fixations in dry base material for temperatures in the substrate up to +24 °C (resp. short term up to +40 °C).
11 5)

6)
Restrictions concerning the manufacturer and the permissible hole patterns as well as the web thickness see assessment.
Drill method hammer drilling.
7)
Hammer drilling.
Insulation fixings / Façade fixings

484
Render fixing FIF-CN II 8

The pre-assembled drive anchor with innovative steel-plastic

nail

Additional reinforcement of ETICS Detail: innovative steel-plastic combination

BUILDING MATERIALS APPROVALS

▪ Building material classes A, B, C, D, E
▪ Concrete
▪ Full blocks made from concrete
▪ Building brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick 11
▪ Lightweight aggregate concrete
▪ Aerated concrete

Insulation fixings / Façade fixings

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING
▪ To set with few hammer blows. ▪ Attachment of ETICS insulating boards ▪ The fixing is set in  push-
▪ The disc fits tight  into the insulation on concrete and masonry through  installation.
thanks to its thickness of only 2.5 mm. ▪ Flush-to-surface installation in ETICS ▪ Simple, fast setting by driving the
Thus allows the application of low- insulating materials and mineral wool compound nail in using a standard
cost, thin reinforcement layers. e.g. polystyrene hammer.
▪ High retention forces thanks to the ▪ Non  load bearing layers such as adhe-
steel tip of the compound nail. sive and old plaster are included in the
▪ Small anchoring depth of 35 mm maximum useful length.
saves on drilling times.
▪ The FIF-CN II 8  is virtually  free of
thermal bridging due to the com-
pound nail.
▪ The compression zone in the shank
allows the disc to be drawn in preci-
sely.
▪ For insulating material thicknesses up
to 340 mm.

485
 Render fixing FIF-CN II 8

TECHNICAL DATA
l

Ø 60 mm
Render fixing FIF-CN II 8

h nom t fix

h1

tfix = thickness of insulation + glue + old render

For building matarial categorie A, B, C

Drill hole Min. drill hole Min. anchorage Anchor length Max. fixture Disc Ø Sales unit
Approval

diameter depth depth thickness

d0 h1 hnom l t fix
Item Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FIF-CN II 8/60 546443 ■ 8 45 35 108 70 60 100
FIF-CN II 8/80 546444 ■ 8 45 35 128 90 60 100
FIF-CN II 8/100 546445 ■ 8 45 35 148 110 60 100
FIF-CN II 8/120 546446 ■ 8 45 35 168 130 60 100
FIF-CN II 8/140 546447 ■ 8 45 35 188 150 60 100
FIF-CN II 8/160 546448 ■ 8 45 35 208 170 60 100
FIF-CN II 8/180 546449 ■ 8 45 35 228 190 60 100
FIF-CN II 8/200 546450 ■ 8 45 35 248 210 60 100
11 FIF-CN II 8/220 546451 ■ 8 45 35 268 230 60 100
FIF-CN II 8/240 546452 ■ 8 45 35 288 250 60 100
FIF-CN II 8/260 546453 ■ 8 45 35 308 270 60 100
Insulation fixings / Façade fixings

FIF-CN II 8/280 546454 ■ 8 45 35 328 290 60 100

FIF-CN II 8/300 546455 ■ 8 45 35 348 310 60 100
FIF-CN II 8/320 546456 ■ 8 45 35 368 330 60 100
FIF-CN II 8/340 546457 ■ 8 45 35 388 350 60 100

For building matarial categorie D, E

Drill hole Min. drill hole Min. anchorage Anchor length Max. fixture Disc Ø Sales unit
Approval

diameter depth depth thickness

d0 h1 hnom l t fix
Item Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FIF-CN II 8/60 546443 ■ 8 65 55 108 50 60 100
FIF-CN II 8/80 546444 ■ 8 65 55 128 70 60 100
FIF-CN II 8/100 546445 ■ 8 65 55 148 90 60 100
FIF-CN II 8/120 546446 ■ 8 65 55 168 110 60 100
FIF-CN II 8/140 546447 ■ 8 65 55 188 130 60 100
FIF-CN II 8/160 546448 ■ 8 65 55 208 150 60 100
FIF-CN II 8/180 546449 ■ 8 65 55 228 170 60 100
FIF-CN II 8/200 546450 ■ 8 65 55 248 190 60 100
FIF-CN II 8/220 546451 ■ 8 65 55 268 210 60 100
FIF-CN II 8/240 546452 ■ 8 65 55 288 230 60 100
FIF-CN II 8/260 546453 ■ 8 65 55 308 250 60 100
FIF-CN II 8/280 546454 ■ 8 65 55 328 270 60 100
FIF-CN II 8/300 546455 ■ 8 65 55 348 290 60 100
FIF-CN II 8/320 546456 ■ 8 65 55 368 310 60 100
FIF-CN II 8/340 546457 ■ 8 65 55 388 330 60 100

486
Render fixing FIF-CN II 8

LOADS
Render fixing FIF-CN II 8 3)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 4) for fixing of external thermal insulation composite systems with rendering.
For the design the complete assessment ETA-18/0393 has to be considered.
Beton und Mauerwerk 5)
Base material Brick raw Minimum compres- Min. Min. Permissible Minimum Minimum
density sive brick strength embedment depth member tensile load 3) spacing 2) edge distance 2)
thickness
 fb hnom hmin Nperm smin cmin
[kg/dm³] [N/mm²] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Concrete according to EN 206-1:2000
FIF-CN II 8 C12/15 – C50/60 356) 100 0,25 100 100
Solid clay bricks Mz according to EN 771-1:2011
FIF-CN II 8 ≥ 2,0 12 356) 100 0,25 100 100
Vertically perforated clay bricks HLz according to EN 771-1:2011
FIF-CN II 8 ≥ 1,0 12 357) 100 0,17 100 100
Lightweight aggregate concrete LAC according to EN 1520:2011
FIF-CN II 8 ≥ 0,8 6 556) 100 0,17 100 100
Autoclaved aerated concrete blocks AAC according to EN 771-4:2011
FIF-CN II 8 ≥ 0,5 4 557) 100 0,10 100 100
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the assessment as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,5 berücksichtigt.
2)
Possible minimum spacing resp. edge distance according to assessment.
3)
Plastic anchor for fixing of external thermal insulation composite systems with rendering according to ETAG014. Only tensile wind loads are permitted.
4)
The given loads are valid for installation and use of fixations in dry base material for temperatures in the substrate up to +24 °C (resp. short term up to +40 °C).
5)

6)
Restrictions concerning the manufacturer and the permissible hole patterns as well as the web thickness see assessment. 11
Drill method hammer drilling.
7)
Hammer drilling.

Insulation fixings / Façade fixings

487
 Render fixing FIF-CS 8

The economic screw fixing for all ETICS insulation materials

Polystyrene rigid foam boards O35 on perfora-

Screwed fixing of insulation boards
ted sand-lime brick

BUILDING MATERIALS APPROVALS

▪ Building material classes A, B, C, D, E
▪ Concrete
▪ Concrete (weather shell)
▪ Building brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Vertically perforated brick
11 ▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Lightweight aggregate concrete
▪ Aerated concrete
Insulation fixings / Façade fixings

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ Compound screw minimises the ther- ▪ Attachment of ETICS insulating boards ▪ The fixing is pushed through the
mal bridge, thus there are no fixing on concrete and masonry insulation into the drilled hole and is
marks on the façade. ▪ Flush installation in all conventional screwed tight.
▪ Less drill wear and drill time due to insulation materials ▪ For lengths from 250 mm, at least
minimum installation depth of 35 mm 180 mm long T25 bits are required.
in the substrate. These are not included in the delivery
▪ With flush installation, the disc tapers assortment.
to a very thin edge, thus providing
for optimal retaining of the insulation
panel and for application of thin  ren-
der.
▪ For insulation material thicknesses up
to 340 mm.
▪ Standard embedment depth for all
building materials.

488
Render fixing FIF-CS 8

TECHNICAL DATA
l

Ø 60 mm
do
Render fixing FIF-CS 8

h nom t fix
h1

Drill hole Min. drill hole Effect. anchorage Anchor length Max. fixture Disc Ø Sales unit
Approval

diameter depth depth thickness

d0 h1 hnom l t fix
Item Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FIF-CS 8/60 534157 ■ 8 45 35 108 70 60 100
FIF-CS 8/80 534158 ■ 8 45 35 128 90 60 100
FIF-CS 8/100 534159 ■ 8 45 35 148 110 60 100
FIF-CS 8/120 534160 ■ 8 45 35 168 130 60 100
FIF-CS 8/140 534161 ■ 8 45 35 188 150 60 100
FIF-CS 8/160 534162 ■ 8 45 35 208 170 60 100
FIF-CS 8/180 534163 ■ 8 45 35 228 190 60 100
FIF-CS 8/200 534164 ■ 8 45 35 248 210 60 100
FIF-CS 8/220 534165 ■ 8 45 35 268 230 60 100
FIF-CS 8/240 534166 ■ 8 45 35 288 250 60 100
FIF-CS 8/260 534167 ■ 8 45 35 308 270 60 100 11
FIF-CS 8/280 534168 ■ 8 45 35 328 290 60 100
FIF-CS 8/300 534169 ■ 8 45 35 348 310 60 100

Insulation fixings / Façade fixings

FIF-CS 8/320 534170 ■ 8 45 35 368 330 60 100
FIF-CS 8/340 534171 ■ 8 45 35 388 350 60 100

LOADS
Render fixing FIF-CS 8 3)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 4) for fixing of external thermal insulation composite systems with rendering.
For the design the complete assessment ETA-15/0006 has to be considered.
Beton und Mauerwerk 5)
Base material Brick raw Minimum compres- Min. Min. Permissible Minimum Minimum
density sive brick strength embedment depth member tensile load 3) spacing 2) edge distance 2)
thickness
ρ fb hnom hmin Nperm smin cmin
[kg/dm³] [N/mm²] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Concrete according to EN 206-1:2000
FIF-CS 8 C12/15 – C50/60 356) 100 0,40 100 100
Solid clay bricks Mz according to EN 771-1:2011
FIF-CS 8 ≥ 1,8 20 356) 100 0,40 100 100
Vertically perforated clay bricks HLz according to EN 771-1:2011
FIF-CS 8 ≥ 1,0 12 257) 100 0,20 100 100
Lightweight aggregate concrete LAC according to EN 1520:2011
FIF-CS 8 ≥ 0,9 6 356) 100 0,20 100 100
Autoclaved aerated concrete blocks AAC according to EN 771-4:2011
FIF-CS 8 ≥ 0,5 4 357) 100 0,10 100 100
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the assessment as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of γL = 1,5 are considered.
2)
Possible minimum spacing resp. edge distance according to assessment.
3)
Plastic anchor for fixing of external thermal insulation composite systems with rendering according to ETAG014. Only tensile wind loads are permitted.
4)
The given loads are valid for installation and use of fixations in dry base material for temperatures in the substrate up to +24 °C (resp. short term up to +40 °C).
5)
Restrictions concerning the manufacturer and the permissible hole patterns as well as the web thickness see assessment.
6)
Drill method hammer drilling.
7)
Hammer drilling.

489
 Insulation discs

Discs for combining nail and frame fixings, as well as screws

Insulating materials in two-leaf external walls

11
Insulation fixings / Façade fixings

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The various disc diameters allow ▪ To fix soft and pressure-resistant insu- ▪ The disc size is to be selected in line
for individual adaptation to various lation materials. with the compressive strength of the
insulation materials and requirements ▪ DT 90/4 on VB wall tie insulating material.
and offer the greatest flexibility with ▪ DT 60/10, DTM 60/10 and ▪ To be combined with anchors, screws
wide-ranging applications. DTM 70/10 in combination with or nails corresponding to the available
▪ The flexible pins in the DT 90 ensure 10 mm frame fixing base material.
sustained pressure on the insulation, ▪ DT 90/8 and insulation washer 8/60 ▪ DT 90/4 is suitable for pushing on to
thus providing a secure hold. in combination with 8 mm hammerfix fischer wall tie VB.
▪ The DTM 60 made of stainless steel ▪ HV and HK 36 with 5 mm screws
A4 makes it possible to use a frame
fixing, and allows for a secure fixing
of the insulation material in façade
construction in cases of high require-
ments.

490
Insulation discs

TECHNICAL DATA

HV 36 plastic HV 36 zinc ISO-disk 8/60 DT 60/10 DTM-A4 DTM 70/10 DT 90

Disc Ø Disc height Through hole Steel sheet thickness Sales unit
df s
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
HK 36 plastic 004283 36 4.5 5 — 100
HV 36 zinc 004286 36 3.5 5 0,7 100
ISO-disk 8/60 001680 60 7 8 — 100
DT 60/10 044317 60 7 10 — 50
DTM 60/10 A4 088805 60 3 10,5 0,5 100 11
DTM 70/10 zinc 044318 70 3 10,5 — 50
DT 90/4 080957 1) 90 9.3 4 — 250

Insulation fixings / Façade fixings

DT 90/8 080958 90 9.3 8,2 — 250
1) The central hole is adapted in such a way that the disc clamps well on the 4 mm wire of the VB walltie.

491
 Retaining disc with screw DHT S

The installation-friendly polyamide retaining disc for panel

building materials

Pressure-resistant insulation boards on timber Pressure-resistant insulation boards on timber

constructions constructions

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ Wood and wooden materials
▪ Sheet thickness up to 0.8 mm

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

11 ▪ The DHT-S screw allows setting with- To fix pressure-resistant insulating ▪ Non-bearing layers, such as adhesive,
out pre-drilling, thus saving a stage of materials in plaster façades, such as: are to be included in the useful length.
installation. ▪ Polystyrene ▪ The retaining disc with screw is set
Insulation fixings / Façade fixings

▪ The plug reduces the heat transmis- ▪ PU panels in push-through installation with a
sion and prevents marks on the plaster ▪ Light building boards made of wood cordless screwdriver.
surface. wool ▪ A PH2 bit is required for installation.
▪ The extremely thin disc construction ▪ Cork boards / coir matting ▪ After installation, seal the screw hole
allows for use with thin layers of with the enclosed plug.
plaster and reinforcements and offers
maximum flexibility.

492
Retaining disc with screw DHT S

TECHNICAL DATA

DHT 50/ ... disc

Retaining disc with screw DHT S

Colour Usable length Shaft length Screw length Effect. anchorage Disc Ø Sales unit
depth
tfix L ls hef
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
DHT 50/20 W 044490 white — 20 — — 50 500
DHT 50/40 W 044491 white — 40 — — 50 500
DHT S 30 W 044390 white 30 20 45 25 50 500 11
DHT S 50 W 044392 white 40 - 50 20 65 25 50 500
DHT S 70 W 044394 white 60 - 70 40 65 25 50 500

Insulation fixings / Façade fixings

DHT S 80 W 044395 white 70 - 80 40 75 25 50 500
DHT S 100 W 044388 white 90 - 105 40 100 25 50 500
DHT S 120 W 044389 white 110 - 125 40 120 25 50 500
DHT S 150 W 516154 white 140 - 155 40 150 25 50 500

493
 Insulation fixing FID

Thermal bridge-free installation in insulation materials

Letterbox External lighting

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Non-plastered, pressure-resistant insu-
lating boards
▪ Plastered, pressure-resistant insulating
boards
▪ ETICS insulating boards

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

11 ▪ Since the anchor is set exclusively in To fix lightweight fixtures in pla- ▪ The FID can be set in the insulating
the insulation itself, fixtures can be stered and non-plastered insulating board with a cordless screwdriver or
installed without thermal bridges. boards made of polystyrene and by hand.
Insulation fixings / Façade fixings

▪ The geometry of the FID allows for polyurethane. ▪ The special spiral thread taps itself in
a simple installation in thin layers of The areas of application are: the insulating board.
plaster, without the need for pre-drill- ▪ Façade construction (ETICS) ▪ Fixtures are fixed with a 4.5 mm
ing, thus saving a stage of installation. ▪ Insulating construction screw for the FID 50, and with a
▪ The FID 50 is used in thin insulating ▪ Electric construction 6 mm screw for the FID 90.
boards from 50mm. The FID 90 is ▪ Refrigerated and climate construction ▪ Water ingress in the insulation can be
used in thicker insulating boards, and ▪ Acoustic construction prevented by sealing the plug collar
can bear higher loads. with a suitable sealant after successful
▪ The bit mounting allows for setting pre-positioned installation.
with standard tools, thus allowing for a ▪ We recommend to predrill an 6 mm
fast and economic installation. hole in ETICs rendering.

494
Insulation fixing FID

TECHNICAL DATA

Insulation fixing FID 50

Ø 25 mm

Insulation fixing FID 90

l

Anchor length Min. bolt penetration Wood and chipboard Drive Sales unit
screws
l ds
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FID 50 048213 50 50 4,5 - 5 T40 50
FID 90 510971 90 90 6 6 mm / 6-kt 25

LOADS
Insulation fixing FID
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for chipboard screws with maximum diameter.
Type FID 50 FID 90

Screw diameter Ø [mm] 4,5 - 5,0 6,0

Recommended loads in the respective base material Nrec2) 11
Polystyrene PS 15 [kN] 0,07 0,17
Polystyrene PS 20 [kN] 0,10 0,20

Insulation fixings / Façade fixings

1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load.

495
 Insulation fixing FID GREEN

Thermal bridge-free installation in insulation materials

External lighting Letterbox

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ Non-plastered, pressure-resistant insu-
lating boards
▪ Plastered, pressure-resistant insulating
boards
▪ ETICS insulating boards

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

11 ▪ Produced with at least 50% renewable To fix lightweight fixtures in pla- ▪ The FID GREEN can be set in pre-
raw materials and therefore particu- stered and non-plastered insulating positioned installation with a cordless
larly environmentally friendly. boards made of polystyrene and screwdriver or by hand.
Insulation fixings / Façade fixings

▪ Just as effective, secure and durable polyurethane. ▪ With its strong drill tip, the insulation
as regular FID plugs. To fix lightweight The areas of application are: fixing FID GREEN breaks through
fixtures in plastered and non-plastered ▪ Façade construction (ETICS) thin plaster layers and cuts a positive
insulating boards. ▪ Insulating construction fit into the insulation panel with its
▪ Thermal bridge-free mounting when ▪ Electric construction specially shaped spiral thread.
exclusively set in insulation material. ▪ Refrigerated and climate construction ▪ From a plaster thickness of 5 mm, we
▪ Installation without pre-drilling even ▪ Acoustic construction recommend to create a 6 mm hole.
through thin plaster layers, thus saving This serves for better guidance of the
a work step. fastener in the setting process.
▪ Easy to set using a standard bit. ▪ Water ingress in the insulation mate-
rial can be prevented by sealing the
plug collar after successful installation.
▪ Attachment parts can be easily
attached with screws.
▪ We recommend to predrill an 6 mm
hole in ETICs rendering.

496
Insulation fixing FID GREEN

TECHNICAL DATA

Insulation fixing FID GREEN 50

Ø 25 mm

Insulation fixing FID GREEN 90

l

Anchor length Min. bolt penetration Wood and chipboard Drive Sales unit
screws
l ds
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FID GREEN 50 524851 50 50 4,5 - 5 T40 45
FID GREEN 90 524852 90 90 6 Inbus 6 mm 20

LOADS
Insulation fixing FID GREEN
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for chipboard screws with maximum diameter.
Type FID GREEN 50 FID GREEN 90

Screw diameter Ø [mm] 4,5 - 5,0 6,0

Recommended loads in the respective base material Nrec2) 11
Polystyrene PS 15 [kN] 0,07 0,17
Polystyrene PS 20 [kN] 0,10 0,20

Insulation fixings / Façade fixings

1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load.

497
 Holding clamp DVN

The installation-friendly insulation clamp

Pressure-resistant insulation boards on timber Pressure-resistant insulation boards on ceiling

constructions undersides

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Wooden materials
▪ Wooden panel materials

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The holding clamp DVN allows for a ▪ To fix pressure-resistant insulation ▪ The holding clamp is fixed with the
hidden installation for a homogeneous materials (e.g. polystyrene, PU panels, supplied nails on the wooden sub-
surface. glass foam boards) onto timber strate with a hammer.
11 ▪ The complete fixing system, compris- sub-structures, predominantly in the ▪ The points of the holding clamp
ing the clamp and zinc-plated nails, ceiling area DVN are pushed into the slot side of
allows for an immediate installation in the insulating board until it is held
Insulation fixings / Façade fixings

line with building requirements. securely.

▪ The Sendzimir-galvanised steel claw
allows for durable use for the secure
anchoring of pressure-resistant insula-
tion materials.

TECHNICAL DATA

Clamp DVN

For insulation thickness Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]

DVN 15 047240 up to 60 250
DVN 30 047243 from 80 250

498
Fibre cement panel screw FAFZ H

The pre-assembled fibre cement panel screw

Corrugated root tiles made of fibre cement

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Wood
▪ Wooden panel materials

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

11
▪ The screw is pre-fitted with a seal For fixing of: ▪ The screw is set in push-through instal-
washer. This provides a complete ▪ Fibre cement panels lation using a cordless screwdriver. No

Insulation fixings / Façade fixings

fixing set for a simple installation. ▪ Undulating roof tiles pre-drilling of the fibre cement panel
▪ The screw is protected against corro- is required.
sion and thus withstands the stresses
of weather when used outside.

TECHNICAL DATA

Fibre cement panel screw FAFZ H

Diameter x length Min. bolt penetration Sales unit

l+5
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FAFZ-H 6,5 x 130 DS 25 092210 6,5 x 130 50 100

499
12 Foams, sealants
Page Page

One-component gun foam

502 Premium silicone for natural stone DNS 522
PUP S 750

One-component premium gun foam

503 Premium B1 silicone DFS 523
PUP 750

One-component maxi gun foam

504 Construction sealant Premium DKM 524
PUP S 500

One-component premium gun foam

505 Façade acrylic Premium DFA 525
compact PUP 500

One-component premium gun foam

506 Premium painting acrylic DMA 526
PUP 750 B3

One-component premium gun foam

507 Premium structured acrylic DSA 527
PUP BS 750

One-component premium B1 gun foam

508 Acrylic sealant DA 528
PUP B1 750

One-component premium adhesive foam

PUP ETICS 750
509 Repair mortar DEC 529 12
One-component premium perimeter

Foams, sealants
510 Premium all-weather sealant DDK 530
adhesive foam PUP P 750

One-component rapid installation foam

511 Roof sealing compound DD 531
PU S 500/750

One-component premium rapid

512 Accessories for sealants 532
installation foam PU 500/750

2-component premium rapid foam

513 Sealant selection matrix 534
2K PU 400

Accessories 514 Zinc spray FTC-ZS 536

Premium sanitary silicone DSSA 516 Zinc spray bright grade FTC-ZB 537

Sanitary silicone DSSI 517 Zinc-alu spray FTC-ZA 538

Multi-silicone DMS 518

Premium high temperature silicone DHS 519

Premium construction silicone DBSA 520

Roof and wall silicone DBSI 521

501
 One-component gun foam PUP S 750

The gun foam with proven joint sound-proofing, thermal

insulation and water pressure resistance for professionals

Window connection joints Filling pipe penetrations

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

Bonds to all standard building materi- ▪ General test certificate from building
als such as: authorities P-NDS04-137 for B2
▪ Concrete ▪ Proven joint soundproofing
▪ Anodised layer R(ST,w)=61 (-1;-3) dB in line with ISO
▪ Fibre cement EN 717-1
▪ Gypsum plasterboard ▪ Proven thermal conductivity: Reduces
▪ Wood heat loss at 0.0345 W / (m * K)
▪ Sand-lime brick ▪ Based on DIN 18542 proven air tight-
▪ Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teflon, silicone) ness of a<0,1 m³/[h*m*(daPa)²/3]
▪ Masonry ▪ Test for watertightness for the adhe-
12 ▪ Metals with priming coat sion of manhole rings
▪ Plaster ▪ French VOC-emission class A+
▪ Stone
Foams, sealants

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The proven 61dB sound insulation ▪ Insulating and filling window connec- ▪ 1-component  PU foam
fulfills the standards of modern sound tion joints, around window sills and ▪ Building material class  B2
insulation and helps to reduce noise. shutter boxes ▪ Processing temperature environment:
▪ The thermal protection and proven ▪ To insulate and fill wall penetrations, +10 °C to +30 °C (can temperature:
airtightness allows compliance with cavities, wall connections and finished +5 °C to +30 °C)
energy saving according to EnEV and elements ▪ Non-tacky after approx. 15 minutes
substantiated as effective reduction of ▪ To seal and bind well shafts, manhole ▪ Hardened after approx. 24 hours
heat loss. shafts, domestic sewage treatment ▪ Temperature resistant from -40 °C to
▪ External testing of watertightness plants and cisterns +90 °C
when used in connection with hinged ▪ Layer thicknesses > 50 mm foam in
manhole rings fulfils the requirements several layers and then dampen.
for a well foam. ▪ Fresh foam stains can be removed
▪ The low level foam expansion during immediately with fischer PU cleaner.
the curing period avoids reworking,
thus guaranteeing a simple and time-
saving  application.
▪ The new non-sticking safety valve gua-
rantees long-lasting functionality.

TECHNICAL DATA
Content per can Max. foam yield Colour Sales unit
(free foaming)

Item Art.-No. [ml] [l] [pcs]

PUP S 750 (DE) 539197 1) 750 45 beige 12
PUP S 750 B2 040302 750 45 beige 12
1) Without protective gloves, for commercial users only.

502
One-component premium gun foam PUP 750

The gun foam with proven sound and thermal insulation as well
as increased foam yield

Window connection joints Connection joints around shutter boxes

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

Bonds to all standard building materi- ▪ General test certificate from building
als such as: authorities P-NDS04-137
▪ Concrete ▪ Proven joint soundproofing
▪ Anodised layer R(ST,w)=61 (-1;-3) dB in line with ISO
▪ Gypsum plasterboard EN 717-1
▪ Wood ▪ Proven thermal conductivity: Reduces
▪ Sand-lime brick heat loss by 0.0345 W/(m*K)
▪ Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teflon, silicone) ▪ Based on DIN 18542, proven airtight-
▪ Masonry ness of a<0.1 m³/[h*m*(daPa)²/3]
▪ Metals with priming coat ▪ French VOC-emission class A+
▪ Plaster 12
ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

Foams, sealants
▪ The thermal protection and proven ▪ Insulating and filling window connec- ▪ 1-component PU foam
reduction of air permeability fulfil the tion joints, around window sills and ▪ Building material class B2
high standards for modern thermal shutter boxes ▪ Processing temperature environment:
protection. ▪ Insulating and filling in roofing work +5 °C to +35 °C (can temperature:
▪ The proven 61dB sound insulation and dry construction +5 °C to +30 °C)
fulfils the standards of modern sound ▪ Insulating and filling finished ele- ▪ Non-tacky after approx. 25 minutes
insulation and helps to reduce noise. ments, wall connections, wall penetra- ▪ Can be cut after approx. 1 hour
▪ The high yield of up to 55 l reduces tions and cavities ▪ Hardened after approx. 24 hours
the number of cans needed, thus ▪ Insulating and filling pipe penetrations ▪ Temperature resistant from -40 °C to
ensuring maximum economic effici- and ventilation ducts +90 °C
ency. ▪ Layer thicknesses > 50 mm: foam in
▪ The low level of foam expansion several layers and then dampen.
during the curing period avoids rewor- ▪ Fresh foam stains can be removed
king, thus guaranteeing a simple and immediately with fischer PU cleaner.
time-saving application.
▪ The new safety valve prevents adhe-
sion when being stored horizontally or
during long interruptions of work, thus
guaranteeing long-lasting functionality.

TECHNICAL DATA
Content per can Max. foam yield (free foaming) Colour Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [l] [pcs]

PUP 750 (DE) 053084 825 55 beige 12

503
 One-component maxi gun foam PUP S 500

The proven sound and thermal insulation foam with higher

foam yield for professionals in a short can

Window connection joints Closing joints in structural work

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

Bonds to all standard building materi- ▪ General test certificate from buildingh
als such as: authorities P-NDS04-137 für B2
▪ Concrete ▪ Proven joint soundproofing:
▪ Anodised layer R(ST,w)=61 (-1;-3) dB in line with ISO
▪ Gypsum plasterboard EN 717-1
▪ Wood ▪ Proven thermal conductivity: Reduces
▪ Sand-lime brick heat loss at 0.0345 W/(m * K)
▪ Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teflon, silicone) ▪ Based on DIN 18542 proven airtight-
▪ Masonry ness of a<0,1 m³/[h*m*(daPa)²/3]
▪ Metals with priming coat ▪ French VOC-emission class A+
12 ▪ Plaster

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

Foams, sealants

▪ The short, handy can allows the ▪ Insulating and filling window connec- ▪ 1-component PU foam
correct positioning in awkward places tion joints, around window sills and ▪ Building material class B2
and leads without premature gas loss shutter boxes ▪ Low  post-expansion
to a high emptying of residues. ▪ Insulating and filling finished ele- ▪ Processing temperature environment:
▪ The low level of foam expansion ments, wall connections, wall penetra- ±0 °C to +35 °C (can temperature:
during the curing period avoids rewor- tions and cavities +5 °C to +20 °C)
king, thus guaranteeing a simple and  ▪ Insulating and filling in roofing work ▪ Non-tacky after approx. 8 minutes
time-saving application. and dry construction (e.g. in the ▪ Can be cut after approx. 20 minutes
▪ The thermal protection and proven ceiling area) ▪ Temperature resistant  from -40 °C to
airtightness allows compliance with ▪ Insulating and filling pipe penetrations +90 °C
energy saving according to EnEV and and ventilation ducts ▪ Fresh foam stains can be removed
substantiated as effective reduction of immediately with fischer PU cleaner.
heat loss.
▪ The high joint soundproofing of 61dB
fulfils the standards of modern sound
insulation and helps to reduce noise.

TECHNICAL DATA
Content per can Max. foam yield (free foaming) Colour Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [l] [pcs]

PUP S 500 (DE) 539163 500 43 beige 12
1) Without protective gloves, for commercial users only.

504
One-component premium gun foam compact PUP 500

The grey gun foam in the compact can with high foam yield

Window connection joints Closing joints in structural work

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

Bonds to all standard building materi- ▪ General test certificate from building
als such as: authorities P-NDS04-137
▪ Concrete ▪ Proven joint soundproofing
▪ Anodised layer R(ST,w)=61 (-1;-3) dB in line with ISO
▪ Gypsum plasterboard EN 717-1
▪ Wood ▪ Proven thermal conductivity: Reduces
▪ Sand-lime brick heat loss by 0.0345 W/(m*K)
▪ Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teflon, silicone) ▪ Based on DIN 18542, proven airtight-
▪ Masonry ness of a<0.1 m³/[h*m*(daPa)²/3]
▪ Metals with priming coat
▪ Plaster 12
ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

Foams, sealants
▪ The compact, handy can allows for ▪ Insulating and filling component joints, ▪ 1-component PU foam
use in difficult to access areas, and wall connections and wall penetrati- ▪ Building material class B2
achieves a high degree of emptying ons ▪ Processing temperature environment:
without premature loss of gas. ▪ Insulating and filling in roofing work of -5 °C to +35 °C (can temperature:
▪ The grey colour of the foam is ideally and dry construction (e.g. in the +5 °C to +20 °C)
suited to concrete substrates and ceiling area) ▪ Non-tacky after approx. 8 minutes
allows for an inconspicuous filling of ▪ Insulating and filling window connec- ▪ Can be cut after approx. 20 minutes
joints. tion joints, around window sills and ▪ Cures within 5 to 8 hours
▪ The proven thermal protection and shutter boxes ▪ Temperature resistant from -40 °C to
reduction of air permeability fulfil the ▪ Insulating and filling pipe penetrations +90 °C
high standards for modern thermal and ventilation ducts ▪ Layer thicknesses > 50 mm: foam in
protection. several layers and then dampen.
▪ The proven 61dB sound insulation ▪ Fresh foam stains can be removed
fulfils the standards of modern sound immediately with fischer PU cleaner.
insulation and helps to reduce noise.
▪ The new safety valve prevents adhe-
sion when being stored horizontally or
during long interruptions of work, thus
guaranteeing long-lasting functionality.

TECHNICAL DATA
Content per can Max. foam yield (free foaming) Colour Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [l] [pcs]

PUP 500 (DE) 503259 500 43 concrete grey 12

505
 One-component premium gun foam PUP 750 B3

The gun foam with the perfect dosage

Window connection joints Connection joints around shutter boxes

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

Bonds to all standard building materi- ▪ Proven joint soundproofing
als such as: R(ST,w)=60 (-1;-4) dB in line with ISO
▪ Concrete EN 717-1
▪ Anodised layer
▪ Gypsum plasterboard
▪ Wood
▪ Sand-lime brick
▪ Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teflon, silicone)
▪ Masonry
▪ Metals with priming coat
12 ▪ Plaster

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

Foams, sealants

▪ The low level of foam expansion ▪ Insulating and filling window connec- ▪ 1-component PU foam
during the curing period avoids rewor- tion joints, around window sills and ▪ Building material class B3
king, thus guaranteeing a simple and shutter boxes ▪ Processing temperature environment:
time-saving application. ▪ Insulating and filling in roofing work +5 °C to +35 °C (can temperature:
▪ The easy dosage allows for a con- and dry construction +10 °C to +30 °C)
trolled filling and sealing, and ensures ▪ Insulating and filling finished ele- ▪ Non-tacky after approx. 15 minutes
that the correct amount is used. ments, wall connections, wall penetra- ▪ Can be cut after approx. 45 minutes
▪ The proven 60dB sound insulation tions and cavities ▪ Cures within 5 to 8 hours
fulfils the standards of modern sound ▪ Insulating and filling pipe penetrations ▪ Temperature resistant from -40 °C to
insulation and helps to reduce noise. and ventilation ducts +90 °C
▪ The new non-sticking safety valve gua- ▪ Layer thicknesses > 50 mm: foam in
rantees long-lasting functionality. several layers and then dampen.
▪ Fresh foam stains can be removed
immediately with fischer PU cleaner.

TECHNICAL DATA
Content per can Max. foam yield (free foaming) Colour Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [l] [pcs]

PUP 750 B3 (EN) 058501 750 41 beige 12
PUP 750 B3 GunGrade (EN/FR) 098012 750 41 beige 12

506
One-component premium gun foam PUP BS 750

The gun foam with proven resistance to water pressure

Sealing concrete manhole rings Filling pipe penetrations

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

Bonds to all standard building materi- ▪ General test certificate from building
als such as: authorities P-NDS04-137
▪ Concrete ▪ Test for watertightness up to 0.5 bar
▪ Anodised layer for the adhesion of manhole rings
▪ Fibre cement ▪ Proven joint soundproofing:
▪ Gypsum plasterboard R(ST,w)=61 (-1;-3) dB in line with
▪ Wood ISO EN 717-1
▪ Sand-lime brick ▪ Proven thermal conductivity: Reduces
▪ Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teflon, silicone) heat loss by 0.0345 W/(m*K)
▪ Masonry ▪ Based on DIN 18542, proven airtight-
▪ Metals with priming coat ness of a < 0.1 m³/[h*m*(daPa)²/3] 12
▪ Plaster ▪ French VOC-emission class A+
▪ Stone

Foams, sealants
ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING
▪ External testing of watertightness ▪ To quickly fill joints between hinged ▪ 1-component PU foam
when used in connection with hinged manhole rings ▪ Building material class B2
manhole rings fulfils the requirements ▪ To seal and bind well shafts, manhole ▪ Processing temperature environment:
for a well foam. shafts, domestic sewage treatment +10 °C to +30 °C (can temperature:
▪ The special foam is ready and easy to plants and cisterns +5 °C to +30 °C)
use, and replaces the time- and work- ▪ To insulate and fill wall penetrations, ▪ Non-tacky within approx. 15 minutes
intensive application of mortar. cavities, wall connections and finished ▪ Bind manholes together before skin
▪ The high resistance to dilute chemi- elements formation.
cals and mineral oil, the resistance to ▪ Do not cut or spread foam coming
acids and bacteria found in soil, and from the hinge.
the resistance to rot all guarantee a ▪ Hardened after approx. 24 hours
lasting function. ▪ Temperature resistant from -40 °C to
▪ The easy dosage allows for a con- +90 °C
trolled filling and sealing, and ensures ▪ Layer thicknesses > 50 mm foam in
that the correct amount is used. several layers  and then dampen.
▪ The new non-sticking safety valve gua- ▪ Fresh foam stains can be removed
rantees long-lasting functionality. immediately with fischer PU cleaner.

TECHNICAL DATA
Content per can Max. foam yield (free foaming) Colour Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [l] [pcs]

PUP BS 750 B2 (DE/EN) 513763 750 45 beige 12

507
 One-component premium B1 gun foam PUP B1 750

The hardly flammable B1 gun foam

Filling cavities in the insulation Foaming steel door frames

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

Bonds to all standard building materi- ▪ General test certificate from building
als such as: authorities P-NDS04-620
▪ Concrete ▪ Proven joint soundproofing: of 10 and
▪ Anodised layer 20 mm joint width: Rs,w (C; Ctr) ≥ 63
▪ Gypsum plasterboard (-2;-5) dB
▪ Wood ▪ French VOC-emission class A+
▪ Sand-lime brick
▪ Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teflon, silicone)
▪ Masonry
▪ Metals with priming coat
12 ▪ Plaster

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

Foams, sealants

▪ The PUFS is hardly flammable in line ▪ High-efficiency thermal insulation on ▪ 1-component PU foam
with the B1 test and can therefore be façades ▪ Building material class B1
used between solid, mineral or metal ▪ Insulating and filling in roofing work ▪ Foam yield of extruded foam 45 l
building materials. Thus it provides the ▪ Insulating and filling window connec- ▪ Processing temperature environment:
highest level of safety. tion joints, around window sills and +10 °C to +25 °C (can temperature:
▪ The new high-quality safety valve shutter boxes +10 °C to +25 °C)
prevents adhesion when being stored ▪ Insulating and filling finished ele- ▪ Non-tacky after approx. 10 minutes
horizontally or during long interrupti- ments, wall connections, wall penetra- ▪ Can be cut after approx. 40 minutes
ons of work, thus guaranteeing long- tions and cavities ▪ Cures within 5 to 8 hours
lasting functionality. ▪ Temperature resistant from -40 °C to
▪ The easy dosage allows for a con- +90 °C
trolled filling and sealing, and ensures ▪ Layer thicknesses > 50 mm: foam in
that the correct amount is used. several layers and then dampen.
▪ Fresh foam stains can be removed
immediately with fischer PU cleaner.

TECHNICAL DATA
Content per can Max. foam yield (free foaming) Colour Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [l] [pcs]

PUP B1 750 (DE/EN) 045300 750 45 concrete grey 12

508
One-component premium adhesive foam PUP ETICS 750

The adhesive foam for ETIC systems with general technical

approval

Insulation of cellar ceiling Wall insulation

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ EPS-insulation panels ▪ Building approval for bonding EPS
▪ Concrete boards in ETIC systems
▪ Bitumen coatings ▪ Adhesive tensile strength values
▪ Anodised layer (based on ETAG guideline 004/2013,
▪ Gypsum plasterboard section 5.1.4.1.2)
▪ Wood ▪ French VOC-emission class A+
▪ Cold bitumen sheeting
▪ Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teflon, silicone)
▪ Masonry
▪ Metals with priming coat
▪ Plaster 12
ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

Foams, sealants
▪ The special recipe guarantees high ▪ Bonding of EPS rigid foam panels ▪ 1-component PU foam
adhesive tensile strength for secure in accordance with ETAG Guideline ▪ Foam yield sufficient  for up to 12 m²
fixing. 004/2013 wall area
▪ The high foam yield allows for the bon- ▪ Fixing of external wall insulation, inter- ▪ Processing temperature environment:
ding of up to 12 m² of wall space and nal wall insulation and attic insulation +5 °C to +25 °C (can temperature:
is therefore especially economical. ▪ Fixing of basement ceiling insulation +10 °C to +25 °C)
▪ Really low post-expansion avoids the ▪ Bonding of perimeter insulation panels ▪ Open Time approx. 10 minutes
formation of cavities between the wall ▪ Can be cut after approx. 20 minutes
and insulation panel and guarantees a ▪ Temperature resistant  from -40 °C to
secure connection. +90 °C
▪ The use of the can/gun system provi- ▪ Extremely high heat insulation pro-
des a time saving of approx. 30% and perties
thus guarantees efficient work. ▪ Shear resistance (EN 12090)
▪ The new non-sticking safety valve gua- 38,7 kPa
rantees long-lasting functionality. ▪ Fresh foam stains can be removed
immediately with fischer PU cleaner.
▪ When pressed on, an adhesive surface
percentage of at least 40% must be
achieved.
▪ Do not knock the insulation panels
against the wall (this damages the
foam structure).

TECHNICAL DATA
Content per can Max. foam yield Colour Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [m²] [pcs]

PUP WDVS 750 (DE) 539164 750 up to 12 light green 12
PUP 750 ETICS (EN) 543448 750 up to 12 light green 12

509
 One-component premium perimeter adhesive foam PUP P 750

The economic adhesive foam for perimeter insulation boards

Bonding perimeter insulation boards Filling pipe penetrations

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ Concrete ▪ General test certificate from building
▪ Bitumen coatings authorities P-NDS04-772
▪ Anodised layer ▪ French VOC-emission class A+
▪ Gypsum plasterboard
▪ Wood
▪ Cold bitumen sheeting
▪ Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teflon, silicone)
▪ Masonry
▪ Metals with priming coat
▪ Plaster
12
ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING
▪ The high foam yield allows for the bon- ▪ Bonding expanded polystyrene panels ▪ 1-component PU foam
Foams, sealants

ding of approx. 13 m² of wall space, ▪ Insulating and filling wall penetrations ▪ Building material class B2
and is therefore especially economical. ▪ Foaming in electrical installations ▪ Processing temperature environment:
▪ The use of the can/gun system provi- ▪ Filling joints and cavities in all internal +10 °C to +25 °C (can temperature:
des a time saving of approx. 30% and constructions +5 °C to +25 °C)
thus guarantees efficient work. ▪ Fixing and sealing walls and ceilings ▪ Non-tacky after approx. 10 minutes
▪ The special PU foam formulation ▪ Can be cut after approx. 40 minutes
ensures the best adhesion to concrete ▪ Temperature resistant from -40 °C to
and bituminous substrates, and allows +90 °C
for the long-term fixing of insulation ▪ Low heat conductivity
boards. ▪ Apply a min. of 3 end-to-end stripes
▪ The very low level of post-expansion per board, vertically from bottom
avoids the formation of cavities and to top on the external wall (spacing
guarantees a long-lasting insulation. approx. 30 cm). The bottom board
▪ The new non-sticking safety valve gua- should be on fixed ground as protec-
rantees long-lasting functionality. tion from later slipping. After approx.
10 minutes apply the boards onto the
holding surface and press hard.
▪ Fresh foam stains can be removed
immediately with fischer PU cleaner.

TECHNICAL DATA
Content per can Max. foam yield (free foaming) Colour Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [l] [pcs]

PUP P 750 (DE) 506671 750 45 concrete grey 12

510
One-component rapid installation foam PU S 500/750

The high-quality rapid installation foam with proven sound

insulation and resistance of water pressure for professionals

Window connection joints Sealing concrete manhole rings

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

Bonds to all standard building materi- ▪ General test certificate from building
als such as: authorities P-NDS04-136 for B2
▪ Concrete ▪ Proven joint soundproofing for B2:
▪ Anodised layer R(ST,w) ≥ 63 (-1; -4) dB according ISO
▪ Gypsum plasterboard 10140-1
▪ Wood ▪ Test for watertightness for the adhe-
▪ Sand-lime brick sion of manhole rings
▪ Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teflon, silicone) ▪ French VOC-emission class A+
▪ Masonry
▪ Metals with priming coat
▪ Plaster 12
ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

Foams, sealants
▪ The proven 63 dB sound insulation ful- ▪ Insulating and filling window connec- ▪ 1-component PU foam
fills the modern sound insulation  and tion joints, around window sills and ▪ Building material class B2
helps to reduce noise. shutter boxes ▪ Processing temperature environment:
▪ The adapter foam has been approved ▪ Bonding and sealing manhole rings +5 °C to +30 °C (can temperature:
as watertight by an external inspection ▪ Insulating and filling in roofing work +5 °C to +25 °C)
and is thus suitable for use in wet and dry construction ▪ Non-tacky after approx. 15 minutes
conditions. It fulfils the requirements ▪ Insulating and filling finished ele- ▪ Can be cut after approx. 45 minutes
of a well foam. ments, wall connections, wall penetra- ▪ Hardened after approx. 24 hours
▪ The fast screwed adapter allows tions and cavities ▪ Temperature resistant from -40 °C to
immediate use and is thus uncompli- +90 °C
cated to use without need for additio- ▪ Layer thicknesses > 50 mm: foam in
nal processing equipment. several layers and then dampen.
▪ The new non-sticking safety valve gua- ▪ Fresh foam stains can be removed
rantees long-lasting functionality. immediately with fischer PU cleaner.

TECHNICAL DATA
Content per can Max. foam yield (free foaming) Colour Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [l] [pcs]

PU S 750 (DE) 040301 1) 750 45 beige 12
PU S 1/500 B2 (DE) 040300 500 30 beige 12
1) Without protective gloves, for commercial users only.

511
 One-component premium rapid installation foam PU 500/750

The high-quality installation foam with reusable fix adapter

system

Window connection joints Sealing concrete manhole rings

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

Bonds to all standard building materi- ▪ General test certificate from building
als such as: authorities P-NDS04-136 for B2
▪ Concrete ▪ Proven joint soundproofing:
▪ Anodised layer R(ST,w)=61 (-1; -3) dB in line with ISO
▪ Gypsum plasterboard EN 717-1
▪ Wood ▪ Test for watertightness for the adhe-
▪ Sand-lime brick sion of manhole rings
▪ Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teflon, silicone)
▪ Masonry
▪ Metals with priming coat
12 ▪ Plaster

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

Foams, sealants

▪ The reclosable fix adapter allows for ▪ Bonding and sealing manhole rings ▪ 1-component PU foam
immediate use and for the reuse of ▪ Insulating and filling in roofing work ▪ Building material class B2 or B3
opened cans, thus guaranteeing long- and dry construction ▪ Processing temperature environment:
lasting functionality. ▪ Insulating and filling window connec- +5 °C to +35 °C (can temperature:
▪ The used solid valve prevents adhe- tion joints, around window sills and +5 °C to +25 °C)
sion when being stored horizontally shutter boxes ▪ Non-tacky after approx. 20 minutes
and premature gas loss. ▪ Insulating and filling finished ele- ▪ Can be cut after approx. 40 minutes
▪ The rapid installation foam has been ments, wall connections and wall ▪ Cures within 5 to 8 hours
approved as watertight by an external penetrations ▪ Temperature resistant from -40 °C to
inspection and is thus suitable for use +90 °C
in wet conditions. It fulfils the require- ▪ Layer thicknesses > 50 mm: foam in
ments of a well foam. several layers and then dampen.
▪ The ergonomic handle sits perfectly in ▪ Fresh foam stains can be removed
the hand and allows for easy use. immediately with fischer PU cleaner.

TECHNICAL DATA
Content per can Max. foam yield (free foaming) Colour Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [l] [pcs]

PU 500 B2 (DE) 050426 500 30 beige 12
PU 500 B3 (EN/FR/AR) 058500 500 28 beige 12
PU 750 B2 (DE) 053080 750 45 beige 12
PU 750 B3 (EN/FR/AR) 050427 750 41 beige 12
PU 750 B2 (EN, FR, AR) 534466 750 45 beige 12
PU 1/500 B3 HandHeld (EN/FR) 098010 500 28 beige 12
PU 1/750 B3 HandHeld (EN/FR) 098011 750 41 beige 12

512
2-component premium rapid foam 2K PU 400

The high-quality 2-component rapid foam with high yield for

secure fixing with pull activation

Foaming door frames Foaming below bath tubs

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

Bonds to all standard building materi- ▪ General test certificate from building
als such as: authorities P-NDS04-666
▪ Concrete
▪ Anodised layer
▪ Gypsum plasterboard
▪ Wood
▪ Sand-lime brick
▪ Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teflon, silicone)
▪ Masonry
▪ Metals with priming coat
▪ Plaster 12
ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

Foams, sealants
▪ The humidity-independent system ▪ Installation of door frames (install ▪ 2-component PU foam
guarantees a controlled foaming, expanders) ▪ Building material class B2
thus ensuring a safe and fast curing ▪ Filling and insulating of cavities in ▪ Foam yield of extruded foam 13 l
without repressing. walls and ceilings ▪ Processing temperature +15 °C to
▪ The pull mechanism allows for a ▪ Foaming in windows, bath tubs and +25 °C
simple, safe activation of the compo- showers ▪ Non-tacky after approx. 6 minutes
nents. ▪ Fixing insulating elements, wooden ▪ Can be cut after approx. 10 minutes
▪ The used solid valve prevents adhe- cladding, sheet metal panels, control ▪ Cures after approx. 30 minutes
sion when being stored horizontally boxes ▪ Temperature resistant from -40 °C to
and premature gas loss. +90 °C
▪ The extremely uniform and fine-pore ▪ Fresh foam stains can be removed
foam structure provides high strength immediately with fischer PU cleaner.
values and offers a maximum of
functionality.
▪ The high foam yield allows for the set-
ting of up to 3 door frames. Thus the
foam is particularly economical.
▪ The high resistance to rotting and
ageing ensures consistent quality and
guarantees a long-lasting fixing.

TECHNICAL DATA
Content per can Max. foam yield (free foaming) Colour Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [l] [pcs]

2K PU 400 (DE) 053081 400 13 light blue 12

513
 Accessories

PUP K2 PUP M3 PUP M4 BLACK

ADVANTAGES ADVANTAGES ADVANTAGES

▪ The light construction facilitates use ▪ The PUP M3 meets the tough require- ▪ The complete PTFE coating reduces
on construction sites and allows for ments of a construction site and thus cleaning to a minimum.
fatigue-free work. offers a long lifespan. ▪ Non-return ball and basket are coated
▪ The impact-requiring control prevents ▪ The ergonomic handle allows for an with PTFE. This prevents bonding and
the unintentional unscrewing of the ideal position of centre of gravity, and guarantees a long-lasting function.
regulating screw, and is therefore therefore precise handling. ▪ The perfect combination of the
particularly user-friendly. ▪ The infinitely variable control of the ergonomically shaped handle and
▪ The gun adapter is suitable for all foam expulsion allows for a controlled trigger makes handling particularly
standard systems and enables univer- filling and insulating, and enables user-friendly.
12 sal application. application-orientated work. ▪ The tubes included with the 19 cm
▪ Opened cans can remain screwed ▪ Opened cans can remain screwed long, tapered pistol pipe mean that it
onto the gun during interruptions of onto the gun during interruptions of can be individually lengthened for use
Foams, sealants

work without curing. work without curing. in the narrowest joints, thus offering a
high degree of flexibility.

TECHNICAL DATA
Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
PUP K2 062400 1
PUP M3 033208 1
PUP M4 BLACK 513429 1

514
Accessories

PU-cleaner

ADVANTAGES
▪ The active components ensure a high
cleaning effect, making the cleaner 12
ideal for the safe removal of fresh PU
foam.

Foams, sealants
▪ The gun adapter is suitable for all
standard systems and enables univer-
sal application.
▪ The separate spray head allows for the
cleaning of external surfaces, making
the product extremely versatile.
▪ The highly active cleaner can etch
sensitive surfaces (paint, dye, textiles,
plastics). Thus you should always
conduct preliminary tests.

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]
PUR 150 (DE) 053083 150 12
PUR 500 (DE/EN) 053085 500 12

515
 Premium sanitary silicone DSSA

The high-quality premium sanitary silicone

Joints in sanitary areas Sealings in the kitchen

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ Chrome ▪ EN 15651 - Part 1: F EXT-INT-CC
▪ Stainless steel ▪ EN 15651 - Part 3: S (class XS1)
▪ Anodised layer
▪ Enamel, Tiles
▪ Glass, glazed surfaces
▪ Wood (with primer)
▪ H-PVC
▪ Ceramics
▪ Polyester
▪ Sanitary acrylic
12
ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING
▪ The high-quality formulation allows for ▪ Corner, movement and connection ▪ Chemical base: 1-component silicone
Foams, sealants

easy application and smoothing, and joints in sanitary areas (sinks, showers, acetate
ensures efficient work. bath tubs, expansion joints between ▪ Permanently elastic
▪ The outstanding movement capacity tiles etc.) ▪ With fungicide
means that DSSA is ideal for high- ▪ Connection joints in the kitchen ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 6 minutes
stress expansion joints. This guaran- ▪ Window and glass sealings ▪ Processing temperature: +5 °C to
tees long-lasting jointing. ▪ Seal welds for display cabinets and +35 °C
▪ The very good hold on smooth sur- glass blocks ▪ Temperature resistance: -50 °C to
faces prevents damp from forming in ▪ Small-scale adhesions (e.g. window +200 °C
the substrate and guarantees reliable bars) ▪ Good chemical resistance
functioning. ▪ Very good resistance to weather,
▪ The high wear resistance gives the ageing and UV
surface a high level of protection when ▪ Compatible with paint
cleaning. Together with the fungicidal ▪ Not paintable
properties, an ideal jointing can be ▪ Free of MDI and solvents
achieved that will last over the long ▪ Selection table for substrates - refer to
term. page 534

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]
DSSA TP (DE/EN) 053100 transparent 310 12
DSSA W (DE/EN) 053101 white 310 12
DSSA GR (DE/EN) 053102 grey 310 12
DSSA BG (DE/EN) 053103 bahama beige 310 12
DSSA DG (DE/EN) 053105 dark grey 310 12
DSSA SW (DE/EN) 053120 black 310 12
DSSA SG (DE/EN) 058530 silver grey 310 12
DSSA FUG (DE/EN) 512208 joint grey 310 12
DSSA SAG (DE/EN) 512209 sanitary grey 310 12
DSSA MA (DE/EN) 512210 manhattan 310 12
DSSA AN (DE/EN) 512211 anthracite 310 12

516
Sanitary silicone DSSI

The standard sanitary silicone

Joints in sanitary areas Wash basins

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ Stainless steel ▪ EN 15651 - Part 1: F EXT-INT-CC
▪ Anodised layer ▪ EN 15651 - Part 2: G-CC
▪ Epoxy ▪ EN 15651 - Part 3: S (class S1)
▪ Tiles
▪ Glazed surfaces
▪ Glass
▪ H-PVC
▪ Ceramics
▪ Painted wood
▪ Polyester
12
ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING
▪ The 20% elasticity means that DSSI ▪ Joints in sinks and toilets ▪ Chemical base: 1-component silicone

Foams, sealants
is ideal for expansion and connection ▪ Expansion joints between floor and acetate
joints. This guarantees long-lasting wall tiles ▪ Permanently elastic
jointing. ▪ Joints around enamel and plastic ▪ With fungicide
▪ The very good hold on smooth showers and bath tubs ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 25
surfaces, e.g. tiles, prevents damp for- ▪ Connection joints between timber and minutes
ming in the substrate and guarantees tiles ▪ Processing temperature: +5 °C to
reliable functioning. ▪ Connection joints in the kitchen +40 °C
▪ The fungicidal properties ensure a ▪ Seal welds for display cabinets and ▪ Temperature resistance: -40 °C to
clean look over the long term. glass blocks +100 °C
▪ Glazing wood and aluminium win- ▪ Shore-A hardness 18
dows ▪ Permitted overall deformation: 20%
(ISO 11600)
▪ Good chemical resistance
▪ Very good resistance to weather,
ageing and UV
▪ Not paintable
▪ Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 534

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]
DSSI TP (EN/FR/AR) 058515 transparent 280 18
DSSI W (EN/FR/AR) 058516 white 280 18

517
 Multi-silicone DMS

The silicone sealant with an acetate base for internal and

external applications

Joints in sanitary areas Sealings in the kitchen

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ Stainless steel ▪ EN 15651 - Part 1: F EXT-INT-CC
▪ Anodised layer ▪ EN 15651 - Part 2: G-CC
▪ Epoxy ▪ EN 15651 - Part 3: S
▪ Tiles
▪ Glazed surfaces
▪ Glass
▪ H-PVC
▪ Ceramics
▪ Painted wood
▪ Polyester
12
ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING
▪ Thanks to the practical elasticity of ▪ Bathrooms, showers and toilets ▪ Chemical base: 1-component silicone
Foams, sealants

20%, DMS is ideally suited to con- ▪ Connection joints to sinks acetate

nection joints with expansion. This ▪ Expansion joints between tiles ▪ Permanently elastic
guarantees long-lasting jointing. ▪ Connection joints in the kitchen ▪ With fungicide
▪ The fungicidal properties ensure a ▪ Joints between timber and tiles ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 25 minu-
clean look over the long term. ▪ Seal welds for display cabinets and tes
▪ The very good hold on smooth sur- glass blocks ▪ Processing temperature: +5 °C to
faces prevents damp from forming in +40 °C
the substrate and guarantees reliable ▪ Temperature resistance: -40 °C to
functioning. +100 °C
▪ The good resistance to UV, weathering ▪ Shore-A Härte 18
and ageing means that DMS can be ▪ Permitted overall deformation: 20%
used both indoors and outdoors, and (ISO 11600)
offers a high level of security over the ▪ Very good resistance to weather,
long term. ageing and UV
▪ Not paintable
▪ Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 534

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]
DMS TP (EN/FR/AR) 040385 transparent 280 18
DMS W (EN/FR/AR) 040386 white 280 18
DMS GR (EN/FR/AR) 040389 grey 280 18
DMS SW (EN/FR/AR) 504413 black 280 18

518
Premium high temperature silicone DHS

The silicone sealant for high temperature requirements

Sealing fireplaces Sealing cookers

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Aluminium (with primer) ▪ Glass
▪ Chrome ▪ Glazed surfaces
▪ Stainless steel ▪ Ceramics
▪ Anodised layer ▪ Not for corrosive adhesive surfaces
▪ Enamel such as non ferrous heavy metal,
▪ Tiles sheet zinc etc.

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

12
▪ The high temperature resistance of up ▪ Sealing of joints around cookers, ▪ Chemical base: 1-component silicone
to +300°C means that DHS can be ovens and fireplaces acetate

Foams, sealants
used for joints with increased thermal ▪ Sealing of joints around boilers and ▪ Permanently elastic
load. industrial furnaces ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 5 - 6
▪ Meanwhile, the high resistance to ▪ Sealing of joints around pipes and minutes
chemicals also allows for use in areas channels subjected to high tempera- ▪ Processing temperature: +5 °C to +40 °C
subjected to chemical loads, thus tures ▪ Temperature resistance: -60 °C to
offering a high level of application ▪ Sealing of ventilation grilles +280 °C  (short term to +300 °C)
safety. ▪ Sealing of air conditioning units ▪ Shore-A hardness 40
▪ The very good adhesion to smooth ▪ Very good resistance to chemicals
surfaces allows for the components to ▪ Very good resistance to weather,
be completely sealed. This allows for ageing and UV
reliable functioning. ▪ Not paintable
▪ DHS is easy to apply and smooth ▪ Free of MDI and solvents
out. This allows for efficient work, ▪ Selection table for substrates - refer to
and helps to guarantee a simple and page 534
time-saving application.

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]
DHS RB (DE/EN) 053125 reddish brown 310 12

519
 Premium construction silicone DBSA

The low-odour premium construction silicone with high

adhesive spectrum

External connection joints Fixing mirrors

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ Concrete ▪ EN 15651 - Part 1: F-EXT-INT-CC
▪ Chrome (class 25LM)
▪ Stainless steel ▪ EN 15651 - Part 2: G-CC (class
▪ Anodised layer 25LM)
▪ Enamel, Tiles, Ceramics ▪ EN 15651 - Part 3: S (class XS1)
▪ Glass, glazed surfaces
▪ Wood (with primer)
▪ H-PVC
▪ Copper, brass
▪ Masonry
12 ▪ PMMA, PC, Polyester
▪ Steel
▪ Zinc
Foams, sealants

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The high-quality, neutral silicone seal- ▪ Connection and expansion joints in ▪ Chemical base: 1-component silicone
ant with a very low volume shrinkage the construction industry (e.g. win- neutral alkoxy
is suitable for demanding applications dows, doors, façades, light domes) ▪ Fulfils DIN EN ISO 11600 F+G 25
in construction and the industrial ▪ Window glazing ▪ Permanently elastic
sector, and guarantees a high degree ▪ Movement and connection joints in ▪ Low-odour
of functional safety. kitchens, sanitary areas and installa- ▪ With fungicide
▪ DBSA is low-odour and is therefore tions ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 12 min
ideal for use in confined spaces. ▪ Fixing mirrors (transparent version) ▪ Processing temperature: +5 °C to +40 °C
▪ The silicone is easy to apply and ▪ Sealing machines, containers and ▪ Temperature resistance: -40 °C to
smooth out, thus allowing for efficient building apparatus +120 °C
work and a simple and time-saving ▪ Shore-A hardness 24
jointing. ▪ Permitted overall deformation: 25%
▪ The high wear resistance gives the ▪ Non-corrosive
surface a high level of protection when ▪ Very good resistance to weather,
cleaning and thus ensures a perfect ageing and UV
look over a long period. ▪ Compatible with paint
▪ Not paintable
▪ Resistant to wear and streak-free
▪ Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 534

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]
DBSA TP (DE/EN) 053090 transparent 310 12
DBSA W (DE/EN) 053091 white 310 12
DBSA GR (DE/EN) 053092 concrete grey 310 12
DBSA BR (DE/EN) 053093 brown 310 12
DBSA SW (DE/EN) 053094 black 310 12
DBSA BG (DE/EN) 053095 beige 310 12
DBSA SLG (DE/EN) 512213 slate grey 310 12
DBSA ANG (DE/EN) 540084 anthracite 310 12

520
Roof and wall silicone DBSI

The versatile construction silicone

External connection joints Joints between buildings

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ Concrete ▪ EN 15651 - Part 1: F-EXT-INT
▪ Chrome ▪ EN 15651 - Part 2: G
▪ Stainless steel ▪ EN 15651 - Part 3: S
▪ Anodised layer
▪ Enamel
▪ Epoxy
▪ Tiles
▪ Glass, glazed surfaces
▪ Wood (with primer)
▪ H-PVC
▪ Ceramics 12
▪ Copper
▪ Masonry
▪ Brass

Foams, sealants
▪ Polyester
▪ Steel
▪ Zinc

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The neutral silicone sealant is suitable ▪ Connection and expansion joints in ▪ Chemical base: 1-component silicone
for various applications in construction the construction industry (e.g. win- neutral oxime
and the industrial sector, and thus dows, doors, façades, light domes) ▪ Permanently elastic
offers a high level of flexibility. ▪ Connection joints on windows and ▪ With fungicide
▪ The high movement capacity means doors ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 5 minutes
that DBSI is ideal for expansion joints. ▪ Sealing façades, curtain walling panels ▪ Processing temperature: +5 °C to +30 °C
This guarantees long-lasting jointing. and metal structures ▪ Temperature resistance: -40 °C to
▪ DBSI is non-corrosive and is therefore ▪ Movement and connection joints in +120 °C
well suited to copper and zinc-plated kitchens, sanitary areas and installa- ▪ Shore-A hardness 24
surfaces. Thus it can be used without tions ▪ Non-corrosive
problems in the metal processing ▪ Very good resistance to weather,
industry. ageing and UV
▪ Compatible with paint
▪ Not paintable
▪ Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 534

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]
DBSI W (DE/EN) 094416 white 310 12
DBSI TP (DE/EN) 094417 transparent 310 12

521
 Premium silicone for natural stone DNS

The discolouration-free silicone sealant for marble and natural

stone

Joints on tiles and natural stone and marble

Joints on natural stone panels
panels

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ Marble ▪ EN 15651 - Part 1: F-EXT-INT-CC
▪ Natural stone (e.g. granite, porphyry, (class 25LM)
quartzite, sandstone) ▪ EN 15651 - Part 2: G-CC (class
Also suitable for: 25LM)
▪ Concrete ▪ EN 15651 - Part 3: S
▪ Stainless steel
▪ Anodised layer
▪ Tiles, Ceramics
▪ Glass
▪ Wood (with primer)
12 ▪ H-PVC
▪ Copper
▪ Masonry
▪ PMMA, PC
Foams, sealants

▪ Sanitary acrylic
▪ Steel
▪ Zinc

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The specially adapted formulation pre- ▪ Sealing and jointing marble and natu- ▪ Chemical base: 1-component silicone
vents edge soiling and gives a lasting ral stone for internal and external use neutral alkoxy
clean look, particularly for natural ▪ Joints in sanitary areas ▪ Permanently elastic
stone and marble. ▪ Joints in façade construction ▪ Low-odour
▪ DNS is easy to use and smooth, thus ▪ Corner joints in floors and walls ▪ With fungicide
allowing for efficient work. This gua- ▪ Movement-compensating adhesion ▪ Skin formation time approx. 15 minu-
rantees a fast and simple jointing. of natural stone onto metal structures tes
▪ The neutral interlacing silicone with an (e.g. stair treads) ▪ Processing temperature: +5 °C to
alkoxy base is low-odour and is there- +40 °C
fore ideal for use in confined spaces. ▪ Temperature resistance: -40 °C to
+120 °C
▪ Shore-A hardness 21
▪ Non-corrosive
▪ Good chemical resistance
▪ Very good resistance to weather,
ageing and UV
▪ Compatible with paint
▪ Not paintable
▪ Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 534

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]
DNS TP (DE/EN) 053121 transparent 310 12

522
Premium B1 silicone DFS

The hardly flammable silicone sealant

Joints on fire protection doors Sealings in public buildings

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ Concrete ▪ EN 15651 - Part 1: F-EXT-INT-CC
▪ Chrome (class 25LM)
▪ Stainless steel ▪ EN 15651 - Part 2: G-CC (class
▪ Anodised layer 25LM)
▪ Enamel
▪ Tiles
▪ Glass, glazed surfaces
▪ Ceramics
▪ Copper, brass
▪ Masonry
▪ Polyester 12
▪ Steel
▪ Zinc

Foams, sealants
ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING
▪ The good fire-inhibiting properties pro- ▪ Sealing connection and expansion ▪ Chemical base: 1-component silicone
vide maximum safety for the sealing joints that are required to have a fire- neutral
of solid, mineral or metal building resistant effect against the spreading ▪ Hardly flammable material (building
materials. of fire, water, smoke and poisonous material class DIN 4102-B1) in line
▪ Non-corrosive, thus can be used on fumes with DIN 4102-1
aluminium, copper and zinc-plated ▪ Sealing components that have ▪ Permanently elastic
surfaces. This guarantees problem- increased requirements concerning ▪ Shore-A hardness 20
free use within the metal processing their properties in the case of fire ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 10
industry. minutes
▪ Due to the audited, high 25% elasti- ▪ Processing temperature: +5 °C to +40 °C
city, DFS is particularly suitable for ▪ 100% modulus 0,40 N/mm²
joints subjected to high stress. This ▪ Temperature resistance: -40 °C to
guarantees a permanent seal. +120 °C
▪ Non-corrosive
▪ Very good resistance to weather,
ageing and UV
▪ Compatible with paint
▪ Not paintable
▪ Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 534

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]
DFS GR (DE/EN) 053131 grey 310 12

523
 Construction sealant Premium DKM

The universal hybrid-sealant-adhesive for indoor and outdoor

use

Bonding and sealing of attachments Sealing ventilation ducts

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ Aluminium ▪ LEED® IEQ-credits 4.1 (Indoor
▪ Concrete Environmental Quality) adhesives and
▪ Chrome sealants
▪ Stainless steel Coloured version:
▪ Anodised layer ▪ EN 15651 part 1: F-EXT-INT-CC (Class
▪ Tiles 25 HM)
▪ Glass, glazed surfaces EN 15651 - Part 3: S (XS3)
▪ H-PVC EN 15651 - Part 4: PW-EXT-INT-CC
▪ Ceramics (Class 25 HM)
▪ Copper, brass ▪ Suitable for use in room ventilation
12 ▪ Masonry systems according to VDI 6022 (Ass.
▪ PMMA, PC Of Germ. Engeneers), sheet 1 tested
▪ Polyester according to DIN EN ISO 846
▪ Steel ▪ Declaration of no objection - tested for
Foams, sealants

▪ Zinc use in food-related area (ISEGA)

▪ GEV-EMICODE EC1 PLUS - very low
emission
▪ M1 emission classification for building
materials

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ Due to the high 25% flexibility, DKM is ▪ Attachment of strips, panels, cladding ▪ Chemical base: 1K Hybrid
particularly suitable for joints subjec- and insulation materials to wall ▪ Approved acc. to DIN EN ISO 846
ted to high stress. This guarantees a ▪ Connection and expansion joints in (coloured version)
permanent seal. the building industry according to ▪ Permanently elastic
▪ The high initial adhesion from up to EN 15651-1 (20 HM) as well as for ▪ Low-odour
75 kg/m² (50 kg/m² crystal clear) general joint sealing ▪ Mould inhibiting quality
makes it possible to attach lots of ▪ In building work, and joint and seam ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 10 minutes
components without the need for sealing in climate and ventilation ▪ Processing temperature: +5 °C to +40 °C
additional fixing, and thus reduces the technology (HVAC systems according ▪ Temperature resistance: -40 °C to +90 °C
amount of time required. to DIN EN ISO 846) ▪ Total authorised deformation: 25 %
▪ The mould inhibiting quality gua- ▪ Sealing and attaching metal construc- ▪ Non-corrosive
rantees the tested antibacterial inert- tions, sheet reinforcements on chim- ▪ Bonds on a moist base material
ness over a long period. neys and windowsills, eaves flashing ▪ Very good resistance to weather,
▪ DKM is low-odour and is therefore attachment on flat roofs and skylights ageing and UV (coloured version)
ideal for the use in confined spaces. ▪ Colored version suitable for mirror ▪ Compatible with paint and paintable
bonding ▪ Free of silicone, MDI and solvents
▪ Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 534

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]
DKM-290ML 517598 white 290 12
DKM-290 ML grey (DE/EN) 517599 grey 290 12
DKM-290 ML black (DE/EN) 517600 black 290 12
DKM-290 ML beige (DE/EN) 533831 beige 290 12
DKM-290 ML transparent (DE/EN) 533830 crystal clear 290 12

524
Façade acrylic Premium DFA

The elastic acrylic sealant for internal and external applications

with immediate rain resistance

External connection joints Connection joints in the outdoor area

BUILDING MATERIALS TEST CERTIFICATE

▪ Concrete ▪ EN 15651-1: F-EXT-INT (class 12.5P)
▪ Anodised layer ▪ GEV-EMICODE EC1 PLUS - very low
▪ Fibre cement emission
▪ Gypsum ▪ French VOC-emission class A+
▪ Gypsum plasterboard
▪ Wood
▪ H-PVC
▪ Sand-lime brick
▪ Clinker brick
▪ Masonry
▪ Metal 12
▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Plaster
▪ Brick

Foams, sealants
▪ Zinc

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The immediate rain resistance allows ▪ For internal and external application ▪ Chemical base: 1-component disper-
for external application in all weather ▪ Internal connection joints between sion acrylic
conditions, thus avoiding interruption wood, plastic and metal windows and ▪ Elasto-plastic
of work. walls ▪ Low-odour
▪ The high movement capacity means ▪ Joints in dry and internal construction ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 5 minu-
that DFA is ideal for expansion joints. ▪ Joints between stairs and walls, cei- tes
This guarantees long-lasting jointing. lings and walls ▪ Processing temperature: +5 °C to
▪ The optimised formulation ensures ▪ Connection joints for shutter boxes +40 °C
that strongly absorbent substrates do and window sills ▪ Permissible total deformation 20 %
not cause splitting in the joints. This ▪ Renovation work (split jointing) (according to ISO 7389)
increases functional safety. ▪ Temperature resistance: -20 °C to
▪ The water-based acrylate sealant has a +75 °C
neutral odour and is therefore ideal for ▪ Non-corrosive
use in confined spaces. ▪ Very good resistance to weather,
ageing and UV
▪ Compatible with paint
▪ Can be painted and plastered
▪ Frost-protected in the cartridge
▪ Free of silicone, MDI and solvents

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]
DFA WH 310 (DE/EN) 541709 white 310 12

525
 Premium painting acrylic DMA

Quick paintable sealant with maximum security against cracks

and discolourations

Wall connection joints Internal expansion joints

BUILDING MATERIALS PRÜFZEUGNIS

▪ Concrete ▪ EN 15651-1:2012: Type F -EXT-INT 
▪ Anodised layer (class 7,5P)
▪ Gypsum ▪ GEV-EMICODE EC1 PLUS - very low
▪ Gypsum plasterboard emission
▪ Wood ▪ French VOC-emission class A+
▪ H-PVC
▪ Sand-lime brick
▪ Clinker brick
▪ Masonry
▪ Polystyrene
12 ▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Plaster
▪ Brick
Foams, sealants

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The sealant can be painted after ▪ For internal and external application ▪ Chemical base: 1-component disper-
already one hour, allowing subsequent ▪ For sealing joints between wooden sion acrylic
painting work to start more quickly. and metal window frames and con- ▪ Elasto-plastic
▪ The further-developed DMA formula- crete/masonry ▪ Low-odour
tion suppresses paint cracking, thus ▪ Joints between walls and ceilings, ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 10 minu-
eliminating the need for time-consu- steps and walls, concrete and ceiling tes
ming rework. elements and skirting ▪ Processing temperature: +5 °C to
▪ The really good paint compatibi- ▪ Connection joints for shutter boxes +40 °C
lity ensures the great adhesion of and window sills ▪ Adheres on moist substrates
commercially available paints to the ▪ Joints in dry and internal construction ▪ Practically no shrinkage
sealant and prevents the discoloura- ▪ Renovation work (split jointing) ▪ Temperature resistance: -20 °C to
tion of the paint layer. This guarantees +75 °C
a good, even appearance. ▪ Non-corrosive
▪ The water-based acrylate sealant has ▪ Very good resistance to weather,
a neutral odour and is free from phtha- ageing and UV
late plasticisers, making it ideal for use ▪ Compatible with paint
in confined spaces. ▪ Can be painted and plastered
▪ Free of silicone, MDI and solvents
▪ Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 534

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]
DMA W (DE/EN) 512186 pure white 310 12

526
Premium structured acrylic DSA

The structured acrylic sealant for plastered walls

Joints in the roof area Closing external masonry cracks

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ Concrete ▪ EN 15651 - Part 1: F-EXT-INT
▪ Anodised layer
▪ Gypsum
▪ Gypsum plasterboard
▪ Wood
▪ H-PVC
▪ Sand-lime brick
▪ Clinker brick
▪ Masonry
▪ Polystyrene
▪ Aerated concrete 12
▪ Plaster
▪ Brick

Foams, sealants
ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING
▪ The pitted structure is ideal for coarse ▪ Filler paste to repair coarse surfaces ▪ Chemical base: 1-component disper-
surfaces, and ensures a perfect on internal and external walls sion acrylic
appearance, e.g. on rough plaster. ▪ Connection joints with low movement ▪ Elasto-plastic
▪ The sealant can be painted and pla- ▪ Joints in dry and internal construction ▪ Low-odour
stered and allows for an outstanding ▪ Joints between walls and ceilings ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 5 minutes
hold of standard paints/plasters on ▪ Joints on window and shutter connec- ▪ Processing temperature: +5 °C to +40 °C
the sealant, thus guaranteeing a non- tions ▪ Temperature resistance: -20 °C to +75
critical post-treatment. °C (rain-resistant once cured)
▪ The good resistance to UV, weather ▪ Non-corrosive
and ageing allows for use both indoors ▪ Very good resistance to weather,
and outdoors. This guarantees versa- ageing and UV
tile and long-lasting jointing. ▪ Compatible with paint
▪ Paintable
▪ Frost-protected in the cartridge
▪ Free of silicone, MDI and solvents
▪ Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 534

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]
DSA W (DE/EN) 512185 white 310 12

527
 Acrylic sealant DA

The acrylic sealant for internal joints

Sealing door frames Closing internal masonry cracks

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ Concrete ▪ EN 15651 - Part 1: F-EXT-INT
▪ Anodised layer
▪ Gypsum
▪ Gypsum plasterboard
▪ Wood
▪ H-PVC
▪ Sand-lime brick
▪ Clinker brick
▪ Masonry
▪ Aerated concrete
12 ▪ Plaster
▪ Brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

Foams, sealants

▪ The good hold on absorbent substra- ▪ Fractures in masonry and other solid ▪ Chemical base: 1-component disper-
tes guarantees a secure sealing and building materials in internal areas sion acrylic
thus allows for a reliable and econo- ▪ Connection joints with low movement ▪ Elasto-plastic
mic application. ▪ Joints in window sill connections ▪ Low-odour
▪ The sealant can be painted and pla- ▪ Connection joints inside buildings bet- ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 20
stered and allows for a good hold of ween windows, doors, stairs, ceilings minutes
standard paints/plasters on the seal- and walls ▪ Processing temperature: +5 °C to +40 °C
ant, thus guaranteeing a non-critical ▪ Temperature resistance: -20 °C to +75 °C
post-treatment. ▪ Non-corrosive
▪ The water-based acrylate sealant has a ▪ Compatible with paint
neutral odour and is therefore ideal for ▪ Can be painted and plastered
use in confined spaces. ▪ Frost-protected in the cartridge
▪ Free of silicone, MDI and solvents
▪ Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 534

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]
DA W (DE/EN) 053110 white 310 12
DA GR (DE/EN) 053111 grey 310 12
DA BR (DE/EN) 053112 brown 310 12
DA W (EN/FR/AR) 058512 white 280 24

528
Repair mortar DEC

The ready-to-use, extrudable joint mortar for the long-lasting

closing of masonry joints

Masonry joints Wall breakthrough

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete ▪ Clinker brick
▪ Pumice ▪ Masonry
▪ Fibre cement ▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Gypsum ▪ Plaster
▪ Wooden materials ▪ Cement
▪ Sand-lime brick ▪ Brick
▪ Ceramics

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The ready-to-use, sprayable joint
mortar means that there is no need
▪
▪
Repairing masonry joints
Closing masonry cracks
▪
▪
Chemical base: 1C polymer dispersion
Plastic
12
to add water or carry out time-con- ▪ Fixing roof tiles ▪ Consistency: Firm
suming pre-mixing work. It enables ▪ Bonding tiling and bricks ▪ Practically odour-free

Foams, sealants
clean, purposeful work. This means ▪ Repairing chipped edges ▪ Skin formation time: Approx. 10
that you avoid dirtying surrounding ▪ Closing drill holes in facing masonry minutes.
areas and wasting material. during repair work ▪ Processing temperature: +5 °C to +40 °C
▪ Good adhesion even on slightly damp ▪ General repair work (e.g. drill holes (not below +5 °C)
substrates practically allows for all- with cracked edges) ▪ Temperature resistance up to -30 °C
weather work and prevents forced ▪ For a better reusability, to close ope- (fully cured)
interruptions. ned cartridges with adhesive tape ▪ Weather-proof after approx. 24 hours.
▪ The structure of the high-quality water- ▪ Very good resistance to UV, weather
based polymer has been perfectly and ageing
designed with the visual appearance ▪ Paintable
of the mortar in mind. This ensures a ▪ Frost-protected in the cartridge
discreet joint and perfect appearance. ▪ Free of silicone, MDI and solvents-
Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 534

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Contents per plastic bag Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs] [pcs]

DEC CG (DE/EN) 534474 cement grey 310 — 12
V-Nozzle Express Cement 524315 — — 5 1

529
 Premium all-weather sealant DDK

The permanently elastic joint sealant with a strong hold on all

substrates

Chimney flashings Sealing gutters

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete ▪ Copper
▪ Bitumen sheeting ▪ Masonry
▪ Roofing felt ▪ Metal
▪ Stainless steel ▪ Brick
▪ Wood ▪ Zinc
▪ Clinker brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

12
▪ Thanks to the high elasticity of 25%, ▪ Sealing of roofing membranes ▪ Chemical base: 1-component syn-
DDK is ideally suited to high-stress ▪ Grouting roof penetrations such as thetic rubber
Foams, sealants

joints. This guarantees long-lasting chimneys or light domes, as well as ▪ Permanently elastic
jointing. edge connections ▪ Highly transparent formulation
▪ DDK holds without a base coat, ▪ Sealing of metal and plastic gutters ▪ Skin formation time: 15 - 20 minutes
including on moist and bituminous ▪ Sealings around antennas and ventila- ▪ Processing temperature: +5 °C to
substrates, and is therefore suitable for tion ducts +40 °C
all applications in the roofing area. For ▪ Sealing of chimney flashings ▪ Temperature resistance: -25 °C to
a high degree of economy. ▪ Sealant for metal structures +100 °C
▪ The immediate rain resistance allows ▪ Permitted overall deformation: 25%
for external application in all weather ▪ Allows for emergency roof repairs
conditions, thus avoiding interruption ▪ Non-corrosive
of work. ▪ Very good resistance to weather,
▪ DDK is non-corrosive, and thus can be ageing and UV
used on aluminium, copper and zinc- ▪ Compatible with paint
plated surfaces. This offers maximum ▪ Paintable
flexibility. ▪ Frost-protected in the cartridge
▪ Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 534

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]
DDK TR (DE/EN) 049103 transparent 310 12

530
Roof sealing compound DD

The special sealant to fill joints between bitumen sheeting

Sealings around skylights Sealings around roofs with bitumen sheeting

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete ▪ Plastics
▪ Bitumen sheeting ▪ Masonry
▪ Roofing felt ▪ Metal
▪ Stainless steel ▪ Brick
▪ Wood ▪ Zinc
▪ Clinker brick ▪ Polystyrene
▪ Copper

12
ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING
▪ The special bitumen-based formula- ▪ Sealing roofing membranes and ▪ Chemical base: 1-component bitumen

Foams, sealants
tion seals roofing membranes and roofing felt ▪ Odorless, because it is solvent-free
roofing felt securely. This guarantees ▪ Bonding bitumen shingle ▪ Plastic
long-lasting functionality. ▪ Grouting roof penetrations such as ▪ Skin formation time > 15 hours
▪ DD also holds to moist substrates chimneys or light domes, as well as ▪ Processing temperature: +5 °C to +40 °C
without a base layer. This makes edge connections ▪ Temperature resistance: -20 °C to +80 °C
application largely independent of ▪ Sealing of metal and plastic gutters ▪ Max. movement absorption 10%
the weather and thus helps to avoid ▪ Sealings around antennas and ventila- ▪ Non-corrosive
interruption of work. tion ducts ▪ Selection table for substrates - refer to
▪ DD is non-corrosive, and thus can be page 534
used on aluminium, copper, zinc-
plated surfaces and polystyrene. This
offers maximum flexibility.

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]
DD SW (DE/EN) 053127 black 300 12

531
 Accessories for sealants

KP M1 KP M2 KP M3

ADVANTAGES ADVANTAGES ADVANTAGES

▪ The handy, robust solid metal con- ▪ The 18:1 transmission ratio makes ▪ The 18:1 transmission ratio makes
struction for standard cartridges up to extrusion rapid and energy-efficient extrusion rapid and energy-efficient
310 ml bears up against requirements even in the case of highly viscous even in the case of highly viscous
on the construction site and, as such, materials, thus guaranteeing stress- materials, thus guaranteeing stressfree
is also suitable for professional use. free work. work.
▪ The continuous in-feed allows for a ▪ The robust design with the special, ▪ The robust design with the hardened
precise dosage, making it easy to use. hardened drive block meets the tough twice drive blocks and the hardened
▪ The slim shape of the device allows for requirements of a construction site push rod meets the tough require-
an exact application, even in difficult and thus offers a long lifespan. ments of a construction site and thus
12 to reach spots, thus offering a high ▪ Due to the accessible cartridge, it is offers a long lifespan.
level of flexibility possible to align the extrusion nozzle ▪ The electro-welded cartridge shell is
perfectly in place and guarantee freely rotatable.
Foams, sealants

application-orientated work. ▪ Due to the accessible cartridge, it is

possible to align the extrusion nozzle
perfectly in place and guarantee
application-orientated work.
▪ The equipment with a ladder hook
facilitates the retraction of the push
rod and offers a convenient possibility
of depositing during work interrupti-
ons.

TECHNICAL DATA
Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
KP M1 053115 1
KP M2 053117 1
KP M3 541441 1

532
Accessories for sealants

KP M600

ADVANTAGES
▪ The 18:1 transmission ratio makes
extrusion rapid and energy-efficient
even in the case of highly viscous
materials, thus guaranteeing stressfree
work.
▪ The robust design with the hardened
push rod with anti-slip effect with-
stands the tough requirements of a
construction site and thus offers a
long lifespan.
▪ The equipment with a ladder hook
facilitates the retraction of the push 12
rod and offers a convenient possibility
of depositing during work interrupti-

Foams, sealants
ons.
▪ Automatic tension remove (with on /
off function) prevents run after.
▪ 2 different pusher plates (plastic for
tubular bags & metal for cartridges)
enable flexible use.

TECHNICAL DATA
Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
KP M600 540941 1

533
 Sealant selection matrix

SEALANT SELECTION MATRIX

Non ferrous heavy metal (copper, brass)

Acrylic glass (Macrolon, perspex etc.)

Gypsum / gypsum plasterboard

Acrylic tubs (sanitary acrylic)
+ suitable

Natural stone / marble

T requires test

Brick / clinker brick

ABS / Polystyrene

Zinc / galvanizing
- not suitable

Sandblasted iron
Concrete block

Stainless steel
Chem. basis

Stoneware
Aluminium

Hard PVC

Polyester
Ceramics
Concrete

Bitumen

Aircrete

Resopal
Enamel

Plaster
Wood
Glass
Tiles
DSSA Premium sanitary silicone Silicone acetate + - + + - - - - + - + + - + + + + - + - - + + - -
DSSI Sanitary silicone Silicone acetate - - + + - - - - + - + + - + + + + - + - - + + - -
DMS Multi-silicone Silicone acetate + - T + - - - - + - + + - + - + + - + - - + + - -
DHS Premium high temperature silicon Silicone acetate + - - + T - - T + - + + T + - + + - + T T + + T T
DBSA Premium construction silicone Silicone alkoxy + + T + + - - + + + + + + + + + + - + + + + + + +
DBSI Roof and wall silicone Silicone oxime + - + + + - - + + + + + + + + + + - + + + + + + +
DNS Premium silicone for natural stone Silicone oxime + - + + + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
DFS Premium B1 silicone Silicone oxime + + + + + - - + + + + + + + + + + - + + + + + + +
DKM Construction sealant Premium Hybride T +1) + + + - - + + + + + + + + + + - + + + + + + +
DFA Facade acrylic Premium Dispersion acrylic - - - + + - - + + - + + + - + + + - + + + + + + +
DMA Premium painting acrylic Dispersion acrylic - - - + + - - + + - + + + - + + + - + + + + + + +
DSA Premium structured acrylic Dispersion acrylic - - - + + - - - + - - + + - T + T - + + + + + + +
DA Acrylic Sealant Dispersion acrylic - - - + + - - - + - - + T - - + T - + + + + + + T
DDK Premium all-weather sealant Synthetic rubber + - - + + - + + + + - + - - + + + - + + + + + + +
DD Roof sealing compound Bitumen - - - + + - + + + + - + - - - + + - + - T - + + +
12
1)
perspex not
Note: Avoid direct contact between the silicone and bituminous or plasticiser materials (e.g. EPDM, butyl, neoprene). The written and spoken information contained in this technical datasheet and our practical
support is provided to the best of our knowledge and does not represent binding information or guarantees as described in § 443 of the German Civil Code. We recommend that you test the suitability of our pro-
ducts for the intended application prior to use. Due to the diverse range of applications of the individual product and the unpredictable conditions on site, we also recommend testing the adhesion prior to use.
Foams, sealants

SEALANT COLOUR BOARD

DSSA Premium sanitary silicone

Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No.
53100 53101 53103 58530 512208 53102 512209 512210 53105 512211 53120
transparent white bahama beige silver grey joint grey grey sanitary grey manhattan dark grey anthracite black

DHS Premium high temperature silicone

Art.-No.
53125
reddish brown

DBSA Construction silicone

Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No.
53090 53091 540085 53095 540084 540086 53092 540087 53093 512213 53094
anthracite white grey
transparent white cream white beige grey aluminium concrete grey aluminium brown slate grey black
RAL 9001 RAL 9006 RAL 9007

DFS Premium B1 silicone DA Acrylic sealant

Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No.

53131 53110 58512 53111 53112
grey white white grey brown

534
 06 01
07 03 11
03 10
03 04
10 03 10
10 03 10 04
08 03
10

10
01

01 08 12
04
07
04 03
02 04 03 04
03

Foams, sealants
07 03 02 07
03
06 06
07 04
02 01

Example of use for sealants

01 DSSA Premium sanitary silicone 06 DMA Premium painting acrylic

02 DHS Premium high temperature silicone 07 DA Acrylic sealant

03 DBSA Premium construction silicone 08 DSA Premium structured acrylic

04 DBSI Roof and wall silicone 09 DFA Premium acrylic sealant facade

04 DNS Premium silicone for natural stone 10 DDK Premium all-weather sealant

05 DFS Premium B1 silicone 11 DD Roof sealing compound

535
 Zinc spray FTC-ZS

Fast-drying surface and corrosion protection with outstanding

long-term effect for metals.

Column bases Stand mounting

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ All iron and steel surfaces
▪ Blank laminations

12
ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING
▪ In the salt spray test in line with DIN ▪ For all metals that need corrosion ▪ Dark-grey colour (similar to RAL 7042)
Foams, sealants

50021, coated metal parts displayed protection ▪ Metal proportion of over 92% in dry
no corrosion, even after 500 hours. ▪ Rust protection base layer for surfaces film
▪ The high proportion of zinc in the dry threatened by water and weather ▪ Shake can well for approx. 3 minutes
film provides secure protection to all ▪ For the coating of drilling and cutting ▪ Apply at a distance of 20–30 cm in a
metal surfaces that are permanently points as well as welded joints cross coat
exposed to the elements. ▪ Conductive interlayer for spot welding ▪ Surface dust-dry after just approx.
▪ Thanks to the adhesive layer of corro- ▪ Repairing damaged zinc coatings 8 minutes
sion protection and the fact that it can ▪ Fully hardened within 24 hours
be painted over, it is also ideal as a ▪ Smooth, non-porous film
high-quality base layer. ▪ Abrasion-resistant
▪ The high resistance to cracking and ▪ Excellent corrosion protection with
flaking of a metal base material was long-term effect
confirmed by the mandrel flex test in ▪ Heat-resistant up to approx. 500 °C
line with DIN EN ISO 1519 ▪ Electroconductive and suitable for spot
 (without damage). welding
▪ Ideal processing temperature
of  16 °C to 25 °C

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]
FTC-ZS (EN/FR/ES/PT) 509242 400 12

536
Zinc spray bright grade FTC-ZB

Bright color as newly galvanised metals in combination with

heat-resistant corrosion protection due to flake technology.

Metal stairs Roof construction: metal structures

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ All iron and steel surfaces
▪ Hot-dip galvanised surfaces following
drilling, ironwork or welding
▪ Non-ferrous heavy metal
▪ Blank laminations

12
ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING
▪ In the salt spray test in line with DIN ▪ For all metals that need corrosion ▪ Zinc coating in fresh hot-dipped col-

Foams, sealants
EN ISO 9227, coated metal parts protection oring with high gloss level (RAL 9006)
displayed no corrosion, even after 300 ▪ For HVAC systems ▪ Flaky metal pigments
hours. ▪ For post-galvanising and repairing ▪ Metal content in dry film > 60%
▪ The innovative metal flakes form a damaged areas of galvanised parts ▪ Shake can well for approx. 2 minutes
highly resistant protective layer, even ▪ Metal constructions ▪ Apply at a distance of 25 - 30 cm in a
against extreme weather influences. ▪ Guard rails cross coat
This guarantees long-lasting protec- ▪ For the coating of drilling and cutting ▪ Surface dust-dry after just approx.
tion. points as well as welded joints 8 minutes
▪ The color “bright grade” has been ▪ Conductive interlayer for spot welding ▪ Surface is dust-dry after approx. 15
perfectly adapted to that of hot-dip minutes and fast to handle after
galvanisation. This acts as an optical approx. 60 minutes
color compensator. ▪ Fully hardened within 24 hours
▪ Thanks to the excellent holding ▪ Long-term heat resistance up to
properties on blank metal, it guaran- approx. +300 °C
tees a lasting connection to the base ▪ Ideal processing temperature of
material. +16 °C to +25 °C
▪ High abrasion resistance

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]
FTC-ZB (EN/FR/ES/PT) 534786 400 12
FTC-ZB (EN/AR/FR/PT) 537223 400 12

537
 Zinc-alu spray FTC-ZA

Ideal for repairing damaged zinc coatings using colour-

matching corrosion protection.

Ventilation systems Ladders

BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ All iron and steel surfaces
▪ Hot-dip galvanised surfaces following
drilling, ironwork or welding
▪ Non-ferrous heavy metal

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

12 ▪ Zinc-alu spray represents a subtle
repair to damaged hot-dip galvanised
▪ For post-galvanising and repairing
damaged areas of galvanised parts,
▪ Silver-grey colour (similar to RAL
9006) with high gloss level
areas thanks to its colour matching drilling and cutting points and welded ▪ Shake can well for approx. 2 minutes
with the hot-dip galvanisation. joints ▪ Apply at a distance of 25–30 cm in a
Foams, sealants

▪ Thanks to the excellent holding pro- ▪ Repairing damaged zinc coatings cross coat
perties on blank metal, it guarantees ▪ Climate control and ventilation tech- ▪ Surface dust-dry after just approx. 8
a lasting connection to the base nology minutes
material. ▪ Guard rails ▪ Touch-dry after 20–25 minutes
▪ The fast-drying Zinc-alu spray gua- ▪ Metal constructions ▪ Fully hardened within 24 hours
rantees good, weatherproof corrosion ▪ Sheet metal coverings ▪ Smooth, non-porous film
protection and, as such, is suitable for ▪ High abrasion resistance
use both indoors and out. ▪ Long-term heat resistance up to
approx. 200 °C (briefly up to 300 °C)
▪ Ideal processing temperature of 16 °C
to 25 °C

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]
FTC-ZA (EN/FR/ES/PT) 509241 400 12

538
 12

539
Foams, sealants
13 Adhesives
Page

Assembly adhesive MK 542

Power adhesive express KK 543

All-round adhesive gluing and sealing KD 544

All-round adhesive gluing and sealing KD

545
transparent

Flexible power adhesive premium HTM 546

13

Adhesives

541
 Assembly adhesive MK

The building adhesive for interior areas with high initial

adhesion

Skirting Timber constructions

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ Concrete ▪ Conform to LEED® IEQ-credits 4.1
▪ Pumice (Indoor Environmental Quality) adhesi-
▪ Fibre cement ves and sealants
▪ Gypsum
▪ Gypsum plasterboard
▪ Wood
▪ H-PVC
▪ Sand-lime brick
▪ Clinker brick
▪ Masonry
▪ Metal
▪ Polystyrene hard foam
▪ Aerated concrete
13 ▪ Plaster
▪ Brick
Adhesives

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTION / ASSEMBLY

▪ The extremely high initial adhesion of ▪ Skirting ▪ Chemical base: One-component
140 kg/m² makes it possible to attach ▪ Timber sub-structures acrylate dispersion
lots of components without the need ▪ Décorative, acoustic and insulation ▪ Creme white in colour
for additional fixings, and thus reduces panels ▪ Processing temperature +5 °C to
the amount of time required. ▪ Cable ducts +35 °C
▪ The components can be adjusted for ▪ Window sills ▪ Setting time approx. 15 minutes
a few minutes after they have been ▪ Tiles ▪ High initial adhesion of 140 kg/m²
attached. This makes installation ▪ Door signs ▪ Fully functional after 24 to 48 hours
easier. ▪ High ultimate strength (up to 22 kg/
▪ The acrylate adhesive has a neutral cm² for wood to wood)
odour and is therefore ideal for use in ▪ Temperature resistance -20 °C to +70
confined spaces. °C
▪ The special recipe makes it compatible ▪ Non-drip (suitable for use on ceilings)
with foamed polystyrene, e.g. Styro- ▪ Addresses uneven surfaces
foam®. MK is, therefore, suitable for a ▪ At least one of the components to be
broad range of applications. bonded must be absorbent.
▪ Reclosable nozzle
▪ Free from solvents, silicone and MDI
▪ Extrude with silicone application gun

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents Contents Type of packaging Colour Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [g] [pcs]

MK WHITE 310ML (DE/EN) 053128 310 400 Cartridge white 12

542
Power adhesive express KK

The buliding adhesive for extremely fast and water-resistant

bond with a high final strength

Capstones Bonding in interior construction

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ ABS ▪ According to the requirements of DIN
▪ Concrete EN 204-D4 to weathering resistant
▪ Pumice bondings of wood and derived wood
▪ Anodised layer products
▪ Fibre cement ▪ According to the requirements of DIN
▪ Gypsum EN 14257 (Watt 91) to temperature-
▪ Gypsum plasterboard resistant bondings of wood and
▪ Wooden materials derived wood products
▪ H-PVC ▪ Conform to LEED® IEQ-credits 4.1
▪ Sand-lime brick (Indoor Environmental Quality) adhesi-
▪ Ceramics ves and sealants
▪ Clinker brick ▪ EMICODE® EC 1 Plus - very low
▪ Masonry emission
▪ Metal 13
▪ Natural stone
▪ Polystyrene hard foam

Adhesives
▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Plaster
▪ Brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTION / ASSEMBLY

▪ The polyurethane adhesive is resistant ▪ Gluing timber sub-structures ▪ Chemical base: One-component PUR
to moisture and thus can be used in ▪ Stair construction and stair renovati- adhesive
exterior areas. ons ▪ Beige in colour
▪ The extremely quick hardening shor- ▪ Laminate cladding ▪ Processing temperature 0 °C to +35 °C
tens the pressing and joining times. ▪ Skirting boards ▪ Setting time approx. 3 minutes
Thus subsequent work can be comple- ▪ Décorative, acoustic and insulation ▪ Fully functional after approx. 10 minu-
ted more quickly. panels tes (for invisible joints)
▪ The optimised recipe achieves a high ▪ Professional modelling ▪ High final strength of > 10 N/mm² (>
adhesion, including in the case of high ▪ Door signs 100 kg/cm²)
temperatures, for high security. ▪ Cable ducts ▪ Temperature resistance -40 °C to
▪ The special recipe makes it compatible ▪ General repair and installation mortar +110 °C
with foamed polystyrene, e.g. Styro- ▪ Non-drip (suitable for use on ceilings)
foam®. Thus, KK is suitable for a broad ▪ Lightly foaming / bridges gaps
range of applications. ▪ Assembly parts have to be fixed until
functional strength has been reached
▪ Reclosable nozzle
▪ Free from solvents and silicone
▪ Extrude with silicone application gun

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents Contents Type of packaging Colour Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [g] [pcs]

KK BEIGE 310ML (DE/EN) 059014 310 460 Cartridge beige 12

543
 All-round adhesive gluing and sealing KD

The flexible adhesive and sealant for interior and exterior use
with high initial tack even on wet surfaces

Sheet metal coverings Bonding an sealing of mirrors

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS

▪ ABS ▪ EN 15651 - Part 1: F EXT-INT (class
▪ Concrete 20 HM)
▪ Pumice ▪ EN 15651 - Part 3: S (class XS1)
▪ Gypsum plasterboard ▪ EN 15651 - Part 4: PW-INT
▪ Glass ▪ LEED® IEQ-credits 4.1 (Indoor
▪ Wooden materials Environmental Quality) adhesives and
▪ H-PVC sealants
▪ Ceramics
▪ Copper
▪ Masonry, clinker brick
▪ Metals
▪ Natural stone
▪ Polycarbonate and PMMA
13 ▪ Polystyrene hard foam
▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Plaster
Adhesives

▪ Brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTION / ASSEMBLY

▪ The extremely high initial adhesion of Stress-compensating bonding and ▪ Chemical base: One-component
110 kg/m² makes it possible to attach sealing of: hybrid polymer
lots of components without the need ▪ Standard mirrors ▪ Processing temperature +5 °C to
for additional fixing, and thus reduces ▪ Vibrating constructions +35 °C
the amount of time required. ▪ Metal profiles ▪ Setting time approx. 5 minutes
▪ The MS polymer® allows for an elastic ▪ Joints and seams in ventilated con- ▪ High initial adhesion of 110 kg/m²
adhesion for vibration-dampening and structions ▪ Curing: approx. 3 mm per day
stress-compensating connections for ▪ Insulation material, ledges, panels and ▪ High elasticity of 20 %
demanding applications. cladding ▪ Shore A 50 ± 5
▪ KD is almost odour-free and therefore ▪ Kitchens and built-in furniture ▪ Temperature resistance: -40 °C to
particularly suitable for closed rooms. ▪ Stair treads and window sills +90 °C
▪ Non-corrosive, thus can be used on ▪ Floor joints, connection joints in car ▪ Also bonds on a moist base material
copper and zinc plated surfaces for body, vehicle construction, metal ▪ Prevents mould build-up, even without
maximum flexibility in application. construction and ship building additional ingredients
▪ Suitable for bonding non-absorbent
components (see TDS)
▪ Can be painted (see TDS)
▪ Free from solvents and silicone
▪ Waterproof and Sea water resistant
▪ Very good resistance to weather, age
and UV
TECHNICAL DATA
Contents Contents Type of packaging Colour Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [g] [pcs]

KD WHITE 290ML 059389 290 420 Cartridge white 12
KD GREY 290ML (DE/EN) 503318 290 420 Cartridge grey 12
KD BLACK 290ML (DE/EN) 503319 290 420 Cartridge black 12

544
All-round adhesive gluing and sealing KD transparent

The transparent hybrid polymer for discreet adhesive and

sealant joints for interior and exterior use.

Bonding and sealing aluminium profiles For invisible glued and sealed joints

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ ABS ▪ EN 15651 - Part 1: F  INT
▪ Concrete ▪ LEED® IEQ-credits 4.1 (Indoor
▪ Stainless steel Environmental Quality) adhesives and
▪ Anodised layer sealants
▪ Tiles
▪ Glass, glazed surfaces
▪ Wooden materials
▪ H-PVC
▪ Ceramics
▪ Copper, brass
▪ Masonry, Clinker brick
▪ Metals
▪ Polycarbonate and PMMA
▪ Polystyrene hard foam 13
▪ Steel
▪ Brick

Adhesives
▪ Zinc

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The transparent formula is perfect for Stress-compensating bonding and ▪ Chemical Base: One-component
discreet adhesion and sealing and sealing of: hybrid polymer
guarantees the optimum appearance. ▪ Glass and other transparent materials, ▪ Very easy to apply
▪ The high initial adhesion of 70 kg/ preferably in interior areas ▪ Prevents the formation of mould, even
m² allows many components to be ▪ Insulation material, ledges, panels and without additional active substances
attached without additional fixing. cladding ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 10 minu-
▪ Thanks to the high elasticity of 20%, ▪ Kitchens and built-in furniture tes
KD transparent is also ideally suited ▪ Constructions in timber, bodywork, ▪ High initial adhesion of 50 kg/m²
for high-stress expansion joints and metal, container and shipbuilding ▪ Cures after approx. 3 mm/24h
guarantees permanent sealing at all industries ▪ Processing temperature: +5 °C to
times. +35 °C
▪ Non-corrosive, thus can be used on ▪ High elasticity of 20%
copper and zinc plated surfaces for ▪ Shore A  38 ± 5
maximum flexibility in application. ▪ Also bonds on a moist base material
▪ KD clear is almost odour-free and ▪ Temperature resistance: -40 °C to
therefore particularly suitable for +90 °C
closed rooms. ▪ Compatible with paint; paintable
▪ Natural stone may discolour
▪ Free from solvents, isocyanat- and
silicon

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents Contents Type of packaging Colour Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [g] [pcs]

KD CRYSTAL CLEAR 290ML (DE/EN) 503317 290 300 Cartridge crystal clear 12

545
 Flexible power adhesive premium HTM

The flexible high-performance adhesive with very high initial

adhesion to many absorbent and non-absorbent substrates

Bonding of wall cladding Bonding of mirrors

BUILDING MATERIALS TEST CERTIFICATE

▪ ABS ▪ EMICODE EC 1 Plus - very low emis-
▪ Concrete sion
▪ Stainless steel ▪ French VOC emission class A+
▪ Anodised layer
▪ Natural stone, marble
▪ Glass, glazed surfaces
▪ Wooden materials
▪ H-PVC
▪ Ceramics
▪ Copper, brass
▪ Masonry, clinker brick, tiles
▪ Metals
▪ Polycarbonate and PMMA
13 ▪ Polystyrene hard foam
▪ HPL panels
▪ Brick
Adhesives

▪ Zinc

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONALITY

▪ The extremely high initial adhesion Stress compensating bonding of: ▪ Chemical base: One-component
of > 290 kg/m² makes it possible to ▪ Standard mirrors hybrid polymer
attach lots of components without the ▪ Vibrating constructions ▪ Colour: White
need for additional fixings, and thus ▪ Metal profiles ▪ Processing temperature +5 °C to
reduces the amount of time required. ▪ Seams in ventilation construction +40 °C
▪ The high final tensile strength of 2.2 ▪ Insulation material, ledges, panels and ▪ Processing time of around 10 minutes
N/mm² guarantees really safe glued cladding ▪ Hardening time of 2-3 mm/24 h
connections. ▪ Kitchens and built-in furniture ▪ Extremely high initial adhesion
▪ The MS Polymer® enables elastic ▪ Stair treads and window sills > 290 kg/m²
bonding for vibration-dampening and ▪ Different types of stone ▪ Shore A 56
stress-compensating connections in ▪ Also of non-absorbent materials (see ▪ Temperature resistance: -40 °C to
challenging applications. technical data sheet) +90 °C
▪ HTM is practically odourless and is ▪ A wide variety of materials in con- ▪ Adhesive, even on a damp base
therefore ideal for use in confined tainer, body, metal, ship and vehicle ▪ Suitable for bonding non-absorbent
spaces. construction components (see TDS)
▪ It is non-corrosive and can therefore be ▪ Can be painted (see TDS)
used on aluminium, copper and zinc- ▪ Free from solvents, MDI and silicone
plated surfaces, making it particularly ▪ Very good resistance to weather,
flexible. ageing and UV

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents Contents Type of packaging Colour Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [g] [pcs]

HTM WH 290 (DE/EN) 541712 290 450 Cartridge white 12
V-Nozzle Express Cement 524315 — — — — 1

546
 13

547
Adhesives
14 Drills and bits
Page

Hammer drill bit Quattric II 550

Hammer drill bit SDS Plus II Pointer 553

Masonry drill bit Pointer M 557

Hammer drill bit SDS Max II /

558
SDS Max IV

Hollow drill bit FHD 561

Stone drill bit D-S 562

Premium chisel FCP 563

Standard chisel 564

Profi-bit FPB 565

14
Diamond-bit FDB 566

Drills and bits

Maxx-bit FMB 567

Bit holder FBH 568

Bit-Set 569

Accessories for impact driver 570

549
 Hammer drill bit Quattric II

The expert for the best performance in reinforced concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
▪ Carbide head (up to ø 10 mm) for To create approval-compliant drill
long service life. holes in:
▪ Power shoulders for improved breakup ▪ Reinforced concrete
performance in concrete. ▪ Concrete
▪ Massive main cutting edges for quick ▪ Solid brick
drilling progress. ▪ Sand-lime brick
▪ Reinforcement chamfers prevent jam- Also suitable for:
ming in the reinforcement. ▪ Natural stone
▪ Centring tip for simple positioning.
▪ Wear mark for simple recognition of CHARACTERISTICS
wear limit in accordance with PGM.
▪ Two-piece spiral for quick drilling pro-
gress and increased service life.
SDS Plus

14
Drills and Bits

550
Hammer drill bit Quattric II

TECHNICAL DATA

Detail: Detail: Detail:

Hammer drill Quattric II Top of drill Quattric II Top of drill Quattric II Top of drill Quattric II
Ø 5 - 10 mm Ø 11 - 16 mm 17 - 32 mm
Drill hole Working length Total length Type of packaging Contents Sales unit
diameter
d0
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Quattric II 5/50/115 549973 5 50 115 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 5/100/165 549974 5 100 165 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 5/150/215 544214 5 150 215 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 5,5/50/115 549971 5,5 50 115 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 5,5/100/165 549972 5,5 100 165 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 6/50/115 549983 6 50 115 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 6/100/165 549979 6 100 165 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 6/150/215 549981 6 150 215 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 6/200/265 549985 6 200 265 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 6/250/315 549986 6 250 315 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 6,5/100/165 549975 6,5 100 165 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 6,5/150/215 549976 6,5 150 215 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 6,5/200/265 549977 6,5 200 265 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 6,5/250/315 549978 6,5 250 315 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 8/50/115 549993 8 50 115 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 8/100/165 549988 8 100 165 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 8/150/215 549990 8 150 215 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 8/200/265 549994 8 200 265 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 8/250/315 549992 8 250 315 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 8/300/365 549995 8 300 365 Plastic clip 1 1 14
Quattric II 8/400/465 549996 8 400 465 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 10/50/115 549928 10 50 115 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 10/100/165 549922 10 100 165 Plastic clip 1 1

Drills and bits

Quattric II 10/150/215 549925 10 150 215 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 10/200/265 549929 10 200 265 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 10/250/315 549927 10 250 315 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 10/300/365 544224 10 300 365 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 10/390/455 549930 10 390 455 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 10/540/600 544222 10 540 600 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 12/110/160 549932 12 110 160 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 12/160/210 549936 12 160 210 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 12/210/260 549934 12 210 260 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 12/260/310 549939 12 260 310 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 12/400/450 549935 12 400 450 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 12/550/600 544213 12 550 600 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 12/950/1000 549931 12 950 1000 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 14/110/160 549941 14 110 160 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 14/160/210 549944 14 160 210 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 14/210/260 549942 14 210 260 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 14/260/310 549945 14 260 310 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 14/400/450 549943 14 400 450 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 14/550/600 544223 14 550 600 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 14/950/1000 549940 14 950 1000 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 15/110/160 549946 15 110 160 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 15/160/210 549947 15 160 210 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 15/210/260 544215 15 210 260 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 16/110/160 549950 16 110 160 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 16/160/210 549951 16 160 210 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 16/210/260 549952 16 210 260 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 16/260/310 549953 16 260 310 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 16/400/450 549954 16 400 450 Plastic clip 1 1

551
 Hammer drill bit Quattric II

TECHNICAL DATA

Detail: Detail: Detail:

Hammer drill Quattric II Top of drill Quattric II Top of drill Quattric II Top of drill Quattric II
Ø 5 - 10 mm Ø 11 - 16 mm 17 - 32 mm
Drill hole Working length Total length Type of packaging Contents Sales unit
diameter
d0
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Quattric II 16/550/600 549955 16 550 600 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 16/950/1000 549948 16 950 1000 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 18/200/250 549956 18 200 250 Plastic tube 1 1
Quattric II 18/400/450 549957 18 400 450 Plastic tube 1 1
Quattric II 20/200/250 549958 20 200 250 Plastic tube 1 1
Quattric II 20/400/450 549959 20 400 450 Plastic tube 1 1
Quattric II 22/200/250 549960 22 200 250 Plastic tube 1 1
Quattric II 22/400/450 549961 22 400 450 Plastic tube 1 1
Quattric II 24/200/250 549962 24 200 250 Plastic tube 1 1
Quattric II 24/400/450 549963 24 400 450 Plastic tube 1 1
Quattric II 25/200/250 549964 25 200 250 Plastic tube 1 1
Quattric II 25/400/450 549965 25 400 450 Plastic tube 1 1
Quattric II 28/200/250 549966 28 200 250 Plastic tube 1 1
Quattric II 28/400/450 549967 28 400 450 Plastic tube 1 1
Quattric II 30/200/250 549968 30 200 250 Plastic tube 1 1
Quattric II 30/400/450 549969 30 400 450 Plastic tube 1 1
Quattric II 32/400/450 549970 32 400 450 Plastic tube 1 1
Quattric II 6/50/115 XP5 549984 6 50 115 Plastic box 5 1
Quattric II 6/100/165 XP5 544225 6 100 165 Plastic box 5 1
14 Quattric II 6/150/215 XP5 549982 6 150 215 Plastic box 5 1
Quattric II 6,5/100/165 XP5 544217 6,5 100 165 Plastic box 5 1
Quattric II 6,5/150/215 XP5 544218 6,5 150 215 Plastic box 5 1
Quattric II 6,5/200/265 XP5 544219 6,5 200 265 Plastic box 5 1
Drills and Bits

Quattric II 8/100/165 XP5 549989 8 100 165 Plastic box 5 1

Quattric II 8/150/215 XP5 549991 8 150 215 Plastic box 5 1
Quattric II 10/100/165 XP5 549924 10 100 165 Plastic box 5 1
Quattric II 10/150/215 XP5 549926 10 150 215 Plastic box 5 1
Quattric II 12/110/160 XP5 549933 12 110 160 Plastic box 5 1
Quattric II 12/160/210 XP5 549937 12 160 210 Plastic box 5 1
Quattric II 12/210/260 XP5 549938 12 210 260 Plastic box 5 1
Quattric II 14/110/160 XP5 544220 14 110 160 Plastic box 5 1
Quattric II 14/160/210 XP5 544221 14 160 210 Plastic box 5 1
Quattric II 6/100/165 XP10 549980 6 100 165 Plastic box 10 1
Quattric II 8/100/165 XP10 544216 8 100 165 Plastic box 10 1
Quattric II 10/100/165 XP10 549923 10 100 165 Plastic box 10 1

552
Hammer drill bit SDS Plus II Pointer

The two-flute cutter is setting new standards when it comes to

drilling speed

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
▪ The optimised drill geometry allows To create approval-compliant drill
for rapid drilling progress, reduced holes in:
wear and tear, and less effort. ▪ Concrete
▪ The centring tip allows for easy and ▪ Solid brick
precise drilling and prevents slipping ▪ Sand-lime brick
on smooth surfaces. Also suitable for:
▪ The “Power Breakers” on the drill bit ▪ Natural stone
head have a “destructive eff ect”. They
create micro-cracks in the material and CHARACTERISTICS
achieve a noticeably improved drilling
speed.
▪ The larger reinforcement chamfers
(+35%) guarantee that the drill acts SDS Plus
in the best possible way when it hits
concrete reinforcements. This consi-
derably reduces the risk of problems
caused by drill jamming.
▪ The new Vario KVS helix off ers further 14
benefi ts: The narrow crown width
behind the drill bit head reduces

Drills and bits

friction and ensures a more powerful
transfer of energy during impact dril-
ling. The improved helix allows for an
ideal transportation of the drill residue.
The spiral shape increases stability
and, with it, the break resistance.

553
 Hammer drill bit SDS Plus II Pointer

TECHNICAL DATA

Hammer drill bit SDS Plus II Pointer Detail: top of drill

Drill hole Working length Total length Type of packaging Contents Sales unit
diameter
d0 l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
SDS Plus II 4/50/110 531753 4 50 110 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 4/100/160 531754 4 100 160 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 5/50/110 531755 5 50 110 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 5/100/160 531756 5 100 160 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 5/150/210 531757 5 150 210 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 5/250/310 531759 5 250 310 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 5,5/100/160 531761 5,5 100 160 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 5,5/150/210 531762 5,5 150 210 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 5,5/250/310 531763 5,5 250 310 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 6/50/110 531765 6 50 110 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 6/100/160 531766 6 100 160 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 6/150/210 531767 6 150 210 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 6/200/260 531768 6 200 260 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 6/250/310 531769 6 250 310 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 6,5/50/110 531770 6,5 50 110 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 6,5/100/160 531771 6,5 100 160 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 6,5/150/210 531772 6,5 150 210 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 6,5/200/260 531773 6,5 200 260 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 6,5/250/310 531774 6,5 250 310 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 7/50/110 531775 7 50 110 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 7/100/160 531776 7 100 160 Plastic clip 1 1
14 SDS Plus II 7/150/210 531777 7 150 210 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 7/200/250 531778 7 200 250 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 8/50/110 531779 8 50 110 Plastic clip 1 1
Drills and Bits

SDS Plus II 8/100/160 531780 8 100 160 Plastic clip 1 1

SDS Plus II 8/150/210 531781 8 150 210 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 8/200/260 531782 8 200 260 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 8/250/310 531783 8 250 310 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 8/350/400 531784 8 350 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 8/400/460 531785 8 400 460 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 8/550/600 531786 8 550 600 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 9/100/160 531788 9 100 160 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 9/150/210 531789 9 150 210 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 9,5/100/160 531790 9,5 100 160 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 10/50/110 531791 10 50 110 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 10/100/160 531792 10 100 160 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 10/150/210 531793 10 150 210 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 10/200/260 531794 10 200 260 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 10/250/310 531795 10 250 310 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 10/300/350 531796 10 300 350 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 10/400/450 531797 10 400 450 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 10/550/600 531798 10 550 600 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 10/750/800 531799 10 750 800 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 10/950/1000 531800 10 950 1000 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 11/100/160 531801 11 100 160 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 11/250/310 531802 11 250 310 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 12/100/160 531803 12 100 160 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 12/150/210 531804 12 150 210 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 12/200/260 531805 12 200 260 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 12/250/310 531806 12 250 310 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 12/300/360 531807 12 300 360 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 12/400/450 531808 12 400 450 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 12/550/600 531809 12 550 600 Plastic clip 1 1

554
Hammer drill bit SDS Plus II Pointer

TECHNICAL DATA

Hammer drill bit SDS Plus II Pointer Detail: top of drill

Drill hole Working length Total length Type of packaging Contents Sales unit
diameter
d0 l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
SDS Plus II 12/950/1000 531810 12 950 1000 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 13/100/160 531811 13 100 160 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 13/150/210 531812 13 150 210 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 13/200/260 531813 13 200 260 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 13/250/310 531814 13 250 310 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 14/100/160 531815 14 100 160 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 14/150/210 531816 14 150 210 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 14/200/260 531817 14 200 260 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 14/250/310 531818 14 250 310 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 14/400/450 531819 14 400 450 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 14/550/600 531820 14 550 600 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 14/950/1000 531821 14 950 1000 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 15/100/160 531822 15 100 160 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 15/150/210 531823 15 150 210 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 15/200/260 531824 15 200 260 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 15/400/450 531825 15 400 450 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 16/100/160 531826 16 100 160 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 16/150/210 531827 16 150 210 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 16/200/260 531828 16 200 260 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 16/250/310 531829 16 250 310 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 16/400/450 531830 16 400 450 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 16/550/600 531831 16 550 600 Plastic clip 1 1 14
SDS Plus II 16/750/800 531832 16 750 800 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 16/950/1000 531833 16 950 1000 Plastic clip 1 1

Drills and bits

SDS Plus II 17/150/210 531834 17 150 210 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 17/400/450 531835 17 400 450 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 18/150/200 531836 18 150 200 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 18/250/300 531837 18 250 300 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 18/400/450 531838 18 400 450 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 18/550/600 531839 18 550 600 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 18/950/1000 531840 18 950 1000 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 19/150/200 531841 19 150 200 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 19/400/450 531842 19 400 450 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 20/150/200 531843 20 150 200 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 20/250/300 531844 20 250 300 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 20/400/450 531845 20 400 450 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 20/550/600 531846 20 550 600 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 20/950/1000 531847 20 950 1000 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 22/200/250 531849 22 200 250 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 22/400/450 531850 22 400 450 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 22/550/600 531851 22 550 600 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 22/950/1000 531852 22 950 1000 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 24/200/250 531853 24 200 250 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 24/400/450 531854 24 400 450 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 25/200/250 531855 25 200 250 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 25/400/450 531856 25 400 450 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 25/550/600 531857 25 550 600 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 26/200/250 531858 26 200 250 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 26/400/450 531859 26 400 450 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 6/50/110 QP 531860 6 50 110 Plastic box 10 1
SDS Plus II 6/100/160 QP 531861 6 100 160 Plastic box 10 1
SDS Plus II 8/100/160 QP 531862 8 100 160 Plastic box 10 1
SDS Plus II 8/150/210 QP 531863 8 150 210 Plastic box 10 1

555
 Hammer drill bit SDS Plus II Pointer

TECHNICAL DATA

Hammer drill bit SDS Plus II Pointer Detail: top of drill

Drill hole Working length Total length Type of packaging Contents Sales unit
diameter
d0 l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
SDS Plus II 10/100/160 QP 531864 10 100 160 Plastic box 10 1
SDS Plus II 10/150/210 QP 531865 10 150 210 Plastic box 10 1
SDS Plus II 10/200/260 QP 531866 10 200 260 Plastic box 10 1
SDS Plus II 10/250/310 QP 531867 10 250 310 Plastic box 10 1
SDS Plus II 12/100/160 QP 531868 12 100 160 Plastic box 10 1
SDS Plus II 12/150/210 QP 531869 12 150 210 Plastic box 10 1
SDS Plus II 12/200/260 QP 531870 12 200 260 Plastic box 10 1

14
Drills and Bits

556
Masonry drill bit Pointer M

The perfect drill bit for all perforated building materials

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
▪ Shortened SDS-Plus shank reduces To create drill holes in:
the impact of the machine on the drill ▪ Hollow bricks
and prevents possible damage to the ▪ Aerated concrete
substrate (it is recommended to use ▪ Perforated sand-lime bricks
the drill bit without impact). Ideal for:
▪ Precise and accurate drill holes wit- ▪ Frame-fixings or ETICS systems e.g.
hout damage to the substrate thanks SXRL, FIS HK, fischer Thermax, EWI
to shortened SDS-Plus shank to gua- and VBS-M
rantee correct fixing with increased
load capacities in all types of perfora- CHARACTERISTICS
ted building materials.
▪ Diamond sharpened carbide tip with
advanced cutting edges ensure fast
and safe drilling progress in different
materials.
▪ Large spiral flutes for optimal removal
of dust.
14
TECHNICAL DATA

Drills and bits

Masonry drill bit Pointer M
Drill hole Working length Total length Type of packaging Contents Sales unit
diameter
d0
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
Pointer M 6/350/410 546204 6 350 410 Pouch 1 1
Pointer M 8/200/260 544382 8 200 260 Pouch 1 1
Pointer M 10/200/260 543630 10 200 260 Pouch 1 1
Pointer M 12/200/260 543631 12 200 260 Pouch 1 1
Pointer M 14/200/260 543632 14 200 260 Pouch 1 1
Pointer M 16/200/260 543633 16 200 260 Pouch 1 1
Pointer M 16/100/400 543634 16 100 400 Pouch 1 1
Pointer M 18/350/410 546205 18 350 410 Plastic tube 1 1
Pointer M 20/100/400 543635 20 100 400 Plastic tube 1 1
Pointer M 22/350/410 546206 22 350 410 Plastic tube 1 1

557
 Hammer drill bit SDS Max II / SDS Max IV

The hammer drill bits with SDS Max drill chuck

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
▪ The SDS Max drill chuck ensures opti- To create approval-compliant drill
mum transfer of force and allows for holes in:
quick drilling progress for large volume ▪ Reinforced concrete (SDS Max IV)
drill holes. ▪ Concrete
▪ The drill bit head with four cutting ▪ Solid brick
edges prevents jamming in the con- ▪ Sand-lime brick
crete reinforcement. Also suitable for:
▪ The quadruple flute reliably transports ▪ Natural stone
the drilling dust from the drill hole,
thus reducing wear. CHARACTERISTICS
▪ The core-reinforced flute ensures
maximum transfer of energy, and gua-
rantees a low-vibration drilling.
▪ The PGM®-compliant cutting element SDS Max
guarantees perfect-fit drill holes to
fulfil the highest safety requirements.

14
Drills and Bits

558
Hammer drill bit SDS Max II / SDS Max IV

TECHNICAL DATA

Detail: Detail:
Hammerdrill SDS Max II and IV Top of drill SDS Max II Top of drill SDS Max IV
Ø 12 - 15 mm from Ø 16 mm
Drill hole Working length Total length Type of packaging Contents Sales unit
diameter
d0 l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
SDS Max II 12/200/340 504188 12 200 340 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max II 12/400/540 504189 12 400 540 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max II 12/800/920 098278 12 800 920 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max II 14/200/340 504192 14 200 340 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max II 14/400/540 504194 14 400 540 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max II 14/1000/1120 098279 1) 14 1000 1120 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max II 15/200/340 504196 15 200 340 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 15/400/540 524562 15 400 540 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 16/200/340 504198 16 200 340 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 16/400/540 504199 16 400 540 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 16/800/920 504200 16 800 920 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 16/1200/1320 504206 16 1200 1320 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 18/200/340 504207 18 200 340 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 18/400/540 504208 18 400 540 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 18/800/920 504209 18 800 920 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 18/1200/1320 504213 18 1200 1320 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 20/200/320 504214 20 200 320 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 20/400/520 504217 20 400 520 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 20/800/920 504222 20 800 920 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 20/1200/1320 504223 20 1200 1320 Plastic tube 1 1 14
SDS Max IV 22/200/320 504224 22 200 320 Tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 22/400/520 504225 22 400 520 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 22/800/920 504226 22 800 920 Plastic tube 1 1

Drills and bits

SDS Max IV 24/200/320 504228 24 200 320 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 24/400/520 504229 24 400 520 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 25/200/320 504235 25 200 320 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 25/400/520 504236 25 400 520 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 25/800/920 504237 25 800 920 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 25/1200/1320 504238 25 1200 1320 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 25/2000/2120 098287 25 2000 2120 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 28/250/370 504240 28 250 370 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 28/450/570 504241 28 450 570 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 28/550/670 504242 28 550 670 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 28/800/920 504243 28 800 920 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 30/250/370 504245 30 250 370 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 30/450/570 504246 30 450 570 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 30/800/920 057779 30 800 920 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 30/1230/1350 040187 1) 30 1210 1350 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 30/1620/1740 040188 1) 30 1620 1740 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 30/2020/2140 040189 1) 30 2000 2140 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 32/450/570 504248 32 450 570 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 32/800/920 504249 32 800 920 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 35/250/370 504251 35 250 370 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 35/450/570 504256 35 450 570 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 35/550/670 504257 35 550 670 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 35/800/920 504258 35 800 920 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 35/1200/1320 504259 35 1200 1320 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 35/1620/1740 040191 35 1620 1740 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 35/2020/2140 040192 35 2000 2140 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 38/450/570 504268 38 450 570 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 40/250/370 504269 40 250 370 Plastic tube 1 1
1) delivery on request

559
 Hammer drill bit SDS Max II / SDS Max IV

TECHNICAL DATA

Detail: Detail:
Hammerdrill SDS Max II and IV Top of drill SDS Max II Top of drill SDS Max IV
Ø 12 - 15 mm from Ø 16 mm
Drill hole Working length Total length Type of packaging Contents Sales unit
diameter
d0 l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
SDS Max IV 40/450/570 504270 40 450 570 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 40/800/920 504271 40 800 920 Plastic tube 1 1
1) delivery on request

14
Drills and Bits

560
Hollow drill bit FHD

Hollow drill bit for drilling with low dust as well as for efficient
and approved anchoring

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
▪ Drilling and drill hole cleaning in one To create approval-compliant drill
single step saves the normal cleaning holes in:
of chemical and mechanical anchoring ▪ Reinforced concrete
when the hollow drill bit is regulated ▪ Concrete
by their respective approvals. This Also suitable for:
saves up to 55% of the complete drill ▪ Solid brick
hole creation process. ▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ The drill hole will be cleaned tho- ▪ Natural stone
roughly guaranteeing a secure fixing
(drilling dust reduces performance of CHARACTERISTICS
fixing materials).
▪ Reducing the drill dust prevents
jamming when drilling therefore pro-
vides a faster and frictionless drilling SDS Plus
progress.
▪ Immediate extraction of drilling dust
at the drill tip for a clean and healthy
work place. SDS Max
14
▪ Centering tip allows for accurate posi-
tioning on uneven surfaces reducing

Drills and bits

slip.

TECHNICAL DATA

Detail:
Detail: Top of drill FHD
Hollow drill bit FHD Top of drill FHD Ø 16 - 18 mm
Ø 12 - 14 mm Top of drill FHD Max
Ø 16 - 35 mm
Drill hole Working length Total length Type of packaging Contents Sales unit
diameter
d0
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FHD 12/200/330 546597 12 200 330 Plastic clip 1 1
FHD 14/250/380 546598 14 250 380 Plastic clip 1 1
FHD 16/250/380 546599 16 250 380 Plastic clip 1 1
FHD 18/320/450 546600 18 320 450 Plastic clip 1 1
FHD Max 16/400/620 546601 16 400 620 Plastic clip 1 1
FHD Max 18/400/620 546602 18 400 620 Plastic clip 1 1
FHD Max 20/400/620 546603 20 400 620 Plastic clip 1 1
FHD Max 24/400/620 546604 24 400 620 Plastic clip 1 1
FHD Max 28/600/820 546605 28 600 820 Plastic clip 1 1
FHD Max 30/600/820 546606 30 600 820 Plastic clip 1 1
FHD Max 35/650/870 546607 35 650 870 Plastic clip 1 1

561
 Stone drill bit D-S

Universal masonry drill bit for impact and rotary drilling in

masonry and natural stone

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
▪ 130° carbide cutting edge for long ▪ For regular drilling especially in stone
service life, very heat resistant. and masonry
▪ Robust version in accordance with
DIN 8039, roll forged. CHARACTERISTICS
▪ Optimum drill dust removal through
special spiral geometry.
▪ Suitable for rotary and impact drilling.

TECHNICAL DATA

Stone drill bit D-S

14
Drill hole Working length Total length Type of packaging Contents Sales unit
diameter
d0 l
Drills and Bits

Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] [pcs]

D-S HM 3,0 x 30/60 542976 3 30 60 Pouch 1 1
D-S HM 4,0 x 38/75 542977 4 38 75 Pouch 1 1
D-S HM 5,0 x 44/85 542978 5 44 85 Pouch 1 1
D-S HM 6,0 x 54/100 542979 6 54 100 Pouch 1 1
D-S HM 6,0 x 135/200 551390 6 135 200 Pouch 1 1
D-S HM 7,0 x 54/100 542980 7 54 100 Pouch 1 1
D-S HM 8,0 x 67/120 542981 8 67 120 Pouch 1 1
D-S HM 8,0 x 135/200 542991 8 135 200 Pouch 1 1
D-S HM 10,0 x 67/120 542982 10 67 120 Pouch 1 1
D-S HM 10,0 x 135/200 542992 10 135 200 Pouch 1 1
D-S HM 12,0 x 85/150 542983 12 85 150 Pouch 1 1
D-S HM 12,0 x 135/200 542993 12 135 200 Pouch 1 1
D-S HM 13,0 x 85/150 542984 13 85 150 Pouch 1 1
D-S HM 14,0 x 85/150 542985 14 85 150 Pouch 1 1
D-S HM 15,0 x 85/150 542986 15 85 150 Pouch 1 1
D-S HM 16,0 x 85/150 542987 16 85 150 Pouch 1 1
D-S HM 18,0 x 100/160 542988 18 100 160 Pouch 1 1
D-S HM 20,0 x 100/160 542989 20 100 160 Pouch 1 1
D-S Set 4-10mm 5pcs P 543025 4-5-6-8-10 — — Plastic cassette 5 1
D-S Set 3-10mm 8pcs P 543027 3-10 — — Plastic cassette 8 1

562
Premium chisel FCP

Premium Chisel with SDS Plus and SDS Max shank for
maximum performance and lifetime

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
▪ Extended working tip in comparison Suitable for creating holes, slots and
to the standard chisel for an increased installation paths as well as break-
lifetime. throughs in:
▪ Self-sharpening design for economical ▪ Concrete
working and reducing downtime. ▪ Masonry
▪ Advanced ‘jam protection’ for reduced ▪ Natural stone
friction.
▪ Specially designed working tip CHARACTERISTICS
increases the performance and ensu-
res a high removal of material.

SDS Plus SDS Max

TECHNICAL DATA

14
FCP Pointed FCP Flat FCP Spade

Drills and bits

FCP Max Pointed FCP Max Flat FCP Max Spade
Type Length Width Contents Sales unit

l B
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
FCP Pointed 250 546314 Pointed 250 — 1 1
FCP Flat 20/250 546315 Flat 250 20 1 1
FCP Spade 40/250 546316 Spade 250 40 1 1
FCP Max Pointed 400 546317 Pointed 400 — 1 1
FCP Max Flat 25/400 546318 Flat 400 25 1 1
FCP Max Spade 50/380 546319 Spade 380 50 1 1
FCP Set 546320 Pointed, Flat, Spade — — 3 1
FCP Max Set 546321 Pointed, Flat, Spade — — 3 1

563
 Standard chisel

High-performance Standard chisel with SDS Plus and SDS Max

drill chuck

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
▪ The SDS Plus and SDS Max drill chuck Suitable for creating holes, slots and
for the chisel allow for use with pro- installation paths in:
fessional hammer drilling machines, ▪ Concrete
and ensure a proven and safe transfer ▪ Masonry
of force. ▪ Natural stone
▪ The use of a high quality, specially
hardened steel with surface protection CHARACTERISTICS
increases the life span of the tools.
▪ The high oscillation endurance allows
for high work comfort and contributes
to the achievement of clean results. SDS Plus SDS Max

TECHNICAL DATA

SDS Plus and SDS Max Pointed SDS Plus and SDS Max Flat SDS Plus and SDS Max Spade
14

SDS Plus and SDS Max Hollow SDS Plus and SDS Max Tile
Drills and Bits

Type Length Width Contents Sales unit

l B
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
SDS Plus Pointed 250 504277 Pointed 250 12 1 1
SDS Max Pointed 280 504281 Pointed 280 16 1 1
SDS Max Pointed 400 504282 Pointed 400 20 1 1
SDS Max Pointed 600 504283 Pointed 600 27 1 1
SDS Plus Flat 20/250 504278 Flat 250 20 1 1
SDS Max Flat 25/280 504284 Flat 280 25 1 1
SDS Max Flat 25/400 504286 Flat 400 25 1 1
SDS Max Flat 25/600 504287 Flat 600 25 1 1
SDS Plus Scaling 40/250 504279 Spade 250 40 1 1
SDS Max Scaling 50/400 504288 Spade 400 50 1 1
SDS Max Scaling 80/300 504290 Spade 300 80 1 1
SDS Max Scaling 115/350 504291 Spade 350 115 1 1
SDS Plus Hollow 22/250 504280 Hollow 250 22 1 1
SDS Max Hollow 26/300 504293 Hollow 300 26 1 1
SDS Plus I M-Tile scaling 40/250 531437 Tile scaling 250 40 1 1
SDS Max Tile Scaling 50/400 504295 Tile scaling 400 50 1 1

564
Profi-bit FPB

The all-rounding bit within convincing quality

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
▪ The bits manufactured from special Number of internal drives in various
steel with high hardness degree are profile sizes, such as:
suitable for both hand driven and ▪ PH, PZ cross-slot
machine guided applications. ▪ TX star recess
▪ The perfect fitting inside screws ▪ Suitable for ¼“ drives
ensures working with low-wear of
the product and consequently long
lifetime and clean working results.
▪ The profile guarantees an ideal
connection for an optimal power and
torque transmission that prevents
damages of the surface or the screw-
heads.
▪ Also available as clearly arranged
bit-set with 11 or 31pcs including
bit-holder.

TECHNICAL DATA

Profi-bit FPB T W Profi-bit FPB PZ W FPB PH 2 DRYWALL W 1

Drive Length Contents Sales unit

l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs] 14
FPB T 30 90 mm PROFI Bit W 1 542369 TX30 90 1 Bit 1
FPB T 30 150 mm PROFI Bit W 1 542372 TX30 150 1 Bit 1

Drills and bits

FPB T 40 90 mm PROFI Bit W 1 542370 TX40 90 1 Bit 1
FPB T 40 150 mm PROFI Bit W 1 542373 TX40 150 1 Bit 1
FPB T 50 PROFI Bit W 1 533085 TX50 25 1 Bit 10
FPB T 50 90 mm PROFI Bit W 1 542371 TX50 90 1 Bit 1
FPB PH 2 50MM PROFI Bit W 1 533105 1) PH 2 50 1 Bit 10
FPB PH 2 DRYWALL W 1 533090 PH 2 25 1 Bit 10
FPB PZ 2 50MM PROFI Bit W 1 533109 PZ2 50 1 Bit 10
FPB PZ 4 PROFI Bit W 1 533099 PZ 4 32 1 Bit 10
FPB T 10 PROFI Bit W 10 533112 TX10 25 10 Bit 10
FPB T 15 PROFI Bit W 10 533113 TX15 25 10 Bit 10
FPB T 20 PROFI Bit W 10 533114 TX20 25 10 Bit 10
FPB T 25 PROFI Bit W 10 533115 TX25 25 10 Bit 10
FPB T 30 PROFI Bit W 10 533116 TX30 25 10 Bit 10
FPB T 40 PROFI Bit W 10 533117 TX40 25 10 Bit 10
FPB PH 1 PROFI Bit W 10 533118 PH1 25 10 Bit 10
FPB PH 2 PROFI Bit W 10 533119 PH 2 25 10 Bit 10
FPB PH 3 PROFI Bit W 10 533120 PH3 25 10 Bit 10
FPB PZ 1 PROFI Bit W 10 533121 PZ1 25 10 Bit 10
FPB PZ 2 PROFI Bit W 10 533122 PZ2 25 10 Bit 10
FPB PZ 3 PROFI Bit W 10 533123 PZ3 25 10 Bit 10
1) Delivery time on request.

565
 Diamond-bit FDB

The non-slip bit

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
▪ The coating with diamond-saphire- Number of internal drives in various
particles ensures the best possible profile sizes, such as:
power-transfer and prevents the bit tip ▪ PH, PZ cross-slot
from slipping out of the screw head. ▪ TX star recess
▪ The diamond-coated bit with a high ▪ Suitable for ¼“ drives
hardness grade guarantees the
greatest service life and corrosion
resistance.
▪ The torsion zones created by the
tapered bit cross-section offers relief in
the case of extreme loads. For a more
effortless installation and maximum
operating efficiency.
▪ The high dimensional accuracy allows
for an ideal fit. For clean results and a
long life span.

TECHNICAL DATA

Diamond-bit FDB T W
Drive Length Contents Sales unit

l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]

14 FDB T 10 DIAMANT Bit W 10

FDB T 15 DIAMANT Bit W 10
533136
533137
TX10
TX15
25
25
10 Bit
10 Bit
10
10
FDB T 20 DIAMANT Bit W 10 533138 TX20 25 10 Bit 10
FDB T 25 DIAMANT Bit W 10 533139 TX25 25 10 Bit 10
Drills and Bits

FDB T 30 DIAMANT Bit W 10 533140 TX30 25 10 Bit 10

FDB T 40 DIAMANT Bit W 10 533141 TX40 25 10 Bit 10
FDB PH 1 DIAMANT Bit W 10 533142 PH1 25 10 Bit 10
FDB PH 2 DIAMANT Bit W 10 533143 PH 2 25 10 Bit 10
FDB PH 3 DIAMANT Bit W 10 533144 PH3 25 10 Bit 10
FDB PZ 1 DIAMANT Bit W 10 533145 PZ1 25 10 Bit 10
FDB PZ 2 DIAMANT Bit W 10 533146 PZ2 25 10 Bit 10
FDB PZ 3 DIAMANT Bit W 10 533147 PZ3 25 10 Bit 10

566
Maxx-bit FMB

The ultimate torsion-bit

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
▪ The ultimate solution for extreme Number of internal drives in various
installation torques. Ideal for usage in profile sizes, such as:
high-performance power-and impact- ▪ TX star recess
tools. ▪ Suitable for ¼“ drives
▪ Optimal geometry of the profile
guarantees unique performance and
durability for sophisticated applica-
tions and users.
▪ The elastic torsion zone releases at
extreme loads to ensure a gentle
working and maximum operating
efficiency.
▪ The high dimensional accuracy allows
for an ideal fit. For clean results and a
long life span.
▪ Also available as clearly arranged bit-
set with 8pcs including bit-holder.

TECHNICAL DATA

Maxx-bit FMB T
Drive Length Contents Sales unit

l
Item
FMB T10 Maxx Bit W 5
Art.-No.
533154 TX10
[mm]
29 5 Bit
[pcs]
10
14
FMB T15 Maxx Bit W 5 533155 TX15 29 5 Bit 10
FMB T20 Maxx Bit W 5 533156 TX20 29 5 Bit 10

Drills and bits

FMB T25 Maxx Bit W 5 533157 TX25 29 5 Bit 10
FMB T30 Maxx Bit W 5 533158 TX30 29 5 Bit 10
FMB T40 Maxx Bit W 5 533159 TX40 29 5 Bit 10

567
 Bit holder FBH

The bit holder for rapid bit exchange

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
▪ The bit holder family for ¼“ bits with ▪ The bit holders for use in cylinder drill
magnetic insert hold the bit securely chucks
in the drill chuck and offers a smooth
installation procedure.
▪ Robust and slim bit holder for an easy
bit exchange.
▪ Ideal for direct machine connection
or enlargement of the bits to reach
difficult areas.
▪ With the FBH Quick Bit Slim the Bit
automatically locked when plugged in
and provides a secure hold. By pulling
back the sleeve the bit can be easily
taken out.

TECHNICAL DATA

Bit holder FBH W 1 Bit holder FBH Quick Bit Slim W 1

Drive Length Contents Sales unit
14 l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
FBH Bit Holder W 1 533148 1/4'' 50 1 1
Drills and Bits

FBH Quick Bit Slim W 1 533150 1/4'' 50 1 1

568
Bit-Set

Useful bit sets for a multitude of applications

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
▪ Safe and clearly arranged keeping of ▪ The ideal bit sets for quick and effici-
the content assuring a reliable usage ent working.
day by day. ▪ For a high variation of applications
▪ The robust and durable construction
fulfilling even hardest requirements.
▪ The bit sets combining compact
dimensions with easy handling and
containing the most common bits as
well as the bit holder.

TECHNICAL DATA

Bit Set FPB Profi W 31 with belt clip Bit Set FPB Profi W 11
Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]

2x PZ1, 4x PZ2, 2x PZ 3, 2x PH1, 4x PH2, 2x PH 3, 1x TX8, 2x TX10, 1x TX15, 2x TX20, 2x TX25,
FPB Bit Set Profi W 31 533152
1x TX27, 1x TX30, 1x TX40, each 1x Slot 4,5; 5,5; 6,0, 1x Universal bit holder
1 14
FPB Bit Set Profi W 11 533153 each 1x PZ1, PZ3, 2x PZ2, each 1x TX10, TX15, TX20, TX25, TX30, TX40, 1x Universal bit holder 1

Drills and bits

569
 Accessories for impact driver

Ideal for use in high-performance power- and impact-tools

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
▪ Optimal geometry of the profile ▪ The ultimate solution for extreme
guarantees unique performance and installation torques
durability for complex applications and
users.
▪ The high dimensional accuracy allows
for an ideal fit. For clean results and a
long life span.

TECHNICAL DATA

Nut SW Nut TX Profi-bit FPB T50 5/16"

Connection / drive Total length Sales unit

l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
Nut SW10 538577 1/2“ / SW10 78 1
Nut SW13 538578 1/2“ / SW13 38 1
Nut SW15 538579 1/2“ / SW15 38 1
14 Nut SW17 538580 1/2“ / SW17 38 1
Nut SW21 538581 1/2“ / SW21 38 1
Nut TX40 538575 1) 1/2“ / 1/4" 35 1
Nut TX50 538576 2) 1/2“ / 5/16" 35 1
Drills and Bits

FPB Profi-Bit T50 5/16" 538574 5/16“ / TX50 35 1

1) Suitable for FMB T40 Maxx Bit
2) Suitable for FPB Profi-Bit T50 5/16"

570
 14

571
Drills and bits
 Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology

Building Material – Concrete

The substrate’s quality is crucial when selecting the correct fixing:
A differentiation is made between concrete, masonry
and panel building materials. Concrete is made from a mixture
of cement, aggregates and water.

Concrete’s main properties are:

▪ High level of compressive strength,

but only low tensile strength
(≈ 10 % of the compressive strength).
▪ Inserting individual rebars and
or mats will increase tensile strength
(steel + concrete = reinforced concrete).
▪ Structure easily reproducible as it is
regulated by standards, therefore it is
an ideal anchor base.

Concrete is mainly split into two categories:

15
Standard concrete and lightweight concrete. While The load bearing capacity of heavy duty fixings
standard concrete contains gravel; lightweight concrete depends on the concrete’s compressive and
tensile strength. This is indicated by the numbers in
Basic Knowledge

contains additives such as pumice, expanded clay or

polystyrene® usually with a lower compressive strength the abbreviations: e. g. the most commonly used
or bulk density. This leads to unfavourable conditions concrete compressive strength is C20/25 with a
for anchor fixings. cube compressive strength of 25 N/mm².

EXPERT TIP

▪ Standard concrete qualities: ▪ Normal concrete without accelerating additives reaches its nominal strength
C12/15 to C50/60, even higher grades are also available for special applications. after 28 days. Only then can the fixing be installed in compliance with the
The majority of anchors approved for concrete may only be used from concrete approval /assessment.
quality from C20/25 up to a max. of C50/60. In the past, designations from ▪▪ Fresh concrete: still workable up to approx. one hour after pouring.
DIN 1045 were used in Germany: B25 (≃ C20/25) to B55 (≃ C45/55). ▪▪ Green concrete: starts to harden after four hours, no longer workable.
▪ C20/25 means: ▪ New concrete:  hardened after 28 days, however minimum
is
C = concrete compressive strength not yet reached.
20 = compressive strength fck or fck, cyl of a concrete test cylinder ▪ Hard concrete: more than 28 days old, nominal strength reached.
(Ø 150 mm, height 300 mm) in N/mm2
25 = compressive strength fck, cube of a concrete test
cube (edge length 150 mm) in N/mm2

572

GD_KP_$KT-KATNEW2011-$KP-K14-EN_#SEN_#APR_#V1.indb 572 05.12.2018 13:19:24

 Compressive strength classes in different countries

Country Specimen Dimensions 1) Concrete strength class Unit Standard

[cm]
China Cube 15x15x15 C15, C20, C25, C30, C35, C40, C45, C50, C55, C60 N/mm² GB50010-2010
Denmark Cube 15x15x15 C12/15, C16/20, C20/25, C25/30, C30/37, C40/50, C45/55, C50/60 N/mm² DS/EN 206
Germany Cube 15x15x15 C12/15, C16/20, C20/25, C25/30, C30/37, C40/50, C45/55, C50/60 N/mm² EN 206
France Cylinder 16x32 B20, B25, B30, B35, B40, B45, B50 N/mm² BAEL 91
BS EN 12390-
Great Britain Cube 15x15x15 C20, C25, C30, C37, C40, C45, C55, C60 N/mm²
3:2009
C 8/10, C12/15, C16/20, C20/25, C25/30, C28/35, C30/37, C32/40, C35/45, C40/50, C45/55,
Italy Cube 15x15c15 N/mm² UNI EN 206
C50/60
Japan Cylinder 10x20 ≥ 15 N/mm² JIS A 1108
Korea Cylinder 10x20, 15x30 18, 21, 24, 27, 30 N/mm² KS F 2405
The Netherlands Cylinder 15x30 C 8/10, C12/15, C16/20, C20/25, C25/30, C30/37, C35/45, C40/50, C45/55, C50/60 N/mm² NEN-EN 206-1
Austria Cube 15x15x15 C 8/10, C12/15, C16/20, C20/25, C25/30, C30/37, C35/45, C40/50, C45/55, C50/60 N/mm² ÖNORM B 4710-1
Sweden Cube 15x15x15 C12/15, C16/20, C20/25, C25/30, C30/37, C40/50, C45/55, C50/60 N/mm² SS-EN206
Switzerland Cube 15x15x15 C12/15, C16/20, C20/25, C25/30, C30/37, C40/50, C45/55, C50/60 N/mm² SIA 262

Unreinforced concrete:
HM-20, HM-25, HM-30, HM-35, HM-40, HM-45, HM-50
Reinforced concrete:
Spain Cylinder 15x30 N/mm² EHE-08
HA-25, HA-30, HA-35, HA-40, HA-45, HA-50
Pre-stressed concrete:
HP-25, HP-30, HP-35, HP-40, HP-45, HP-50

USA Cylinder 15x30 2000, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 5000, 6000, 7000, 8000 Psi ACI 318

1) Conversion: fCylinder = 0.85 x fCube, 20x20x20; fCube, 15x15x15 = 1.05 x fCube, 20x20x20 15

Basic Knowledge
EXPERT TIP NOTE

▪▪ Anchors used in new concrete must be suitable for this purpose, or may only
bear loads after reaching the minimum compressive strength.
▪▪ Concrete always shows cracks (shrinkage during hardening, loading).
▪▪ In cracked concrete, anchors which are tested in cracked concrete must be
used. These anchors must be able to expand when concrete starts to crack
e. g, expansion anchors (e. g. FAZ II), form locking anchors or undercut anchors
(e. g. FZA), or bonded anchors (e. g. FIS SB).
▪▪ Cutting through reinforcement steel while making drill holes is not permitted.
In special cases, non load-bearing steels can be cut after consultation with the
responsible engineer.
▪▪ The load bearing capacity of the concrete along the entire drill hole must be
guaranteed (no honeycombing in the concrete, no voids and pockets).
▪▪ Pre-stressed concrete: A certain drilling distance must be maintained from the
tensioning strands as stated in the approval/assessment (e. g. FHY, FBS 6 or EA II).

573

GD_KP_$KT-KATNEW2011-$KP-K14-EN_#SEN_#APR_#V1.indb 573 05.12.2018 13:19:24

 Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology

Building Material – Masonry

Compared to concrete, there is a larger variety
of masonry building materials.

Masonry can be classified Solid brick made of Solid sand-lime brick

according to: lightweight concrete

▪▪ brick type used (e. g. natural stone, Aerated 2 1 Solid brick

lime stone or aerated concrete). concrete
▪▪ wall type (e. g. single or double layer).
▪▪ brick strength class and gross density.
3
4

Porous sand- Lightweight

lime brick concrete
hollow brick

Vertically perforated
brick

Generally, masonry is classified into four groups:

1 Solid bricks with a dense structure are a highly compres- 2 Solid bricks with porous structure usually have a very large
15 sion resistant building material, without cavities or low hole number of pores and low compressive strength. Therefore, special
surface percentage (up to a max. 15 % e. g. as grip holes). fixings should be used, e. g. fixings with a longer expansion zone
This type is very well suited for anchor fixings. or bonded anchors.
Basic Knowledge

3 Perforated bricks with a compact structure (perforated 4 Perforated bricks with porous structure have many cavities
and hollow bricks) are mostly manufactured from the same and pores and thus generally a low compressive strength. In this
compressive strength materials as solid blocks but with cavities. case, special care is required when selecting the fixing. Suitable
If higher loads are introduced into these building materials, fixings include those with a long expansion zone or form locking
special fixings should be used (e. g. bonded anchors, FIS V), injection anchors.
which bridge or fill the cavities.

EXPERT TIP

▪▪ Before fixing in masonry, determine which brick type (designation, size, ▪▪ Avoid anchoring into masonry joints as much as possible due to joint
compressive strength) and mortar type (mortar category) has been used. inhomogeneity. If anchoring into a joint cannot be avoided (e. g. plaster on
▪▪ For safety anchoring in unknown or old masonry, pull out tests must be carried masonry) loads should be reduced.
out on-site to determine the anchor load bearing capacity. ▪▪ For systems approved by building authorities, anchoring in joints
▪▪ For fixings close to the edge, it is important to know if the wall is a load bearing (vertical or horizontal joints) is regulated in the approval notices.
wall as this prevents the risk of brick pull out. ▪▪ For anchoring high loads in performated bricks, the anchorage depth
▪▪ Even solid brick can have holes (e. g. MZ, KS). The holes are mostly larger should be increased.
grip-holes in the centre of the brick (up to max. 15 % cavity proportion per brick). ▪▪ Expansion fixings (e. g. FAZ II or FBN II) are not suitable for use in masonry
▪▪ Always drill without hammer function in perforated and hollow bricks. due to its high expansion forces which may lead to cracks in the brick.
Here, special, sharply ground drills with hard metal tips are suitable. Frame fixings are suitable due to its longer exapnsion part.
▪▪ Plaster or other non load-bearing layers may not be added to the load-bearing ▪▪ Bonded anchors achieve the highest possible loads in masonry.
base and are not to be used in calculating the anchorage depth.

574

GD_KP_$KT-KATNEW2011-$KP-K14-EN_#SEN_#APR_#V1.indb 574 05.12.2018 13:19:25

 Building Material – Drywall Panels
Panel building materials are thin-walled materials that often have
limited strength – e. g. plasterboard like “Rigips”, “Knauf”,
“LaGyp”, “Norgips”; Gypsum fibreboard like “Fermacell”, “Rigicell”
or chip board, hard fibre boards, plywood and others.

Plasterboard

Chipboard

Hardboard

Laminated wood
panels
OSB boards

Gypsum fibrereinforced
plasterboard

The main characteristics of panel building materials are: Special fixing elements must be used:
15
▪▪ Often thin-walled materials, mainly with limited strength. Cavity fixings are fixings made of plastic or metal, which
▪▪ Easy-to-process materials for non load-bearing walls and anchor by form locking into the material, e. g. by knotting

Basic Knowledge
also used as cladding material (e. g. walls, roofs or ceilings). or a snap on mechanism (e. g. toggles).
▪▪ A wide range of different building materials.

EXPERT TIP NOTE

▪▪ Only approved anchors should be used for lightweight materials, prestressed

hollow core slabs and panel materials.
▪▪ Contact your fischer consultant on site before anchoring heavy or safety-
relevant loads in the above-mentioned substrates.

575

GD_KP_$KT-KATNEW2011-$KP-K14-EN_#SEN_#APR_#V1.indb 575 05.12.2018 13:19:27

 Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology

Drilling
The building material determines the drilling method.
Five methods are possible:

Rotary drilling
Rotary drilling without impact, uses a sharply ground carbide
drill bit. When this method is used, the drill hole does not
become too large and the perforated brick’s webs do not break.

Impact drilling (mechanical)

Impact drill with rotation and a high number of light strokes,
is suitable for dense structured building materials.

Hammer drilling (pneumatic)

Hammer drill uses rotation and a low number of light strokes
with high impact energy, also suitable for dense structured
solid building materials.

Diamond or core drilling process

15 Mainly used for larger drill hole diameters or for heavily
reinforced components and/or if noise or vibration must
be reduced.
Basic Knowledge

Hollow drilling
Special drill with a hollow core, which is connected to a vacuum
cleaner. Cleans the drilled hole during the drilling operation.
No further brushing or blowing is required. Can be used in
concrete and masonry with dense structure.

EXPERT TIP

▪▪ The drilling method for approved anchors is specified in the approval /  ▪▪ In case of incorrect drilled holes (hitting reinforcements or wrong location),
assessment. the location for the new drill hole is regulated in the applicable fixing approval /
▪▪ Drill bits with excessively worn cutting edges should not be used assessment). Usually, the distance for the new drill hole must be twice the
(see approval /assessment). depth of the incorrect drill hole. The wrong drill hole must be filled with injection
▪▪ For certain fixings, special drills are required (e. g. a stop drill) as per mortar (e.  g. FIS V).
approval /assessment. ▪▪ Diamond core drilling is only permitted if stated in the approval/assessment
▪▪ Drill holes must be carefully cleaned (blown out and brushed). or according to manufacturer’s guidelines (e. g. RSB, FIS EM, FAZ II, FBS II...).
See the respective approval /assessment or manufacturer’s specifications. ▪▪ The load bearing capacity is reduced by water filled holes or wet substrates
▪▪ The drill hole depth is always exacly specified and relates to a given especially for chemical or plastic fixings.
anchoring base thickness. For general applications without an approval / ▪▪ Cutting through a reinforcement is not permitted.
assessment the following applies: the drill hole depth + 30 mm should ▪▪ The drill hole must be drilled perpendicular to the anchor base (an inclinement
not exceed the anchoring base thickness. of up to 5° is permiited). Exceptional cases are regulated in the anchor approval /
assessment and or according to manufacturer's guidelines.

576

GD_KP_$KT-KATNEW2011-$KP-K14-EN_#SEN_#APR_#V1.indb 576 05.12.2018 13:19:30

 Installation
In general, the following aspects must be taken into
consideration during installation:

The edge distance and centre distance, as well as the compo-

nent thickness and width, must be carefully observed to ensure
that the fixing can take the required load. Otherwise, it may
s

lead to spalling of the construction material or cracks. For fixings

without approval, e. g. nylon fixings, a minimum edge distance
s c of c = 1 x hef (hef = anchorage depth) and a minimum spacing
of s =1 x hef must be adhered to for concrete. When using
non approved metal anchors, a minimum edge distance of
c = 1.5 x hef and a minimum spacing of s = 3 x hef must be
adhered to. When using hammerset anchors, spacing and edge
distance can increase due to higher expansion forces.

The drill hole depth must be larger than the anchorage depth
(exception chemical anchor systems), to ensure that the screw
has enough room at the end of the fixing element to penetrate
at least one time the screw’s diameter.

Drill hole cleaning after drilling, e. g. by blowing out, brushing

or suction, is generally necessary. The load bearing capacity 15
will be reduced, if the hole is not cleaned. (Exceptions:
approved anchor systems where no hole cleaning is required,

Basic Knowledge
e. g. FHB II + PF - High speed capsule).

EXPERT TIP NOTE

▪▪ Strictly adhere to specifications for component geometry, edge and spacing

distances. If this is not taken into account, the component will be damaged or
the anchor capacity will be reduced.
▪▪ Drill hole cleaning is essential. The specifications in the approvals and the
manufacturer’s specifications must be observed.

577

GD_KP_$KT-KATNEW2011-$KP-K14-EN_#SEN_#APR_#V1.indb 577 05.12.2018 13:19:30

 Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology

Installation types
There are three different types of installation.

Push-through installation
In particular for simplifying installation for series installations or
for attachments with two or more fixing points:

▪▪ If the attachment’s hole diameter is larger than the drill bit

diameter, then the attachment can be used as a template.
Anchor bolt FAZ II Frame fixing SXRL Please note: The drill bit tip is generally larger than the nominal
diameter of the drill.
▪▪ In addition to facilitating a simple installation, an exact fit is also
achieved.
▪▪ The fixing is inserted into the drill hole through the attachment
and then tightened (e. g. FAZ II, FBN II, FH II).

Pre-positioned installation
The anchor is installed before fastening the attachment. If drilling
is not done precisely, then the holes in the attachment will not
match up. This could mean that the anchors cannot be installed
or could cause damage to the anchors. The installation sequence:

Zykon anchor FZA Aircrete anchor GB ▪▪ Transfer the hole pattern of the fixture to the anchor base.
▪▪ Drill and clean the holes, install the attachment and then fix
the attachment (e. g plastic fixings: S, SX, UX; metal fixings:
15 FZA, EA II).

Stand-off installation
Basic Knowledge

This allows attachments to be compression and tension resistant

at a certain distance from the anchor base. For this purpose,
external threaded metal anchors (e. g. FAZ II, FBN II) or internal
threaded anchors (e. g. EA II) with screws or threaded rods are
clamped against the anchor base surface while using a bearing
Threaded rod FIS A washer and nut. When using chemical systems with threaded
rods (e. g. FIS SB, FIS V, FIS EM, and FIS A), the installation can be
done without using a bearing washer and nut.

EXPERT TIP

▪▪ Clearance holes in the attachment are specified for the respective anchor ▪▪ Post-installed anchors must be tightened with a specific torque. A calibrated torque
size in the approvals/assessments and manufacturer’s guidelines. wrench must be used to ensure the correct pre-stressing force and the correct
▪▪ For stand - off installations with shear loads on the anchor, additional installation of the anchor. For chemical anchors, the prescribed hardening
bending moment occurs and this must be considered. time must be adhered to before tightening torque or service load can be applied.

▪▪ The attachment must lie fully flush on the surface base or it must have either ▪▪ Anchors must be mounted as a standard unit as delivered. The exchange or
a compression resistant levelling layer of max. 3 mm or half the anchor’s diameter, removal of parts is not permitted.
otherwise the anchor must be checked for bending.
▪▪ The attachment shall be in contact with the anchor over its entire thickness,
otherwise the anchor must be checked for bending.
▪▪ Usable length is the maximum fixing height tfix which takes into account the
attachment’s thickness plus additional non-bearing layers (e. g. plaster, air,
insulation etc.).

578

GD_KP_$KT-KATNEW2011-$KP-K14-EN_#SEN_#APR_#V1.indb 578 05.12.2018 13:19:32

 Loads
When selecting an anchor, it is necessary to know the load
on the total construction and the resulting action forces.

Action forces can differ based on: Load directions

Dimension ▪ Direction ▪ Type of load ▪ Point of application

There are various types of loads:

Approvals generally give characteristic resistance. In the manufac- Tensile load Compression load Shear load
turer’s guidelines, “permissible loads” are specified for products
with approvals. For anchors without an approval, “recommended
loads” are given by the manufacturer.

▪▪ Determine the size, direction and point of application of the

load. These parameters determine which anchor should be
used. Oblique load Oblique load at distance e Shear load and bending
▪▪ Characteristic resistance (NRK or VRK ) describes the 5 % (tension and shear load) (Bend + tension + shear moment
load)
fractile of resistance. (Value with a 95 % probability of being
exceeded, with a confidence level of 90 %).
▪▪ Permissible loads are working loads that already include an Types of loads
appropriate safety factor. These only apply if the approval
conditions are complied with (Nzul or Vzul).
▪▪ Recommended loads or maximum working loads include
an adequate safety factor. These only apply if the manufactur- 15
er’s specifications are complied with (Frec – valid for all load
directions, Nrec - for compressive or tensile load or Vrec for shear

Basic Knowledge
load). statically dormant dynamically rising dynamically changing
▪▪ The calculation is carried out by dividing the respective failure
load or characteristic loads by a safety factor.
▪▪ Recommended safety factors compared to the average
failure load:
Steel and bonded anchors γ≥4
Plastic anchors γ≥7
Hammerfix anchors N γ≥4
shock seismic activity
▪▪ Recommended safety factors compared to the
characteristic failure loads:
Steel and bonded anchors γ≥3
Plastic anchors γ≥5 ▪▪ The specified minimum spacing and edge distance,
For deviations to the regulation, see load tables. For certain marked with smin and cmin, indicates the distance at which no
products, the safety factors may deviate. In general, the global failure of the building material will occur when installing the
safety factor is calculated using the scatter of the faillure load, anchor (cracks). These distances are mandatory and must be
the failure probability and the reliability index of a product. complied with. The characteristic spacing and edge distances
▪▪ The specified loads apply to individual anchors that are may be shorter but not less than the minimum values but at the
installed away from the edge, i. e. there is no influence from same time the load bearing capacity must be reduced. When
edges or other anchors. combined loads occur, loads are determined separately for
▪▪ The characteristic spacing and edge distances, marked tensile and shear load and the overall utilization is determined
with ccr,N and ccr,V, give the distances at which an anchor by means of an interaction equation. As a rule, the sum of the
achieves its max. characteristic load. ratio values from tensile and shear loads is less than 1.2.

579

GD_KP_$KT-KATNEW2011-$KP-K14-EN_#SEN_#APR_#V1.indb 579 05.12.2018 13:19:34

 Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology

Working Principles
There are different load transfer mechanisms which induce
forces acting on the anchor in a building material.

For frictional locking, the expanding part of the

anchor is pressed against the drill hole wall.

Sleeve anchor (e. g. FH II) Plastic anchor (e. g. SX)

For form locking, the anchor geometry adapts to

the subtrate’s form or drill hole shape (e. g. conical
drill hole).

Undercut anchor (e. g. FZA) Injection anchor (e. g. FISV with

cone drill PBB)

For adhesive bonding, the load will be transferred

by a combination of adhesion and micro-keying
(e. g. using resin / injection mortar).
15
Basic Knowledge

Resin anchor Subsequent reinforcement

(e. g. Superbond RSB) connector with concrete
reinforcing bars

EXPERT TIP NOTE

▪▪ For many fixings, a combination of working principles occurs (e. g. in soft

base material a combination of friction and form locking takes place).

580

GD_KP_$KT-KATNEW2011-$KP-K14-EN_#SEN_#APR_#V1.indb 580 05.12.2018 13:19:35

 Failure modes
If there is excessive stress, incorrect installation or a substrate with
inadequate load bearing capacity, the following types of failure can occur.

Steel failure tension Steel failure shear Pull out Combined failure

Steel failure: Pull out failure: Combined failure:

▪▪ Insufficient steel stength for the applied load ▪▪ Friction failure and or ▪▪ Pull out
adhesion failure due ▪▪ Concrete failure near
to high load or incorrect the surface
installation

15

Basic Knowledge
Concrete cone failure Pry-out failure Concrete splitting failure Concrete edge failure

Anchor base failure: Anchor base splitting:

▪▪ Tensile load “N” or shear load “V” too high ▪▪ Insufficient component dimensions
▪▪ Inadequate strength of anchor base ▪▪ Deviation from the spacing and edge distances
▪▪ Insufficient embedment depth ▪▪ Excessive expansion pressure

EXPERT TIP NOTE

▪▪ In most anchor approvals/assessments, the anchoring of predominately static

loads is regulated. However, there are also approvals which regulate non-static
loads (fatigue loads, e. g. FHB dyn).
▪▪ Seismic loads for post-installed anchors are regulated in Europe according to
ETAG 001 Appendix E. The assessment is to be carried out in accordance with
EOTA TR045 until the Eurocode 1992-4 is introduced. The seismic performance
of an anchor system is categorised by performance categories C1 and C2. The
classification of the seismic performance categories C1 and C2 for seismicity level
and the evaluation category is the responsibility of the respective Member State
(in Germany, an approval in accordance with ETAG 001 is sufficient. Classification
in accordance with C1 and C2 is not necessary). The performance category and
the characteristic values are found in the respective ETA (e. g. FAZ II, FH II, FIS SB,
FIS EM...).
▪▪ The main causes for anchor failure are overloading, incorrect installation
or an insufficient load bearing anchoring base.

581

GD_KP_$KT-KATNEW2011-$KP-K14-EN_#SEN_#APR_#V1.indb 581 05.12.2018 13:19:37

 Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology

Cracks in concrete components

Cracks can occur anywhere in concrete at any time:
Factors involved in this are loads such as dead loads, traffic or wind
loads, concrete shrinkage and creeping or external influences
such as seismic activity or ground motion result in stresses and
deformations thus leading to cracks.

Example:
If a bridge designed as a single-span element is loaded, the
bridge will buckle. Due to this buckling, cracks could occur in
the element’s tensile area.

Concrete is not able to support tensile loads, therefore, reinforce-

ments are placed in the element to take the tensile load area
Tensile Cracks in Pressure Tensile
zone tensile zone zone zone numerous cracks are formed that are barely visible to the naked
Tensile zone eye. This is called the cracked tensile zone.

15
Suitable anchor systems for cracked concrete

When fixing in concrete, cracks are always expected in For safety reasons, designers and craftsmen should always
Basic Knowledge

the anchoring area which will have an impact on the load use anchor bolts which are suitable for cracked concrete.
bearing capacity of the anchor system. However, it is very Fixings with an approval/assessment according to ETAG 001 for
complicated, if not impossible, to prove whether the concrete cracked concrete have proven their suitability in cracks, therefore
is cracked or not cracked. they can be used without any restrictions in tensile and compres-
sion zones of a concrete member.

Undercut anchor FZA Bolt anchor FAZ II Threaded rod FHB II Frame fixing SXS

Due to safety reasons, always use crack-suitable anchor systems such as FAZ II,
FH II, FHB II, FIS SB, FIS EM or FIS V.

582

GD_KP_$KT-KATNEW2011-$KP-K14-EN_#SEN_#APR_#V1.indb 582 05.12.2018 13:19:38

 Fire protection – Fundamentals
General requirements of building structures
for fire protection.

Structural installations European standardisation

Structural installations are to be ordered, erected, changed In accordance with the European Norm DIN EN 13501-1,
and brought into commission in such a way that: the classification of fire behaviour of building materials /
products is similar to that of DIN 4102. The classifications are,
▪▪ the emergence of a fire is prevented from breaking out. however, much more precise.
▪▪ the spread of fire and smoke (spread of fire) is prevented.
▪▪ in the event of a fire, the rescue of people and animals In addition to, the main classification criteria concerning flamma-
is possible. bility, flame spread and heat released, e. g. smoke development
▪▪ effective fire-fighting operations are possible. and dropping behaviour is tested.

Fire resistance of components has been tested in Germany in

German regulation accordance with the European Norm DIN EN 1363 or DIN EN
1365 since 2000. The fire resistance duration is then labelled
In Germany, the procedure for construction and operational fire with the letter R for “Resistance”.
protection are specified by the fire protection standard DIN 4102,
the Model Building Ordinance (MBO), Regional Construction The standard temperature-time curve (ETK) of DIN 4102 and
Ordinances (LBO) and various trade-specific regulations from ISO 834 is based on a simulation of real fire conditions and forms
professional associations. the evaluation basis that is used worldwide to determine the
fire resistance duration. In addition, there are other temperature
The following applies as per Section 1 and 2 of DIN 4102: curves for special fire exposures, e. g. the hydrocarbon curve for
destructive fires caused by flammable liquids or the RAB /ZTV 15
Building materials such as concrete, wood, stone, metal tunnel curve (Germany) or the Rijkswaterstaat tunnel curve (the
etc., are classified according to their behaviour into flammable Netherlands), which describe tunnel fires.
or non-flammable building material classes.

Basic Knowledge
However, components composed of different flammable and
non- flammable materials are not classified into fire classes in
building construction but they are evaluated as a complete system
according to their fire resistance duration. The fire resistance
duration R is indicated in minutes and classified according to two
categories:

▪▪ Components with a fire resistance duration of R30 and

R60 are fire-inhibiting.
▪▪ Fire-resistant, are all components with a fire resistance
fire room temperature [°C]

duration of R90, R120 and R180.

Tested systems such as cable, ventilation or duct systems are

not only tested for fire resistance, but also for functional capa-
bility in the event of fire (e. g. supply lines to sprinkler systems).
The fire resistance duration of these systems is e. g. E30 to
E120 for electrical cable systems or L30 to L120 for specified
ventilation ducts. The anchors that are used to fasten these
systems must have at least the same fire resistance duration.
Duration of the fire [min.]

Temperature curves: –– (ETC), –– Hydrocarbon curve,

–– RABT/ZTV tunnel curve –– Rijkswaterstaat tunnel curve

583

GD_KP_$KT-KATNEW2011-$KP-K14-EN_#SEN_#APR_#V1.indb 583 05.12.2018 13:19:39

 Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology

Fire protection in fastening technology

The fastening technology has a vital importance in fire protection.
To ensure the functional capability and stability
of railings, pipe systems, fire safety doors or ceiling elements.

Assessing fixings for fire is carried out in accordance with

the technical regulation EOTA TR020 or in accordance
with fire protection reports.

The labelling and classification of anchors and fixings is

classified in:

1 Fire behaviour (e. g. non-flammable)

2 Fire resistance duration (e. g. R90)

For this purpose, the legal regulations set down in the final
draft of the Delegated Act "Fire Behaviour" must be observed.

EOTA TR020 only states anchor performance ratings that have Before the fire test
an ETA for cracked concrete! Meanwhile, a new evaluation
document issued by the German Institute for Construction
Engineering (DIBt) is used to determine the characteristic load
values and the corresponding fire resistance duration.

A partial safety factor of γM = 1.0 on the load side is used in

15 the event of fire.

The fire values only refer to anchor bolts that are directly
Basic Knowledge

exposed to flames.

Alternatively, anchors can be protected from direct exposure to

fire by using fire protection panels or fire protecting coatings.

For fixing cladding systems, it is assumed that the load bearing

capacity of specified plastic screw anchors in concrete with During the fire test
an external diameter of 10 mm and a metal screw diameter
of 7 mm and an anchoring depth of hef = 50 mm with a polyam-
ide PA6 plastic sleeve has a sufficient fire resistance of at
least 90 minutes (R90), if the permissible load (no permanent
centric tensile load) is ≤ 0.8 kN.

After the fire test

584

GD_KP_$KT-KATNEW2011-$KP-K14-EN_#SEN_#APR_#V1.indb 584 05.12.2018 13:19:40

 Corrosion – Fundamentals Corrosion protection
Corrosion is a chemical reaction which There are different ways to protect fastenings
degrades metal. from corrosion. The most important are:

The less noble the metal (“electrochemical potential”), the more Galvinised zinc coating (or also electrolytic zinc coating)
severe the material damage is, resulting in metal loss or corrosion followed by passivation is the most common corrosion protection
flakes. For this reason, different appearance patterns have been used in metal finishing. A zinc coating thickness of 3 – 10 μm
determined. The most common types of corrosion in fixings offers excellent corrosion protection for damp rooms and outdoor
and anchors are: use.

Surface corrosion: In this case, the metal corrodes relatively Hot-dip galvanising is the application of a metal zinc coating by
uniformly over the entire surface or over a part of the surface. dipping it in molten zinc (at approx. 450 °C). Zinc layer thickness’s
An example of this is the invisible rusting of a screw in the of 45 – 80 μm offer an excellent corrosion protection for moist
transition area from anchor plate to hole due to condensation. rooms and outdoor use.
The result: A connection that appears completely intact from the
outside, but suddenly fails. Stainless steel fixings of corrosion resistance class III e. g.
A4, material no. 1.4401, 1.4404 and 1.4571 as well as two
Contact corrosion: If metals with a different nobility are in con- phased duplex steel (austenitic and ferritic structure / magnetic)
tact with each other in a conductive medium, the less noble metal are suitable for anchoring in damp rooms, in open air, in industrial
always corrodes (the anode). Whereas stainless is not affected. atmospheres or near the sea (but not directly in sea water).
A decisive factor is the surface ratios of the two types of metal:
The greater the surface area of the most noble metal in compari- Stainless steel anchors made from high corrosion-resist-
son with the less noble, the greater the corrosion. For example, ant steel of the corrosion resistance class V e. g. material
if larger stainless steel sheets are screwed with galvanised screws, no. 1.4529 are used in especially aggressive environments
the screws will be agressively attacked within a very short time. e. g. in atmospheres containing chlorine (swimming pools), in 15
Whereas using stainless screws in galvinised sheets poses no road tunnels or with direct sea water contact. Due to their high
problems. molybdenum content they are risistant is such aggressive enviro-

Basic Knowledge
ments. That means that steel type 1.4529 – containing chrome,
Stress corrosion cracking: Permanent internal or external molybdenum and nicklel – has an alloy content of 58 %. The rest
tensile stresses lead to metal strain or corrosion. In this process, consists of iron and carbon. Due to this very high alloy content,
a crack develops due to mechanical stresses, which grows under the production for this steel type is very expensive, but on the
increasing loads and thus creates a path for progressive corro- other hand the conection is safe and maintenance – free in terms
sion. For example, this occurs with stainless steel of corrosion of corrosion.
resistance Class III e. g. A4, in an atmosphere containing chlorine
(swimming pools). Generally, stress corrosion cracking is not
visible with fixings and usually leads to sudden failure of the
anchoring.

In 1985, the suspended concrete ceiling Example of trans-crystalline stress corro-

of an indoor swimming pool collapsed sion cracking on stainless steel 1.4401
in Uster, Switzerland. The stainless steel with high chloride concentration
ceiling attachments exhibited no external
defects, but were completely destroyed
internally in some cases due to stress
corrosion cracking.

585

GD_KP_$KT-KATNEW2011-$KP-K14-EN_#SEN_#APR_#V1.indb 585 05.12.2018 13:19:40

 Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology

Dynamics
For predominantly non-static loads.

The general building approvals issued by the German Insti-

tute of Construction Engineering (DiBt) and the European
Technical Approvals / Assessments (ETA) are mainly valid for
predominately static loads. However, there are certain applications
e. g. swinging cranes, crane rails, jib cranes, elevator guide rails,
machines, industrial robots and blast fans in tunnels including
antenna and masts which are subjeted to dynamic effects.
Elevator guide rails Industrial robots
In general, the anchoring of components with more than > 1000
load cycles must be carried out using fastening elements that
have been checked and approved for this purpose. Until recently,
the design for post-installed anchors for such dynamically loaded
applications was nearly impossible. Time consuming and costly
expert reports and or approvals for individual applications were
required.

The bonded anchors: fischer Highbond anchor FHB dyn

and fischer UMV multicone dyn and FDA have a German DiBt Blast fans Antenna and masts
approval for dynamic loads. In the approval, only fatigue loads
are considered as dynamic loads and not loads from shock or
seismic activity. statical strength
15 (statical capacity)
The approvals apply to the anchoring of dynamic loads with
unlimited numbers of load cycles, for tension and for shear loads.
fatigue strength
Oscillating amplitude
Basic Knowledge

(capacity in case of fatigue)

In addition, the FHB dyn is manufactured in anchor size M12 and
M16 from highly corrosion-resistant steel (e. g. corrosion resistant
Class V - 1.4529).
durable oscillation strength
(durable capacity in case of fatigue)
Dynamic load tests have shown - compared to normal stainless
steel grades of corrosion resistant class III (e. g. 1.4401 also N = 2 ‰ 106
known as 316) – that this material is not only highly suitable for
indoor and outdoor humid environments, as well as other agres- 1 10 100 1.000 10.000 100.000 1.000.000 10.000.000 100.000.000
Number of cycles N
sive conditions, it is also highly suitable for dynamic loadings.
Wöhler curve

Action Run of the oscillation Possible cause

Unbalances,
harmonic sinusoidal tumbling machines
period T

optional, Regularly abutting parts

periodic periodical (e.g. punching machines),
period TD rail- and road traffic

optional,
transient Earthquakes
nonperiodical

optional,
impulsive with very short Impact, explosion
time of influence

Dynamic effects

586

GD_KP_$KT-KATNEW2011-$KP-K14-EN_#SEN_#APR_#V1.indb 586 05.12.2018 13:19:43

 Legal basis
The European Union (EU) determines the legal foundation
for the assessment, CE labelling and bringing building products
into the European Economic Area (EEA).

The aim is to reduce trade barriers by harmonising the The CE mark is the only means to certify whether the manufac-
requirements of building products. turer has conformed to the applicable harmonised requirements
of construction products. The CE label allows the construction
REGULATION (EU) No 305/2011 (Construction Products Regu- product to be freely traded without trade barriers in the European
lations) OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND COUNCIL Economic Area.
fully came into force on 1st July 2013. The Construction Products
Regulation is law in all EU countries. However, the Construction Each Member State determines the essential characteristics for
Product Directive 89/106 / EEC is not law in all EU countries. use of the construction product and its performance in its territory.
The unrestricted use of a construction product in a Member State
Construction products are products, or parts which are perma- depends on whether performance values exist in the DoP for the
nently incorporated into buildings. Their performance influences essential characteristics determined by the Member State. If one
the structure’s basic requirements (e. g. mechanical strength). characteristic is declared with “NPD“ (No Performance Determi-
Therefore, construction products and materials for safetly relevant ned), this can lead to a ban on use in a Member State. Therefore,
applications are affected. each member State must establish Product Contact Points, which
will provide information on these regulations. In Germany, this is
Important building requirements include: the Federal Institute for Material Research and Testing (BAM: see
1 Mechanical strength and stability www.pcp.bam.de).
2 Fire protection
3 Hygiene, health and environmental protection
4 Safety and accessibility during use
5 Sound protection
6 Energy saving and heat protection 15
7 Sustainable use of natural resources

Basic Knowledge
When a construction product is covered by a harmonised
standard (hEN), or a European Technical Assessment or Appro-
val (ETA) has been issued for this product, the manufacturer is
obligated to draw up a Declaration of Performance (DoP) for this
product and affix the CE marking on the product. The application
for an ETA for a construction product by the manufacturer is
voluntary. National approvals may only be issued if a construction
product is not marked with a CE label.

Existing European Technical Approvals (ETA) are valid until the

end of the validity date and will be amended with the Declaration
of Performance (DoP) by the manufacturer from the due date.
The reference number of the DoP is part of the CE marking and
must be determined by the manufacturer. The Declarations of
Performance (DoP) are available on the fischer website under
“Approvals/Assessments”: http://www.fischer.de/sdb.

587

GD_KP_$KT-KATNEW2011-$KP-K14-EN_#SEN_#APR_#V1.indb 587 05.12.2018 13:19:43

 Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology

Assessment procedure
Fasteners which are not covered by a harmonised standard (hEN)
can apply for an ETA (European Technical Assessment)
on the basis of a European Assessment Document (EAD).

Existing assessment documents, such as ETAGs (European Tech- Section 6 of the ETAG 001 (in the future, EAD 33-0747) regula-
nical Approval Guidelines) for metal and plastic fixings are still tes the assessment of metal fixings in cracked and non-cracked
valid and transferred into EADs in accordance with the EU Const- concrete for multiple use for non-structural systems. Non-load
ruction Products Regulation (CRP). The ETAGs and the new EADs bearing systems include components which do not contribute to
can be downloaded from the EOTA website: http://www.eota.eu the stability of the construction, they only transmit their dead
or wind load. These are, for instance, simple suspended ceilings
The assessment document for mechanical fasteners (ETAG 001- and false ceilings, pipelines and façade claddings.
1, -2, -3, -4 or in the future, EAD 33-0232) and the assessment
document for bonded anchors (ETAG 001-5 or in the future, When using fixings for multiple use, it is assumed that if exces-
EAD 33-0499) divides possible approvals of metal fixings into sive slippage or failure of a fixing point occurs, that the load will
12 options. be transferred to neighbouring fixing point. A fixing point can be
defined as a single anchor or a group of anchors.
Options 1-6 are for use in cracked and non-cracked concrete,
options 7-12 are only for use in non-cracked concrete. Anchors This is known as a redundant system, where stability is not
of Option 1 offer the largest range of flexibility for assessment, affected by an individual anchor failure.
since performance values for concrete of the strength classes
C20/25 to C50/60, as well as the minimum spacing and edge
distances are available (see table below).

15
Possible assessment options according to EAD
Basic Knowledge

Different Separate
Cmin < Ccr Design
One value for values for One value values
Cracked Non-cracked Ccr / Scr method
Options all concrete C20/25 for load for tensile /
concrete concrete Smin < Scr as per
strengths to direction and shear
EN 1992-4
C50/60 capacity

1  
  A
2  
 
3  
  B
4  
 
5  
  C
6  
7  
  A
8  
 
9  
  B
10  
 
11  
  C
12  

588

GD_KP_$KT-KATNEW2011-$KP-K14-EN_#SEN_#APR_#V1.indb 588 05.12.2018 13:19:43

 Design of fastenings
Two different anchor designs are differentiated.

Method with global safety factors

Other important design provisions are:
Permissible loads are determined from the average failure
load or from the 5 % fractile load and compared with the EOTA TR020
action load. Anchor design in concrete under fire exposure, or CEN/TS
1992-4, Part 1, Appendix D
The safety factor depends on the anchoring system, the type of
installation and external influences such as temperature and EOTA TR045
or humidity. Global safety factors are generally γ = 3 for steel and Anchor design in concrete for seismic actions
bonded anchors and γ = 5 for plastic anchors.
The applicable assessment design methods are generally indi-
Methods with partial safety factors cated in the respective ETA. It is important that design methods
are not commingled.
According to this method, it is shown that the value of the
design actions Sd does not exceed the value of the design The design for metal anchor (under static and seismic loads
resistance Rd (Sd ≤ Rd). as well as under fire exposure) is summarised in EN1992-4, i. e. in
Section 4 of the Eurocode 2, but then must be ratified by each
The action on fixings are determined according to the same rules Member State and, if applicable, adapted for national annexes.
and used the same partial safety factors employed in reinforcred As soon as EN1992-4 is published, all other design methods
concrete design (see Eurocode 1990; national appendix must be (ETAG 001 Annex C, TR045, TR020, TR029 and CEN/TS
observed). 1992-4) are no longer valid. 15
The design resistance is determined by using the characteristic fischer has developed a simple yet powerful design software for
resistance and the partial safety factor of the material (γM ), which

Basic Knowledge
daily use: the fischer - C-FIX. The software enables designers and
takes into account the scatter of the material. The values can be users to carry out anchor designs according to different design
taken directly form the ETA. Safety is national law. The design methods. Complex anchor arrangements can be calculated
method as well as the related partial safety factors are determined quickly and easily. The feature “multple design” makes it possible
by the Member State. to select the best technical and cost saving solution.

Only the product-specific coefficient for installation is specified

in the ETA, which is used to calculate the partial factor γM. The
design standard EN 1992-4, which is expected to be ratified
in 2018, contains the national determined partial safety factors
(observe the respective national appendex).

The design method as set down according to ETAG 001, Annex

C - design method for metal anchors and the design method
according to TR029 - bonded anchor design in concrete, as
well as CEN/TS 1992-4, Section 4 (mechanical anchors) and
Section 5 (chemical anchors) are the current methods for anchor
design based on a European Technical Approval or Assessment
(ETA). Moreover, the ETAG 001 Annex C distinguishes between
three different design methods (A, B and C), method A being
the most important and the most economical method since
anchors are considered separately for all load directions and
failure modes. Methods B and C play a minor role and are hardly
used.

589

GD_KP_$KT-KATNEW2011-$KP-K14-EN_#SEN_#APR_#V1.indb 589 05.12.2018 13:19:43

 Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology

Approvals, markings and their importance

The most important symbols
are presented below.

European Technical Approval / Assessment

Issued by a European approval authority (e. g. DIBt) on the basis of
the guidelines for European technical approvals (ETAG). ETA (Eng-
lish): European Technical Approval/Assessment. CE: The CE marks
the conformity of the product to all applicable legal provisions in
which their installation is intended. This means that the CE mark
only certifies that the requirements determined in the relevant har-
monisation legal provisions of the union have been complied with.
Products with the CE mark can be freely traded in the European
Economic Market.

ICC International Code Council

See ICC-ES
ICC Evaluation Service Inc. (ICC ES) issues reports, e. g. for subse-
Evaluation Report quent anchoring on the basis of the International Building Code®
at www.icc-es.org
and the related standards in the United States of America
ESR-1990

FM Certificate
Recognised for use in local water- based fire extinguisher systems
15 (Factory Mutual Research Corporation for Property Conservation,
American insurance company).
Basic Knowledge

General building authority approval

German approval, issued by the DIBt, Berlin with the accompanying
certificate of conformity for construction products with the
general building authority approval. Confirmed by a material testing
institute.

Fire-tested fixing
The anchor was subjected to a fire test. It is an "investigation report
to test the anchor under fire exposure (fire behaviour) (with R-Class).
Fire tests are not required when using the simplified verification
method according to TR020 - then the values can be transferred
directly to the ETA.

This product is made from high corrosion resistant steel of

corrosion resistance class V, e. g. 1.4529.
Stainless
steel
1.4529

590

GD_KP_$KT-KATNEW2011-$KP-K14-EN_#SEN_#APR_#V1.indb 590 05.12.2018 13:19:45

 Dynamically loadable anchors
The anchor is suitable and approved for anchoring of “not predomi-
nantly static” (i.e. dynamic) loads.static” (i.e. dynamic) loads.
static” (i.e. dynamic) loads.

General construction-related test certificate

P-NDS04-137

The fixing is suitable for anchoring under seismic influence.

Please note: The ICC-ESRs also allow seismic stress (see Category
C1 and C2 in accordance with the ETAG 001 Annex E).

Mark for labels that confirm compliance with the VDS-CEA

guidelines for sprinkler systems, planning and installation.
Fixings labelled as such may be used for fixing pipes for
extinguishing systems.

Tested for flammability in accordance with VDE.

15

Basic Knowledge
Fixings for tensile zones
The fixing is suitable and approved for anchoring in cracked con-
crete (tensile zone) and in uncracked concrete (compression zone).

Fixing made of high-quality, ageing-resistant nylon (polyamide).

Component test with window frame screws in accordance

with ift guideline M0-01/1; Testing structural connections on
windows.

The term “approvals” used in the catalogue consists of documents given, if the performance of the significant characteristics required
that are available and can be used as evidence of the usability of in each Member State has been clarified/ confirmed by the manu-
building products for which the documents were issued. These are facturer. Information on the significant necessary characteristics in
(fire) reports, general construction-related approvals issued by the a country can be found at the national Product Information Contact
German Institute for Construction Technology Berlin (e. g. Z-21...) (Link: http://ec.europa.eu/Docs- Room/documents/4170/attach-
or European Technical Approvals or Assessments (ETA). In general, ments/1/translations/en/renditions/native).
the usability of construction products in an EU Member State is

591

GD_KP_$KT-KATNEW2011-$KP-K14-EN_#SEN_#APR_#V1.indb 591 05.12.2018 13:19:47

 fischer 360°- Service

Our service to you

„ We are a reliable partner, one that will
stand at your side and address your
individual requirements with advice and
action.“

By implementing the fischer process system (fPS) we ▪

offer you the quickest and most efficient service.

Global presence with the fischer

international sales team

▪ One-on-one assistance from multi lingual staff.

▪ Immediate information and individual solutions regar-
ding the widest range of fixings and ▪
fasteners worldwide.
▪ 46 own subsidiaries and distribution to more ▪
16 than 100 countries worldwide.
▪ Visit organization A - Z and training programs.

  
Please contact: [email protected]
Service

Qualified technical consulting

from the fischer technical team
▪ Support for engineers, consultants and craftsmen.
▪ More than 130 engineers worldwide give legally
compliant technical advice and product recommen-
dations.
▪ Services include test installations, pull-out tests,
▪ individual designs and comparative calculations.
▪ Special solutions in the scope of fixing technology.

  
Please contact: [email protected]

592

GD_KP_$KT-KATNEW2011-$KP-K15-EN_#SEN_#APR_#V1.indb 592 05.12.2018 13:17:33

 Competence and innovation
through own research,
development and production

▪▪ Market research of trends and customer requirements.

▪▪ Own research and development teams for ▪
chemical, steel and plastic fastenings.
▪▪ In-house tool making, special machine construction ▪ 16
and production facilities for total process control.
▪▪ fischer Process System (fPS) ensures innovative ▪
and high quality products.

Service
Wide range of fastening and
supplementary products for
professional and DIY customers

▪▪ Comprehensive assortment of chemical, steel ▪

and plastic fastenings.
▪▪ Supplementary ranges of installation systems, ▪
construction chemicals, wood screws, drill bits, ▪
facade systems etc.
▪▪ Broadest coverage of applications.
▪▪ Standard products, project-based solutions and   Discover our product range: ▪
customer-specific developments. ▪ www.fischer.com/products

593

GD_KP_$KT-KATNEW2011-$KP-K15-EN_#SEN_#APR_#V1.indb 593 05.12.2018 13:17:37

 fischer 360°- Service

Professional training sessions in

the fischer academy

▪▪ Wide range of seminars for craftsmen, engineers and

specialist dealers.
▪▪ Fixing technology at its best based on over 30 years
of training experience.
▪▪ Theoretical kowledge and practical exercises in ▪
16 line with the demands of the approval.
▪▪ Full service programme in modern training rooms,
including accomodation.
Service

  You can find more details on: ▪

www.fischer.de/Seminare

R- C-
REBA
FIXPERIENCE design and construction FIX FIX

RAIL-
software for demanding applications FIX
AR -
MORT
LL- FIX
▪▪ Design software for planners and structural ▪ INSTA
FIX
engineers.
▪▪ Modular program including engineering software and
C E FACAD
E-
WOO
D- RIEN
FIXPE
application modules. FIX
FIX
▪▪ Based on international design standards (ETAG 001,
EC1, EC2, EC3, EC5), including national ▪
application documents.
▪▪ Free choice of all common power and ▪
measurement units.
▪▪ Graphical representation in 3D, 2D, move, ▪
360° rotate, pan, tilt, zoom.   Download your free software from:
www.fischer.com/fixpierience

594

GD_KP_$KT-KATNEW2011-$KP-K15-EN_#SEN_#APR_#V1.indb 594 05.12.2018 13:17:45

 Infoportfolio

Main Catalogue Installation Systems

All facts about the fischer installation systems and

their applications.

▪▪ Presentation of products and systems with detailed ▪

technical data and illustrations.
▪▪ Anchors suitable to fix installation system components.
▪▪ Application support.
▪▪ Basic knowledge of installation systems.
▪▪ Available design software.

  Order now: [email protected]

Main Catalogue Screws

All facts about the fischer screw range and

their applications.

▪▪ Presentation of products with detailed technical ▪

data and illustrations.
▪▪ Load tables for construction screws.
▪▪ Application support.
▪▪ Basic knowledge about connections with screws 16
▪▪ Available design software.

   Order now: [email protected]

Service

International FireStop Handbook

All facts about the fischer FireStop systems and

their applications.

▪▪ Presentation of products and systems with detailed ▪

technical data and accordance to relevant ▪
international standards.
▪▪ Anchors suitable to fix sprinkler systems.
▪▪ Application support.
▪▪ Basic knowledge about active and passive fire ▪
prevention as well as air and acoustic sealing systems.

   Order now: [email protected]

595

GD_KP_$KT-KATNEW2011-$KP-K15-EN_#SEN_#APR_#V1.indb 595 05.12.2018 13:17:49

 fischer subsidiaries

Germany France Philippines Sweden

fischer Deutschland Vertriebs GmbH fischer S. A. S. fischer PH Asia, Inc. fischer Sverige AB
Klaus-Fischer-Straße 1 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182 No 100 Congressional Avenue, Project 8 Tenngatan 4
72178 Waldachtal 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1 1106 Quezon City 602 23 Norrköping
Tel.: +49 7443 12 6000 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67 Tel.: +63 2426 / 0888 217 Tel.: +46 11 31 44 52
Fax.: +49 7443 12 4500 Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44 Fax.: +63 28803256 Fax.: +46 11 33 1950
E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.fischer.de http://www.fischer.fr http://www.fischer.ph http://www.fischersverige.se

Argentina Greece Poland United Kingdom

fischer Argentina s.a. fischer Hellas Emporiki EPE fischerpolska Sp.z o.o fischer fixings UK Ltd.
Armenia 3044 Nat. Road Athens-Lamia (17th) &amp; Roupel 6 ul. Albatrosow 2 Whitely Road
1605 Munro Ra-PCIA Buenos Aires Kifissia Athens 30-716 Kraków Oxon OX10 9AT Wallingford
Tel.: +54 1147 62 27 78 Tel.: +30 210 2838167 Tel.: +48 12 2 90 08 80 Tel.: +44 1491 82 79 00
Fax.: +54 1147 56 13 11 Fax.: +30 210 2838169 Fax.: +48 12 2 90 08 88 Fax.: +44 1491 82 79 53
E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.fischer.com.ar http://www.fischer.gr http://www.fischerpolska.pl http://www.fischer.co.uk

Austria Hungary Portugal United States

fischer Austria GmbH fischer Hungária Bt. fischerwerke Portugal, Lda. fischer fixings LLC
Wiener Straße 95 Szerémi út 7/b Av. Casal da Serra Nº 7, R/C 1084 Doris Rd
2514 Traiskirchen 1117 Budapest 2625-085 Póvoa de Santa Iria 48326 Auburn Hills, MI
Tel.: +43 2252 53730 0 Tel.: +36 1 347 97 55 Tel.: +351 21 953 74 50 Tel.: +1 973 256 3045
Fax.: +43 2252 53730 70 Fax.: +36 1 347 97 66 Fax.: +351 21 959 13 90 Fax.: +1 845 625 2666
E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.fischer.at http://www.fischerhungary.hu http://www.fischer.pt http://fischerfixings.com

Belgium India Romania

fischer Cobemabel snc fischer BUILDING MATERIAL INDIA PVT LTD. fischer fixings Romania S.R.L.
Schaliënhoevedreef 20 D PRESTIGE GARNET UNIT NO- 401, 4TH FLOOR 36, ULSOOR Calea Baciului Nr. 179
2800 Mechelen ROAD Cluj-Napoca
Tel.: +32 152 8 47 00 560042 Bangalore KARNATAKA Tel.: +40 264 455 166
Fax.: +32 152 8 47 10 Tel.: +91 08041511991 92 93 Fax.: +40 264 403 060
E-Mail: [email protected] Fax.: +91 08041511989 E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.fischer.be E-Mail: [email protected] https://www.fischer.com.ro
http://www.fischer.in

Brazil Italy Russian Federation

fischer brasil Industria e Comercio Ltda. fischer italia S.R.L OOO fischer Befestigungssysteme Rus
Estrada do Dende, 300 Ilha do Governador Corso Stati Uniti, 25, Casella Postale 391 Leningradskoe shosse, 47, Bldg. 2, 2nd floor, apt. VI
21920-001 Rio de Janeiro-RJ 35127 Padova Z.I. Sud 125195 Moscow
Tel.: +55 21 2467 1130 Tel.: +39 049 8 06 31 11 Tel.: +7 495 223 03 34
Fax.: +55 21 2467 0144 Fax.: +39 049 8 06 34 01 Fax.: +7 495 223 03 34
E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.fischerbrasil.com.br http://www.fischeritalia.it http://www.fischerfixings.ru

China Japan Singapore

fischer (Taicang) fixings Co. Ltd. fischer Japan K.K. fischer systems Asia Pte. Ltd.
Shanghai Rep. Office Rm 1503-1504, No. 63 Chifeng Road Seishin Kudan Building 3rd Floor 3-4-15 Kudan Minami 4 Kaki Bukit Avenue 1, #01-06
200092 Shanghai Chiyoda-ku 417939. Singapore
Tel.: +86-021-65975388 102-0074 Tokyo Tel.: +65 6741 0480
Fax.: +86-021-65979622 Tel.: +81 3 3263 4491 Fax.: +65 6741 0481

16 E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.fischer.com.cn
Fax.: +81 3 6272 9935
E-Mail: [email protected]
E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.fischer.sg
http://www.fischerjapan.co.jp

China Korea, Republic of Slovakia

fischer (Taicang) fixings Co. Ltd. fischer Korea Co., Ltd fischer S.K. s.r.o.
Service

Building 1, No.105 North Dongcang Rd. B-903, #131, Kasan Digital-1Ro, Geumcheon-Gu Nová Rožňavská 134 A
215400 Taicang Jiangsu 153-803 Seoul 831 04 Bratislava
Tel.: +86 512 53 58 89 38 Tel.: +82 1544 8955 Tel.: +421 2 4920 6046
Fax.: +86 512 53 58 89 48 Fax.: +82 1544 8903 Fax.: +421 2 4920 6044
E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.fischer.com.cn http://www.fischerkorea.com http://www.fischer-sk.sk

Czech Republic Mexico Spain

fischer international s.r.o. fischer Sistemas de Fijación, S.A. de C.V. fischer Ibérica S.A.U.
Prùmyslová 1833 Blvd. Manuel Avila Camacho 3130-400B Klaus Fischer 1
25001 Brandýs nad Labem 54020 Col. Valle Dorado, Tlalnepantla 43300 Mont-Roig del Camp Tarragona
Tel.: +42 03 26 90 46 01 Tel.: +52 55 55 72 08 83 Tel.: +34 977 83 87 11
Fax.: +42 03 26 90 46 00 Fax.: +52 55 55 72 15 90 Fax.: +34 977 83 87 70
E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.fischer-cz.cz http://www.fischermex.com.mx http://www.fischer.es

Denmark Netherlands Turkey

fischer a/s fischer Benelux B.V. fischer Metal Sanayi Ve Ticaret Ltd Sti
Sandvadsvej 17 A Amsterdamsestraatweg 45 B/C Cevizli Mahallesi, Mustafa Kemal Paşa Cad. Seyit Gazi Sok.
4600 Køge 1411 AX Naarden No 66, Hukukçular Towers A Blok
Tel.: +45 46 32 02 20 Tel.: +31 35 6 95 66 66 34865 Kartal İstanbul
Fax.: +45 46 32 50 52 Fax.: +31 35 6 95 66 99 Tel.: +90 216 326 0066
E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected] Fax.: +90 216 326 0018
http://www.fischerdanmark.dk http://www.fischer.nl E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.fischer.com.tr

Finland Norway United Arab Emirates

fischer Finland Oy fischer Norge AS fischer FZE
Suomalaistentie 7 B Oluf Onsumsvei 9 R/A 07, BA - 04, Jebel Ali Free Zone
02270 Espoo 0680 Oslo Dubai
Tel.: +358 20 7414660 Tel.: +47 23 24 27 10 Tel.: +97 14 8 83 74 77
Fax.: +358 20 7414669 Fax.: +47 23 24 27 13 Fax.: +97 14 8 83 74 76
E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.fischerfinland.fi http://www.fischernorge.no/ http://www.fischer.ae

596

GD_KP_$KT-KATNEW2011-$KP-K15-EN_#SEN_#APR_#V1.indb 596 05.12.2018 13:17:49

 fischer importers

Albania Barbados Colombia Egypt

fischer Austria GmbH Maxwell Trading Inc Ingenier.Y Representaciones Sa Modern Machines & Materials Co.
Wiener Straße 95 Salters Warehouse Complex Calle 41 Norte Nro.1N-03 23 El Madina El Monawara Street
2514 Traiskirchen Salters, St George 760003 Cali Gouvernement Al-Qahira
Tel.: +43 2252 53730 0 Tel.: +246 4293731 Tel.: +572 3194020 4482521 Tel.: +20 2 3 03 02 51
Fax.: +43 2252 53730 70 Fax.: +246 4293731 E-Mail: [email protected]
E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.fischer.at

Algeria Belarus Costa Rica Estonia

Siestal Sarl MetallArtStory Distribuidora Arsa S.A. fischerpolska Sp.z o.o
Zone Industrielle industrial area „zaozerye-1“ Guadalupe , de Clinica Jerusalem 400 Este y 75 Sur ul. Albatrosow 2
0600 Bejaia 223141 d.Saoser´je, Logoyskij r-n, Minskaja obl. 2110-2100 San Jose 30-716 Kraków
Tel.: +34 21 26 58 Tel.: +375 172684557 Tel.: +506 2854224 Tel.: +370 601 61509
Fax.: +34 20 15 69 E-Mail: [email protected] Fax.: +48 12 2 90 08 88
E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.fischerfixings.ee

Angola Bolivia Ethiopia

O-INDEX TRADING LDA. NAUVOO IMPORTADORES Industria Ceramica Costarricense S.A. FOREVER Private Limited Company
Rua Comandante Hoji-Ya-Henda (Ex Avenida Brazil) Edifício Calle Isaac Tamayo Nº 840, Complejo Virgen del Rosario, 1.5 Km Oeste de Aviacion Civil, La Uruca P.O.Box 4806 Addis Ababa
o-index Nº31, Município de Rangel Bloque B, Local 04, zona Rosario San Jose Tel.: +251 11 1560600
Luanda-Angola 10392 La Paz Tel.: +506 25195433 Fax.: +251 11 1560189
Tel.: +244 222 383 421 Tel.: +59122453782 Fax.: +506 22914501 E-Mail: [email protected]
Fax.: +244 222 383 721      E-Mail: [email protected]
E-Mail: [email protected] http://www.americanstandardca.com
www.o-index.com

French Polynesia
C. Woermann Angola, Lda. WAKO IMPORTAC.Y REPRESENTAC. TORCASA (TORNILLOS CENTROAMERICANOS fischer S. A. S.
Km 4.5 Estrada de Cacuaco Av. Pedro Rivera #3550 Tercer Anillo Interno S.A.) 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182
Bairro Petrangol, LUANDA 531 SANTA CRUZ DE LA SIERRA Av #10 entre calles #14 & #16 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1
Tel.: +244 227 270 185 Tel.: + 1578282012 13955-1000 San Jose Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67
E-Mail: [email protected] Tel.: +50625393939 Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44
http://www.c-woermann.com E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.fischer.fr

Bosnia and Herzegovina Côte d‘Ivoire Gabon

Ovarmat Angola fischer Austria GmbH fischer S. A. S. fischer S. A. S.
Rua A, Quarteirão I, N.º 11, Bairro 1º de Maio Wiener Straße 95 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182
Viana / LUANDA 2514 Traiskirchen 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1
Tel.: +244 921 180 132 Tel.: +43 2252 53730 0 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67
Fax.: +244 926 405 833 Fax.: +43 2252 53730 70 Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44 Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44
E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.fischer.at http://www.fischer.fr http://www.fischer.fr

Armenia Bulgaria Croatia Ghana

Kasco Ltd. fischer Austria GmbH fischer Austria GmbH C. WOERMANN (GHANA) LIMITED
Yervand Kochar str. 3-1 a Wiener Straße 95 Wiener Straße 95 C362/1 Nsawam Road / Avenor Junction
0070 Yervand 2514 Traiskirchen 2514 Traiskirchen P. O. Box GP 1779 ACCRA
Tel.: +374 10 57 55 00 Tel.: +43 2252 53730 0 Tel.: +385 16 235 935 Tel.: +233-(0)30-222 51 41
Fax.: +43 2252 53730 70 Fax.: +385 16 235 881 Fax.: +233-(0)30-223 00 16
E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.fischer.at
E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.fischer.at
E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.woermann-ghana.com 16
Australia Cameroon Curacao Guadeloupe
Anchormark Pty.Ltd fischer S. A. S. Caribbean Fasteners Group fischer S. A. S.

Service
61 Waterview Close Unit 1 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182 Emancipatieboulevard 29 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182
VIC 3175 Dandenong South, Victoria 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1 PO BOX6052 Willemstad 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1
Tel.: +61 (0) 3 97992096 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67 Tel.: +599 97376288 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67
Fax.: +61 (0) 3 97992696 Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44 E-Mail: [email protected] Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44
E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.anchormark.com.au http://www.fischer.fr http://www.fischer.fr

Azerbaijan Canada Cyprus Guatemala

Santral Elektrik MMC Canadian Fasteners Hegedus Ltd. Unicol chemicals Ltd Compañía Comercial e Industrial Electro Diesel de
Boyuk Shor highway 11/2062 1180 Quest. De Louvain West 10.P.Demetrakopoulos street, P.O. Box 25606 Guatemala, S. A (EDISA)
1029 Baku H4N 1G5 Quebec, Montréal 1090 Nicosia 8A calle 6-62-Zona 4
Tel.: +994 125144048 Tel.: +1 514 3 81 34 31 Tel.: +357 22663316 01004 Guatemala
Fax.: +994 125144046 Fax.: +1 514 3 81 36 88 E-Mail: [email protected] Tel.: +50 2254940000
E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.ancragescanadiens.com

Bahrain Czech Republic Guyana

M.H. Al Mahroos BSC (c) Wm. P. Somerville Ltd. fischer Austria GmbH fischer S. A. S.
Building No. 208, Shaikh Salman Highway, P.O. Box 65 3964 Kitchener Street Wiener Straße 95 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182
Salihiya, Block 356, Manama BC V5C 3M2 Burnaby 2514 Traiskirchen 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1
Tel.: +973 17 40 80 90 Tel.: +1 604 298 36 22 Tel.: +43 2252 53730 0 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67
Fax.: +973 17 40 43 23 Fax.: +1 604 298 59 26 Fax.: +43 2252 53730 70 Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44
E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.almahroos.com http://www.fischer.at http://www.fischer.fr

Bangladesh Chile Ecuador Honduras

Abedin Equipment Limited American Screw de Chile Ltda. Pino Aristata Sociedad Anonima Importadora Ferretera S.A
B 52 Kemal Ataturk Avenue Cno. A Melipilla 10338-C.1844 Luis Urdaneta Nr. 1909 y Tulcan BO Las Palmas Calle 17 CLL 5-6
1213 Banani, Dhaka 8320000 Santiago AP.09-04-500 Guayaquil San Pedro Sula
Tel.: +880 298 808 60 Tel.: +56 2440 7000 Tel.: +593 42288000 Tel.: +504 25541848
Fax.: +880 29862340 Fax.: +504 255453096
E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.abedinequipment.com http://imferra.com

597

GD_KP_$KT-KATNEW2011-$KP-K15-EN_#SEN_#APR_#V1.indb 597 05.12.2018 13:17:49

 fischer importers

Jordan Macedonia Morocco

Larach & Cia, S. de R.L. de C.V Izzat Marji Group fischer Austria GmbH Outipro
1347 Calle de la Salud, Colonia Miramontes No. 10, Amer Bin Malek st. - Um Sumaq, P. O. Box: 1945 Wiener Straße 95 53, Rue du Lieutenant Mohamed Mahroud
Tegucigalpa M.D.C 11821 Amman 2514 Traiskirchen Casablanca
E-Mail: [email protected] Tel.: +962 655 202 84 Tel.: +43 2252 53730 0 Tel.: +2122 2 24 77 21
E-Mail: [email protected] Fax.: +43 2252 53730 70 Fax.: +2122 2 40 82 34
http://www.marji.jo E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.fischer.at

Honduras Kazakhstan Madagascar Mozambique

Idustrial Ferretera, S.A. de C.V. fischerpolska Sp.z o.o fischer S. A. S. Nova Vida Lda
Calle Principal 401, San Jose del Pedregal ul. Albatrosow 2 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182 Rua Paulino Santos Gil 94
Comayaguela 30-716 Kraków 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1 Maputo
E-Mail: [email protected] Tel.: +48 605 106 657 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67 Tel.: +258 21 327370
http://www.indufesa.com Fax.: +48 12 2 90 08 88 Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44 Fax.: +258 21 327371
E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.fischerpolska.pl http://www.fischer.fr

Hong Kong Kenya Malaysia Myanmar

Infix (HK) Ltd. THORN ELECTRICALS LIMITED Defix Concrete Products Sdn Bhd TIGER SUPPLY CO., LTD
12 Ka Yip Street; Unit 15, 12/Fl. Paramount Building 00100 GPO Nairobi No 8, Jalan PJS 5/26, Taman Desaria, PJS 5, Petaling Jaya 19/21 Station Roadk Bauk Htaw
Chai Wan Tel.: +254708504111 46000 Kuala Lumpur YANKIN TOWNSHIP, YANGON
Tel.: +852 2898 26 68 Fax.: +254733734444 Tel.: +60 16 893 3796 Tel.: 01-400411
Fax.: +852 2898 23 38 E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected] Fax.: 01-430559
E-Mail: [email protected] http://www.thornpower.co.ke https://defixcp.com.my E-Mail: [email protected]

Iceland Maldives Namibia

Byko Ltd THORN POWER M/S Sonee Hardware, Sonee Building C E Paulus t/a Werner Behnsen Enterprises
Skemmuvegi 2A GPO Sonee Building, 181 Boduthakurufaanu Magu PO Box 6302 Ausspannplatz 8 Kalie Roodt Street Northern
200 KOPAVOGUR 00100 Nairobi 20181 Male‘  Industrial
Tel.: +354 515 40 00 Tel.: +254708504111 Tel.: +960 333 6699 Windhoek
E-Mail: [email protected] Fax.: +254733734444 Fax.: +960 332 0304 Tel.: +264 61234234
https://www.byko.is/ E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected] Fax.: +264 61225353
http://www.sonee.com.mv E-Mail: [email protected]

Iran Kosovo Malta Nepal

Abzarsara Co. fischer Austria GmbH Tessera Water Light Center / Watt&Volt House
138, Sanai St. Wiener Straße 95 Dockyard Street Kha 2/65, Dillibazar, P.O. Box No: 2108
15866 - 45915 Teheran 2514 Traiskirchen PLA 2115 Paola Kathmandu
Tel.: +98 21 888 13 120 Tel.: +43 2252 53730 0 Tel.: +356 99426724 Tel.: +977 1 441 1330
E-Mail: [email protected] Fax.: +43 2252 53730 70 Fax.: +356 27490100 E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.abzarsara.com E-Mail: [email protected] http://www.facebook.com/wattandvolthouse
http://www.fischer.at

Indonesia Kuwait Martinique New Caledonia

PT BERSAMA Bangun Persada M/S Safina Al Najjat Co. fischer S. A. S. fischer S. A. S.
Perkantoran Mega Sunter Blok D10-11 Shuwaikh - Khalifa Jassim Street P.O. Box 20329 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182
14350 Jakarta Utara 13064 Safat 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1
Tel.: +62 21 65837575 Tel.: +965 2481 8786 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67
Fax.: +62 21 65835363 Fax.: +965 2481 8385 Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44 Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44
16 E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.mrsafetygroup.com
E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.fischer.fr
E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.fischer.fr

Iraq Latvia Mauritius New Zealand

Albasool Co. fischerpolska Sp.z o.o DEMA-SUPPLIES LTD Anchormark Pty.Ltd
Service

Alrasheed Street, New Armin Building No. 81, Shop No. 37 ul. Albatrosow 2 2A Deschartes Street 61 Waterview Close Unit 1
Baghdad 30-716 Kraków Port Louis VIC 3175 Dandenong South, Victoria
Tel.: +964 79 0192 0322 Tel.: +370 601 61509 Tel.: +230 2126405 Tel.: +61 (0) 3 97992096
E-Mail: [email protected] Fax.: +48 12 2 90 08 88 Fax.: +230 2107457 Fax.: +61 (0) 3 97992696
E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.fischerfixings.lv http://www.anchormark.com.au

Ireland Liberia Mayotte Nigeria

Chadwicks Ltd., SaMontec Beever Company Inc. fischer S. A. S. C.Woermann (Nigeria) Ltd.
Naas Road, Ashfield U.N. Drive, Vai Town 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182 6, Badejo Kalesanwo Street
Dublin 22 Monrovia 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1 Matori Industrial Estate Lagos
Tel.: +353 1419 7500 Tel.: +231 - 886511112 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67 Tel.: +234 (0) 17 73 64 98
Fax.: +353 1 4602811 E-Mail: [email protected] Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44 E-Mail: [email protected]
E-Mail: [email protected] http://www.beever.com/ E-Mail: [email protected] http://www.woermann-nigeria.com
http://www.chadwicks.ie http://www.fischer.fr

Lithuania Monaco Oman

Masonry Fixings Services Ltd. fischerpolska Sp.z o.o fischer S. A. S. Technical Supplies International Co LLC
Cherry Orchard Industrial Estate ul. Albatrosow 2 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182 Al Athaibah, Sultanate of Oman, Post Box 1827
Dublin 10 30-716 Kraków 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1 130 Wadi al Kabir
Tel.: +353 1 642 6700 Tel.: +370 601 61509 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67 Tel.: +968 2450 39 15
Fax.: +353 1 626 3493 Fax.: +48 12 2 90 08 88 Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44 Fax.: +968 2450 39 20
E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.masonryfixings.ie/ http://www.fischerfixings.lt http://www.fischer.fr http://www.tecsintl.com

Israel Luxembourg Montenegro Pakistan

Ledico Ltd. Hilger Interfer S.A. fischer Austria GmbH H.S.AHMEDALLY
31 Lazarov St. 36-37, z.a.e. Triangle Vert Wiener Straße 95 Plot 14/A/1, Block-6, PECHS
75654 Rishon LeZiyon 5691 Ellange 2514 Traiskirchen Shara-e-Faisal, Adjacent KFC Nursury Karachi
Tel.: +972 3 9630054 Tel.: +352 48 48 15 1 Tel.: +43 2252 53730 0 Tel.: +92 21 34548345 47
Fax.: +972 3963 00 55 Fax.: +352 48 48 15 350 Fax.: +43 2252 53730 70 Fax.: +92 21 34548348
E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.ledico.com http://www.hilger.lu http://www.fischer.at

598

GD_KP_$KT-KATNEW2011-$KP-K15-EN_#SEN_#APR_#V1.indb 598 05.12.2018 13:17:50

 fischer importers

Paraguay South Africa Togo

PETERSEN INDUSTRIA & HOGAR S.A Upat S.A. (Pty.) Ltd. fischer S. A. S. Record Tools S.A.
Santo Tomas #1653 C/ Avda. Artigas 1st Floor Lekrom House, Cnr. Miller & 3rd Streets 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182 Paysandu 951
1645 Asuncion 2094 New Doornfontein Johannesburg 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1 111000 Montevideo
Tel.: + 59521206131 Tel.: +27 11 6 24 67 15 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67 Tel.: +5982 902 7492
Fax.: +27 11 6 24 67 60 Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44
E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.upat.co.za http://www.fischer.fr

Reunion Sri Lanka Tunisia Venezuela

fischer S. A. S. Diesel & Motor Engineering PLC TEG Tunisienne Èquipement General IMPEX DE VENEZUELA C.A.
12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182 65 Jetawana Road P.O Box 339 AV. Hèdi Chaker, 43 Av. Este 1, Galpon 02 Parcela N° 61, Zona Industrial LA
67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1 Colombo - 14 1002 Tunis MORITA I
Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67 Tel.: +94 112 449 797 E-Mail: [email protected] 2115 TURMERO-ARAGUA
Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44 Fax.: +94 2449080 Tel.: + 584402432695019
E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.fischer.fr http://www.dimolanka.com

Russian Federation Swaziland Turkey Vietnam

Inform Ltd Tech-Tool 2000 (Pty) Ltd. fischer Metal Sanayi Ve Ticaret Ltd Sti UNIC JOIN STOCK COMPANY
Suvorova 125-A Plot 628, 5th Avenue Cevizli Mahallesi, Mustafa Kemal Paşa Cad. Seyit Gazi Sok. 5-7 Hoang Viet str,Ward 4, Tian Binh Dist,HCMC , Vietnam
236028 Kaliningrad Matsapha No 66, Hukukçular Towers A Blok Ho Chi Minh City
Tel.: +7 65 11 00 Tel.: +268 25186621 34865 Kartal İstanbul Tel.: +84 3811 9195/96
Fax.: +7 65 11 00 Fax.: +268 25186411 Tel.: +90 216 326 0066 Fax.: +84 3811 9197
E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected] Fax.: +90 216 326 0018 E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.inform-expert.ru E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.fischer.com.tr

Rwanda Switzerland Turkmenistan

Maltexx Ltd. SFS unimarket AG Befestigungstechnik fischer Metal Sanayi Ve Ticaret Ltd Sti Viet Technology & Development Jsc
KG 15th av. Rosenbergaustrasse 4 Cevizli Mahallesi, Mustafa Kemal Paşa Cad. Seyit Gazi Sok. Suite 608, Savina Building, 1 Dinh Le, Hoan Kiem, Hanoi.
Plot 808 Kacyiru- Kigali CH- 9435 Heerbrugg No 66, Hukukçular Towers A Blok Hanoi
Tel.: +250 788 411 422 Tel.: +41 71 727 52 00 34865 Kartal İstanbul Tel.: +84 4 3933 4549
E-Mail: [email protected] Fax.: +41 71 727 52 19 Tel.: +90 216 326 0066 Fax.: +84 4 3933 4547
E-Mail: [email protected] Fax.: +90 216 326 0018 E-Mail: [email protected]
www.sfs.ch E-Mail: [email protected] http://www.viet-tech.vn
http://www.fischer.com.tr

Saint Pierre and Miquelon Uganda

fischer S. A. S. SFS unimarket AG Technique de fixation Maltexx Ltd.
12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182 Z.I. Champ Cheval 1 Plot 84-88, 7th street, Industrial area
67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1 CH-1530 Payerne P.O. BOX 35789 Kampala
Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67 Tel.: +41 71 8862 865 Tel.: +256 775 965 389
Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44 Fax.: +41 71 8862 860 E-Mail: [email protected]
E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.fischer.fr www.sfs.ch

Saudi Arabia Syrian Arab Republic Ukraine

Juffali Technical Equipment Company (JTECO) Dallal Est. fischerpolska Sp.z o.o
Kilo 6, Medinah Road P.O. Box 8303 Barron Street ul. Albatrosow 2
21431 Jeddah Aleppo - Machroutieh 30-716 Kraków
Tel.: +966 2 66 72 222 Tel.: +963 21 2116083 Tel.: +48 605 106 657
Fax.: +966 2 66 76 308 E-Mail: [email protected] Fax.: +48 12 2 90 08 88
E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.eajb.com
E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.fischerpolska.pl 16
Senegal Taiwan United States
fischer S. A. S. Perfect Link Co. Ltd. HQ Army Air Force

Service
12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182 Siyuan Road P. O. BOX 660261
67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1 231 Taipei, Sindian City 75266-0261 Dallas, Tx
Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67 Tel.: +886 2 22 19 4698 Tel.: +1 217 726 5938
Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44 Fax.: +886 2 22 19 9939 Fax.: +1 217 726 5953
E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.fischer.fr

Uruguay
Groel Cheng Yi Fixing Co. Ltd. Juan Goldfarb S.A.
AMITIE III VILLA N°4436 NO4, LN152, Zhongping RD Rio Negro 1617
22788 Dakar-Ponty Taipei City 111000 Montevideo
Tel.: (221)33 825 39 48 Tel.: +886 2 8992 2592
Fax.: (221)33 825 39 47 Fax.: +886 2 8992 3797
E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.groel.sn www.chengyi.com.tw

Sierra Leone
Eugene Ilono Enterprises Fu Hau Landfor S.A.
56 Lower Bombay Street Da-An Rd. No. 7 Ituzaingo Sur Rincon 531 ES302
FREETOWN Taipei City, R.O.C. 20000 Zona Franca Florida
Tel.: +232 33445630 Tel.: +886 2 2773 5110 Tel.: +598 9161164
E-Mail: [email protected] Fax.: +886 2 25418008
E-Mail: [email protected]
http://www.ifischer.com.tw

Slovenia Thailand
fischer Austria GmbH fischer Innovative Solutions Co.,Ltd. Pampin y Cia
Wiener Straße 95 38,40 Chaleom Prakiat Ratchankan-Thi 9 Road Soi 33 Valparaiso 1199
2514 Traiskirchen Nongbon, Pravet 11800 Montevideo
Tel.: +43 2252 53730 0 10250 Nongbon, Pravet, Bangkok Tel.: +5982 924 0608
Fax.: +43 2252 53730 70 Tel.: +66 27473752
E-Mail: [email protected] Fax.: +66 2 7473754
http://www.fischer.at E-Mail: [email protected]

599

GD_KP_$KT-KATNEW2011-$KP-K15-EN_#SEN_#APR_#V1.indb 599 05.12.2018 13:17:50

16
Service

600

GD_KP_$KT-KATNEW2011-$KP-K15-EN_#SEN_#APR_#V1.indb 600 05.12.2018 13:17:50

The information in this catalogue is intended for general guidance only
and is given without engagement. Additional information and advice
on specific applications is available from our Technical Support Team.
For this however, we require a precise description of your particular
application.
All the data in this catalogue concerning work with our fixing elements
must be adapted to suit local conditions and the type of materials in use.
If no detailed performance specifications are given for certain articles
and types, please contact our Technical Service Department for advice.

fischerwerke GmbH & Co. KG

72178 Waldachtal
Germany

We cannot be responsible for any errors, and we reserve the right to make
technical and range modifications without notice.
No liability is accepted for printing errors and omissions.
 Catalogue
Fixing Systems

Catalogue Fixing Systems

Contacts Your dealer

fischerwerke GmbH & Co. KG Phone: +49 7443 12 - 0

Klaus-Fischer-Straße 1 Fax: +49 7443 12 - 4222
72178 Waldachtal E-mail: [email protected]
Germany www.fischer.de

fischer fixings UK Ltd. Phone: +44 1491 827900

Whitely Road Fax: +44 1491 827953
Oxon OX10 9AT Wallingford E-mail: [email protected]
Great Britain www.fischer.co.uk

fischer Systems Asia Pte. Ltd. Phone: +65 62 85 22 07

150 Kampong Ampat Fax: +65 62 85 83 10
#04-03 KA Centre E-mail: [email protected]
Singapore 368324
00088220 · 12/2018 · V-MKS/CPI · Printed in Germany

www.fischer.de 4 006209 882207

MD_PG_$KT-KATNEW2011-$KP-K00-$PG-U1BISU4_#SEN_#APR_#V1.indd 1-3 05.12.2018 18:30:06